Annual Report of Subsidiary Companies for the year 2020 ...

Annual Report of Subsidiary Companiesfor the year 2020-2021

SundARAm-ClAyton limited

ContentSindian Subsidiaries

TVS Motor Company Limited ..................................................................................1

Sundaram Auto Components Limited..................................................................205

TVS Housing Limited ...........................................................................................248

TVS Motor Services Limited ................................................................................268

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited ....................................................................294

TVS Credit Services Limited................................................................................322

Harita ARC Private Limited..................................................................................470

Harita Collection Services Private Limited...........................................................482

TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited ..........................................494

TVS Micro Finance Private Limited .....................................................................506

TVS Two wheeler Mall Private Limited ................................................................518

TVS Housing Finance Private Limited .................................................................530

overseas Subsidiaries

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited....................................................................542

The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited ......................................................................559

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V., ...................................................................570

PT TVS Motor Company Indonesia .....................................................................576

Sundaram Holding USA Inc.................................................................................604

Sundaram-Clayton (USA) Limited .......................................................................614

1

TVS MOTOR COMPANY LIMITED

Secretarial Auditors S. KRISHNAMURTHY & CO.,Company Secretaries,No. 16, Pattammal Street,Mandaveli, Chennai - 600 028.Tel. : 044-42074012E-mail : [email protected]

Shares listed with BSE Ltd., Mumbai.National Stock Exchange of IndiaLtd., Mumbai.

BankersSTATE BANK OF INDIACorporate Accounts Group Branch, Chennai.

Registered Office"Chaitanya" No. 12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006, Tamil Nadu, IndiaTel : 044-28332115 Fax : 044- 28332113CIN No. L35921TN1992PLC022845E-mail: [email protected]: www.tvsmotor.com

Share Transfer AgentIntegrated Registry Management Services Private Limited2nd Floor, Kences Towers, No. 1, Ramakrishna Street,North Usman Road, T Nagar, Chennai-600 017Tel: 044-2814 0801-03; Fax: 044-2814 2479Email:[email protected], [email protected]

Plant Locations

1. Post Box No. 4, Harita, Hosur - 635 109, Tamil Nadu,India. Tel : 04344 - 276780

2. Post Box No. 1, Byathahalli Village,Kadakola Post, Mysuru - 571 311, Karnataka, India.Tel : 0821 - 2596561

3. Bhatian Village, Bharatgarh Road, Teh. Nalagarh,Solan District - 174 101, Himachal Pradesh, India.Tel : 01795 - 220492/93

Subsidiary Companies

Sundaram Auto Components Limited

TVS Housing Limited

TVS Motor Services Limited

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited

TVS Credit Services Limited

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore

The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited, United Kingdom

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V., Amsterdam

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta

Sundaram Holding USA Inc., Delaware, USA

Board of Directors VENU SRINIVASANChairman & Managing DirectorPROF. SIR RALF DIETER SPETH(w.e.f. 24th March 2021)SUDARSHAN VENUJoint Managing DirectorK.N. RADHAKRISHNANDirector & CEOPRINCE ASIRVATHAMC. R. DUAR. GOPALANLALITA D GUPTET. KANNANKUOK MENG XIONG(w.e.f. 24th March 2021)H. LAKSHMANANHEMANT KRISHAN SINGHDR. LAKSHMI VENU

Audit Committee R. GOPALAN, ChairmanPRINCE ASIRVATHAMC. R. DUAT. KANNAN

Nomination and C.R. DUA, ChairmanRemuneration T. KANNANCommittee H. LAKSHMANAN

Risk Management T. KANNAN, ChairmanCommittee SUDARSHAN VENU

K.N. RADHAKRISHNANLALITA D GUPTEHEMANT KRISHAN SINGHK. GOPALA DESIKAN

Stakeholders' HEMANT KRISHAN SINGH, ChairmanRelationship VENU SRINIVASANCommittee SUDARSHAN VENU

C.R. DUALALITA D GUPTE

Corporate VENU SRINIVASAN, ChairmanSocial Responsibility PRINCE ASIRVATHAMCommittee H. LAKSHMANAN

Chief Financial K. GOPALA DESIKANOfficer

Company Secretary K.S. SRINIVASAN

Statutory Auditors V. SANKAR AIYAR & Co.,Chartered Accountants,2-C, Court Chambers,35 New Marine Lines, Mumbai - 400 020.Tel. : 022-22004465E-mail : [email protected]

Cost Auditor A.N. RAMANCost Accountant,No. 10 P, Muthukumaraswami Salai,Off. Baby Nagar 1st Main Road,Velachery, Chennai - 600 042.Tel. 044-22433462E-mail : [email protected]

2


Financial Highlights

Rupees in crores

Previous GAAP Ind ASDetails

2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21

Sales & other income @ 7,749 7,875 8,694 10,788 12,195 13,363 15,618 18,217 16,455 16,784

Profit before interest, depreciation,

amortisation and tax * 520 461 536 669 914 1,030 1,274 1,441 1,378 1,462

Profit before tax * 316 254 355 456 629 699 879 961 787 826

Exceptional / Extraordinary Items – (91) (3) – – – – – (32) –

Profit after tax 249 116 262 348 489 558 663 670 592 612

Net fixed assets 1,078 1,048 1,174 1,419 1,751 2,046 2,503 2,837 3,185 3,289

Share capital 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

Reserves and surplus 1,122 1,177 1,368 1,598 1,911 2,361 2,833 3,300 3,571 4,123

Net worth 1,170 1,225 1,416 1,646 1,959 2,409 2,881 3,348 3,619 4,171

Total borrowings 831 634 528 970 924 1,107 1,189 1,400 2,022 1,106

Earnings per share ($) 5.24 2.44 5.51 7.32 10.30 11.75 13.95 14.11 12.47 12.88

Dividend per share ($) 1.30 1.20 1.40 1.90 2.50 2.50 3.30 3.50 3.50 3.50

Book value per share ($) 24.63 25.78 29.81 34.65 41.23 50.71 60.64 70.47 76.18 87.79

Operating EBITDA (%) 6.98 6.09 6.35 6.36 7.29 7.06 7.74 7.87 8.19 8.53

Profit before tax * / turnover (%) 4.10 3.24 4.10 4.24 5.20 5.30 5.66 5.28 4.79 4.93

Return on capital employed (%) 18.96 14.68 18.88 20.27 23.24 21.67 24.61 23.55 16.62 17.15

Return on net worth (%) 22.97 9.69 19.82 22.73 27.15 25.56 25.06 21.52 17.01 15.72

Notes:@ Sales includes Excise duty upto June 2017.

* Figures stated are before exceptional and extraordinary items.

3


DIRECTORS' REPORT TO THE SHAREHOLDERSThe Directors have pleasure in presenting the twenty ninthannual report and the audited accounts for the year ended31st March 2021.

1. COMPANY PERFORMANCEThe Company registered sales of 29.3 lakh units of twowheelers in 2020-21.

2020-21 tested the strength of the very fundamentals ofIndia, its institutions, administrative and healthcare systemand even its social, moral and economic fibre. The choicesbetween lives and livelihood needed to be made every day,by individual citizens, organizations, institutions and theentire administrative system. The nationwide 42 daylockdown a key response, led to GDP contraction of 24%in the first quarter. But with the easing of the active casesand the Government intervening with multiple initiatives,recovery in Quarter 2 was ahead of estimates with a7% GDP decline instead of the estimated 11% decline. TheQ3 & Q4 saw the GDP return to positive territory, postinggains of 0.5% and 1.6%, bringing the full year to a 7.5%decline.

The domestic two wheeler industry declined by 13% in2020-21 over 18% decline during 2019-20. The two wheelerindustry saw sharp changes in growth momentum over thequarters. Q1 2020-21 contracted due to the pandemic witha 74% decline and when the markets opened up, registered0% growth in Q2, 13% in Q3 and 24% growth in Q4.

Compared to 2W industry decline of 13%, Company'sperformance in domestic was at 10% decline in sales volumeof 2020-21.

In the International Business, exports of two wheelers in2020-21 were at 7.6 lakh units with a growth of 12% over2019-20. Company exited the month of March 2021 withan all-time high of 1,05,282 two wheelers exports resultingin Q4 volume of 2,84,098 with a growth of 74%. Three-wheeler exports during the year reached 1.15 lakh unitswith a decline of 29% over 2019-20.

Sales revenue of spare parts grew by 1% in domestic and41% in exports.

In course of the transition to BS VI compliant technology,TVS Motor was the first and only company to launch dualFi platforms catering to consumer use cases - Eco ThrustFuel injection (ETFi) for enhanced fuel efficiency and RaceTuned Fuel injection (RTFi) for enhanced throttle response.Across the portfolio, consumer insights were converted tothoughtful improvements that went beyond BS VI, like ridemodes for Apache or additional underseat storage for Jupiter.This enhanced portfolio was also taken to consumers in amuch loved corporate campaign "Hum Banaye Jo AapkaDil Chahe !", this focused on TVS DNA of customer centricinnovation.

Continuing with customer centric innovation beyond the BSVI transitions, saw new launches like TVS NTORQ 125

super squad edition, RTR 200 4V with riding modes, JupiterZX Disc intelliGo and TVS XL100 Win Edition. During theyear 2020-21, Company's products bagged 10 awards, ofwhich Moped won 5 awards, Motorcycles won 3 awards andScooter 2 awards.

The Company also ensured systematic, company-wideinitiatives to control costs, prioritize capex, improveproductivity and above all improve health of cash flowsacross the extended enterprise, unlocking significant potentialfor velocity and financial returns.

Total income of the Company including other income was$ 16,783.51 Cr in the current year 2020-21 as against$ 16,455.44 Cr in the previous year. Profit before tax (PBT)was $ 826.24 Cr in the current year as against $ 754.41 Crin the previous year (after exceptional item of $ 32.33 Cr).Similarly, Profit after tax (PAT) was $ 612.04 Cr in thecurrent year as against $ 592.25 Cr in 2019-20.

The Company has always recognized its social responsibilityas an integral and critical part of its value system. Theresponse to CoVID-19 needed to be widespread andcollective. The Company and its CSR arm, the SrinivasanServices Trust (SST) undertook the following initiatives:

• 10 lakh masks, 1.5 lakh gloves were handed toGovernment agencies.

• 12.5 lakh Food Packets were distributed.

• 30,000 man-hours of community service.

• 4122 Villages covered with sanitization drives acrossstates.

• Donated Disinfectant Mist Spray Cannon mounted truckto the Corporation of Chennai.

• Contributed to PM CARES fund, CM Funds of TamilNadu and Karnataka.

Towards the employees & their families:

• Crisis Management task force deployed to ensurebusiness continuity plans.

• 2000+ employees were seamlessly migrated to workfrom home with no loss of productivity.

• TVSM Health Centre has been operating 24/7.

• Employees & families provided sensitization about safepractices at home.

• Best Practice SOPs designed and deployed forresumption of operations.

Towards the extended enterprise:

• The supplier / dealer claim payment settlements wereexpedited.

• Significant benefits in the form of interest waiver schemeswere introduced.

• Training for Suppliers, Indian and International dealersand almost 25,000 of their staff on best practices andSOPs in order to prepare for the opening of dealershipspost lockdown.

4


Towards consumers:

• Service Workshops and Road Side Assistance (RSA)programs were kept operational.

• Over 100 service camps conducted for frontline law &order and healthcare professionals.

• Ongoing communication on how to take care of the2-wheeler through the lockdown(s).

• 100% ongoing adherence to strict Sanitization Protocolfor all dealership facilities.

2. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Year ended Year endedDetails

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

SALES

Quantitative (Numbers in lakhs)

Motorcycles 13.42 13.63

Mopeds 6.26 6.51

Scooters 9.61 10.75

Three Wheelers 1.24 1.74

Total vehicles sold 30.53 32.63

Financials (Rupees in Crores)

Revenue from operations 16750.54 16423.34

Other Income 32.97 32.10

Profit / loss before Depreciation,Finance Costs, Exceptionalitems and Tax Expense 1461.52 1377.96

Less:Depreciation / Amortization /Impairment 493.68 489.03

Profit /loss before Finance Costs,Exceptional items andTax Expense 967.84 888.93

Less: Finance Costs 141.60 102.19

Profit /loss before Exceptionalitems and Tax Expense 826.24 786.74

Less: Exceptional items – 32.33

Profit /loss before Tax Expense 826.24 754.41

Less:Tax Expense (Current & Deferred) 214.20 162.16

Profit /loss for the year 612.04 592.25

Comprehensive Income / (loss) 107.09 (118.23)

Total 719.13 474.02

Less: Dividend onEquity Shares 166.28 166.28

Less: Dividend Distribution Tax – 33.75

Balance carried forward 552.85 273.99

3. DIVIDENDThe Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) at theirmeeting held on 28th January 2021, declared a first interimdividend of $ 2.10 per share (210%) for the year 2020-21absorbing a sum of $ 99.77 Cr. The same was paid on12th February 2021.

The Board at its meeting held on 24th March 2021 declareda second interim dividend of $ 1.40 per share (140%) for theyear 2020-21 absorbing a sum of $ 66.51 Cr. The same waspaid on 9th April 2021.

Thus, the total amount of both dividends for the year ended31st March 2021 aggregated to $ 3.50 per share (350%)on 47,50,87,114 equity shares of $1/- each absorbing$ 166.28 Cr. From 1st April 2020, the dividend income earnedby the shareholders will be taxable in their hands at the ratesapplicable to them.

The Board does not recommend any further dividend for theyear under consideration. The dividend pay-out is in accordancewith the Company's Dividend Distribution Policy..

The Board is not considering any transfer of amount to GeneralReserves for the year under review, as it is not mandatorilyrequired.

4. MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSISREPORT

INDUSTRY STRUCTURE AND DEVELOPMENTS

Two-wheeler

The domestic two wheeler industry recorded a sale of15.1 Mn units in 2020-21, a decline of 13% from 17.4 Mn unitsof 2019-20. It witnessed a decline of 74% in Q1. However,for the rest of the year, the industry revived and grew by 11%compared to same period previous year. This growth wasprimarily led by a resilient rural economy which was lessaffected due to the pandemic, supported by good monsoonand agriculture growth.

The scooter industry declined by 20%, with 4.5 Mn units soldin 2020-21 over 5.6 Mn units in 2019-20. The category sharedeclined to 29.7% in 2020-21 from 32% in 2019-20. This wasprimarily led by higher spread of CoVID-19 cases in urbanareas, stringent lockdown norms and implementation of workfrom home.

The motorcycle industry declined by 11% over last year. Thecategory share of motorcycle grew by 1.9% to 66.3% in 2020-21. The premium motorcycle sales declined by 14% from 1.61Mn units in 2019-20 to 1.39 Mn units in 2020-21 maintainingcategory share at 9.2%. The commuter motorcycle categoryshare grew 1.5% to 51.5% while volumes declined by 11%to 7.8 Mn units in 2020-21 from 8.7 Mn units in 2019-20.

In international market, two wheeler industry declined by 7%in 2020-21 over 2019-20. Industry was adversely impacted bythe CoVID-19 related lockdowns of the demand markets andalso by supply side factors which impaired the speed to restoreexport supplies due to CoVID-19 during Q1. However stable

5


price of crude oil, steady rates and availability of forex andcontinued growth in Africa propelled the growth of exports inthe remaining quarters of 2020-21.

Three-wheelerOverall three wheeler small passenger industry (3 plus1 segment) declined by 41% in 2020-21 (from 7.46 lakhunits in 2019-20 to 4.42 lakh units in 2020-21). Domesticindustry declined by 77% and exports market declined by22% in 2020-21 over last year.

BUSINESS OUTLOOK AND OVERVIEWDirectors are optimistic about the future but are concernedabout the evolving CoVID-19 scenario across the countryand it's effects on consumer demand.

The second wave of rising cases could adversely impactcustomer sentiment, however a more measured approach,by regulators, adopting more targeted, localized responsesand increased vaccination should see minimized disruptionand a swift recovery in the economy. Post normalization,it is also expected that travel and tourism will bounce backin 2021-22 as most of the surveys indicate customerswillingness to travel once normalcy returns. This is likely toresult in a 10-11% growth in service sector.

On the rural front, 2021-22 is likely to witness a normalmonsoon and hence agriculture is expected to grow by3.5%-4%. Since much of the sale of two wheelers are insemi urban and rural areas, two wheeler industry could seesome benefit from this.

Despite the rising second wave of active cases, the Companyremains confident that adverse impact would be lower andbounce back swifter. This outlook of cautious optimism isbuilt upon, on one hand, the Company's own supply chainpreparedness and on the other, a belief that the administrativeresponses would be far more measured, targeted andwidespread vaccination drive to "Break the Chain".

Social Distancing and Work From Home practices willcontinue. These new long-term practices of social distancingcould see consumer preferences change towards personalmobility leading to new demand in the Two wheeler industry.The Company is cognizant of this opportunity, and well poisedto leverage this opportunity with its superior product offeringsacross the widest range of personal mobility needs.

Export of two wheelers is likely to see a growth during theyear fueled by consumption growth and stable economic &political situation in all operating geographies. Stable crudeoil prices will have a positive impact on export market growthin oil dependent economies of Africa and LATAM.

Strategic partnership with BMW MotorradThe Company has a strategic partnership with BMWMotorrad to develop and manufacture sub-500cc bikes bothfor domestic and global markets. The Company has produced83,592 units of BMW 310cc motorcycle till date.

New Product Launches and InitiativesDuring the year 2020-21, the following new products andvariants were launched.

TVS Jupiter:TVS Jupiter, reached 4 Mn+happy customers duringFY'20-21.

To continue the journey ofproviding "Zyada ka Fayda" ZXDisc intelliGO and a sheetmetal wheel variant wasintroduced in this period.

TVS Jupiter ZX Disc intelliGO was launched in February2021, making it the first 110cc scooter to have Stop-gotechnology (idle stop / start). TVS Jupiter ZX Disc intelliGOfurther enhances the Zyada philosophy by reinstating ZyadaConvenience, Zyada Mileage and also enhancingtechnologically advanced imagery. The non alloy wheelvariant was launched in October 2020, catering to moreprice sensitive customers who are looking for affordabilityand utility led features and has received positive responseacross markets.

To sustain the strong brand association and to establishJupiter offers better features and higher value than othersin the segment campaign named, 'Har Scooter se Zyada'was aired with high frequency during festive season andwas again promoted in Q4 for sustained mind share.

TVS Apache:TVS Apache Series has beena pioneer in race performanceand introduced many industryfirsts and best-in-classoffering. As a brand, keepingin view of the evolvingcustomer needs, it has proudlyupheld the tradition this year

as well. The Apache series achieved global sales milestoneof 4 Million in the month of October 2020.

The customer experience is further enhanced by thepresence of exquisite brand experience program with ApacheOwners Group (AOG), APP (Apache Pro Performance),Apache Riding Experience (ARE), TVS Racing TrainingSchool, Women's Training and Selection and One MakeChampionship, which continue to develop aspiration. Thebrand witnessed it's never seen before increase in customerexperience program with 172 activities in just 4 active months.

Leading the 200cc sports segment with its technologicalprowess, the TVS Apache RTR 200 4V was introduced withride modes. This is not just an industry first but also atechnology usually seen in 650cc and above motorcycles.The three ride modes are "Sport, Urban and Rain", withvarying acceleration and ABS response; all from the sameengine. Another development this year was upgrade of

6


Apache RTR 160 4V with 17.63 PS of power, making it themost powerful 160cc motorcycle.

Leading the two wheeler industry with another bigbreakthrough, was the launch of first ever Augmented Realityexperience by a two wheeler OEM- TVS ARIVE. This appallows customers to view the TVS Apache series motorcyclesright before their eyes, from the place of their choice. Addingto that it offers detailed information about the machine withthe options of booking a test ride and placing an order,instantly.

TVS XL100 HD i-TouchStart:TVS XL100 HD i-TouchStartcrossed a new milestone of4 million customers since itslaunch in 2015. The year 2020was the 40th anniversary yearof TVS mopeds and a specialedition variant - "Win Edition"was launched to mark thiscelebration.

Win edition was launched with many appealing style featuresincluding a new color 'Delight Blue', chrome finish mirrors,metal shield for the platform, diamond pattern seats and chromestyle elements. HeavyDuty series has been the most popularone among XL customers and the new edition would add moreinteresting style option for them to choose from. This variantcomes with useful features like easy on-off combo switch andUSB mobile charging. Also, the Company has introduced entrylevel variants with kick start to provide affordable option to thecustomers with BS VI technology benefits.

TVS iQUBE:

Launched in January 2020,TVS iQUBE marked the forayof Company into the ElectricVehicle segment. The TVSiQUBE is a smart mobilitysolution that promises todeliver a convenient,personalized, connected andfuture mobility experience. Itcomes equipped with

SmartXonnect, advanced features like Geo-fencing, RideStatistics, Telematics, Remote charge assist and Navigationassist along with 117 connected features. With a top speedof 78 kmph, a range of 75 Km in a single charge andfeatures like Q-Park assist, the TVS iQUBE redefines style,comfort and riding experience. A dedicated public chargingecosystem spanning across 10 dealerships in Bengalurufurther enhances customer ease and experience.

With TVS iQUBE, the Company also leveraged digitalchannels for vehicles booking and sales. A digitally enabledpurchase process allows seamless home charging unitinstallations providing a truly hassle-free experience to thecustomers. The product has seen extremely encouragingresponse from the customers. With the increased focus on

Electric Vehicles, the TVS iQUBE is a strong contender inthis space in the times to come.

TVS NTORQ:

TVS NTORQ was launched inFebruary 2018 and it wasCompany's first 125cc productin the Scooter segment.Designed for Gen-Z, TVSNTORQ provides arevolutionary riding experiencewith cutting edge technology,style and performance.

Keeping the core customers in mind, this product has beenprovided with many technologically superior features likeBluetooth connectivity- the first ever scooter to have thisfeature.

TVS NTORQ became one of the fastest growing scooterscrossing 1 lakh sales within 6 months of launch. The productcontinues to delight customers and has garnered severalaccolades since its inception.

In October 2019, TVS NTORQ Race Edition was introducedin the market and it found exceptional resonance withcustomers. It is currently the only scooter with a RaceTuned Fuel Injection system with Best-in-class Performancein its category.

In FY 2020-21, TVS NTORQ introduced a special variantin the portfolio - Super Squad Edition, in association withMarvel Studios, inspired from the epic characters of theMarvel Avenger's series - a first of its kind association inthe two wheeler industry in India. This resulted in significantgrowth of the brand (13% growth from July-March over LY)and the variant currently contributes to 30% of the overallportfolio in just 6 months of launch.

Domestic Sales

The Company achieved sales of 21.6 lakh units of two wheelersin the domestic market compared to sales of 24.1 lakhs in2019-20. The Company outperformed the broader Industrywhich declined by 13%.

In domestic motorcycles, Company achieved sales of 6.3 lakhunits and registered a decline of 17% over 2019-20. The TVSApache, grew better than the Premium motorcycle industrywith sale of 3.3 lakh units, posting a decline of only 11% whilethe Premium Motorcycle industry declined by 14% in2020-21 against 2019-20.

In domestic scooters, Company achieved sales of 9.2 lakhunits and registered a decline of 10% over 2019-20. However,Scooters volume growth was higher than Industry supportedby product interventions in Jupiter and launch of Super Squadedition in TVS NTORQ.

Exports sales - two-wheeler and three-wheelerThe Company's two wheeler exports in 2020-21 were7.64 lakh units and witnessed an improvement with a growthof 12% over 2019-20.

7


Three wheeler exports during the year reached 1.15 lakhunits and recorded a decline of 29% over 2019-20.

Opportunities

The CoVID-19 pandemic is causing paradigm shifts inconsumer behavior affecting many industries including theautomobile Industry. Social distancing norms followed acrossthe globe due to CoVID-19, could become the new normal.People may move away from use of shared / public transportsolutions. This changed preference would lead to enhancedneed for a personal mobility solution. This could emerge asan area of opportunity for two wheelers.

The move towards alternative-energy based mobilitysolutions is needed and has been receiving considerablepolicy support. In light of the revised priorities postCoVID-19, the speed and extent of the policy support mayalter, modifying the rate of change.

The Company will be closely studying such factors and iswell poised to leverage this space through appropriateofferings across its wide stable of technology, products andbusiness solutions. The EV portfolio of the Company todayhas TVS iQUBE which had been very well received inBengaluru. The TVS iQUBE was then launched in NewDelhi as well, basis the strong pre-launch online interestevinced by the customers from New Delhi. Across its 2cities there is a 8-week order-book and the Company islooking to service the same expeditiously. Through theyear, The TVS iQUBE footprint will expand to 20 moreIndian cities. The portfolio also is set to expand to newerformats including a 3W version.

RISKS AND CONCERNS

Domestic Business:

The Government has already started the vaccination driveand has covered some of the vulnerable sections, frontlineresponders, senior citizens and individuals withco-morbidities. The stated intent is to inoculate 30% of thepopulation by September. However, a widespread secondwave could result and contribute to delay of this plan. While,it is expected that the response to the second wave will bevery measured, targeted and localized, there will be economicimplications / impact of the counter measures. This couldinclude:

1. Impact from the demand side: Consumption may takea hit. The uncertainty of the date and speed of resolution,might further weaken the overall consumer sentimentand affect demand. The severity of impact is likely tobe higher, at the lower to mid income level, who formbulk of the commuter 2W consumers.

2. Impact from the supply side: Labour reverse migrationleading to non-availability of manpower at tier-2 andtier-3 suppliers affecting the supply of parts and dailyoperations. The transit per se of goods should not beimpacted, but some localized hubs may see lockdownsimpacting productivity. The Company has taken

appropriate steps to minimize the impact of such risksbased on learnings from last year.

3. Semi-conductor availability: The increase in demand forconsumer goods and unexpected growth in auto sectorhad led to supply shortfall of semi-conductors and thelead time for these goods have increased from 3 monthsto 18 months. These semi-conductors form a criticalcomponent in two wheelers too. The shortfall of semi-conductors is likely to continue and pose as a risk inmeeting the production demand.

International Business:

1. Container availability - Due to continued high trafficcontainer movement from China to North America andEurope post CoVID-19 outbreak, there has beenshortages of containers at Indian ports. This clubbedwith increased exports from India is posing furthershortage of space availability or availability at highercosts. This situation is expected to continue and resultin delayed supplies to global customers.

2. Some of the Company's target markets/countries mightwitness a rapid spread of CoVID-19 second wave therebylowering economic activity. A sustained drop incommodity prices and exports could reduce foreignexchange income in some of the export countries. Theeffect of second wave is already seen in LATAM,Bangladesh and Tanzania which are important exportdestinations. The Company has looked at options tominimize the impact by leveraging opportunity in lessaffected countries and by launching new products andleveraging financing solutions for customers.

3. Country specific Socio economic political factors. TheCompany keenly tracks progress of country specificfactors which could impact its ability to service itsconsumers like:

a. Ban of two wheeler imports in Srilanka - Sri LankanGovernment banned import of all motor vehicles(except special category of vehicles) since March2020. This import ban is put in place to preserve theforeign currency reserve.

b. Political turmoil in Myanmar: Exports from India andPT TVS, Indonesia to Myanmar is affected due tothe current political situation there. This is expectedto affect the exports.

RISK MANAGEMENT POLICYCompany's risk management framework is well embeddedand continually reviewed by the Risk ManagementCommittee. It enables the Board, to identify, evaluate andmonitor principal risks and where possible, actively mitigatethe risks that could affect the achievement of the Company'starget.

As a process, risks associated with the business are identifiedand prioritized based on the Company's overall risk appetite,strategy, severity and probability of occurrence.

8


The Board is satisfied that there are adequate systems andprocedures in place to identify, assess, monitor and managerisks. The Company's Risk Management Committee isoverseeing all the risks that the organization faces such asstrategic, financial, market, IT, legal, regulatory, reputationaland other risks and recommends suitable action. Riskmitigation policy has been approved by the board.

OPERATIONS REVIEW

Total Quality Management (TQM)Total Quality Management (TQM) remained key focus in theorganization during the pandemic to mitigate the businessrisks during uncertain industry environment in the first halfof the year and to drive the organization towards growthpath in the second half.

In Daily Work Management (DWM), emphasized culture ofspeed and rigor in execution during the pandemic through'new normal' way of working with Daily management bysenior leadership team on revenue achievement, workingcapital management and CoVID-19 risk mitigation.Taskforce-based approach in specific geography / productshelped in retaining market share during the year inspite ofchallenges in the market. Strengthened Cross functionalmanagement, 5S and permeation of 'Focus on process forresults' in front-end towards dealer transformation. TheCompany's plant in Himachal Pradesh received 'Award forExcellence in Consistent TPM Commitment.'

Total Employee Involvement culture was significantlypermeated towards profitability of the organization bypromoting 'Profit Improvement Plan'. Both workmen,Executives & Managers significantly focused on implementingcost reduction towards operational improvements and wasteelimination to support and enable lower spending during theyear. Theme of 'waste elimination' in areas of inventorymanagement and asset management helped the Companyto improve its working capital management.

Cost ManagementThe Company continues to focus on all the elements anddrivers of cost. Raw materials, components and conversioncost constitute major element of material cost. The Companypursued process innovation, value engineering, alternatesourcing and import substitution / localization to reducematerial costs. During the year, focused working capitalmanagement and improved operating performance helpedthe Company to generate significant free cash flow. Theseproceeds are being used to reduce the debt. Rigorous focuson lean trade stock with the dealers also enhanced thefinancial health of the channel partners by reducing non-value adding costs and improving speed and freshnessacross the entire supply chain. Waste elimination, productivityimprovements and process improvements through multiplemeans including small scale automation will continue acrossthe supply chain during 2021-22.

In the area of fixed cost, similar systematic approach ofdeployment of cost reduction is being done, with significant

and increasing digitalization of internal processes to eliminatecost and enhance speed.

Research and Development

The year 2020-21 witnessed launch of products with manysegment firsts from the Company. TVS Apache 200 4V waslaunched with Ride Modes with technical breakthrough inoffering functionality with Mechanical Throttle Body. Theengine ride modes, ABS modes and adjustable suspension,adjustable control levers stand as good examples of R&D'spursuit of innovations that enhance customer experiencewith the products of the Company. The complete productrange for both domestic and international markets hasreceived upgrades and refreshes, with proliferation of theTVS SmartXonnect technology offering connectedexperience on many more offerings.

The R&D team continues their efforts in developingcutting-edge technologies that are relevant for the near andlong-term requirements of the Company's business plans.These developments are centered on customers, emergingmobility needs, providing advanced safety systems andsustainability. The Company continues to leverage globaltalent through several co-operations with Indian and globalexpert organizations.

Research is intensified in chosen fields of science andengineering in order to be future ready.

TVS Racing, an arm of the Research and Developmentdepartment, had a very successful season 2020. India'soldest factory racing team, has seen consistent investmenttowards significant engineering advancement of motorcyclesand scooters, used for racing. The technology andengineering advancements implemented in the Racingproducts are developed through research projects by theinternal R&D team, leading to a swift transfer of suchadvancements to the mass production products. The TVSRacing team garnered 100% podium finish in the 24 racesparticipated and won 10 out of 10 championships.

Information Technology

The Company continues to implement several projects toimprove its efficiency, transparency and process controlacross supply chain from supplier, plant, dealer and ultimatelyconsumer. Major focus areas are improvements at factory,retail management and improving customer experience atdealerships. Various initiatives on industry 4.0 are beingadopted for improving quality, productivity, traceability andwaste elimination.

This year saw the organisation contend with a rapidtransformation of working conditions, to facilitate andaccommodate a greater proportion of WFH (Work FromHome). The Company was able to ensure data and informationsecurity while minimizing loss of productivity by rapidly evolvingpolicies and deploying tools like VPN networks, MS TEAMS,that facilitated collaboration and ensure employee productivity.While production will still need people at the plants, in allother areas, the Company has evolved to be able to adapt

9


and deal with any future situation which needs an evolvingresponsive blend of work practices blending WFH, WorkFrom Anywhere (WFA) with the traditional office model.

In 2020-21, the Company launched TVS A.R.I.V.E, aimedat transforming customer experience of virtual exploration oftwo wheelers, through an innovative mobile application. TheAugmented Reality Interactive Vehicle Experience (A.R.I.V.E)app allows an in-depth product exploration and purchaseexperience using AR technology, from the convenience ofthe homes. This first in its segment app will offer a superior,holistic and engaging experience for its customers.

As part of continuous improvement and technologybenchmarking, the Company's IT systems were audited byexternal experts and recommendations were implemented.The Company has enhanced information security by adoptingnew cyber security tools. The Company has engaged oneof the major consulting firms to do benchmark study oncyber security framework and implemented controls basedon recommendations. The Company has enhanced securityby implementing multi-layered firewalls and deployed securitycontrol centres. The Company has formed a cyber-securitygovernance council consisting of senior management andindustry experts for improving its cyber security.

The Company is ISO 27001:2013 certified for allmanufacturing units and sales offices. Business continuityplan for major business and design applications has beenimplemented and tested. The Company is certified for ISO22301 for business continuity. The Company has beencertified for CMM level 3 for its software developmentprocess.

In 2020-21, the Company established a data managementand governance office and has begun a systematic programto drive discipline in how data is managed and governedin the 21st century. In addition, a study to understand potentialimplications of the impending personal data protection billhas been conducted, to ensure seamless compliance andnecessary actions have been identified to be undertaken inFY 2021-22. During the year, the Company expanded theuse of data engineering, reports with live data and Machinelearning (ML) based decisions across its products andbusiness functions. In customer & commercial processes,data engineering and power BI based visualizations havebeen built to provide real-time insights and actionablerecommendations. Real-time dashboards have been createdfor connected vehicles and operations. Additionally, MLengines and computer vision frameworks pilots are deployedat multiple points of the organisation to expedite the digitaltransformation of internal processes.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND THEIR ADEQUACYThe Board is accountable for evaluating and approving theeffectiveness of the internal controls, including financial,operational and compliance controls. Company has a proper

and adequate internal control system to ensure that all itsassets are safeguarded and protected against any loss andthat all the transactions are properly authorized and recorded.

The internal control system is subject to continuousimprovement, with system effectiveness assessed regularly.Information provided to management is reliable and timely.Company ensures the reliability of financial reporting andcompliance with laws and regulations.

Company is strengthening the controls by leveragingtechnology and centralizing processes, enhancing monitoringand maintaining effective tax and treasury strategies.

The Audit Committee continues to monitor the effectivenessof internal control over the use of new technologies thatimpact the Financial controls and reporting enterprise risk.

The Company has an established Internal Financial Controlframework including internal controls over financial reporting,operating controls and anti-fraud framework. The frameworkis reviewed regularly by the management and tested by anIndependent audit firm as well as internal audit team andpresented to the Audit Committee. Based on the periodicaltesting, the framework is strengthened, from time to time, toensure adequacy and effectiveness of Internal FinancialControls.

KEY FINANCIAL RATIOSAs required under Regulation 34 of the Listing Regulations,there was a significant change in Debtors turnover ratio andDebt equity ratio. Details of changes are:

Standalone ConsolidatedRatios UOM

2020-21 2019-20 2020-21 2019-20

Debtors Turnover Ratio Times 15.57 12.19 13.96 11.35Debt Equity Ratio Times 0.06 0.44 2.46 2.85Return on Net worth % 15.72 17.01 16.72 19.36

The ratios in the current year have improved compared tothe previous year, primarily reflecting better operationalperformance and reduction in borrowing.

Return on Networth was adversely affected mainly due toimpact of CoVID-19 during the first quarter of the financialyear.

NON-CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURESThe Company had issued and allotted 5,000 unsecured,redeemable, non-convertible debentures (NCD) of facevalue of $ 10 Lakhs each on 15th May 2020 aggregatingto $ 500 Crores at 7.5% p.a. and redeemable at the endof 3rd year. The NCDs were listed with National StockExchange of India Limited (NSE) on 19th May 2020.

Environment, Occupational Health & Safety:Company's manufacturing facilities have been certified underIntegrated Management System (IMS). ISO 14001(Environment Management System) and ISO 45001(Occupational Health & Safety Management System) standards

10


and, are integrated into a common system making it leanerand more efficient.

Company has reduced 21% specific water consumption withrespect to previous year. Company's approach was "Demandside Water management" which best utilizes the availablewater. The water management framework has - water resourcemanagement, water distribution & supply management,management of water by end-users and finally waste watermanagement.

The renewable power contributes to 84% in overall share ofpower. Out of which 76% of energy utilized from Wind powerand 8% of energy trapped from Solar. These initiatives ofrenewable energy resulted in CO2 emissions reduction of58,812 tons during 2020-21.

In process design, efforts have been taken to minimize thegeneration of waste by introduction of cleaner technologies.

With continuous safety improvements, average Plant SafetyRating System score has improved. Proactive hazard controlmeasures have been implemented, which resulted in reductionof first aid injuries. Towards sensitizing employees on safety,around 58,000 hours of safety training was provided coveringemployees of all categories.

During lockdown due to pandemic, the Company'sOccupational Health Centre (OHC) provided 24x7 support toemployees and their families. Counselling was done to patientsand family members through online and tele-consultation.The medical team assisted employees and their families forhospitalisation across India and for home care.

Post lockdown, all employees were screened while onboardingto duty. Homeopathy medicines, immunity boosting medicineswere distributed to all employees. Towards creating awarenessabout CoVID-19, online sessions were conducted with experts.Also, an on-going campaign to drive CoVID-19 appropriatebehaviour by all employees is being conducted, via awarenessvideos, newsletters, intranet and posters.

The Company has announced that it would cover the costof vaccination for all employees and their families. 45 yearplus employees have been reached out to with special campsin sync with local health authorities. This is not only anindividual health practice but as a duty, as a member of thecommunity, to build collective immunity and help "BREAKTHE CHAIN".

HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (HRD)Constituents of Human Resources Development frameworkfollowed at the Company include Workforce planning,Employee engagement, Performance & rewards, Learningand Development, Career & Succession planning andOrganization Development. Towards sustenance anddelivering improved results, these constituents have astructured approach, policies and standard operatingprocedures which are reviewed and updated periodically.

Current and future Skill-based competency developmentare planned and executed through both in-house programsand globally acclaimed programs, continuing education,challenging project assignments and job rotations.

TVS Institute of Quality & Leadership (IQL) was certified asa Corporate University in 2018, by Global Council ofCorporate Universities. This institute set on 75 acres campusnear Attibele, Karnataka, focuses on cultural capabilities,collective capabilities, supporting strategy delivery andenhancing sustainability.

Towards collective capability and supporting strategy, IQLadapted the concept of Community of Practice (CoP) in theleast 4 years. During 2020-21, three CoPs were launchedfor Operations Research (OR), Reliability Engineering andTRIZ (Inventive problem methodology). These CoPscontributed significantly for tangible and intangible businessimpact. Skills training center in IQL supported the ramping-up of production volumes by training the freshers for theCompany's plants and also for suppliers. Skills trainingcenter trained 2584 person in the areas of assembly,fabrication, painting, CKD for IB.

With the constrains of pandemic, IQL organized virtualLearning Convention 2021 with Learning Conference andLearning Showcase. The conference was organized with 4themes of panel discussion namely Social Learning to driveBusiness excellence, Competency to drive Retail excellence,CoPs for Breakthrough Management and Accelerating DigitalTransformation, with powerful key note addresses and casestudies. Dr. David Greenhood, Director of IndustrialEngagement, The University of Warwick, addressed theLearning Convention on the theme of "Getting Future Ready"This virtual event was attended by over 1,200 Managersand Executives.

The Company continues to maintain its record of goodindustrial relations without any interruption in work. As on 31st

March 2021, the Company had 5,035 employees on its rolls.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

Statements in the Management Discussion and AnalysisReport describing the Company's objectives, projections,estimates and expectations may be "forward lookingstatements" within the meaning of applicable securities lawsand regulations. Actual results could differ materially fromthose expressed or implied. Important factors that couldmake a difference to the Company's operations include,amongst others, Economic Conditions affecting demand/supply and Price Conditions in the Domestic and OverseasMarket in which the Company operates, changes in theGovernment Regulations, Tax Laws and Other Statutes andIncidental Factors.

5. DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT

In accordance with the provisions of Section 134(5) of theCompanies Act, 2013 (the Act, 2013) with respect to Directors'Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated-

i. that in the preparation of annual accounts for the financialyear ended 31st March 2021, the applicable AccountingStandards had been followed along with properexplanation relating to material departures;

11


ii. that the Directors had selected such accounting policiesand applied them consistently and made judgments andestimates that were reasonable and prudent so as togive a true and fair view of the state of affairs of theCompany at the end of the financial year and of the profitof the Company for the year under review;

iii. that the Directors had taken proper and sufficient carefor the maintenance of adequate accounting records inaccordance with the provisions of the Act, 2013 forsafeguarding the assets of the Company and forpreventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

iv. that the Directors had prepared the annual accounts forthe financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a "goingconcern basis";

v. that the Directors, had laid down internal financial controlsto be followed by the Company and that such internalfinancial controls are adequate and are operatingeffectively; and

vi. that the Directors had devised proper systems to ensurecompliance with the provisions of all applicable laws andthat such systems were adequate and operatingeffectively.

6. CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)

CSR activities have already been textured into theCompany's value system through Srinivasan Services Trust(SST), established in 1996 with the vision of building self-reliant rural community.

Over 25 years of service, SST has played a pivotal role inchanging lives of people in rural India by creating self-reliantcommunities that are models of sustainable development.

The Company is eligible to spend on their projects/programmes, falling within the CSR activities specified underthe Act, 2013, as mandated by the Ministry of CorporateAffairs for carrying out the CSR activities.

The Committee formulated and recommended a CSR Policyin terms of Section 135 of the Act, 2013 along with a listof projects / programmes to be undertaken for CSR spendingin accordance with the Companies (Corporate SocialResponsibility Policy) Rules, 2014.

Based on the recommendation of the CSR Committee, theBoard has approved the projects / programmes carried outas CSR activities by Srinivasan Services Trust for an amountof $ 18.38 Cr for undertaking similar programmes / projects,constituting more than 2% of the average net profits of theCompany, made during the three immediately precedingfinancial years, towards CSR spending for the financial year2020-21.

Presently, SST is working in thousands of villages spreadacross Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Maharashtra, HimachalPradesh and Andhra Pradesh covering a population ofabout 24.50 lakhs and 6.24 lakh families. SST has focussedon the areas of economic development, health care,education, environment, social, infrastructure and water

conservation actively in 3000 villages. SST will focus on2000 more villages also, so that all these areas are coveredin the next 3 years.

It may also be noted that the CSR Committee has approvedthe projects or programmes to be undertaken by the SSTfor the year 2021-22, preferably in local areas includingmanner of execution, modalities of utilisation of funds andimplementation schedules and also monitoring and reportingmechanism for the projects or programmes, as requiredunder the Companies Amendment Act, 2020.

The Company has also ensured that none of the projectsundertaken through SST requires impact assessment, asthese projects are within the threshold limit of $ 1 Cr.

As required under Section 135 of the Act, 2013 read withRule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social ResponsibilityPolicy) Rules, 2014, the annual Report on CSR, containingthe particulars of the projects / programmes approved andrecommended by CSR Committee and approved by theBoard for the financial year 2020-21 are given by way ofAnnexure IV attached to this Report.

7. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF SUBSIDIARIES &ASSOCIATES

The following companies and bodies corporate are thesubsidiaries / associates of the Company:

Subsidiaries

1. Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai

2. TVS Housing Limited, Chennai

3. TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai

4. TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai

5. TVS Two wheeler Mall Private Limited, Chennai

6. TVS Micro Finance Private Limited, Chennai

7. Harita ARC Private Limited, Chennai

8. Harita Collection Services Private Limited, Chennai

9. TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited,Chennai

10. TVS Housing Finance Private Limited, Chennai

11. Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru

12. TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V., Amsterdam

13. TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore

14. The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited, UK

15. PT TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta

16. Sundaram Holding USA Inc, Delaware, USA

17. Green Hills Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA

18. Components Equipment Leasing LLC, South Carolina,USA

19. Sundaram - Clayton (USA) LLC, South Carolina, USA

20. Premier Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA

12


Associates- Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai and its

subsidiaries

- Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru

- Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru

Associates of TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Ltd- Tagbox Pte Limited, Singapore- Predictronics Corp., USA- Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA- Altizon Inc, USA

PERFORMANCE OF SUBSIDIARIES

Sundaram Auto Components Limited (SACL)

Total income of SACL was $ 463 Cr in the current year asagainst $ 530 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.

SACL incurred a loss of $ 19.08 Cr including an exceptionalitem of $ 9.36 Cr during the year 2020-21 as against PBTof $ 6.44 Cr in the previous year.

TVS Housing Limited (TVSH)

TVS Housing Limited is a 100% subsidiary of the Company.

TVS Motor Services Limited (TVS MS)

TVS MS was initially the investment SPV of the Company,for funding TVS Credit Services Limited (TVS CS).

Pursuant to order of the National Company Law Tribunal,Chennai (NCLT) TVS MS transferred its investments in equityshares of TVS CS, in the previous year, to the Company forthe redemption of its preference shares held by the Company.TVS MS now holds 0.57% only in TVS CS and TVS MScontinues to be a 100% subsidiary of the Company.

TVS Credit Services Limited (TVS CS)

TVS CS is the retail finance arm of the Company for financingof two wheelers.

During the year 2020-21, TVS CS's overall disbursementsregistered at $ 8,627 Cr as compared to $ 7,628 Cr in theprevious year registering growth of 13%. During the year underreview, the assets under management are around$ 11,200 Cr as against $ 9,215 Cr during the previous yearregistering a growth of 21%. Total income during the financialyear FY 2020-21 increased to $ 2,241 Cr from $ 2,000 Crduring the financial year, an increase of 11.6% over the previousyear.

The profit before tax and exceptional items for the year stoodat $ 105 Cr as against $ 218 Cr during the previous yearand the reduction is due to loss of business during firstquarter of the year, increase in investment on recovery relatedinitiatives and higher level of CoVID-19 related provisions.

The following companies are the subsidiaries of TVS CS.1. TVS Two wheeler Mall Private Limited

2. TVS Micro Finance Private Limited

3. Harita ARC Private Limited

4. Harita Collection Services Private Limited

5. TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited

6. TVS Housing Finance Private Limited

All the above subsidiaries are yet to commence theiroperations.

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited (Intellicar)

During the financial year effective 31st December 2020, theCompany acquired the entire equity shares of IntellicarTelematics Private Limited (Intellicar), a start-up companyand thereby it has become a wholly owned subsidiary of theCompany. Intellicar provides advanced fleet managementsolutions through an integrated platform powered by IoTtechnologies coupled with strong analytics and datamanagement capabilities. It will help accelerate the ongoingdigital initiative of the Company that are targeted at deliveringenhanced customer experience.

Total income of Intellicar was at $ 7.88 Cr in the current yearas against $ 16.11 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. Intellicarincurred a loss of $ 4.83 Cr in the year 2020-21 as againstloss of $ 0.93 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia (PT TVS)

The Indonesian two wheeler Industry declined by 30% duringthe year 2020-21 at around 3.2 million units.

During the year under review, PT TVS achieved sales inthree wheelers and recorded sales of 4,420 units as against7,806 units of sales during the previous year and 58,901nos. of two wheelers as against 53,641 nos. of last year,thereby registering a growth of 10%.

The growth in sales numbers, coupled with marginimprovement enabled PT TVS to achieve a positive EBITDAof USD 3 million for the full year as against a USD 0.50million of last year. It is also worthwhile to note that theCompany achieved break even by posting operating profitfor the financial year 2020-21.

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. was incorporated witha view to serve as special purpose vehicle for making andprotecting the investments made in overseas operations ofPT TVS.

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Ltd

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited, a wholly ownedsubsidiary, is being leveraged to operationalize a digitaltechnology organization focused on delivering high qualitydigital solutions that address real life business challengesby harnessing the power of Analytics, Artificial Intelligence,Augmented Reality, Machine Learning and Internet of Things.The solutions and offerings are focused in the areas ofautomotive and fintech industries that have direct relevanceto the Company and its subsidiaries.

13


TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited had made investmentsaggregating USD 19.52 Mn in Altizon Inc (USA) in the areaof Digital Manufacturing focused on Digitizing LegacyFactories, Predictronics Corporation (USA) in the area ofDigital Manufacturing focused on Predictive Maintenance,Scienaptic (USA) in the area of Credit Services focused onCredit Decisioning, Underwriting and Collections and inTagbox (Singapore) in the area of Fleet Management focusedon Granular Asset Tracking.

Despite the severe negative impact on businesses acrossthe globe due to CoVID-19, the Company invested entitieshave performed very well with Predictronics, Scienaptic andTagbox registering double digit revenue growth with improvedoperational metrices compared to the previous financialyear. Thanks to the growth in digital technologies driven byCoVID-19, it is expected that the invested start-ups willdeliver material growth in FY 2021-22 with solid financialand operational results while continuing to add value to theongoing digital transformation initiatives in groupcompanies.

During the year, the Company has invested a sum of SGD35.44 Mn in the ordinary shares of TVS Motor (Singapore)Pte Limited.

The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited, UK (formerly knownas Project 303 Bidco Limited)

In April 2020, The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited UK (Norton)(formerly known as Project 303 Bidco Limited), a whollyowned subsidiary of TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limitedconcluded an asset purchase transaction which includedthe brand "Norton" and other associated brands, trademarksand certain other assets from Norton Motorcycle HoldingsLimited (in administration) & Norton Motorcycles UK Limited(in administration).

Post-acquisition, a new state-of-the art facility is being createdin Solar Park, Solihull near Coventry. The facility will focuson producing high end premium motorcycles. During FY2020-21, Norton focussed on building new brand vision andstrategy, enhancing the organisation strength, establishingsupply chain network, product readiness with high qualitystandards, planning product and marketing strategy for future.Production and sales from new facility will commence duringthe first half of FY 2021-22.

Norton will continue to invest in development of new premiummotorcycles, R&D and developing the dealer network acrossthe globe.

Sundaram Holding USA Inc. (SHUI) & its subsidiariesSundaram Holding USA Inc. (SHUI), a company establishedunder the applicable provisions of Laws of The United Statesof America, is owned by Sundaram Auto Components Ltd(SACL) (wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) andSundaram-Clayton Limited (SCL) (holding company of theCompany).

SHUI's wholly owned subsidiaries are:

1. Green Hills Land holding LLC, South Carolina, USA

2. Component Equipment Leasing LLC, South Carolina, USA

3. Sundaram-Clayton USA LLC, South Carolina, USA

4. Premier Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA

During the year 2020-21, SACL and SCL have invested asum of USD 3 Mn and USD 7.4 Mn in the ordinary sharesof SHUI and holds 68% and 32% respectively of the totalcapital of SHUI as on 31st March 2021.

Post CoVID-19 and with the US economy recovering, SHUIis preparing production and supply chain activities and islikely to commence the commercial production by first halfof 2021-22.

Associates:

Emerald Haven Realty Limited (EHRL)

Chennai residential real estate market was severely impactedby CoVID-19, due to lockdown restrictions imposed, joblosses, pay cuts and postponement of purchase decision bycustomers, impacting enquiries and absorption.

In H1 FY21, absorption fell sharply and no new projects werelaunched by major players leading to an increase in inventoryoverhang. Construction activities at the project sites werealso impacted due to lockdown restrictions, non-availabilityof migrant workforce and raw material supply constraints.

In line with the overall industry trend, EHRL faced a challengingH1 with low walk-ins, low sales and collections, highercancellations and slowing down of construction activitiesacross projects.

However, in H2 FY21, EHRL registered a sharp increase insales, collections and construction activities compared toH1 83% of annual sales, 70% of annual collections and 61%of construction activities were done in H2 FY21.

The Company has completed development of 1.4 Million Sfttill date and the balance area under development as on dateis 4.5 Million Sft.

Subsidiaries of EHRL

1. Emerald Haven Development Limited;

2. Emerald Haven Projects Private Limited;

3. Emerald Haven Life Spaces (Radial Road) Limited;

4. Emerald Haven Realty Developers (Paraniputhur) PrivateLimited;

5. Emerald Haven Property Development Limited;

6. Emerald Haven Town and Country Private Limited;

7. Happiness Harmony Property Developers Private Limited;and

8. Emerald Haven Towers Limited.

14


Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited (UV)

UV incurred a loss of $ 1.61 Cr in the year 2020-21 asagainst loss of $ 3.49 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. UVis a start-up company engaged in developing electric mobilitysolutions.

Tagbox Solutions Pvt Ltd, India / Tagbox Pte Ltd, Singapore(Tagbox)Total income of Tagbox Solutions Private Ltd was at$ 6.1 Cr in the current year as against $ 4.6 Cr in the previousyear 2019-20. Tagbox Solutions Private Ltd earned a PBT of$ 0.9 Cr in the year 2020-21 as against PBT of $ 0.3 Cr inthe previous year 2019-20.

Total income of Tagbox Pte Ltd was at $ 0.11 Cr in the currentyear as against $ 0.13 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.Tagbox Pte Ltd incurred a loss of $ 1.1 Cr in the year 2020-21 as against loss of $ 0.6 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.

Tagbox is a start-up company which provides an IoT basedmonitoring solution to predict and prevent unfavourable events,optimize reefer fleet and routes and manage inventory.

Predictronics Corp, (Predictronics) USASales of Predictronics was at $ 7.8 Cr in the current year asagainst $ 6.6 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. Predictronicsincurred a loss of $ 4.6 Cr in the year 2020-21 as againsta loss of $ 5.5 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. Predictronicsis a start-up company engaged in predictive analytics solutionfor critical assets, vertical software for industrial robots andconsulting services.

Scienaptic System Inc (Scienaptic), USA

Total income of Scienaptic was at $ 26.7 Cr in the currentyear as against $ 18.9 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.Scienaptic incurred a loss of $ 19.3 Cr in the year 2020-21as against loss of $ 12.0 Cr in the previous year 2019-20.Scienaptic is a start-up company engaged in AI poweredAdvanced underwriting decisioning platform.

Altizon Inc, (Altizon) USA

Total income of Altizon was at $ 4.1 Cr in the current yearas against $ 5.3 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. Altizonincurred a loss of $ 8.6 Cr in the year 2020-21 as againstloss of $ 13.9 Cr in the previous year 2019-20. Altizon is astart-up company which provides an industrial IoT helpingenterprises use machine data to drive business decisions.

8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe consolidated financial statements of the Company areprepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 129 ofthe Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules,2014 and Regulation 33 of the Listing Regulations along witha separate statement containing the salient features of thefinancial performance of subsidiaries / associates in theprescribed form. The audited consolidated financial statementstogether with Auditors' Report form part of the Annual Report.

The financial statements of the subsidiary companies will bemade available to the Shareholders, on receipt of a requestfrom any Shareholder and it has also been placed on thewebsite of the Company. This will also be available for inspectionby the Shareholders at the Registered Office during the businesshours as mentioned in the Notice of AGM.

The consolidated Profit Before Tax of the Company and itssubsidiaries & associates amounted to $ 822 Cr for the financialyear 2020-21 as compared to $ 865 Cr in the previous year.

9. DIRECTORS & KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNELDirectors' appointment / re-appointment / cessation

During the year under review, the Board has appointedProf. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth (Sir Ralf) as Non-Executive Non-Independent Director (NE-NID) and Mr Kuok Meng Xiong(MX), as Non-Executive Independent Director (NE-ID) onthe board at its meeting held on 24th March 2021, on therecommendation of the Nomination and RemunerationCommittee.

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth (Sir Ralf)Sir Ralf is an outstanding engineer and brings with himexemplary experience from some of the highest echelonsof the global automotive industry. He has served as theChief Executive Officer of Jaguar Land Rover (JLR), andduring his stint JLR developed strategies, designs, styling,and products for making it one of the most respectedautomotive and luxury brands in the world. Sir Ralf is widelyacclaimed for his tremendous leadership at JLR and fortransforming it into the global marquee it is today. Hecontinues to serve on the board of JLR as Vice Chairman.

He began his career in BMW and did his PhD at WarwickManufacturing Group, University of Warwick and later hejoined Ford Motor Company's Premier Automotive Group(PAG) where he was responsible for product planning andquality. Later, he moved to the chemical giant Linde wherehe ran global operations.

Sir Ralf's passion for technology, deep knowledge andtremendous connect with the current global automotiveindustry including in terms of engineering, marketing, andpeople and his deep insights and guidance, academicknowledge and rich practical experience in automotiveindustry will be invaluable to the management team as theCompany embraces the future of mobility. Sir Ralf will mentorthe Company and its management.

Then, the Board considered his appointment as an additionaland NE-NID of the Company, till the ensuing annual generalmeeting, and his appointment as a Director is subject to theapproval of the shareholders, liable to retire by rotation.

Mr Kuok Meng Xiong (Mr MX)

Mr MX is the scion of the reputed Kuok Group in Singaporeand from one of Asia's most respected business housesrunning Wilmar, one of the largest grain trading business,Shangri La Hotels and real estate business globally.

15


Mr MX is the Founder & Managing Partner of K3 Ventures,a Singapore-based venture capital investment firm. In thelast 8 years, he has invested in and partnered with visionaryfounders of category-leading companies that drive innovationin today's world. The K3 Ventures portfolio comprises 70companies including ByteDance, Grab, Palantir, Planet,Perfect Day, Aspiration, Genki Forest, SpaceX, Airbnb andNext Gen Foods.

Mr MX serves as a director on the boards of ByteDance(Singapore), Next Gen Foods, SoCash, Logivan, and theAnglo-Chinese Schools Foundation. He is also a SeniorAdvisor to TPG Capital.

Mr MX started his career at the Group's Shangri La Hotels,expanding it to Europe, West Asia and Sri Lanka. He startedthe venture firm K3 where he has led early investments inmost of the world's leading startups in technology field andmany Asian unicorns.

Mr MX strengths include his experience of helping build andmanage a hotel chain, as well as growing up in a family thatvalues relationships over short-term monetary gains.

While recommending his co-option on the board as NE-ID,NRC considered his experience with digital technology andstart up would be more helpful to sourcing as well as forinvestments by the Company in digital start-ups.

Mr MX achievements at young age and his varied insightswould be helpful to the Company's diversification as heceded several companies in the last 10 years and hisappointment on the board would certainly be a great assetto the Company and he would bring a unique mix of strongcorporate values and a clear vision of the future digital world.

Then, the Board considered his appointment as an AdditionalDirector of the Company, till the ensuing annual generalmeeting, and appointment as a NE-ID for a period of fiveconsecutive years effective 24th March 2021 is subject to theapproval of the shareholders, not liable to retire by rotation.

The Company is seeking approval of the shareholders for theappointment of Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth, as NE-NID andMr Kuok Meng Xiong, as NE-ID for a term of five consecutiveyears effective 24th March 2021, at the ensuing AGM.

During the year under review, Mr Rajesh Narasimhan,tendered his resignation as a Non-Executive Non-Independent director of the Company with effect from theclose of business hours on 24th March 2021 due to hisvarious business commitments and increased responsibilitieswithin the group.

The board also noted that post resignation / appointmentof NE-NID / NE-ID, the composition of the Board is incompliance with half of the Board consisting of Non-ExecutiveIndependent Directors, as required under the ListingRegulations.

In terms of the provisions of sub-section (6) read withexplanation to Section 152 of the Act, 2013 two-thirds ofthe total number of Directors i.e., excluding IDs, are liableto retire by rotation and out of them, one-third is liable toretire by rotation at every annual general meeting.Mr Sudarshan Venu and Mr K N Radhakrishnan, Directors

are liable to retire by rotation, at the ensuing AGM, andbeing eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.

The Directors have recommended their appointment /re-appointment for the approval of shareholders. Briefresume of the Directors are furnished in the Notice conveningthe AGM of the Company.

Independent Directors (IDs)All IDs hold office for a fixed term of five years and are notliable to retire by rotation.

On 5th March 2019, the IDs viz., M/s. T Kannan, C R Dua,Prince Asirvatham and Hemant Krishan Singh werereappointed for the second term of 5 consecutive yearsfrom 14th July 2019. Mrs Lalita D Gupte and Mr R Gopalan,were appointed as Additional and Non-executiveIndependent Directors for a term of 5 years by the boardat its meeting held on 23rd October 2018 and 30th April 2019respectively and the same were approved by theshareholders at the AGM held on 22nd July 2019. The termsof appointment of IDs include the remuneration payable tothem by way of fees and profit related commission, if any.

The Company is seeking approval of the shareholders forthe appointment of Mr Kuok Meng Xiong as NE-ID for a termof five consecutive years effective 24th March 2021, at theensuing AGM.

The terms of IDs cover, inter-alia, duties, rights of accessto information, disclosure of their interest / concern, dealingin Company's shares, remuneration and expenses, insuranceand indemnity. The IDs are provided with copies of theCompany's policies and charters of various Committees ofthe Board.

In accordance with Section 149(7) of the Act, 2013, all IDshave declared that they meet the criteria of independenceas provided under Section 149(6) of the Act, 2013 andRegulation 25 of the Listing Regulations and the Boardconfirms that they are independent of the management.

The detailed terms of appointment of IDs is disclosed onthe Company's website in the link as provided in page no.85 of this Annual Report.

All the IDs have registered with the databank of IndependentDirectors developed by the Indian Institute of CorporateAffairs in accordance with the provisions of Section 150 ofthe Companies Act, 2013 and obtained ID registrationcertificate and renewed the same for five years / life time,as the case may be.

Separate meeting of Independent Directors

During the year under review, a separate meeting of IDswas held on 22nd March 2021.

Based on the set of questionnaires, complete feedback onNon-Independent Directors and details of various activitiesundertaken by the Company were provided to IDs to facilitatetheir review / evaluation.

a) Non-Independent Directors (Non-IDs)IDs used various criteria prescribed by the Nomination andRemuneration Committee (NRC) for evaluation of Non-IDs

16


viz., M/s Venu Srinivasan, Chairman and Managing Director,Sudarshan Venu, Joint Managing Director, K NRadhakrishnan, Director & CEO, H Lakshmanan, Dr. LakshmiVenu and Rajesh Narasimhan, Directors and also of Chairmanof the Board and the Board as a whole.

IDs evaluated the performance of all Non-IDs individually,through a set of questionnaires. They reviewed the Non-IDsinteraction during the Board / Committee meetings andthoughtful inputs given by them to improve the cyber securityframework, supplier management and contribution to theCompany's growth.

IDs were satisfied fully with the performance of all Non-IDs.

b) ChairmanThe IDs reviewed the performance of Chairman of the Boardafter considering his performance vis-a-vis benchmarking theperformance of the Company with industry under thestewardship of Chairman.

The IDs also placed on record, their appreciation of Chairman'stimely and proactive interventions for making progress onproduction, sales and managing the financial relationships withdistributors in an exceptionally difficult and unpredictable yearbattered by pandemic. IDs have also commended thetransparency and commitment to governance and he stayedahead in setting high standards for the Company.

They also commended his strenuous push for the acquisitionof British iconic brand "Norton" despite the pandemic and thedisturbances caused to the entire operations of the Company.They also recorded their appreciation for his exceptionalcompetence in handling such critical situation and the Companyhas done very well both in governance and performance evenduring strained times.

IDs have also applauded the organized & timely response tothe community and social initiatives during CoVID-19 times.

c) BoardThe IDs also evaluated Board's composition, size, mix of skillsand experience, its meeting sequence, effectiveness ofdiscussion, decision making, follow up action, so as to improvegovernance and enhance personal effectiveness of Directors.

The evaluation process focused on Board Dynamics. TheCompany has a Board with wide range of expertise in allaspects of business and outstanding diversity of the Boardwith the presence of varied personalities from diverse fieldsviz., Engineering, Management, Legal, Administration,Accounting and Finance. The Board upon evaluation concludedthat it is well balanced in terms of diversity of experience withexpert in each domain viz., Automotive, Leadership / Strategy,Finance, Legal & Regulatory and Governance. They alsoexpressed their satisfaction on the presentations on majorlitigations, supplier advances, International Business risk, Statusupdate on investment in start-ups, Cyber security threat thathave been fairly made to all IDs with open door discussions.

IDs recorded that they were always kept involved throughopen and free discussions and provided additional inputs inemerging areas being forayed into by the Company and high

levels of Corporate Governance in all management discussionand decisions were maintained.

The IDs unanimously evaluated the prerequisites of the Boardviz., formulation of strategy, acquisition & allocation of overallresources, setting up policies, directors' selection processesand cohesiveness on key issues and satisfied themselvesthat they were adequate.

They were satisfied with the Company's performance in allfronts and finally concluded that the Board operates withbest practices.

d) Quality, Quantity and Timeliness of flow of informationbetween the Company, Management and the Board

All IDs have expressed their overall satisfaction with thesupport received from the management and the excellentwork done by the management during the year under reviewand also that the relationship between the top managementand Board is smooth and seamless.

The information provided for the meetings were clear, conciseand comprehensive to facilitate detailed discussions andperiodic external presentations on specific areas wellsupplemented the management inputs. The emerginge-technology was duly incorporated in the overall review ofthe board.

Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)

Mr Venu Srinivasan, Chairman and Managing Director,Mr Sudarshan Venu, Joint Managing Director, Mr K NRadhakrishnan, Director & CEO, Mr K Gopala Desikan,Chief Financial Officer and Mr K S Srinivasan, CompanySecretary are KMPs of the Company in terms of Section2(51) read with Section 203 of the Act, 2013 as on date ofthis Report.

Nomination and Remuneration Policy

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Directors(NRC) reviews the composition of the Board to ensure anappropriate mix of abilities, experience and diversity to servethe interests of all stakeholders of the Company.

Nomination and Remuneration Policy was approved by theBoard at its meeting held on 23rd September 2014 andamended from time to time to maintain consistency withstatutory amendments to be reflected in the policies to makeit uptodate and more comprehensive.

The objective of such policy shall be to attract, retain andmotivate executive management and devise remunerationstructure to link to Company's strategic long term goals,appropriateness, relevance and risk appetite.

NRC will identify, ascertain the integrity, qualification,appropriate expertise and experience, having regard to theskills that the candidate will bring to the Board / Company,whenever the need arises for appointment of Directors /KMP.

17


Criteria for performance evaluation, disclosures on theremuneration of Directors, criteria of making payments toNon-Executive Directors have been disclosed as part ofCorporate Governance Report attached herewith.

Remuneration payable to Non-executive IndependentDirectorsThe Shareholders at the 25th AGM of the Company heldon 11th August 2017, have renewed the payment ofremuneration, by way of commission not exceeding 1% ofthe Net profits, in aggregate, payable to the Non-ExecutiveIndependent Directors of the Company (NE-IDs) every year.

NE-IDs devote considerable time in deliberating theoperational and other issues of the Company and providevaluable advice in regard to the management of the Companyfrom time to time, and the Company also derives substantialbenefit through their expertise and advice.

Evaluation of the Independent Directors and Committeesof DirectorsIn terms of Section 134 of the Act, 2013 and the CorporateGovernance requirements as prescribed under the ListingRegulations, the Board reviewed and evaluated IndependentDirectors and various Committees viz., Audit Committee,Risk Management Committee, Nomination and RemunerationCommittee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee andStakeholders Relationship Committee, based on theevaluation criteria laid down by the NRC.

Board has carried out the evaluation of all Directors (excludingthe Director being evaluated) and its Committees througha set a questionnaires.

Independent DirectorsThe performance of all IDs were assessed against a rangeof criteria such as contribution to the development of businessstrategy and performance of the Company, understandingthe major risks affecting the Company, clear direction to themanagement and contribution to the Board cohesion. Theperformance evaluation has been done by the entire Boardof Directors, except the Director concerned being evaluated.

The Board noted that all IDs have understood theopportunities and risks to the Company's strategy and aresupportive of the direction articulated by the managementteam towards consistent improvement.

On the basis of the report of performance evaluation ofdirectors, the Board noted and recorded that all the directorsshould extend and continue their term of appointment asDirectors / Independent Director, as the case may be.

CommitteesBoard delegates specific mandates to its Committees, tooptimize Directors' skills and talents besides complying withkey regulatory aspects.

- Audit Committee for overseeing financial Reporting;

- Risk Management Committee for overseeing the riskmanagement framework;

- Nomination and Remuneration Committee for selectingand compensating Directors / Employees;

- Stakeholders' Relationship Committee for redressinginvestors' grievances; and

- Corporate Social Responsibility Committee foroverseeing CSR initiatives and inclusive growth.

The performance of each Committee was evaluated by theBoard after seeking inputs from its Members on the basisof specific terms of reference, its charter, time spent by theCommittees in considering key issues, quality of informationreceived, major recommendations / action plans and workof each Committee.

The Board is satisfied with overall effectiveness and decisionmaking of all Committees. The Board reviewed eachCommittee's terms of reference to ensure that the Company'sexisting practices remain appropriate.

Recommendations from each Committee were consideredand accepted by the Board prior to its implementation duringthe financial year under review.

Details of Committees, its charter and functions are providedin the Corporate Governance Report.

Number of Board meetings held:The number of Board meetings held during the financialyear 2020-21 is provided as part of Corporate GovernanceReport prepared in terms of the Listing Regulations.

10.AUDITORS

Statutory Auditors

The Company at its 26th AGM held on 7th August 2018 re-appointed M/s V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants,Mumbai, having Firm Registration No. 109208W allotted byThe Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, as StatutoryAuditors of the Company to hold office, for the second termof five consecutive years from the conclusion of 26th AGMtill the conclusion of 31st AGM, at such remuneration inaddition to applicable taxes, out of pocket expenses, travellingand other expenses as may be mutually agreed betweenthe Board of Directors of the Company and the Auditors.

The Statutory Auditors will continue to hold office for the 4th

year in the second term of five consecutive years, from theconclusion of this AGM.

The Company has obtained necessary certificate underSection 141 of the Act, 2013 conveying their eligibility forbeing the Statutory Auditors of the Company for the year2021-22.

The Auditors' Report for the financial year 2020-21 does notcontain any qualification, reservation or adverse remarkand the same is attached with the annual financialstatements.

Secretarial AuditorsAs required under Section 204 of the Act, 2013 and theCompanies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial

18


Personnel) Rules, 2014, the Company is required to appointa Secretarial Auditor for auditing secretarial and relatedrecords of the Company.

The Secretarial Audit Report for the year 2020-21, given byM/s S Krishnamurthy & Co., Company Secretaries, Chennaiis attached to this Report. The Secretarial Audit Reportdoes not contain any qualification, reservation or otherremarks.

The Board at its meeting held on 27th April 2021 hasre-appointed M/s. S Krishnamurthy & Co., PractisingCompany Secretaries, Chennai having Registration No.2215allotted by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India asSecretarial Auditors for the financial year 2021-22.

Cost AuditorAs per Section 148 of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies(Cost Records and Audit) Rules 2014, as amended, thecost audit records maintained by the Company in respectof its engine components manufactured by the Companyspecified under Customs Tariff Act heading in Table B toRule 3 of the above rules, are required to be audited by aCost Auditor.

In terms of the Companies (Cost Records and Audit)Amendment Rules, 2014, the Board has re-appointedMr A N Raman, Cost Accountant holding Certificate ofpractice No. 5359 allotted by The Institute of CostAccountants of India, as the Cost Auditor for conductingCost Audit for the financial year 2021-22.

The Company has also received necessary certificate underSection 141 of the Act, 2013 from him conveying his eligibilityto act as a Cost Auditor. A sum of $ 6 lakhs has been fixedby the Board as remuneration in addition to reimbursementof applicable taxes, travelling and out-of-pocket expensespayable to him, for the year 2021-22, which is required tobe approved and ratified by the Members, at the ensuingAGM as per Section 148(3) of the Act, 2013.

The Company has filed the Cost Audit Report of 2019-20on 26th August 2020 in XBRL format.

11.CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe Company has been practicing the principles of goodcorporate governance over the years and lays strongemphasis on transparency, accountability and integrity.

A separate section on Corporate Governance and acertificate from the Statutory Auditors of the Companyregarding compliance of conditions of Corporate Governanceas stipulated under Listing Regulations is given as AnnexureVIII to this Report.

The Director & CEO and the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) ofthe Company have certified to the Board on financial statementsand other matters in accordance with the Regulation 17 (8)of the Listing Regulations pertaining to CEO / CFO certificationfor the financial year ended 31st March 2021.

12. BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY REPORTIn terms of Regulation 34 of the Listing Regulations, theBusiness Responsibility Report for the year 2020-21 describingthe initiatives taken from an environment, social and governanceperspective, in the prescribed format is given as Annexure VIIto this Report and is available on the Company's website inthe link as provided in page no. 85 of this Annual Report.

13.POLICY ON VIGIL MECHANISMThe Company has adopted a Policy on Vigil Mechanism inaccordance with the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 andRegulation 22 of the Listing Regulations, which provides aformal mechanism for all Directors, Employees and otherStakeholders of the Company to report to the management,their genuine concerns or grievances about unethicalbehaviour, actual or suspected fraud and any violation ofthe Company's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

The Code also provides a direct access to the Chairmanof the Audit Committee to make protective disclosures tothe management about grievances or violation of theCompany's Code.

The Policy is disclosed on the Company's website in thelink as provided in page no. 85 of this Annual Report.

14.PUBLIC DEPOSITSThe Company has not accepted any deposit from the publicwithin the meaning of Section 76 of the Act, 2013, for theyear ended 31st March 2021.

15.STATUTORY STATEMENTSInformation on conservation of energy, technologyabsorption, foreign exchange etc:Relevant information is given in Annexure I to this Report,in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act,2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

Material changes and commitments, if any, affectingthe financial position of the company, having occurredsince the end of the year and till the date of the Report:There have been no material changes and commitmentsaffecting the financial position of the Company, which haveoccurred between the end of the financial year of the

19


Company to which the financial statements relate and thedate of this Report.

Significant and material orders passed by the Regulatorsor Courts or Tribunals impacting the going concern statusof the Company:There are no significant and material orders passed by theRegulators or Courts or Tribunals, which would impact thegoing concern status of the Company and its future operations.

Annual Return:

Copy of the Annual Return (Annexure II) in prescribed formis available on the Company's website in the link as providedin page no. 85 of this Annual Report, in terms of therequirements of Section 134(3)(a) of the Act, 2013 read withthe Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

Employee's remuneration:

Details of Employees receiving the remuneration in excessof the limits prescribed under Section 197 of the Act, 2013read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment andRemuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 areannexed as a statement and given in Annexure III. In termsof first proviso to Section 136(1) of the Act, 2013 the AnnualReport, excluding the aforesaid annexure is being sent tothe Shareholders of the Company. The annexure is availablefor inspection at the Registered Office of the Companyduring business hours as mentioned in the Notice of AGMand any Shareholder interested in obtaining a copy of thesaid annexure may write to the Company Secretary at theRegistered Office of the Company.

Comparative analysis of remuneration paid:A comparative analysis of remuneration paid to Directorsand Employees with the Company's performance is givenas Annexure V to this Report.

Details of related party transactions:There is no material related party transactions under Section188 of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Meetingsof Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014.

Details of loans / guarantees / investments made:The details of loans and guarantees under Section 186 ofthe Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Meetings of Board

and its Powers) Rules, 2014, for the financial year 2020-21are given as Annexure VI to this Report. On loans grantedto the Employees, the Company has charged interest as perits remuneration policy, in compliance with Section 186 of theAct, 2013.

Please refer note No. 4 to Notes on accounts for details ofinvestments made by the Company.

Reporting of fraudThe Auditors of the Company have not reported any fraudas specified under Section 143(12) of the Act, 2013.

Secretarial StandardsThe Company has complied with the applicable SecretarialStandards as amended from time to time.

Disclosure in terms of Sexual Harassment of Womenat workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal)Act, 2013The Company has an Internal Complaints Committee asrequired under The Sexual Harassment of Women atWorkplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.

During the year under review, there were no cases filed pursuantto the provisions of Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.

16.ACKNOWLEDGEMENTThe Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued supportand co-operation received from the holding Company viz.,Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai. The Directors also thankthe bankers, investing institutions, customers, dealers, vendorsand sub-contractors for their valuable support and assistance.

The Directors wish to place on record their appreciation ofthe very good work done by all the employees of the Companyduring the year under review.

The Directors also thank the investors for their continued faithin the Company.

For and on behalf of the Board of Directors

Chennai VENU SRINIVASAN27th April 2021 Chairman

20


A. CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

1. Measures taken in the year 2020-21:

i. Optimal utilization of plant and equipment.

ii. Maximized renewable energy utilization.

iii. Implementation of planned energy efficient projects.

Above measures have resulted in an annual saving of$ 8 Cr.

2. Proposed measures during the year 2021-22:

i. Optimal utilization of plant and equipment.

ii. Augmentation of Solar capacity.

iii. Implementation of energy efficient projects.

iv. Alternate source of fuel.

Above measures are expected to yield an annual savingof $ 6 Cr. (Approx.)

3. Steps taken for utilizing alternate sources of energyduring the year 2020-21:

The renewable power contributes to 84% of overallpower share. Out of which, 76% of energy utilized fromWind power and 8% of energy sourced from Solarpower plant.

4. Capital investment in energy conservationequipment:

During 2020-21, the Company had focused onreduction of fixed load consumption, paint plantutilization improvement, optimization of boiler's andin implementation of energy saving projects for energyefficiency as well as for reduction of carbon footprint.

The Company is planning to invest around $ 4 Crduring 2021-22 towards alternate fuel conversion andin implementing the planned energy saving projects.

B. TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION FOR 2020-21Specific areas in which R&D is carried out by theCompany:

i. Design, development and productionisation of "TVSIntelliGo" technology.

ii. Design, development and productionisation of uniquetechnology of ride modes for the power train and ABScontrol, launched along with segment first features ofadjustable suspension control levers in Apache RTR200-4V.

Annexure - I to Directors' Report to the shareholdersInformation pursuant to Section 134(3)(m) of the Companies Act, 2013

iii. Design, development and productionisation of TVSNTORQ Super Squad edition with customized TVSSmartConnect App.

iv. Design, development and productionisation of aMotorcycle variant for the specific segment needs ofinternational market.

Future plan of action:i. Development of new technologies for reduction of CO2

and other emissions.

ii. Development and adoption of new technologies forenhanced safety and rider assist.

iii. Development of new technologies, materials andprocesses for environmental sustainability.

iv. Development of new technologies and new featuresto deliver best-in -class products and achieve enhancedcustomer satisfaction.

v. Development of technologies including alternatematerials, weight reduction, cost reduction andimprovement of fuel economy.

vi. Development of new technologies in the areas of electricpower trains and connected vehicles.

C. DATA RELATING TO IMPORTED TECHNOLOGY

Technology imported during the last 3 years reckoned fromthe beginning of the financial year - NIL

Expenditure on Research & Development - $ 331.34 Cr.

D. FOREIGN EXCHANGE ACTUAL EARNINGS ANDOUTGO

1. Export activities:During the year, export of two-wheeler was 7.64 lakhunits and three-wheeler was 1.15 lakh units. TheCompany continued export of components and sub-assemblies to its subsidiary in Indonesia.

2. Total foreign exchange earned and used:($ in Cr)

Foreign exchange used 1,186.82

Foreign exchange earned 4,669.17



21


3. Web-link where Composition of CSR committee,Projects approved by the board and Policy aredisclosed on the website of the company

4. Details of Impact assessment of CSR projectscarried out in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of Rule 8 ofthe Companies (Corporate Social ResponsibilityPolicy) Rules, 2014, if applicable.

5. Details of the amount available for set off inpursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 7 of the Companies(Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014and amount required for set off for the financial year,if any

6. Average net profit of the Company as per Section135(5).

7. (a) Two percent of average net profit of theCompany as per Section 135(5)

(b) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects orprogrammes or activities of the previousfinancial years.

(c) Amount required to be set off for the financialyear, if any

(d) Total CSR obligation for the financial year(7a + 7b - 7c).

8 (a) CSR amount spent or unspent for the financial year:

Annexure - IV to Directors' Report to the shareholdersParticulars of Corporate Social Responsibility activities carried out by the Company in terms of Section135 of the Companies Act, 2013

1. Brief outline on CSR Policy of the Company:

This policy encompasses the Company's philosophy for giving back to society as a corporate citizen and lays down theguidelines and mechanism for undertaking socially useful programs for the transformation and sustainable development ofthe rural communities at large. It also supports to empower India’s rural poor through awareness, skills and training programsthat are sustainable in the areas ranging from economic development, infrastructure to healthcare and education.

2. Composition of the CSR Committee:

Sl. No. Name of the Director (M/s.) Designation Status

1. Venu Srinivasan Chairman and Managing Director Chairman

2. Prince Asirvatham Independent Director Member

3. H Lakshmanan Non Independent Director Member

www.tvsmotor.com

Web-link is provided in page no. 85 of this Annual Report.

Not Applicable

Sl. Financial Amount available for Amount required to beNo. Year set-off from preceding setoff for the financial

financial years (in $) year, if any (in $)

Not applicable

$ 840.19 Cr

$ 16.81 Cr

Nil

Nil

$ 16.81 Cr

Total Amount Spent forthe Financial Year

(in $)

Amount Unspent (in $)

Total Amount transferred toUnspent CSR Account as per

Section 135(6).

Amount transferred to any fund specifiedunder Schedule VII as per second proviso to

Section 135(5).

Amount Date of transfer Name of the Fund Amount Date of transfer

NA NA NA NA NA18.38 Cr

8 (b) Details of CSR amount spent against ongoing projects for the financial year: - Not Applicable

8 (c) Details of CSR amount spent against other than ongoing projects for the financial year:

Name of the Project.

Item from the list of activities in Schedule VII to theAct.

Economic Development, Education, Environment, Health,Infrastructure & Water Conservation.

• Eradicate poverty, promoting preventive healthcare andsanitation and making available safe drinking water;

22


• Promotion of Education, including special education andemployment, enhancing vocation skills especially amongchildren, women and livelihood enhancement projects;

• Promoting gender equality, empowering women andmeasures for reducing inequalities faced by socially andeconomically backward groups;

• Ensuring environment sustainability, ecological balance,animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of naturalresources and maintain quality of soil, air and water;

• Rural development projects.

Yes

- Tamil Nadu : Krishnagiri, Tiruvannamalai, Tirunelveli,Thoothukudi, Dharmapuri, Nagapattinam, Trichy andTiruvallur districts.

- Karnataka : Mysore, Bengaluru Rural and Chamrajanagardistricts

- Himachal Pradesh : Solan district- Maharashtra: Pune district - Shirur Block- Andhra Pradesh: Venkatagiri - Nellore district

$ 19.95 Cr (includes $ 18.38 Cr contributed by the Company)

No

Srinivasan Services TrustJayalakshmi Estates,No. 29, Haddows RoadChennai - 600 006Tamil NaduPhone No: 044-28332115Mail ID: [email protected]

CSR00001508

Not Applicable

$ 18.38 Cr

Local area (Yes / No).

Location of the project (State / District)

Amount spent for the project (in $).

Mode of Implementation - Direct (Yes / No)

Name of the Implementing Agency

CSR Registration No.

8 (d) Amount spent in Administrative overheads

8 (e) Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicable

8 (f) Total amount spent for the Financial Year(8b + 8c + 8d + 8e)

8 (g) Excess amount for set off, if any

Sl. No. Particulars Amount in ($)

(i) Two percent of average net profit of the company as per Section 135(5) 16.81 Cr

(ii) Total amount spent for the financial year 18.38 Cr

(iii) Excess amount spent for the financial year [(ii)-(i)] 1.57 Cr

(iv) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previousfinancial years, if any

NIL

(v) Amount available for set off in succeeding financial years [(iii)-(iv)] 1.57 Cr

9 (a) Details of Unspent CSR amount for the preceding three financial years: (In $)

Sl. Preceding Amount Amount Amount transferred to any fund specified AmountNo. financial transferred to spent in the under Schedule VII as per Section 135(6), remaining to

year Unspent CSR reporting if any be spent inAccount under financial succeedingSection 135 (6) year

Name of Amount Date offinancial yearsthe Fund transfer

Not Applicable

9 (b) Details of CSR amount spent in the financial year for ongoing projects of the preceding financial year(s):- Not Applicable

23



VENU SRINIVASANChennai Chairman and Managing Director and27th April 2021 Chairman of CSR Committee

10 In case of creation or acquisition of capital asset, furnish the details relating to the asset so created or acquiredthrough CSR spent in the financial year; (asset-wise details).

(a) Date of creation or acquisition of the capitalasset(s).

(b) Amount of CSR spent for creation or acquisitionof capital asset.

(c) Details of the entity or public authority orbeneficiary under whose name such capitalasset is registered, their address, etc.

(d) Details of the entity or public authority orbeneficiary under whose name such capitalasset is registered, their address, etc.

11 Specify the reason(s), if the company has failed tospend two per cent of the average net profit as perSection 135(5).

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

24


Annexure - V to Directors' Report to the shareholdersCOMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF REMUNERATION PAID TO DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES WITH

THE COMPANY’S PERFORMANCE

Sl. Name of the Directors Designation Ratio to Median % Increase / (Decrease)No. (M/s) in Remuneration Remuneration

1 Venu Srinivasan CMD 1:223 (2%)

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth* NE-NID – –

Sudarshan Venu JMD 1:185 3%

K N Radhakrishnan D & CEO 1:100 11%

Prince Asirvatham NE-ID 1:3 –

C R Dua NE-ID 1:4 –

R Gopalan NE-ID 1:3 –

Lalita D Gupte NE-ID 1:3 –

T Kannan NE-ID 1:4 –

Kuok Meng Xiong* NE-ID – –

H Lakshmanan NE-NID – –

Hemant Krishan Singh NE-ID 1:3 –

Dr Lakshmi Venu NE-NID – –

K Gopala Desikan CFO NA (4%)

K S Srinivasan CS NA (3%)

* appointed on 24th March 2021CMD - Chairman and Managing Director JMD - Joint Managing DirectorD&CEO - Director & Chief Executive Officer NE-ID- Non Executive Independent DirectorNE-NID - Non Executive Non Independent Director CFO - Chief Financial Officer; CS - Company Secretary

2 The percentage increase in the median remuneration ofemployees in the financial year; 2%

3 The number of permanent employees on the rolls of Company; 5035

4 a. Average percentile increase already made in the salaries ofemployees other than the managerial personnel in the financial 6%year 2020-21

b. Average percentile increase / (decrease) in the managerialremuneration in the financial year 2020-21 2%There are no exceptional circumstances for increase in themanagerial remuneration.

5 Affirmation that the remuneration is as per the Remuneration Policy Remuneration paid during the year 2020-21of the Company. is as per the Remuneration Policy of the

Company



25


Annexure - VII to Directors' Report to the shareholders

BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY REPORT[Pursuant to Regulation 34(2)(f) of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015]

Introduction

The National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) introduced by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs in theyear 2019 replaced and revised the National Voluntary guidelines (NVG) on Social, Environmental and Economic

Responsibilities of Business earlier issued by the Ministry in the year 2011.

This report conforms to the Business Responsibility Reporting (BRR) requirement of the Securities & Exchange Board of

India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (Listing Regulations) and the NGRBC.

The NGRBC are designed to be used by all businesses, irrespective of their ownership, size, sector, structure or location.

The NGRBC also provide a useful framework for guiding companies in their operations, in addition to aligning with applicable

national standards and norms governing responsible business conduct.

ANNEXURE - 1

SECTION A: GENERAL DISCLOSURES

1. Name of the Company : TVS Motor Company Limited

2. Year of registration : 1992

3. Corporate Identity Number (CIN) of theCompany (if applicable)

: L35921TN1992PLC022845

4. Corporate address, telephone, email and website : "Chaitanya",No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 006Tel: 044-28332115e-mail: [email protected]: www.tvsmotor.com

5. Financial Year Reported : 2020-21

6. Sector(s) that the Company is engaged in NIC Code Description(industrial activity code) : 30911 Motorcycles, Scooters, Mopeds

30912 Three-wheelers30913 Parts & Accessories

Annexure - VI to Directors' Report to the shareholders

DETAILS OF LOANS AND GUARANTEES UNDER SECTION 186 OF THE ACT 2013FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR 2020-21

Purpose of Amount of loan / Purpose for whichS. Name of the Nature of loan / guarantee / the loan /guarantee

No. body corporate relationship acquisition / security / security utilisedsecurity ($ in Cr) by the recipient

1 PT. TVS Motor Company Wholly owned Guarantee 95.04 Business PurposesIndonesia subsidiary

2 TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Wholly owned Guarantee 73.11 Business PurposesLimited subsidiary



26


7. List of three key products that the Company manufactures : Manufacture of1. Two-Wheelers2. Three-Wheelers3. Parts & Accessories(Please refer to Company's website for complete list of itsproducts)

8. Brands (top five by respective share of market) owned and : All the products of the Company are being sold underpercentage of revenue contributed: TVS brand.

Operations:

9. Location of plants (in case of manufacturing businesses) : i) Number of National Locations:

a. National (Districts and states - top five by employee A. The Company has three manufacturing locationsstrength): as under:

1. Post Box No. 4, Harita, Hosur - 635 109,Tamil Nadu, India.

2. Post Box No. 1, Byathahalli Village,Kadakola Post, Mysuru - 571 311,Karnataka, India.

3. Bhatian Village, Bharatgarh Road,Teh. Nalagarh, Solan District - 174 101,Himachal Pradesh, India.

b. International (Country - top three by employeeii) Number of International Locations:

strength):The Company does not have any manufacturing unitoutside India. However, its overseas subsidiary viz.,

(i) PT TVS Motor Company Indonesia has amanufacturing facility in Karawang, Indonesia;

(ii) The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited, has amanufacturing facility in Solar Park, Solihull, UK

B. The Company has Area Offices across pan India.

C. The sales and marketing office of the Company issituated at TVR Pride, No.383, 16th Main, 3rd Block,Koramangala, Bengaluru 560 034, Karnataka, India.

10. Location of major offices (in case of service businesses) :a. National (Districts and states - top five by employeestrength): Not applicable

b. International (Country - top three by employee strength):

Employees:

11. Number of permanent employees : 5,035

12. Contractual employees (seasonal, non-seasonal) : 1,345

13. Temporary employees : 6,830

14. Percentage of women employees : 7.1%

a. On the Governance Structure : –

b. In top management i.e. business and functional heads; : –

27


Associate entities:15. Name of subsidiaries / associates : Subsidiaries

1. Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai2. TVS Housing Limited, Chennai3. TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai4. TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai5. TVS Two-wheeler Mall Private Limited, Chennai6. TVS Micro Finance Private Limited, Chennai7. Harita ARC Private Limited, Chennai8. Harita Collection Services Private Limited, Chennai9. TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited,

Chennai10. TVS Housing Finance Private Limited, Chennai11. Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru12. TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V., Amsterdam13. TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore14. PT TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta15. Sundaram Holding USA Inc, Delaware, USA16. Green Hills Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA17. Components Equipment Leasing LLC, South Carolina, USA18. Sundaram - Clayton (USA) LLC, South Carolina, USA19. Premier Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA20. The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited, UK

Associates1. Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai.2. Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru.3. Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru.

Associates of TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited1. Tagbox Pte Limited, Singapore2. Predictronics Corp, USA3. Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA4. Altizon Inc., USA

Subsidiaries of Emerald Haven Realty Limited1. Emerald Haven Projects Private Limited, Chennai2. Emerald Haven Property Development Limited, Chennai3. Happiness Harmony Property Developers Private Limited4. Emerald Haven Towers Limited, Chennai5. Emerald Haven Development Limited, Chennai6. Emerald Haven Life Spaces (Radial Road) Limited, Chennai7. Emerald Haven Realty Developers (Paraniputhur)

Private Limited, Chennai8. Emerald Haven Town & Country Limited, Chennai

16. Details of Trust/Society/Section 8 company to further its CSR agenda:

a. Name; a. Srinivasan Services Trustb. Organization form (Trust, Society, Company) and year .

of establishment;b. Established in 1996

c. Main objects/purpose; Main objects:i. Eradicating hunger, poverty, promoting preventive

healthcare and sanitation and making available safedrinking water;

ii. Promoting of Education, including special education andemployment, enhancing vocation skills especially amongchildren, women, elderly and differently abled andlivelihood enhancement projects;

iii. Promoting gender equality, empowering women, setting uphomes and hostels for women and measures for reducinginequalities faced by socially and economically backwardgroups;

28


iv. Ensuring environment sustainability, ecological balance,animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of naturalresources and maintaining quality of soil, air and water;

v. Rural development projects.

17. Contact details of Nodal officer of this report : Mr. K.S. Srinivasan, Company Secretary(Name, Designation, Email ID, Phone number) [email protected]

044-2833 2115

SECTION B: MANAGEMENT AND PROCESS DISCLOSURES

This section is aimed to demonstrate the structures, policies and processes put in place towards adopting the Principlesand Core Elements.

P1 Businesses should conduct and govern themselves with integrity, and in a manner that is ethical, transparent andaccountable.

P2 Businesses should provide goods and services in a manner that is sustainable and safe.P3 Businesses should respect and promote the well-being of all employees, including those in their value chains.

P4 Businesses should respect the interests of, and be responsive to all its stakeholders.

P5 Businesses should respect and promote human rights.P6 Businesses should respect and make efforts to protect and restore the environment.

P7 Businesses, when engaging in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do so in a manner that is responsibleand transparent.

P8 Businesses should promote inclusive growth and equitable development.

P9 Businesses should engage with and provide value to their customers in a responsible manner.

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9

Policy and management processes1. Names of the policy / policies that The Company has in place the following policies in line with the

covers each Principle National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct:1. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics2. Whistle Blower Policy3. Related Party Transaction Policy4. Corporate Social Responsibility Policy5. Code of fair disclosure6. Code of conduct to regulate, monitor and report trading by insiders7. Quality and environment policies relating to safe and sustainable

products8. Environment, Occupational Health and Safety policy.

2. Core Elements related to the Principle All the core elements are stated in the policiesthat the policy/ policies cover

3. Policy / policies relating to each principlethat has been translated into guidelines Y Y Y Y Y Y – Y Yand procedures

4. Extent to which manpower, planning andfinancial resources have been allocated Y Y Y Y Y Y – Y Yfor the implementation of the policy /policies relating to each Principle

5. National and International codes and Y Y Y Y Y Y – Y Ystandards adopted mapped to various (ISOPrinciples 14001:

2015)All the policies of the Company are in compliance with the national /international standards wherever applicable

Disclosure QuestionsS. No.

29


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9

Governance, leadership and oversight

6. Names of the above policies that have The following policies / codes have been approved by the board:been approved by the board / topmanagement 1. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

2. Whistle Blower Policy3. Related Party Transaction Policy4. Corporate Social Responsibility Policy5. Code of fair disclosure6. Code of conduct to regulate, monitor and report trading by

insidersOther operational / internal policies are approved by the management.

7. Name of the specified committee(s) Audit committee and Board oversees the implementation ofof the Board / Director / Officer and various policies / Codes as required under the legal frame-processes to oversee the implement- work in force from time to time.ation of the policy / policies

CSR committee oversees the implementation of CSR activitiesby the Company.All the policies and their implementation are being reviewed atregular intervals by the board.

8. The process for board / top An Independent Consultant has been engaged to ensuremanagement to review performance compliance of all laws including these polices at periodicagainst the above policies and intervals in conformity with the best national / internationalincorporating inputs standards and to align with the latest amendments introduced

by various regulatory authorities.

9. Process for board/ top management The report on Company's conduct of its businesses isto review compliance with statutory presented to the Board for its review and further improvementrequirements of relevance to the of its standards.Principles and rectify anynon-compliances.

10. Frequency of the reviews of the The board on a continuous basis reviews the businessesbusiness's alignment with the alignment with the principles and core elements.Principles and Core Elementsconducted by the board / topmanagement


Stakeholder Engagement

11. Description of the process to identify The Company is aware of the fact that all stakeholders have notyour business's key stakeholders direct business engagement .

The Company has identified stakeholders under eight broadgroups:1. Suppliers, Transporters, Service Providers, Industry Bodies2. Shareholders & Investors3. Regulatory Bodies4. Policy Makers5. Customers6. Dealers7. Employees, Trade Union8. Local Community

30


P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9

12. Description of the process to engage The Company continuously expands its proactive engagement withwith your stakeholders on the Principles all the stakeholder groups. The Company also recognizes that stakeholder

engagement is an integral part of partnership building and aims toinstitutionalize a structured approach through a formal process inthe future.

13. Description of the processes to identify The Company identifies marginalized and disadvantaged groupsgroups that are vulnerable and through need assessment in all the villages where it works bymarginalized stakeholders. engaging the local communities.

14. Description of the processes to identify The Company continuously strives to achieve total inclusiveness byissues related to inclusion and impact of encouraging people in all sections of the community irrespective ofadopting the Principles on vulnerable caste, creed or religion to benefit through its CSR initiatives whichand marginalized stakeholders. would also be focused around communities reside in the proximity of

the Company's various manufacturing locations in the country.


Communication

15. Description of process to communicateto stakeholders, the impact of yourpolicies, procedures, decisions andperformance that impact them.

16. Description of how the businesscommunicates the results of stakeholderengagement in the public domain

17. Description of the process ofcommunicating performance againstthese Guidelines to relevant stakeholders

18. Note on how disclosures and reportinghelped in improving businessperformance / strategy

If answer to question (1) above is "No" i.e. not all Principles are covered by a policy, reasons to be stated:

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9

The Company has not understood the Principles - - - - - - - - -

The Company is not at a stage where it finds itselfin a position to formulate and implement the - - - - - - - - -policies on specified Principles

The Company does not have financial ormanpower resources available for the task - - - - - - - - -

It is planned to be done within next 6 months - - - - - - - - -

It is planned to be done within next 12 months - - - - - - - - -

Any other reason (please specify) P7 - the Company through the various industrial forums endeavorsto promote growth and technological process, economic reforms,inclusive development policies and sustainable business principles.Therefore there is no need for such policy.

Questions

The Company proactively engages with stakeholders formally andinformally to:Share information, discuss the Company's sustainability priorities,programs and performance and determine opportunities to collaboratetowards common goals.

The Company communicates the performance against the Guidelinesto the stakeholder through its website, stakeholder interactions,Business Responsibility Report and Annual report.

The Company believes in listening to the viewpoints of its stakeholdersand addressing them on priority. The Company values the inputsreceived from the engagement process and these engagements helpto identify material aspects.

The progress on the material aspects are communicated in Annualreport, Business Responsibility Report and on websites at periodicintervals.

Such measures help the Company to identify stakeholder expectationsand to design its sustainability strategy to balance the differentstakeholder needs and expectations.

31


PRINCIPLE 1: BUSINESSES SHOULD CONDUCT AND GOVERN THEMSELVES WITH INTEGRITY, AND IN A MANNERETHICAL, TRANSPARENT AND ACCOUNTABLE.

Essential Indicators:

1. Month / Year of last review by Governance Structure / top management of performance of the businessacross the Principles and Core Elements of the Guidelines:January 2021.The Company reviewed the new talents hired, their skills and competencies for future business solutions ofthe Company and Key areas identified for strengthening the organisation.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee also reviewed the key priorities including other future thrustareas and skills and competencies of recruits in recent past, from global as well as from premier Indianinstitutes.

2. Percentage Coverage of leadership team by awareness programmes on the Guidelines:a. In reporting year : 100 % of the functional heads are covered by awareness programmes on the

Guidelines at all times.

b. Total to date : 100 %

3. Percentage of suppliers and distributors (by value), in the year:a. Covered by awareness programmes for the Guidelines - 100 % of the suppliers

b. Had responsible / sustainable business policies in place? - 100 %

4. Number of meetings / dialogues with minority shareholders that were organized in the year:Nil

5. Number of complaints received on any aspect of the NGRBC in the year from:a. Shareholders / investors – Nil

b. Lenders – Nil

6. Number of the above complaints pending resolution at close of year:Not Applicable

7. Value of non-disputed fines / penalties imposed on your business by regulatory and judicialinstitutions in the year?Nil

8. Number of complaints / cases of corruption and conflicts of interest that were registered in theyear?Nil

9. Details of unmet obligations (fiscal, social, etc.) arising out of any benefits or concessions providedby the Central, State or Local Governments:Nil

Leadership Indicators:1. Percentage coverage of all employees by awareness programmes for the Guidelines:

a. In reporting year - 100 % of the functional headsb. Total to date - 100%The reporting under the guidelines are ensured by the functional heads and the awareness programme forthe guidelines was conducted to the said functional heads.

2. Percentage of suppliers and distributors (by value) covered by social and environmental audits:a. In reporting year - 23 numbers of suppliers/recyclers in orange and red categories of industries

were audited.

b. Total to date - 52 (last 4 years)

32


3. Was report on responsible business conduct made, in the year:

a. As per mandatory / global reporting frameworks - The Company publishing the report every year onNational Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct. The Company also compile the indicatorsconforming to Global Reporting Initiative Standards (GRI).

b. Available in the public domain - Yes. The Business Responsibility Report (BRR) for 2020-21 is availableon Company's website. The report made in-line with GRI standard for reporting to the managementpurpose, is not available in public domain.

c. Assured by a third party - The above reports are not assured by third party.

4. Details of non-disputed fines / penalties imposed on your business by regulatory and judicialinstitutions in the year available in public domain:

Nil

5. Provide examples (up to three) of corrective action taken on the above fines / penalties imposed.

Not Applicable.

6. Provide examples (up to three) of corrective action taken on the complaints / cases of corruptionand conflicts of interest to prevent recurrence.

No cases - Hence, not Applicable

PRINCIPLE 2: BUSINESSES SHOULD PROVIDE GOODS AND SERVICES IN A MANNER THAT IS SUSTAINABLEAND SAFE


1. List top three goods / services (revenue in the year) which incorporate environmental and socialconcerns, risks and / or opportunities in their design.

TVS Scooter - The Company has been pursuing actively in projects related to weight reduction throughdesign optimization, alternate materials and 3.0 kg weight reduction has been achieved in TVS Scootermodel during FY 2020-21. This has led to an estimated potential savings of 5,200 tonnes of CO2 per annumduring manufacturing phase of product lifecycle.

TVS XL 100 - is the vehicle under moped category. Continuous efforts are made to increase fuel economyof the products and due to such sustained efforts, the average product fuel efficiency has increased byabout 3% during FY 2020-21 when compared to FY 2019-20.

Similarly, there is fuel economy increase of about 2-4% across Company products. Reduction in fuelconsumption also reduces the country's dependence on import of gasoline. With increase in fuel economy,there will be corresponding reduction in the CO2 emission during use-phase of product lifecycle. The Companyhas reduced CO2 emissions during use phase upto 3% (per km) during the reporting period.

Engine Oil - The Company has developed new synthetic engine oil having 100% higher drain interval i.e.,from 3,000 km to 6,000 km for after-market sales. This leads to conservation of petroleum products duringthe use phase.

Risks and Opportunities:

iQUBE - The Government of India is publishing policies on Electric Vehicles to improve air quality, climatechange mitigation and reduce import of petroleum products. The Company has expanded the market presenceof iQUBE, an electric vehicle, in Bengaluru and New Delhi, to reach out to many customers.

Biofuel blended Gasoline Vehicles - The Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas along with NITI Aayoghas given roadmap for implementation of E10 (Ethanol 10% + 90% Gasoline) pan-India in near future. TheEthanol blending will reduce the import of petroleum products. All the products are designed and developedwith E10 fuel compatibility.

33


2. Details of investments in specific technologies to improve the environmental and social impacts(top three by value):• The Company continued its funding for the product development of Electric Two-wheeler and

Three-wheeler.

• Investments have been made in developing advanced technologies for reduction in tailpipe emissionsOBD II, increasing fuel economy, light weight technologies and bio-fuel compatible products.

• The Company has invested in new technologies for elimination of hazardous chemicals from thecomponents used in the products. The Company has adhered to the internal standard developedconsidering various national and international regulations, as applicable viz., Stockholm convention,Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) regulation.

• The Company has invested over INR 100 Cr in R&D activities for the development of technologiesmentioned above.

3. Percentage of input material and services (by value), in the year, sourced from suppliers adheringto internal or external sustainability standards / codes / policies / labels100 %

4. Percentage of total raw material consumed in the year (by value) that consisted of material that wasrecycled or reused ( a.<5% ; b. between 5%& 25%, c. > 25%):Between 5 and 25%.

5. Describe the process in place to safely collect, reuse, recycle and dispose of your products atend-of-life:Company's products are designed with higher recyclability and recoverability rates, and has following featuresthat promotes recycling-

• Company's products have recyclability rate between 85-90% and recoverability rate between 90-95%

• Recyclability symbol marking on the plastic parts (more than 100g component) for easy identificationduring recycling.

• The Company restricts the use of "hazardous chemicals" in the components used in its products. Aninternal standard is created considering various national and international laws on hazardous substance.

• Batteries used in products have recycling symbol marked. After end-of-life, these batteries will reachrecyclers through the dealers and channel partners.

Leadership Indicators:1. For goods and services that incorporated environmental and social concerns, give details of:

a. Resource use (energy, water, raw material) per unit produced in the year:Resource use per unit produced in the year:• Energy : 0.19 GJ / vehicle

• Water : 158 litres / vehicle

• Material -

Ferrous Metals : 74 kg / vehicle

Non-Ferrous Metals : 24 kg / vehicle

Non-Metals : 19 kg / vehicle

Paint : 1.38 kg / vehicle

b. Reduction in resource use covering sourcing, production and distribution in the year:Reduction in resource use:i. Sourcing: 4% of reduction through value engineering

ii. Production:• The Company has reduced 10% specific paint consumption when compared to previous year.

This was achieved through transfer efficiency improvements by robot parameter optimization,robot coverage enhancement by path fine-tuning, rework reduction, pre-lacquered stickerintroduction and wastage reduction during colour change-over.

34


• The Company has reduced 21% specific water consumption when compared to previous year.Company's approach has been "Demand side Water management" which best utilizes theavailable water. The water management framework has - water resource management, waterdistribution & supply management, management of water by end-users and finally waste watermanagement.

• The renewable power contributes to 84% in overall share of power. Out of which 76% of energyutilized from wind power and 8% of energy trapped from solar. These initiatives of renewableenergy resulted in CO2 emissions reduction of 58,812 tons during 2020-21.

iii. Distribution:

1) Optimized route for trucks from plants and Authorised Ware Houses to dealers - 248,776 Litresof diesel saved per annum.

2) Increased utilization of trucks carrying Finished Goods - 1,78,300 Litres of diesel saved.

3) Plastic consumption reduction through Value addition and Value Engineering (VAVE) -Elimination of vehicle packing cover & Kitting packing cover - 38 tonnes per annum plasticconsumption reduced.

4) Overhead conveyor for Finished Goods (FG) movement- Elimination of FG movement throughdiesel vehicle - 12,000 Litres of diesel saved.

c. Sustainability standards / codes / labels adhered to:

Following Sustainability Standards / codes / labels adhered:• Labels related to emission standards.• Recyclability symbol on the Plastic parts as per ISO 11469.• Battery disposal instructions.• RoHS compliance on the premium products.• Reusability, Recyclability and Recoverability (RRR) rate values calculation (recoverability rate

between 90%-95%) as per ISO 22628.• International standards for hazardous chemicals restriction (AIS 129, Directives 2011/65/EC,

EC 1907/2006, 2000/53/EC).• Compliance to Central Motor Vehicles Rules (1989), Applicable Automotive Industry Standards

(AIS), Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and International standards for raw material.• FAME II Label.

d. Product life cycle assessmentLife Cycle Assessment (LCA) is conducted considering raw material extraction, manufacturing, assembly,logistics, use phase and final disposal for our products.

Information on the impacts of your products across the value chain communicated to:a. To which stakeholder groups?

Customers, Dealers, Suppliers, Internal stakeholders (employees), Trade Unions, Local Communities,Recyclers, Certifying agency, Government bodies, Investors and shareholders.

b. By which channels for each group?1. Customers -

User manual, service manual, social media, mobile applications, Company website, labels on theproduct.

2. Dealers -Information passed through training, Service Manual, Newsletters, General body meeting.

3. Suppliers -Design documents, Internal Standards, E-business portal, personal interaction, site visit ande-communication.

35


4. Employees -

Internal Standards, Homologation requirements, training, Employee survey, Company generalmeetings, Quarterly magazines, Acts / Laws / Rules laid by Government of India.

5. Recyclers -

Recycling symbol marked on the parts.

6. Certifying Agencies & Government bodies -

Test reports, Compliance reports.

7. Investors -

Annual Reports, Investor meets, Media releases, Company website

8. Local Communities -

Through CSR activities

c. At what frequency?Annually, quarterly, monthly and need based.

2. Provide examples (up to three) on how the feedback received from stakeholders is used forimprovements:• Fuel Economy- Considering market survey and customer research inputs, the Company optimizes

various product performance parameters to achieve higher fuel economy. This helps in reduction ofconsumption of gasoline during use phase. Overall, 2-4% of fuel economy increase across all its products.

• Weight reduction- With continuous efforts, weight reduction in TVS Scooter upto 3 kg achieved throughdesign optimization, usage of advanced materials and technologies.

• E10 Compliant vehicles- All the products are designed and developed with E10 fuel (10% Ethanolblended Gasoline) compatibility.

PRINCIPLE 3: BUSINESSES SHOULD RESPECT AND PROMOTE THE WELL-BEING OF ALL EMPLOYEES,INCLUDING THOSE IN THEIR VALUE CHAINS.


1. Complaints received on cases arising out of discrimination and Number of complaints received inthe year:

During the reporting period, the Company has not received any complaints relating to discrimination.

As a part of orientation to new recruits, an induction programme is conducted on "Code of Conduct (CoC)"CoC is acknowledged by every individual in a signed hardcopy. In addition, refresher programs are conducted.

CoC clearly states that the Company is an equal opportunity employer and prohibit any kind of discrimination /favouritism on the basis of gender / region / religion / race / caste / colour and is abided by laws of the land.

2. Number of the above complaints pending resolution at end of the year:

Not applicable as the Company has not received any complaints during the reporting period.

3. Percentage of permanent employees who are members of the employee association(s) recognizedby the management:

100% of permanent employees are members of TVS Motor's Employees Union affiliated to INTUC.

4. Percentage of your establishments / value chain that has been audited in the year for - a. Childlabour; b. Forced / involuntary labour:

100% of the Company's establishments follow the Company's recruitment policy of considering only personscompleted 18 years of age and the age is validated through Government authorized certificates. Accordingly,engagement of child / adolescent labour is NIL at all Company's establishments. This is 100% ensuredthrough the Company's internal audit system.

36


All Company's service providers are included in the certificate of registration which is a Government issueddocument and hence forced / involuntary labour is NIL at all its establishments. A separate agreement isentered into each of service provider in line with the above. This is 100% ensured through monthly inspectionof documents of service providers.

Similar kind of system is available with others in the value chain viz., suppliers and dealers, wherein needbased audits are conducted.

5. Number of cases of child labour in your establishments/ value chains identified to date - a. Resolved;b. Pending resolution:

There are no cases of child labour during the reporting period.

6. Number of cases of forced / involuntary labour identified to date - a. Resolved; b. Pending resolution:

No cases reported.

7. Percentage of your employees that were paid above the legal minimum wage in the last year:

100%. Majority of employees are above the legal minimum wage limit as agreed through long-term wagesettlements for Company's Workforce and market/industry benchmark for Executives and Managers. Stipendsfor trainees are fixed above legal minimum wage limit for attracting talent from campus / market.

8. Ratio of the highest salary paid to the median salary paid amongst your permanent employees:

Refer Annexure V to the Directors Report for the year 2020-21.

9. Number of cases of delay in payment of wages during the year - a. Resolved; b. Pending resolution:

Nil. Wages for employees are paid on or before last working day of the month. Stipend for trainees is paidon or before 7th day of every month. Wages for contract workforce is ensured to be paid through Serviceproviders on or before 7th day of every month. The above was adhered to during lockdown and subsequentlydespite CoVID-19 pandemic situation.

10. Number of complaints related to harassment to date - a. Resolved; b. Pending resolution:

The Company has not received any complaints relating to harassment during the reporting period. TheInternal Committee (IC) meets regularly towards reviewing issues raised and solved on harassment. It alsosubmits its annual report as stipulated by the Prevention of Sexual Harassment (POSH) Rules. 100%employees are covered on POSH training through e-module / orientation capsule.

11. Percentage of employees (all categories) trained on health and safety issues and measures -a. In the year; b. Total to date:100% of new recruits in all categories including Workforce, Executives and Managers undergo health andsafety orientation before being deployed.

100% of contract workforce is also provided health and safety orientation periodically. In addition, regularand scheduled role-based, process-based health and safety programmes are conducted for employees.

As a special drive, over 9,733 personnel in the Company's value chain covering Employees, Employeefamilies, Suppliers and Service Providers were trained on road safety awareness.

During lockdown due to pandemic, Company's Occupational Health Centre (OHC) provided 24 x 7 supportto employees and their families. Counselling was done to patients and family members through online andtele-consultation. Company's medical team assisted employees and their families for hospitalisation panIndia and for home-care. The team ensured supply of regular medicines to employees living in Hosur andMysuru. The Company has donated Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to Government hospital and ESIhospital, Hosur.

Post lockdown, all employees were screened while onboarding to duty. Homeopathy medicines, immunityboosting medicines were distributed to all employees. Towards creating awareness about CoVID-19, onlinesessions were conducted with experts. Also, awareness videos, newsletter and posters were shared withemployees.

37


Influenza immunization was done to employees under high-risk categories including those in field. Currently,we have taken-up a major drive for CoVID-19 vaccination in collaboration with local health authorities foremployees and their families who are 45 years and above (in-progress).

"TVS ICE" (ICE - In Case of Emergency)- a mobile app developed to provide support to employees andfamilies during crisis with turn-around time of 24 hours.

"Health Wholesome"- an initiative to have a constant connect with employees through messages, videosand webinars on health and safety. This also includes tie up with hospitals, support during crisis for self andfamily members. Through this platform, union president also addressed to employees and their families.Since July 2020 till date 26 sessions were conducted covering about 2,800 employees.

"Your DOST" - employee mental health awareness and consultation support 24 x 7 by experts / professionalsin the field of stress management, confidence building, relationships, career coaching and sexual wellnesshas been introduced in January 2021. Close to 300 employees and their family members have benefittedby way of individual consultations. In addition, 9 information sessions were conducted benefitting over1,000 employees.

12. Percentage of employees provided training and skill upgradation - a. In the year; b. Total to date:

TVS Institute for Quality and Leadership (IQL) is the Corporate University of the Company and its GroupCompanies, certified by Global Council of Corporate Universities (Global CCU). TVS-IQL is responsible forsupporting change and transformation of people, culture and processes towards institutionalizing learningfor individual and collective contribution towards future challenges.

The Company place high importance to develop its employees. The Company provide training to each andevery employee inducted and as a routine skill up-gradation is also done. During the reporting, the institutedelivered over 110 role-based competency training programs. In this 1,000+ employees were trained acrossthe functions covering 77% of role-based competencies through combination of self-learning and virtualinstructor lead training sessions.

250 identified Executives and Managers were trained for certified courses in Technology, Future Mobility,Data Analytics through relevant tools & techniques. The Company has developed an online learning platformto enable self-learning opportunities for all the employees under topics- functional skills, behavioral skills,innovation and sustainability. This was done through curated content from subscribed e-Learning platformssuch as Actuate and 1-Hour learning solutions. The Company has sponsored 80+ Executives and Managersfor the virtual training programs through external partners on different topics.

Post pandemic, every single person entering the premise is being trained on "CoVID-19" awareness andpractice to follow "CoVID-19" protocols. Exodus during pandemic created resource deficit across the supplychain. To address this challenge, we provided skill training and skill up-gradation training to more than3,500 people. In addition to that, we extended skill training across the supply chain.

The details of training to employees, suppliers, service providers and visitors are given below:

• Training on "CoVID-19" protocols:

- No of Employees : 100% (9785 persons)

- No of Service providers : 100% (1255 persons)

- Suppliers and Visitors : 100% (1735 persons)

• Employee's skills training : 100% (7250 persons)

• Employee's redeployment : 11.4% (548 persons)

• Suppliers' skill training : 196 persons

Leadership Indicators:

1. Categories of employees (list up to three) supported by affirmative action, and has there been anychange from the previous year:

Workforce, Executives and Managers are the three categories of employees. Continuous efforts are madetowards affirmative actions as and when opportunities arise for recruitment / engagement of Workforce,Executive and Managers.

38


During reporting period, towards improving inclusivity, 4 sensitization workshops on working with "Personswith Disability (PwD)" were conducted for managers, teams and support staffs covering 200 employees. InJanuary 2021, 20 persons with speech and hearing impairment joined the workforce as trainees at Hosurplant.

"Flying Lessons"- a coaching and mentoring program was rolled out towards developing women leaders inthe Company, covering 23 women employees.

"Beyond Prism" - unconscious bias workshops were conducted for managers to sensitise them on thesubject of gender diversity. During the reporting period, 4 such workshops were conducted covering over100 senior managers.

Workshops for women employees organized to support them on managing work-life balance, parentingwhile children at home and managing expectations at workplace during pandemic. About 250 womenemployees and families benefited.

2. Percentage of non-permanent employees that are linked to any standing platform / association:

For 100% of non-permanent employees, the Company has different platforms as mentioned below:

a. Trainees / Temporary workforce: Contact programmes are scheduled and conducted periodically tofeel the pulse on "Things Going Right (TGR)" and take action on "Things Going Wrong (TGW)".

b. Contract workforce: Apart from periodic connect programme, annual 'Partners in Progress Meet' isleveraged to obtain feedback and take correction and corrective actions.

3. Percentage of children identified as employed in your establishments / value chain that have beenremediated - a. In reporting year; b. Total to date:

No cases of child labour. As a system lock, hiring process allows only adults aged 18 years and above.As a part of daily management, entry into the premises is allowed for personnel aged 18 years and above.For supplier and service providers, this requirement is mentioned as one of the clauses in our businessagreements.

4. Percentage of forced / involuntary labour identified in your establishments / supply remediated -a. In reporting year; b. Total to date:

NIL.

Engagement of Employees, Suppliers and Service Providers is through contract of employment andagreement which contains the clause for separation by giving notice on either side.

5. Examples of steps taken (up to three) to prevent adverse consequences to the complainant in thecase of harassment cases:

As enumerated in Code of Conduct, all complaints, enquiries and investigations are treated with confidentialityand the protection to whistle blower is also assured. Needless to mention, any attempts to intimidate thewhistle blower is also treated as violation of Code of Conduct and communicated to all employees. Informationrevealed by the committee is strictly on a need-to-know basis. The process followed is with Principles ofNatural Justice, maintaining anonymity of the employee.

6. Percentage of supply chain partners (by value) that were assessed for adherence to health andsafety practices:

100% of the suppliers and service providers. In addition, key fabrication suppliers were assessed onoccupational health and safety requirements. CoVID-19 unlock guidelines implemented at the Company'ssupply chain were also assessed. More than 25,000 dealer staff were trained on CoVID-19 restart guidelinesto support their office premises, colleagues as well as customers.

7. Describe the work-life balance issues (up to three) that were brought up by employees:a. Being a manufacturing industry, "Work From Home (WFH)" was not in vogue prior to pandemic. However,

WFH was introduced in all departments other than shopfloor towards business continuity. While following'Work From Home' pattern, guidelines on working hours and conduct of review meetings not clear.

39


b. The Company has the policy of leave encashment beyond the prescribed limit and annual payment ofLTA and education allowance which were withheld for 3 months due to business uncertainty.

c. Tuck Shop, Coffee Points and snack vending machines were suspended for 9 months, considering thepandemic situation. There were demands from employees to restart the above.

8. Examples (up to three) of identified work-life balance topics that have been implemented:

a. Employees were facilitated to set-up office at home by extending laptops, home-office furniture onconcession, internet connectivity at discounted rates benefitting over 2,200 employees. WFH guidelinesas "Remote Working Guidelines" were benchmarked with other manufacturing companies and formulated.The guidelines included timings on review meetings, virtual meeting etiquettes, special considerationfor parents with young children etc. This was communicated to all employees through employee portal-"HR Connect". Monthly Work Pattern (MWP) was introduced to ensure not more than 50% employeesat office premises.

b. During the months when leave encashments, LTA, educational allowance was withheld, we grantedsalary advance requests. LTA and educational allowance were paid to employees during August 2020.Leave encashments to employees were paid in December 2020.

c. Adhering CoVID-19 guidelines, Tuck Shop, Coffee Points and snack vending machines were restartedin January 2021.

PRINCIPLE 4: BUSINESSES SHOULD RESPECT THE INTERESTS OF, AND BE RESPONSIVE TO ALL ITSSTAKEHOLDERS


1. List of stakeholder groups that have been identified as key to your business:

Customers, Dealers, Employees, Policy Makers, Government, Regulatory bodies, Shareholders, Investors,Suppliers, Trade Union, Media and Local community.

2. Positions / departments / functions responsible for engagement with each stakeholder categoryidentified above?

• Customers & Dealers: Marketing, Sales & Service.

• Community: CSR wing.

• Policy Makers, Government, Trade union and Employees: Human Resource Development.

• Suppliers: Central Purchase (CP), Central Procurement Group(OPN), Supplier Quality team (QAD).

• Media: Corporate Communication Department.

• Investors: Finance and Secretarial Department.

3. Number of stakeholder groups that were formally engaged on environment and social issues in thelast year:

During pandemic and subsequent lockdown, around 4,000 neighbouring villages were supported withdisinfection, provision of gloves, face mask and face shield. The Company factory canteens were operatedto for distribution of food packets to frontline health workers and support staffs. Overall 12,25,000 foodpackets were distributed during this period. Continuous awareness and education on CoVID-19 was providedin the surrounding villages.

4. Percentage of input material and services (by value), in the year, that were procured from local andsmall vendors / producers:

92% of the input is sourced from local vendors (within India).

9% of the input is sourced from MSME suppliers.

40



1. Frequency of engagement with each stakeholder group:Daily, Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly, Yearly- Based on the needs and Key Performance Indicators (KPI)review schedules.

2. Examples (up to three) of how the business has incorporated inputs from stakeholders:Customers: The Company has strong team which gathers information through market survey, customerresearch, etc. It has developed its own methodology for this purpose. The Company incorporates theseinputs for design & development of new products and also to upgrade the existing products. e.g. FuelEconomy- Considering market survey and customer research inputs, the Company optimizes various productperformance parameters to achieve higher fuel economy. This helps in reduction of consumption of gasolineduring use phase. Overall, 2-4% of fuel economy increase across Company's products.

Suppliers: Following activities were carried out after taking input from suppliers-

a) Constant communication and information sharing:Web portal called "tradewithtvs.com" is run by the Company and actively used for sharing Quality &Delivery performance and payment status to supplier. This is a live information sharing portal enablingcommunication with suppliers.

b) Enhanced collaboration through regular supplier meets:For speeding up the developmental milestones in new product development the Company enhancedearly collaboration through conducting events like "supplier day conferences"

c) Chronic supplier improvement:The Company is running TPM, Quality System improvement programs and sustainability audits withidentified suppliers for enhancing their production, quality and sustainability performance for mutualbenefit.

Dealers: The lockdown on account of the CoVID-19 pandemic, all channel partners were affected includingdealers. Especially when operations resumed in May 2020, the Company extended the warranty period forvehicles by realigning the claim process after taking into account the feedback received from dealers.

Employee: To address the concerns of employees during the CoVID-19 pandemic lockdown period an appwas developed by the Company's IT team. Through this app, the employees were given an access toupdate their emergency requirements (medical attention, cash requirements and certain essential goods)on a daily basis which were handled appropriately by the CoVID committee members.

3. List of the vulnerable and marginalized groups in each stakeholder group:Community - villagers and economically deprived children and women.

4. Examples of decisions and actions taken by the business to address the interests of vulnerable /marginalized groups:

• Company has taken initiatives under CSR, focusing on key areas of Economic Development, Health,Education, Infrastructure, Environment, Social and Cultural Development.

• Company had conducted Police Camps through dealer channels to complement their efforts during thefight with CoVID-19.

• Company also provided Road Side Assistance support through dealer team by arranging "Covid supportpasses" to attend customers in distress, in case of vehicle being off-road.

• Company distributed 1 million masks during CoVID crisis.

• 6,500 meal packets per day were distributed to poor & needy / People Below Poverty Line / medicalstaff / Police.

41


PRINCIPLE 5: BUSINESSES SHOULD RESPECT AND PROMOTE HUMAN RIGHTS


1. Percentage of employees that have been provided training on human rights issues - a. In the year;b. Total to date:The Company has put in place a Code of Conduct that covers Human rights issues and is applicable to allemployees to adhere and uphold the standards contained therein.

E-module has been developed and deployed.

2. Employee categories that are covered by the human rights policies of the business - Permanent /Contract / Casual:All categories of employees viz., Permanent / Contract & Casual are covered by the Human Rights Policies.

3. Number of business agreements and contracts with third party partners that were reviewed in theyear, to avoid complicity with adverse human rights impacts in the previous year:100% of business agreements are reviewed so as to ensure protection of Human Rights.

4. Stakeholders groups governed by the grievance committee for human rights issues:The grievance committee meets periodically to review complaints raised if any through e-mails or otherwisefrom any of its stakeholder groups viz., employees, visitors, suppliers, and service providers etc.,

5. Number of stakeholders that reported human rights related grievances and/or complaints - a. Receivedin the year; b. Pending resolution:Nil


1. Percentage of contractual employees and value chain partners that have been made aware / providedtraining on human rights issues - a. In the year; b. Total to date:

Contract workforce are engaged through professional service providers.

Contract agreements comply with all statutory labour laws including POSH.

Service providers and contract workforce are periodically provided with orientation on human rights aspects.

2. External stakeholder groups and representatives that are covered by the human rights policies of thebusiness:All contract agreements with stakeholders have clauses pertaining to Industrial & labour laws compliance,which takes care of human rights.

A separate Human Rights Policy is being drafted.

3. Stakeholder groups that have been made aware of the grievance mechanisms for human rights issues- a. During the year; b. Total to date:100% of stakeholders have been made aware of the grievance mechanism for any issues including humanrights with clear redressal [email protected] is an exclusive email ID created for this purpose.In addition, the following programmes enable picking up early warning signals and taking action closer to thesource of occurrence.• Employee Contact Program - Monthly.• Open Door Policy.• Plant Committee Meeting - Monthly.• Workers participation through various committees which meet periodically / monthly.• Need based meetings with Union.• Focus group discussion with middle level managers - Quarterly.• Women resource group meet - Quarterly.• CEO connect - Quarterly.• JMD connect with new joiners - Annually.

42


4. List (up to three) corrective actions taken to eliminate complicity with adverse human rights impactsin the last year.

Nil

5. Provide (up to two) examples of a business process being modified / introduced as a result ofaddressing human rights grievances / complaints.Not Applicable.

6. Provide details of the scope and coverage of any human rights due-diligence conducted during theyear.Nil

PRINCIPLE 6: BUSINESSES SHOULD RESPECT AND MAKE EFFORTS TO PROTECT AND RESTORE THEENVIRONMENT.


1. Material risks of potential or actual adverse impacts upon the environment and communities by thebusiness:

a. Identified in the year:

The Company has identified hazardous chemicals that pose risk to the environment as well as to thesociety.

- Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive - 2011/65/EU - Identified in FY 2018-19.

- Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) India - Identified in the FY 2018-19.

b. Mitigation and adaptation measures put in place for the above environmental risks:The Company has prohibited the use of hazardous chemicals that pose risk to the environment as well asto the society-

• Heavy Metal Restriction (HMR) - As per AIS 129.

• Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) as applicable.

The Company strictly adheres to internal material standard that lists all the prohibited and declarablesubstances. Further, continuous training is imparted to suppliers and internal teams for compliance.

Towards resource conservation-

• With the advanced simulation tools and rapid prototyping, the product designs are optimizedcontinuously for weight reduction, CO2 reduction and performance enhancement.

• The Company has developed extended drain interval oil - from 3000 km to 6000 km (100%improvement). Hence oil change frequency has been reduced by half over the life cycle of the product,thereby conserving the fossil fuel-based lubricants (petroleum product).

• The Company optimizes various performance parameters to improve the fuel economy of the vehicles.This helps in reduction of consumption of gasoline during use phase. This activity is a continuousprocess and the Company is committed to deliver the best-in-class fuel economy for the product.

2. Good practices (up to three) in reduction, recycling and reuse initiatives that contributed to loweringthe adverse environmental footprint of your business activities:

• Considering life cycle of the vehicle, the highest impact of the vehicle is during its "use phase" and it is90% of total emissions. All the products are BS-VI compliant and the Company is committed to loweremissions from the products. The Company also has an electric vehicle which has zero tailpipe emissions.The Company has developed bio-fuel based vehicle. These bio-fuels are considered to be Carbon neutral.

• As discussed in Principle 2, the Company puts continuous efforts to reduce the fuel consumption duringuse phase and weight reduction of the vehicle.

43


• Recycling symbols are marked on the plastic parts (above 100 g) in the vehicle, which will be helpful foreasy segregation of plastics for recycling.

• Usage of re-grind content in some of the plastics parts (upto 10%), and 100% recycled rubber material in3-wheeler floor board mat.

• The Company is in the process of reducing the usage of hexavalent chromium passivation, which is acarcinogenic chemical. Trivalent chromium passivation is being implemented in the newly developedparts in the upcoming products. The parts that were developed during FY 2020-21 do not contain hexavalentChromium passivation.

3. Examples of any collective action by your business with other businesses / NGOs / governmentagencies / international partners / development institutions undertaken to address any of theenvironmental risks opportunities identified above:

• The Company is working with two agencies for recycling of end-of-life Li-ion batteries, which are generatedduring design stage, testing and manufacturing. Through recycling, the valuable metals like Lithium, Nickel,Manganese, Cobalt etc., are recovered and reused again.

• The Company has collaborated with esteemed academic institutions towards resource conservation in newproduct.

4. Details of any adverse orders in respect of any show cause / legal notices from CPCB/ NGT/ SPCBreceived during the year:

Nil


1. Information on environmental impact assessments undertaken in the year:

a. Have the results been communicated in the public domain.

b. Provide details of any actions taken to mitigate any negative social impacts.

Necessity for Environment impact assessment did not arise.

2. Risk management strategies and measures for each material environmental risk identified for thebusiness:

a. Details of measures:

Risk Management Strategies:

Hazardous chemical elimination:

• The Company has created internal standard for prohibiting use of hazardous chemicals. This standardis also shared with suppliers for compliance.

• Replacement of hexavalent chromium passivation with trivalent chromium passivation in the products.

Reduction of CO2 emissions:

The Company's policy and actions are principally aimed to reduce CO2 emission intensity. Following arethe major steps:

• Estimated CO2 reduction about 11,500 tonnes achieved through weight reduction in various Company'sproducts.

• Reduced CO2 emissions of the products by 2-4% on an average during FY 2020-21.

• CO2 reduction through alternate fuels- Vehicles compatible with bio-fuel blended petrol.

• Zero tailpipe emissions through sale of electric vehicle products.

44


1. Rapid migration towards lowemission and alternate fuel ve-hicles.

Climate change risk arisingfrom Green House Gas (GHG)Emissions from product andmanufacturing processes.

On-time implementation of uptoE10 compliant products

Improve fuel efficiency and re-duce tailpipe emissions.

Increasing share of renewableenergy

Upto E10 compliant BS VI prod-ucts launched.

Fuel efficiency of the productsincreased upto 2-4%. Tailpipeemissions are also reduced.

The renewable power contrib-utes to 84% in overall share ofpower. Out of which 76% of en-ergy utilized from Wind powerand 8% of energy trapped fromSolar. These initiatives of renew-able energy resulted in CO2emissions reduction of 58,812tonnes during 2020-21.

2.

3. Details of your specific contribution to India's Nationally determined Contributions (submittedat UNFCCC COP21 in 2015):

The Company has a policy that addresses combating "Climate Change" by improving energy efficiency anduse of renewable energy. The Company's Energy Management System has already made significant progresstowards improving energy efficiency. The Company covers most of its electricity consumption with renewableenergies and is 84% during the reporting year. This initiative of renewable energy resulted in CO2 emissionsreduction of 58,812 tonnes during 2020-21.

The Company has aligned with country's NDC target with reference to CO2 emission reduction in transportsector. Following steps were taken:

• Electric vehicles - The market for iQUBE EV product was expanded during FY 2020-21, thus providingaccess to many potential customers.

• Alternate fuels - The Company has developed products compatible with ethanol blended gasolineAll the Company's products are E10 compliant. Developing alternate fuel compatible vehicle will reducethe consumption of petroleum product and therefore reduce CO2 combustion. The Company has E100compatible Apache 200 4V and a three-wheeler CNG vehicle in its product portfolio.

• Light weighting - The Company is dedicated to reduce the weight of the vehicles. Through Company'scontinuous efforts, weight reduction is achieved across all key products (during FY2020-21). The weightreduction has helped to reduce the CO2 during manufacturing stage.

• Energy (fuel) efficiency - The fuel economy of key products is increased by 2-4% through advancedtechnologies, friction reduction and light weighting. This increase in fuel economy will reduce theconsumption of gasoline as well as CO2 emissions.

4. New businesses - products - services created to address the material environmental risks identified:

a. Information on businesses created:

Engine oil - Developed new synthetic engine oil having twice the drain internal period, i.e., it isrecommended to change the oil after 6000 km of use, instead of 3000 km.

b. Percentage of revenue contributed by these:

The revenue generated from the new synthetic oil is yet to be realized.

b. Targets and achievement values:

S.No Risk Target Achievement

45


5. Details of good practices cited in reduction, recycling and reuse initiatives benchmarked againstindustry best practice:• The recyclability rate and recoverability rate of Company's products are in the range of 85-90% and

90-95%, respectively.• The Company has reduced 21% specific water consumption when compared with previous year.

Company's approach was "Demand side Water management" which best utilizes the available water.The water management framework has - water resource management, water distribution & supplymanagement, management of water by end-users and finally waste water management.

• The Company has implemented Volatile Organic Compound abatement in paint baking oven throughRegenerative Thermal Oxidiser (RTO). The waste heat from RTO is recovered and reused.

• The chemical sludge from waste water treatment plant and paint sludge generated from paint applicationare used for co-processing in cement industry.

• The Company also use solar energy for pre-heating of air used in paint baking oven.• Refined and pressurize biogas generated from used-food is utilised in the kitchen.

PRINCIPLE 7: BUSINESSES, WHEN ENGAGING IN INFLUENCING PUBLIC AND REGULATORY POLICY, SHOULDDO SO IN A MANNER THAT IS RESPONSIBLE AND TRANSPARENT


1. Review public policy advocacy positions by the governance structure for consistency with Principlesof these Guidelines a. Frequency; b. Month / year of last review:

The Company works closely with leading Industry Associations and Chambers of Commerce at International,National, State and Local levels to advocate and pursue various causes that are in the larger interests ofindustry, economy, society and the public.

From time-to-time these have been in areas such as economic reforms, corporate governance and transparency,affirmative action, education and skill development, women empowerment.

The Company has a separate wing, viz., Srinivasan Services Trust (SST), which:a. Works with Government education departments and local panchayats to improve education;b. Introduces new income generation activities, increase in agriculture and better Livestock management;c. Coordinates between local bodies, government and community to maintain a clean environment;d. Provides easy access to Primary Healthcare and adoption of proper sanitation, hygiene and nutrition;e. Supports government bodies in developing infrastructure such as roads, drinking water facilities and more;

andf. Women empowerment through supporting self-help groups (SHGs) involved in income generation activities

to market their products.

2. Names of trade and industry chambers and associations that you are a member / affiliate of:

The Company is member of following:• Confederation of Indian Industry (CII).• Society of Indian Automobile Manufacturers (SIAM).• Automotive Research Association of India (ARAI).• SIAM - HCG (Human Capital Group).• Bangalore Chamber of Industry and Commerce.• Madras Chamber of Industry and Commerce.• Baddi Barotiwala Nalagarh Industries Association.• Employee Federation of India.• Indo Japanese Chamber of Commerce and Industry.• National Safety Council.

46


3. Details of any adverse orders received from regulatory authorities for anti-competitive conduct byyour business:

Nil

4. Monetary contributions (if any) that have been made to political parties:

Nil


1. The public policy positions available in the public domain:

Skill Development:

The Company has tied up with 21 Vocational training centres and through a 3 months training course where332 technicians were trained. Out of 332 technicians, 180 technicians had completed 3 months "On the JobTraining" (OJT) at Company's Dealerships. Out of which 104 Technicians were placed in Company's Dealerworkshops.

Details of any new tie up is published in local newspapers:

The institutes also distribute fliers and leaflets to nearby areas, cities and towns regarding the admission ofbatches.

2. Examples (up to three) of any policy changes in the past year as a result of your advocacy efforts:

The Company through SIAM facilitated for release of draft guideline notification for setting up authorizationand operation of Authorized Vehicles Scrapping Facility (AVSF) with inputs from Automotive Industry standardAIS-129 (End life of vehicles).

3. Details of corrective action for anti-competitive conduct, taken by the business based on adverseorders from regulatory authorities:

Nil. The Company has not received any adverse orders from regulatory authorities for anti-competitive conduct.

PRINCIPLE 8: BUSINESSES SHOULD PROMOTE INCLUSIVE GROWTH AND EQUITABLE DEVELOPMENT


1. Social impact assessments of your business operations conducted:

a. Number completed in the year?

The Company carries out its welfare and CSR activities through Srinivasan Services Trust (SST), theCSR arm of the Company and also through other implementing agencies.

SST's intervention under CSR are mainly confined to individual and household level, the measure on theimpact are regularly made at village level internally through few indicators such as:

• Increase in community involvement on SST initiatives in villages as equal partner in the process ofchange.

• Increase in the delivery of existing Government schemes and programs in villages which enable awin -win situation for people and Government officials.

• Increase in the level of ownership by community towards sustainability of development created invillages through community-based organizations.

b. Number conducted by an independent external agency.

No social impact assessment was done by external agencies in this year.

2. Examples of products, technologies, processes or programmes (up to three) that contribute to thebenefit of the vulnerable and marginalized sections of society:

• Facilitating formation of Self Help Groups (SHG) among rural women.• Facilitating SHGs to avail credit facilities from banks.

47


• Enabling farmers to utilize the benefit of Agriculture schemes announced by the Government.

• Enabling livestock owning families to utilize the benefit of veterinary schemes announced by the Government.

• Undertaking infrastructure repair works for Anganwadis, school, health centre, Veterinary centres, watersupply and water storage structures.

• Create awareness among villagers on the various social security schemes and assist them to avail thescheme.

3. With respect to projects during the year for which Re-settlement and Re-habilitation (R&R) is applicable- a. Number of persons that were affected / displaced by these projects; b Gross amount paid out toproject-affected and displaced persons:

Not applicable.

4. Details of investments (top three by value) in regions which are underdeveloped:

To implement the CSR activities the working areas are categorized into clusters based on geographicaldivision. The top three invested clusters during this year includes:

1. Thirukurungudi, Tamil Nadu - $ 158.25 lakhs

2. Hosur, Tamil Nadu - $ 110.24 lakhs

3. Padavedu, Tamil Nadu - $ 122.70 lakhs

5. Examples of goods and services (up to three) that incorporate local traditional knowledge:

The resource and skills available with the Company and employees are transformed to community for makingbetter quality produce such as:

• Concerting waste banana bark into value added product.

• Concerting palm leaf into handicraft product.

• Making of eco-friendly bags from jute.

6. Summary of the key themes covered by CSR initiatives (as per Section 135 of Companies Act, 2013)or linked to the CSR Policy of the business:

• The Company's CSR initiatives towards developing a conduit between the government and localcommunities, enabling people to access various government schemes and benefits.

• The attempt is to make people independent and drivers of change themselves. The idea is to eventuallyconvert individual beneficiaries into community leaders, who in turn motivate and guide others to bringabout social and economic transformation of communities.

• Development of rural communities requires a holistic approach where different aspects in an individual'slife need to be addressed.

• The economic well-being, education, social empowerment, health of the community and clean environmentare all interrelated. Improvement of any one parameter often results in a commensurate improvement inothers.


1. With respect to these social impact assessments

a. Results made available in the public domain:

The results of social impact assessments of SST is made available in its Website: www.tvssst.org.

b. Details of any actions taken to mitigate any negative social impacts:

No such negative social impact noticed. SST has in house planning, implementation and monitoring team,which review the project activities in various locations at periodic intervals. The CSR team is flexible totake forward the learning at every stage of the project and do course corrective measures.

48


2. Numbers benefitting from such beneficial products, technologies or processes:

• 900 women SHG formed with 11,967 members.

• $ 34.94 Cr received as loan by women SHG members from banks.

• More than 25,500 farmers facilitated to attend the awareness program on Government schemes. 6,024farmers benefitted on government schemes worth of $ 12 Cr.

• More than 24,000 livestock owning families facilitated to attend the awareness program on livestock.15,772 families availed Government scheme worth of $ 7 Cr.

• More than 33,600 livestock owning families availed the veterinary care support from Government throughour intervention.

• 288 infrastructure works repaired/ improved.

• 449 families got direct benefit through WADI plantation.

• 37,575 people were given awareness on the Government Social Security Schemes. 19,306 availed bothState and Central Government schemes.

3. With respect to projects during the year for which R&R is applicable - a. Was the R&R package developedin consultation with project-affected people; b. Information on gross amounts, made available in thepublic domain:

Not applicable.

4. Channels / platforms used to communicate Information regarding resolution of grievances / complaintsfrom communities:

CSR team members lives in villages where welfare activities are carried out, in order to understand the needsand receive feedback then and there.

Continuous interaction with community to understand the benefit and utility of various programs implementedthrough SHG meetings, Gram sabha and meeting with various community based organisations.

Feedback from Government officials at local, block and district level on the effectiveness on implementation ofthe Government welfare schemes and programs at grass root level villages.

5. Examples (up to three) of economic and social value addition in these underdeveloped regions:

• Community involvement for inclusive development: Treating the community as equal partners in the processof change. They also play an active role on monitoring and evaluation.

• Facilitate and strengthen delivery of existing Government schemes and programs: enabling a win-winsituation for the local Government officials and institutions. Hence check and balance done by Governmentdepartments.

• Empower CSR task force for achieving sustainable outcomes.

6. Examples where benefits of this local traditional knowledge being used by the business are sharedwith the community:

The learnings in factories which are suitable for village environment, will always be utilized. Few such learningsin Company shared with the community are:

• The needed resources including ideas, inspiration and funds may all be within reach but mobilizationis key.

• Identify the priority needs and focus to ensure the benefits of development.

• Effective targeting is key to achieve the maximum impact.

49


7. Number of beneficiaries covered under your CSR projects (as per Section 135 of Companies Act,2013), disaggregated by the vulnerable and marginalized group categories:

CSR coverage was to focus on enabling people to enhance the socio-economic status of 15.46 lakhs peopleout of which 1.38 lakhs are tribal.

8. Examples of how the impact of your community initiatives contribute to local and national developmentindicators:• So far 66,000 women are enrolled by SST and enabled to make savings. 30,000 of them are involved in

income generation activities.• So far 25,552 farmers sensitized on crop management practices and various schemes cum programs

through agriculture department and agriculture institutions.• So far 57,816 livestock owning families made aware on the available veterinary care services, feeding

practice along with animal husbandry department and veterinary science universities.• 1800+ structures (Schools, Anganwadis, Health centers, Veterinary centers) repaired / renovated for

effective utility.• 350+ community structures improved for people utilization.• Enhance water storage capacity of 276 minor irrigation tanks through desilting.• Plantation of 6.40 lakh trees in community & private land through people participation and Government

intervention.

PRINCIPLE 9: BUSINESSES SHOULD ENGAGE WITH AND PROVIDE VALUE TO THEIR CUSTOMERS IN ARESPONSIBLE MANNER


1. Examples (up to three) where adverse impacts of goods and services of your business have beenraised in public domain:

Nil.

2. Percentage by value of goods and services of the business that carry information about:

a. Environmental and social parameters relevant to the product:• User's manual - information on rideability, usage and service (100%).• Recyclability and safe disposal symbol on batteries (100%).• Mobile charging (100%).

b. Safe and responsible usage:

The Company provides user manual, warning stickers and tell-tale lamps to ensure customer safetyand efficient use of vehicle. Few examples are as detailed below:• Warning on Mirror.• Oil drain interval to inform the customers to change the engine oil to avoid damages to the vehicle and

run the vehicle more efficiently.• Warning sticker - Not to mix oil with the petrol.• Warning on speedometer.• Engine RPM (safety).• Recommended tyre pressure.• Chain free-play check and adjust details.

3. Number of consumer complaints in respect of data privacy - a. Received during the year; b. Pendingresolution:

Nil

50




4. Number of consumer complaints in respect of advertising:

a. Received during the year - Nil

b. Pending resolution - Nil

5. Number of consumer complaints in respect of delivery of essential services:

a. Received during the year - Nil

b. Pending resolution - Nil


1. Corrective actions taken on adverse impacts of goods and services of your business - a. Details;b. Communicated in the public domain:

No complaints. Hence, not applicable.

2. List of national-international product labels / certifications being used by the business:

• Euro 3 to Euro 5.

• Bharat Stage VI.

• Japanese Industrial Standards.

• UJI TIPE - Type approval test, Indonesia.

• CCC - China Compulsory Certification, China.

• ANLA - Autoridad Nacional de Licencias Ambientales (ANLA), Colombia.

• PROMOT 4 - Programa de Controle da Poluição do Ar por Motociclos e Veículos Similares (Air PollutionControl Program for Motorcycles and Similar Vehicles), Brazil.

• GSO - Gulf Standard Organization, Gulf Countries.

• ADR - Australia Design Rule, Australia.

• ANT - Agencia Nacional de Tránsito, Ecuador.

• JPJ - Jabatan Pengangkutan Jalan, Malaysia.

• DENR - Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Philippines.

• 3CV - CENTRO DE CONTROL Y CERTIFICATION VEHICULAR, Chile.

3. Channels, platforms where information on goods and services of the business can be accessed:

Official Website, user manual, service manual, authorised service centers, Social media and labels.

4. Steps taken to inform and educate vulnerable and marginalized consumers about safe and responsibleusage of products:

Service station personnel are comprehensively trained to educate vulnerable, marginalized and all types ofcustomers.

5. On complaints received in respect of data privacy and advertising, indicate what corrective actionswere taken to ensure that these do not get repeated.

No Complaints. Hence, not applicable.

6. Processes in place to inform consumers of any risk of disruption / discontinuation of essential services:

No Complaints. Hence, not applicable.

51


1. Company's philosophy on code of governanceAs a TVS Group Company, the Company has a stronglegacy of fair, transparent and ethical governance practices.The Company's philosophy on corporate governance isfounded on the fundamental ideologies of the Group viz.,Trust, Value, Exactness and Passion for Customers.

The Company believes in ensuring corporate fairness,transparency, professionalism, accountability and proprietyin total functioning of the Company, which are pre-requisitesfor attaining sustainable growth in this competitive corporateworld. Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is thefoundation on which the Company's ethical standards arebuilt. The Company would constantly endeavour to improveon these aspects.

Good corporate governance, acting in accordance with theprinciples of responsible management which aimed atincreasing enterprise value on a sustainable basis, is anessential requirement for the TVS Group.

The Company's corporate governance philosophy hasbeen further strengthened by adopting a Code of BusinessConduct and Ethics and Code of Conduct to Regulate,Monitor and Report trading by Insiders for prevention ofinsider trading by the Directors and Designated Personsand Code of practices for fair disclosure of unpublishedprice sensitive information.

2. Board of Directors

The Board of Directors (the Board), which consists ofeminent persons with considerable professional expertiseand experience, provides leadership and guidance to themanagement, thereby enhancing Stakeholders' value.

2.1 Composition and category of Directors:

The Board has sought to balance its composition andtenure, and that of its Committees and to refresh themgradually from time to time so that they can benefitfrom the experience of longer serving Directors, andthe fresh external perspectives and insights from newerappointees.

On 24th March 2021, the Board has co-opted Prof. SirRalf Dieter Speth as an Additional and Non-ExecutiveNon-Independent Director and Mr Kuok Meng Xiongas an Additional and Non-Executive IndependentDirector of the Company, based on therecommendation of the Nomination and RemunerationCommittee.

Mr Rajesh Narasimhan, Director, has resigned as aNon-Executive Non-Independent Director of theCompany with effect from the close of business hourson 24th March 2021 due to his various businesscommitments and increased responsibilities within thegroup.

As on 31st March 2021, the total strength of the Boardwas thirteen members. As the Company has anExecutive Chairman Mr Venu Srinivasan who is theChairman and Managing Director, the Board isrequired, in terms of the Regulation 17 of Securitiesand Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and

Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (ListingRegulations), to have fifty per cent of its Directors asIndependent Directors and also to have at least one-Woman Director.

The Board has seven Non-Executive IndependentDirectors (NE-ID) viz., M/s T Kannan, C R Dua, PrinceAsirvatham, Hemant Krishan Singh, Lalita D Gupte,R Gopalan and Kuok Meng Xiong.

The Board also has three Non-ExecutiveNon-Independent Directors (NE- NID), viz., Prof. SirRalf Dieter Speth, Dr. Lakshmi Venu andMr H Lakshmanan.

Mr Sudarshan Venu, Joint Managing Director andMr K N Radhakrishnan, Director & CEO are the otherExecutive and Non-Independent Directors. Thus, thecomposition of the Company's Board is in conformitywith Listing Regulations.

Non-Executive Directors are drawn from a wide rangeof industries and backgrounds including financialservices, and have a wealth of experience of complexorganisations. Many of the Company's Boardmembers have experience of long-cycle industries,which is of great assistance in understanding theindustry in which the Company operates. TheCompany is committed to the diversity of theBoardroom.

On 5th March 2019, the NE-IDs viz., M/s. T Kannan,C R Dua, Prince Asirvatham, and Hemant KrishanSingh were reappointed for the second term of 5consecutive years from 14th July 2019. Mrs Lalita DGupte and Mr R Gopalan, were appointed asAdditional and Non-Executive Independent Directorsfor a term of 5 years by the Board at its meeting heldon 23rd October 2018 and 30th April 2019 respectivelyand the same were approved by the shareholders atthe AGM held on 22nd July 2019. The terms ofappointment of NE-IDs include the remunerationpayable to them by way of fees and profit relatedcommission, if any.

As required under Regulation 16 of the ListingRegulations, it is also ensured that IndependentDirectors do not hold Non-Independent Directorshipposition in another company, where any Non-Independent Director of the Company is anIndependent Director.

In accordance with the provisions of the Act, 2013 andthe Articles of Association of the Company, sinceMr Sudarshan Venu and Mr K N Radhakrishnan,Directors have been the longest in office, are liable toretire by rotation at the ensuing AGM and being eligible,offer themselves for re-appointment.

The resolutions seeking approval of the Members forthe re-appointment of Mr Sudarshan Venu andMr K N Radhakrishnan as Directors and for theappointment of Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth asNon-Executive Non-Independent Director liable toretire by rotation and Mr Kuok Meng Xiong, as Non-Executive Independent Director for a term of five

Annexure - VIII to Directors’ Report to the shareholdersReport on Corporate Governance

52


consecutive years effective 24th March 2021 havebeen included in the Notice of AGM along with briefdetails about them.

2.2 Board meetings:The Company, in consultation with the Directors,prepares and circulates a tentative annual calendarfor meetings of the Committees / Board in order toassist the Directors for planning their schedules wellin advance to participate in the meetings.Board and Committee meetings through videoconferencing or other audio visual means were madeavailable to the Directors. As per the Companies(Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014(Fourth Amendment Rules, 2020) dated 30th

December 2020, meetings through VC were permittedfor approving the restricted items of businessesincluding financial statements.The Company, regularly places before the Board forits review, all the information as required under Part Aof Schedule II to the Listing Regulations such as annualoperating plans, Capex budget and its quarterlyupdates, quarterly results, minutes of meetings ofCommittees of the Board and the Company'ssubsidiaries, information on recruitment andremuneration of senior officers one level below theBoard, any significant development in HumanResources / Industrial Relations, Show-cause,demand and prosecution notices and penalty noticeswhich are materially important, quarterly details of

foreign exchange exposures, risk management andmitigation measures, report on compliance of all lawsapplicable to the Company, prepared by the Companyas well as steps taken by the Company to rectifyinstances of non-compliances, if any, etc.

Comprehensively drafted notes for each agenda itemalong with the pre-agenda materials, wherevernecessary, are circulated well in advance to theCommittee / Board, to enable them for making valueaddition as well as for exercising their businessjudgment in the Committee / Board meetings.

Presentations are also being made by the businessheads on the Company's Operations, MarketingStrategy, Risk Management, Internal FinancialControls, etc., in Board / Audit Committee meetings,and also by external experts wherever required.

The meetings are convened through i-Pads as an eco-friendly measure. All agenda papers for conveningmeetings of the Board / Committees are beinguploaded in digital mode well in advance.

During the year 2020-21, the Board met six times viz.,28th April 2020, 28th May 2020, 29th July 2020, 29th

October 2020, 28th January 2021 and 24th March2021, and the gap between two meetings did notexceed one hundred and twenty days. Besides, theNE-IDs held a separate meeting on 22nd March 2021,in compliance with the provisions of the Act, 2013 andRegulation 25(3) of the Listing Regulations. All the NE-IDs were present at the meeting.

Attendance Number of other Directorships,Name of the Director particulars Committee Memberships / Chairmanships

(M/s)Category

Board Last Annual Other Committee CommitteeMeetings General Meeting Directorships* Memberships** Chairmanships

Venu Srinivasan (DIN 00051523) CMD 5 Yes 15 1 –Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth@ (DIN 03318908) NE-NID 1 NA 14 – –Sudarshan Venu (DIN 03601690) JMD 6 Yes 4 1 –K N Radhakrishnan (DIN 02599393) D&CEO 6 Yes 4 1 –Prince Asirvatham (DIN 00193260) NE-ID 6 Yes – 1 –C R Dua (DIN 00036080) NE-ID 6 Yes 14 5 2R Gopalan (DIN 01624555) NE-ID 6 Yes 5 5 2Lalita D Gupte (DIN 00043559) NE-ID 6 Yes 4 5 –T Kannan (DIN 00040674) NE-ID 6 Yes 7 3 –Kuok Meng Xiong@ (DIN 09117910) NE-ID 1 NA 13 – –H Lakshmanan (DIN 00057973) NE-NID 6 Yes 17 4 3Hemant Krishan Singh (DIN 06467315) NE-ID 6 Yes – 1 1

Dr. Lakshmi Venu (DIN 02702020) NE-NID 6 Yes 8 3 –CMD : Chairman and Managing Director NE-NID : Non-Executive - Non-Independent DirectorJMD : Joint Managing Director NE-ID : Non-Executive - Independent Director* includes private companies and companies incorporated outside India. D&CEO : Director & Chief Executive Officer** includes Committees where the Director holds the position of Chairman. NA : Not applicable@ appointed as directors effective 24th March 2021.- For the Membership and Chairpersonship in Committees only Audit Committee and Stakeholder Relationship Committee have been considered as

per Regulation 26 of the Listing Regulations. Also, all public limited companies, whether listed or not, have been included and all other companiesincluding private limited companies, foreign companies and companies under Section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 have been excluded.

2.3 Attendance and other directorships:The details of attendance of the Directors at the Board meetings during the year and at the last AGM held on 29th July2020 and other Directorships and Committee Memberships / Chairmanships as on 31st March 2021 are as follows:

53


The number of Directorships, Committee Memberships / Chairmanships of all Directors are within the respective limitsprescribed under the Act, 2013 and the Listing Regulations. Chairmanships / Memberships of Committees include onlyAudit and Stakeholders' Relationship Committee as covered under Regulation 26 of the Listing Regulations, as per thedisclosures made by the Directors. CMD, JMD and Dr. Lakshmi Venu are related to each other. None of the other Directorson the Board is related to any other Director on the Board.

2.4 Listed entities in which the Directors hold position as Director other than TVS Motor Company Limited and categoryof Directorship:

Name of the Director (M/s.) Name of the company Category of directorship

Venu SrinivasanSundaram-Clayton Limited Executive Director - ChairpersonThe Indian Hotels Company Limited Non-Executive Director

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth – –Sudarshan Venu Sundaram-Clayton Limited Non-Executive Non-Independent DirectorK N Radhakrishnan – –Prince Asirvatham – –

Gillette India LimitedNon-Executive - Independent Director

C R DuaPearl Global Industries LimitedProcter & Gamble Hygiene & Health Non-Executive - Independent Director -Care Limited Chairperson

R GopalanSundaram-Clayton Limited

Non-Executive - Independent DirectorZee Entertainment Enterprises LimitedBharat Forge Limited

Non-Executive - Independent DirectorLalita D Gupte

Godrej Properties LimitedICICI Lombard General Insurance Non-Executive - Independent Director -Company Limited Chairperson

T KannanVTM Limited Executive Director - ChairpersonSundaram Brake Linings Limited Non-Executive - Independent Director

Kuok Meng Xiong – –

H Lakshmanan – –

Hemant Krishan Singh – –

Dr. Lakshmi VenuSundaram-Clayton Limited Executive DirectorWabco India Limited Non-Executive - Independent Director

2.5 Access to information and updation to Directors:

The Board reviews all the information provided periodically for discussion and consideration at its meetings interms of the Listing Regulations. Functional heads are present whenever necessary and apprise all the Directorsabout the developments. They also make presentations to the Board and Committees.

Apart from this, the observations on the audit carried out by the internal auditors and the compliance report onpayment of statutory liabilities submitted by the Statutory Auditors of the Company are placed and discussed withfunctional heads, by the Audit Committee / Board. The Board also reviews the declarations made by the Director &CEO and the Company Secretary regarding compliance of all applicable laws on quarterly basis. Decisions takenat the meetings of the Board / Committees are communicated to the functional heads. Action taken report ondecisions of previous meetings was placed at every succeeding meeting of the Board / Committees for reportingthe compliance.

2.6 Familiarization programFamiliarization program is made available to the Directors covering such topics on Board's role, Board's compositionand conduct, Board's risks and responsibilities, to ensure that they are fully informed on current governance issues.

The program also includes briefings on the culture, values and business model of the Company, the roles andresponsibilities of senior executives and the Company's financial, strategic, operational and risk management position.The induction process for NE-IDs includes plant visit for detailed understanding of manufacturing process / activitiesof the Company. The details of familiarization program are available on the Company's website in the link as providedin page no. 85 of this Annual Report.

54


2.7 Principal / Core skills / expertise / competence of the Board of Directors:

While evaluating the Board as a whole, it was ensured that the existing Board members have relevant core skills /expertise / competencies as required in the context of its business(es) and sector(s) to function effectively.

Skill DescriptionLeadership/ Strategy Experience of playing leadership roles in large businesses, with competencies around strategy

development & implementation, sales & marketing, business administration/operations andOrganisations and people management.

Automotive Experience Strong knowledge and experience in automotive industry and in managing business operationsof a sizeable organization in the business of manufacture and sale of automobiles.

Financial Practical knowledge and experience in Corporate Finance, accounting and reporting andinternal financial controls, including strong ability to asses financial impact of decision makingand ensure profitable and sustainable growth.

Governance Board level experience in reputed organisations, with strong understanding of and experiencein directing the management in the best interests of the Company and its stakeholders and inupholding high standards of governance.

Regulatory Strong expertise and experience in corporate law and regulatory compliance in India andoverseas (including industry specific laws).

The Board is well structured to ensure a high degree of diversity by age, gender, educational qualification, professionalbackground, present activity, sector expertise and special skills (classification).

Board comprises a range and balance of skills, experience, knowledge, gender, social-economic backgrounds andindependence. This needs to be backed by a diversity of personal attributes, including sound judgement, honestyand courage.

Professional Background & Skills / expertise / competency of Directors

Name of the Directors Brief description about the Directors

Mr Venu Srinivasan • He is also Chairman and Managing Director of Sundaram-ClaytonChairman and Managing Director Limited. He also serves on the board of T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons

Private Limited, Tata Sons Private Ltd., (Tata Sons) the holding companyof the Tata Group;

• He is also the vice chairman of various Tata Trusts;

• He also oversees Srinivasan Services Trust (SST), which works in 5000villages in India towards self-development for village communitiescovering education, healthcare, infrastructure, economic development,environment and community development;

• Implemented Total Quality Management (TQM), a Japanese method ofprocess-driven manufacturing in Indian manufacturing operations;

• Strengthened the TQM processes within the Company which facilitatedmaking bikes for BMW Motorrad through a strategic partnership;

• He is the recipient of Deming Distinguished Service Award, granted toindividuals who have made outstanding contributions in the disseminationand promotion of Total Quality Management;

• He was awarded with Padmashri by the President of India in 2010 for hiscontribution in the field of Trade and Industry.

• He was conferred with "Goodwill Envoy for Public Diplomacy" anddistinguished civilian honour "Order of Diplomatic Service Merit" (Heung-In Medal) by the Republic of Korea;

• He was conferred the Padma Bhushan Award, the third Highest civilianaward in India, in January 2020; and

• He has extensive experience in Automotive Sector over a period of fourdecades and has established a robust governance model under hisleadership and management.

55


Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth • Sir Ralf holds a Doctorate of Engineering and is a Professor of theNon-Executive Non-Independent Director University of Warwick;

• He has rich, practical & professional experience in automotive industry.He started his career at BMW and was with them for two decades;

• He was also Chief Executive Officer of Jaguar Land Rover and a memberof the Tata Motors Board for a decade;

• The Royal Academy of Engineering invited Sir Ralf in 2014 to join itsFellowship. In 2018, Sir Ralf was awarded a "Knight of the British Empire";

• His passion for technology, deep knowledge and tremendous connectwith the current global automotive industry including in terms ofengineering, marketing and people; and

• His deep insights and guidance, academic knowledge and rich practicalexperience in automotive industry will be invaluable to the managementteam as the Company embraces the future of mobility.

Mr Sudarshan Venu, • He is very resourceful in his approach and implementation of strategiesJoint Managing Director and turnaround of exports in a positive manner;

• His extra-ordinary efforts to improve Company's presence in global marketthrough the acquisition of "Norton", the British iconic brand;

• Made efforts on multiple fronts to take up challenges towards theCompany's global aspirations;

• Plays a key role in profitable exports expansion, in the e-utility and ArtificialIntelligence foray by the Company;

• Always strives for excellence in both quality and cost along with customersatisfaction and take advantage of emerging opportunities and catch newwaves of wealth creation; and

• He involves himself in all spheres of management and his expertise instrategic planning, business administration and digital platform havedeveloped the Company in its growth at a faster rate.

Mr K N Radhakrishnan, • He has wide exposure about the industry and in-depth involvementDirector & CEO with excellent attitude towards teamwork;

• The preparedness and ability to deliver diverse targets on time duringtransition from BS IV to BS VI, helped the Indonesian subsidiary of theCompany in achieving break even during the current year;

• Solution orientation in audit findings and its implementations is one ofhis key qualities;

• Significantly contributes to good governance and performance of theCompany; and

• He has a vast experience in automotive industry and having successfullyhandled all activities of the Company including sales & marketing,business administration/ operations.

Mr Prince Asirvatham, • He had played a key role in design and implementation of UnileverIndependent Director group's global risk assurance process, in restructuring treasury operations

in India and in leading the merger of the largest F&B operation in India;

• He founded his current practice "Checks and Balances" in India in 2003to promote good governance through mentoring independent directorsand aspiring senior corporate managers; and

• He has in-depth experience in financial matters, mergers and acquisitions.

Name of the directors Brief description about the Directors

56


Mr C R Dua, • He is the Chairman of Dua Associates, a law firm engaged in providingIndependent Director strategic advice and direction towards growth and development of various

corporates;

• His experience covers a broad range of areas relating to Corporate,Finance, Securities, Infrastructure and aspects of Public Policy andAdministration, Governance and Ethics; and

• He has a broad range of legal and regulatory experience to monitorcorporate governance practices both in India and abroad.

Mr R Gopalan, • He has served as a Member, Public Enterprises Selection Board (PESB)Independent Director under the control of the PM. This body selects CMDs, MDs and Directors

of Central Public Sector Enterprises;

• Was handling matters relating to Capital Markets, Infrastructure Finance,G-20, World Bank (WB), International Monetary Fund (IMF), AsianDevelopment Bank (ADB), Budget preparation, Public Private Partnership(PPP), Directorate of Currency and other related matters pertaining tothe economy;

• Brought about a number of changes in the functioning of the Capital Marketsand initiated new policy measures in infrastructure development; and

• He has vast experience in Corporate Laws, Business Administration,Corporate Finance and Regulatory matters.

Mrs Lalita D Gupte, • She was responsible for setting up the International business of ICICIIndependent Director Bank since 2001;

• She has held various leadership positions in areas of Corporate andRetail Banking, Strategy, Resources and International Banking and otherareas; and

• She has vast experience in banking and financial services having heldkey positions over several decades.

Mr T Kannan, • He has a wide range of experience in textile industry;Independent Director • He has held the positions as Chairman of CII, Southern Region, Textiles

Committee, Mumbai, The Cotton Textile Export Promotion Council,Mumbai and The South India Mills' Association;

• He is also a leading Educationalist, presently serving as the President ofThiagarajar College, Madurai and Chairman & Correspondent ofThiagarajar College of Engineering, Madurai;

• He is a member of Syndicate Anna University, Chennai, Board ofGovernors of IIM, Indore and Board of Governors of National Institute ofTechnology, Trichy;

• He is the Thakkar of Arulmigu Meenakshi Sundareswarar Thirukoil,Madurai;

• He is the recipient of Perunthalaivar Kamarajar Award conferred by theGovernment of Tamil Nadu for promotion of Education and Social Service;and

• He has vast experience in financial management, Corporate Finance,business administration, regulatory and governance matters.

Mr Kuok Meng Xiong, • He is the Founder & Managing Partner of K3 Ventures, aIndependent Director Singapore-based venture capital investment firm;

• In the last 8 years, he has invested in and partnered with visionaryfounders of category-leading companies that drive innovation in today'sworld;


57



• He has rich experience and knowledge in the fields of digital technology;and

• He has a unique mix of strong corporate values and a clear vision of thefuture digital world.

Mr H Lakshmanan, Non-Executive • Rich and long experience in all areas of the business, and helps in smoothNon Independent Director running of management;

• Pioneer in establishing the basic priorities, ethical values, policies,attitudes and culture for the Company;

• Plays a key role as the most trusted mentor, counsellor and advisor ofthe Board;

• With six decades of experience mostly devoted to human resourcedevelopment, he plays an important role in inter personnel relationshipwith workers' union, employees representatives and has the uniquedistinction of performing exemplary work on industrial relations ofcompanies; and

• He is committed to fulfill Director's obligations and fiduciaryresponsibilities; these include participation in Board and committeemeetings and providing moral oversight and people management.

Mr Hemant Krishan Singh, • He is a distinguished former career diplomat with extensiveIndependent Director experience in geo-strategic and geo-economic issues as well as

multilateral institutions which underpin international law and commerce;

• He has been India's longest serving Ambassador to Japan (2006-2010),Ambassador to Indonesia and Timor Leste (2003-2006), Ambassadorto Colombia, Ecuador and Costa Rica (1999-2002), and India's DeputyPermanent Representative to the UN in Geneva (1995-1999). He hasheld several significant assignments during his career, dealing with theUnited States, West Europe and the European Union and India'simmediate neighbours;

• He has contributed to the forging of the India-Japan strategic and globalpartnership, the intensification of India's relations with Indonesia andASEAN, the evolution of India's revitalised Look East Policy and theshaping of India's policy towards key neighbours and strategic partners;

• Since 2016, he is the Director General of the Delhi Policy Group, a leadingindependent and non-partisan think tank; and

• He has wide exposure in global economy and best practices to addressthe challenges and risks in international business.

Dr Lakshmi Venu, Director • She has a rich experience in business strategy, product design and in-Non-Executive Non-Independent Director depth knowledge of automotive business;

• She is also the Joint Managing Director of Sundaram-Clayton Limitedand Deputy Managing Director of TAFE Motors and Tractors Limited;

• She is involved in all spheres of management of Sundaram-ClaytonLimited, the holding company and handles wider responsibilities forexploring new business opportunities;

• Played a key role in establishment of overseas manufacturing facility forSundaram Holding USA Inc, in the United States of America; and

• She was recognised as "Corporate India's fastest rising women leader"by Economic Times in 2017.

58


2.8 Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Membersof the Board and Senior Management Personnel:

The Company has in place a Code of BusinessConduct and Ethics for Members of the Board andSenior Management Personnel (the Code)approved by the Board.

The Company's Code embodies its values andexpectations to which its corporate standards andemployee policies are aligned.

The Code has been communicated to Directorsand the Senior Management Personnel. Anupdated version of the Code, which is availableon Company's website, is always under review andamended by the Board from time to time.

The Code has also been displayed on theCompany's website in the link as provided in pageno. 85 of this Annual Report.

All the Members of the Board and SeniorManagement Personnel have confirmedcompliance with the Code for the year ended31st March 2021. The Annual Report contains adeclaration to this effect signed by the Director &CEO.

2.9 Appointment / Re-appointment of Directors:

In terms of Regulation 36(3) of the ListingRegulations, a brief resume of Directors proposedto be appointed / re-appointed, nature of theirexpertise in specific functional areas, otherDirectorships and Committee Memberships,shareholdings and relationships, if any, with otherDirectors are provided in the Notice conveningAGM of the Company.

2.10 Committees of the Board:

The Board has, in order to make a focused attentionon business and for better governance andaccountability, constituted the following mandatorycommittees viz., Audit Committee, RiskManagement Committee, Stakeholders'Relationship Committee, Nomination andRemuneration Committee, Corporate SocialResponsibility Committee and non-mandatoryCommittee, viz., Administrative Committee.

The terms of reference of these Committees aredetermined by the Board and their performancereviewed. Meetings of each of these Committeesare convened by the respective Chairman of theCommittees, who also informs the Board about thesummary of discussions held in the CommitteeMeetings. The minutes of the Committee Meetingsare placed before the subsequent Board meetings.

3. Audit Committee

The primary objective of the Audit Committee is tomonitor and provide effective supervision of themanagement's financial reporting process with a viewto ensure accurate, timely and proper disclosure andtransparency, integrity and quality of financial reporting.

3.1 Brief description of terms of reference:

The Audit Committee of the Company is entrustedwith the responsibility to supervise the Company'sinternal control and financial reporting process andinter alia performs the following functions:

a. Overviewing the Company's financial reportingprocess and the disclosure of its financialinformation to ensure that the financialstatement is correct, sufficient and credible;

b. Recommending the appointment, remunerationand terms of appointment of auditors of theCompany;

c. Reviewing with the management, the annualfinancial statements and auditor's reportthereon before submission to the Board forapproval, with particular reference to:• Matters required to be included in the

Director's Responsibility Statement in termsof clause (c) of sub-section (3) of Section134 of the Act, 2013;

• Changes, if any, in accounting policies andpractices and reasons for the same;

• Major accounting entries involving estimatesbased on the exercise of judgment bymanagement;

• Significant adjustments made in the financialstatements arising out of audit findings;

• Compliance with listing and other legalrequirements relating to financial statements;

• Disclosure of any related party transactions;and

• Modified opinions, if any, in the draft auditreport.

d. Reviewing, with the management, the quarterlyfinancial statements before submission to theBoard for approval;

e. Reviewing and monitoring the auditor'sindependence and performance andeffectiveness of audit process;

f. Approving or subsequently modifying anytransactions of the Company with relatedparties;

g. Scrutinizing the inter-corporate loans andinvestments;

h. Reviewing the valuation of undertakings orassets of the Company, wherever it isnecessary;

59


i. Evaluating internal financial controls and riskmanagement systems;

j. Reviewing, with the management, performanceof statutory and internal auditors, adequacy ofthe internal control systems;

k. Reviewing the adequacy of internal auditfunction, if any, including the structure of theinternal audit department, staffing and seniorityof the official heading the department, reportingstructure coverage and frequency of internalaudit.

l. Discussing with internal auditors of anysignificant findings and follow up thereon;

m. Reviewing the findings of any internalinvestigations by the internal auditors intomatters where there is suspected fraud orirregularity or any failure of internal controlsystems of a material nature and reporting thematter to the Board;

n. Discussing with statutory auditors before theaudit commences, about the nature and scopeof audit as well as post-audit discussion toascertain any area of concern;

o. Looking into the reasons for substantialdefaults, if any, in the payment to the depositors,debenture holders, shareholders (in case ofnon-payment of declared dividends) andcreditors;

p. Reviewing the functioning of the Whistle BlowerMechanism;

q. Approving the appointment of CFO afterassessing the qualifications, experience andbackground of the candidate; and

r. reviewing the utilisation of loans and / oradvances from / investments / by the holdingcompany in the subsidiary exceeding $ 100 Cror 10% of the asset size of the subsidiary,whichever is lower.

In addition, reviewing of such other functions asenvisaged under Section 177 of the Act, 2013 readwith the Companies (Meetings of Board and itsPowers) Rules, 2014 as amended and Regulation18 of Listing Regulations.

The subjects reviewed and recommended in themeetings of the Audit Committee were apprisedto the Board by the Chairman of the Committee,for its approval. All the recommendations madeby the Committee during the year under review,were accepted by the board.

3.2 Composition, name of the Chairman andMembers:

As at 31st March 2021, the Committee consists ofthe following Non-Executive Independent Directorsviz., M/s R Gopalan, Prince Asirvatham, C R Duaand T Kannan.

Mr R Gopalan, Chairman of the Committee waspresent at the last AGM held on 29th July 2020 toanswer the Shareholder queries.

Mr K S Srinivasan, Company Secretary acts asthe Secretary of the Committee.

3.3 The particulars of meetings and attendance by themembers of the Committee, during the year underreview, are given in the table below:

Date of the Members present (M/s)Meetings RG PA CRD TK

28.05.2020 � � � �

29.07.2020 � � � �

29.10.2020 � � � LOA

14.12.2020 � � � �

28.01.2021 � � � �

24.03.2021 � � � �

� - Attended the meeting LOA - Leave of absence

[RG - Mr R Gopalan, PA - Mr Prince Asirvatham,CRD - Mr C R Dua, TK - Mr T Kannan]

4. Subsidiary companies

During the year under review, the Company has acquiredthe entire shares of Intellicar Telematics Private Limited(Intellicar) on 31st December 2020 and thereby, Intellicarhas become its Wholly owned subsidiary (WOS).

The Company has four wholly owned subsidiaries viz.,Sundaram Auto Components Limited, TVS HousingLimited, TVS Motor Services Limited and IntellicarTelematics Private Limited.

It also has other subsidiaries viz., TVS Credit servicesLimited and its six subsidiaries viz., Harita CollectionServices Pvt Ltd, Harita ARC Pvt. Ltd, TVS MicroFinance Pvt. Ltd, TVS Commodity Financial SolutionsPvt. Ltd, TVS Two wheeler Mall Pvt. Ltd and TVSHousing Finance Pvt. Ltd.

During the year under review, TVS Motor (Singapore)Pte Limited has acquired a newly incorporated companyviz., The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited (formerly knownas Project 303 Bidco Limited, UK) on 2nd April 2020 andconsequently, it has become a wholly owned subsidiary.

The Foreign subsidiaries are PT. TVS Motor CompanyIndonesia, TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, TheNorton Motorcycle Co Limited, UK, TVS Motor Company(Europe) B.V., and Sundaram Holding USA Inc. and itsfour subsidiaries viz., Green Hills Land Holding LLC,Components Equipment Leasing LLC, Sundaram-Clayton (USA) LLC and Premier Land Holding LLC.

The Audit Committee reviews the financial statementsand in particular the investments made by the saidunlisted subsidiaries. The minutes of the Board meetings

60


of the said unlisted subsidiaries are periodically placedbefore the Board.The Committee is periodically informed about allsignificant transactions and arrangements entered intoby all these unlisted subsidiaries.

Material Subsidiaries PolicyThe Board has duly formulated a policy for determining'material subsidiaries'. As per the Listing Regulations2015, material subsidiary means a subsidiary whoseincome or net worth exceeds 10% of the consolidatedincome or net worth respectively, of the listed entity andits subsidiaries in the immediately preceding accountingyear.For the year 2021-22, the Company's Indian subsidiariesviz., Sundaram Auto Components Limited and TVSCredit Services Limited and Foreign subsidiaries viz.,TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited and SundaramHolding USA Inc., are covered within the definition of"unlisted material subsidiary" in terms of the Regulation16(1)(c) of the Listing Regulations.For the purpose of complying with the requirement ofRegulation 24 of the Listing Regulations, the Companynominated one of the NE-ID of the Company on theBoard of TVS Credit Services Limited, whose income /net worth exceeds of 20% of the consolidated incomeor net worth.The Company has ensured that all the materialsubsidiaries incorporated in India have obtainedsecretarial audit report from a Company Secretary inPractice and annexed with its annual reports.Copy of the said policy is available on the Company'swebsite in the link as provided in page no. 85 of thisAnnual Report.

5. Disclosures5.1 Materially significant related party transactions:

All transactions entered into with related parties(RPTs), as defined under the Act, 2013 and theListing Regulations during the financial year2020-21 were in the ordinary course of business andat arm's length and do not attract the provisions ofSection 188 of the Act, 2013 and the rules madethereunder.There were no materially significant transactions withthe related parties during the year, which were inconflict of interest, and hence no approval of theCompany was required in terms of ListingRegulations.The transactions with the related parties, namely itspromoters, its holding, subsidiary and associatecompanies etc., of routine nature have been reportedin the Annual Report, as per Indian AccountingStandard 24 (IND AS 24) notified vide the Companies(Indian Accounting Standard) Rules, 2015.

Details of material related party transactions areenclosed as part of accounts for the year ended31st March 2021.

Related Party Transaction PolicyThe Board has formulated a policy on related partytransactions. The Audit Committee reviews andapproves transactions between the Company andits related parties, as defined under the ListingRegulations, to ensure that the terms of such RPTswould reasonably be expected of transactionsnegotiated or at arm's length and in the ordinarycourse of business. The Audit Committee meets priorto each scheduled Board meeting to review all RPTsof the Company on a quarterly basis.

In terms of Regulation 23 of the Listing Regulations,all RPTs for the succeeding financial year, with clearthreshold limit, are regularly placed before the AuditCommittee meeting convened on last quarter of thefinancial year for its approval and recommendationto the Board for its approval, wherever required.RPTs entered during the financial year are reviewedat the meeting for any upward revision in thethreshold limit.

It is also ensured that none of the RPTs involvingpayments with respect to brand usage or royaltyduring the financial year, exceed five percent of theannual consolidated turnover of the Company as perthe previous audited financial statements of theCompany.

As per the amended Companies Act 2013, anyunforeseen RPT involving amount not exceeding$ 1 Cr per transaction is entered into by a director orofficer of the Company without obtaining priorapproval of the Audit Committee and such RPTs canbe ratified by the Audit Committee within threemonths from the date of such transaction. TheCompany has engaged an Independent audit firmfor ensuring correctness of the approach incomplying with both the criteria on arm’s lengthprice and ordinary course of business for all RPTsentered into by the Company, during the yearunder review.

Copy of the said Policy is available on the Company'swebsite in the link as provided in page no. 85 of thisAnnual Report.

5.2 Disclosure of accounting treatment:

Pursuant to the notification, issued by the Ministryof Corporate Affairs dated February 16, 2015relating to the Companies (Indian AccountingStandards) Rules, 2015, the Company hasadopted "IND AS" with effect from 1st April 2016.Accordingly, the financial statements for the year2020-21 have been prepared in compliance withthe said Rules.

5.3 Risk Management:

The Company has an established RiskManagement Policy which formalizes its approach

61


to the oversight and management of materialbusiness risks. The policy is implemented througha top down and bottom up approach for identifying,assessing, monitoring and managing key risksacross the Company's business units.

Risks and effectiveness of management areinternally reviewed and reported regularly to theBoard. As a process, the risks associated with thebusiness are identified and prioritized based onseverity, likelihood and effectiveness of currentdetection. Such risks are reviewed by the SeniorManagement on quarterly basis. Process ownersare identified for each risk and metrics aredeveloped for monitoring and reviewing the riskmitigation.

The Board is satisfied that there are adequatesystems and procedures in place to identify,assess, monitor and manage risks. Company'sAudit Committee reviews reports given bymembers of the management team andrecommends suitable action.

Composition of the Committee

As at 31st March 2021, the Committee consists ofthe following Executive / Non-ExecutiveIndependent Directors viz., M/s T Kannan, HemantKrishan Singh and Lalita D Gupte, Non-ExecutiveIndependent Directors and M/s Sudarshan Venu,JMD, K N Radhakrishnan, D&CEO and also Mr KGopala Desikan, CFO.

The composition of the Committee is in accordancewith the requirements of Regulation 21 of theListing Regulations. Mr T Kannan, is the Chairmanand Mr K S Srinivasan, Company Secretary actsas the Secretary of the Committee.

The particulars of meetings and attendance by themembers of the Committee, during the year underreview, are given in the table below:

Date of the Members present (M/s)Meetings TK SV KNR LDG HKS KGD

28.10.2020 � LOA � � � �

14.12.2020 � LOA � � � �


[TK - Mr T Kannan, SV - Mr Sudarshan Venu, KNR- Mr K N Radhakrishnan, LDG - Mrs Lalita D Gupte,HKS - Mr Hemant Krishan Singh, KGD -Mr K Gopala Desikan]

Scope:(a) Overseeing and approving the Company's

enterprise wide risk management framework;(b) Overseeing / identifying / assessing of all risks

that the Organization faces such as strategic,

financial, credit, marketing, liquidity, security,property, IT, legal, regulatory, reputational;and

(c) Evaluating that adequate risk managementinfrastructure is in place and capable ofaddressing those risks.

Role:(a) To identify, evaluate and mitigate the existing

as well as potential risks to the Company andto recommend the strategies to the Board toovercome them;

(b) To develop and implement action plans tomitigate the risks;

(c) To oversee at such intervals as may benecessary, the adequacy of Company'sresources, to perform its risk managementresponsibilities and achieve its objectives;

(d) To review the risk management framework forthe operations of the Company that aredeemed necessary and Company'sperformance against the identified risks of theCompany;

(e) To formulate the strategies towards identifyingany areas that may materially affect theCompany's overall risk exposure and to reviewthe risk management plan;

(f) To adequately transmit necessary informationwith respect to material risks to SeniorExecutives / Board / relevant Committees;

(g) To check if Cyber security cover has beenadopted by Information systems department;and

(h) Such other items as may be prescribed byregulatory or by the Board, from time to time.

5.4 Instances of non-compliances, if any:

There were no instances of non-compliance by theCompany or penalty and stricture imposed on theCompany by the Stock Exchanges or SEBI or anyother statutory authorities on any matter related tothe capital markets, during the last three years.

5.5 Disclosure by Senior Management Personnel:

The Senior Management Personnel have madedisclosures to the Board relating to all material,financial and other transactions stating that they didnot have personal interest that could result in conflictof interest with the Company at large.

5.6 CEO and CFO Certification:

The Director & CEO and Chief Financial Officer ofthe Company have certified to the Board on financialand other matters in accordance with Regulation 33of the Listing Regulations for the financial year ended31st March 2021.

62


5.7 Compliance with mandatory / non-mandatoryrequirements:The Company has complied with all applicablemandatory requirements in terms of the ListingRegulations. The non-mandatory requirements havebeen adopted to the extent and in the manner asstated under the appropriate headings detailed inthis Report.

5.8 Code of Conduct for Prevention of Insider Trading:In compliance with SEBI (Prohibition of InsiderTrading) Regulations 2015, as amended, theCompany has a comprehensive Code of Conductfor Prevention of Insider Trading and the same isbeing strictly adhered to by the Designated personsas defined under this Code.

The Company also has in place Code of Practicesand Procedures for fair disclosure of "UnpublishedPrice Sensitive Information" (UPSI) and a Code ofConduct to regulate, monitor and report trading byinsiders.

The Company follows closure of trading window fromthe end of every quarter till 48 hours the UPSI ismade public. The Company has been advising theDesignated Persons covered by the Code not to tradein Company's securities during the closure of tradingwindow period.

The Audit Committee also reviewed theInstitutional Mechanism for Prevention of Insidertrading and the systems for internal control as perRegulation 9A of the SEBI (Prohibition of InsiderTrading) Regulations 2015 and declarations fromDesignated Persons affirming their compliancewith the Code for the year 2020-21.

5.9 Management Discussion and Analysis Report,Familiarization Programme and Whistle BlowerPolicy:All the above Report / Policies form part of theDirectors' Report.

5.10 Whistle Blower Policy:Over the years, the Company has established areputation for doing business with integrity anddisplays zero tolerance for any form of unethicalbehaviour. Vigil mechanism instituted by theCompany to report concerns about unethicalbehaviour in compliance with the requirements ofthe Act and the Listing Regulations. The Board'sAudit Committee oversees the functioning of thispolicy. Protected disclosures can be made by awhistle-blower through several channels to reportactual or suspected frauds and violation of theCompany's Code of Conduct.

Copy of the said Policy is available on theCompany's website in the link as provided in pageno. 85 of this Annual Report.

6. Nomination and Remuneration Committee (NRC)

6.1 Composition of the Committee:As at 31st March 2021, NRC consists ofM/s C R Dua and T Kannan Non-Executive andIndependent Directors and H Lakshmanan,Non - Executive and Non - Independent Director.

Mr C R Dua, the Chairman of the Committee waspresent at the last AGM held on 29th July 2020 toanswer the Shareholders queries.

Mr K S Srinivasan, Company Secretary acts asthe Secretary of the Committee.


Date of the Members present (M/s)Meetings CRD TK HL

28.05.2020 � � �

28.10.2020 � � �

28.01.2021 � � �

24.03.2021 � � �

� - Attended the meeting

[CRD - Mr C R Dua, TK - Mr T Kannan,HL - Mr H Lakshmanan]

6.3 The broad terms of reference of the NRC are asunder:- Guiding the Board for laying down the terms

and conditions in relation to the appointmentand removal of Director(s), Key ManagerialPersonnel (KMP) and Senior ManagementPersonnel (SMP) of the Company.

- Evaluating the performance of the Director(s)and providing necessary report to the Board forits further evaluation and consideration.

- Recommending to the Board on remunerationpayable to the Director(s), KMP and SMP ofthe Company based on (i) the Company'sstructure and financial performance and (ii)remuneration trends and practices that prevailin peer companies across the automobileindustry.

- Retaining, motivating and promoting talentamongst the employees and ensuring long termsustainability of talented SMP by creation ofcompetitive advantage through a structuredtalent review.

6.4 The role / scope of NRC is as follows:

- To make recommendations to the Board withrespect to incentive compensation plans for theExecutive Director(s) and remuneration of Non-Executive Director(s) of the Company.

63


- To identify persons who are qualified to becomeDirector(s), KMP and SMP of the Company.

- To recommend to the Board for the appointment/ removal of Director(s), KMP and SMP of theCompany.

- To formulate criteria for determiningqualification, positive attributes andindependence of a Director of the Company.

- To recommend to the Board a Policy forremuneration of Director(s), KMP and SMP ofthe Company.

6.5 Evaluation Criteria:

The NRC laid down the criteria for evaluating theperformance of every Director, Committees of theBoard and the Board as a whole and also theperformance of KMP and SMP.

The performance evaluation of the Board as awhole was assessed based on the criteria like itscomposition, size, mix of skills and experience, itsmeeting sequence, effectiveness of discussion,decision making, follow- up action, quality ofinformation, governance issues, performance andreporting by various Committees set up by theBoard.

NRC prescribed a peer evaluation methodologyby way of set of questionnaire to evaluate theperformance of individual Directors, Committee(s)of the Board, Chairman and the Board as a whole',and the Board carried out the performanceevaluation as per the methodology.

The performance evaluation of individual Directorwas carried out based on his / her commitment tothe role and fiduciary responsibilities as a Boardmember, attendance and active participation,strategic and lateral thinking, contribution andrecommendations given professionally, heading /acting as member of various Committees etc.

The performance of SMP was measured againsttheir achievement of the business plans approvedby the Board during and at the completion of thefinancial year and their annual 'at-risk'remuneration which reflects their business planachievements. An evaluation of performance hasbeen undertaken based on the criteria for all SMPand this has been in accordance with the aboveprocess.

NRC has the overall responsibility for evaluatingand approving the compensation plans, policiesand programmes applicable to SMP. NRC alsodelegated its authority to CMD, whereverappropriate, for this purpose.

6.6 Remuneration Policy:

The Nomination and Remuneration Policy hasbeen placed on the website of the Company in thelink as provided in page no. 85 of this AnnualReport. The salient features of the policy are asfollows:

NRC formulates policy to ensure that -

- the level and composition of remuneration isreasonable and sufficient to attract, retain andmotivate Director(s) of the quality required torun the Company successfully;

- the relationship of remuneration to performanceis clear and meets appropriate performancebenchmarks; and

- the remuneration to Director(s), KMP and SMPof the Company involve a balance betweenfixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance objectives appropriate to theworking of the Company and its goals.

6.7 Remuneration to Directors:

Executive Directors:

The remuneration payable to the Chairman andManaging Director (CMD), Joint Managing Director(JMD) and Director & CEO is fixed by the Boardand are within the limits approved by theShareholders in terms of the relevant provisionsof the Act, 2013.

Particulars of remuneration paid to ExecutiveDirectors during the financial year 2020-21:

($ In Cr)Name of the Salary &

Directors PerquisitesCommission Total

CMD 2.85 15.48 18.33

JMD 3.86 11.33 15.19

Director & CEO 3.82 4.38 8.20

There is no separate provision for payment ofseverance fees. The notice period is mutuallyagreed between these Directors and the Board. Thetenure of office of Executive Directors is for fiveyears from their respective dates of appointment /reappointment.

The above remuneration to CMD is notwithstandinghis holding similar position, in the holding company,viz., Sundaram-Clayton Limited (SCL) and drawingremuneration, as approved by its shareholders, fromtime to time, provided that the total remunerationdrawn by him from the Company and SCL does notexceed the higher maximum limit admissible, fromany one of these two companies.

The Directors are paid commission within thepermissible limits approved by the Members and

64


determined by the Board every year depending uponthe performance of the Company.

Non-Executive Directors:

Sitting fees

$ 20,000/- each is paid to the Non-ExecutiveDirectors for every meeting of the Board and / orCommittee thereof attended by them, which is withinthe limits, prescribed under the Act, 2013.

Commission

The Company benefits from the expertise, adviceand inputs provided by IDs. IDs devote their valuabletime in deliberating on strategic and critical issues inthe course of Board and Committee meetings of theCompany and give their valuable advice, suggestionsand guidance to the management of the Company,from time to time and hence IDs are being paid byway of sitting fees and commission.

The Committee, in its meeting held on 27th April 2021,recommended the payment of commission to Non-Executive Independent Directors (NE-IDs) within thepermissible limit, in terms of the provisions of Sections197 / 198 read with the Companies (Appointmentand Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules2014 of the Act, 2013 and as approved by theshareholders at the AGM held on 11th August 2017.

A Commission of $ 20 lakhs to all NE-IDs;additionally, $ 5 lakhs to those NE-IDs serving as aMember of the Audit Committee; $ 3 lakhs and$ 2 lakhs each to those NE-IDs serving as a Memberof the Risk Management Committee and otherCommittees respectively for the year 2020-21. Theamount of commission for every financial year willbe decided by the Board, as approved by theshareholders at the AGM held on 11th August 2017,subject to the limit of 1% of net profits of the Company,in aggregate, as calculated pursuant to Section 198of the Act, 2013. The above compensation structureis commensurate with the best practices in terms ofremunerating NE-IDs and adequately compensatesfor the time and contribution made by NE-IDs.

In terms of the Listing Regulations, it has also beenensured that the remuneration payable to one Non-Executive Director does not exceed 50% of the totalannual remuneration payable to all Non-ExecutiveDirectors of the Company.

Presently, the Company does not have a schemefor grant of stock options either to the Directors orthe Employees of the Company.

6.8 Particulars of sitting fees / commission paid to theNon-Executive and Independent / Non-IndependentDirectors during the financial year 2020-21 are asfollows:

($ in lakhs)

Name of the SittingDirectors (M/s) Fees

Commission Total

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth@ 0.20 – 0.20

Prince Asirvatham 2.80 27.00 29.80

C R Dua 4.00 29.00 33.00

R Gopalan 2.60 25.00 27.60

Lalita D Gupte 2.60 25.00 27.60

T Kannan 3.80 30.00 33.80

Kuok Meng Xiong@ 0.20 0.44 0.64

H Lakshmanan 3.20 – 3.20

Rajesh Narasimhan$ 1.00 – 1.00

Hemant Krishan Singh 2.60 25.00 27.60

Dr. Lakshmi Venu 1.20 – 1.20

$ ceased to be a director effective 24th March 2021. Amount paidfor the period from 1st April 2020 to 23rd March 2021;

@ Both the directors were appointed on 24th March 2021.

6.9 Details of shareholdings of Non-ExecutiveDirectors in the Company as on 31st March 2021:

Name of the Directors (M/s) No. of equity shares held

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth –Prince Asirvatham 1,000C R Dua –R Gopalan –Lalita D Gupte –T Kannan 5,000Kuok Meng Xiong –H Lakshmanan 55,870Hemant Krishan Singh –Dr. Lakshmi Venu –

7. Stakeholders' Relationship Committee (SRC):

7.1 As at 31st March 2021, the Committee consists ofthe following Executive Directors viz., M/s VenuSrinivasan, CMD and Sudarshan Venu, JMD andother Non-Executive Independent Directors viz.,M/s Hemant Krishan Singh, Chairman of theCommittee, C R Dua and Lalita D Gupte.

Mr Hemant Krishan Singh, Chairman of theCommittee was present at the last AGM held on29th July 2020 to answer Shareholders' queries.

65


Mr K S Srinivasan, Company Secretary acts as theSecretary of the Committee.


Date of the Members present (M/s)Meetings HKS VS SV CRD LDG

28.05.2020 � � � � �

29.07.2020 � � � � �

29.10.2020 � � LOA LOA �

28.01.2021 � LOA � � �


[ HKS - Mr Hemant Krishan Singh, VS - Mr VenuSrinivasan, SV - Mr Sudarshan Venu, CRD -Mr C R Dua, LDG - Mrs Lalita D Gupte]

7.3 As required by the Listing Regulations, Mr K SSrinivasan, Company Secretary is the ComplianceOfficer of the Company, who oversees theredressal of investor grievances.

For any clarification / complaint, the Shareholdersmay contact the Company Secretary.

7.4 SRC oversees and reviews all the mattersconnected with share transfers, issue of duplicateshare certificates and other issues pertaining toshares. SRC also looks into various aspects ofinterests:

• The transfer / transmission of shares, non-receipt of Annual Report, non-receipt ofdeclared dividends, issue of new/duplicatecertificates, general meetings etc. etc.

• Review of measures taken for effective exerciseof voting rights by shareholders.

• Review of adherence to the service standardsadopted by the listed entity in respect of variousservices being rendered by the Registrar &Share Transfer Agent.

• Review of the various measures and initiativestaken by the listed entity for reducing thequantum of unclaimed dividends and ensuringtimely receipt of dividend warrants / annualreports / statutory notices by the shareholdersof the Company.

The Company, in order to expedite the process ofshare transfers delegated the power of sharetransfers to an officer of the Share Transfer Agent(STA). The Company, as a matter of policy,disposes of investors' complaints within a span ofseven days.

7.5 Complaints received and redressed during the year2020-21:

Nature of complaintsNo. of complaints

received and redressed

Non-receipt of bonus / duplicateshare certificates

2

Non receipt of demand draft inlieu of unclaimed dividend warrant

2

Non-receipt of Annual Report 1

Total 5

7.6 All the queries and complaints received duringthe financial year ended 31st March 2021, wereduly redressed and no queries pending at the yearend.

All requests for dematerialization of shares werecarried out within the stipulated time period andno request for dematerializing the share certificateswas pending.

7.7 Reconciliation of Share Capital Audit:

A Practising Company Secretary carries outReconciliation of Share Capital (RSC) Audit on aquarterly basis to reconcile the total admittedcapital with National Securities Depository Limited(NSDL) and Central Depository Services (India)Limited (CDSL). The reports are being regularlyplaced before the Board for its perusal.

The RSC audit reports confirmed that thetotal issued and listed capital was in agreementwith the total number of shares in physical formand in dematerialized form held with NSDL andCDSL.

8. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee:

The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee consistsof three Directors viz., M/s Venu Srinivasan, PrinceAsirvatham and H Lakshmanan. Mr Venu Srinivasan isthe Chairman of the Committee.

The details of CSR Policy, initiatives and spending are speltout in the Directors Report.

During the year, the Committee met on 28th May 2020 andall the members were present at the meeting.

9. Administrative Committee:

The Administrative Committee consist of threedirectors viz., M/s Venu Srinivasan, T Kannan andH Lakshmanan. Mr Venu Srinivasan, is the Chairman ofthe Committee.

66


The particulars of meetings and attendance by themembers of the Committee, during the year under review,are given in the table below:

Date of the Members present (M/s)Meetings VS TK HL

28.04.2020 � � �

13.05.2020 � �

15.05.2020 �LOA

�

25.01.2021 � �

12.03.2021 � �


[VS - Mr Venu Srinivasan, TK- Mr T Kannan,HL - Mr H Lakshmanan]

10. General body meeting:

10.1 Location and time where AGMs were held duringthe last three years:

Year Venue of the meeting Date Time

2017-18 07.08.2018 10.35 AM

2018-19 22.07.2019 10.00 AM

2019-20 Through VC / OAVM 29.07.2020 10.00 AM

10.2 Special resolutions passed in the previous threeAGMs:

During the last three years, namely 2017-18 to2019-20 approvals of the shareholders were obtainedby passing special resolutions as follows:

Year Subject matter of special resolution Date of AGM

2017-18 07.08.2018

2018-19 22.07.2019

2019-20 29.07.2020

10.3 Postal Ballot:

None of the subjects placed before the shareholdersin the last / ensuing AGM required/ requires approvalby Postal Ballot. However, in terms of the Regulation44 of the Listing Regulations and Section 108 of theAct, 2013 read with the Companies (Managementand Administration) Rules, 2014, the Companyfacilitated its members to exercise their right to votethrough Remote Voting and e-Voting at the meetingfor all the items at the AGM held on 29th July 2020.

11. Means of communication to shareholders

The Board believes that effective communication ofinformation is an essential component of corporategovernance. The Company regularly interacts withshareholders through multiple channels of communicationsuch as results announcement, annual report, mediareleases, Company's website and specific communicationsto Stock Exchanges, where the Company's shares arelisted.

During the quarterly results, Director & CEO and CFO,make presentations to institutional investors, analysts andother investors. The presentations are made available onthe Company's website.

11.1 Quarterly results:

The financial results of the Company werepublished in English and Regional newspapers.

11.2 Newspapers wherein results are normallypublished:

The results are normally published in EnglishNewspapers viz., The Hindu, Business Line, TheTimes of India, Economic Times, BusinessStandard, The New Indian Express and RegionalNewspaper viz., Dinamani.

11.3 Website:

The Company has in place a websitewww.tvsmotor.com. This website contains thebasic information about the Company, viz., detailsof its business, financial information, shareholdingpattern, compliance with corporate governance,contact information of the designated officials ofthe Company, who are responsible for assistingand handling investor grievances, such otherdetails as may be required under the Regulation46 of the Listing Regulations. The Companyensures that the contents of this website areperiodically updated.

11.4 Press Release & Investor/ Analysts meet:

In addition, the Company makes use of this websitefor publishing official news release and presentations,if any, made to institutional investors / analysts.

12. General shareholder information

12.1 Annual General Meeting:

Day, Date and time : Thursday, 29th July 2021,1.30 P.M. (IST)

Venue : Through VideoConferencing / OtherAudio Visual Means

The Music Academy,New No.168, (Old No.306)T.T.K. Road, Royapettah,

Chennai 600 014

Re-appointment of Mr H Lakshmananas director being above 75 years, whoretires by rotation.

NIL

Re-appointment of Mr H Lakshmananas director being above 75 years, whoretires by rotation.

67


12.2 Financial year : 1st April to 31st March

Financial calendar : 2021-22

Financial reporting : Financial calendar againstfor the quarter ending

30th June, 2021 : Before 14th August, 2021

30th September, 2021 : Before 14th November, 2021

31st December, 2021 : Before 14th February 2022

31st March, 2022 : Before 30th May, 2022

12.3 Particulars of dividend payment:

Particulars of dividend declaration / payment aredisclosed in the Directors' Report. Dividends weredeclared in compliance with the DividendDistribution Policy of the Company.

Dividend distribution policy

SEBI vide its circular No. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/ GN/2016-17/008 dated 8th July 2016 mandated the top500 listed companies based on the marketcapitalization to formulate Dividend DistributionPolicy which shall be disclosed in their annualreports and on their websites.

The Dividend Distribution Policy is available on theCompany's website in the link as provided in pageno. 85 on this Annual Report.

12.4 Listing on Stock Exchanges:

Name & Address of the Stock Code /Stock Exchanges Symbol

BSE Limited (BSE) 532343Phiroze Jeejeebhoy TowersDalal Street, Mumbai 400 001. IndiaTel. : 91 22 2272 1233Fax : 91 22 2272 1919

National Stock Exchange of India TVSMOTORLimited (NSE)Exchange Plaza, Plot No. C/1,G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex,Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051. IndiaTel. : 91 22 2659 8100Fax : 91 22 2659 8120

ISIN allotted by Depositories INE(Company ID Number) Equity 494B01023Non- Convertible Debentures (NCD)listed with NSE

(Note: Annual listing fees and custodial chargesfor the year 2020-21 were duly paid to the aboveStock Exchanges and Depositories)

12.5 Market Price Data: (in $)

NSE (Monthly) BSE (Monthly)

Month High Low High Lowprice price price price

April 2020 334 240 334 240

May 2020 360 301 360 301

June 2020 393 307 393 317

July 2020 415 377 414 377

August 2020 477 388 477 385

September 2020 481 423 481 425

October 2020 490 421 490 407

November 2020 505 447 505 447

December 2020 520 446 519 446

January 2021 590 482 589 482

February 2021 660 553 660 537

March 2021 636 541 636 541

12.6 Share price performance in comparison to broadbased indices - NSE Nifty and BSE Sensex:

SHARE PRICE MOVEMENT - NSE

NSE Nifty (in Points) TVSM Price (in $)

Apr 20 May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 21 Feb March

9889 959910553

11341 11794 1161812025

1314614025

1475415432 15336

334360

393 415

477 481 490 505 520

590

660636

SHARE PRICE MOVEMENT - BSE

BSE Sensex (in Points) TVSM Price (in $)

334360

393414

477 481 490 505 519

589

660636

518225251750184

4789744825

4104839360400103861735707

3284533887

Apr 20 May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan 21 Feb March

68


12.8 Shareholding pattern of the Company as on 31st March 2021:

No. of %Category of Shareholdershares held

Promoter and Promoter GroupBodies Corporate 27,26,82,786 57.40

Total (A) 27,26,82,786 57.40

Public ShareholdingMutual Funds 5,46,33,024 11.50Banks / Financial Institutions 3,45,178 0.07Insurance Companies 3,60,08,613 7.58Foreign Institutional Investors 5,86,10,398 12.33Alternative Investment Funds 75,46,588 1.59Public Provident Fund 5,02,537 0.11

Total Institutions (B) 15,76,46,338 33.18

Bodies Corporate 25,18,399 0.53

Individuals holding nominal capital inexcess of $ 2 lakhs 19,94,385 0.42

Individuals holding nominal capitalupto $ 2 lakhs 3,32,01,215 6.98

NRI Repatriable 7,53,635 0.16

NRI Non- Repatriable 6,00,337 0.13

Directors & their relatives 27,32,596 0.58

Investor Education Protection Fund 14,39,879 0.30

Others 15,17,544 0.32

Total Non-Institutions (C) 4,47,57,990 9.42

Total Public Shareholding D = (B+C) 20,24,04,328 42.60

Grand Total (A+D) 47,50,87,114 100.00

12.9 Distribution of Shareholding as on 31st March 2021:

Shareholding No. of%

No. of%(Range) members shares

Upto 5000 1,43,131 99.29 2,68,21,694 5.65

5001-10000 572 0.40 41,95,769 0.88

10001-20000 195 0.14 28,09,470 0.59

20001-50000 94 0.07 29,52,315 0.62

50001-100000 51 0.04 36,35,587 0.77

100001 & above 106 0.07 43,46,72,279 91.49

Total 1,44,149 100.00 47,50,87,114 100.00

12.7 Share Transfer Agents and Share Transfer System:

a. During the year, Sundaram-Clayton Limited, theShare Transfer Agent has informed the Companyabout its closure of Registrar and Share TransferAgent activities. Hence, the Company hasappointed Integrated Registry ManagementServices Limited, which is registered with SEBIas Category-I Registrar & Transfer Agent (RTA)with Regn. No. INR000000544, as the ShareTransfer Agent of the Company (STA) with a viewto rendering prompt and efficient service to theinvestors and in compliance with Regulation 7 ofthe Listing Regulations. The Shareholders havealso been advised about this appointment ofSTA to handle share registry work pertaining toboth physical and electronic segments of theCompany.

b. All matters connected with the share transfer,dividends and other matters are being handledby STA located at the address mentioned in thisreport.

c. Shares lodged for transfers are normallyprocessed within 15 days from the date oflodgement, if the documents are clear in allrespects.

d. All requests for dematerialization of securities areprocessed and the confirmation is given to thedepositories within 15 days. Grievances receivedfrom investors and other miscellaneouscorrespondence relating to change of addresses,mandates etc., is processed by STA within7 days.

e. Certificates are being obtained and submitted tothe Stock Exchanges, on half-yearly basis, froma company secretary-in-practice towards duecompliance of share transfer formalities by theCompany within the due dates, in terms ofRegulation 40(9) of the Listing Regulations.

f. Certificates have also been received from acompany secretary-in-practice and submitted tothe Stock Exchanges, on a quarterly basis, fortimely dematerialization of shares of the Companyand for reconciliation of the share capital of theCompany, as required under SEBI (Depositoriesand Participants) Regulations, 2018.

g. The Company, as required under theRegulation 6(2)(d) of the Listing Regulations,has designated the following e-mail IDs,namely [email protected] /[email protected] for the purpose ofregistering complaints, if any, by the investors andexpeditious redressal of their grievances.

h. A certificate signed by the Compliance Officer ofSTA and the Company Secretary towards

maintenance of share transfer facility by STA incompliance with Regulation 7(3) of the ListingRegulations have been obtained and the samehave been submitted to the Stock Exchanges.

i. Shareholders are, therefore, requested tocorrespond with STA for transfer / transmissionof shares, change of address and queriespertaining to their shareholding, dividend, etc., attheir address given in this Report.

69


12.10 Dematerialization of shares and liquidity:

The promoter holding consisting of 27,26,82,786Equity shares of $ 1/- each has been fullydematerialized. Out of 20,24,04,328 EquityShares of $ 1/- each held by persons other thanpromoters 19,95,28,313 Equity Shares have beendematerialized as on 31st March 2021 accountingfor 99.39%.

12.11 The Company has not issued any Global DepositoryReceipt / American Depository Receipt / Warrantor any convertible instrument, which is likely to havean impact on the Company's Equity.

12.12 Other Disclosures

a) Pecuniary relationships or transactions withNE-IDs vis-a-vis the Company during the yearunder review, do not exceed the threshold limitas laid down under the Listing Regulations.

b) During the year, there were no materiallysignificant transactions with related parties thatmay have potential conflict with the interestsof the Company at large.

c) Company is a net exporter. Company has aforex hedging policy and covers areappropriately taken to cover the currency risk.The exposure and cover taken are reviewedby the Audit Committee on regular basis.

d) Company is not a dealer in Commodities.Prices payable to vendors for raw materials andcomponents are negotiated based oninternationally available data. Cost ofmanufacture of all products are reviewed atregular intervals and wherever required suitableprice changes in two-wheeler and three-wheeler are done based on market conditions.

The Company has not entered into anycommodity derivatives with any of the bankersand hence the disclosure of exposure incommodity risks faced by the Company doesnot required, as directed in the SEBI Circulardated 15th November 2018.

12.13 Plant Locations:Hosur : Post Box No. 4, Harita

Hosur - 635 109, TamilnaduTel. : 04344-276780Fax : 04344-276878Email: [email protected]

Mysuru : Post Box No.1Byathahalli Village, Kadakola Post,Mysuru - 571 311, Karnataka.Tel. : 0821 - 2596561Fax : 0821 - 2596553Email: [email protected]

Himachal :Village & Post Office Bhatian,Pradesh Bharatgarh Road, Tehsil Nalagarh,

District Solan,Himachal Pradesh - 174 101Tel. : 01795 - 220493Fax : 01795 - 220496Email: [email protected]

12.14 Address for investor correspondence:

(i) For transfer / demate- : Integrated Registry Managementrialization of shares, Services Limited,payment of dividend Share Transfer Agent (STA)on shares and any Unit: TVS Motor Company Limitedother query relatingto the shares of theCompany

(ii) For non-receipt of : Email: [email protected] report

(iii) For investors' : Email: [email protected] & generalcorrespondence

(iv) Debenture Trustee IDBI Trusteeship Services LimitedAsian Building,Ground Floor17 R Kamani Marg, Ballard EstateMumbai - 400 001Email: [email protected]

12.15 List of Credit Ratings:The Company is maintaining the existing credit ratingviz., CARE AA+ for long term borrowings and Non-Convertible Debentures and CARE A1+ for shortterm borrowings and Commercial Papers.

12.16 Certificate from Practicing Company Secretary:

The Company has received a certificate from theSecretarial Auditor of the Company stating thatnone of the Directors on the Board of theCompany have been debarred or disqualified frombeing appointed or continuing as Director by theBoard / Ministry of Corporate Affairs or any suchstatutory authority.

12.17 Fees paid to Statutory Auditor on a consolidatedbasis:

During the year, the Company has paid $ 1.49 Crto the Statutory Auditors for all services receivedby the listed entity and its subsidiaries, on aconsolidated basis.

12.18 Sexual Harassment at workplace:

During the year under review, the Company hasnot received any complaints in terms of SexualHarassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.

12.19 Disclosure on compliance with the issue of Debtsecurities for incremental borrowings by LargeCorporates.

The Company has been considered as a "LargeCorporate" (LC) and is required to raise not lessthan 25% of its incremental borrowings, during thefinancial year, by way of issuance of debt securities.This was made mandatory effective FY 2021-22 and

70


electronic mode for deletion of / change in suchbank details. Members who wish to change suchbank account details are therefore requested toadvise their DPs about such change, withcomplete details of bank account.

ECS helps in quick remittance of dividend withoutpossible loss / delay in postal transit.Shareholders, who have not earlier availed thisfacility, are requested to register their ECS detailswith the STA or their respective DPs.

14.3 Transfer of shares in physical mode:

Shareholders should fill up complete and correctparticulars in the transfer deed, for expeditioustransfer of shares. Wherever applicable,registration number of power of attorney shouldalso be quoted in the transfer deed at theappropriate place.

Shareholders, whose signatures have undergoneany change over a period of time, are requestedto lodge their new specimen signature dulyattested by a bank manager to the STA.

In terms of the Listing Regulations, it has becomemandatory for transferees to furnish a copy ofPermanent Account Number (PAN) forregistration of transfer of shares to be held inphysical mode.

In case of loss / misplacement of sharecertificates, Shareholders should immediatelylodge a FIR / Complaint with the police and informthe Company / STA with original or certified copyof FIR / acknowledged copy of complaint formarking stop transfer of shares.

14.4 Consolidation of multiple folios:

Shareholders, who have multiple folios in identicalnames, are requested to apply for consolidationof such folios and send the relevant sharecertificates to the Company.

14.5 Registration of nominations:

Nomination in respect of shares, as per Section72 of the Act, 2013 provides facility for makingnominations by shareholders in respect of theirholding of shares. Such nomination greatlyfacilitates transmission of shares from thedeceased shareholder to his / her nominee withouthaving to go through the process of obtainingsuccession certificate / probate of the Will, etc.

It would therefore be in the best interest of theshareholders holding shares in physical formregistered as a sole holder to make suchnominations. Shareholders, who have not availednomination facility, are requested to avail thesame by submitting the nomination in FormSH-13. This form will be made available on

till such period the Company is required to explainthe reasons for non compliance.

During the year, the Company has raised fundsthrough Non-convertible Debentures to a sum of$ 500 Cr to meet the strategic investmentrequirement and complied with the requirement ofSEBI's circular dated 26th November 2018.

13. Non-mandatory disclosures

The non-mandatory requirements have been adoptedto the extent and in the manner as stated under theappropriate headings detailed below:

13.1 The Board:

As the Company has an Executive Chairman,disclosure under this head is not mandatory. TheNon-Independent Directors of the Company areliable to retire by rotation and if eligible, offerthemselves for re-appointment. Specific tenurehas been fixed for the Independent Directors interms of Section 149 of the Act, 2013 and duringthis period, they will not be liable to 'retire byrotation' as per Sections 150(2), 152(2) read withSchedule IV to the Act, 2013.

13.2 Shareholder rights:The half-yearly results of the Company are publishedin newspapers as soon as they are approved bythe Board and are also uploaded in the Company'swebsite namely www.tvsmotor.com . The results arenot sent to the shareholders individually.

13.3 Audit qualifications:The financial statements of the Company areunmodified.

14. Request to shareholders

Shareholders are requested to follow the generalsafeguards / procedures as detailed hereunder in orderfor the Company to serve them efficiently and avoid riskswhile dealing in the securities of the Company.

14.1 Demat of Shares:

Shareholders are requested to convert theirphysical holding to demat / electronic form throughany of the DPs to avoid any possibility of loss,mutilation etc., of physical share certificates andalso to ensure safe and speedy transaction insecurities.

14.2 Registration of Electronic Clearing Service (ECS)mandate:

SEBI has made it mandatory for all companies touse the bank account details furnished by theDepositories for payment of dividend through ECSto investors wherever ECS and bank details areavailable. The Company will not entertain anydirect request from Members holding shares in

71


INFORMATION IN RESPECT OF UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDSDUE FOR REMITTANCE INTO IEPF IS GIVEN BELOW:

Particulars of unclaimed dividend of the Company.

Financial Year Date ofDate of Due date

declarationtransfer to for transfer

special account to the IEPF

2014-2015 1st Interim 03.02.2015 05.03.2015 05.03.2022

2014-2015 2nd Interim 29.04.2015 29.05.2015 29.05.2022

2015-2016 1st Interim 29.01.2016 28.02.2016 28.02.2023

2015-2016 2nd Interim 12.03.2016 11.04.2016 11.04.2023

2016-2017 1st Interim 27.10.2016 26.11.2016 26.11.2023

2016-2017 2nd Interim 06.03.2017 05.04.2017 05.04.2024

2017-2018 1st Interim 01.11.2017 01.12.2017 01.12.2024

2017-2018 2nd Interim 26.02.2018 28.03.2018 28.03.2025

2018-2019 1st Interim 23.10.2018 22.11.2018 22.11.2025

2018-2019 2nd Interim 11.03.2019 10.04.2019 10.04.2026

2019-2020 1st Interim 04.02.2020 05.03.2020 05.03.2027

2019-2020 2nd Interim 10.03.2020 09.04.2020 09.04.2027

2020-2021 1st Interim 28.01.2021 27.02.2021 27.02.2028

2020-2021 2nd Interim 24.03.2021 23.04.2021 23.04.2028

15. TRANSFER OF SHARES TO INVESTOR EDUCATIONAND PROTECTION FUND (IEPF) AUTHORITY

As per Section 124(6) of the Act, 2013 read with theInvestor Education and Protection Fund Authority(Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016("IEPF Rules") as amended from time to time, all theshares in respect of which dividend has remained unpaid/unclaimed for seven consecutive years or more arerequired to be transferred to a Demat Account openedin the name of IEPF Authority with Punjab National Bankby the Ministry of Corporate Affairs.

During the year, the Company has sent individual noticesto all the shareholders whose dividends are lying unpaid /unclaimed against their name for seven consecutive yearsor more and also advertised on the Newspapers seekingaction from the shareholders. The lists of such shareholderswere also displayed on the website of the Company.

In compliance with the aforesaid provisions, theCompany transferred 67,274 shares on 8th May 2020,33,324 shares on 29th August 2020 and 48,308 shareson 11th December 2020 to IEPF account bearing Demataccount no 10656671 and DPID IN300708 which isopened with Punjab National Bank.

request. Investors holding shares in demat formare advised to contact their DPs for makingnominations.

14.6 Updation of address:

Shareholders are requested to update theiraddresses registered with the Company, directlythrough the STA, to receive all communicationspromptly.

Shareholders, holding shares in electronic form,are requested to deal only with their DPs in respectof change of address and furnishing bank accountnumber, etc.

14.7 SMS Alerts:

Shareholders are requested to note that NSDLand CDSL have announced the launch of SMSalert facility for demat account holders wherebyshareholders will receive alerts for debits / credits(transfers) to their demat accounts a day after thetransaction. These alerts will be sent to thoseaccount holders who have provided their mobilenumbers to their DPs. No charge will be levied byNSDL / CDSL on DPs providing this facility toinvestors. This facility will be available to investorswho request for the same and provide their mobilenumbers to the DPs. Further information isavailable on the website of NSDL and CDSLnamely www.nsdl.co.in and www.cdslindia.comrespectively.

14.8 Timely encashment of dividends:

Shareholders are requested to encash theirdividends promptly to avoid hassles ofrevalidation.

As required by SEBI, shareholders are requestedto furnish details of their bank account numberand name and address of the bank forincorporating the same in the warrants. This wouldavoid wrong credits being obtained byunauthorized persons.

Shareholders are requested to note that thedividends, not claimed for a period of seven yearsfrom the date they first became due for payment,shall be transferred to IEPF in terms of Section124(6) of the Act, 2013 read with InvestorEducation & Protection Fund (IEPF) Authority(Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules,2016. Accordingly a sum of $ 56.22 lakhs, beingunclaimed dividend, was transferred to IEPFduring the year 2020-21.

Shareholders, who have not encashed theirdividend warrants, in respect of first Interimdividend declared for the year ended 31st March,2015 and for any financial year thereafter maycontact the Company and surrender their warrantsfor payment.

72


To,

The shareholders of TVS Motor Company Limited,Chennai

On the basis of the written declarations received frommembers of the Board and Senior Management Personnelin terms of the relevant provisions of SEBI (Listing Obligationsand Disclosure Requirements) Regulation 2015, it is hereby

COMPLIANCE WITH CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

certified that both the Members of the Board and the SeniorManagement Personnel of the Company have affirmedcompliance with the respective provisions of the Code ofBusiness Conduct and Ethics of the Company as laid downby the Board for the year ended 31st March 2021.

Chennai K N RADHAKRISHNAN27th April 2021 Director & CEO

In case the dividends are not claimed within the duedate(s) mentioned above, necessary steps will beinitiated by the Company to transfer shares held by themembers to IEPF. Please note that no claim shall lieagainst the Company in respect of the shares sotransferred to IEPF. As required under the saidprovisions, all subsequent corporate benefits thataccrues in relation to the above shares will also becredited to the said IEPF Account.

In the event of transfer of shares and the unclaimeddividends to IEPF, shareholders are entitled to claim thesame from IEPF by submitting an online application inthe prescribed Form IEPF-5 available on the websitewww.iepf.gov.in and sending a physical copy of the sameduly signed to the Company along with the requisitedocuments enumerated in the Form IEPF-5, as per thefollowing procedures:

1. Download the Form IEPF - 5 from the website ofIEPF (http://www.iepf.gov.in) for filling the claim forrefund of shares and dividends.

2. Read the instructions provided on the website /instructions kit along with the e-form carefully beforefilling the form.

3. After filling / completing the form save it on yourcomputer and submit the duly completed form byfollowing the instructions given in the upload link onthe website.

4. On successful uploading the acknowledgment willbe generated indicating the SRN. This SRN is to beused for future tracking of the form.

5. Printout of the duly completed IEPF - 5 and theacknowledgment issued after uploading the form willhave to be submitted together with an IndemnityBond in original along with the other documents asmentioned in the Form IEPF-5 to the Nodal Officerof the Company in an envelope marked "Claim forrefund from IEPF Authority".

In the process, general information about the Companywhich have to be provided are as under.(a) Corporate Identification Number (CIN) of Company:-

L35921TN1992PLC022845

(b) Name of the company:-TVS Motor Company Limited

(c) Address of registered office of the Company:"Chaitanya", No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 006

(d) email ID of the company:- [email protected]

Pursuant to Investor Education and Protection Fund(Uploading of information regarding unpaid and unclaimedamount lying with companies) Rules, 2012, the Companyshall provide / host the required details of unclaimeddividend amount referred in relevant sections of the Act,2013 on its website and also in the Ministry of CorporateAffairs (MCA) website in the relevant form every year.

Disclosure in respect of equity shares transferredin the Company's unclaimed suspense account

Pursuant to the requirement of Regulation 34(3) andSchedule V Part F of the Listing Regulations, the followingtable provides details in respect of the equity shares lyingin the suspense account. The Company has already sentthree remainders to the shareholders for claiming thoseshares at their latest available address(es) with theCompany or Depository, as the case may be.

All the corporate benefits in terms of securities accruingon those shares like bonus shares, split etc would alsobe credited to unclaimed suspense account of theCompany. The voting rights on shares lying in unclaimedsuspense account shall remain frozen till the rightfulowner claims the shares.

Details No. of No. ofshareholders shares

Shares in the Unclaimedsuspense account as on 174 1,31,0981st April 2020.

Less: No. of shares Transferred tothe Shareholders on request 6 5,689during the year

Less: No. of Shares transferred toIEPF A/c during the year

29 27,952

No. of shares in the Unclaimedsuspense account as on 139 97,45731st March 2021

73


To,

The shareholders of TVS Motor Company Limited,Chennai

We have examined the compliance of conditions of CorporateGovernance by TVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai - 600006 ('the Company') for the year ended 31st March 2021 asper the relevant provisions of Securities and Exchange Boardof India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements)Regulations, 2015 [Listing Regulations].

The compliance of conditions of Corporate Governance isthe responsibility of Company's management. Ourexamination was limited to procedures and implementationthereof, adopted by the Company for ensuring thecompliance of the conditions of the Corporate Governance.It is neither an audit nor an expression of opinion on thefinancial statements of the Company.

AUDITORS' CERTIFICATE ON COMPLIANCE OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE OF CORPORATEGOVERNANCE

In our opinion and to the best of our information and accordingto the explanations given to us, we certify that the Companyhas complied with the conditions of Corporate Governanceas stipulated in the above-mentioned Listing Regulations.

We further state that such compliance is neither an assuranceas to the future viability of the Company nor the efficiency oreffectiveness with which the management has conductedthe affairs of the Company.

For V. Sankar Aiyar & CoChartered Accountants

Firm Regn. No.: 109208 W

S. VENKATARAMANPartner

Chennai Membership Number: F3431927th April 2021 UDIN: 21023116AAAAHH5770

LINKS TO COMPANY'S POLICIES

1. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT OF IDShttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Communication/Files/Terms-of-Appointment-of-IDs-Apr2020.pdf

2. BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY REPORThttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Financial%20Reports/Files/TVSM-Business-Responsibility-Report-2020-21.pdf

3. POLICY ON VIGIL MECHANISM / WHISTLE BLOWER POLICYhttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Communication/Files/Whistle-Blower-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

4. ANNUAL RETURNhttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Financial%20Reports/Files/TVSM-Annual-Return-2020-21.pdf

5. CSR POLICYhttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Communication/Files/Corporate-Social-Responsibility-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

6. DIRECTORS FAMILIARIZATION PROGRAMhttp://tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature//Investors/Communication/Files/TVSMFamilirisationProgrampdf.pdf

7. CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICShttp://tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature//Investors/Communication/Files/CodeofBusinessConductandEthicspdf.pdf

8. MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES POLICYhttp://tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature//Investors/Communication/Files/Material-Subsidiary-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION POLICYhttp://tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature//Investors/Communication/Files/Related-Party-Transactions-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

10. NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION POLICYhttp://tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature//Investors/Communication/Files/Nomination-and-Remuneration-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

11. DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION POLICYhttps://www.tvsmotor.com/-/media/Feature/Investors/Communication/Files/Dividend-Policy-Apr2020.pdf

74


To,

The Board of DirectorsTVS Motor Company Limited"Chaitanya", No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India.

We certify that we have reviewed the financial statements

prepared based on the Indian Accounting Standards for theyear ended 31st March 2021 and to the best of our knowledge

and belief:

(1) these statements do not contain any materially untrue

statement or omit any material fact or contain statementsthat might be misleading;

(2) these statements together present a true and fair view

of the Company's affairs and are in compliance with

applicable Indian Accounting Standards, Laws andRegulations.

(3) no transactions entered into by the Company during the

year are fraudulent, illegal or violative of the Company's

code of conduct.

(4) We accept responsibility for establishing and maintaininginternal controls for financial reporting and we have

evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems

of the Company pertaining to financial reporting and have

disclosed to the Auditors and the Audit Committee,

deficiencies in the design or operation of such internalcontrols, if any, of which we are aware and steps taken

or proposed to be taken for rectifying these deficiencies.

(5) We have indicated to the Auditors and the Audit

Committee:

a) significant changes, if any, in internal control overfinancial reporting during the year;

b) significant changes in accounting policies, if any,during the year and that the same have been

disclosed in the notes to the financial statements;and

c) that there were no instances of significant fraud ofwhich we have become aware and the involvement

therein, of the management or an employee havinga significant role in the Company's internal control

system over financial reporting.

K N Radhakrishnan K Gopala DesikanDirector & CEO Chief Financial Officer

Chennai27th April 2021

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER (CEO) AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER (CFO) CERTIFICATION

75


To,

The Members ofTVS Motor Company Limited,[CIN: L35921TN1992PLC022845]"Chaitanya", No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India.

We hereby certify that, in our opinion, none of the Directorson the Board of TVS MOTOR COMPANY LIMITED ('theCompany') as on 31st March 2021, as listed below, havebeen debarred or disqualified from being appointed orcontinuing as directors of companies, by the Securities andExchange Board of India (SEBI) or the Ministry of CorporateAffairs, Government of India (MCA):

We are issuing this certificate based on the following, whichto the best of our knowledge and belief were considerednecessary in this regard:

1. Our verification of the information relating to the Directorsavailable on the official website of the Ministry ofCorporate Affairs; and

2. Our verification of the disclosures / declarations /confirmations provided by the said Directors to theCompany and other relevant information, explanation andrepresentations provided by the Company, its officersand agents.

We wish to state that the management of the Company isresponsible to ensure the eligibility of a person forappointment / continuation as a Director on the Board of theCompany. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this,based on our verification. This certificate is neither anassurance as to the future viability of the Company nor ofthe efficacy or effectiveness of the Corporate Governanceprocesses followed by the management of the Company.

For S Krishnamurthy & Co.,Company Secretaries,

K Sriram,Partner

Membership No. F 6312Certificate of Practice No. 2215

UDIN: F006312C000189110

Chennai27th April 2021

CERTIFICATE FROM COMPANY SECRETARY IN PRACTICE(In terms of Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V Para C(10)(i) to the Securities and Exchange Board of India

(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015

Sl. DirectorNo. Name of the Directors Nature of Directorship Identification

(M/s.) Number (DIN)

1. Venu Srinivasan Chairman and 00051523Managing Director

2. Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth Non-Executive, Non-Independent Director 03318908

3. Sudarshan Venu Joint Managing Director 03601690

4. K N Radhakrishnan Director andChief Executive Officer 02599393

5. Prince Asirvatham 001932606. C R Dua 000360807. R Gopalan 016245558. Lalita D Gupte 000435599. T Kannan 0004067410. Kuok Meng Xiong 09117910

11. H Lakshmanan 00057973

12. Hemant Krishan Singh 06467315

13. Dr. Lakshmi Venu Non-Executive, Non-Independent Director 02702020

Non-Executive -Independent Director

Non-Executive, Non-Independent Director

Non-Executive -Independent Director

76


Form No. MR-3Secretarial Audit Report

FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021[Pursuant to Section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No.9 of

the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014]

To,

The Members ofTVS Motor Company Limited,[CIN: L35921TN1992PLC022845]“Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 006.

We have conducted a Secretarial Audit of the compliance ofapplicable statutory provisions and adherence to goodcorporate practices by TVS MOTOR COMPANY LIMITED('the Company') during the financial year from 1st April 2020to 31st March 2021 ('the year'/ 'audit period'/ 'period underreview').

We conducted the Secretarial Audit in a manner that providedus a reasonable basis for evaluating the Company's corporateconducts / statutory compliances and expressing our opinionthereon.

We are issuing this report based on:(i) Our verification of the books, papers, minute books and

other records maintained by the Company and furnishedto us in electronic form, forms / returns filed and compliancerelated action taken by the Company during the financialyear as well as after 31st March 2021 but before the issueof this audit report;

(ii) Compliance certificates confirming compliance with all lawsapplicable to the Company, given by the Key ManagerialPersonnel of the Company and taken on record by theBoard of Directors; and

(iii) Representations made, documents shown and informationprovided by the Company, its officers, agents andauthorised representatives during our conduct of theSecretarial Audit.

We hereby report that, in our opinion, during the audit periodcovering the financial year ended on 31st March 2021, theCompany:

(i) has complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder;and

(ii) has Board processes and compliance mechanism in place,to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reportingmade hereinafter.

The members are requested to read this report along with ourletter of even date annexed to this report as Annexure - A.

1. Compliance with specific statutory provisions

We further report that:

1.1 We have examined the books, papers, Minute booksand other records maintained by the Company, andthe forms, returns, reports, disclosures andinformation filed or disseminated during the year,according to the applicable provisions / clauses of:

(i) The Companies Act, 2013, and the rules madethereunder ('the Companies Act').

(ii) The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act,1956, and the rules made thereunder.

(iii) The Depositories Act, 1996, and the regulationsand bye-laws framed thereunder.

(iv) Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, andthe rules and regulations made thereunder, tothe extent of Overseas Direct Investment andExternal Commercial Borrowings ('FEMA').

(v) The following Regulations prescribed under theSecurities and Exchange Board of India Act,1992 ('SEBI Regulations'):

(a) The Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia (Listing Obligations and DisclosureRequirements) Regulations, 2015 ('SEBILODR');

(b) The Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia (Prohibition of Insider Trading)Regulations, 2015;

(c) The Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia (Substantial Acquisition of Shares andTakeovers) Regulations, 2011; and

(d) The Securities and Exchange Board ofIndia (Issue and Listing of Debt Securities)Regulations, 2008.

(vi) The listing agreements entered into by theCompany with the National Stock Exchange ofIndia Limited (NSE) and BSE Limited (BSE) inrelation to listing of its Equity shares; and thelisting agreements entered into by the Companywith NSE in relation to listing of its Non-Convertible Debentures and CommercialPapers ('Agreements').

77


(vii) Secretarial Standards issued by The Instituteof Company Secretaries of India ('SecretarialStandards').

1.2. During the period under review, and also consideringthe compliance related actions taken by theCompany after 31st March 2021, but before the issueof this report, we hereby report that, to the best ofour knowledge and belief, and based on the records,information, explanations and representationsfurnished to us:

(i) The Company has generally complied with theapplicable provisions of the Act, Rules andRegulations mentioned in paragraph 1.1 (i) to(iii) above.

(ii) The Company has broadly complied with theapplicable provisions of FEMA, mentioned inparagraph 1.1 (iv) above.

(iii) The Company has generally complied with theapplicable provisions of SEBI Regulations andAgreements mentioned in paragraph 1.1 (v) and(vi) above.

(iv) The Company has generally complied with theSecretarial Standards on 'Meetings of the Boardof Directors' (SS-1) (to the extent applicable toBoard meetings) and the Secretarial Standardson 'General Meetings' (SS-2) (to the extentapplicable to General meetings) mentioned inparagraph 1.1 (vii) above. Secretarial Standardson 'Dividend' (SS-3) and Secretarial Standardson 'Report of the Board of Directors', (SS-4)being non-mandatory, have not been adoptedby the Company.

1.3. We are informed that, during / in respect of the year:

The Company was not required to comply with thefollowing laws / rules / regulations and consequentlywas not required to maintain any books, papers,Minute books or other records or file any forms /returns under:

(i) Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, andthe rules and regulations made thereunder, tothe extent of Foreign Direct Investment;

(ii) The Securities and Exchange Board of India(Registrars to an Issue and Share TransferAgents) Regulations, 1993, regarding theCompanies Act, 2013, and dealing with clients;

(iii) The Securities and Exchange Board of India(Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009;

(iv) The Securities and Exchange Board of India(Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations,2014;

(v) The Securities and Exchange Board of India(Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)Regulations, 2018; and

(vi) The Securities and Exchange Board of India(Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 2018.

There was no other law that was specificallyapplicable to the Company, considering the natureof its business. Hence, the requirement to report oncompliance with specific laws under paragraph 1.2does not arise.

2. Board processes:


2.1 The constitution of the Board of Directors of theCompany during the year was in compliance withthe applicable provisions of the Companies Act,2013, and SEBI LODR.

2.2 As on 31st March 2021, the Board has:

(i) 3 (three) Executive Directors;

(ii) 3 (three) Non-Executive Non-IndependentDirectors (including 1 (one) Non-IndependentWoman Director); and

(iii) 7 (seven) Independent Directors (including 1(one) Independent Woman Director).

2.3 The processes relating to the following changes inthe composition of the Board of Directors during theyear were carried out in compliance with theapplicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013,and SEBI LODR:

(i) Re-appointment of Mr. Venu Srinivasan (DIN:00051523), as Chairman and ManagingDirector (CMD), for further term of 5 (five) yearswith effect from 24th April 2020, which wasapproved through postal ballot process on 17th

March 2020.

(ii) Re-appointment of Dr. Lakshmi Venu (DIN:02702020) and Mr. H Lakshmanan (DIN:00057973), as Directors, upon retirement byrotation, at the 28th Annual General Meeting(AGM) held on 29th July 2020.

(iii) Cessation of Mr. Rajesh Narasimhan (DIN:07824276) as a Director, with effect from theclosure of business hours on 24th March 2021.

78


(iv) Appointment of Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth (DIN:03318908), as an Additional Director and as aNon-Executive Non-Independent Director, liableto retire by rotation, with effect from 24th March2021, to hold office upto the date of the nextAGM.

(v) Appointment of Mr. Kuok Meng Xiong (DIN:09117910), as an Additional Director and asan Independent Director, to hold office upto thedate of the next AGM, and subject to approvalof the shareholders, hold office for a term of5 (five) consecutive years, commencing from24th March 2021.

2.4 Adequate notice was given to all the directors toenable them plan their schedule for the Boardmeetings; and Notice of Board meetings were sentatleast 7 (seven) days in advance, except in respectof 1 (one) meeting which was held at a shorternotice, in compliance with Section 173(3) of theCompanies Act, 2013.

2.5 Agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent tothe Directors atleast 7 (seven)days before the Boardmeetings (except in respect of 1 (one) meeting whichwas held at a shorter notice) other than the followingitems, which were either circulated separately or atthe Board meetings, and consent of the Board forso circulating them was duly obtained as requiredunder SS-1:

(a) Supplementary agenda notes and annexuresin respect of unpublished price sensitiveinformation such as audited accounts / results,unaudited financial results and connectedpapers; and

(b) Additional subjects / information / presentationsand supplementary notes.

2.6 A system exists for Directors to seek and obtainfurther information and clarifications on the agendaitems before the meetings and for their meaningfulparticipation at the meetings.

2.7 We are informed that, at the Board meetings heldduring the year:

(i) Majority decisions were carried through; and

(ii) No dissenting views were expressed by anyBoard member on any of the subject mattersdiscussed, that were required to be capturedand recorded as part of the Minutes.

3. Compliance mechanism


There are reasonably adequate systems and processesin the Company, commensurate with the Company's sizeand operations, to monitor and ensure compliance withapplicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines.

4. Specific events / actions


The specific events and actions during the year, havinga major bearing on the Company's affairs, in pursuanceof the above referred laws, rules, regulations andstandards were:

(a) The Company has made investments / furtherinvestments in subsidiaries and associate companies(Indian / Foreign), and an Overseas technology fundas disclosed in the audited financial statement for thefinancial year ended 31st March 2021.

(b) The Company acquired the entire equity capital ofIntellicar Telematics Private Limited for a considerationof $ 15 Crores, consequent to which it became a whollyowned subsidiary of the Company with effect from 31st

December 2020.

(c) The Norton Motorcycle Co Limited (formerly known asProject 303 Bidco Limited), United Kingdom, which wasacquired by TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, anoverseas subsidiary of the Company, on 2nd April 2020,signed an asset purchase agreement on 17th April 2020with Norton Motorcycles Holdings Limited (inadministration) and Norton Motorcycles (UK) Limited(in administration) (together "Norton") to acquire certainassets from Norton, including, the brand "Norton" andother associated brands for a consideration of GBP 16million.

(d) The Company issued and allotted 5,000 numbers of7.5% Unsecured, Redeemable, Listed, Rated, Non-Convertible Debentures (NCD) of $ 10 Lakhs eachamounting to $ 500 Crores on 15th May 2020, on privateplacement basis, pursuant to approval accorded by theBoard of directors at their meeting held on 28th April2020. The NCDs were listed on the National StockExchange of India Limited on 19th May 2020.

(e) The Board of directors of the Company at their meetingheld on 28th May 2020, accorded approval for issue ofCommercial papers and listing of the same on theNational Stock Exchange of India Limited upto anenhanced limit of $ 750 Crores. As on 31st March 2021,the Company does not have any outstandingCommercial Papers.

For S Krishnamurthy & CoCompany Secretaries

K. SRIRAMPartner

Membership No: F6312Chennai Certificate of Practice No: 221527th April 2021 UDIN: F006312C000188989

79


Annexure – A to Secretarial Audit Report of even date

To,

The Members of

TVS Motor Company Limited,

[CIN: L35921TN1992PLC022845]

“Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,

Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600 006.

Our Secretarial Audit Report (Form MR-3) of even date for

the financial year ended 31st March 2021, is to be read along

with this letter.

1. The Company's management is responsible for

maintenance of secretarial records and compliance with

the relevant provisions of corporate and other applicable

laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and standards. Our

responsibility is to express an opinion on the secretarial

records produced for our audit.

2. We have followed such audit practices and processes

as we considered appropriate to obtain reasonable

assurance about the correctness of the contents of the

secretarial records.

3. We have verified the secretarial records furnished to us

on a test basis to see whether the correct facts are

reflected therein. We also examined the compliance

procedures followed by the Company on a test basis.

We believe that the processes and practices we followed

provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

4. While forming an opinion on compliance and issuing this

report:

(a) We have considered compliance related action

taken by the Company after 31st March 2021, but

before the issue of this report.

(b) We have considered compliance related actions

taken by the Company based on independent legal /

professional opinion / certification obtained as being

in compliance with law.

(c) We have taken an overall view, based on the

compliance procedures and practices followed by

the Company.

(d) We have considered the Notifications / Circulars /

Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Corporate

Affairs (MCA) / Reserve Bank of India (RBI) /

Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) /

any other regulatory authority as may be applicable,

in respect of relaxation of various compliance time-

lines in respect of the compliance events

respectively stated therein.

5. We have verified only the documents shared by the

Company in electronic mode due to the lockdown ordered

by the Central Government and various State

Governments.

6. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness

of the financial statement (including attachments and

annexures thereto), financial records and books of

accounts of the Company, as they are subject to audit by

the Auditors of the Company, appointed under Section

139 of the Act.

7. We have obtained and relied on the Management's

representation about compliance of laws, rules and

regulations and happening of events, wherever required.

8. Our Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to

the future viability of the Company nor of the efficacy or

effectiveness with which the management has conducted

the affairs of the Company.

For S Krishnamurthy & CoCompany Secretaries

K. SRIRAMPartner

Membership No: F6312Chennai Certificate of Practice No: 221527th April 2021 UDIN: F006312C000188989

80


STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF


81


Report on the Audit of the Standalone financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the standalone financial statements of TVSMotor Company Limited ("the Company"), which comprisethe standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, thestandalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including OtherComprehensive Income), standalone Statement of Changesin Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for theyear then ended, and notes to the Standalone financialstatements, including a summary of significant accountingpolicies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referredto as "the financial statements").

In our opinion and to the best of our information and accordingto the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalonefinancial statements give the information required by theCompanies Act, 2013("Act") in the manner so required andgive a true and fair view in conformity with Indian AccountingStandards prescribed under Section 133 of the Act read withthe Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015,as amended ("Ind AS") and other accounting principlesgenerally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of theCompany as at March 31, 2021, and profit, Other totalComprehensive Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flowsfor the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standardson Auditing (SAs) specified under Section 143(10) of the Act.Our responsibilities under those SAs are further describedin the Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the StandaloneFinancial Statements section of our report. We areindependent of the Company in accordance with the Codeof Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants ofIndia together with the ethical requirements that are relevantto our audit of the standalone financial statements under theprovisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we havefulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance withthese requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe thatthe audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient andappropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professionaljudgment, were of most significance in our audit of thestandalone financial statements of the current period. Thesematters were addressed in the context of our audit of thestandalone financial statements as a whole, and in formingour opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinionon these matters:

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021

To the members of TVS Motor Company Limited

Key Audit Matter Principal Audit Procedures

1. Overseas EquityInvestments -

Equity Investments inoverseas subsidiariesaccount for a significantpercentage of theCompany's total equityinvestments. To assessannually whether there areindications of impairmentrequires significantmanagement judgment indetermining the recoverableamount of these equityinvestments.

2. Evaluation of UncertainDirect tax and Indirect Taxpositions

The Company has materialuncertain tax positions,including matters underdispute relating Excise,Customs Duty (IndirectTaxes) and Income Tax(Direct Tax). These mattersinvolve significant judgmentto determine the possibleoutcome of these disputes.

Our audit procedures included:

Management has obtained avaluation of the equity investmentin the overseas subsidiary froma valuer, that is based onprojected annual cash flows ofthe overseas subsidiary. Wegained an understanding of thekey assumptions used toforecast the cash flows and thediscount rates applied (WACC)in arriving at the fair value. Weconsider that the managementconclusions concerning theabsence of impairment in theequity investment are adequatelysupported and consistent withthe information currentlyavailable.

WACC - Weighted Average Costof Capital.

Our audit procedures included:

We obtained details ofdemands relating to Direct Taxand indirect tax, for the yearended 31st March 2021. Weconsidered legal precedenceand other rulings as well asobtained external opinions inevaluating management'sposition on these uncertain taxpositions.

Information Other than the Standalone FinancialStatements and Auditor's Report thereonThe Company's Board of Directors is responsible for theother information. The other information comprises theinformation included in the Management and DiscussionAnalysis, Board's Report including Annexures to Board'sReport, Business Responsibility Report, CorporateGovernance and Shareholder's Information but does notinclude the standalone financial statements and our auditor'sreport thereon.

Our opinion on the standalone financial statements doesnot cover the other information and we do not express anyform of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the standalone financialstatements, our responsibility is to read the other informationand, in doing so, consider whether the other information is

82


materially inconsistent with the standalone financialstatements or our knowledge obtained in the audit orotherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based onthe work we have performed, we conclude that there is amaterial misstatement of this other information, we arerequired to report that fact. We have nothing to report inthis regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged withGovernance for the Standalone financial statements

The Company's Board of Directors is responsible for thematters stated in Section 134(5) of the Act with respect tothe preparation of these standalone financial statementsthat give a true and fair view of the financial position,financial performance, total comprehensive income, changesin equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance withthe accounting principles generally accepted in India,including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specifiedunder Section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includesmaintenance of adequate accounting records in accordancewith the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assetsof the Company and for preventing and detecting fraudsand other irregularities; selection and application ofappropriate accounting policies; making judgments andestimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design,implementation and maintenance of adequate internalfinancial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuringthe accuracy and completeness of the accounting records,relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalonefinancial statements that give a true and fair view and arefree from material misstatement, whether due to fraud orerror.

In preparing the standalone financial statements, the Boardof Directors is responsible for assessing the Company'sability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,matters related to going concern and using the going concernbasis of accounting unless the Board of Directors eitherintends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, orhas no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Board of Directors is also responsible for overseeingthe Company's financial reporting process.

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalonefinancial statementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance aboutwhether the Standalone financial statements as a whole arefree from material misstatement, whether due to fraud orerror, and to issue an auditor's report that includes our opinion.Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is nota guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAswill always detect a material misstatement when it exists.Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are consideredmaterial if, individually or in the aggregate, they couldreasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions

of users taken on the basis of these standalone financialstatements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exerciseprofessional judgement and maintain professional scepticismthroughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement ofthe standalone financial statements, whether due to fraudor error, design and perform audit procedures responsiveto those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficientand appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. Therisk of not detecting a material misstatement resultingfrom fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, asfraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,misrepresentations, or override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to theaudit in order to design audit procedures that areappropriate in the circumstances. Under Section 143(3)(i)of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing ouropinion on whether the Company has adequate internalfinancial controls system in place and the operatingeffectiveness of such controls.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies usedand the reasonableness of accounting estimates andrelated disclosures made by management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management's useof the going concern basis of accounting and, based onthe audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertaintyexists related to events or conditions that may castsignificant doubt on the Company's ability to continue asa going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertaintyexists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor'sreport to the related disclosures in the standalone financialstatements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, tomodify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on theaudit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor'sreport. However, future events or conditions may causethe Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and contentof the standalone financial statements, including thedisclosures, and whether the standalone financialstatements represent the underlying transactions andevents in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We communicate with those charged with governanceregarding, among other matters, the planned scope andtiming of the audit and significant audit findings, including anysignificant deficiencies in internal control that we identifyduring our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with astatement that we have complied with relevant ethicalrequirements regarding independence, and to communicatewith them all relationships and other matters that may

83


reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, andwhere applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged withgovernance, we determine those matters that were of mostsignificance in the audit of the standalone financial statementsof the current period and are therefore the key audit matters.We describe these matters in our auditors' report unless lawor regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter orwhen, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that amatter should not be communicated in our report becausethe adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably beexpected to outweigh the public interest benefits of suchcommunication.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements1. As required by the Companies (Auditor's Report) Order,

2016 ("the Order"), issued by the Central Governmentof India in terms of sub-section (11) of Section 143 ofthe Act, we give in the Annexure A statement on thematters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order,to the extent applicable.

2. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:

(a) We have sought and obtained all the information andexplanations which to the best of our knowledge andbelief were necessary for the purposes of our audit.

(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required bylaw have been kept by the Company so far as itappears from our examination of those books andproper returns adequate for the purposes of our auditof the branches have been received from the branchesnot visited by us;

(c) The Standalone Balance Sheet, the StandaloneStatement of Profit and Loss (including OtherComprehensive Income), the Standalone Statement ofChanges in Equity and the Standalone Statement ofCash Flows dealt with by this Report are in agreementwith the books of accounts and with the returns receivedfrom the branches not visited by us;

(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid Standalone financialstatements comply with the Ind AS specified underSection 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of theCompanies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

(e) On the basis of the written representations receivedfrom the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on

record by the Board of Directors, none of the directorsis disqualified as on 31st March 2021 from beingappointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2) ofthe Act.

(f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financialcontrols over financial reporting of the Company andthe operating effectiveness of such controls, refer toour separate Report in "Annexure B".

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in theAuditor's Report in accordance with Rule 11 of theCompanies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in ouropinion and to the best of our information and accordingto the explanations given to us:

i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pendinglitigations on its financial position in its standalonefinancial statements - Refer Note No. 40 (a) to thestandalone financial statements;

ii. The Company did not have any long-term contractsincluding derivative contracts for which there wereany material foreseeable losses - Refer Note No.31(D);

iii. There were no amounts which were required to betransferred to the Investor Education and ProtectionFund by the Company.

3. With respect to the matter to be included in the Auditors'Report under Section 197(16) of the Act.

In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, the remuneration paid by theCompany to its directors during the current year is inaccordance with the provisions of Section 197 of theAct. The remuneration paid to any director is not inexcess of the limit laid down under Section 197 of theAct. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has not prescribedother details under Section 197(16) which are requiredto be commented upon by us.

For V. SANKAR AIYAR & COChartered Accountants

Firm Regn. No.: 109208W


Place: Chennai Membership No.: 023116Date : 27th April 2021 UDIN: 21023116AAAAHH5770

84


(i) a) The Company has maintained proper recordsshowing full particulars, including quantitativedetails and situation of fixed assets.

b) The Company has a regular program of physicallyverifying all the fixed assets at its plants / offices ina phased manner over a period of 2 years, whichin our opinion is reasonable having regard to thesize of the Company and the nature of its assets.No material discrepancies as compared to bookrecords were noticed on such verification.

c) According to the information and explanationsgiven to us and on the basis of our examination ofthe records of the company, the title deeds ofimmovable properties are held in the name of theCompany.

(ii) The inventories have been physically verified by themanagement during the year, in our opinion thefrequency of the physical verification is reasonable, thediscrepancies noticed on verification between thephysical stocks and the book stocks were not materialand have been properly dealt with in the books ofaccounts.

(iii) According to the information and explanations given tous, the Company has not granted any loans, securedor unsecured, to Companies, firms, Limited LiabilityPartnerships or Other parties covered in the registermaintained under Section 189 of the Companies Act,2013. Accordingly, the provisions of clauses (iii) (a),(b) & (c) of Para 3 of the Order are not applicable.

(iv) In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, the company has compliedwith the provisions of sections 185 and 186 of the Actin respect of grant of loans, making investments andproviding guarantees and securities, as applicable.

(v) The Company has not accepted any deposits from thepublic, within the meaning of Sections 73 to 76 or anyother relevant provisions of the Act and Rules framedthereunder. We are informed that no order has beenpassed by the Company Law Board or NationalCompany Law Tribunal or Reserve Bank of India orany court or other tribunal.

(vi) The Central Government has prescribed themaintenance of cost records under Section 148(1) ofthe Act in respect of certain products manufactured bythe Company. We have broadly reviewed the books ofaccount maintained by the Company pursuant to therules made by the Central Government for themaintenance of cost records under Section 148(1) ofthe Act and are of the opinion that, prima facie, the

Annexure A to Independent Auditors' Report - 31st March 2021(Referred to in our report of even date)

prescribed accounts and records have been made andmaintained. However, we have not made detailedexamination of the records with a view to determinewhether they are accurate or complete.

(vii) a) According to the information and explanationsgiven to us and the records of the Companyexamined by us, in our opinion, the Company isgenerally regular in depositing undisputed statutorydues payable including Provident Fund,Employees' State Insurance, Income Tax, Goodsand Services Tax, Customs duty and Cess andother material statutory dues as applicable to theCompany with the appropriate authorities.According to the information and explanationsgiven to us, no undisputed amounts payable inrespect of Provident Fund, Employees' StateInsurance, Income Tax, Goods and Services Tax,Customs duty and Cess were in arrears as at31st March 2021 for a period of more than sixmonths from the date they became payable.

b) According to the information and explanations givento us and the records of the Company, the dues ofIncome Tax, Customs Duty, Wealth Tax, Sales Tax,Service Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Value AddedTax, Excise Duty and Cess which have not beendeposited on account of any dispute are as follows:

Central Excise and1998-2017 31.71 Service Tax Appellate

Tribunal, Chennai

Assistant / Deputy /2017-2018 1.30 Commissioner of Central

Excise, Hosur and Mysore

Central Excise and Service2002-2014 1.49 Tax Appellate Tribunal,

Chennai / Bangalore

1999-2001 1.36Hon'ble High Court ofJudicature, Chennai

2015-2020 39.27Addl. Director General

(DRI) - Mumbai

1998-2016 Assessing officer

2004-2005 1.42Joint Commissioner

(Appeals)

1998-2010 Tribunals

(viii) On the basis of verification of records and accordingto the information and explanations given to us, theCompany has not defaulted in repayment of loans orborrowings to any Banks / Financial Institutions /Government / dues to Debenture holders as on thebalance sheet date.

Name of the Statute / Period Rs. in Forum where(Nature of dues) of dues Crores dispute is pending

Sales Tax /VAT Laws

(Sales Tax)

Finance Act, 1994(Service Tax)

Customs Act, 1962(Customs Duty)

Central Excise Act,1944 (Cenvat / Excise

Duty)

85


Annexure - B to the Independent Auditors' Report - 31st March 2021(Referred to in our report of even date)

Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). Theseresponsibilities include the design, implementation andmaintenance of adequate internal financial controls thatwere operating effectively for ensuring the orderly andefficient conduct of its business, including adherenceto company's policies, the safeguarding of its assets,the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, theaccuracy and completeness of the accounting records,and the timely preparation of reliable financialinformation, as required under the Companies Act,2013.

Auditors' Responsibility

3. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on theCompany's internal financial controls over financialreporting based on our audit. We conducted our auditin accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit ofInternal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause(i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act,2013 ("the Act")

1. We have audited the internal financial controls overfinancial reporting of TVS Motor Company Limited ("theCompany") as of March 31, 2021 in conjunction withour audit of the standalone Ind AS financial statementsof the Company for the year ended on that date.

Managements Responsibility for Internal FinancialControls

2. The Company's management is responsible forestablishing and maintaining internal financial controlsbased on the internal control over financial reportingcriteria established by the Company considering theessential components of internal control stated in theGuidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controlsover Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of

(ix) In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, the money raised by way ofterm loans and by issue of debt instruments by theCompany have been applied for the purpose for whichthey were obtained. The Company has not raisedmonies by way of initial public offer or further publicoffer during the year.

(x) During the course of our examination of the booksand records of the Company, carried out based uponthe generally accepted audit procedures performedfor the purpose of reporting the true and fair view ofthe financial statements, to the best of our knowledgeand belief and as per the information and explanationsgiven to us by the Management, and therepresentations obtained from the management, nomaterial fraud by the Company and on the companyby its officers or employees have been noticed orreported during the year.

(xi) In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, the Company has paid/provided managerial remuneration in accordance withthe requisite approvals mandated by the provisionsof Section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act.

(xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hencereporting under clause (xii) of the Order is notapplicable

(xiii) In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, based on verification of therecords and approvals of the Audit Committee, the

Company is in compliance with Section 177 andSection 188 of the Act, where applicable, for alltransactions with the related parties and the details ofrelated party transactions have been disclosed in thefinancial statements as required by the applicableaccounting standards.

(xiv) During the year, the Company has not made anypreferential allotment or private placement of sharesor fully or partly convertible debentures and hence,reporting under para 3 of clause (xiv) of the Order isnot applicable to the Company.

(xv) In our opinion and according to the information andexplanations given to us, during the year the Companyhas not entered into any non-cash transactions withits directors or persons connected with him and henceprovisions of Section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

(xvi) The Company is not required to be registered undersection 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.Accordingly, the provisions of Clause 3(xvi) of theOrder are not applicable to the Company.





86


(the "Guidance Note") and the Standards on Auditing,issued by ICAI and deemed to be prescribed underSection 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to theextent applicable to an audit of internal financialcontrols, both applicable to an audit of Internal FinancialControls and, both issued by the Institute of CharteredAccountants of India. Those Standards and theGuidance Note require that we comply with ethicalrequirements and plan and perform the audit to obtainreasonable assurance about whether adequate internalfinancial controls over financial reporting wereestablished and maintained and if such controlsoperated effectively in all material respects.

4. Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain auditevidence about the adequacy of the internal financialcontrols system over financial reporting and theiroperating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financialcontrols over financial reporting included obtaining anunderstanding of internal financial controls over financialreporting, assessing the risk that a material weaknessexists, and testing and evaluating the design andoperating effectiveness of internal control based on theassessed risk. The procedures selected depend on theauditor's judgment, including the assessment of therisks of material misstatement of the financialstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

5. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtainedis sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for ouraudit opinion on the Company's internal financialcontrols system over financial reporting.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls over FinancialReporting

6. A company's internal financial control over financialreporting is a process designed to provide reasonableassurance regarding the reliability of financial reportingand the preparation of financial statements for externalpurposes in accordance with generally acceptedaccounting principles. A company's internal financialcontrol over financial reporting includes those policiesand procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance ofrecords that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairlyreflect the transactions and dispositions of the assetsof the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that

transactions are recorded as necessary to permitpreparation of financial statements in accordance withgenerally accepted accounting principles, and thatreceipts and expenditures of the company are beingmade only in accordance with authorisations ofmanagement and directors of the Company; and (3)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention ortimely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, ordisposition of the company's assets that could have amaterial effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls overFinancial Reporting

7. Because of the inherent limitations of internal financialcontrols over financial reporting, including the possibilityof collusion or improper management override ofcontrols, material misstatements due to error or fraudmay occur and not be detected. Also, projections ofany evaluation of the internal financial controls overfinancial reporting to future periods are subject to therisk that the internal financial control over financialreporting may become inadequate because of changesin conditions, or that the degree of compliance with thepolicies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

8. In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects,an adequate internal financial control system overfinancial reporting and such internal financial controlsover financial reporting were operating effectively as atMarch 31, 2021, based on the internal control overfinancial reporting criteria established by the Companyconsidering the essential components of internal controlstated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal FinancialControl over Financial Reporting issued by the Instituteof Chartered Accountants of India.





87

STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TVS MOTOR COMPANY LIMITED

Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021

NotesAs at As at

31-03-2021 31-03-2020ASSETSNon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 2 2,632.75 2,619.73Capital work-in-progress 2 112.56 126.56Other intangible assets 2 264.81 176.73Intangible assets under development 166.10 158.87Right-of-use asset 3 112.79 103.48Financial assets

i. Investments 4 3,314.52 2,605.88ii. Other financial assets 5 0.80 249.66

Non-Current tax assets (Net) 20.62 10.71Other non-current assets 6 125.71 80.11

6,750.66 6,131.73Current assetsInventories 7 1,151.81 1,038.93Financial assets

i. Trade receivables 8 869.98 1,281.36ii. Cash and cash equivalents 9 858.98 414.30iii. Bank balances other than (ii) above 10 70.83 4.87iv. Other financial assets 11 16.52 18.00

Current tax assets (Net) 4.19 0.62Other current assets 12 474.48 463.51

3,446.79 3,221.59Total assets 10,197.45 9,353.32EQUITY AND LIABILITIESEquityEquity share capital 13 47.51 47.51Other equity 14 4,123.44 3,570.58

4,170.95 3,618.09LiabilitiesNon-current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

i. Borrowings 15 1,035.58 904.63ii. Lease liabilities 93.76 85.79

Provisions 16 116.30 92.60Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 17 195.45 158.05

1,441.09 1,241.07Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

i. Borrowings 18 – 1,070.00ii. Lease liabilities 29.70 23.89iii. Trade payables 19

a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises 39.75 116.60b. Total outstanding dues of other than (iii) (a) above 3,881.85 2,769.79

iv. Other financial liabilities 20 222.68 149.85Provisions 16 76.24 83.65Other current liabilities 21 335.19 280.38

4,585.41 4,494.16Total liabilities 6,026.50 5,735.23Total equity and liabilities 10,197.45 9,353.32Significant accounting policies 1See accompanying notes to the financial statements

VENU SRINIVASAN SUDARSHAN VENU H. LAKSHMANAN As per our report annexedChairman & Managing Director Joint Managing Director Director For V. Sankar Aiyar & Co.

Chartered AccountantsFirm Regn. No.: 109208W

K.N.RADHAKRISHNAN K. GOPALA DESIKAN K.S. SRINIVASANDirector & Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary S. VENKATARAMAN

PartnerPlace : Chennai Membership No.: 023116Date : 27th April 2021

Rupees in crores

88


Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March 2021

NotesYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

I Revenue from operations 22 16,750.54 16,423.34

II Other income 23 32.97 32.10

III Total income (I + II) 16,783.51 16,455.44

IV Expenses:

Cost of materials consumed 24 12,506.89 11,854.80

Purchase of stock-in-trade 24 224.21 259.20

Changes in inventories of finished goods,

stock-in-trade and work-in-progress 24 (7.25) 21.93

Employee benefits expense 25 948.47 938.41

Finance costs 26 141.60 102.19

Depreciation and amortisation expense 27 493.68 489.03

Other expenses 28 1,649.67 2,003.14

Total expenses 15,957.27 15,668.70

V Profit before exceptional items and tax (III - IV) 826.24 786.74

VI Exceptional items – (32.33)

VII Profit before tax (V + VI) 826.24 754.41

VIII Tax expense 29

i. Current tax 203.39 233.90

ii. Deferred tax 10.81 (71.74)

IX Profit for the year (VII - VIII) 612.04 592.25

X Other comprehensive income

A. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Remeasurements of post employment benefit obligations 7.27 (45.30)

Change in fair value of equity instruments 61.44 (38.42)

Income tax relating to these items (9.35) 15.27

B. Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:

Fair value changes on cash flow hedges 64.97 (66.53)


Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 107.09 (118.23)

XI Total comprehensive income for the year - (IX + X) 719.13 474.02

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of Re.1/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in rupees) 36 12.88 12.47

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

Rupees in crores





89


Statement of changes in Equity

a Equity Share Capital Rupees in croresAs at 01-04-2019 47.51Changes in equity share capital –As at 31-03-2020 47.51Changes in equity share capital –As at 31-03-2021 47.51

b Other Equity

Reserves & Surplus Other ReservesEquity Instruments

TotalGeneral Capital Retained Fair Valued Hedgingreserve reserve earnings through Other reserve

ComprehensiveIncome

Balance as at 01-04-2019 865.64 6.43 2,350.45 78.92 (1.63) 3,299.81

Add : Profit for the year 2019-20 592.25 592.25

Add : Other comprehensive income for the year 2019-20 (33.91) (34.54) (68.45)

Less : Reclassification to profit or loss, net of tax (1.63) (1.63)

Less : Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net of tax 51.41 51.41

Add : Adjustment as per Ind AS 116, net of tax(Retrospective application with cumulative effect) (3.22) (3.22)

Less : Distribution to shareholders :

2019-20 First Interim dividend paid 99.77 99.77

2019-20 Second Interim dividend paid 66.51 66.51

Less : Dividend Tax 33.75 33.75Balance as at 31-03-2020 865.64 6.43 2,705.54 44.38 (51.41) 3,570.58

Add : Profit for the year 2020-21 612.04 612.04

Add : Other comprehensive income for the year 2020-21 5.44 53.93 59.37

Less : Reclassification to profit or loss, net of tax (51.41) (51.41)

Less : Change in fair value of hedging instruments,net of tax 3.68 3.68

Less : Distribution to shareholders :

2020-21 First Interim dividend paid 99.77 99.77

2020-21 Second Interim dividend declared 66.51 66.51

Balance as at 31-03-2021 865.64 6.43 3,156.74 98.31 (3.68) 4,123.44

Nature and purpose of Reserves1. General reserve is available for distribution to shareholders.

2. Capital reservei. On shares forfeited ($ 55,200) –ii. On surplus arising out of amalgamation 6.43

6.433. Hedge Reserve - Refer Note No. 31(D)





Particulars

90


Cash Flow Statement Rupees in croresYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

A. Cash flow from operating activities

Net profit before tax 826.24 754.41

Add: Depreciation and amortisation for the year 493.68 489.03

(Profit) / Loss on sale of fixed assets 1.88 (2.27)

Net (profit) / loss on sale of investments (0.04) (0.03)

Unrealised exchange (gain) / loss 17.70 (33.95)

(Gain) on lease preclosure – (0.31)

Dividend income (0.20) (3.37)

Interest income (31.95) (25.58)

Finance cost 141.60 102.19

Provisions 22.17 5.94

644.84 531.65

Operating profit before working capital changes 1,471.08 1,286.06

Adjustments for:

Trade receivables 392.76 171.44

Inventories (112.88) 137.01

Other current assets (10.97) 11.05

Other financial assets 51.36 (3.53)

Trade payables 1,036.97 (42.22)

Other financial liabilities (excluding current maturity ofnon-current borrowings) (51.46) 0.94

Other current liabilities 54.81 (6.72)

Other non - current assets (68.79) 24.59

1,291.80 292.56

Cash generated from operations 2,762.88 1,578.62

Direct taxes paid (202.00) (185.00)

Net cash from operating activities (A) 2,560.88 1,393.62

B. Cash flow from investing activities

Payment towards purchase of property, plant andequipment, intangible assets, capital work in progress,intangibles under development, net of capital advances (558.66) (749.45)

Sale of fixed assets 2.99 22.76

Share application money paid – (249.53)

Investments in subsidiaries and associates (406.87) (340.90)

Purchase of investments (5.51) (6.46)

Sale / disposal of investments 16.78 5.78

Interest received 30.46 25.58

Dividends received 0.20 3.37

(920.61) (1,288.85)

Net cash from / (used in) investing activities (B) (920.61) (1,288.85)

91


Cash Flow Statement – (continued) Rupees in croresYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

C. Cash flow from financing activities

Borrowings:

Non-current borrowings availed / (repaid) 175.13 187.54

Current borrowings availed / (repaid) (1,070.00) 401.29

Other bank balances (66.63) (0.12)

Finance cost paid (112.91) (100.34)

Repayment of lease liabilities (21.41) (17.83)

Dividend and dividend tax paid (99.77) (200.03)

(1,195.59) 270.51

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities (C) (1,195.59) 270.51

Total (A)+(B)+(C) 444.68 375.28

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 414.30 39.02

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 858.98 414.30

D. Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 444.68 375.28

Note : The above statement of cash flow is prepared using indirect method.

Change in liability arising from financing activities:

As at Foreign As atParticulars 01-04-2020 Cash flow exchange Amortisation 31-03-2021

movement

Non-current borrowings(Including current maturities) 951.91 175.13 (14.67) (5.99) 1,106.38

Current borrowings 1,070.00 (1,070.00) – – –

Non-cash financing & investing activities:

2020-21 2019-20

Acquisition of right-of-use assets 35.19 68.00

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 0.60 –





92


Notes to the Financial Statements1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies mentioned herein are relating to the standalone financial statements of the Company.

a) Brief description of the Company

TVS Motor Company Limited ('the Company') is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in Indiawhose shares are publicly traded. The registered office is located at "Chaitanya", No. 12, Khader Nawaz KhanRoad, Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India.

The Company manufactures two wheelers, three wheelers, parts and accessories thereof. The Company hasmanufacturing plants located at Hosur in Tamil Nadu, Mysore in Karnataka and Nalagarh in Himachal Pradesh.

b) Basis of preparation

The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified underSection 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] andother relevant provisions of the Act.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost convention under accrual basis of accounting exceptfor certain financial assets and liabilities (as per the accounting policy below), which have been measured at fair value.

These financial statements for the year ended 31st March 2021 have been approved and authorised for issue bythe Board of Directors at its meeting held on 27th April 2021.

c) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions thataffect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that theseestimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates.Any revision to accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in the current and future period. The estimatesand underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of itemswhich are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different thanthose originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in therelevant notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financialstatements.

d) Significant Estimates and judgements

The areas involving critical estimates or judgments are:

i) Estimation of fair value of unlisted securities - Refer Note 30

ii) Defined benefit obligation - Refer Note 33

iii) Estimation of useful life of Property, Plant and Equipment - Refer Note 1(f) and 1(g)

iv) Estimation and evaluation of provisions and contingencies relating to tax litigations - Refer Note 40(a).

e) Revenue recognition

Performance obligation:

The revenue is recognized on fulfilment of performance obligation. Revenue excludes taxes or duties collected onbehalf of the government.

Sale of products:

The Company earns revenue primarily from sale of automotive vehicles, parts and accessories.

Payment for the sale is made as per the credit terms in the agreements with the customers. The credit period isgenerally short term, thus there is no significant financing component.

The Company's contracts with customers do not provide for any right to returns, refunds or similar obligations.The Company's obligation to repair or replace faulty products under standard warranty terms is recognised as aprovision. (Refer Note 37)

Revenue is recognised when the performance obligations are satisfied and the control of the goods is transferred,being when the goods are delivered as per the relevant terms of the contract at which point in time the Companyhas a right to payment for the goods, customer has possession and legal title to the goods, customer bears significantrisk and rewards of ownership and the customer has accepted the goods or the Company has objective evidencethat all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.

93


1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (continued)

Sale of services:The Company also earns revenue from providing IT services and Royalty on usage of Company's technical knowhow.

In respect of IT service, the revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis as the customer simultaneously receivesand consumes the benefits as the obligations are performed. Payment for the services provided are received as per thecredit terms agreed with the customers. The credit period is generally short term, and thus there is no significant financingcomponent.

In respect of Royalty, the performance obligation is, to provide the right-to-use the Company's technical knowhow by thecustomers, for which usage-based royalty is charged. Payment for the services provided is received as per the creditterms as agreed with the customers. The credit period is generally short term, and thus there is no significant financingcomponent.

Significant judgements:There are no significant judgements made by the Company in determining the timing of satisfaction of performanceobligation. It is determined as per the terms of the contract.

f) Property, Plant and EquipmentProperty, plant and equipment (including furniture, fixtures, vehicles, etc.) are held for use in the production or supply ofgoods or services, or for administrative purposes. Freehold Land is carried at historical cost. All other items of Property,plant and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation / amortization andimpairment, if any. Cost includes purchase price, taxes and duties, labour cost and directly attributable overheadsincurred upto the date the asset is ready for its intended use. However, cost excludes Goods and Services Tax to theextent credit of the tax is availed of.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, onlywhen it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of theitem can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as separate asset is derecognisedwhen replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the reporting period in which theyare incurred.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in profitor loss within other income / expense.

g) Depreciation and amortizationi) Depreciation on tangible fixed assets is charged over the estimated useful life of the asset or part of the asset (after

considering double/triple shift) as evaluated by a Chartered Engineer, on straight line method, in accordance withPart A of Schedule II to the Companies Act, 2013.

ii) Keeping in mind the rigorous and periodic maintenance program followed by the Company, the estimated useful lifeof the tangible fixed assets as assessed by the Chartered Engineer and followed by the Company is given below:

Description Years

Factory building and other buildings 5 to 61Plant and machinery 5 to 21Electrical equipment 15Furniture and fixtures 10Computers and information systems 3 to 4Material handling equipment 5Mobile phone 2Vehicles 6

iii) Tools and dies used for two wheelers are depreciated based on quantity of components manufactured and the lifeof tools and dies, subject to a maximum of 5 years. Tools and dies used for low volume model operations aredepreciated at 11.31 per cent.

iv) Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted, if appropriate, for each reporting period.

v) On tangible fixed assets added / disposed of during the year, depreciation is charged on pro-rata basis from the dateof addition / till the date of disposal.

vi) Depreciation in respect of tangible assets costing less than $ 5,000/- is provided at 100%.

Notes to the Financial Statements - (continued)

94


h) Intangible assetsIntangible assets acquired separately:

Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately and the estimated useful life is more than oneyear, is capitalised and carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Internally-generated intangible assets - research and development expenditure:

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. An internallygenerated intangible asset arising from development phase of internal project is recognised, if and only if, the conditionsunder the Ind AS 34 – Intangible Asset, are fulfilled. If the conditions are not fulfilled the same is recognised in profit orloss in the period in which it is incurred.

The intangible assets are amortised on straight line basis over its useful life, viz., 2 years in the case of software and6 to 10 years in the case of Design, Development and Technical knowhow.

i) ImpairmentAssets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amountmay not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for, the amount by which the asset's carrying amountexceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs of disposaland value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which thereare separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groupsof assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewedfor possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

j) Foreign currency translation(i) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environmentin which the Company operates ('the functional currency'). i.e., in Indian rupee (INR) and all values are roundedoff to nearest crores except otherwise indicated.

(ii) Transactions and balancesTransactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of transaction.

i) Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities such as cash, receivables, payables, etc., are translated atyear end exchange rates.

ii) Non-monetary items denominated in foreign currency such as investments, fixed assets, etc., are valued atthe exchange rate prevailing on the date of transaction. Non-monetary investments measured at fair value ina foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. Thegain or loss arising on account of such translation is recognized in OCI or Profit or Loss in line with thedesignation of the respective item.

iii) Exchange differences arising on settlement of transactions and translation of monetary items are recognisedas income or expense in the year in which they arise.

k) Hedge accountingDerivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date when a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequentlyremeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair valuedepends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item beinghedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as either:• hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges)• hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable

forecast transactions (cash flow hedges), or• hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges).

The Company documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instrumentsand hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether thederivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsettingchanges in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.



95


The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 30.Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in Note 31. The full fair value of a hedgingderivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12months.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges isrecognised in the other comprehensive income in cash flow hedging reserve within equity, limited to the cumulativechange in fair value of the hedged item on a present value basis from the inception of the hedge. The gain or lossrelating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Company generally designates only the changein fair value of the forward contract related to the spot component as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relatingto the effective portion of the change in the spot component of the forward contracts are recognised in othercomprehensive income in cash flow hedging reserve within equity. In some cases, the entity may designate the fullchange in fair value of the forward contract (including forward points) as the hedging instrument. In such cases, thegains and losses relating to the effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire forward contract are recognisedin the cash flow hedging reserve within equity.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit orloss (for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place).

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedgeaccounting, any cumulative deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time, remains in equityuntil the forecast transaction occurs. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulativegain or loss and deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

l) InventoriesInventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

i) Cost of raw materials, components, stores and spares are ascertained on a moving average basis.

ii) Cost of finished goods and work-in-progress comprise of direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportionof variable and fixed overhead, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Costs areassigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average costs. Costs of purchased inventoryare determined after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in theordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to makethe sale. Materials and supplies held for use in production of inventories are not written down if the finishedproducts in which they will be used are expected to be sold at or above cost. Slow and non-moving material,obsolescence, defective inventories are duly provided for.

m) Employee benefitsi) Short term obligations:

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized inrespect of employees' services upto the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expectedto be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities are presented as current employee benefit obligationsin the balance sheet.

ii) Other long term obligations:The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period inwhich the employees render the related service. They are, therefore, measured at the present value of the expectedfuture payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee upto the end of reporting period using theprojected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting periodthat have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experienceadjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in other comprehensive income.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditionalright to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlementis expected to occur.



96


iii) Post-employment obligation:The Company operates the following post-employment schemes:a) Defined benefit plans such as gratuity for its eligible employees, pension plan for its eligible senior managers;

and

b) Defined contribution plans such as provident fund.

Pension and gratuity obligation:The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension and gratuity plan is thepresent value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets.The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by Actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimatedfuture cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the Government Bondsthat have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefitobligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the statementof profit and loss.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptionsare recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income (net-off deferred tax).They are included in retained earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailmentsare recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service cost.

Provident fund:The eligible employees of the Company are entitled to receive benefits in respect of provident fund, a definedcontribution plan, in which both employees and the Company make monthly contributions at a specified percentageof the covered employees' salary. The provident fund contributions are made to an irrevocable trust set up by theCompany. The Company is generally liable for annual contributions and any shortfall in the fund assets based onthe Government specified minimum rates of return and recognises such contributions and shortfall, if any, as anexpense in the year in which it is incurred.

iv) Bonus plans:

The Company recognises a liability and an expense for bonus. The Company recognises a provision wherecontractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

n) Taxes on incomeTax expense comprises of current and deferred taxes.

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period's taxable income basedon the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilitiesattributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at theend of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect tosituations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriateon the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet method, on temporary differences arising betweenthe tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferredtax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also notaccounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a businesscombination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferredincome tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the endof the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or thedeferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilisethose temporary differences and losses.



97


Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount andtax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal ofthe temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assetsand liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intendseither to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised inother comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensiveincome or directly in equity, respectively.

Where the Company is entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets or in relationto qualifying expenditure (the Research and Development or other investment allowances), the Company accountsfor such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowances reduce income tax payable and current taxexpense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred taxassets.

o) Government GrantsGrants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant willbe received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants receivable as compensation for expenses or financial support are recognized in profit and loss of theperiod in which it becomes available.

Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are included in current / non-currentliabilities as deferred income and are credited to profit and loss on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of therelated assets and presented within other income.

In case of waiver of duty under EPCG licence, such grant is considered as revenue grant and recognized in statementof profit and loss on completion of export obligation as approved by the Regulatory Authorities.

p) Provisions and contingent liabilitiesi) Provision:

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events,it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonablyestimated. The estimated liability for product warranties is recorded when products are sold based on technicalevaluation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required to settlethe present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is apre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expenses.

ii) Contingent liabilities:Wherever there is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only bythe occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entityor a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognised because (a) it is not probable that anoutflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or (b) the amount of theobligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability are considered as contingent liabilities. Show cause noticesare not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

q) Segment reportingOperating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief OperatingDecision Maker.

r) LeasesFrom 1st April 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which theleased asset is available for use by the Company. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components.The Company allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative



98


stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Company is a lessee, it has elected not to separatelease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the netpresent value of the following lease payments:• fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable• variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the

commencement date• amounts expected to be payable by the Company under residual value guarantees• the exercise price of a purchase option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising that option.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement ofthe liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot bereadily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Company, the Company's incremental borrowingrate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain anasset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security andconditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company:• where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted

to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received• uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the

Company which does not have recent third party financing, and• makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security.The Company if exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, whichare not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an indexor rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit and lossover the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liabilityfor each period.

Variable lease payments are recognised in profit and loss in the period in which the condition that triggers thosepayments occurs.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;• any initial direct costs, and• restoration costs.Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on astraight-line basis. If the Company is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset isdepreciated over the underlying asset's useful life.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on astraight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months orless. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

s) Cash and Cash equivalentsFor the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand,deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities ofthree months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificantrisk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in thebalance sheet.

t) Trade receivablesTrade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effectiveinterest method, less provision for impairment.



99


u) Contract liabilitiesA contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods to a customer for which the Company has received consideration(or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer pays consideration before the Companytransfers goods or services to the customer, a contract liability is recognised when the consideration is received.Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Company performs under the contract.

v) Investments and Other financial assetsi) Classification

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories:• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or through

profit or loss), and• Those measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity's business model for managing the financial assets and the contractualterms of the cash flow.

ii) Measurement

At Initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus transaction cost (in the case ofa financial asset not a fair value through profit or loss) that are directly attributable to the acquisition of thefinancial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed inprofit or loss.

Debt Instruments:

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the company's business model for managing theasset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which theCompany classifies its debt instruments.

• Amortised Cost:Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely paymentsof principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequentlymeasured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when theasset is de-recognised or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance incomeusing the effective interest rate method.

• Fair Value through profit or loss:Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income(FVOCI) are measured at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL). A gain or loss on a debt investment thatis subsequently measured at FVTPL and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss andpresented in the statement of profit and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises.Interest income from these financial assets is included in other income.

Equity instruments:

The Company subsequently measures all investments in equity (except of the subsidiaries / associates) at fairvalue. Where the company's management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investmentsin other comprehensive income, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit orloss. Dividends from such investments are recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Company's rightto receive payments is established.Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reportedseparately.Where the Company elects to measure fair value through profit and loss, changes in the fair value of suchfinancial assets are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

Investment in subsidiaries / associates:Investment in subsidiaries / associates are measured at cost less provision for impairment.

iii) Impairment of financial assetsThe Company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carriedat amortised cost and FVOCI debt instruments. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there



100



has been significant increase in credit risk. Note 31 details how the company determines whether there has beena significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments,which requires expected credit losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

iv) Derecognition of financial assetsA financial asset is derecognised only when:a) the Company has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset orb) the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but assumes a

contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients.Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially allrisks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognised. Wherethe entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financialasset is not derecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownershipof the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Company has not retained control of the financialasset. Where the company retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to theextent of continuing involvement in the financial asset.

v) Income recognitionInterest Income:Interest income from debt instruments is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interestrate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financialasset to the gross carrying value of a financial asset. While calculating the effective interest rate, the Companyestimates the expected cash flows by considering all the contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example,prepayment, extension, call and similar options), but does not consider the expected credit losses.

Dividends:Dividends are recognised in profit or loss only when the right to receive payment is established, it is probable thatthe economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Company, and the amount of dividend can bereliably measured.

w) BorrowingsBorrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measuredat amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount isrecognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on theestablished loan facilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some orall the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelledor expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferredto another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, isrecognised in profit or loss as other gain / (loss).

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement ofthe liability for atleast 12 months after the reporting period.

x) Borrowing costsGeneral and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of aqualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for itsintended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready fortheir intended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

y) Current and Non-current classificationThe Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.

Cash or cash equivalent is treated as current, unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability foratleast twelve months after the reporting period.


101


2 PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS Rupees in crores

Property, Plant & Equipment Other Intangible

DescriptionLand Buildings

Plant & FurnitureVehicles

OfficeTotal Software

Design

equipment & fixtures equipmentDevelop- Total

ment1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Cost of assetsGross carrying valueas at 01-04-2020 173.53 817.68 4,056.68 82.03 35.43 153.95 5,319.30 96.07 266.23 362.30Additions 0.74 29.15 346.50 11.98 4.59 17.65 410.61 11.76 151.41 163.17

Sub-total 174.27 846.83 4,403.18 94.01 40.02 171.60 5,729.91 107.83 417.64 525.47Sales / deletion – – 40.17 0.37 2.26 2.21 45.01 – – –Total 174.27 846.83 4,363.01 93.64 37.76 169.39 5,684.90 107.83 417.64 525.47Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2020 – 212.21 2,323.90 46.86 17.13 99.47 2,699.57 84.41 101.16 185.57For the year – 32.31 314.28 13.87 5.17 27.08 392.71 11.89 63.20 75.09Sub-total – 244.52 2,638.18 60.73 22.30 126.55 3,092.28 96.30 164.36 260.66Withdrawn on assets sold /deleted – – 35.85 0.28 1.84 2.16 40.13 – – –

Total – 244.52 2,602.33 60.45 20.46 124.39 3,052.15 96.30 164.36 260.66

Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 174.27 602.31 1,760.68 33.19 17.30 45.00 2,632.75 11.53 253.28 264.81

Capital work-in-progress (at cost) as at 31-03-2021(a) Building 30.88(b) Plant & equipment 81.68

Total 112.56

a) Cost of buildings includes $ 26.36 crores pertaining to buildings constructed on leasehold lands.

b) Land includes lease hold land of $ 0.51 Crores, whose ownership is transferrable at the end of the lease term.

c) Borrowing cost capitalised during the year - $ 12.26 crores.

In respect of other assets, it is treated as current when it is:• expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle• held primarily for the purpose of trading• expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is treated as current when:• it is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle• it is held primarily for the purpose of trading• it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or• there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting

period.

All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cashequivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

z) Earnings Per Share (EPS):Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit after tax by the weighted average number of equity sharesoutstanding during the year / period.

Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit after tax as adjusted for dividend, interest and othercharges to expense or income relating to the dilutive potential equity shares, by the weighted average number ofequity shares considered for deriving basic earnings per share and the weighted average number of equity shareswhich could have been issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares.



102






Design

equipment & fixtures equipmentDevelop- Total

ment1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Cost of assetsGross carrying valueas at 01-04-2019 166.06 758.69 3,706.70 76.77 27.61 133.48 4,869.31 86.61 97.71 184.32Additions 7.54 59.13 415.41 6.25 9.25 28.67 526.25 9.92 168.52 178.44Sub-total 173.60 817.82 4,122.11 83.02 36.86 162.15 5,395.56 96.53 266.23 362.76Sales / deletion 0.07 0.14 65.43 0.99 1.43 8.20 76.26 0.46 – 0.46Total 173.53 817.68 4,056.68 82.03 35.43 153.95 5,319.30 96.07 266.23 362.30Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2019 – 180.73 2,030.03 35.59 14.17 82.50 2,343.02 71.33 59.97 131.30For the year – 31.62 339.30 12.01 4.38 25.01 412.32 13.54 41.19 54.73Sub-total – 212.35 2,369.33 47.60 18.55 107.51 2,755.34 84.87 101.16 186.03Withdrawn onassets sold / deleted – 0.14 45.43 0.74 1.42 8.04 55.77 0.46 – 0.46Total – 212.21 2,323.90 46.86 17.13 99.47 2,699.57 84.41 101.16 185.57

Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2020 173.53 605.47 1,732.78 35.17 18.30 54.48 2,619.73 11.66 165.07 176.73


Total 126.56

a) Cost of buildings includes $ 24.85 crores pertaining to buildings constructed on leasehold lands.

b) Land includes lease hold land of $ 0.51 Crores, whose ownership is transferrable at the end of the lease term.

c) Borrowing cost capitalised during the year - $ 12.38 crores.


2 PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS - (continued) Rupees in crores

3 RIGHT OF USE ASSET Rupees in crores

S.No. Particulars Land Building Other assets Total

1 Opening on transition to Ind AS 116 -Leases as on 01-04-2019 2.60 41.19 14.29 58.08

2 Add : Additions – 66.73 1.27 68.00

3 Less : Amortisation 0.09 13.89 8.00 21.98

4 Less : Deletions (Preclosures) – 0.62 – 0.62

5 Closing net balance as on 31-03-2020 2.51 93.41 7.56 103.48

6 Add : Additions 15.02 20.17 35.19

7 Less : Amortisation 0.09 17.26 8.53 25.88

8 Less : Deletions (Preclosures) – – – –

9 Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 2.42 91.17 19.20 112.79

The Company has taken land, warehouses and sales offices across the country on lease for lease period rangingfrom 6-99 years. Company also has other assets on leases, the lease term here ranges for about 5 years.

Where ever the lease includes extension option and it is certain, the same is considered for computing the lease term.In rest of the cases, the term is limited to initial lease period. Lease term includes non-cancellable period and expectedlease period.

Payment made towards short term leases during the year was $ 32.98 Cr (Previous year $ 36.78 Cr).

Payment made towards leases of low value assets during the year is NIL (Previous year: NIL).

103



4 NON CURRENT INVESTMENTS

SlNo. of shares / units Face Rupees in crores

No.Particulars Subsidiary/ As at As at Value Currency As at As atassociate

31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-20201 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(a) Investment in Equity Instruments Fair valued through OCI:Quoted :

(i) Suprajit Engineering Limited, Bengaluru 2,892,000 2,892,000 1.00 INR 79.67 32.56(ii) Ucal Fuel Systems Limited, Chennai 91,760 91,760 10.00 INR 1.28 0.67

Unquoted :(iii) Green Infra BTV Limited, New Delhi 3,250,000 3,250,000 10.00 INR 1.50 1.39(iv) TVS Lanka (Private) Limited, Colombo 5,000,000 5,000,000 10.00 LKR 8.23 9.62(v) Green Infra Wind Power Projects Limited, New Delhi 111,600 111,600 10.00 INR 0.06 0.06(vi) Green Infra Wind Power Generation Limited, New Delhi 216,000 216,000 10.00 INR 0.15 0.13(vii) Condivision Solutions Pvt. Limited, Bengaluru 6,760 6,760 10.00 INR - -(viii) Mulanur Renewable Energy Pvt. Limited, Chennai 15,000 15,000 10.00 INR 0.02 0.02(ix) Atria Wind Power Bijapur 1 Limited, Bengaluru 85,788 90,610 10.00 INR 1.66 1.72(x) Altizon Systems Private Limited, Pune 10 10 10.00 INR 0.01 0.01

(b) Investment in Equity Instruments valued at Cost (Unquoted):(i) Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai Subsidiary 44,569,000 42,174,000 10.00 INR 336.20 313.21(ii) TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V., Amsterdam Subsidiary 225,301 225,301 100.00 EUR 1.80 1.80(iii) TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore Subsidiary 200,829,458 118,528,579 1.00 SGD 809.21 364.80(iv) PT.TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta Subsidiary 8,597,000 8,097,000 97,400.00 IDR 389.06 352.54(v) TVS Housing Limited, Chennai Subsidiary 50,000 50,000 10.00 INR 0.05 0.05(vi) TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai Subsidiary 53,633,814 53,633,814 10.00 INR 52.68 52.68(vii) TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 1 Subsidiary 162,224,928 155,469,528 10.00 INR 1,360.99 1,261.01(viii) Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru Subsidiary 60,241 – 10.00 INR 15.00 –(ix) Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai Associate 111,219,512 111,219,512 10.00 INR 111.22 111.22(x) Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru Associate 14,850 14,850 10.00 INR 11.00 11.00(xi) Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru Associate 45,710 45,710 1.00 INR 1.19 1.19(xii) Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru Associate 8,377 990 * INR 35.00 5.00(xiii) Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru Associate 383,983 383,983 16.00 INR 9.99 9.99

Total value of Equity Instruments (a) + (b) 3,225.97 2,530.67(c) Investments in Preference Shares (Unquoted) valued at

Amortised Cost:(i) Pinnacle Engines Inc., USA (face value 0.01 cent) 2,409,638 2,409,638 0.0001 USD 11.70 11.70(ii) Axiom Research Labs Private Limited, Delhi 82 82 10.00 INR 1.00 1.00(iii) TVS Lanka (Private) Limited, Colombo – 370,000,000 1.00 LKR – 15.92(iv) Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru Subsidiary 30,121 – 10.00 INR 7.62 –

Total value of Preference shares (c) 20.32 28.62(d) Other non-current Investments (Unquoted):

Investments fair valued through OCI:(i) Autotech Fund I, L.P., USA USD 40.43 21.01

Pension Funds/Government Securities valued at Amortised Cost:(ii) ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Group Superannuation Fund, Mumbai INR 6.69 6.25(iii) Life Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai INR 21.11 19.33

Total value of other non-current investments (d) 68.23 46.59Total (a) + (b) + (c) + (d) 3,314.52 2,605.88Aggregate amount of quoted investments and market value thereof 80.95 33.23Aggregate amount of unquoted investments 3,233.57 2,572.65Total 3,314.52 2,605.88

1 Pursuant to Order of the NCLT, Chennai dated 16.4.2019, TVS Motor Services Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has transferred its holding of 13,36,51,475 equityshares of $ 10/- each in its subsidiary ,viz., TVS Credit Services Limited (TVS CS), to the Company in lieu of redemption of 61,30,10,000 Non-Cumulative Redeemable Preference Sharesof $ 10/- each and thereby TVS CS became a direct subsidiary to the Company effective 6th June 2019.

* 990 number Series A2 Preference Shares of face value $ 50,545 each and 7387 numbers Series B Preference Shares of face value $ 40,616 each (Previous Year: 990 number SeriesA2 Preference Shares of face value $ 50545 each)

All investments are fully paid up.

Rupees in crores

104


Notes to the Financial Statements – (continued)

As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

5 FINANCIAL ASSETS - OTHERS (NON CURRENT)

Other bank balances (bank deposit) 0.80 0.13Share application money paid (pending allotment) – 249.53

0.80 249.666 OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Capital advances 50.12 58.46Advances other than capital advances:Vendor advance 55.00 –Deposits made 20.59 21.65

125.71 80.11

7 INVENTORIES

Raw materials and components 570.22 531.14Goods-in-transit - Raw materials and components 145.42 77.30Work-in-progress 36.00 43.76Finished goods 275.97 271.38Stock-in-trade 83.87 73.45Stores and spares 40.33 41.90

1,151.81 1,038.93

8 TRADE RECEIVABLES

Secured, considered good 17.18 18.29Unsecured, considered good * 874.83 1,280.50

892.01 1,298.79Less: Loss allowance 22.03 17.43

869.98 1,281.36

* Balances include balance with related parties [Refer Note 34(c)(i)]

9 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Balances with banks 158.62 163.75

Cash on hand 0.26 0.27

Cash equivalentsDeposits with maturity of less than three month from the date of deposit 700.10 250.28

858.98 414.30Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents as shown above 858.98 414.30

858.98 414.30

10 OTHER BANK BALANCES

Earmarked balances with banks (for unpaid dividend) 70.83 4.87

70.83 4.8711 FINANCIAL ASSETS - OTHERS (CURRENT)

Unsecured, considered good :

Employee advances 8.12 12.04

Security deposits 5.29 5.56

Claims receivable 0.08 0.40

Hedge asset - receivable 3.03 –

16.52 18.00

Rupees in crores

105


13 EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL

(a) Authorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up

ParticularsAs at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020

Number Rupees in Number Rupees incrores crores

Authorised:Equity shares of $ 1/- each 50,00,00,000 50.00 50,00,00,000 50.00Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:Equity shares of $ 1/- each 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

(b) Reconciliation of equity shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year



Shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51Shares issued during the year – – – –Shares outstanding at the end of the year 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

(c)(i) Rights and preferences attached to equity share:

Every shareholder is entitled to such rights as to attend and vote at the meeting of the shareholders, to receivedividends distributed and also has a right in the residual interest of the assets of the Company. Every shareholderis also entitled to right of inspection of documents as provided in the Companies Act, 2013.

(ii) There are no restrictions attached to equity shares.

(d) Shares held by holding company at the end of the year

Name of shareholderAs at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020

Class of Number of % of Number of % ofshare shares held holding shares held holding

Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai(Holding Company) Equity 27,26,82,786 57.40 27,26,82,786 57.40

(e) Shareholders holding more than five percent at the end of the year (other than (d))



ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund Equity 3,48,50,748 7.34 3,75,05,402 7.89Life Insurance Corporation of India Equity 3,07,10,169 6.46 1,46,41,050 3.08Jwalamukhi Investment Holdings Equity 2,67,00,107 5.62 2,66,90,025 5.62


As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Rupees in crores

12 OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

GST/VAT/IT/Excise receivable 282.09 296.38Prepaid expense 22.64 25.32Vendor advance* 125.41 76.71Trade deposits 0.25 0.61Export incentive receivable 44.09 64.49

474.48 463.51* Balances include balance with related parties [Refer Note 34(c)(i)].

106



14 OTHER EQUITY

Particulars As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020

General reserve 865.64 865.64

Capital reserve 6.43 6.43

Retained earnings 3,156.74 2,705.54

Other Reserves 94.63 (7.03)

4,123.44 3,570.58

Rupees in crores

15 NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS

Description Frequency No. of instal- Maturity As at As atments due 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Secured:ECB Loan from Bank I Quarterly 4 Feb 2023 218.70 225.98Term loan from Bank – 199.56FCNRB Loan from Bank – 75.67State owned corporation Yearly 4 2022-31 151.20 160.89

Unsecured:7.5% Non Convertible Debentures End of Tenure 1 May 2023 498.21 –ECB Loan from Bank - II Half Yearly 5 Sep 2023 121.85 151.33Sales Tax DeferralPhase-1 Yearly 1 2021-22 6.33 12.66Phase-2 Yearly 7 2027-28 110.09 125.82

Total long-term borrowings 1,106.38 951.91Less : Current maturities of long-term borrowings 70.80 47.28

Total long-term borrowings 1,035.58 904.63

Details of securities created:

(i) ECB loan from Bank I - Exclusive charge over assets procured out of proceeds of the loan.

(ii) Soft loan - State owned corporation viz., SIPCOT - First charge on the specific plant and equipment and also secured byequitable mortgage created by way of deposit of title deeds of land.

Amount payable in each instalments:

Description Currency Amount* Rate of Interest

ECB Loan from Bank - I USD 4 Quarterly instalments of 7.5 mn between May 2022 3 Month USDand February 2023 LIBOR plus Margin

ECB Loan from Bank - II USD 5 Half yearly instalments of 3.33 mn between 3 Month USDSeptember 2021 and September 2023 LIBOR plus Margin

7.5% Non ConvertibleDebentures (5,000 nos.,Face value $ 10 Lakhs each) INR 500 crores at the end of the term 7.50%

Sales tax deferral Phase-1 INR 6.33 crores per annum Nil

Sales tax deferral Phase-2 INR 15.73 crores per annum Nil

State owned corporation INR 67.23, 75.40, 4.45 and 9.24 crores 0.10%(four instalments between 2022 and 2031)

* undiscounted cash outflows

107


17 DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES (NET)

As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

- Depreciation 257.90 238.14

- tax on others 26.59 –

Total deferred tax liability (A) 284.49 238.14

Deferred tax asset consists of :

- tax on employee benefit expenses 32.06 29.13

- tax on warranty provision 14.02 11.29

- tax on others 42.96 39.67

Total deferred tax assets (B) 89.04 80.09

Net deferred tax liability (A)-(B) 195.45 158.05

Movement in deferred tax:

Depreciation Others Total

As at 01-04-2019 212.63

Charged / (credited):

- to profit or loss (80.09) 8.35 (71.74)

- to other comprehensive income – (32.02) (32.02)

- to retained earnings towards Ind AS 116 initial adoption – (1.73) (1.73)

- to utilisation of tax credits (MAT credit entitlement) – 50.91 50.91

As at 31-03-2020 158.05

Charged / (credited):

- to profit or loss 19.76 (8.95) 10.81

- to other comprehensive income – 26.59 26.59

As at 31-03-2021 195.45

Particulars

Particulars


16 PROVISIONS


Current Non-current Current Non-current

Provision for employee benefits(a) Pension 30.96 62.26 45.19 50.64(b) Leave salary 5.57 42.38 4.26 32.76(c) Gratuity 2.49 – 5.36 –

Others:(a) Warranty 37.22 11.66 28.84 9.20

76.24 116.30 83.65 92.60

Rupees in crores

108



18 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS (CURRENT)As at As at

31-03-2021 31-03-2020Borrowings repayable on demand from banks

Secured – 240.00

Unsecured – 600.00

Short term loans from banks (Unsecured) – 230.00

– 1,070.00

19 TRADE PAYABLES

Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises ** 39.75 116.60

Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises# 3,881.85 2,769.79

3,921.60 2,886.39

** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis ofinformation received by the management. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises.There is no principal or interest due thereon and remaining unpaid at the end of the year (Refer Note 38).

# Includes balances due to related parties [Refer Note 34 (c)(ii)].

20 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Current Maturities of long term borrowings 70.80 47.28

Interest accrued but not due on loans 34.26 4.26

Trade deposits received 32.37 27.91

Unclaimed dividends 4.32 4.87(Not due for transfer to Investor Education and Protection Fund)

Dividend declared but not paid 66.51 –

Payables against capital goods 14.42 23.59

Hedge liability (Net) – 41.94

222.68 149.85

21 OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Statutory dues 103.99 99.44

Employee related 87.30 75.44

Advance received from customers 143.90 99.03

Money held under trust – 6.47

335.19 280.38

Rupees in crores

109


Notes to the Financial Statements – (continued)Rupees in crores

Year ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

22 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS

Sale of products 16,571.42 16,034.48

Sale of services 32.03 39.15

Other operating revenue# 147.09 349.71

16,750.54 16,423.34# Includes Government Grants of $ 107.72 crores (Last year $ 186.57 crores)

23 OTHER INCOME

Dividend income(i) From subsidiaries – 2.11(ii) From other investments designated as Fair Value through OCI 0.20 1.26Interest income 31.95 25.58Profit on sale of investments (Net) 0.04 0.03Profit on sale of fixed assets (Net) – 2.27Other non-operating income 0.78 0.85

32.97 32.10

24 MATERIAL COSTCost of Material consumed:Opening stock of raw materials and components 531.14 623.61Add: Purchases 12,545.97 11,762.33

13,077.11 12,385.94Less: Closing stock of raw materials and components 570.22 531.14

12,506.89 11,854.80Purchases of stock-in-trade :

Spare parts 126.29 136.53Engine oil 97.92 122.67

224.21 259.20Changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress and stock-in-trade:Opening stock:

Work-in-progress 43.76 92.51Stock-in-trade 73.45 73.05Finished goods 271.38 244.96

(A) 388.59 410.52Closing stock:

Work-in-progress 36.00 43.76Stock-in-trade 83.87 73.45Finished goods 275.97 271.38

(B) 395.84 388.59(A)-(B) (7.25) 21.93

25 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

Salaries, wages and bonus 832.86 814.91

Contribution to provident and other funds 56.90 51.77

Staff welfare expenses 58.71 71.73

948.47 938.41

110



Rupees in croresYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

26 FINANCE COSTS

Interest 132.44 92.82

Interest on lease liabilities 8.74 9.27

Exchange differences 0.42 0.10

141.60 102.19

27 DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION EXPENSE

Depreciation on property plant and equipment 392.71 412.32

Amortisation on right of use asset 25.88 21.98

Amortisation on intangible assets 75.09 54.73

493.68 489.03

28 OTHER EXPENSES

(a) Consumption of stores, spares and tools 46.15 51.50

(b) Power and fuel 75.90 90.30

(c) Repairs - buildings 12.74 10.94

(d) Repairs - plant and equipment 52.31 58.41

(e) Insurance 21.08 15.67

(f) Rates and taxes (excluding taxes on income) 3.96 3.57

(g) Audit fees # 1.15 1.54

(h) Cost audit fees 0.06 0.06

(i) Packing and freight charges 307.65 379.54

(j) Advertisement and publicity 315.32 420.54

(k) Other marketing expenses 277.15 356.98

(l) Loss on sale of fixed assets (Net) 1.88 –

(m) Foreign exchange loss (Net) 32.40 –

(n) Corporate Social Responsibility expenditure* 18.38 16.66

(o) Contributions to electoral trust / Bond – 6.00

(p) Miscellaneous expenses (under this head there is no expenditure which is inexcess of 1% of revenue from operations or $ 10 lakh, whichever is higher) 483.54 591.43

1,649.67 2,003.14# Refer Note No. 39 for details on audit fees.* Refer Note No. 43 for details on Corporate Social Responsibility expenditure.

29 TAX EXPENSE AND RECONCILIATION

(a) Tax expense

Current tax:Current tax on profits for the year 203.39 225.23Adjustments for current tax of prior periods – 8.67

(A) 203.39 233.90

Deferred tax:Decrease / (increase) in deferred tax assets (8.95) 6.62(Decrease) / increase in deferred tax liabilities 19.76 (78.36)

(B) 10.81 (71.74)

(A + B) 214.20 162.16

111




30 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


FVOCI* Amortised cost FVOCI* Amortised cost

Financial assets

Investments

- Equity instruments 92.58 – 46.18 –

- Preference shares – 20.32 – 28.62

- Other non-current investments 40.43 – 21.01 –

- Debt Instruments – 27.80 – 25.58

Trade receivables – 869.98 – 1,281.36

Derivative financial asset 3.03 – – –

Cash and cash equivalents – 858.98 – 414.30

Other bank balances (Bank deposit) – 0.80 – 0.13

Earmarked balances with banks – 70.83 – 4.87

Other financial assets – 13.49 – 18.00

136.04 1,862.20 67.19 1,772.86

Financial liabilities

Borrowings – 1,106.38 – 2,021.91

Trade payables – 3,921.60 – 2,886.39

Lease liability – 123.46 – 109.68

Derivative financial liability – – 41.94 –

Other financial liability – 151.88 – 60.63

– 5,303.32 41.94 5,078.61

* FVOCI - Fair Valued Through Other Comprehensive Income

29 TAX EXPENSE AND RECONCILIATION - (continued)

(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by India’s tax rate:

Profit before income tax expense 826.24 754.41

Tax expense at the Indian tax rate of 25.168% (Previous year 34.944%) 207.95 263.62

Add / (Less) : Tax impact on

Additional deduction towards Research & Development expenses – (48.97)

Capital receipts (0.76) (1.97)

Exempted income – (0.84)

Partially allowed deductions 5.06 15.65

Restatement of Deferred Tax Liability – (74.00)

Others 1.95 –

Tax relating to earlier years – 8.67

Income tax expense 214.20 162.16

112


Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosed

As at 31-03-2020 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Financial assetsInvestmentsPreference shares 4 – – 28.62 28.62Debt instruments 4 – – 25.58 25.58

– – 54.20 54.20Financial liabilitiesBorrowings 15, 18 & 20 – – 2,021.91 2,021.91

– – 2,021.91 2,021.91


Rupees in crores

30 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - (continued)

(i) Fair value hierarchy

This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial

instruments that are recognised and measured at fair value and that are measured at amortised cost, for which

fair values are disclosed in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs

used in determining fair value, the Company has classified its financial instruments into the three levels

prescribed under the accounting standard. An explanation of each level follows underneath the table.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurements


Financial assetsFinancial investments at FVOCI 4 80.95 40.43 11.63 133.01

Derivatives 11 – 3.03 – 3.03

80.95 43.46 11.63 136.04



Financial assets

Financial Investments at FVOCI 4 33.23 21.01 12.95 67.19

33.23 21.01 12.95 67.19


Derivatives 20 – 41.94 – 41.94

– 41.94 – 41.94



Financial assets

Investments

Preference shares 4 – – 20.32 20.32

Debt instruments 4 – – 27.80 27.80

– – 48.12 48.12Financial liabilities

Borrowings 15, 18 & 20 – – 1,106.38 1,106.38

– – 1,106.38 1,106.38

113



30 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS – (continued) Rupees in crores

Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes financial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes listedequity instruments that have quoted price. The fair value of all equity instruments (including bonds) which aretraded in the stock exchanges is valued using the closing price as at the end of the reporting period. The mutualfunds are valued using the closing NAV.

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined usingvaluation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument isincluded in level 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument isincluded in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities, preference shares and other non currentinvestments included in level 3.

There are no transfers among the three levels.

The company’s policy is to recognise transfers in and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the endof the reporting period.

(ii) Valuation technique used to determine fair value (Level 2)

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:

- the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments

- the fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of estimated cash flows based onobservable yield curves.

- the fair value of forward exchange contract and principal only swap is determined using forward exchange rateat the balance sheet date.

- the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis.

(iii) Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

ParticularsUnlisted Unlisted

TotalPreference Shares Equity Shares

As at 01-04-2019 1,042.48 15.95 1,058.43Additions/(Deletions) (1,042.48) (0.23) (1,042.71)Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss – 0.03 0.03Gains/(losses) recognised inother comprehensive income – (2.80) (2.80)

As at 31-03-2020 – 12.95 12.95Additions/(Deletions) – (0.10) (0.10)Gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss – 0.04 0.04Gains/(losses) recognised in othercomprehensive income – (1.26) (1.26)

As at 31-03-2021 – 11.63 11.63

(iv) Valuation inputs and relationships to fair value

ParticularsFair value as at Significant Probability weighted range

unobservable input for the year ended Sensitivity

31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Unquoted 11.63 12.95 a) Earnings growth 1-3% 1-3%Equity rateshares

b) Risk adjusted 8% 8%discount rate

Not significant

114




(v) Valuation processes

Discount rates are determined using a capital asset pricing model to calculate a pretax rate that reflects currentmarket assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. Earnings growth factor ofpreference shares are based on cash flow projections of future earnings of the Company and unlisted equitysecurities are estimated based on market information for similar types of companies. Risk adjustments have beenderived based on the market risk premium adjusted for company's relevant financial data.

(vi) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020Particulars Carrying Fair value Carrying Fair value

amount amount

Financial assets

Investments

Preference shares 65.31 65.31 43.61 43.61

Debt instruments 27.80 27.80 25.58 25.58

93.11 93.11 69.19 69.19


Borrowings 1,106.38 1,106.38 2,021.91 2,021.91

1,106.38 1,106.38 2,021.91 2,021.91

The carrying amounts of trade receivables, trade payables, cash and cash equivalents and other current financialassets and liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

The fair values for preference shares and other debt instruments were calculated based on cash flows discountedusing a current lending rate. They are classified as level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusionof unobservable inputs, including counterparty credit risk.

The fair values of non-current borrowings are based on discounted cash flows using a current borrowing rate.They are classified as level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputsincluding own credit risk.

For financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, the carrying amounts are equal to the fair values.

31 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENTThe Company’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. This note explains the sources of riskwhich the entity is exposed to and how the entity manages the risk and the impact of hedge accounting in thefinancial statements.

Risk Exposure arising from Risk Parameters and Mitigation

Credit risk primarily arises from cash and cash equivalents, tradereceivables and investments carried at amortised cost. The Companyconsiders the probability of default upon initial recognition of asset andwhether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on anongoing basis throughout each reporting period. To assess whetherthere is a significant increase in credit risk the Company compares therisk of a default occurring on the asset as at the reporting date with therisk of default as at the date of initial recognition. It considers available,reasonable and supportive forward-looking information (more specificallydescribed below). In general, it is presumed that credit risk hassignificantly increased since initial recognition if the payments are morethan 30 days past due. A default on a financial asset is when thecounterparty fails to make contractual payments within 60 days, whenthey fall due. This definition of default is determined by considering thebusiness environment in which entity operates and other macro-economicfactors.

Credit Risk Cash, Cash equivalentsand Trade receivables

115



31 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT - (continued)


Surplus cash is deposited only with banks / financial institutions with a highexternal credit rating.

Domestic sales to the Dealers are based on advance payments receivedthrough banking channels or through inventory funding facilities availedby them from the banks. The Company extends limited credit to the dealersand such extension of credit is based on dealers' credit worthiness, abilityto repay and past track record. The Company has extensive reporting andreview system to constantly monitor the outstandings.

The Company's export business is mostly based on Letters of credit. Exportreceivables are also covered through Insurance with ECGC Limited.

The company’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flowsin major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary tomeet these, monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal andexternal regulatory requirements and maintaining debt financing plans. TheCompany works out a detailed annual operating plans to assess the fundrequirements - both short term and long term. Detailed month wise cashflow forecast is also carried out along with required sensitivities. Based onthese factors adequate working capital credit limits are organised in advance.Company has pre-approved credit lines with various banks and these areconstantly reviewed and approved by the Board. For long term fundrequirements, Company targets various options such as rupee term loan,external commercial borrowing, debentures etc. The Company obtains acredit rating for the various borrowing facilities on annual basis. Companyconstantly monitors the free cash flow from operations to ensure that theborrowing is minimized.

The Company operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchangerisk arising from foreign currency transactions. Foreign exchange risk arisesfrom future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilitiesdenominated in a currency that is not the company’s functional currency(INR). The risk is measured through a forecast of highly probable foreigncurrency cash flows. The Company has a forex management policy whichis duly approved by the Board. The objective of the hedges when taken isto minimise the volatility of the INR cash flows of highly probable forecasttransactions.

The company has a forex management policy duly approved by the Board.The Company’s policy is to hedge most of its net currency exposure.Company reviews the forex exposure on a regular basis and also reportsits adherence to the Board on a quarterly basis. The recording and reportingrequirements are strictly adhered.

The Company has hedged its borrowings by covering the principalrepayments.

The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowingswith variable rates, which expose the Company to cash flow interest raterisk. Company's policy is to maintain most of its borrowings at fixed rateusing interest rate swaps to achieve this when necessary. The Company’sfixed rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. They are therefore notsubject to interest rate risk as defined in Ind AS 107, since neither thecarrying amount nor the future cash flows will fluctuate because of a changein market interest rates.

a. Cash and CashEquivalents

INR denominatedborrowings [other thansoft loans given byGovt. Authorities]

LiquidityRisk

b. Domestic TradeReceivables

c. Export TradeReceivables

MarketRisk

(i) Foreign exchange

a. Export tradereceivables andImport payables

b. Foreign currencydenominatedborrowings

(ii) Interest rate

- Foreign currencydenominatedborrowings

Credit Risk(continued)

116


(A) Credit risk

Basis of recognition of expected credit loss provision

Rating Category Description of category Investments Loans and Tradedeposits receivables

1 High Quality Assets where the counter-partyassets, has strong capacity to meet thenegligible obligations and where the risk ofcredit risk default is negligible or nil.

2 Quality Assets where there is low risk ofassets, low default and where the counter-partycredit risk has sufficient capacity to meet the

obligations and where there hasbeen low frequency of defaults inthe past.

3 Standard Assets where the probability ofAssets, default is considered moderate andmoderate where the counter-party's capacity tocredit risk meet the obligations is not strong.

4 Substandard Assets where there has been aAssets, significant increase in credit riskrelatively since initial recognition.high creditrisk

5 Low quality Assets where there is a highassets, very probability of default. Also includeshigh credit assets where the credit risk ofrisk counter-party has increased

significantly though payments maynot be more than 180 days pastdue.

6 Doubtful Assets are written off when thereassets, is no reasonable expectation ofcredit recovery, such as a debtor declaringimpaired bankruptcy or failing to engage in a

repayment plan with the Company.Where loans or receivables havebeen written off, the Companycontinues to engage in enforcementactivity to attempt to recover thereceivable due. Where recoveriesare made, these are recognised inprofit or loss.

Life timeexpected creditlosses(simplifiedapproach)

12 monthexpectedcredit losses


31 FINANCIALRISK MANAGEMENT - (continued)

12 monthexpectedcredit losses

Life time expected creditlosses

Asset is written off

117




As at 31-03-2021

a) Expected credit loss for investments, loans and other financial assets

Gross ExpectedCarrying

Particulars Internal Asset / Assetcarrying probability of

Expected amount netrating group

amount defaultcredit loss of impairment

provision

Loss allowance2

Investments atmeasured at 12 amortised cost 93.11 0% – 93.11

month expected1

Other financial13.49 0% – 13.49credit loss assets

b) Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

Particulars0 to 180 days More than 180

past due days past due Total

Gross carrying amount 842.81 49.20 892.01

Expected loss rate – 45%

Expected credit losses – 22.03 22.03

Carrying amount of trade receivables 842.81 27.17 869.98

Reconciliation of loss allowance provision - Trade receivables

Loss allowance on 31-03-2019 11.63

Changes in loss allowance 5.80




As at 31-03-2020






provision

Loss allowance2


month expected1





Gross carrying amount 1,242.97 55.82 1,298.79

Expected loss rate – 31%


Carrying amount of trade receivables 1,242.97 38.39 1,281.36

Rupees in crores

118




(B) Liquidity risk

(i) Financing arrangements

The Company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:


Floating rate

- Expiring within one year (bank overdraft and other facilities) 1,500.35 651.00

- Expiring beyond one year (bank loans) – –

The bank overdraft facilities may be drawn at any time and may be terminated by the bank without notice. Subjectto the continuance of satisfactory credit ratings, the bank loan facilities may be drawn at any time in INR and havean average maturity ranging 30 to 180 days.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyse the Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on theircontractual maturities for:

a) all non-derivative financial liabilities, and

b) net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for anunderstanding of the timing of the cash flows.

As at 31-03-2021

Contractual Maturities of Less than 3 months to 6 months to 1 year to More thanTotalFinancial Liabilities 3 months 6 months 1 year 5 years 5 years

Borrowings – 46.43 24.37 1,033.26 9.24 1,113.30

Lease liabilities 7.68 7.54 14.48 90.99 35.27 155.96

Trade payables 3,921.60 – – – – 3,921.60

Other financial liabilities 151.88 – – – – 151.88

Derivatives – – – – – –

As at 31-03-2020


Borrowings 1,070.00 22.06 25.22 890.23 19.84 2,027.35

Lease liabilities 7.30 6.84 9.75 70.18 52.29 146.36

Trade payables 2,886.39 – – – – 2,886.39

Other financial liabilities 60.63 – – – – 60.63

Derivatives 41.94 – – – – 41.94

Rupees in crores

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equaltheir carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

119




(C) Market risk(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Company's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in INR, are asfollows:

Particulars As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020Exposure in foreign currency USD EUR USD EURFinancial assets:

Trade receivables 564.99 30.00 570.30 26.25Investments 52.13 – 32.71 –

Derivative assets:Foreign exchange forward contracts

Sell foreign currency (1,537.09) (74.85) (1,195.95) (56.57)

Financial liabilities:Foreign currency loan 340.55 – 452.98 –Trade payables 290.39 5.91 108.02 0.03

Derivative liabilities:

Principal swap

Buy foreign currency (340.55) – (452.98) –

SensitivityThe sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from foreign currencydenominated financial instruments and the impact on other components of equity arises from foreign forwardexchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

ParticularsImpact on profit after tax*

Impact on othercomponents of equity*

As at As at As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

USD sensitivityINR / USD increases by 10% 21.21 37.21 (110.88) (92.23)INR / USD decreases by 10% (21.21) (37.21) 110.88 92.23

EURO sensitivityINR / EURO increases by 10% 1.79 2.06 (5.55) (4.44)INR / EURO decreases by 10% (1.79) (2.06) 5.55 4.44

* Holding all other variables constant

(ii) Interest rate riskDomestic INR borrowings are based on fixed rate of interest. Normally, for short term borrowings the marginalcost of lending rate of the bank is followed. Whenever, Company resorts to short term borrowing throughCommercial Paper the rate of interest is fixed in advance. In respect of foreign currency borrowings forlonger period the interest rates are covered through interest rate swaps (IRS).


Variable rate borrowings 340.55 452.98

Fixed rate borrowings 772.75 1,574.37

The amount disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Impact on profit after taxSensitivity

As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020

Increase in interest rates by 100 bps (2.52) (3.56)Decrease in interest rates by 100 bps 2.52 3.56

Rupees in crores

120


(ii) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial performance:for the year ended 31-03-2021:

Change in the value Hedge Amount reclassified Line item affected in

Type of hedgeof hedging instrument ineffectiveness from cash flow statement of profit

recognised in other recognised in profit hedging reserve to and loss because ofcomprehensive income and loss profit or loss the reclassification

Cash flow hedge:Foreign exchange (3.68) – (51.41) Revenue and

risk/POS/IRS Borrowing cost

(iii) Price RiskThe company's exposure to equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Company andclassified in the balance sheet either as fair value through OCI or at fair value through profit or loss.To manage its price risk from investments in equity securities, the Company diversifies its portfolio. Theimpact of the changes in price risk is not material.

(D) Impact of hedging activities

(i) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position

(a) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position as at 31-03-2021

Changes in Changes in the

Type of hedge and risksNominal value

Carrying amount of

Maturity date

fair value of value of hedgedhedging instrument hedging item used as

instrument the basis for

Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities since incep- recognising hedgetion of hedge effectiveness

Cash flow hedge

Foreign exchange forwardcontracts, PCFC 1,611.94 – 8.20 – Apr-21 to Mar-22 8.20 (8.20)

Foreign currency loan Sep-21 to Sep-23

• Principal swap – 340.55 8.74 – 8.74 (8.74)

• Interest rate swap – 340.55 – 13.91 (13.91) 13.91

(b) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position as at 31-03-2020

Changes in Changes in the


Carrying amount of

Maturity date fair value of value of hedged

hedging instrument hedging item used asinstrument the basis for

Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities since incep- recognising hedgetion of hedge effectiveness

Cash flow hedge

Foreign exchange forwardcontracts, PCFC 1,273.77 – – 46.95 Apr-19 to Jun-19 (46.95) 46.95

Foreign currency loan Jul-21 to Sep-23

• Principal swap – 426.90 29.22 – 29.22 (29.22)

• Interest rate swap – 426.90 – 24.21 (24.21) 24.21



for the year ended 31-03-2020:




Cash flow hedge:Foreign exchange Revenue andrisk/POS/IRS (51.41) – (1.63) Borrowing cost

Rupees in crores

121



The Company also monitors Interest coverage ratio :

Company's earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) divided by interest

The Company's strategy is to maintain an optimum interest coverage ratio.

The Interest coverage ratio were as follows:

ParticularsYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

EBIT 967.84 856.60

Interest 141.60 102.19

Interest coverage ratio (Times) 6.84 8.38

(b) Dividends

ParticularsYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

(i) Equity sharesInterim dividends for the year ended 31-03-2021 of $ 3.50(for the year ended 31-03-2020 of $ 3.50) per fully paid share 166.28 166.28

Dividend Distribution Tax – 33.75

(ii) Dividends not recognised at the end of the reporting period – –

32 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

(a) Risk management

The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to

• safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for shareholdersand benefits for other stakeholders, and

• maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid toshareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Company monitors capital on the basis of the following gearing ratio:

Net debt (total borrowings net of cash and cash equivalents) divided by Total ‘equity’ (as shown in the balancesheet). The company’s strategy is to maintain an optimum gearing ratio. The gearing ratios were as follows:

ParticularsAs at As at

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Net debt 247.40 1,607.61

Total equity 4,170.95 3,618.09

Net debt to equity ratio 5.93% 44.43%

Rupees in crores

122


33 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Defined benefit plans as per actuarial valuation

Funded plan Unfunded plans

Particulars

Gratuity Pension Leave salary

Present Fair value Present Presentvalue of of plan Net amount value of value of

obligation assets obligation obligation

As at 01-04-2019 96.79 (97.93) (1.14) 66.54 22.57

Current service cost 17.42 – 17.42 – –

Interest expense / (income) 7.55 (7.03) 0.52 5.10 1.89

Total amount recognised in profit or loss 24.97 (7.03) 17.94 5.10 1.89

Remeasurements

Return on plan assets, excluding amountsincluded in interest expense / (income) – (1.33) (1.33) – –

(Gain) / loss from change in financialassumptions 10.00 – 10.00 14.65 2.19

Experience (gains) / losses (5.73) – (5.73) 10.00 15.52

Total amount recognised in othercomprehensive income 4.27 (1.33) 2.94 24.65 17.71

Employer contributions – (14.38) (14.38) – –

Benefit payments (7.59) 7.59 – (0.46) (5.15)

As at 31-03-2020 118.44 (113.08) 5.36 95.83 37.02


Interest expense/(income) 7.88 (7.48) 0.40 5.11 2.67


Remeasurements

Return on plan assets, excluding amountsincluded in interest expense / (income) – 2.18 2.18 – –

(Gain) / loss from change in financialassumptions (3.45) – (3.45) 0.78 (1.32)

Experience (gains) / losses (9.57) – (9.57) (7.66) 11.77

Total amount recognised in othercomprehensive income (13.02) 2.18 (10.84) (6.88) 10.45



As at 31-03-2021 124.64 (122.15) 2.49 93.22 47.95


Rupees in crores

The Company has an obligation towards gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan covering eligible employees.The Company has created an Employees' Group Gratuity Fund which has taken a Group Gratuity Assurance Schemewith the Life Insurance Corporation of India. Company's contributions are based on actuarial valuation arrived at theend of each year and charged to Statement of Profit and Loss.

123



33 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS - (continued)

The significant actuarial assumptions were as follows:


31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Discount rate (Gratuity) 6.9% 6.6%

Discount rate (Leave salary) 6.9% 6.6%

Discount rate (Pension) 5.5% 5.6%

Salary growth rate 5.5% 5.5%

Pre-retirement mortality rate IALM (2006-08) Ultimate

Post retirement mortality rate LIC Ann (1996-98)

Attrition rate (For Leave salary & Gratuity) 3.0% 3.0%

Attrition rate (For Pension) 0.0% 0.0%

Assumptions regarding future mortality for pension are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with publishedstatistics and experience. These assumptions translate into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiringat age 58.

(i) Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is:

Impact on defined benefit obligation - Gratuity

Change in assumption Increase in assumption Decrease in assumptionParticulars

Year ended Year ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Discount rate 0.50% 0.50% 119.25 113.18 130.48 124.11

Salary growth rate 0.50% 0.50% 130.53 124.15 119.15 113.10

Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 124.67 118.45 124.62 118.41

Impact on defined benefit obligation - Pension



Discount rate 1.00% 1.00% 82.65 85.05 106.16 108.88


Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 92.40 95.00 94.22 96.68

Impact on defined benefit obligation - Leave salary



Discount rate 0.50% 0.50% 46.10 35.56 49.94 38.58


Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 47.96 37.02 47.95 37.01

Rupees in crores

124



33 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS - (continued) Rupees in crores

The above sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptionsconstant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. Whencalculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method(present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end ofthe reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balancesheet.

(ii) Risk exposure

Through its defined benefit plans, the Company is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of whichare detailed below:

Asset volatility: The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to bond yields; if planassets underperform this yield, this will create a deficit.

Changes in bond: A decrease in bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset byan yield increase in the value of the plans’ bond holdings.

Inflation risks: In the pension plans, the pensions in payment are not linked to inflation, so this is a less materialrisk.

Life expectancy: The pension obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in lifeexpectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities. This is particularly significant where inflationaryincreases result in higher sensitivity to changes in life expectancy.

(iii) Defined contribution plans:

The Company's contribution to defined contribution plan i.e., provident fund of $ 17.91 crores (previous year$ 16.83 crores) has been recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

125



34 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE

(a) (i) Related parties and their relationship where control exists

Holding company:Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai

Ultimate holding company:T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai

Subsidiaries:Sundaram Auto Components Limited, ChennaiTVS Housing Limited, ChennaiTVS Motor Services Limited, ChennaiTVS Credit Services Limited, ChennaiHarita Collection Services Private Limited, ChennaiHarita ARC Services Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Micro Finance Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Housing Finance Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, SingaporeTVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V, AmsterdamPT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, JakartaSundaram Holding USA Inc, USAGreen Hills Land Holding LLC, USAComponent Equipment Leasing LLC, USASundaram-Clayton USA LLC, USAPremier Land Holding LLC, USAThe Norton Motorcycle Co. Ltd, UK (Formerly known as Project 303 BIDCO Limited)Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru

Associate companies:Emerald Haven Realty Limited, ChennaiUltraviolette Automotive Private Limited, BengaluruTagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru

(ii) Other related parties and their relationship where transaction exists:

Fellow subsidiaries:TVS Electronics Limited, ChennaiSouthern Roadways Private Limited, MaduraiSundaram Industries Private Limited, MaduraiLucas-TVS Limited, ChennaiLucas Indian Service Limited, ChennaiTVS Training and Services Limited, ChennaiTVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo

Associate / Joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / subsidiary / fellow subsidiary company:Brakes India Private Limited, ChennaiTVS Srichakra Limited, MaduraiWheels India Limited, ChennaiSundram Fasteners Limited, ChennaiIndia Nippon Electricals Limited, ChennaiSundaram Brake Linings Limited, ChennaiTVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka

126


(b) Transactions with related parties:(i) Purchase of goods

- ultimate holding company (TV Sundram Iyengar & SonsPrivate Limited, Madurai) 0.34 0.38

- holding company (Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai) 305.41 361.19- subsidiary companies

Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai 295.60 345.55PT.TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 0.11 0.08

The Norton Motorcycle Co. Ltd, UK 0.70 –


34 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE - (continued) Rupees in crores

TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, MaduraiPredictronics Corporation, USA

Subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / subsidiary / fellow subsidiary company:TVS Upasana Limited, ChennaiTVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai

Enterprises in which directors are interested:TVS Organics Private Limited, ChennaiHarita Techserv Private Limited, ChennaiDua Associates, DelhiDua Consulting Private Limited, DelhiMcCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, DelhiLakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore

Key Management personnel:Executive Directors:

Mr. Venu Srinivasan, Chairman & Managing DirectorMr. Sudarshan Venu, Joint Managing DirectorMr. K.N.Radhakrishnan, Director and CEO

Non-executive Directors:Independent Directors:

Mr.T. KannanMr.C.R. DuaMr.Prince AsirvathamMr.R GopalanMr.Hemant Krishan SinghMrs.Lalita D. GupteMr. Kuok Meng Xiong (w.e.f. 24th March 2021)

Non-Independent Directors:Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth (w.e.f. 24th March 2021)Mr. H.LakshmananDr. Lakshmi VenuMr. Rajesh Narasimhan (Upto 24th March 2021)

Enterprise in which key management personnel and their relative have significant influence:Harita-NTI Limited, Chennai

Post-employment benefit plans:TVS Motor Company Employees' Gratuity FundTVS Motor Company Employees' Provident Fund

Associate / Joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / subsidiary / fellow subsidiary company: - (continued)

As at/ As at/Year ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

127


Rupees in crores


34 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE - (continued)

- fellow subsidiariesTVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.26Sundaram Industries Private Limited, Madurai 0.04 0.03Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 136.35 174.15Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 8.34 7.54

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai 22.67 32.04TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 374.06 473.35Wheels India Limited, Chennai 0.20 14.77Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 43.15 59.28India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 326.25 296.15Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 8.10 10.78

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding /ultimate holding / subsidiary / fellow subsidiary company

TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 16.35 16.41

- enterprises in which key management personnel and theirrelative have significant influence (Harita-NTI Limited, Chennai) 1.71 1.17

- enterprises in which directors are interestedTVS Organics Private Limited, Chennai 0.28 0.87

(ii) Sale of goods

- ultimate holding company(TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai) 360.58 367.49

- subsidiary companiesPT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 171.89 176.76

- fellow subsidiary company (TVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo) 12.84 213.54

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / subsidiary /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka 537.12 588.29

(iii) Purchase of assets

- ultimate holding company (TV Sundram Iyengar & SonsPrivate Limited, Madurai) – 1.53

- fellow subsidiariesTVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.15 –

- associate / joint ventureTagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 1.01 –

- associate / Joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyIndia Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai – 0.44

- enterprises in which directors are interestedLakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore – 0.07


128


(iv) Rendering of services (including interest and reimbursements received)

- holding company (Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai) 1.91 2.21

- subsidiary companiesSundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai 0.70 1.16PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 0.55 0.55TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 7.55 6.85The Norton Motorcycle Co. Ltd, UK 11.80 –

- fellow subsidiariesSouthern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 0.01 0.01Lucas - TVS Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai – 0.01TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai – 0.89Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 0.01India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.14TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 0.01 0.01Sundaram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.10Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01

Subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary company:

TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.14

(v) Availing of services (includes sub-contract charges paid)- ultimate holding company (TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons

Private Limited, Madurai) 0.25 0.13


- subsidiary company (TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai) 48.83 44.33

- fellow subsidiaries:TVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 1.85 1.44Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 2.56 2.29TVS Training and Services Limited, Chennai 0.11 –

- associate / joint venture (Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru) 0.32 –

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyTVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai 96.84 82.69Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 0.01Predictronics Corporation, USA 0.11 –

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyTVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai 100.40 119.28

- enterprises in which directors are interestedDua Associates, Delhi 0.18 0.06Dua Consulting Private Limited, Delhi 5.30 4.79McCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, Delhi 3.91 4.10Lakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore 0.07 –Harita Techserv Private Limited, Chennai 3.50 2.63


Rupees in croresNotes to the Financial Statements – (continued)


129




(vi) Investments made during the year

- subsidiary companiesTVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore 194.88 138.94PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 36.52 35.79Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai 23.00 59.99TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai (TVS MS) – 45.00TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 99.98 1,087.48*Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru 22.50 –

- associate / joint ventureUltraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru 30.00 5.00Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru – 11.18

* Includes transfer of shares of $ 1,042.48 Cr from TVS MS pursuant toNCLT’s order. (Refer Note No.4(1)).

(vii) Share application money pending allotment

- subsidiary company

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited, Singapore – 249.53

(viii) Trade advance given- associate company (Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru) 3.40 2.00

(ix) Remuneration to key management personnel:Short-term employee benefits 43.36 42.45Post-employment benefits 0.22 0.22

(x) Dividend received from:- subsidiary company (Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai) – 2.11

(xi) Dividend paid to holding company (Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai) 57.27 95.44

(xii) Dividend paid to Key Management Personnel 0.55 0.92

(xiii) Obligation arising out of agreements facilitating credit /payment to service provider

- subsidiary companiesPT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 95.04 98.37TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore 73.11 302.66

(xiv) Contributions to post employment benefit plans:TVS Motor Company Employees' Gratuity Fund 10.84 14.38TVS Motor Company Employees' Provident Fund 47.52 45.78(Including Employee and Employer Contributions)

(c) Balances with related parties:

(i) Trade receivables / Other current assets- ultimate holding company

(T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai) 8.11 79.50

- subsidiary companiesSundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai – 3.29PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta 119.80 141.10TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai – 5.89The Norton Motorcycle Co Ltd, UK 11.80 –


130





- fellow subsidiary companiesTVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo 6.91 11.29

- associate companiesUltraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru – 2.00Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai 3.33 2.65

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyTVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka 190.79 92.33

(ii) Trade payables


- subsidiary companiesSundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai 3.24 –TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited, Singapore 3.72 2.75TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 6.97 –

- fellow subsidiariesLucas - TVS Limited, Chennai 27.58 24.81Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 1.43 1.34Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 0.02 0.16Sundaram Industries Private Limited, Madurai – 0.01TVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.03 0.05

- associate / joint ventureTagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 0.09 –

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai 5.34 6.63TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 53.31 55.97Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 1.53India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 57.15 54.56Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 1.85 1.29Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 7.74 8.20TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai 8.30 5.11Predictronics Corporation, USA 0.11 –

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyTVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai 7.38 8.65TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 2.42 2.05

- enterprises in which directors are interestedDua Consulting Private Limited, Delhi 0.27 –TVS Organics Private Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01McCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, Delhi 0.13 –Lakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore 0.14 0.21Harita Techserv Private Limited, Chennai 0.42 0.37

- enterprise over which key management personnel and their relative havesignificant influence (Harita-NTI Limited, Chennai) 0.17 0.21

(iii) Guarantees issued 168.15 401.03

131



35 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

A Disaggregated revenue:

Revenue from contracts with customers are disaggregated into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty ofrevenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company identifies the product lines, amongst others to indicate thefactors as mentioned above. The details of revenue from contracts with customers on the basis of various product lines are as under:

Sl. No. ParticularsFor the year ended For the year ended

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

(a) Type of goods or service

(i) Two wheelers 13,676.34 12,843.05

(ii) Three wheelers 1,158.21 1,532.21

(iii) Parts and accessories 1,736.87 1,659.22

(iv) IT Services 21.78 22.38

(v) Royalty 10.25 16.77

16,603.45 16,073.63(b) Geographical markets

(i) Domestic 11,874.45 11,521.17

(ii) Exports 4,729.00 4,552.46

16,603.45 16,073.63

B The operations of the Company relate to only one segment viz., automotive vehicle and parts. Thus, the information on therelationship between disaggregated revenue under Ind AS 115 and for reportable segment under Ind AS 108 is not required.

C Reconciliation of contracts with customers:

Movement of contract liabilities for the reporting period given below:

ParticularsFor the year ended For the year ended

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Contract Liabilities at the beginning of the period 99.03 57.83

Add / (Less):Consideration received during the year as advance 143.90 99.03Revenue recognized from contract liability (99.03) (57.83)Contract Liabilities at the end of the period 143.90 99.03

Payment is received in advance towards contracts entered with customers, and is recognised as a contract liability. As and whenthe performance obligation is met, the same is recognized as revenue.

D Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations:The Company's contracts with customers are short term (i.e., the performance obligations are expected to be met within one yearor less). Therefore, taking the practical expedient, the details on transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligationsare not disclosed.

E Reconciliation of revenue with contract price:


31-03-2021 31-03-2020(i) Contract price 17,318.18 16,773.14(ii) Adjustments :

Incentive schemes 394.55 369.89Transport cost 320.18 329.62

(iii) Revenue from operations as per Statement of Profit and Loss 16,603.45 16,073.63

Rupees in crores

132



Notes to the Financial Statements – (continued) Rupees in crores

36 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Profit after tax 612.04 592.25Number of equity shares 47,50,87,114 47,50,87,114Face value of the share (in rupees) 1.00 1.00Weighted average number of equity shares 47,50,87,114 47,50,87,114Basic and diluted earnings per share for continued operations (in rupees) 12.88 12.47Basic and diluted earnings per share for discontinued operations (in rupees) – –Basic and diluted earnings per share for continued anddiscontinued operations (in rupees) 12.88 12.47

37 WARRANTY PROVISIONOpening balance 38.04 29.15Add: Provision for the year (net) 48.88 38.04

86.92 67.19

Less: Payments / debits (net) 38.04 29.15Closing balance 48.88 38.04

38 MICRO SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES DISCLOSURE

Trade payable pertaining to dues to Micro and Small enterprises(all are within agreed credit period and not due for payment) 39.75 116.60(Refer Note No. 19)

(i) The principal amount and interest due thereon remaining unpaid toany supplier as at the end of each accounting year. Nil Nil

(ii) The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of Section 16 of the Micro,Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006, along with the amountof the payment made to the supplier beyond the appointed day during eachaccounting year Nil Nil

(iii) The amount of interest due and payable for the period of delay in making payment(which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but withoutadding the interest specified under the Micro, Small and Medium EnterprisesDevelopment Act, 2006. Nil Nil

(iv) The amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of eachaccounting year. Nil Nil

(v) The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeedingyears, until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid to the smallenterprise, for the purpose of disallowance as a deductible expenditure underSection 23 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006. Nil Nil

39 PAYMENT TO AUDITORS COMPRISES

As statutory auditors 0.85 0.85Taxation matters 0.20 0.20Certification matters 0.10 0.10Other Services – 0.39

1.15 1.54

Miscellaneous expenses include travel and stay expenses of auditors 0.10 0.10

1.25 1.64

133


41 DISCLOSURE MADE IN TERMS OF REGULATION 34(3) OF THE LISTING REGULATIONS

Amount Amount

Sl. No. Particulars Name of the companyoutstanding outstanding

as at as at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

(a) Investments by the Company(i) In subsidiary companies Sundaram Auto Components

Limited, Chennai 336.20 313.21[4,45,69,000 (last year-4,21,74,000)Equity shares of Rs.10/- eachfully paid up]Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 336.20During the previous year 313.21

TVS Housing Limited, Chennai[50,000 (last year - 50,000)Equity shares of Rs.10/- eachfully paid up] 0.05 0.05Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 0.05During the previous year 0.05

TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai[5,36,33,814 (last year -5,36,33,814)Equity shares of Rs.10/- eachfully paid up] 52.68 52.68Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 52.68During the previous year 52.68

40 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS NOT PROVIDED FOR

(a) Claims against the company not acknowledged as debts:

(i) Excise 53.37 52.99

(ii) Service tax 1.96 1.96

(iii) Customs 40.63 1.36

(iv) Sales tax 2.00 2.00

(v) Income tax 42.60 42.60

The future cash flows on the above items are determinable only on receipt ofthe decisions / judgments that are pending at various forums / authorities.

The Company does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have amaterially adverse effect on its financial results.

(b) Other money for which the company is contingently liable:

(i) On bills discounted with banks 212.18 52.65

(ii) On factoring arrangements – 2.09

(c) Commitments:

(i) Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account

and not provided for 194.69 209.83

(ii) On Investments 5.12 9.79


Notes to the Financial Statements – (continued) Rupees in crores

134


41 DISCLOSURE MADE IN TERMS OF REGULATION 34(3) OF THE LISTING REGULATIONS - (continued)


Amount Amount


as at as at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Rupees in crores

TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai[16,22,24,928 (last year - 15,54,69,528)Equity shares of Rs.10/- eachfully paid up] 1,360.99 1,261.01Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 1,360.99During the previous year 1,261.01

TVS Motor Company (Europe)B.V., Amsterdam[2,25,301 (last year- 2,25,301)Ordinary shares of Euro 100/- eachfully paid up] 1.80 1.80Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 1.80During the previous year 1.80

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited,Singapore[20,08,29,458 (last year 11,85,28,579)Ordinary shares of Singapore $ 1/- eachfully paid up] 809.21 614.33*Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 809.21During the previous year 614.33*(* - Including share application moneypending allotment)

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia,Jakarta[85,97,000 Equity shares(last year - 80,97,000) of IndonesianRp.97,400/- each fully paid up] 389.06 352.54Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 389.06During the previous year 352.54

(ii) in associate companies Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai,[11,12,19,512 (last year - 11,12,19,512)Equity shares of Rs. 10/- eachfully paid up] 111.22 111.22Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 111.22During the previous year 111.22

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited,Bengaluru [14,850 (last year-14,850)Equity shares of Rs. 10/- eachfully paid up] 11.00 11.00Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 11.00During the previous year 11.00

135


Amount Amount


as at as at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

41 DISCLOSURE MADE IN TERMS OF REGULATION 34(3) OF THE LISTING REGULATIONS - (continued)


Rupees in crores

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited,Bengaluru [990 (last year - 990)Preference shares of Rs.40,616/- eachfully paid up] 5.00 5.00Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 5.00During the previous year 5.00

[7,387(last year - NIL)Preference shares of Rs.50,845/- eachfully paid up] 30.00 –Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 30.00During the previous year –

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited,Bengaluru [45,710 (last year - 45,710)Equity shares of Rs.1 each fully paid] 1.19 1.19Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 1.19During the previous year 1.19

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited,Bengaluru [3,83,983 (last year - 3,83,983)Preference shares of Rs.16 eachfully paid] 9.99 9.99Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 9.99During the previous year 9.99

(b) Investments by the Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai holdsholding company holding company 27,26,82,786 (last

year 27,26,82,786)Equityshares of Re.1/- each fully paid up 13.63 13.63Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 13.63During the previous year 13.63

(c) Loans and advances Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited,Bengaluru to associate companies – 2.00Maximum amount held at any timeDuring the year 5.40During the previous year 2.00

42 DETAILS OF LOANS GIVEN, INVESTMENTS MADE AND GUARANTEES GIVEN(Disclosure as per Section 186 of the Companies Act, 2013)

(a) Investments made - Refer Note No.4

(b) Guarantee issued towards credit facility / business purpose - Refer Note No.34(b)(xiii)


136


43 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

Expenditure incurred on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities:

(a) Gross amount required to be spent during the year is $ 16.81 crores (last year $ 15.85 crores)

(b) Amount spent during the year:

Sl. No. Particulars In cashYet to be Year ended Year ended

paid in cash 31-03-2021 31-03-20201 Construction / acquisition of any asset – – – –

2 Other than the above 18.38 – 18.38 33.66*

* included in other expenses $ 16.66 crores & exceptional item Rs.17.00 crores

44 BORROWING COST CAPITALISED

Borrowing cost capitalised during the year $ 12.26 crores (Last year $ 12.38 crores)The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs to be capitalised is the interest rate of 3 MonthUSD LIBOR plus Margin.

45 LABOUR CODE - TRANSITION RELATED

The Code on Social Security, 2020 which received the President’s assent on 28th September 2020 subsumes nine lawsrelating to Social security, retirement and employee benefits, including the Provident Fund and Gratuity. The effective date ofthe Code and rules thereunder are yet to be notified. The impact of the changes, if any, will be assessed and recognised postnotification of the relevant provisions.

46 MATERIAL CHANGES AND COMMITMENTS

Consequent to the outbreak of the CoVID-19 pandemic, the Indian government announced a lockdown in March 2020.Subsequently, the national lockdown was lifted by the government. Due to second wave of CoVID-19, regional lockdownscontinue to be implemented in areas where significant number of CoVID-19 cases exists.

Based on assessment of the impact of CoVID-19 on the operations of the Company and ongoing discussions with customers,vendors and service providers, the Company is confident of obtaining regular supply of raw materials and components,resuming supply chain logistics and serving customers.

The Company has considered the possible effects of CoVID-19 on the carrying amounts of Property, Plant and Equipment,Investments, Inventories, Trade Receivable and Other Current Assets. In developing the assumptions relating to the possiblefuture uncertainties in the economic conditions because of this pandemic, the Company, as at the date of approval of thefinancial results, has used external and internal sources of information / Indicators to estimate the future performance of theCompany. Based on current estimates the Company expects the carrying amount of these assets to be recovered.The impact of the second wave of CoVID-19 on the Company's financial results may differ from that estimated as at the dateof approval of these results.

47 Previous year's figures have been regrouped wherever necessary to conform to the current year's classification.





Notes to the Financial Statements – (continued)Rupees in crores

137

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF


138

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TVS MOTOR COMPANY LIMITED

Report on the Audit of Consolidated Financial Statements

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financialstatements of TVS Motor Company Limited (hereinafter referredto as the "Holding Company") and its subsidiaries ("HoldingCompany and its subsidiaries together referred to as "the Group"),and its associates, which comprise the consolidated BalanceSheet as at March 31, 2021, and the consolidated statement ofProfit and Loss, (including Other Comprehensive Income) andthe consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and theconsolidated Cash Flows Statement for the year then ended,and notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, includinga summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatoryinformation (hereinafter referred to as "the consolidated financialstatements").

In our opinion and to the best of our information and accordingto the explanations given to us, the aforesaid consolidated financialstatements give the information required by the Companies Act,2013("Act") in the manner so required and give a true and fairview in conformity with the accounting principles generallyaccepted in India, of the consolidated state of affairs of theGroup, its associates as at March 31, 2021, of consolidatedprofit, consolidated changes in equity and its consolidated cashflows for the year then ended.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards onAuditing (SAs) specified under Section 143(10) of the Act. Ourresponsibilities under those Standards are further described inthe Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the ConsolidatedFinancial Statements section of our report. We are independentof the Group and its associates in accordance with the Code ofEthics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Indiaand we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities inaccordance with these requirements. We believe that the auditevidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to providea basis for our audit opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professionaljudgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidatedfinancial statements of the current period. These matters wereaddressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financialstatements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, andwe do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021


Key Audit Matter Principal Audit Procedureshas to be tested for impairmentannually, which requiressignificant judgment on the partof the management in identifyingand valuing the relevant CashGenerating Unit that containsgoodwill.

Multiples Method. We gainedan understanding of the keyassumptions used to forecastthe cash flows and the discountrates applied (WACC) as wellas the Comparable Companiesconsidered in arriving at thefair value. We consider that themanagement conclusionsconcerning the absence ofimpairment in the goodwill areadequately supported andconsistent with the informationcurrently available.

WACC - Weighted AverageCost of Capital.

Information other than the Consolidated Financial Statementsand Auditor's Report thereonThe Holding Company's Board of Directors is responsible for theother information. The other information comprises the informationincluded in the Management and Discussion Analysis, Board'sReport including Annexures to Board's Report, BusinessResponsibility Report, Corporate Governance and Shareholder'sInformation but does not include the Consolidated FinancialStatements and our auditors' report thereon.

Our opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements does notcover the other information and we do not express any form ofassurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the Consolidated FinancialStatements, our responsibility is to read the other informationand, in doing so, consider whether such other information ismaterially inconsistent with the Consolidated Financial Statementsor our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears tobe materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed,we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this otherinformation, we are required to report that fact. We have nothingto report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged withGovernance for the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe Holding Company's Board of Directors is responsible for thepreparation and presentation of these consolidated financialstatements in term of the requirements of the Act, that give atrue and fair view of the consolidated financial position,consolidated financial performance and consolidated cash flowsof the Group including its associates in accordance with theaccounting principles generally accepted in India, including theAccounting Standards specified under Section 133 of the Act.The respective Board of Directors of the companies included inthe Group and of its associates are responsible for maintenanceof adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisionsof the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Group and forpreventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selectionand application of appropriate accounting policies; making

Key Audit Matter Principal Audit ProceduresCarrying Value of GoodwillThe group has recognised agoodwill on consolidation ofRs. 186.11 crores in itsConsolidated FinancialStatements in the year ended31st March 2018, pursuant to abusiness combination in the saidaccounting year. The goodwill

Our audit procedures included:Management has obtained avaluation of the CashGenerating Unit whereinvaluers have arrived at a fairvalue, based on weightedaverage of the DiscountedCash Flow Method andComparable Companies"

139


judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; andthe design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internalfinancial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuringaccuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevantto the preparation and presentation of the financial statementsthat give a true and fair view and are free from materialmisstatement, whether due to fraud or error, which have beenused for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated financialstatements by the Directors of the Holding Company, as aforesaid.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the respectiveBoard of Directors of the companies included in the Group andof its associates are responsible for assessing the ability of theGroup and of its associates to continue as a going concern,disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern andusing the going concern of accounting unless the Board ofDirectors either intends to liquidate the Group or to ceaseoperations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The respective Board of Directors of the companies included inthe Group and of its associates are responsible for overseeingthe financial reporting process of the Group and of its associates.

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the ConsolidatedFinancial StatementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whetherthe consolidated financial statements as a whole are free frommaterial misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and toissue an auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonableassurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guaranteethat an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will alwaysdetect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatementscan arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expectedto influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basisof these consolidated financial statements.

As a part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exerciseprofessional judgement and maintain professional scepticismthroughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risk of material misstatement ofconsolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud orerror , design and perform audit procedures responsive tothose risks , and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient andappropriate to provide a basis of our opinion. The risk of notdetecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud ishigher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involvecollusions, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations,or the override of internal control .

• Obtain an understanding of internal financial controls relevantto the audit in order to design audit procedures that areappropriate in the circumstances. Under Section 143(3)(i) ofthe Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinionon whether the Company has adequate internal financialcontrols system in place and the operating effectiveness ofsuch controls.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies usedand the reasonableness of accounting estimates and relateddisclosures made by the management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management's use ofthe going concern basis of accounting and, based on theaudit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty existsrelated to events or conditions that may last significant doubt

on the ability of the Group and its associates to continue asa going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertaintyexists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor'sreport to the related disclosures in the consolidated financialstatements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modifyour opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidenceobtained up to the date of our auditor's report. However,future events or conditions may cause the Group and itsassociates to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content ofthe consolidated financial statements, including thedisclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statementsrepresent the underlying transactions and events in a mannerthat achieves fair presentation.

• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding thefinancial information of the entities or business activitieswithin the Group and its associates to express an opinionon the consolidated financial statements. We are responsiblefor the direction, supervision and performance of the auditof the financial statements of such entities included in theconsolidated financial statements of which we are theindependent auditors. For the other entities included in theconsolidated financial statements, which have been auditedby other auditors, such other auditors remain responsible forthe direction, supervision and performance of the auditscarried out by them. We remain solely responsible for ouraudit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance of theholding Company and such other entities included in theconsolidated financial statements of which we are the independentauditors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope andtiming of the audit and significant audit findings, including anysignificant deficiencies in internal control that we identify duringour audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statementthat we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regardingindependence, and to communicate with them all relationshipsand other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear onour independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged withgovernance, we determine those matters that were of mostsignificance in the audit of the consolidated financial statementsof the current periods and are therefore the key audit matters.We describe these matters in our auditor's report unless law orregulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when,in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a mattershould not be communicated in our report because the adverseconsequences of doing so would reasonably be expected tooutweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Other MattersWe did not audit the financial statements / Consolidated financialstatements of 17 subsidiaries, whose financial statements reflecttotal assets of Rs. 3,364.76 crores as at 31st March 2021, totalrevenues of Rs. 2,692.39 crores and net cash flows amountingto Rs. 709.16 crores for the year ended on that date, as consideredin the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financialstatements also include the Group's share of net loss of Rs. 1.89crores for the year ended 31st March 2021, as considered in theconsolidated financial statements, in respect of 4 associates.

140


These financial statements / consolidated financial statementshave been audited by other auditors whose reports have beenfurnished to us by the Management and our opinion, on theconsolidated financial statements, in so far as it relates to theamounts and disclosures included in respect of these subsidiariesand Associates and our report in terms of sub-section (3) ofSection 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to the aforesaidsubsidiaries, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

The subsidiaries located outside India whose financial statementshave been prepared in accordance with accounting principlesgenerally accepted in their respective countries. The Parent'sManagement has converted the financial statements of suchsubsidiaries located outside India from accounting principlesgenerally accepted in their respective countries to Ind AS. Wehave audited those conversion adjustments made by the parent'sManagement. Our opinion insofar as it relates to the balancesand affairs of such subsidiaries located outside India is basedon the report of other auditors and the conversion adjustmentsprepared by the management of the Parent and audited by us.

We did not audit the financial statement / financial informationof one subsidiary included in the consolidated financial statement,whose financial statement / financial information reflect totalassets of Rs. 0.64 crores as at 31st March 2021, total revenuesof Rs. Nil and net cash flows of Rs. 0.60 crores for the year endedon that date, as considered in the consolidated financial statement.The consolidated financial statements also include the Group'sshare of net loss of Rs. 2.34 crores for the year ended 31st March2021, as considered in the consolidated financial statements, inrespect of two associates, whose financial statements / financialinformation have not been audited by us. These financialstatements / financial information are unaudited and have beenfurnished to us by the Management and our opinion, on theconsolidated financial statements, in so far as it relates to theamounts and disclosures included in respect of these subsidiaryand associates, and our report in terms of sub-section (3) ofSection 143 of the Act, in so far as it relates to these subsidiaryand associates, is based solely on such unaudited financialstatements / financial information. In our opinion and accordingto the information and explanations given to us by theManagement, this financial statements / financial information arenot material to the Group.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, and ourreport on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements below, isnot modified in respect of the above matters with respect to ourreliance on the work done and the reports of the other auditorsand the financial statements / financial information certified bythe Management.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory RequirementsAs required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extentapplicable, that:

a. We have sought and obtained all the information andexplanations which to the best of our knowledge and beliefwere necessary for the purposes of our audit of the aforesaidconsolidated financial statements.

b. In our opinion, proper books of account as required by lawrelating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidated financial

statements have been kept so far as it appears from ourexamination of those books and the reports of the otherauditors.

c. The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statementof Profit and Loss, the consolidated Statement of Changesin Equity and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement dealtwith by this Report are in agreement with the relevant booksof account maintained for the purpose of preparation of theconsolidated financial statements.

d. In our opinion, the aforesaid consolidated financial statementscomply with the Accounting Standards specified under Section133 of the Act read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts)Rules, 2014.

e. On the basis of the written representations received from theDirectors of the Holding Company as on 31st March, 2021,taken on record by the Board of Directors of the HoldingCompany and the reports of the statutory auditors of itssubsidiary companies and its associate companies,incorporated in India, none of the Directors of the Groupcompanies, its associate companies incorporated in India isdisqualified as on 31st March, 2021, from being appointedas a director in terms of Section 164(2) of the Act.

f. With respect to the adequacy of internal financial controlsover financial reporting of the Group and the operatingeffectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate reportin Annexure.

g. With respect to the other matters to be included in theAuditor's Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies(Audit and Auditor's) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to thebest of our information and according to the explanationsgiven to us:

i. The consolidated financial statements disclose the impactof pending litigations on the consolidated financial positionof the Group, its associates - Refer Note 45(a) to theconsolidated financial statements.

ii. The Group and its associates did not have any materialforeseeable losses on long-term contracts includingderivative contracts.

iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, requiredto be transferred, to the Investor Education and ProtectionFund by the Holding Company. There are no amountswhich are required to be transferred to the InvestorEducation and Protection Fund by its subsidiarycompanies and associate companies incorporated inIndia.




Place : Chennai Membership No.: 023116Date : 27th April 2021 UDIN: 21023116AAAAHI8265

141

Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i)of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013("the Act")In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated Ind AS financialstatements of the Company as of and for the year ended March31, 2021, we have audited the internal financial controls overfinancial reporting of TVS Motor Company Ltd ("the HoldingCompany"), its subsidiary companies and its associateincorporated in India.

Management's Responsibility for Internal Financial ControlsThe respective Board of Directors of the Holding company, itssubsidiary companies and its associate, which are companiesincorporated in India, are responsible for establishing andmaintaining internal financial controls based on the internal controlover financial reporting criteria established by the Companyconsidering the essential components of internal control statedin the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls OverFinancial Reporting issued by the Institute of CharteredAccountants of India (ICAI). These responsibilities include thedesign, implementation and maintenance of adequate internalfinancial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring theorderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherenceto the respective company's policies, the safeguarding of itsassets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, theaccuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and thetimely preparation of reliable financial information, as requiredunder the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditor's ResponsibilityOur responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sinternal financial controls over financial reporting based on ouraudit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the GuidanceNote on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over FinancialReporting (the "Guidance Note") issued by the ICAI and theStandards on Auditing, issued by ICAI and deemed to beprescribed under Section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013,to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls,both issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we complywith ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit toobtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internalfinancial controls over financial reporting was established andmaintained and if such controls operated effectively in all materialrespects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidenceabout the adequacy of the internal financial controls system overfinancial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our auditof internal financial controls over financial reporting includedobtaining an understanding of internal financial controls overfinancial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weaknessexists, and testing and evaluating the design and operatingeffectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Theprocedures selected depend on the auditor's judgement, includingthe assessment of the risks of material misstatement of thefinancial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficientand appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the

Annexure to the Independent Auditors' Report for the year ended 31st March 2021



Company's internal financial controls system over financialreporting.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls over FinancialReportingA company's internal financial control over financial reporting isa process designed to provide reasonable assurance regardingthe reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financialstatements for external purposes in accordance with generallyaccepted accounting principles. A company's internal financialcontrol over financial reporting includes those policies andprocedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that,in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactionsand dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) providereasonable assurance that transactions are recorded asnecessary to permit preparation of financial statements inaccordance with generally accepted accounting principles, andthat receipts and expenditures of the Company are being madeonly in accordance with authorisations of management anddirectors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assuranceregarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorisedacquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets thatcould have a material effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls overFinancial ReportingBecause of the inherent limitations of internal financial controlsover financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion orimproper management override of controls, materialmisstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not bedetected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internalfinancial controls over financial reporting to future periods aresubject to the risk that the internal financial control over financialreporting may become inadequate because of changes inconditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies orprocedures may deteriorate.

OpinionIn our opinion, the Holding Company, its subsidiary companiesand its associate, which are companies incorporated in India,have, in all material respects, an adequate internal financialcontrols system over financial reporting and such internal financialcontrols over financial reporting were operating effectively as atMarch 31, 2021, based on the internal control over financialreporting criteria established by the Company considering theessential components of internal control stated in the GuidanceNote on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over FinancialReporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants ofIndia.




Place : Chennai Membership No.: 023116Date : 27th April 2021 UDIN: 21023116AAAAHI8265

142


NotesAs at As at

31-03-2021 31-03-2020ASSETSNon-Current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 2 3,123.85 3,066.54Capital work-in-progress 2 873.89 847.14Investment properties 3 137.70 137.70Goodwill 2.20 2.20Goodwill on consolidation 186.11 186.11Other intangible assets 2 528.44 183.00Intangible assets under development 166.88 158.87Right of use asset 4 242.75 235.14Financial assets

i. Investments 5 180.39 195.71ii. Loans (receivable from financing activity) 6 5,361.97 4,148.49iii. Other Financial Assets 7 14.92 36.64

Investments accounted using equity method 8 287.62 175.20Non-current tax assets (Net) 39.72 28.34Deferred tax assets 9 127.62 86.65Other non-current assets 10 181.79 132.09

11,455.85 9,619.82Current assetsInventories 11 1,367.43 1,188.47Financial assets

i. Trade receivables 12 1,035.97 1,454.36ii. Loans (receivable from financing activity) 6 5,794.23 5,306.84iii. Cash and cash equivalents 13 1,573.76 1,079.69iv. Bank balances other than (iii) above 14 83.09 27.88v. Other financial assets 15 85.64 93.19

Current tax assets (Net) 4.83 2.43Other current assets 16 591.89 586.14

10,536.84 9,739.00Total assets 21,992.69 19,358.82EQUITY AND LIABILITIESEquityEquity share capital 17 47.51 47.51Other equity 18 3,779.10 3,234.59Equity attributable to owners 3,826.61 3,282.10Non-controlling interest 387.90 320.94

4,214.51 3,603.04

LiabilitiesNon-current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

i. Borrowings 19 6,280.26 5,221.23ii. Lease Liabilities 184.76 194.28iii. Others 26.11 9.84

Provisions 20 159.44 131.42Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 21 218.90 173.77

6,869.47 5,730.54Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

i. Borrowings 22 3,069.25 3,780.70ii. Lease Liabilities 63.66 47.62iii. Trade payables 23 -

a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises 45.00 121.49b. Total outstanding dues of other than (iii) (a) above 4,253.60 3,065.35

iv. Other financial liabilities 24 2,904.22 2,538.37Provisions 20 85.34 90.57Other current liabilities 25 487.64 381.14

10,908.71 10,025.24Total liabilities 17,778.18 15,755.78Total equity and liabilities 21,992.69 19,358.82Significant accounting policies 1See accompanying notes to the financial statements





Rupees in crores


143


NotesYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

I Revenue from operations 26 19,420.82 18,849.31II Other income 27 47.22 51.83III Total Income (I +II) 19,468.04 18,901.14IV Expenses:

Cost of materials consumed 28 12,700.73 12,050.84Purchase of stock in trade 28 224.92 259.20Changes in inventories of finished goods,

Stock-in-trade and work-in-progress 28 (0.19) 6.73Employee benefits expense 29 1,689.37 1,539.35Finance costs 30 881.49 854.54Depreciation and amortisation expense 31 564.82 556.00Other expenses 32 2,568.16 2,720.14Total expenses 18,629.30 17,986.80

V Profit before exceptional items, share of net profit/(loss)from associates and tax (III - IV) 838.74 914.34

VI Share of net profit / (loss) from associates using equity method (7.75) (8.59)VII Profit before exceptional items and tax (V + VI) 830.99 905.75VIII Exceptional items (9.36) (40.33)IX Profit before tax (VII + VIII) 821.63 865.42X Tax expense 33

i) Current tax 249.76 294.65ii) Deferred tax (35.63) (76.03)

XI Profit for the year (IX - X) 607.50 646.80XII (Profit) / Loss attributable to non-controlling Interest (13.24) (22.18)XIII Profit for the year attributable to owners (XI + XII) 594.26 624.62XIV Other comprehensive income

A. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:Remeasurements of post employment benefit obligations 5.08 (50.30)Change in fair value of equity instruments 61.67 (38.75)Share of other comprehensive income of an associate 0.02 (0.10)Income tax relating to these items (8.57) 15.49

B. Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:Fair value changes on cash flow hedges 63.36 (90.69)Foreign currency translation adjustments 11.16 31.27Income tax relating to these items (16.98) 22.99

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 115.74 (110.10)XV Other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest (0.79) (2.73)XVI Other comprehensive income attributable to owners (XIV - XV) 116.53 (107.37)XVII Total comprehensive income attributable to owners (XIII +XVI) 710.79 517.25XVIII Earnings per equity share (Face value of Re.1/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in rupees) 42 12.51 13.15See accompanying notes to the financial statements

Rupees in crores






144

Statement of Changes in Equity

a Equity Share Capital Rupees in croresAs at 01-04-2019 47.51Changes in equity share capital –As at 31-03-2020 47.51Changes in equity share capital –As at 31-03-2021 47.51

b Other EquityReserves & Surplus Other Reserves

Equity Instruments Foreign NonTotalGeneral Capital Statutory Retained Fair Valued through currency Hedging Controlling

reserve reserve reserve earnings Other Comprehensive translation reserve interestIncome reserve

Balance as at 31-03-2019 876.24 6.51 45.97 2,138.18 76.55 (16.92) (3.87) 245.77 3,368.43Add : Profit for the year 2019-20 624.62 22.18 646.80Add : Other comprehensive income for the year 2019-20 (35.96) (34.86) 31.27 (2.73) (42.28)Add : Share of OCI of an associate, net of tax (0.10) (0.10)Add : Adjustment as per Ind AS 116, net of tax

(Retrospective application with cumulative effect) (5.45) (5.45)Less: Fair valuation loss/(gain) of Non Cumulative

Redeemable Preference shares net of taxes 203.09 203.09Add : Fair value gain on pension asset 0.04 0.04Less: Reclassification to profit or loss, net of tax (3.87) (3.87)Less: Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net of tax 71.58 71.58Add: Transfer from Retained earnings to Statutory reserve 30.10 (30.10) -Transaction in capacity as ownersAdd: Transactions with non-controlling interest (5.42) 9.05 55.72 59.35Less : Distribution to shareholders : -

2019-20 First Interim dividend paid 99.77 99.772019-20 Second Interim dividend paid 66.51 66.51

Less : Dividend Tax 34.18 34.18Balance as at 31-03-2020 876.24 6.51 70.65 2,296.73 41.69 14.35 (71.58) 320.94 3,555.53

Add : Profit for the year 2020-21 594.26 13.24 607.50Add : Other comprehensive income for the year 2020-21 4.49 54.08 11.16 0.40 (0.79) 69.34Add: Share of OCI of an associate, net of tax 0.02 0.02Less: Reclassification to profit or loss, net of tax (71.58) (71.58)Less: Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net of tax 25.20 25.20Add: Transfer from Retained earnings to Statutory reserve 19.40 (19.40) -Transaction in capacity as owners -Add : Transactions with non-controlling interest 2.46 (2.46) 54.51 54.51Less : Distribution to shareholders : -

2020-21 First Interim dividend paid 99.77 99.772020-21 Second Interim dividend declared 66.51 66.51

Balance as at 31-03-2021 876.24 6.51 92.51 2,707.36 95.77 25.51 (24.80) 387.90 4,167.00Nature and purpose of Reserves1. General reserve is available for distribution to shareholders.2. Capital reserve:

i. On shares forfeited ($ 55,200) –ii. On surplus arising out of amalgamation 6.51

6.513. Statutory Reserve has been created pursuant to Section 45 - IC of the RBI Act,1934. Owners portion of Statutory Reserve created in subsidiary shown above after becoming subsidiary.4. Hedging Reserve - Refer Note No. 35(D)


Particulars





145


Cash Flow Statement Rupees in croresYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

A. Cash flow from operating activities

Net profit before tax 821.63 865.42

Add: Depreciation and amortisation for the year 564.82 556.00

(Gain) on lease preclosure – (0.31)

(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed assets (Net) 1.96 (2.28)

(Profit)/loss on sale of investments (Net) (0.04) (0.03)

Unrealised exchange (gain) / loss 17.70 (29.41)

Net (profit) / loss from Associates using equity method 7.75 8.59

Dividend income (0.20) (1.26)


Finance cost [excluding relatable to financial enterprise] 152.05 154.74

Provisions 26.56 (28.21)

737.72 631.19

Operating profit before working capital changes 1,559.35 1,496.61

Adjustments for:

Loans given by a financial enterprise (Net) (1,700.87) (1,177.62)

Trade receivables 398.92 130.37

Inventories (178.96) 103.10

Other current assets (5.75) (29.12)

Other financial assets 48.78 (11.81)

Trade payables 1,113.53 22.46

Other financial liabilities (excluding current maturityof non-current borrowings) 137.30 (42.00)

Other current liabilities 106.50 (0.94)

Other non - current assets (76.78) 124.20

(157.33) (881.36)

Cash generated from operations 1,402.02 615.25

Direct taxes paid (250.73) (241.82)

Net cash from operating activities (A) 1,151.29 373.43

B. Cash flow from investing activitiesPurchase of property, plant and equipment,intangible assets, capital work-in-progress,intangibles under development, net of capital advances (927.98) (1,021.09)Sale of fixed assets 3.35 30.21Purchase of investments (5.51) (94.01)Purchase of Investments in associates (52.56) (38.97)Redemption of preference share 16.44Sale of Investments 0.34 5.81Contribution from non-controlling Interest 54.51 –Interest received 28.84 26.64Dividends received 0.20 1.26

(882.37) (1,090.15)

Net cash from / (used in) investing activities (B) (882.37) (1,090.15)

146


Cash Flow Statement – (continued) Rupees in croresYear ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

C. Cash flow from financing activities

Borrowings:

Non-current borrowings availed / (repaid) 1,270.57 1,458.99

Current borrowings availed / (repaid) (683.90) 512.69

Other bank balances (55.21) 15.39

Finance cost paid (126.75) (124.33)

Lease liabilities paid (52.24) (43.11)

Dividend and dividend tax paid (99.77) (200.46)

252.70 1,619.17

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities (C) 252.70 1,619.17

Total (A)+(B)+(C) 521.62 902.45

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 1,041.34 138.89

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 1,562.96 1,041.34

D. Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 521.62 902.45

Note : The above statement of cash flow is prepared using indirect method.

Change in liability arising from financing activities:

As at Foreign As atParticulars 01-04-2020 Cash flow exchange Amortisation 31-03-2021

movement

Non-current borrowings(Including current maturities) 7,568.85 1,270.57 15.99 6.08 8,861.49

Current borrowings(Excluding overdraft utilisation) 3,742.35 (683.90) – – 3,058.45

Non-cash financing and investing activities:

2020-21 2019-20

Acquisition of right-of-use assets 61.71 180.23

Acquisition of property plant and equipment 0.60 –





147

Notes to the Financial Statements

1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies mentioned herein are relating to the consolidated financial statements of TVS Motor CompanyLimited and its subsidiaries and associates.

a) Brief description of the Group

TVS Motor Company Limited (the Company) is a public limited company, incorporated and domiciled in India whoseshares are publicly traded. The registered office is located at "Chaitanya", No. 12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600006, Tamil Nadu, India. The Company together with its subsidiaries and associates(collectively referred to as the "Group") operate in a wide range of activities such as manufacturing of automotivevehicles, automotive components, spare parts & accessories thereof, housing development and financial services.


The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified underSection 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] and otherrelevant provisions of the Act.

The financial statement has been prepared on the historical cost convention under accrual basis of accounting exceptfor certain assets and liabilities (as per the accounting policy below), which have been measured at fair value.

These financial statements for the year ended 31st March 2021 have been approved and authorised for issue bythe Board of Directors at its meeting held on 27th April 2021.

Principles of Consolidation

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the group has control. The group controls an entity when the group isexposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect thosereturns through its power to direct the relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from thedate on which control is transferred to the group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The group combines the financial statements of the parent and its subsidiaries line by line adding together likeitems of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealisedgains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless thetransaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries havebeen changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

Non-controlling interests (if any) in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidatedstatement of profit and loss, consolidated statement of changes in equity and balance sheet, respectively.

Associates

Associates are all entities over which the group has significant influence but not control or joint control. (This isgenerally the case where the group holds between 20% and 50% of the voting rights). Investments in associatesare accounted for using the equity method of accounting after initially being recognised at cost.

Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter torecognise the group's share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit and loss, and thegroup's share of other comprehensive income of the investee in other comprehensive income. Dividends receivedor receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of theinvestment.

When the group's share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity,including any other unsecured long-term receivables, the group does not recognise further losses, unless it hasincurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the other entity.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to theextent of the group's interest in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction providesevidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of equity accounted investees have beenchanged where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

The carrying amount of equity accounted investments are tested for impairment in accordance with the policydescribed in note 1(k) below.


148



The subsidiary companies and associates considered in consolidated financial statements are:

Sl. Country ofProportion of ownership

ReportingNo

Name of the Companyincorporation

(interest / voting power) date2020-21 2019-20

1 Subsidiary Companies:

a. Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai India 100% 100% 31-03-2021

b. TVS Housing Limited, Chennai India 100% 100% 31-03-2021

c. TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai India 100% 100% 31-03-2021

d. TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai India 84.52% direct holding 83.95% direct holdingand 0.57% by (c) and 0.59% by (c)

31-03-2021

e. Harita Collection Services Private Limited, Chennai India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

f. Harita ARC Services Private Limited, Chennai India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

g. TVS Micro Finance Private Limited, Chennai India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

h. TVS Commodity Financial SolutionsPrivate Limited, Chennai

India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

i. TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited, Chennai India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

j. TVS Housing Finance Private Limited, Chennai India 100% by (d) 100% by (d) 31-03-2021

k. TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore Singapore 100% 100% 31-03-2021

l. TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. Amsterdam Netherlands 100% 100% 31-03-2021

m. The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited United(Formerly Project 303 BIDCO Limited), UK Kingdom

100% by (k) – 31-03-2021

51.20% direct holding, 49.70% direct holding,n. PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta Indonesia 31.71% by (k) and 32.68% by (k) and 31-03-2021

17.09% by (l) 17.62% by (l)

o. Sundaram Holding USA Inc., Delaware, USA USA 67.72% by (a) 74.58% by (a) 31-03-2021

p. Green Hills Land holding LLC, South Carolina, USA USA 100% by (o) 100% by (o) 31-03-2021

q. Component Equipment Leasing LLC,South Carolina, USA

USA 100% by (o) 100% by (o) 31-03-2021

r. Sundaram-Clayton USA LLC, South Carolina, USA USA 100% by (o) 100% by (o) 31-03-2021

s. Premier Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USA USA 100% by (o) 100% by (o) 31-03-2021

t. Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru India 100% – 31-03-2021

2 Associate Companies:

a. Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai India 48.8% 48.8% 31-03-2021

b. Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru India 29.48% 25.37% 31-03-2021

c. Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru India 23.50% 23.50% 31-03-2021

d. Tagbox Pte Ltd, Singapore Singapore 24.32% by (k) 24.32% by (k) 31-03-2021

e. Predictronics Corp, USA USA 23.49% by (k) 23.49% by (k) 31-12-2020

f. Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA USA 21.72% by (k) – 31-03-2021

g. Altizon Inc, USA USA 20.00% by (k) – 31-03-2021

c) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affectthe amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimatesand assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revisionto accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in the current and future period. The estimates and underlyingassumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.


149



This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of itemswhich are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than thoseoriginally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in the relevantnotes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.

d) Significant Estimates and judgments

The areas involving critical estimates or judgments are:

i) Estimation of fair value of unlisted securities - (Refer Note 34).

ii) Defined benefit obligation - (Refer Note 39).

iii) Estimation of useful life of Property, Plant and Equipment - Refer Note 1(f) and 1(g).

iv) Estimation and evaluation of provisions and contingencies relating to tax litigations (Refer Note Note 45(a).)

v) Estimation of impairment of goodwill. (Refer Note 38).


Sale of automotive vehicles, parts and automotive components

Revenue is recognised when the performance obligations are satisfied and the control of the goods is transferred,being when the goods are delivered as per the relevant terms of the contract at which point in time, the Group hasa right to payment for the goods, customer has possession and legal title to the goods, customer bears significantrisk and rewards of ownership and the customer has accepted the goods or the Group has objective evidence thatall criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.

Payment for the sale is made as per the credit terms in the agreements with the customers. The credit period isgenerally short term, thus there is no significant financing component.

The Group's contracts with customers does not provide for any right to returns, refunds or similar obligations.The Group's obligation to repair or replace faulty products under standard warranty terms is recognised as aprovision (Refer Note 43).

Sale of services

The Group also earns revenue from providing IT services and Royalty on usage of Group's technical knowhow.

In respect of IT service, the revenue is recognised on a time proportion basis as the customer simultaneouslyreceives and consumes the benefits as the obligations are performed. Payment for the services provided arereceived as per the credit terms agreed with the customers. The credit period is generally short term, and thus thereis no significant financing component.

In respect of Royalty, the performance obligation is, to provide the right-to-use the Group's technical knowhow bythe customers, for which usage-based royalty is charged. Payment for the services provided is received as per thecredit terms as agreed with the customers. The credit period is generally short term, and thus there is no significantfinancing component.

Revenue from financing

Interest income for loans [other than Purchase of Originally Credit Impaired (POCI)] is recognised using the EffectiveInterest Rate (EIR) method.

For financial assets that are not "POCI" but have subsequently become credit-impaired (or 'stage-3'), for which interestrevenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortised cost (i.e. net of the expected credit lossprovision).

Income in the nature of overdue interest, and bounce charges are recognized on realization, due to uncertainty ofcollection.

Significant judgements

There are no significant judgements made by the Group in determining the timing of satisfaction of performanceobligation. It is determined as per the terms of the contract. In case of multiple performance obligations, the Groupuses the adjusted market assessment approach to allocate the transaction price between multiple performanceobligations. If a discount is granted, the same is adjusted against the transaction price of the contract.


150



f) Property, Plant and EquipmentProperty, plant and equipment (including furniture, fixtures, vehicles, etc.) are held for use in the production or supply ofgoods or services, or for administrative purposes. Freehold Land is carried at historical cost. All other items of Property,Plant and Equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation / amortization andimpairment, if any. Cost includes purchase price, taxes and duties, labour cost and directly attributable overheadsincurred upto the date the asset is ready for its intended use. However, cost excludes Goods and Services Tax to theextent credit of the duty or tax is availed of.Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, onlywhen it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the itemcan be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as separate asset is derecognizedwhen replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the reporting period in which theyare incurred.Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in thestatement of profit or loss within other income / expense.

g) Depreciation and amortization

i) Depreciation on tangible fixed assets is charged over the estimated useful life of the asset or part of the asset (afterconsidering double/triple shift) as evaluated by a Chartered Engineer, on straight line method, in accordance withPart A of Schedule II to the Companies Act, 2013.

ii) Keeping in mind the rigorous and periodic maintenance programme followed by the Group, the estimated useful lifeof the tangible fixed assets as assessed by the Chartered Engineer and followed by the Group is given below:

Description Years

Factory building and other buildings 5 to 61

Plant and machinery 4 to 21

Electrical equipment 15

Furniture and fixtures 4 to10

Computers and information systems 3 to 4

Material handling equipment 5

Mobile phone 2

Vehicles 5 to 6

iii) Tools and dies used for two wheelers are depreciated based on quantity of components manufactured and the lifeof tools and dies, subject to a maximum of 5 years. Tools and dies used for low volume model operations aredepreciated at 11.31%.

iv) Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted, if appropriate, for each reporting period.

v) On tangible fixed assets added / disposed of during the year, depreciation is charged on pro-rata basis from the dateof addition / till the date of disposal.

vi) Depreciation in respect of tangible assets costing less than $ 5,000/- is provided at 100%.

h) Investment propertiesProperty that is held for long term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that is not occupied by the group isclassified as investment property. Investment Property is measured initially at its cost including related transaction costwhere applicable, borrowing cost. Subsequent expenditure is capitalised to the assets carrying amount only when it isprobable that future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the group and the cost of the item ismeasured reliably.

i) Intangible assetsGoodwillGoodwill on acquisition of business is included in intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairmentannually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried atcost less accumulated impairment losses, if any.Goodwill is allocated to the cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to thosecash generating units or group of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in


151



which the goodwill arose. The units or group of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored forinternal management purposes, which in our case are the cash generating units.

Other intangible assetsIntangible assets acquired separately:

Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately and the estimated useful life is more than oneyear, is capitalised and carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Internally-generated intangible assets - research and development expenditure:

Expenditure on research activities is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. An internallygenerated intangible asset arising from development phase of internal project is recognised, if and only if, the conditionsunder the Ind AS 34 – Intangible Asset, are fulfilled. If the conditions are not fulfilled the same is recognised in profit orloss in the period in which it is incurred.

The intangible assets are amortised on straight line basis over its useful life, viz., 2 years in the case of software and6 to 10 years in the case of Design, Development and Technical knowhow.

j) Loans (receivable from financing activity)The Loans (receivable from financing activity) are stated the contract value plus transaction costs less originationincome that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the loan. Interest income is recognised using the EffectiveInterest Rate (EIR) method. Loans are stated at carrying value less impairment loss.

k) ImpairmentAssets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amountmay not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset's carrying amountexceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs of disposaland value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which thereare separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groupsof assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewedfor possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

l) Foreign currency translation(i) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environmentin which the entity operates ('the functional currency'). The consolidated financial statements are prepared in INRand all values are rounded off to nearest crore.

(ii) Transactions and balancesTransactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of transaction.i) Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities such as cash, receivables, payables, etc., are translated at

year end exchange rates.ii) Non-monetary items denominated in foreign currency such as investments, fixed assets, etc., are valued at

the exchange rate prevailing on the date of transaction. Non-monetary investments measured at fair value ina foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. Thegain or loss arising on account of such translation is recognized in OCI or Profit or Loss in line with thedesignation of the respective item.

iii) Exchange differences arising on settlement of transactions and translation of monetary items are recognisedas income or expense in the year in which they arise.

(iii) Group companies

The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationaryeconomy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentationcurrency in the following manner:

a) assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;

b) income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximationof the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expensesare translated at the dates of the transactions); and

c) all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.


152



m) Hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date when a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequentlyremeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair valuedepends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item beinghedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

• hedges of the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges)

• hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probableforecast transactions (cash flow hedges), or

• hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments andhedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. TheGroup also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives thatare used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values orcash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 34. Movementsin the hedging reserve in shareholders' equity are shown in Note 35. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classifiedas a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months; it is classifiedas a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that is designated and qualify as cash flow hedges isrecognised in the other comprehensive income in cash flow hedging reserve within equity, limited to the cumulativechange in fair value of the hedged item on a present value basis from the inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relatingto the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in statement of profit or loss.

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Group generally designates only the change in fairvalue of the forward contract related to the spot component as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to theeffective portion of the change in the spot component of the forward contracts are recognised in other comprehensiveincome in cash flow hedging reserve within equity. In some cases, the entity may designate the full change in fair valueof the forward contract (including forward points) as the hedging instrument. In such cases, the gains and losses relatingto the effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire forward contract are recognised in the cash flow hedgingreserve within equity.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss(for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place).

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedgeaccounting, any cumulative deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time remains in equityuntil the forecast transaction occurs. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gainor loss and deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately reclassified to the statement of profitor loss.

n) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

i) Cost of raw materials, components, stores and spares are ascertained on a moving average basis.

ii) Cost of finished goods and work-in-progress comprise of direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportionof variable and fixed overhead, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Costs areassigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average costs. Costs of purchased inventory aredetermined after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinarycourse of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.Materials and supplies held for use in production of inventories are not written down if the finished products in whichthey will be used are expected to be sold at or above cost. Slow and non-moving material, obsolescence, defectiveinventories are duly provided for.

iii) Land held for development / sale by the real estate subsidiary is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.Cost includes cost of acquisition and all related costs.


153



o) Employee benefits

i) Short term obligations:Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in respect ofemployees' services upto the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paidwhen the liabilities are settled. The liabilities are presented as current employee benefit obligations in the balancesheet.

ii) Other long term obligations:

The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period inwhich the employees render the related service. They are, therefore, measured at the present value of the expectedfuture payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee upto the end of reporting period using theprojected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting periodthat have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experienceadjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in other comprehensive income.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditionalright to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actualsettlement is expected to occur.

iii) Post-employment obligation:The Group operates the following post-employment schemes:a) Defined benefit plans such as gratuity for its eligible employees, pension plan for its eligible senior managers;

andb) Defined contribution plans such as provident fund.

Pension and gratuity obligation:

The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension and gratuity plan is thepresent value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. Thedefined benefit obligation is calculated annually by Actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimatedfuture cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the Government Bonds thathave terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligationand the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the statement of profit andloss.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions arerecognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income (net-off deferred tax). They areincluded in retained earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments arerecognised immediately in profit or loss as past service cost.

Provident fund:The eligible employees of the Group are entitled to receive benefits in respect of provident fund, a definedcontribution plan, in which both employees and the Group make monthly contributions at a specified percentageof the covered employees' salary. The provident fund contributions are made to an irrevocable trust set up bythe Company or to the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner. Where irrevocable trust exists, the Group isgenerally liable for annual contributions and any shortfall in the fund assets based on the Government specifiedminimum rates of return. The Group recognises such contributions and shortfall, if any, as an expense in theyear in which it is incurred.

iv) Bonus plans:The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses. The Group recognises a provision where contractuallyobliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.


154



p) Taxes on incomeTax expense comprises of current and deferred taxes.The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period's taxable income based on theapplicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributableto temporary differences and to unused tax losses.The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the endof the reporting period in the countries where the Group's subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxableincome. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicabletax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expectedto be paid to the tax authorities.Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the balance sheet method, on temporary differences arising between thetax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred taxliabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also notaccounted for, if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combinationthat at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax isdetermined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reportingperiod and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income taxliability is settled.Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise thosetemporary differences and losses.Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and taxbases of investments in foreign operations where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporarydifferences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred Tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except in respect of taxable temporarydifferences associated with investments in subsidiaries, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differencescan be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets andliabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to Income Taxes levied by the same taxation authority. Currenttax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either tosettle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in othercomprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income ordirectly in equity, respectively.

Where the Group is entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets or in relation toqualifying expenditure (the Research and Development or other investment allowances), the Group accounts for suchallowances as tax credits, which means that the allowances reduce income tax payable and current tax expense.A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward.

q) Government GrantsGrants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grantwill be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants receivable as compensation for expenses or financial support are recognized in profit or loss ofthe period in which it becomes available.

Government grants relating to the purchase of property, plant and equipment are included in non-current liabilities asdeferred income and are credited to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the expected lives of the related assetsand presented within other income.

In case of waiver of duty under EPCG licence, such grant is considered as revenue grant and recognized in statementof profit and loss on completion of export obligation as approved by Regulatory Authorities.

r) Provisions and contingent liabilitiesi) Provision:

A provision is recorded when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events,it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably


155



estimated. The estimated liability for product warranties is recorded when products are sold based on technicalevaluation.Provisions are measured at the present value of management's best estimate of the expenditure required tosettle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the presentvalue is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specificto the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expenses.

ii) Contingent liabilities:Wherever there is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed onlyby the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of theentity or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognised because (a) it is not probable thatan outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or (b) the amountof the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability are considered as contingent liabilities. Showcause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

s) Segment reporting

The Group has identified the operating segments on the basis of individual companies operations as reported in amanner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker.The Group has identified the following business segments as reportable segments, (on the basis of products andproduction process) viz., (1) Automotive vehicles and parts, (2) Automotive components, (3) Financial services and(4) Others.

t) LeasesFrom 1st April 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which theleased asset is available for use by the Group. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components.The Group allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relativestand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Group is a lessee, it has elected not to separatelease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include thenet present value of the following lease payments:

• fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

• variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at thecommencement date

• amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees• the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement ofthe liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot bereadily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee's incremental borrowing rate isused, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an assetof similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the respective Company:• where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted

to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received,

• uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by theCompany which does not have recent third party financing, and

• makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security.The Group if exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which arenot included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index orrate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss overthe lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability foreach period.


156



Variable lease payments are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers thosepayments occurs.Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability,• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received,

• any initial direct costs, and

• restoration costs.Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on astraight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset isdepreciated over the underlying asset's useful life.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on astraight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months orless. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

u) Cash and Cash equivalentsFor the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand,deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities ofthree months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificantrisk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in thebalance sheet.

v) Trade receivablesTrade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effectiveinterest method, less provision for impairment.

w) Contract liabilitiesA contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods to a customer for which the Group has received consideration (oran amount of consideration is due) from the customer. If a customer pays consideration before the Group transfersgoods or services to the customer, a contract liability is recognised when the consideration is received. Contractliabilities are recognised as revenue when the Group performs under the contract.

x) Investments and Other financial assets

i) Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories:

• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or throughprofit or loss), and

• Those measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity's business model for managing the financial assets and the contractualterms of the cash flow.

ii) MeasurementAt Initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus transaction cost (in the case of afinancial asset not a fair value through profit or loss) that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financialasset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit orloss.

Debt Instruments:Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group's business model for managing the assetand the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Groupclassifies its debt instruments.

Amortised Cost:Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments ofprincipal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequentlymeasured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when the asset


157




is de-recognised or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using theeffective interest rate method.

Fair Value through profit or loss:Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income(FVOCI) are measured at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (FVTPL). A gain or loss on a debt investment that issubsequently measured at FVTPL and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss andpresented in the statement of profit and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises. Interestincome from these financial assets is included in other income.

Equity instruments:The Group subsequently measures all its investments in equity (except of the subsidiaries / associate) at fair value.

Where the Group's management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in othercomprehensive income, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss.Dividends from such investments are recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Group's right toreceive payments is established.

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reportedseparately.

Where the Group elects to measure fair value through profit and loss, changes in the fair value of such financialassets are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

iii) Impairment of financial assetsThe Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried atamortised cost and FVOCI debt instruments. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether therehas been significant increase in credit risk. Note 35 and Note 36 details how the Group determines whether therehas been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments,which requires expected credit losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

For loans given by financial enterprise the impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has beena significant increase in credit risk. Note 36 details how the Group determines whether there has been a significantincrease in credit risk.

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount ofthe assets.

iv) Derecognition of financial assetsA financial asset is derecognised only when:a) the Group has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset or

b) the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but assumes a contractualobligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Group evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks andrewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognised. Where the entity hasnot transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is notderecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownershipof the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Group has not retained control of the financial asset.Where the Group retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to the extent ofcontinuing involvement in the financial asset.

v) Income recognition

Interest Income:Interest income from debt instruments is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interestrate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial assetto the gross carrying value of a financial asset. While calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates theexpected cash flows by considering all the contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment,extension, call and similar options), but does not consider the expected credit losses.

158




Dividends:Dividends are recognised in profit or loss only when the right to receive payment is established, it is probable that theeconomic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group, and the amount of dividend can be reliablymeasured.

y) BorrowingsBorrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measuredat amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognisedin profit or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the established loanfacilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will bedrawn down.Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled orexpired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred toanother party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognisedin profit or loss as other gain / (loss).Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of theliability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

z) Borrowing costsGeneral and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of aqualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for itsintended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for theirintended use or sale. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

aa) Current and Non-current classificationThe Group presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.Cash or cash equivalent is treated as current, unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for atleast twelve months after the reporting period. In respect of other assets, it is treated as current when it is:• expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle• held primarily for the purpose of trading• expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period.All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is treated as current when:• it is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle• it is held primarily for the purpose of trading• it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or• there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting

period.All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current assets and liabilities. The operating cycle is the timebetween the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Group hasidentified twelve months as its operating cycle for all entities within the group other than real estate.

The normal operating cycle in respect of operation relating to real estate project depends on signing of agreement, sizeof the project, phasing of the project, type of development, project complexities, approvals needed and realisation ofproject into cash and cash equivalents and range from 3 to 7 years. Accordingly, assets and liabilities have beenclassified into current and non-current based on operating cycle.

ab) Earnings Per Share (EPS):Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit after tax (attributable to the owners) by the weightedaverage number of equity shares outstanding during the year / period.Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the profit after tax as adjusted for dividend, interest and other chargesto expense or income relating to the dilutive potential equity shares, by the weighted average number of equity sharesconsidered for deriving basic earnings per share and the weighted average number of equity shares which could havebeen issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares.

159

2 PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS





Design Total

equipment & fixtures equipmentDevelop- Trade

ment Mark1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 291.52 946.44 4,485.16 114.92 57.36 217.02 6,112.42 118.44 266.23 – 384.67

Additions 39.29 29.20 365.54 14.33 10.31 25.86 484.53 14.00 171.19 240.23 425.42

Foreign exchange translation reserveadjustments 7.61 3.30 7.95 (0.10) 0.02 (0.00) 18.78 – – – –

Sub-total 338.42 978.94 4,858.65 129.15 67.69 242.88 6,615.73 132.44 437.42 240.23 810.09

Sales / deletion – – 40.25 0.42 3.02 3.10 46.79 – – – –

Total 338.42 978.94 4,818.40 128.73 64.67 239.78 6,568.94 132.44 437.42 240.23 810.09

Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2019 – 255.43 2,557.66 64.37 33.28 135.18 3,045.92 100.52 101.16 – 201.68

For the year – 37.64 334.25 16.63 6.15 39.03 433.70 15.95 64.02 – 79.97

Foreign exchange translation reserveadjustments – 1.90 4.81 (0.02) 0.04 0.21 6.94 – – – –

Sub-total – 294.97 2,896.72 80.98 39.47 174.42 3,486.56 116.47 165.18 – 281.65

Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted – – 35.91 0.33 2.23 3.00 41.47 – – –

Total – 294.97 2,860.81 80.65 37.24 171.42 3,445.09 116.47 165.18 – 281.65

Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 338.42 683.97 1,957.59 48.08 27.43 68.36 3,123.85 15.97 272.24 240.23 528.44


(c) Pre-operative expenses 746.48

Total 873.89

a) Cost of buildings includes $ 26.36 crores pertaining to buildings constructed on leasehold lands.b) Land includes lease hold land of $ 0.51 crores, whose ownership is transferrable at the end of the lease term.c) Borrowing cost capitalised during the year - $ 30.65 crores.

Rupees in crores



160



As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

3 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

Opening gross carrying amount 137.70 137.70

Additions – –

Deletions – –

Closing gross carrying amount (A) 137.70 137.70

Opening accumulated depreciation – –

Additions – –

Deletions – –

Closing accumulated depreciation (B) – –

Total investment properties (A) - (B) 137.70 137.70

2 PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS - (continued)





Design Total

equipment & fixtures equipmentDevelop- Trade

ment Mark1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2019 293.55 886.35 4,126.16 104.93 30.77 190.76 5,632.52 107.50 97.71 – 205.21

Additions 7.54 61.97 429.04 10.96 15.65 47.39 572.55 11.41 168.52 – 179.93

Foreign exchange translation reserveadjustments (2.55) (1.74) (4.19) 0.18 0.12 (0.15) (8.33) – – – –

Sub-total 298.54 946.58 4,551.01 116.07 46.54 238.00 6,196.74 118.91 266.23 – 385.14

Sales / deletion 0.07 0.14 65.85 1.15 1.83 8.33 77.37 0.46 – – 0.46

Ind AS 116 transition 6.90 – – – – – 6.90 – – – –

Total 291.57 946.44 4,485.16 114.92 44.71 229.67 6,112.47 118.45 266.23 – 384.68

Depreciation / Amortisation

Upto 31-03-2019 – 219.85 2,246.24 50.22 15.54 121.86 2,653.71 83.26 59.97 – 143.23

For the year – 36.83 359.97 14.92 5.14 35.51 452.37 17.72 41.19 – 58.91

Foreign exchange translation reserveadjustments – (1.11) (2.74) 0.04 0.04 (0.03) (3.80) – – – –

Sub-total – 255.57 2,603.47 65.18 20.72 157.34 3,102.28 100.98 101.16 – 202.14

Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted – 0.14 45.80 0.80 1.46 8.15 56.35 0.46 – – 0.46

Total – 255.43 2,557.67 64.38 19.26 149.19 3,045.93 100.52 101.16 – 201.68

Carrying value

As at 31-03-2020 291.57 691.01 1,927.49 50.54 25.45 80.48 3,066.54 17.93 165.07 – 183.00


(c) Pre-operative expenses 611.64

Total 847.14

a) Cost of buildings includes $ 24.85 crores pertaining to buildings constructed on leasehold lands.b) Land includes lease hold land of $ 0.51 crores, whose ownership is transferrable at the end of the lease term.c) Borrowing cost capitalised during the year - $ 23.68 crores.

Rupees in crores

161

5 NON CURRENT INVESTMENTS

Sl.No. of shares / units Face Value Currency Rupees in crores

No. Particulars As at As at As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(a) Investment in Equity InstrumentsFair valued through OCI:

Quoted :

(i) Suprajit Engineering Limited, Bengaluru 2,892,000 2,892,000 1.00 INR 79.67 32.56

(ii) Ucal Fuel Systems Limited, Chennai 91,760 91,760 10.00 INR 1.28 0.67

Unquoted :

(iii) Green Infra BTV Limited, New Delhi 3,250,000 3,250,000 10.00 INR 1.50 1.39

(iv) TVS Lanka (Private) Limited, Colombo 5,000,000 5,000,000 10.00 LKR 8.23 9.62

(v) Green Infra Wind Power Projects Limited, New Delhi 111,600 111,600 10.00 INR 0.06 0.06

(vi) Green Infra Wind Energy Theni Limited, New Delhi 3,434,477 3,434,477 10.00 INR 1.59 1.47

(vii) Green Infra Wind Power Generation Limited, New Delhi 216,000 216,000 10.00 INR 0.15 0.13

(viii) Condivision Solutions Pvt. Limited, Bengaluru 6,760 6,760 10.00 INR – –

(ix) Mulanur Renewable Energy Pvt. Limited, Chennai 15,000 15,000 10.00 INR 0.02 0.02

(x) PHI Research Pvt. Limited, Chennai 350,000 350,000 10.00 INR 3.01 3.01

(xi) Atria Wind Power Bijapur 1 Limited, Bengaluru 85,788 90,610 10.00 INR 1.66 1.72

(xii) Atria wind power (chitradurga) P Ltd, Bengaluru 80,948 80,948 100.00 INR 0.41 0.38

(xiii) Altizon Systems Private Limited, Pune 10 10 10.00 INR 0.01 0.01

(xiv) Altizon Inc*, USA – 530,543 0.00001 USD – 17.76

(xv) Scienaptic Systems Inc.*, USA – 2,195,999 0.001 USD – 49.83

Total value of Equity Instruments (a) 97.59 118.63


4 RIGHT OF USE ASSET

Rupees in croresS.No. Particulars Land Building Others Total

(a) Opening balance as on 01-04-2019 (on transition toInd AS 116 - Leases) 18.95 63.38 18.37 100.70

(b) Additions – 77.69 102.54 180.23

(c) Amortisation (0.33) (21.08) (23.31) (44.72)

(d) Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments – – (0.45) (0.45)

(e) Deletions (Preclosures) – (0.62) – (0.62)

(f) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2020 18.62 119.37 97.15 235.14

(g) Additions – 39.50 22.21 61.71

(h) Amortisation (0.32) (26.15) (24.68) (51.15)

(i) Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments – (0.02) 2.09 2.07

(j) Deletions (Preclosures) (5.02) – – (5.02)

(k) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 13.28 132.70 96.77 242.75

The Group has taken land, warehouses and sales offices on lease for lease period ranging from 6-99 years. The Groupalso has other assets on leases, the lease term ranges for about 5 years.

Wherever the lease includes extension option and it is certain, the same is considered for computing the lease term.In rest of the cases, the term is limited to initial lease period. Lease term includes non-cancellable period and expectedlease period. Payment towards short term leases made during the year was $ 51.63 Cr( Previous year $ 51.01 Cr).Payment towards low value leases made during the year was Nil (Previous year: Nil).


162



5 NON CURRENT INVESTMENTS - (continued)

Sl.No. of shares / units Face Value Currency Rupees in crores

No. Particulars As at As at As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(b) Investments in Preference Shares: (Unquoted)(Valued at Amortised Cost)

(i) Pinnacle Engines Inc., USA (face value 0.01 cent) 2,409,638 2,409,638 0.0001 USD 11.70 11.70

(ii) Axiom Research Labs Private Limited, Delhi 82 82 10.00 INR 1.00 1.00

(iii) TVS Lanka (Private) Limited, Colombo – 370,000,000 1.00 LKR – 15.92

Total value of Preference shares (b) 12.70 28.62

(c) Other non-current Investments (Unquoted):

Investments fair valued through OCI:

(i) Autotech Fund I L.P., USA USD 40.43 21.01

(ii) Harita Accessories LLP INR 1.07 1.07

Pension Funds / Government Securities(Valued at Amortised Cost):

(iii) ICICI Prudential Life Insurance GroupSuperannuation Fund, Mumbai INR 6.69 6.25

(iv) Life Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai INR 21.55 19.72

(v) Investment in Mutual Funds INR 0.36 0.41

Total value of other non-current investments (c) 70.10 48.46

Total (a) + (b) + (c) 180.39 195.71

Aggregate amount of quoted investments andmarket value thereof 80.95 33.23

Aggregate amount of unquoted investments 99.44 162.48

Total 180.39 195.71

All Investments are fully paid up.

* Scienaptic Systems Inc and Altizon Inc became associates with effect from 28-09-2020 and 01-02-2021 respectively. Hence the equity holdingsunder these companies are disclosed under Investments Accounted Using Equity Method (Note no 8) as at 31st March 2021. (For the year ended31.03.2020 the same were disclosed as Investment in Equity Instruments Fair valued through OCI (Note 5)).

163


As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

7 NON-CURRENT ASSETS - OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Deposits 12.73 11.06Loans given to employees 1.39 1.82Other bank balances (Bank deposits) 0.80 0.13Derivative financial instruments - receivable – 23.63

14.92 36.648 INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED USING EQUITY METHOD

Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai, 108.26 112.81[11,12,19,512 (last year - 11,12,19,512) Equity shares]

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru 9.56 9.93[14,850 (last year - 14,850) Equity shares]

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru 35.00 5.00[8,377 (last year - 990) Preference shares]

Predictronics Corp, USA 20.57 21.66[24,827 (last year - 24,827) Equity shares]

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 1.42 1.38[45,710 (last year - 45,710) Equity shares]

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 9.99 9.99[3,83,983 (last year - 3,83,983) Preference shares]

Tagbox Solutions Pte Limited, Singapore 15.01 14.43[2,43,243 (last year - 2,43,243 ) Preference shares]

Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA * 62.68 –[28,05,357 Equity Shares]

Altizon Inc., USA * 25.13 –[8,06,429 Equity Shares]

287.62 175.20

* Scienaptic Systems Inc and Altizon Inc became associates with effect from 28-09-2020 and 01-02-2021 respectively. Hence the equityholdings under these companies are disclosed under Investments Accounted Using Equity Method (Note no 8) as at 31st March 2021.(For the year ended 31.03.2020 the same were disclosed as Investment in Equity Instruments Fair valued through OCI (Note 5)).

Rupees in crores


6 LOANS (RECEIVABLE FROM FINANCING ACTIVITY)


Current Non-current Current Non-current

Secured:Automobile financingConsidered good 4,392.94 4,776.07 4,210.51 3,739.86Considered doubtful 233.71 107.03 224.20 78.68Less: Loss allowanceProvision for expected credit loss (Refer Note 35) (103.86) (109.61) (46.86) (88.89)

Unsecured:Financing (Others)Considered good 1,081.41 591.57 800.92 427.02Considered doubtful 46.12 36.88 32.25 29.63Less: Loss allowanceProvision for expected credit loss (Refer Note 35) (28.48) (41.36) (14.78) (37.81)

Unsecured and considered good:Trade advance and term loan 178.76 1.39 104.36 –Provision for expected credit loss (Refer Note 35) (6.37) – (3.76) –

5,794.23 5,361.97 5,306.84 4,148.49

164

Notes to the Financial Statements - (continued)Rupees in crores


As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

9 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:Deferred tax asset consists of :- tax on depreciation 5.07 4.60- tax on employee benefit expenses 9.53 7.04- tax on expected credit losses provision 78.31 34.76- tax on investment property 14.72 14.72- tax on others 24.05 29.42

Total deferred tax assets (A) 131.68 90.54

Deferred tax liability on other items: (B) 4.06 3.89

Net deferred tax asset (A)-(B) 127.62 86.65

Movement in deferred tax :

Particulars Depreciation Others Total

As at 31-03-2019 131.78

Charged/(credited):

- to profit or loss (1.37) 5.61 4.24


- to share of associate adjustment as per Ind AS 115(Tax on retrospective application with cumulative effect) – (55.31) (55.31)

As at 31-03-2020 86.65

Charged/(credited):

- to profit or loss 0.47 38.92 39.39

- to subsidary incumbent deferred tax asset – 0.33 0.33


As at 31-03-2021 127.62

10 OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Capital advances 61.79 90.30Advances other than capital advances:

Prepaid expenses 16.59 3.27Vendor advance 55.00 –Deposits made 48.23 37.70Others 0.18 0.82

181.79 132.09

11 INVENTORIES

Raw materials and components 748.68 640.65

Goods-in-transit - Raw materials and components 146.88 77.97

Work-in-progress 40.76 52.71

Finished goods 300.62 298.66

Stock-in-trade 85.49 75.31

Stores and spares 45.00 43.17

1,367.43 1,188.47

165



Rupees in crores

12 TRADE RECEIVABLESSecured, considered good 17.19 18.29

Unsecured, considered good* 1,065.13 1,457.76

1,082.31 1,476.05

Less: Loss allowance 46.34 21.69

1,035.97 1,454.36

* Includes balance with related parties [Refer Note 40(c)(i)].



Cash on hand 1.52 1.63

Cash equivalents

Deposits with maturity of less than three month from the date of deposit 702.61 250.28

1,573.76 1,079.69

Cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of cash flow statement

Cash and cash equivalents as shown above 1,573.76 1,079.69

Less : Over drafts utilised (10.80) (38.35)

[Grouped under financial liabilities - Borrowings (Refer Note 22)]

1,562.96 1,041.34

14 BANK BALANCES OTHER THAN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Earmarked balances with banks (for unpaid dividend) 83.09 27.88

83.09 27.8815 FINANCIAL ASSETS - OTHERS (CURRENT)

Unsecured, considered good :

Employee advances 11.35 19.22

Security deposits 6.17 7.32

Claims receivable 0.08 2.18

Interest accrued on Fixed deposit 2.03 –

Receivable towards sale of fixed assets 62.98 62.98

Derivative financial instruments - receivable 3.03 1.49

85.64 93.19

16 OTHER CURRENT ASSETSIT/GST/VAT/Excise receivable 343.66 351.92

Prepaid expense 37.14 36.02

Vendor advance* 158.12 124.89

Trade deposits 3.49 2.66

Export incentive receivable 44.09 64.49

Others 5.39 6.16

591.89 586.14

* Includes balance with related parties [Refer Note 40(c)(i)].

As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

166

18 OTHER EQUITY


General reserve 876.24 876.24Capital reserve 6.51 6.51Statutory reserve 92.51 70.65Retained earnings 2,707.36 2,296.73Other Reserves 96.48 (15.54)

3,779.10 3,234.59



Rupees in crores

As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020


(a) Authorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up



Authorised:Equity shares of Re.1/- each 50,00,00,000 50.00 50,00,00,000 50.00Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:Equity shares of Re.1/- each 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

(b) Reconciliation of equity shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year



Shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51Shares issued during the year – – – –

Shares outstanding at the end of the year 47,50,87,114 47.51 47,50,87,114 47.51

(c) Rights and preferences attached to equity share:

(i) Every shareholder is entitled to such rights as to attend and vote at the meeting of the shareholders, to receivedividends distributed and also has a right in the residual interest of the assets of the company. Every shareholderis also entitled to right of inspection of documents as provided in the Companies Act, 2013.

(ii) There are no restrictions attached to equity shares.

(d) Shares held by holding company at the end of the year



Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai(Holding Company) Equity 27,26,82,786 57.40 27,26,82,786 57.40

(e) Shareholders holding more than five percent at the end of the year (other than (d))



ICICI Prudential Mutual Fund Equity 3,48,50,748 7.34 3,75,05,402 7.89Life Insurance Corporation of India Equity 3,07,10,169 6.46 1,46,41,050 3.08Jwalamukhi Investment Holdings Equity 2,67,00,107 5.62 2,66,90,025 5.62

167



Rupees in crores

19 NON CURRENT LIABILITIES - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS

As at As atStatus as at 31-03-2021

Nature Lenders 31-03-2021 31-03-2020 Interest rate Frequency No. of instal- Maturityments due

Secured Borrowings:

ECB Loan 1 Bank 41.40 63.943 Month USD LIBOR

plus MarginHalf Yearly 7 Mar-2023

ECB Loan 2 Bank 218.70 225.983 Month USD LIBOR

plus MarginQuarterly 4 Feb-2023

ECB Loan 3 Bank 146.05 150.78 8.1% Bullet 1 Aug-2022

ECB Loan 4 Bank 146.05 150.78 8.3% Bullet 1 Sep-2022

ECB Loan 5 Bank 182.56 188.48 8.6% Bullet 1 May-2022

ECB Loan 6 Bank 182.56 188.48 8.6% Bullet 1 Jun-2022

ECB Loan 7 Bank 363.87 – 6.9% Bullet 1 Jul-2023

ECB Loan 8 Bank 343.22 – 6.9% Bullet 1 Oct-2023

FCNRB Loan Bank – 75.67

Term Loan Bank 72.50 75.001 Year MCLRplus Margin

Quarterly 16 Sep-2026

Term Loan Bank – 199.56

Term Loan Bank 79.99 99.98 7.3% Quarterly 8 Mar-2023

Term Loan Bank 52.50 75.00 6.9% Quarterly 7 Oct-2022

Term Loan Bank 159.97 199.95 6.9% Quarterly 8 Feb-2023

Term Loan Bank 16.67 33.34 8.0% Half Yearly 2 Jan-2022

Term Loan Bank 141.64 241.62 5.1% Monthly 17 Aug-2022

Term Loan Bank 100.00 166.67 5.5% Monthly 18 Sep-2022

Term Loan Bank 333.33 500.00 5.9% Monthly 24 Mar-2023


Term Loan Bank 100.00 100.00 7.9% Half Yearly 4 Dec-2022


Term Loan Bank 199.96 199.93 7.5% Bullet 1 Nov-2022

Term Loan Bank 179.97 299.95 7.4% Quarterly 6 Aug-2022

Term Loan Bank 24.59 44.27 6.4% Quarterly 5 Jun-2022

Term Loan Bank 199.86 249.78 7.4% Quarterly 8 Mar-2023






Term Loan Bank 37.50 112.50 7.9% Half Yearly 1 Sep-2021

Term Loan Bank 41.67 125.00 7.5% Monthly 6 Sep-2021


Term Loan Bank 100.00 100.00 8.0% Bullet 1 May-2021


Term Loan Bank 59.89 139.78 7.4% Quarterly 3 Dec-2021

168



Rupees in crores19 NON CURRENT LIABILITIES - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS - (continued)


Nature Lenders 31-03-2021 31-03-2020 Interest rate Frequency No. of instal- Maturityments due


Term Loan Bank 123.98 290.05 7.5% Quarterly 3 Dec-2021





Term Loan Bank 130.00 – 6.3% Quarterly 8 Sep-2023

Term Loan Bank 199.96 – 5.9% Quarterly 8 Nov-2023

Term Loan Bank 299.93 – 5.6% Quarterly 8 Mar-2024

Term Loan Bank 241.67 – 5.9% Monthly 29 Aug-2023

Term Loan Bank 183.33 – 5.0% Monthly 33 Dec-2023

Term Loan Bank 150.00 – 7.4% Half Yearly 6 Feb-2024

Term Loan Bank 224.89 – 8.0% Quarterly 9 May-2023

Term Loan Bank 250.00 – 7.3% Quarterly 10 Mar-2024

Term Loan Bank 99.95 – 7.4% Monthly 36 Mar-2024

Term Loan Bank 179.87 – 7.8% Quarterly 9 Jun-2023

Term Loan Others – 12.57

Term Loan Bank 0.11 – 7.5% Monthly 36 May-2024


Term LoanState ownedcorporation - I

2.63 2.43 0.1% Yearly 1 Apr-2029

Term Loan (4 tranches)State owned

corporation -II 151.20 160.89 0.1% Yearly 4 2022-31

8.35% SecuredDebentures Non Convertible 300.00 – 8.4% Bullet 1 Mar-2023

Debenture

8.35% SecuredDebentures Non Convertible

Debenture 25.00 – 8.4% Bullet 1 Mar-2023

7.4% SecuredDebentures Non Convertible

Debenture 99.74 – 7.4% Bullet 1 Apr-2022

8% SecuredDebentures Non Convertible

Debenture 6.37 – 8.0% Bullet 1 Mar-2026

8% SecuredDebentures Non Convertible

Debenture 45.00 45.12 8.0% Bullet 1 Sep-2021

Unsecured Borrowings:

7.5% NonDebentures Convertible 498.21 – 7.5% Bullet 1 May-2023

Debenture

ECB Loan Bank 121.85 151.333 Month USD LIBOR

plus MarginHalf Yearly 5 Sep-2023

169


19 NON CURRENT LIABILITIES - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS - (continued)


Nature Lenders 31-03-2021 31-03-2020 Interest rate Frequency No. of instal- Maturityrate ments due

Sub Debt Bank 24.96 24.94 9.7% Bullet 1 Sep-2022

Sub Debt Bank 49.98 49.97 8.7% Bullet 1 May-2023

Sub Debt Bank 50.00 50.00 9.8% Bullet 1 Jul-2023

Sub Debt Bank 25.00 25.00 9.7% Bullet 1 Sep-2022

Sub Debt Bank 49.99 49.96 10.0% Bullet 1 Apr-2022

Sub Debt Others – 14.50

Sub Debt Others – 49.96

Sub Debt Others 50.00 50.00 11.8% Bullet 1 Jul-2021

Sub Debt Others 49.96 49.92 11.3% Bullet 1 Sep-2021

Sub Debt Others 49.98 50.00 11.3% Bullet 1 May-2022

Sub Debt Others 99.00 98.71 10.9% Bullet 1 Aug-2024

Sub Debt Others 146.62 – 9.4% Bullet 1 Jun-2026

Sub Debt Others 122.46 – 9.4% Bullet 1 Aug-2026

Sub Debt Others 25.00 – 9.4% Bullet 1 Aug-2026

Sub Debt Others 100.00 – 10.0% Bullet 1 Jul-2026

Perpetual Debt Others 99.84 99.81 11.5% Bullet 1 Nov-2027

Sales Tax Deferral Phase I Others 6.33 12.66 0.0% Annual 1 2021-22

Sales Tax Deferral Phase II Others 110.09 125.82 0.0% Annual 7 2027-28

Total long term borrowings 8,861.49 7,568.85

Less: Current Maturities oflong term borrowings 2,581.23 2,347.62

Total non current financialliabilities (borrowings) 6,280.26 5,221.23


- ECB Loan 1 - Hypothecation of movable fixed assets.

- ECB Loan 2 - Exclusive charge over assets procured out of proceeds of the loan.

- ECB Loan 3-8 availed by a subsidiary is secured against hypothecation of receivables under the financing activity of the Company.

- Term Loan of $ 265.34 Cr (Previous year: $ 301.45 Cr) in USD from bank obtained by a subsidiary - secured by land and building,

- Term loan received from bank of $ 72.50 Cr (Previous year: $ 75.00 Cr) - charge created on land and building and paripasu charge onplant and machinery.

- Term loan received from bank of $ 0.11 Cr - hypothication of inventory and book debts.

- Term Loan received from Banks and Other Parties of $ 4,589.92 Cr inclusive of Current and Non Current Dues by a subsidiary (Previousyear: 4,837.71 Cr as on 31st March, 2020) is secured against hypothecation of receivables under the financing activity of the Company.

- Loan from State owned corporation - I viz., SIPCOT - First charge on the specific plant and equipment.

- Loan from State owned corporation - II viz., SIPCOT - First charge on the specific plant and equipment and also secured by equitablemortgage created by way of deposit of title deeds of land.

- Debentures of $ 51.37 Cr (Previous Year: $ 45.12 Cr) issued by the subsidiary are secured aganist the immovable property.

- Debentures of $ 424.74 Cr (Previous Year: Nil) issued by the subsidiary are secured against hypothecation of receivables under thefinancing activity of the Company.


170



20 PROVISIONS


Current Non-current Current Non-currentProvision for employee benefits: (Refer Note 38)

(a) Pension 32.14 88.78 46.27 75.82(b) Leave salary 12.91 56.72 10.10 44.30(c) Gratuity 3.07 2.28 5.36 2.10

Others:(a) Warranty (Refer Note 43) 37.22 11.66 28.84 9.20

85.34 159.44 90.57 131.42

21 DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES (NET)


31-03-2021 31-03-2020The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:- Depreciation 282.07 261.14- Others 41.16 –Total deferred tax liability (A) 323.23 261.14Deferred tax asset consists of:- tax on employee benefit expenses 33.70 29.85- tax on warranty provision 14.02 11.29- tax on others 56.61 42.72- unused tax credits (MAT credit entitlement) – 3.51Total deferred tax assets (B) 104.33 87.37Net deferred tax liability (A)-(B) 218.90 173.77

Movement in deferred tax :Particulars Depreciation Others Total

As at 31-03-2019 228.74Charged / (credited):- to profit or loss (78.03) 6.68 (71.35)- to other comprehensive income – (32.54) (32.54)- to share of associate adjustment as per Ind AS 115

(Tax on retrospective application with cumulative effect) – (1.55) (1.55)- utilization of tax credits (MAT credit utilization) – 50.91 50.91- unused tax credits (MAT credit entitlement) – (0.44) (0.44)As at 31-03-2020 173.77Charged / (credited):- to profit or loss 20.93 (2.60) 18.33- to other comprehensive income – 26.80 26.80As at 31-03-2021 218.90

22 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS (CURRENT)Borrowings repayable on demand from banks

Secured* 1,800.19 2,444.50Unsecured 497.95 610.00

Short term loans:From banks :

Secured 25.00 –Unsecured – 230.00

From others (unsecured) 746.11 496.20

3,069.25 3,780.70

* Includes overdraft utilisation 10.80 38.35

As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

171


As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020

22 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS (CURRENT) - (continued)Short term borrowings from banks and details of securities created related to subsidiaries:

a) A loan of $ 67.51 crores in USD obtained from a bank, secured by a letter of credit issued by a bank in India.

b) Working capital loan and cash credit of $ 1,721.88 crores secured by hypothecation of receivables under thefinancing activity of the subsidiary.

c) Short term loan of $ 25.00 crores secured by hypothecation of receivables under the financing activity of thesubsidiary.

d) Cash credit of $ 10.80 crores secured by hypothecation of receivables and inventories of the subsidiary, bothpresent and future.

23 TRADE PAYABLES

Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises ** 45.00 121.49Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises# 4,253.60 3,065.35

4,298.60 3,186.84

** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on thebasis of information received by the management. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payableto these enterprises. There is no principal are interest due thereon and remaining unpaid as at the end of the year.

# Includes balances due to related parties [Refer Note 40(c)(ii)].


Current Maturities of long term borrowings 2,581.23 2,347.62

Interest accrued but not due on loans 115.45 47.22

Interest accrued and due on loans * 0.64 0.72

Trade deposits received 89.84 67.34

Unclaimed dividends (Not due for transfer toInvestor Education and Protection Fund) 4.32 4.87

Dividend declared but not paid 66.51 -

Payables against capital goods 14.42 23.59

Hedge liability 0.46 41.94

Others 31.35 5.07

2,904.22 2,538.37

* Subsidary has made funds available with the banks and the same has been appropriated subsequently.




Employee related 149.89 102.58


Deferred income 5.48 –

Money held under trust – 6.47

487.64 381.14

172




27 OTHER INCOMEDividend income from other investments designated as fair valued through OCI 0.20 1.26

Interest income 32.88 26.64

Profit on sale of investments (Net) 0.04 0.03

Profit on sale of fixed assets (Net) – 2.28

Bad debts recovered 1.33 11.57

Other non-operating income 12.77 10.05

47.22 51.83

28 MATERIAL COST

Cost of materials consumed

Opening stock of raw materials and components 640.65 712.96

Add: Purchases 12,808.76 11,978.53

13,449.41 12,691.49

Less: Closing stock of raw materials and components 748.68 640.65

12,700.73 12,050.84

Purchases of stock-in-trade 224.92 259.20

Changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress and stock-in-trade:

Opening stock:




(A) 426.68 433.41

Closing stock:




(B) 426.87 426.68

(A)-(B) (0.19) 6.73


Sale of products 17,015.40 16,467.69Sale of services 15.50 31.82Interest income of financial enterprise 2,041.82 1,821.51Other operating revenue# 348.10 528.29

19,420.82 18,849.31# Includes Government Grants of $ 107.72 Cr (Last year $ 189.94 Cr)


Salaries, wages and bonus 1,501.69 1,349.41

Contribution to provident and other funds 100.15 84.09

Staff welfare expenses 87.53 105.85 1,689.37 1,539.35

173



32 OTHER EXPENSES

(a) Consumption of stores, spares and tools 50.09 55.69

(b) Power and fuel 96.14 112.75

(c) Repairs - buildings 16.29 13.57


(e) Insurance 26.41 19.63

(f) Rates and taxes (excluding taxes on income) 16.43 8.96

(g) Audit fees # 2.74 2.80

(h) Cost audit fees 0.06 0.06

(i) Packing and freight charges 335.26 410.42

(j) Advertisement and publicity 322.64 424.31

(k) Other marketing expenses 278.95 357.69

(l) Loss on sale of fixed assets (Net) 1.96 –

(m) Foreign exchange loss (Net) 32.92 8.24

(n) Loss allowance for expected credit losses relating to loans 466.79 273.73

(o) Corporate social responsibility expenditure* 22.71 20.96

(p) Contributions to electoral trust/Bonds – 6.00

(q) Miscellaneous expenses (under this head there is no expenditure which isin excess of 1% of revenue from operations or $ 10 lakh, whichever is higher) 822.92 920.53

2,568.16 2,720.14# Refer Note 44 for details on audit fees.

* Refer Note 46 for details on Corporate Social Responsibility expenditure.

33 TAX EXPENSE AND RECONCILIATION(a) Tax expense

Current tax:Current tax on profits for the year 249.76 285.75Adjustments for current tax of prior periods – 8.90

(A) 249.76 294.65

Deferred tax:Decrease / (increase) in deferred tax assets (97.89) (2.82)(Decrease) / increase in deferred tax liabilities 62.26 (72.77)Unused tax (credit) [MAT credit entitlement] – (0.40)Unused MAT (credit) of prior period – (0.04)

(B) (35.63) (76.03)

(A) + (B) 214.13 218.62



Depreciation on property plant and equipment 433.70 452.37Amortisation on right of use asset 51.15 44.72Amortisation on intangible assets 79.97 58.91

564.82 556.00

30 FINANCE COSTS

Interest 706.46 650.91Other borrowing cost 183.58 165.13Interest on lease liabilities 11.89 14.67Exchange differences (20.44) 23.83

881.49 854.54

174


34 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS


FVTPL* FVOCI* Amortised cost FVTPL* FVOCI* Amortised cost

Financial assets

Investments

- Equity instruments – 97.59 – – 118.63 –

- Preference shares – – 12.70 – – 28.62

- Other non current investments 0.36 41.50 – 0.41 22.08 –

- Debt Instruments – – 28.24 – – 25.97

Trade receivables – – 1,035.97 – – 1,454.36

Loans (receivable fromfinancing activity) – – 11,156.20 – – 9,455.33

Fixed deposit with banks – – 0.80 – – 0.13

Cash and cash equivalents – – 1,573.76 – – 1,079.69

Earmarked balances with banks – – 83.09 – 27.88

Derivative financial asset – 3.03 – – 25.12 –

Other financial assets – – 96.73 – – 104.58

Total financial assets 0.36 142.12 13,987.49 0.41 165.83 12,176.56


Borrowings – – 11,930.74 – – 11,349.55

Trade payables – – 4,298.60 – – 3,186.84

Derivative financial liability – 0.46 – – 41.94 –

Lease liability – – 248.42 – – 241.90

Other financial liability – – 348.64 – – 158.65

Total financial liabilities – 0.46 16,826.40 – 41.94 14,936.94


* FVTPL - Fair Valued Through Profit and Loss FVOCI - Fair Valued Through Other Comprehensive Income

Rupees in crores

33 TAX EXPENSE AND RECONCILIATION - (continued)

(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by India’s tax rate:


Tax expense at the Indian tax rate of 25.168% (Previous year 34.944%) 206.79 302.41

Add/(less) tax impact on:

Additional deduction towards Research & Development expenses – (48.97)

Capital receipts (0.76) (1.97)

Exempted income (0.84)

Partially allowed deductions 5.06 15.65

Restatement of Deferred Tax Liability – (74.00)

Others 3.04 –

Tax differences due to subsidiary adjustments – 17.44

Tax relating to earlier years – 8.90

214.13 218.62

Year ended Year ended31-03-2021 31-03-2020

175



Rupees in crores34 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - (continued)

(i) Fair value hierarchy

This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financialinstruments that are recognised and measured at fair value and that are measured at amortised cost, for whichfair values are disclosed in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputsused in determining fair value, the Company has classified its financial instruments into the three levelsprescribed under the accounting standard. An explanation of each level follows underneath the table.



Financial assets

Financial Investments at FVTPL 5 0.36 – – 0.36

Financial Investments at FVOCI 5 80.95 41.50 16.64 139.09

Derivatives 16 – 3.03 – 3.03

81.31 44.53 16.64 142.48


Derivatives 24 – 0.46 – 0.46

– 0.46 – 0.46



Financial assets

Investments

Preference shares 5 12.70 12.70

Debt instruments 5 28.24 28.24

– – 40.94 40.94


Borrowings 19, 22 & 24 11,930.74 11,930.74

– – 11,930.74 11,930.74


Financial assetsFinancial Investments at FVTPL 5 0.41 – – 0.41Financial Investments at FVOCI 5 33.23 22.08 85.40 140.71Derivatives 7, 15 – 25.12 – 25.12

33.64 47.20 85.40 166.24Financial liabilitiesDerivatives 24 – 41.94 – 41.94

– 41.94 – 41.94


176




Level 1: This hierarchy includes financial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes listed equityinstruments that have quoted price. The fair value of all equity instruments (including bonds) which are traded in

the stock exchanges is valued using the closing price as at the end of the reporting period. The mutual funds are

valued using the closing NAV.

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuationtechniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific

estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included inlevel 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included

in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities, preference shares and other non current investments

included in level 3.

There are no transfers among three levels.

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers in and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the

reporting period.

(ii) Valuation technique used to determine fair value (Level 2)


- the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments.

- the fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of estimated cash flows based onobservable yield curves.

- the fair value of forward exchange contract and principal only swap is determined using forward exchange rate

at the balance sheet date.




Financial assetsInvestmentsPreference shares 5 – – 28.62 28.62Debt instruments 5 – – 25.97 25.97

– – 54.59 54.59Financial liabilities

Borrowings 19, 22 & 24 – – 11,349.55 11,349.55 – – 11,349.55 11,349.55

177


Rupees in crores


34 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS - (continued)

(iii) Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

Particulars Unlisted Equity Shares

As at 01-04-2019 20.32

Additions / (deletions) 67.74

Gains / (losses) recognised in profit or loss 0.03

Gains / (losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (2.69)

As at 31-03-2020 85.40

Additions / (deletions) (0.10)

Investment in associate - accounted using equity method (67.59)

Gains / (losses) recognised in profit or loss 0.04

Gains / (losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (1.11)

As at 31-03-2021 16.64

(iv) Valuation inputs and relationships to fair value

Particulars Fair value as atSignificant unobservable input

Probability weighted rangefor the year ended

31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Unquoted Equity shares* 16.64 85.40 a) Earnings growth rate 1-3% 1-3%

b) Risk adjusted discount rate 8% 8%

* Sensitivity is not significant.

(v) Valuation processes

Discount rates are determined using a capital asset pricing model to calculate a pretax rate that reflects currentmarket assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. Earnings growth factor of preferenceshares are based on cash flow projections of future earnings of the Company and unlisted equity securities areestimated based on market information for similar types of companies. Risk adjustments have been derived basedon the market risk premium adjusted for companies relevant financial data.

(vi) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020Particulars Carrying Fair Carrying Fair

amount value amount value

Financial assets

InvestmentsPreference shares 12.70 12.70 28.62 28.62Debt instruments 28.24 28.24 25.97 25.97

40.94 40.94 54.59 54.59Financial liabilitiesBorrowings 11,930.74 11,930.74 11,349.55 11,349.55

11,930.74 11,930.74 11,349.55 11,349.55

The carrying amounts of trade receivables, trade payables, cash and cash equivalents and other current financialassets and liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

The fair values for preference shares and other debt instruments were calculated based on cash flows discounted usinga current lending rate, which approximates the carrying value. They are classified as level 3 fair values in the fair valuehierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputs, including counterparty credit risk.

The fair values of non-current borrowings are based on discounted cash flows using a current borrowing rate, whichapproximates the carrying value. They are classified as level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusionof unobservable inputs including own credit risk.

For financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, the carrying amounts are equal to the fair values.

178


Rupees in crores


35 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENTThe Group’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. This note explains the sources of riskwhich the entity is exposed to and how the entity manages the risk and the impact of hedge accounting in thefinancial statements.


Credit risk primarily arises from cash and cash equivalents, trade receivablesand investments carried at amortised cost. The Company considers theprobability of default upon initial recognition of asset and whether therehas been a significant increase in credit risk on an ongoing basisthroughout each reporting period. To assess whether there is a significantincrease in credit risk the Company compares the risk of a defaultoccurring on the asset as at the reporting date with the risk of default asat the date of initial recognition. It considers available, reasonable andsupportive forward-looking information (more specifically described below).In general, it is presumed that credit risk has significantly increased sinceinitial recognition if the payments are more than 30 days past due. Adefault on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to makecontractual payments within 60 days, when they fall due. This definition ofdefault is determined by considering the business environment in whichentity operates and other macro-economic factors.

Surplus cash is deposited only with banks / financial institutions with a highexternal credit rating.

Domestic sales to the Dealers are based on advance payments receivedthrough banking channels or through inventory funding facilities availedby them from the banks. The Company extends limited credit to the dealersand such extension of credit is based on dealers' credit worthiness, abilityto repay and past track record. The Company has extensive reporting andreview system to constantly monitor the outstandings.

The Company's export business is mostly based on Letters of credit. Exportreceivables are also covered through Insurance with ECGC Limited.

The company’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flowsin major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary tomeet these, monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal andexternal regulatory requirements and maintaining debt financing plans. TheCompany works out a detailed annual operating plans to assess the fundrequirements - both short term and long term. Detailed month wise cashflow forecast is also carried out along with required sensitivities. Based onthese factors adequate working capital credit limits are organised in advance.Company has pre-approved credit lines with various banks and these areconstantly reviewed and approved by the Board. For long term fundrequirements, Company targets various options such as rupee term loan,external commercial borrowing, debentures etc. The Company obtains acredit rating for the various borrowing facilities on annual basis. Companyconstantly monitors the free cash flow from operations to ensure that theborrowing is minimized.

The Company operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchangerisk arising from foreign currency transactions. Foreign exchange risk arisesfrom future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilitiesdenominated in a currency that is not the company’s functional currency(INR). The risk is measured through a forecast of highly probable foreigncurrency cash flows. The Company has a forex management policy whichis duly approved by the Board. The objective of the hedges when taken isto minimise the volatility of the INR cash flows of highly probable forecasttransactions.

Credit Risk

Cash, Cash equivalentsand Trade receivables

a. Cash and CashEquivalents

INR denominatedborrowings [other thansoft loans given byGovt. Authorities]

LiquidityRisk

b. Domestic TradeReceivables

c. Export TradeReceivables

(i) Foreign exchangeMarket

Risk

179



The Company has a forex management policy duly approved by the Board.The Company’s policy is to hedge most of its net currency exposure.Company reviews the forex exposure on a regular basis and also reportsits adherence to the Board on a quarterly basis. The recording and reportingrequirements are strictly adhered.

The Company has hedged its borrowings by covering the principalrepayments.

The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowingswith variable rates, which expose the Company to cash flow interest raterisk. Company's policy is to maintain most of its borrowings at fixed rateusing interest rate swaps to achieve this when necessary. The Company’sfixed rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. They are therefore notsubject to interest rate risk as defined in Ind AS 107, since neither thecarrying amount nor the future cash flows will fluctuate because of a changein market interest rates.

MarketRisk

(continued)

a. Export tradereceivables andImport payables

b. Foreign currencydenominatedborrowings

(ii) Interest rate

- Foreign currencydenominatedborrowings



(A) Credit risk (except loans from financing activity covered under Note - 36)

Basis of recognition of expected credit loss provision

Rating Category Description of category Investments Loans and Tradedeposits receivables

1 High Qualityassets, negligiblecredit risk

2 Qualityassets, lowcredit risk

3 StandardAssets,moderatecredit risk

4 SubstandardAssets, relativelyhigh credit risk

5 Low qualityassets, veryhigh credit risk

6 Doubtfulassets,creditimpaired

Assets where the counter-party has strongcapacity to meet the obligations and wherethe risk of default is negligible or nil.

Assets where there is low risk of default andwhere the counter-party has sufficient capacityto meet the obligations and there has beenlow frequency of defaults in the past.

Assets where there has been a significantincrease in credit risk since initial recognition.

Assets where the probability of default isconsidered moderate and where the counter-party's capacity to meet the obligations is notstrong.

Assets where there is a high probability ofdefault. Also includes assets where the creditrisk of counter-party has increased significantlythough payments may not be more than180 days past due.

Assets are written off when there is noreasonable expectation of recovery, such asa debtor declaring bankruptcy or failing toengage in a repayment plan with theCompany. Where loans or receivables havebeen written off, the Company continues toengage in enforcement activity to attempt torecover the receivable due. Where recoveriesare made, these are recognised in profit orloss.

12 monthexpectedcreditlosses

12 monthexpectedcreditlosses

Life timeexpected creditlosses(simplifiedapproach)

Life time expectedcredit losses


180




As at 31-03-2021






provision

Loss allowance2


month expected1





Gross carrying amount 975.41 106.90 1,082.31

Expected loss rate – 43% –


Carrying amount of trade receivables 975.41 60.56 1,035.97

Reconciliation of loss allowance provision - Trade receivables

Loss allowance as on 01-04-2019 17.28





As at 31-03-2020






provision

Loss allowance2


month expected1





Gross carrying amount 1,420.00 56.05 1,476.05

Expected loss rate – 39% –


Carrying amount of trade receivables 1,420.00 34.36 1,454.36

181

35 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT - (continued) Rupees in crores



(B) Liquidity risk


The Company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:


Floating rate

- Expiring within one year (bank overdraft and other facilities) 1,874.20 1,043.12

- Expiring beyond one year (bank loans) – –

The bank overdraft facilities may be drawn at any time and may be terminated by the bank without notice. Subjectto the continuance of satisfactory credit ratings, the bank loan facilities may be drawn at any time in INR except forone subsidary in USD and have an average maturity ranging from 30 to 180 days.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyse the Company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on theircontractual maturities for:

a) all non-derivative financial liabilities, and

b) net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for anunderstanding of the timing of the cash flows.

As at 31-03-2021


Borrowings 1,499.09 801.89 3,349.50 5,784.82 503.14 11,938.44

Lease Liabilities 16.28 16.27 31.11 188.27 37.54 289.47

Trade payables 4,037.75 197.51 63.34 – – 4,298.60

Other financial liabilities 291.51 19.61 11.41 26.11 – 348.64

Derivatives 0.46 – – – – 0.46

As at 31-03-2020


Borrowings 2,281.65 639.74 3,206.93 5,104.51 122.07 11,354.90

Lease Liabilities 13.23 12.76 21.63 168.87 77.27 293.76

Trade payables 2,989.22 140.94 56.68 – – 3,186.84

Other financial liabilities 109.14 17.78 21.89 9.84 – 158.65

Derivatives 41.94 – – – – 41.94

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equaltheir carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

182

35 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT - (continued) Rupees in crores



(C) Market risk(i) Foreign exchange risk

The company's exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in INR, are asfollows:

Particulars As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020Exposure in foreign currency USD EUR USD EUR

Financial assets:Trade receivables 564.99 30.00 570.30 26.25Investments 52.13 – 32.71 –

Derivative assetsForeign exchange forward contracts

Sell foreign currency (1,537.09) (74.85) (1,195.95) (56.57)

Financial liabilitiesForeign currency loan 1,746.26 – 1,195.44 –Trade payables 293.59 5.91 108.33 0.07Derivative liabilitiesForeign exchange forward contracts

Buy foreign currency (5.37) – (0.31) (0.04)Principal swap

Buy foreign currency (1,746.26) – (1,195.44) –

SensitivityThe sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from foreign currencydenominated financial instruments and the impact on other components of equity arises from foreign forwardexchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

ParticularsImpact on profit after tax*

Impact on othercomponents of equity*

As at As at As at As at31-03-2021 31-03-2020 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

USD sensitivityINR / USD increases by 10% 20.93 35.53 (110.27) (88.10)INR / USD decreases by 10% (20.93) (35.53) 110.27 88.10

EURO sensitivityINR / EURO increases by 10% 1.78 1.96 (5.54) (4.24)INR / EURO decreases by 10% (1.78) (1.96) 5.54 4.24


(ii) Interest rate riskDomestic INR borrowings are based on fixed rate of interest. Normally for short term borrowings the marginalcost of lending rate of the bank is followed. Whenever, Company resorts to short term borrowing throughCommercial Paper the rate of interest is fixed in advance. In respect of foreign currency borrowings for longerperiod the interest rates are covered through interest rate swaps (IRS).


Variable rate borrowings 7,924.77 7,809.83

Fixed rate borrowings 4,013.67 3,548.53

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Impact on profit after taxSensitivity

As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020Increase in interest rates by 100 bps (58.60) (58.57)

Decrease in interest rates by 100 bps 58.60 58.57

183


(ii) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial performance:a. for the year ended 31-03-2021:




Cash flow hedge:Foreign exchange (25.20) – (71.58)

Revenue and

risk / POS / IRSBorrowing cost

(iii) Price RiskThe company's exposure to equity securities price risk arises from investments held by the Company andclassified in the balance sheet either as fair value through OCI or at fair value through profit or loss.To manage its price risk from investments in equity securities, the Company diversifies its portfolio. Theimpact of the changes in price risk is not material.

(D) Impact of hedging activities

(i) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position

(a) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position as at 31-03-2021

Changes inChanges in the


Carrying amount of

Maturity date fair value ofvalue of hedged

hedging instrumenthedging

item used as

instrumentthe basis for

Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities recognising hedgeeffectiveness

Cash flow hedgeForeign exchange forwardcontracts, PCFC 1,611.94 5.37 8.20 – Apr'21 to Mar'22 8.20 (8.20)Foreign currency loan• Principal swap – 1,746.26 8.35 –

Sep'21 to Oct'23 8.35 (8.35)

• Interest rate swap – 1,746.26 – 13.98 (13.98) 13.98

(b) Disclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position as at 31-03-2020

Changes inChanges in the


Carrying amount of

Maturity date fair value ofvalue of hedged

hedging instrumenthedging

item used as

instrumentthe basis for

Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities recognising hedgeeffectiveness

Cash flow hedgeForeign exchange forwardcontracts, PCFC 1,252.52 0.35 – 46.95 Apr'20 to Mar'21 (46.95) 46.95

Foreign currency loan

• Principal swap – 1,195.44 57.20 – Jul'21 to Sep'23 57.20 (57.20)• Interest rate swap – 1,195.44 – 27.07 (27.07) 27.07

b. for the year ended 31-03-2020:




Cash flow hedge:Foreign exchange (71.58) – (3.87)

Revenue and

risk / POS / IRSBorrowing cost



Rupees in crores

184


36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT RELATING TO LOAN RECEIVABLE FROM FINANCING ACTIVITY

Credit Risk

Credit Risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to thecompany. The Company has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining sufficientcollateral, where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of financial loss from defaults. The exposure is continuouslymonitored to determine significant increase in credit risk. The Company monitors the credit assessment on a portfoliobasis, assesses all credit exposures in excess of designated limits. The Company does a risk grading based upon thecredit worthiness of the borrowers. All these factors are taken into consideration for computation of ECL.

Other financial assets

Credit risk with respect to other financial assets are extremely low. Based on the credit assessment the historical trend of lowdefault is expected to continue. No provision for Expected Credit Loss (ECL) has been created for Other financial Assets.

Loans

The following table sets out information about credit quality of retail loan assets measured at amortised cost based onNumber of Days past due information. The amount represents gross carrying amount.


Gross Carrying value of Loans

Stage-1 (Less than 31 Days) 9,540.86 8,406.93

Stage-2 (31-90 Days) 1,481.27 869.84

Stage-3 (More than 90 Days) 423.75 370.66

Total gross carrying value on reporting date 11,445.58 9,647.43

Credit Quality

Financial services business has a comprehensive framework for monitoring credit quality of its retail and other loansbased on days past due monitoring. Repayment by individual customers and portfolio is tracked regularly and requiredsteps for recovery is taken through follow ups and legal recourse.

Inputs considered in the ECL model

In assessing the impairment of loans assets under ECL model, the loan assets have been segmented into three stages.

The three stages reflect the general pattern of credit deterioration of a financial instrument. The differences in accountingbetween stages relate to the recognition of expected credit losses and the calculation and presentation of interest revenue.

The Company categorises loan assets into stages based on the Days Past Due status:

- Stage 1: 30 days past due- Stage 2: 31-90 days past due- Stage 3: more than 90 days past due

Assumptions considered in the ECL model

The financial services business has made the following assumptions in the ECL Model:- "Loss given default" (LGD) is common for all three stages and is based on loss in past portfolio. Actual cash flows

are discounted with average rate for arriving loss rate. Effective Interest Rate (EIR) has been taken as discount ratefor all loans

Estimation TechniqueThe financial services business has applied the following estimation technique in its ECL model:- "Probability of default" (PD) is applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 on portfolio basis and for Stage 3 PD is 100%.- Probability of default for Stage 1 loan assets is calculated as average of historical trend from Stage 1 to Stage 3 in

next 12 months.- Probability of default for Stage 2 loan assets is calculated based on the lifetime PD as average of historical trend

from Stage 2 to Stage 3 for the remaining tenor.- Loss given default is calculated based on discounted actual cash flow on past portfolio in default along with reversals.

There is no change in estimation techniques or significant assumptions during the reporting period.


Rupees in crores

185


36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT RELATING TO LOAN RECEIVABLE FROM FINANCING ACTIVITY - (continued)


Rupees in crores

Assessment of significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the risk of default has increased significantly since initial recognition, the financial servicesbusiness considers both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the business historical experience,including forward-looking information. The financial services business considers reasonable and supportable informationthat is relevant and available without undue cost and effort.

The financial services business uses the number of days past due to classify a financial instrument in low credit riskcategory and to determine significant increase in credit risk in retail. As a backstop, the financial services businessconsiders that a significant increase in credit risk occurs no later than when an asset is more than 30 days past due.

In accordance with the board approved moratorium policy read with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines datedMarch 27, 2020 and April 17, 2020 relating to ‘CoVID-19 – Regulatory Package’, the Company has offered moratoriumupto six months on the payment of installments falling due between March 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020 to all eligibleborrowers. The company has extended One-Time Resolution framework as for CoVID-19-related Stress to eligiblecustomers as per applicable RBI guidelines and as per the policy of the company. The staging classification under ECLcomputation has been done based on the performance of the restructured accounts as per the revised terms andconditions and credit risk assessment by the Company.

CoVID-19 (including second wave) has severe impact on global as well as domestic macro and micro economies,businesses and consumers. Due to this uncertainty, Company’s assessments of impairment loss allowance on itsloans are subject to a number of management judgements and estimates. The company has followed same methodologiesand assumptions for impairment loss allowance calculations followed in earlier quarters with additional considerationfor Covid related impact and the associated support packages in the measurement of impairment loss allowance.Since the Company’s impairment loss allowance estimates are inherently uncertain, actual results may differ fromthese estimates.

Definition of default

The definition of default used for internal credit risk management purposes is based on RBI Guidelines. Under Ind AS,Loans to be in default when it is more than 90 days past due. The financial services business considers Loans underdefault as 'credit impaired'.

Impairment loss

The expected credit loss allowance provision is determined as follows:

Particulars Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Gross Balance as at 31-03-2021 9,540.86 1,481.27 423.75 11,445.88

Expected Credit Loss 81.90 42.35 165.43 289.67

Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.86% 2.86% 39.04% 2.53%

Net of Impairment Provision 9,458.96 1,438.92 258.32 11,156.20


Gross Balance as at 31-03-2020 8,406.93 869.84 370.66 9,647.43

Expected Credit Loss 39.22 9.50 143.38 192.10

Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.47% 1.09% 38.68% 1.99%

Net of Impairment Provision 8,367.71 860.34 227.28 9,455.33

186


Rupees in crores


Reconciliation of Expected Credit Loss


Balance as at 01-04-2019 30.99 3.42 104.61 139.02Transfer from Stage 1 (4.92) 3.27 1.65 –Transfer from Stage 2 0.28 (1.90) 1.62 –Transfer from Stage 3 0.71 1.33 (2.04) –Loans that have derecognised during the period (6.58) (0.72) (25.19) (32.49)New Loans originated during the year 25.12 3.91 12.98 42.01Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance (6.38) 0.19 49.75 43.56Balance as at 31-03-2020 39.22 9.50 143.38 192.10Transfer from Stage 1 (9.66) 7.54 2.12 –Transfer from Stage 2 2.44 (4.61) 2.17 –Transfer from Stage 3 0.99 0.45 (1.44) –Loan that have derecognised during the period (8.35) (1.43) (41.06) (50.84)New Loans originated during the year 33.56 4.26 14.79 52.61Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance 23.70 26.64 45.47 95.81

Balance as at 31-03-2021 81.90 42.35 165.43 289.68

36 FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT RELATING TO LOAN RECEIVABLE FROM FINANCING ACTIVITY - (continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk

The business manages concentration of risk primarily by geographical region. The following details show the geographicalconcentrations of the loans at the year end:

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Carrying valueConcentration by geographical region in IndiaSouth 4,428.05 3,812.32West 3,123.68 2,670.40East 2,042.22 1,701.66North 1,851.93 1,463.05

Total Loans as at reporting period 11,445.88 9,647.43

37 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

(a) Risk management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to

• safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for shareholdersand benefits for other stakeholders, and


In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders,return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, the Group monitors capital on the basis of the following gearing ratio:

Net debt (total borrowings net of cash and cash equivalents) divided by Total ‘equity’ (as shown in the balance sheet).

The Group’s strategy is to maintain an optimum gearing ratio. The gearing ratios were as follows:


Net debt 10,356.98 10,269.86

Total equity 4,214.51 3,603.04

Net debt to equity ratio 245.75% 285.03%

187

38 BUSINESS COMBINATION

On 7th September 2017, the Company acquired 16,20,000 (81%) equity shares of M/s. TVS Motor Services Limited,Chennai. This would further strengthen the retail financing for the customers of the Company through its subsidiaries.

Details of the purchase consideration and goodwill are follows:

The purchase consideration of $ 1.62 Crores for this business combination is paid by cash.

Calculation of goodwill

Particulars Rupees in crores

Consideration transferred 1.62

Non-controlling interest in the acquired entity 136.05

Acquisition date fair value of previously held equity interest 0.38

Less : Net identifiable assets acquired (48.06)

Goodwill on consolidation 186.11



The goodwill is attributable to the expected synergies on acquisition of the financial services business.

Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired,

relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans and future cash flows. For the purpose of

impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business is allocated to the Group's cash generating units (CGU) or groups

of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies arising from the business combination.

Total impairment loss of a CGU is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to the CGU and

then to the other assets of the CGU pro-rate on the basis of carrying amount of each asset in CGU. An impairment loss

on goodwill is recognized in net profit in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss and is not reversed in the

subsequent period.

Company assessed impairment of goodwill based on the expected earnings growth of the acquired business.

The Company also monitors Interest coverage ratio :

Company's earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) divided by Interest.

The Company's strategy is to maintain an optimum interest coverage ratio. The Interest coverage ratio were asfollows:

Particulars Year ended 31-03-2021 Year ended 31-03-2020

EBIT 1,703.12 1,719.96

Interest 881.49 854.54

Interest coverage ratio (times) 1.93 2.01

(b) Dividends

Particulars Year ended 31-03-2021 Year ended 31-03-2020

(i) Equity sharesInterim dividends for the year ended31-03-2021 of $ 3.50 (31-03-2020 of$ 3.50) per fully paid share 166.28 166.28

(ii) Dividend distribution tax – 34.18

(ii) Dividends not recognised at the end of thereporting period – –

37 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT - (continued)

188



Rupees in crores

39 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Defined benefit plans as per actuarial valuation

Funded plan Unfunded plans

Particulars

Gratuity Pension Leave salary

Present Fair value Present Presentvalue of of plan Net amount value of value of

obligation assets obligation obligation

As at 01-04-2019 113.29 (114.47) (1.18) 77.98 35.13




Remeasurements

Return on plan assets, excluding amountsincluded in interest expense / (income) – (1.16) (1.16) – –

(Gain) / loss from change in financialassumptions 11.01 – 11.01 16.80 2.76

Experience (gains) / losses (3.13) – (3.13) 9.08 21.54

Total amount recognised in othercomprehensive income 7.88 (1.16) 6.72 25.88 24.30



As at 31-03-2020 140.14 (132.68) 7.46 109.34 54.40

Balance from incumbent subsidiary 0.52 – 0.52 – –




Remeasurements

Return on plan assets, excluding amountsincluded in interest expense / (income) – 2.15 2.15 – –

(Gain) / loss from change in financialassumptions (3.50) – (3.50) 0.77 (1.22)

Experience (gains) / losses (6.90) – (6.90) (8.05) 19.34

Total amount recognised in othercomprehensive income (10.40) 2.15 (8.25) (7.28) 18.12



As at 31-03-2021 153.29 (147.94) 5.35 107.17 69.63

Certain companies in the Group have an obligation towards gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan covering eligibleemployees and has created an Employees' Group Gratuity Fund which has taken a Group Gratuity Assurance Schemewith the Life Insurance Corporation of India. Company's contributions are based on actuarial valuation arrived at theend of each year and charged to Statement of Profit and Loss .

189



31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Discount rate (Gratuity) 6.1% 6.2%

Discount rate (Leave salary) 6.4% 6.2%

Discount rate (Pension) 6.0% 6.5%


Pre-retirement mortality rate IALM (2006-08) Ultimate

Post retirement mortality rate LIC Ann (1996-98)

Attrition rate (For Leave salary & Gratuity) 14.3% 14.0%

Attrition rate (For Pension) 0.0% 0.0%

Assumptions regarding future mortality for pension are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with publishedstatistics and experience. These assumptions translate into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiringat age 58.



Impact on defined benefit obligation - Gratuity



Discount rate 0.50% 0.50% 146.08 134.40 158.42 146.32


Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 152.03 140.14 151.98 140.28

Impact on defined benefit obligation - Pension



Discount rate 1.00% 1.00% 94.66 96.60 122.46 124.78


Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 106.22 108.39 108.27 110.19

Impact on defined benefit obligation - Leave salary



Discount rate 0.50% 0.50% 67.50 52.70 71.92 56.20


Mortality 5.00% 5.00% 69.64 54.39 69.63 54.39

Rupees in crores




190




The above sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant.

In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the

sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the

defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been

applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet.

(ii) Risk exposure

Through its defined benefit plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed

below:

Asset volatility: The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to bond yields; if plan assets

underperform this yield, this will create a deficit.

Changes in bond: A decrease in bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an yield

increase in the value of the plans’ bond holdings.

Inflation risks: In the pension plans, the pensions in payment are not linked to inflation, so this is a less material risk.

Life expectancy: The pension obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy

will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities. This is particularly significant where inflationary increases result in higher

sensitivity to changes in life expectancy.

(iii) Defined contribution plans:

The Company's contribution to defined contribution plan i.e., provident fund of $ 37.81 crores (previous year

$ 36.49 crores) has been recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss

191



40 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE

(a) (i) Related parties and their relationship where control exists

Holding company:

Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai

Ultimate holding company:

T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai

Subsidiaries:

Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai

TVS Housing Limited, Chennai

TVS Motor Services Limited, Chennai

TVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai

Harita Collection Services Private Limited, Chennai

Harita ARC Services Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Micro Finance Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Housing Finance Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited, Singapore

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V, Amsterdam

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, Jakarta

Sundaram Holding USA Inc, USA

Green Hills Land Holding LLC, USA

Component Equipment Leasing LLC, USA

Sundaram-Clayton USA LLC, USA

Premier Land Holding LLC, USA

The Norton Motorcycle Co. Ltd, UK (Formerly known as Project 303 Bidco Limited)

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, Bengaluru

Associate companies:

Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru

Predictronics Corporation, USA

Tagbox PTE Ltd, Singapore

Altizon Inc., USA

Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA

(ii) Other related parties and their relationship where transaction exists:

Fellow subsidiaries:

TVS Electronics Limited, Chennai

Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai

Sundaram Industries Private Limited, Madurai

Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai

Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai

TVS Auto Assist (India) Limited, Chennai

TVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo

192




Associate / Joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / fellow subsidiary company:

Brakes India Private Limited, Chennai

TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai

Wheels India Limited, Chennai

Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai

India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai

Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai

TVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka

TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai

Subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding / fellow subsidiary company:

TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai

TVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai

Enterprises in which directors are interested:

TVS Organics Private Limited, Chennai

Dua Associates, Delhi

Dua Consulting Private Limited, Delhi

McCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, Delhi

Lakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore

Harita Techserv Private Limited, Chennai

Key Management Personnel:

Executive Directors:

Mr. Venu Srinivasan, Chairman & Managing Director

Mr. Sudarshan Venu, Joint Managing Director

Mr. K.N.Radhakrishnan, Director and CEO

Non-executive Directors:

Independent Directors:

Mr. T.Kannan

Mr. C.R.Dua

Mr. Prince Asirvatham

Mr. R.Gopalan

Mr. Hemant Krishan Singh

Mrs. Lalita D. Gupte

Mr. Kuok Meng Xiong (w.e.f. 24th March 2021)

Non-Independent Directors:

Prof. Sir Ralf Dieter Speth (w.e.f. 24th March 2021)

Mr. H.Lakshmanan

Dr. Lakshmi Venu

Mr. Rajesh Narasimhan (Upto 24th March 2021)

Enterprise in which key management personnel and their relative have significant influence:

Harita-NTI Limited, Chennai

193



Rupees in crores

(b) Transactions with related parties:

(i) Purchase of goods

- ultimate holding companyTV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai 0.38 0.63

- holding companySundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai 305.41 361.19

- fellow subsidiariesTVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.26Sundaram Industries Private Limited, Madurai 0.04 0.03Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 136.37 174.20Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 8.34 7.54

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai 22.92 32.47TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 374.06 473.35Wheels India Limited, Chennai 0.20 14.77Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 43.15 59.28India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 326.25 296.15Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 8.10 10.78

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /subsidiary / fellow subsidiary companyTVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 16.35 16.41

- enterprises over which key management personnel and theirrelative have significant influenceHarita-NTI Limited, Chennai 1.71 1.17

- enterprises in which directors are interested TVS Organics Private Limited, Chennai 0.28 0.87

(ii) Sale of goods- ultimate holding company

TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai 360.58 367.49- fellow subsidiary company

Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 0.52 1.16TVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo 12.84 213.54

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka 540.49 588.29

(iii) Purchase of assets

- ultimate holding companyTV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai – 1.53

- fellow subsidiariesTVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.15 –

- associate / joint ventureTagbox Solutions Private Limited 1.01 –

- associate / Joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyIndia Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai – 0.44

- enterprises in which directors are interestedLakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore – 0.07


40 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE – (continued)

194


(iv)Sale of Land- associate company

Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai 0.25 0.56

(v) Rendering of services (including interest and reimbursements received)- holding company

Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai 6.95 6.36- fellow subsidiaries

Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 0.01 0.01Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai – 0.01TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai – 0.89Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 0.01India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.14TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 0.01 0.01Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.10Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary company:TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.14

- associate companyEmerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai 0.07 0.13

(vi)Availing of services (includes sub-contract charges paid)- ultimate holding company

TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai 0.25 0.20- holding company

Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai 62.52 52.24- fellow subsidiaries:

TVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 1.90 1.52Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 2.56 2.29TVS Auto Assist (India) Limited, Chennai – 2.71TVS Training and Services Limited, Chennai 0.11 –Lucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 0.14 0.14

- associate / joint ventureTagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 0.32 –Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01Predictronics Corporation, USA 0.11 –

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited, Madurai 96.84 82.69Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 0.01

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai 100.40 119.28

- enterprises in which directors are interestedDua Associates, Delhi 0.18 0.06Dua Consulting Private Limited, Delhi 5.30 4.79McCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, Delhi 3.91 4.10Lakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore 0.07 –Harita Techserv Private Limited, Chennai 3.50 2.63



Rupees in crores


195


(vii) Investments made during the year- associate / joint venture

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru 30.00 5.00Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru – 11.18Tagbox PTE Ltd, Singapore – 15.42Predictronics Crop., USA – 22.36Altizon Inc., USA 7.13 –Scienaptic Systems Inc., USA 14.30 –

(viii) Trade advance given- associate company

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru 3.40 2.00

(ix) Remuneration to Key Management Personnel:Short-term employee benefits 52.71 47.89Post-employment benefits 0.22 0.22

(x) Remuneration to relative to Key Management PersonnelShort-term employee benefits 0.29 0.35

(xi) Dividend paid to holding companySundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai 57.27 95.44

(xii) Dividend paid to Key Management Personnel 0.55 0.92

(xiii) Contributions to post employment benefit plans:TVS Motor Company Employees' Gratuity Fund 10.84 14.38TVS Motor Company Employees' Provident Fund 47.52 45.78(Including Employee and Employer Contributions)

(c) Balances with related parties:

(i) Trade receivables / Other current assets- ultimate holding company

T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai 8.11 79.50

- fellow subsidiary companyTVS Lanka Private Limited, Colombo 6.91 11.29

- associate companyUltraviolette Automotive Private Limited, Bengaluru – 2.00Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai 0.76 –

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Auto Bangladesh Limited, Dhaka 190.79 95.65

(ii) Trade payables- holding company

Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai 43.99 20.70

- fellow subsidiariesLucas-TVS Limited, Chennai 27.53 24.81Lucas Indian Service Limited, Chennai 1.43 1.34Southern Roadways Private Limited, Madurai 0.02 0.16Sundaram Industries Private Limited, Madurai – 0.01TVS Electronics Limited, Chennai 0.03 0.05


Rupees in croresNotes to the Financial Statements - (continued)


196




Rupees in crores

40 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURE – (continued)- associate / joint venture

Tagbox Solutions Private Limited, Bengaluru 0.09 –Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai – 0.23Predictronics Corporation, USA 0.11 –

- associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyBrakes India Private Limited, Chennai 5.48 6.66TVS Srichakra Limited, Madurai 53.31 55.97Wheels India Limited, Chennai – 1.53India Nippon Electricals Limited, Chennai 57.15 54.56Sundaram Brake Linings Limited, Chennai 1.85 1.29Sundram Fasteners Limited, Chennai 7.74 8.20TVS Supply Chain Solutions Limited 8.30 5.11

- subsidiaries of associate / joint venture of holding / ultimate holding /fellow subsidiary companyTVS Dynamic Global Freight Services Limited, Chennai 7.38 8.65TVS Upasana Limited, Chennai 2.42 2.05

- enterprises in which directors are interestedDua Consulting Private Limited, Delhi 0.27 –TVS Organics Private Limited, Chennai 0.01 0.01McCann-Erickson (India) Private Limited, Delhi 0.13 –Lakshmi Energy and Environment Design Private Limited, Coimbatore 0.14 0.21Harita Techserv Private Limited, Chennai 0.42 0.37

- enterprise over which key management personnel andtheir relative have significant influence (Harita-NTI Limited, Chennai) 0.17 0.21

41 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

A Disaggregated revenue:

Revenue from contracts with customers are disaggregated into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty ofrevenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Group identifies the product lines, amongst others to indicate the factorsas mentioned above. The details of revenue from contracts with customers on the basis of various product lines are as under:


31-03-2021 31-03-2020

(a) Type of goods or service1. Sale of Products - Automobiles 15,055.10 14,554.542. Sale of Products - Parts and accessories 1,736.87 1,659.223. Sale of Products - Automotive components & Others 223.43 253.934. Services - IT Services & Others 5.25 15.055. Services - Royalty 10.25 16.776. Interest Income of financial enterprises 2,041.82 1,821.51

19,072.72 18,321.02(b) Geographical markets

(i) Domestic 14,516.16 13,945.87(ii) Exports 4,556.56 4,375.15

19,072.72 18,321.02

B The Group operates in the segments of automotive vehicle and its parts, Automotive components and financial services.The information provided above is in line with the segmental information provided under Ind AS 108 in Note. 47

197



Rupees in crores41 REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS – (continued)

C Reconciliation of contracts with customers:

Movement of contract liabilities for the reporting period given below:

ParticularsFor the year ended For the year ended

31-03-2021 31-03-2020

Contract Liabilities at the beginning of the period 136.67 64.49

Add / (Less) :

Consideration received during the year as advance 176.29 136.67

Revenue recognized from contract liability (136.67) (64.49)

Contract Liabilities at the end of the period 176.29 136.67

Payment is received in advance towards contracts entered with customers, and is recognised as a contract liability. As and whenthe performance obligation is met the same is recognized as revenue.

D Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations:

The Group's contracts with customers are short term(i.e.,the performance obligations are expected to be met within one year orless). Therefore, taking the practical expedient, the details on transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligationsare not disclosed.

E Reconciliation of revenue with contract price:


31-03-2021 31-03-2020(i) Contract price 17,745.63 17,199.02

(ii) Adjustments:Incentive schemes 394.55 369.89Transport cost 320.18 329.62

(iii) Revenue from sale of products and services (Refer Note 26) 17,030.90 16,499.51


42 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Profit after tax attributable to owners 594.26 624.62

Number of equity shares 47,50,87,114 47,50,87,114

Face value of the share (in $) 1.00 1.00

Weighted average number of equity shares 47,50,87,114 47,50,87,114

Basic and diluted earnings per share for continued operations (in $) 12.51 13.15

Basic and diluted earnings per share for discontinued operations (in $) – –

Basic and diluted earnings per share for continued and discontinued operations (in $) 12.51 13.15

43 WARRANTY PROVISION

Opening balance 38.04 29.15

Add: Provision for the year (Net) 48.88 38.04

86.92 67.19

Less: Payments / debits (Net) 38.04 29.15

Closing balance 48.88 38.04

198



Rupees in crores

44 PAYMENT TO AUDITORS COMPRISES

As statutory auditors 2.01 1.76

Taxation matters 0.32 0.32

Certification matters 0.27 0.27

Other matters 0.14 0.45

2.74 2.80

Miscellaneous expenses include travel and stay expenses of auditors 0.19 0.14

2.93 2.94

45 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS NOT PROVIDED FOR

(a) Claims against the company not acknowledged as debts:

(i) Excise 53.37 52.99

(ii) Service tax 9.66 9.66

(iii) Customs 40.63 1.36

(iv) Sales tax 2.00 2.00

(v) Income tax 46.06 43.71

(vi) GST 2.82 2.82

(vii) Legal cases filed by customer 1.23 1.64

The future cash flows on the above items are determinable only on receipt

of the decisions / judgments that are pending at various forums /

authorities. The Company does not expect the outcome of theseproceedings to have a materially adverse effect on its financial results.

(b) Other money for which the Company is contingently liable:

(i) On bills discounted with banks 212.18 70.61

(ii) On factoring arrangements – 2.09

(c) Commitments:(i) Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on

capital account and not provided for 233.19 237.47(ii) On investments 5.12 9.79(ii) Undrawn loans sanctioned to customers by financial enterprise 22.89 1.99

46 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

(a) Gross amount required to be spent during the year is $ 21.12 crores (last year $ 20.15 crores)(b) Amount spent during the year:

Sl.No. Particulars in cash Yet to be paid in cash 31-03-2021 31-03-2020

1 Construction / acquisition of any asset – – – –2 Other than the above 22.71 – 22.71 45.96*

* included in other expenses - $ 20.96 crores and in exceptional items - $ 25.00 crore


199


Rupees in crores

47 SEGMENT INFORMATION

For the year ended 31-03-2021

Business SegmentParticulars Automotive Automotive Financial

Others Totalvehicles & parts components services

Revenue

External sales - domestic 12,295.73 224.06 2,238.59 2.06 14,760.44

- exports 4,660.38 – – – 4,660.38

Inter segment sales – 238.79 – – 238.79

Total sales 16,956.11 462.85 2,238.59 2.06 19,659.61

Less: Inter segment sales – 238.79 – – 238.79

Net revenue 16,956.11 224.06 2,238.59 2.06 19,420.82

Segment-wise resultsbefore interest and tax 883.87 (7.11) 104.54 0.13 981.43

Less: interest 138.62 9.73 3.68 0.02 152.05

Profit before tax 745.25 (16.84) 100.86 0.11 829.38

Less: Tax expenses 213.42 (6.59) 8.27 (0.97) 214.13

Profit after tax 531.83 (10.25) 92.59 1.08 615.25

Share of profit of Associates – – – (7.75) (7.75)

Profit / Loss for the period 531.83 (10.25) 92.59 (6.67) 607.50

Segment assets 8,258.14 1,209.13 12,492.93 32.49 21,992.69

Segment liabilities 6,430.55 608.30 10,731.43 7.90 17,778.18

Segment depreciation / amortisation 519.70 24.33 19.92 0.87 564.82


For the year ended 31-03-2020

Business SegmentParticulars Automotive Automotive Financial

Others Totalvehicles & parts components services

RevenueExternal sales- domestic 12,226.70 257.97 1,989.64 0.63 14,474.94

- exports 4,374.37 – – – 4,374.37Inter segment sales – 270.63 – – 270.63Total sales 16,601.07 528.60 1,989.64 0.63 19,119.94Less: Inter segment sales – 270.63 – – 270.63Net revenue 16,601.07 257.97 1,989.64 0.63 18,849.31Segment-wise results beforeinterest and tax 810.60 17.06 201.07 0.02 1,028.75Less: interest 145.40 7.81 1.53 – 154.74Profit before tax 665.20 9.25 199.54 0.02 874.01Less: Tax expenses 161.42 1.54 55.65 0.01 218.62Profit after tax 503.78 7.71 143.89 0.01 655.39Share of profit of Associates – – – (8.59) (8.59)Profit / Loss for the period 503.78 7.71 143.89 (8.58) 646.80Segment assets 7,611.51 1,196.94 10,546.62 3.75 19,358.82Segment liabilities 6,141.54 645.28 8,966.06 2.90 15,755.78Segment depreciation / amortisation 511.14 24.76 20.10 – 556.00

Notes: The Company and its Indian subsidiaries cater mainly to the needs of the domestic market.There are no reportable geographical segments.

200

48 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON NET ASSETS AND SHARE OF PROFITS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEFOR THE YEAR ENDED 31-03-2021

Net Assets Share in Share in other Share in total(Total Assets - profit or (loss) comprehensive comprehensiveTotal Liabilities) income income

Name of the entity As % of As % ofAs % of Amount As % of Amount consolidated Amount consolidated Amount

consolidated $ in consolidated $ in other comp- $ in total comp- $ innet assets crores profit or loss crores rehensive crores rehensive crores

income income

ParentTVS Motor Company Limited 21.28% 896.85 102.85% 611.21 91.90% 107.09 101.06% 718.30

Subsidiaries - IndianSundaram Auto Components Limited 2.27% 95.78 (1.04%) (6.20) 2.78% 3.24 (0.42%) (2.96)

TVS Credit Services Limited 26.20% 1,104.11 16.42% 97.56 (6.31%) (7.35) 12.69% 90.21

TVS Motor Services Limited 6.39% 269.48 (0.84%) (4.97) 1.33% 1.55 (0.48%) (3.42)

TVS Housing Limited 0.02% 0.88 0.00% 0.02 0.00% – 0.00% 0.02

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited 0.56% 23.71 0.18% 1.06 0.03% 0.03 0.15% 1.09

Subsidiaries - Foreign

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited 0.95% 40.23 (4.11%) (24.42) 4.31% 5.02 (2.73%) (19.40)

TVS Motor Company Europe B.V. 0.02% 0.64 (0.11%) (0.65) (0.03%) (0.03) (0.10%) (0.68)

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia 6.80% 286.46 3.65% 21.70 6.47% 7.54 4.11% 29.24

Sundaram Holdings USA Inc. 11.98% 505.05 (0.68%) (4.05) (13.52%) (15.76) (2.79%) (19.81)

The Norton Motorcycle Co. Ltd, 7.49% 315.69 (12.79% (76.01) 12.35% 14.39 (8.67%) (61.62)

Non-controlling Interest in all subsidiaries 9.20% 387.91 (2.23% (13.24) 0.68% 0.79 (1.75%) (12.45)

Investment as per the equity method

Associates - Indian

Emerald Haven Realty Limited 2.57% 108.26 (0.77%) (4.57) 0.02% 0.02 (0.64%) (4.55)

Ultraviolette Automotive Private Limited 1.06% 44.56 (0.06%) (0.37) (0.05%) (0.37)

Tag Box Solutions Private Limited 0.27% 11.41 0.01% 0.04 0.01% 0.04

Associates - Foreign

Predictronics Corp 0.49% 20.57 (0.18%) (1.09) (0.15%) (1.09)

Tag Box Pte limited 0.36% 15.01 0.10% 0.58 0.08% 0.58

Scienaptic System Inc., 1.49% 62.68 (0.36%) (2.13) (0.30%) (2.13)

Altizon Inc., 0.60% 25.13 (0.04%) (0.21) (0.03%) (0.21)

Total 100.00% 4,214.51 100.00% 594.26 100.00% 116.53 100.00% 710.79



201

49 BORROWING COST CAPITALISED

Borrowing cost capitalised during the year $ 30.65 Cr (Last year $ 23.68 Cr)

Interest rates used for capitalization:

- 3 Month USD LIBOR plus Margin for of borrowing cost of $ 12.26 Cr;

- weighted average interest rate of 7.9% for borrowing cost of $ 6.89 Cr;

- interest rate of $ 3.75% for borrowing cost of $ 11.50 Cr.

50 LABOUR CODE - TRANSITION RELATED

The Code on Social Security, 2020 which received the President’s assent on 28th September 2020 subsumes nine laws

relating to Social security, retirement and employee benefits, including the Provident Fund and Gratuity. The effective

date of the Code and rules thereunder are yet to be notified. The impact of the changes, if any, will be assessed and

recognised post notification of the relevant provisions.

51 Previous year's figures have been regrouped wherever necessary to conform to the current year's classificaton.






202

Ann

exur

e

For

m A

OC

- I

Sta

tem

ent

cont

aini

ng s

alie

nt f

eatu

res

of t

he f

inan

cial

sta

tem

ent

of s

ubsi

diar

ies

/ as

soci

ate

com

pani

es(P

ursu

ant

to f

irst

prov

iso

to s

ub-s

ectio

n (3

) of

Sec

tion

129

read

with

rul

e 5

of C

ompa

nies

(A

ccou

nts)

Rul

es,

2014

)

Par

t "A

": S

ub

sid

iari

esIn

form

atio

n in

res

pect

of

each

sub

sidi

ary

Rup

ees

in c

rore

s

India

n Su

bsidi

aries

Harit

aTV

STV

SSu

ndar

amTV

STV

S M

otor

Inte

llicar

TVS

Cred

itTV

S Tw

o-TV

S M

icro

Harit

a AR

CCo

llecti

onCo

mm

odity

Hous

ingSl

.No.

Parti

cular

sAu

toHo

using

Serv

ices

Telem

atics

Serv

ices

Whe

eler

Fina

nce

Priva

teSe

rvice

sFi

nanc

ialFi

nanc

eCo

mpo

nent

sLim

ited

Limite

dPr

ivate

Limite

dM

all P

rivat

ePr

ivate

Limite

dPr

ivate

Solut

ions

Priva

teLim

ited

Limite

dLim

ited

Limite

dLim

ited

Priva

teLim

ited

Limite

d

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

1.Da

te o

n wh

ich su

bsidi

ary

was a

cquir

ed01

-04-

2003

21-0

6-20

1007

-09-

2017

31-1

2-20

2007

-09-

2017

07-0

9-20

1707

-09-

2017

07-0

9-20

1707

-09-

2017

07-0

9-20

1708

-09-

2017

2.Re

porti

ng p

eriod

01-0

4-20

20 to

31-

03-2

021

3.Re

porti

ng cu

rrenc

yIn

dian

Rupe

es

Clos

ing E

xcha

nge

rate

––

––

––

––

––

–

4.Sh

are

capit

al44

.57

0.05

53.6

30.

0619

1.94

0.00

250.

0025

0.00

250.

0025

0.00

2512

.00

5.Re

serv

es &

Sur

plus

374.

240.

8310

.41

(2.9

3)1,

371.

77(0

.009

4)(0

.009

1)(0

.009

6)(0

.009

4)(0

.009

6)1.

72

6.To

tal a

sset

s72

9.31

3.47

206.

5310

.06

12,2

25.8

60.

0024

0.00

240.

0024

0.00

250.

0024

13.7

2

7.To

tal L

iabilit

ies31

0.50

2.59

142.

4912

.93

10,6

62.1

50.

0093

0.00

90.

0095

0.00

940.

0095

–

8.In

vestm

ents

320.

52–

19.5

3–

12.0

1–

––

––

–

9.Tu

rnov

er

462

.69

0.32

0.03

3.07

2240

.94

––

––

–0.

79

10.

Prof

it bef

ore

taxa

tion

(19.

08)

0.03

(5.3

2)0.

9010

5.41

(0.0

029)

(0.0

027)

(0.0

031)

(0.0

029)

(0.0

031)

0.79

11.

Prov

ision

for t

axat

ion(6

.59)

0.01

(0.3

5)(0

.98)

8.42

––

––

–0.

20

12.

Prof

it afte

r tax

ation

(12.

49)

0.02

(4.9

7)1.

8896

.99

(0.0

029)

(0.0

027)

(0.0

031)

(0.0

029)

(0.0

031)

0.59

13.

Prop

osed

Divi

dend

––

––

––

––

––

–

14.

% o

f sha

reho

lding

100

100

100

100

85.0

985

.09

85.0

985

.09

85.0

985

.09

85.0

9


203

Ann

exur

e

For

m A

OC

- I

- (c

ontin

ued)

Sta

tem

ent

cont

aini

ng s

alie

nt f

eatu

res

of t

he f

inan

cial

sta

tem

ent

of s

ubsi

diar

ies

/ as

soci

ate

com

pani

es(P

ursu

ant t

o fir

st p

rovi

so to

sub

-sec

tion

(3)

of S

ectio

n 12

9 re

ad w

ith r

ule

5 of

Com

pani

es (

Acc

ount

s) R

ules

, 201

4)

Par

t "A

": S

ub

sid

iari

esIn

form

atio

n in

res

pect

of

each

sub

sidi

ary

Rup

ees

in c

rore

s

Fore

ign S

ubsid

iaries

PT T

VS M

otor

Com

pany

TVS

Mot

or C

ompa

nyTV

S M

otor

(Sing

apor

e)Su

ndar

am H

olding

The

Norto

n M

otor

cycle

Co.

Sl.N

o.Pa

rticu

lars

Indo

nesia

(Eur

ope)

B.V

. P

te. L

tdUS

A In

c#Lim

ited

(For

mer

ly Pr

oject

303

Bidc

o Lim

ited)

(12)

(13)

(14)

(15)

(16)

1.Da

te o

n wh

ich su

bsidi

ary w

as a

cquir

ed05

-09-

2005

21-0

7-20

0521

-10-

2005

09-0

9-20

1503

-04-

2020

2.Re

porti

ng p

eriod

01-0

4-20

20 to

31-

03-2

021

3.Re

porti

ng cu

rrenc

yID

RUS

DSG

DUS

DGB

P

Clos

ing E

xcha

nge

rate

INR

0.50

3 / I

DR 1

00IN

R 73

.11/

USD

INR

54.3

5/SG

DIN

R 73

.11/

USD

INR

100.

75/G

BP

4.Sh

are

capit

al90

6.08

126.

5292

2.20

471.

9135

3.50

5.Re

serv

es &

Sur

plus

(735

.09)

(125

.88)

(131

.67)

12.8

6(6

1.58

)

6.To

tal a

sset

s53

9.76

0.68

870.

5078

2.71

386.

02

7.To

tal L

iabilit

ies36

8.77

0.04

79.9

729

7.94

94.1

0

8.In

vestm

ents

––

734.

61–

–

9.Tu

rnov

er39

8.37

–33

.66

3.43

7.29

10.

Prof

it bef

ore

taxa

tion

21.7

0(0

.65)

(24.

42)

(4.0

5)(7

5.97

)

11.

Prov

ision

for t

axat

ion–

––

––

12.

Prof

it afte

r tax

ation

21.7

0(0

.65)

(24.

42)

(4.0

5)(7

5.97

)

13.

Prop

osed

Divi

dend

––

––

–

14.

% o

f sha

reho

lding

100

100

100

67.7

210

0#

The

figur

es in

clud

e th

e co

nsol

idat

ion

of it

s su

bsid

iarie

s vi

z, G

reen

Hill

s La

nd H

oldi

ng L

LC, C

ompo

nent

Equ

ipm

ent L

easi

ng L

LC, S

unda

ram

-Cla

yton

US

A L

LC a

nd P

rem

ier L

and

Hol

ding

LLC

, all

loca

ted

at S

outh

Car

olin

a, U

SA

.

Not

es:

1.S

ubsi

diar

ies

whi

ch a

re y

et to

com

men

ce o

pera

tions

:(1) T

VS

Tw

o W

heel

er M

all P

rivat

e Lt

d, (2

) TV

S M

icro

Fin

ance

Priv

ate

Ltd,

(3) H

arita

AR

C P

rivat

e Lt

d, (4

) Har

ita C

olle

ctio

n S

ervi

ces

Priv

ate

Ltd,

(5) T

VS

Com

mod

ity F

inan

cial

Sol

utio

ns P

rivat

e Lt

d, (6

) TV

S H

ousi

ng F

inan

ce P

rivat

e Lt

d an

d (7

) Sun

dara

m H

oldi

ng U

SA

Inc.

(8) T

he N

orto

n M

otor

cycl

e C

o. L

imite

d.2.

Sub

sidi

arie

s w

hich

hav

e be

en li

quid

ated

or s

old

durin

g th

e ye

ar -

Nil.


204

Ann

exur

e

For

m A

OC

- I

- (c

ontin

ued)

Sta

tem

ent

cont

aini

ng s

alie

nt f

eatu

res

of t

he f

inan

cial

sta

tem

ent

of s

ubsi

diar

ies

/ as

soci

ate

com

pani

es(P

ursu

ant

to f

irst

prov

iso

to s

ub-s

ectio

n (3

) of

Sec

tion

129

read

with

rul

e 5

of C

ompa

nies

(A

ccou

nts)

Rul

es,

2014

)

Par

t "B

": A

sso

ciat

esR

upee

s in

cro

res

Sl.No

.Pa

rticula

rsEm

erald

Have

nUl

travio

lette

Auto-

Tagb

ox S

olutio

nsPr

edict

ronics

Tagb

ox P

teSc

ienap

ticAlt

izon

Realt

y Lim

ited

motiv

e Priv

ate Li

mited

Priva

te Lim

ited

Corp

Limite

dSy

stem

s Inc

.*Inc

*

1.La

test

audit

ed B

alanc

e Sh

eet D

ate

31-0

3-20

2131

-12-

2020

31-0

3-20

21

2.Da

te o

n wh

ich th

e As

socia

te w

as a

cquir

ed /

26-0

3-20

1209

-08-

2018

08-0

5-20

1917

-08-

2019

08-0

5-20

1928

-09-

2020

01-0

2-20

21th

e en

tity b

ecam

e As

socia

te

3.Sh

ares

of A

ssoc

iate

held

by th

e co

mpa

ny o

n th

e ye

ar e

nd

(i)No

. of s

hare

s11

,12,

19,5

1223

,227

4,29

,693

24,8

272,

43,2

4328

,05,

357

8,06

,429

(ii)Am

ount

of in

vestm

ent in

Ass

ociat

es /

Joint

Ven

ture

111.

2246

.00

11.0

922

.36

15.4

264

.81

25.3

4

(iii)

Exte

nt o

f hold

ing %

48.8

029

.48

23.5

023

.49

24.3

221

.72

20.0

4.De

scrip

tion

of h

ow th

ere

is sig

nifica

nt in

fluen

ceHo

lding

mor

e th

an 2

0% o

f sha

re ca

pital

Subs

idiar

y hold

ing m

ore

than

or e

qual

to 2

0% o

f sha

re ca

pital

5.Re

ason

why

the

asso

ciate

/joint

vent

ure

is no

t con

solid

ated

Not A

pplic

able

6.Ne

t wor

th a

ttribu

table

to S

hare

holdi

ng a

s per

late

st au

dited

Balan

ce S

heet

108.

2644

.56

11.4

120

.57

15.0

162

.68

25.1

3

7.Pr

ofit /

Los

s for

the

year

:

(i) C

onsid

ered

in co

nsoli

datio

n(4

.57)

(0.3

7)0.

04(1

.09)

0.58

(2.1

3)(0

.21)

(ii) N

ot co

nside

red

in co

nsoli

datio

nNo

t App

licab

le

*Un

audi

ted

finan

cial s

tate

men

t

Not

e :

1.A

ssoc

iate

s w

hich

are

yet

to c

omm

ence

ope

ratio

ns -

Ultr

avio

lette

Aut

omot

ive

Priv

ate

Lim

ited,

Ben

galu

ru.

2.A

ssoc

iate

s w

hich

hav

e be

en li

quid

ated

or s

old

durin

g th

e ye

ar -

Nil.

VE

NU

SR

INIV

AS

AN

SU

DA

RS

HA

N V

EN

UH

. LA

KS

HM

AN

AN

As

per

our

repo

rt a

nnex

edC

hairm

an &

Man

agin

g D

irect

orJo

int

Man

agin

g D

irect

orD

irect

orF

or V

. San

kar

Aiy

ar &

Co.

Cha

rter

ed A

ccou

ntan

tsF

irm R

egn.

No.

: 109

208W

K.N

.RA

DH

AK

RIS

HN

AN

K.

GO

PA

LA D

ES

IKA

NK

.S.

SR

INIV

AS

AN

Dire

ctor

& C

hief

Exe

cutiv

e O

ffice

rC

hief

Fin

anci

al O

ffice

rC

ompa

ny S

ecre

tary

S.

VE

NK

AT

AR

AM

AN

Par

tner

Pla

ce:C

henn

aiM

embe

rshi

p N

o.: 0

2311

6D

ate

:27t

h A

pril

2021


Sundaram auto componentS Limited

205

Bankers

State Bank of IndIa

Industrial finance Branch

anna Salai, Chennai 600 002

HdfC Bank LIMIted

Chennai ItC Centre Branch

anna Salai, Chennai 600 002

BnP PaRIBaS

Chennai Branch

Prince towers, College road, Chennai 600 006

ICICI Bank Ltd

Cenotaph road,

teynampet, Chennai600 018

Registered Office:

“Chaitanya”, no.12, khader nawaz khan Road,

nungambakkam Chennai-600006

e-mail: [email protected]

Web site: www.sundaramautocomponents.com

CIn : U29249tn1992PLC051417

Plant Locations

1) Belagondapalli, Hosur 635 114.

2) oragadam, kancheepuram district 602 105.

3) Byathahalli Village, kadakola Post, Mysore 571 311.

4) Bhatian Village, Solan district, Himachal Pradesh 174 101.

5) RIICo Chowk, alwar district, Bhiwadi, Rajasthan 301 019.

Board of Directors

H. LakSHManan, Chairman

dr. LakSHMI VenU

C. n. PRaSad

S. G. MURaLI

Audit Committee


dR. LakSHMI VenU

C. n. PRaSad

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

H. LakSHManan

S. G. MURaLI

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee


dr. LakSHMI VenU

S.G. MURaLI

Chief Executive Officer

RajeSH ooMMen

Chief Financial Officer

j. aSHok CHakRaVaRtHI

Company Secretary

G. SatHYan

Auditors

V. SankaR aIYaR & Co.,

Charterad accountants,

2 C, Court Chambers,

35, new Marine lines, Mumbai - 400 020

Dr Lakshmi Venu, Chairman


206

Directors’ Report to the ShareholdersThe Directors present the 29th annual report together with the audited financial statements for the year ended 31st March 2021.

Financial Highlights(Rs.in crores)

Details Year ended31.03.2021

Year ended31.03.2020

Sales and other income (a) 461.26 529.50

expenses

Cost of material consumed 307.48 345.83

Purchase of stock in trade - -

Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress 3.75 (1.87)

Employee benefit expenses 75.39 77.78

finance costs 16.03 15.22

depreciation and amortisation expense 19.85 22.07

other expenses 59.26 64.03

total expenses (B) 481.76 523.06

Profit before tax (A) – (B) (20.50) 6.44

Less: Income tax expense:

Current tax (0.36) 0.33

Deferred Tax (6.23) 1.21

Profit after tax from continuing operations (13.91) 4.90

Profit for the period (13.91) 4.90

Other Comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 3.22 (5.38)

Total comprehensive income for the period (10.69) (0.48)

Share Capital

the Company’s paid-up equity Share Capital as on 31st March 2021 is Rs. 44.57 Cr as compared to Rs. 42.17 Cr in the previous year.

During the year, the board of directors (the board) had allotted 23,95,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each at a premium of Rs.86 per share to TVS Motor Company Limited (TVSM), the holding company, on rights basis on 18th May 2020.

Dividend

Due to loss, the directors do not recommend any dividend for the year under review.

Industry Performance

Production

The Auto Industry produced a total of 22.65 Million vehicles including Passenger Vehicles (PVs), Commercial Vehicles (CVs), three-Wheelers, two-Wheelers and Quadricycle during the year under review as against 26.36 Million in the previous year, thereby registering a de-growth of 14.0 % as compared to previous year.

Domestic Sales

During the year, the sale of Passenger Vehicles declined by 2.2% over the corresponding previous year. Within the Passenger Vehicles, Cars and Vans sales declined by 9.1% and 17.6% respectively and Utility vehicles sales grew by 12.1% during the year over the corresponding previous year.

The overall Commercial Vehicles segment declined by 20.8% in the year 2020-21 as compared to the corresponding previous year. Medium & Heavy Commercial Vehicles (M & HCVs) declined by 28.4% and Light Commercial Vehicles declined by 17.3% in the financial year 2020-21 over the corresponding previous year.

Three Wheelers sales declined by 66.6% in the financial year 2020-21 over the corresponding previous year. Within the Three Wheelers, Passenger Carrier & Goods Carrier sales registered a de-growth of 74.5% and 26.4% respectively in the financial year 2020-21 over the corresponding previous year.

Two Wheelers sales registered a de-growth at 13.2% in the financial year 2020-21 as compared to the corresponding previous year. Within the two Wheelers segment, Scooters, Motorcycles and Mopeds declined by 19.5%, 10.7% and 3.1% respectively.

Exports

In the financial year 2020-21, overall automobile exports declined by 13.1%. Two wheelers, Commercial Vehicles (CVs), three wheelers and Passenger Vehicles (PVs) segments declined by 6.9%, 16.6%, 21.7% and 38.9% respectively in the financial year 2020-21 over the corresponding previous year.

S.No SegmentProduction Domestic sales Export sales

2019-20

2020-21

GOLY %

2019-20

2020-21

GOLY %

2019-20

2020-21

GOLY %

1 PVs 34 31 -11% 28 27 -2% 7 4 -39%2 CVs 8 6 -17% 7 6 -21% 1 1 -17%3 Three-Wheelers 11 6 -46% 6 2 -66% 5 4 -22%4 Two-wheelers 210 183 -13% 174 151 -13% 35 33 -7%

Total 263 226 -14% 215 186 -14% 47 41 -13%UOM : No of units in Lakhs

Company Performance

Sales of the auto components division of the Company declined from Rs.519.3 Cr in the previous year to Rs.454.7 Cr in the year under review. decrease in sales is due to market slow down due to Covid-19 pandemic restrictions/lockdowns. the Company has entered into business with various new customers like Royal Enfield, Mahle filters, Toyoda Gosei, Roki Minda, Borgwarner, KEMET, etc.

the Research and development(R&d) team at the Company has been involved in ‘co-design process’. they have designed and developed parts with customers like PSa avtec, Mobis, ashok Leyland etc.

During the year, nation-wide lockdown was followed in multiple phases during the first half of the financial year 2020-21. Due to this the sales volumes declined by 43% during H1 FY20-21 compared to corresponding previous year.

After the lockdowns, due to excess global consumption of key raw material ABS (Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene), there was a shortage in supply, which in turn had caused a price raise of 3 times the normal price. Since the price settlements of the company with TVS motors is made with a quarter lag, Company suffered a loss of Rs. 10 Crs during the financial year 2020-21, due to lag in compensation.

The Company had an operational loss of Rs. 4.4 Crs during the year 2020-21.

Business outlook

GDP growth is expected to be around 9.5% and the inflation (CPI) is expected at 4.5% level during the year 2021-22.

economic scenario in fY2022 is expected to be slightly optimistic due to lower base in fY2021 Covid-19 Pandemic. the vaccination drive started by the government is expected to bring down the infection rates.

By the end of FY21, second wave of Covid pandemic has started in India. If not controlled by proper measures, the economy will remain pessimistic in FY2022, as the events of FY2021 may repeat again.

The two-wheeler industry was already facing challenge of increase in total ownership cost due to mandatory long term insurance, BS VI implementation, increase in fuel prices, etc. Despite this two-wheeler industry is expected to grow in fY2022 due to lower base set in the previous year, increased export growth and improved availability of finance.

During 2020-21, Passenger vehicle segment was the first segment to rebound back to 2019-20 levels, due to need of personal mobility, crisis effect and improvement in availability of finance. The utility vehicle segment seemed to be a silver lining registering the positive growth for the year 2020-21. during 2021-22, the above drivers will continue and passenger vehicle segment is expected to grow.

Commercial vehicle industry was the worst hit segment in India due to Covid-19 pandemic. LCV segment is expected to grow in FY2022 due to last mile connectivity of e-commerce goods and migration of workforce. M&HCV segment is expected to grow due to infrastructure improvement and increase in industrial output

With the overall growth of the automotive industry coupled with new products planned by the Company for its customers, the Company’s overall sales during 2021-22 is expected to grow.

Audits / awards

The Company subjected to multiple audits by OEMs and customers during the financial year 2020-21

Maruti Center for excellence (MaCe)

: Post covid preparedness audit was conducted in Hosur plant (Score : 81%)

Borgwarner : Customer conducted audit in Hosur plant (Score : 88%)delta electronics India : Customer conducted audit in Hosur plant (Score : 87%)


207

Financial performance of the Subsidiary

As on the date of the report, the following are the Subsidiaries of the Company:

Sundaram Holding USA Inc. (SHUI) & its subsidiaries:

the Company along with its holding Company, viz., Sundaram-Clayton Limited has made an investment of 69.40 Mn USD in SHUI a Company established under the applicable provisions of Laws of United States of America. SHUI’s wholly owned subsidiaries are:

1. Green Hills Land holding LLC, South Carolina, USa

2. Component equipment Leasing LLC, South Carolina, USa

3. Sundaram-Clayton USa LLC, South Carolina, USa

4. Premier Land Holding LLC, South Carolina, USa

During the year 2020-21, the Company has invested a sum of USD 3 Mn in the ordinary shares of SHUI and holds 68% of the total capital of SHUI as on 31st March 2021.

As per Section 129 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Amendment Rules, 2014, an intermediate subsidiary is exempted to prepare consolidated financial statements, as its intermediate holding Company viz., TVS Motor Company Limited prepares and files consolidated financial statements with the Registrar of Companies. However, the salient features of the financial statement of the Subsidiaries in Form AOC-I, are annexed as Annexure IV of the Report, in terms of Section 129(3) of the Companies Act 2013 (the Act, 2013) read with Rule 5 of the Companies (accounts) Rules, 2014.

Risk Management

The Board has established a sound Risk Management framework to identify, monitor and minimize risks as well as to identify business opportunities.

Risk evaluation and management is an ongoing process. as a process, risks associated with the business are identified and prioritized based on the Company’s overall risk appetite, tolerance, strategy, severity and taking into account the current and prospective economic and financial environment.

Despite the rising second wave of active Covid cases, the company remains confident that adverse impact would be lower and bounce back swifter. This outlook of cautious optimism is built upon, on one hand, the company’s own supply chain preparedness and on the other, a belief that the administrative responses would far more measured, targeted and widespread vaccination drive to “Break the Chain”.

The Board is satisfied that there are adequate systems and procedures in place to identify, assess, monitor and manage risks. the Company’s audit Committee is overseeing all the risks that the organization faces such as strategic, financial, market, IT, legal, regulatory, reputational and other risks and recommends suitable action. Risk minimization policy has already been approved by the Board.

Directors’ responsibility statement

To the best of their knowledge and belief and according to the information and explanations obtained by them, the Directors have made the following statement in terms of Section 134 of the Companies act, 2013 (the act 2013):

(a) that in the preparation of the annual accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures, if any;

(b) that the directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

(c) that the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

(d) that the Directors had prepared the accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a going concern basis; and

(e) that the Directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.

Directors

Independent Directors (IDs)

Mr S Santhanakrishnan, ceased to be an Independent director on 18th february 2021, consequent to the expiry of his term.

Directors liable to retire by rotation

In terms of Section 152 of the Act 2013, two-third of the total number of Directors i.e., excluding IDs, are liable to retire by rotation and out of which, one-third is liable to retire by rotation at every annual general meeting.

Mr S G Murali and Mr C n Prasad, non-executive and non-independent directors, have been the longest in office, are liable to retire by rotation and proposed to be appointed at the ensuing Annual General Meeting (aGM).

Both the directors, being eligible, offer their candidature for re-appointment.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Directors at their meeting held on 22nd april 2021 recommended the re-appointment of Mr S G Murali and Mr C N Prasad as Directors of the Company.

Policy on Directors appointment and remuneration of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel

In accordance with Section 178 of the Act 2013, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee has formulated a Nomination & Remuneration Policy (NRC Policy) to ensure that Directors and KMPs are sufficiently remunerated for their performance. The Policy seeks to provide criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a Director.

Nomination and Remuneration Policy

directors:

NRC will recommend the remuneration for executive and non-executive Directors. This will be then approved by the Board and shareholders. the non-executive independent directors are appointed to the Board of the Company in terms of regulatory requirements.

key Managerial Personnel:

The remuneration of employees largely consists of basic salary, perquisites, allowances and performance incentives. Perquisites and retirement benefits are paid according to the Company’s policy, subject to prescribed statutory ceiling.

The components of the total remuneration vary for different grades and are governed by the industry pattern, qualification & experience / merits and performance of each employee.

the Company, while deciding the remuneration package, takes into consideration current employment scenario and remuneration package of the industry.

The annual variable pay of senior executives is linked to the performance of the Company in general and their individual performance for the relevant year measured against Company’s objectives fixed in the beginning of the year.

Criteria for Board Membership

directors:

the Company will generally consider (i) their relevant experience in finance/ Law/ Management/ Sales/ Marketing/ administration/ Research/ Corporate Governance/ technical operations or other disciplines related to Company’s business, (ii) through possessing the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values and (iii) their willingness to devote sufficient time and energy in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.

key Managerial Personnel (kMP)

M/s Rajesh Oommen, Chief Executive Officer, J Ashok Chakravarthi, Chief Financial Officer are the Key Managerial Personnel of the Company as on the date of this Report.

Mr Dinesh R G, resigned as Company Secretary of the Company effective 5th april 2021. Consequent to his resignation, Mr G Sathyan, is appointed as Company Secretary effective 22nd april 2021.

Hence, the Company is fully complied with the provisions of Section 203 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Evaluation of the Independent Director and Committees of Directors

In terms of Section 134 of the Act, 2013, the Board reviewed and evaluated Directors and its Committees viz., audit Committee, nomination and Remuneration Committee and Corporate Social Responsibility Committee.

Directors

The performance of Directors were assessed against a range of criteria such as contribution to the development of business strategy and performance of the Company, understanding the major risks affecting the Company, clear direction to the management and contribution to the Board cohesion.

The performance evaluation has been done by the entire Board of Directors except the Director concerned being evaluated. the Board noted that the directors have understood the opportunities and risks to the Company’s strategy and is supportive of the direction articulated by the management team towards consistent improvement.

Committees

Board delegates specific mandates to its various Committees, to optimize Directors’ skills and talent besides complying with key regulatory aspects.

- Audit Committee for overseeing financial reporting and risk minimization;

- Nomination and Remuneration Committee for selecting and remunerating Directors / KMPs;

- Corporate Social Responsibility Committee for overseeing CSR initiatives.


208

The performance of each Committee was evaluated by the Board after seeking inputs from its Members on the basis of the specific terms of reference, its charter, time spent by the Committees in considering key issues, major recommendations, action plans and work of each Committee.

The Board is satisfied with overall effectiveness and decision making of all Committees. The Board reviewed each Committee’s terms of reference to ensure that the Company’s existing practices remain appropriate. Recommendations from each Committee are considered and approved by the Board prior to implementation.

Corporate Governance

Board Meetings:

During the year under review, the Board met four times on 18th May 2020, 23rd july 2020, 23rd october 2020 and 25th january 2021 and the gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

audit Committee:

In terms of Rule 6 of the Companies (Meeting of Board and its Powers) Rules 2014, the Company is not required to comply with the constitution of Audit Committee with majority of IDs, since the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of TVSM.

Hence, the Board at its meeting held on 22nd April 2021 appointed Mr C N Prasad, NED of the Company as a member of the Committee, since the second term of Mr S Santhanakrishnan, expired on 18th February 2021 and ceased to be a director of the Company. The following Directors are the Members of Audit Committee of the Company as on the date of this Report:

1. Mr H Lakshmanan, Chairman

2. dr. Lakshmi Venu, non-executive non-Independent director

3. Mr C n Prasad, non-executive non-Independent director

All Members of the Audit Committee possess requisite qualification and have sound knowledge of finance, accounts, etc.

nomination and Remuneration Committee:

In terms of Rule 6 of the Companies (Meeting of Board and its Powers) Rules 2014, the Company is not required to comply with the constitution of Nomination and Remuneration Committee with half of the members shall be IDs, since the Company being a wholly owned subsidiary of TVSM.

Hence, the Board at its meeting held on 22nd April 2021 appointed Mr S G Murali, NED of the Company as a member of the Committee, since the second term of Mr S Santhanakrishnan, expired on 18th February 2021 and ceased to be a director of the Company. The following Directors are the Members of Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Company as on the date of this Report:

1. Mr H Lakshmanan, Chairman

2. dr. Lakshmi Venu, non-executive non-Independent director

3. Mr S G Murali, non-executive non-Independent director

Remuneration criteria to directors:

The non - executive / independent Director(s) receive remuneration by way of fees for attending meetings of Board or any Committee in which Director(s) is a Member.

Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (CSR):

In terms of Rule 5 of the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility) Rules 2014, the Company which is not required to appoint an independent director pursuant to sub-section (4) of section 149 of the Act, shall have its CSR Committee without such director.

The following Directors are the Members of Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Company as on the date of this Report:

1. Mr H Lakshmanan, non-executive non-Independent director.

2. dr. Lakshmi Venu, non-executive non-Independent director.

3. Mr S G Murali, non-executive non-Independent director.

Based on the recommendation of the CSR Committee, the Board has approved the projects / programs to be carried out as CSR activities by Srinivasan Services trust (SSt) by undertaking these programmes / projects, in compliance with the CSR policy of the Company and contributed Rs. 33 lakhs for the financial year 2020-21, towards CSR spending.

CSR activities have already been textured into the Company’s value system through Srinivasan Services Trust (SST), established in 1996 with the vision of building self-reliant rural community.

Over 25 years of service, SST has played a pivotal role in changing lives of people in rural India by creating self-reliant communities that are models of sustainable development.

Presently, SSt is working in 5,000 villages spread across tamil nadu, karnataka, Maharashtra, Himachal Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh covering a population of about 24.50 lakhs and 6.24

lakh families. SST has focussed on the areas of economic development, health care, education, environment, social and infrastructure actively in 3000 villages. SST will focus on 2000 villages also, so that all the areas are covered in the next 3 years.

The Company is eligible to spend on their ongoing projects / programs, falling within the CSR activities specified under the Act 2013, as mandated by MCA for carrying out its CSR activities.

As required under Section 135 of the Act 2013 read with Rule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, the annual report on CSR containing the particulars of the projects / programmes approved and recommended by CSR Committee and approved by the Board are given by way of Annexure V attached to this Report.

Effective 22nd january 2021, as per the Companies (amendment) act, 2020, where the amount to be spent by a Company does not exceed Rs. 50 lakhs, the requirement for constitution of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee shall not be applicable and the functions of such Committee provided under this section shall, in such cases, be discharged by the Board of Directors of such company.

Auditors

Statutory auditors:

The Company at its twenty fifth AGM held on 31st july 2017 appointed M/s V Sankar aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants, having Firm Registration No. 109208W allotted by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, as statutory auditors of the Company to hold office, for the first term of five consecutive years, from the conclusion of the said AGM, at such remuneration in addition to applicable taxes, out of pocket expenses, travelling and other expenses as may be mutually agreed between the Board of Directors of the Company and the Auditors.

In terms of the above provisions, M/s V Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants, have completed their fourth year in the first term of five consecutive years.

The Statutory Auditors will continue to hold office for the 5th year in the first term of five consecutive years, from the conclusion of this AGM.

The Company has obtained necessary certificate under Section 141 of the Act 2013 conveying their eligibility for being statutory auditors of the Company for the year 2021-22.

Secretarial auditor:

As required under Section 204 of the Act 2013 and the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules 2014, the Company is required to appoint a Secretarial Auditor for auditing secretarial and related records of the Company and a report received from them is required to be enclosed along with the annual report of the Company.

Accordingly, M/s S Krishnamurthy & Co., Practising Company Secretaries, secretarial auditor of the Company, submitted their report for the year 2019-20.

The Board has re-appointed them as Secretarial Auditor for carrying out the secretarial audit for the financial year 2021-22.

Both the Statutory Auditors Report and Secretarial Audit Report are free from any qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer, and hence do not warrant any explanation or comments by the Board.

Statutory Statements

deposits

The Company has not accepted any deposit from the public within the meaning of Section 76 of the Act 2013, for the year ended 31st March 2021.

Information on conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange etc:

The information is given in Annexure I to this report, in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014.

Material changes and commitments, if any, affecting the financial position of the company, having occurred since the end of the Year and till the date of the Report:

There have been no material changes and commitments affecting the financial position of the Company, which have occurred between the end of the financial year of the Company to which the financial statements relate and to the date of the report.

Significant and material orders passed by the Regulators or Courts or tribunals impacting the going concern status of the Company:

There are no significant and material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals, which would impact the going concern status of the Company and its future operations.

annual Return:

Extract of the Annual Return (Annexure II) in prescribed form is available as Annexure – II to this report and on the Company’s website in the following link www.sundaramautocomponents.com, in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3)(a) of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

http://www.sundaramautocomponents.com


209

employee’s remuneration:

Details of employees receiving the remuneration as prescribed under Section 197 of the Act 2013 read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 are given in Annexure III of the Report. In terms of first proviso to Section 136(1) of the Act, 2013 the Annual Report, excluding the aforesaid annexure is being sent to the Shareholders of the Company. The annexure is available for inspection at the Registered Office of the Company as mentioned in the Notice of AGM and any Shareholder interested in obtaining a copy of the said annexure may write to the Company Secretary at the Registered Office of the Company.

Details of material related party transactions:

Details of material related parties under Section 188 of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 are given in Annexure VI to this report in the prescribed form.

details of loans / guarantees / investments made:

As regards furnishing the details of loans and guarantees under Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the financial year 2020-21, the Company has not extended any guarantee or loans to other companies during the year under review.

However, please refer note no. 6 to Notes on accounts for the financial year 2020-21, for details of investments made by the Company.

Maintenance of cost records

The maintenance of cost records has not been specified by the Central Government under Section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 for the business activities carried out by the Company.

Disclosure in terms of Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013

the Company has duly constituted an Internal Complaints Committee as required under the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.

During the year under review, there were no cases filed pursuant to the provisions of Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act 2013.

Reporting of fraud

The Auditors of the Company have not reported any fraud as specified under Section 143(12) of the act, 2013.

Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from TVS Motor Company Limited, the holding Company.

The Directors thank the suppliers, customers and bankers for their continued support and assistance. The Directors also wish to place on record the appreciation of the excellent work done by all the employees of the Company..

For and on behalf of the Board

Place : Chennaidate: 22nd april 2021

H LakshmananChairman


210

Annexure - I CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS AND OUTGO(Pursuant to Section 134(3)(m) of the Companies Act, 2013)A. CONSERVATION OF ENERGY

1.1 Measures taken in the year 2020-21

• Wind power as an alternate sourcing of power

o Sourcing of wind power for Mysuru plant with capacity of 1.5 MW for a period of 10 years.

• Projects undertaken to reduce energy consumption:

o Conversion of diesel to LPG in paint shop at Hosur plant for cost effectiveness.

o Implementation of Variable Frequency Drives for injection moulding machines for energy conservation at Hosur plant

o Paint plant aSU blower running at slow speed during breaks : 11 L / a

The above measures along with other small projects resulted in an annual savings of Rs. 1.40 Crore.

1.2 Proposed measures for the year 2021-22:

o Implementing the additional solar power projects within the plant to maximize the power savings.

o Implementing the Energy Management System (EMS) for effective monitoring and control of power consumption.

o Proposed servo conversion for injection moulding machines – 6 nos.

The above measures are expected to result in improving the effectiveness energy management and power cost.

2. Steps taken for utilizing alternate sources of energy during the year 2019-20

The Company continued the utilization of the wind energy and solar energy to an extent of 11.5 MW, also balancing the power sourcing with IEX traded power.

3. Capital investment - Energy conservation Equipment:

nil

B. TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION

o Implemented blow moulding in Hosur plant for fuel tank which is a new business for SACL. This new product has resulted in a business growth of Rs 4 crores per annum.

o We have implemented the front finisher part for LCV vehicle weighing 1.3 kgs, which is the biggest part for SACL. For the first time we have painted such a large part. The annum sales for this project is Rs 6 crores.

o We have achieved 98% dimensions in functionally critically parts such as air bag parts, fuel filter parts by establishing the design and process SOP. This has resulted in growing the business with the customer with annual sales of Rs 38 crores.

C. FOREIGN EXCHANGE ACTUAL EARNINGS AND OUTGO

Total foreign exchange earnings and out go (Rs. In Cr)(a) earnings -(b) out go 32.66


Place : Chennai H Lakshmanandate : 22nd april 2021 Chairman


211

IV. SHARE HOLDING PATTERN (Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity)(i) Category-wise Share Holding : not applicable(ii) Shareholding of Promoters :

S no

Name of the Shareholders

(M/s.)

Shareholding at the beginning of the year

Share holding at the end of the year % change in

shareholding during the

yearNo. of Shares

% of total Shares of the

Company

No. of Shares


Company

1. tVS Motor Company Limited (Holding Company) and its six nominees

4,21,74,000 100% 4,45,69,000 100% -

totaL 4,21,74,000 100% 4,45,69,000 100% -

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding: tVS Motor Company Limited (Holding Company) and its six nominees

Particulars

Shareholding as at 1st april 2020

Shareholding as at 31st March 2021

No. of Shares

% of totalShares of the

Company

No. of Shares


Company

At the beginning of the year 4,21,74,000 100.00 - -

add: allotment made on 18th May 2020 23,95,000 -

At the end of the year - - 4,45,69,000 100.00

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GdRs and adRs) : N.A.

(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel : Nil

I. REGISTRATION AND OTHER DETAILS: i) CIn : U29249tn1992PLC051417 ii) Registration date : 10.06.1992 iii) Name of the Company : Sundaram Auto Components Limited iv) Category / Sub-Category of the Company : Public Limited Company v) Address of the Registered office and contact details : “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, nungambakkam Chennai 600006 tel: (044) 2827 22 33 fax : (044) 2825 71 21 vi) Whether listed company Yes / no : no vii) name, address and Contact details of Registrar and Transfer Agent, if any : Not Applicable

II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the Company shall be stated:-

Sl.no.

Name and Description of main products

NIC Code of the product

% to total turnover of the Company

1. Plastic Moulded components 2520 100

III. PARTICULARS OF HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY AND ASSOCIATE COMPANIES

S. No.

Name and Address of the

CompanyCIN / GLN

Holding / Subsidiary/ Associate

% of shares

held

Applicable Section – Companies Act,

2013

1. tVS Motor Company Limitedaddress:“Chaitanya”, no.12, khader nawaz khan Road, nungambakkam Chennai-600006

L35921tn1992PLC022845

Holding Company

100% 2(46)

2. Sundaram Holding USa Inc.address:2711, Centerville Road, #400 Wilmington, new Castle – 19808, State of Delaware, USa

na Subsidiary 68%

2(87)

3. Green Hills Land Holding LLC,address:1703, Laurel Street, Columbia, South Carolina – 29201, USa

na Subsidiary

100 % held by S.no.2

4. Component equipment Leasing LLC,address:1703, Laurel Street, Columbia, South Carolina – 29201, USa

na Subsidiary

5. Sundaram-Clayton LLC address:1703, Laurel Street, Columbia, South Carolina – 29201, USa

na Subsidiary

6. Premier Land Holding LLC,address:1703, Laurel Street, Columbia, South Carolina – 29201, USa

na Subsidiary

Annexure - IIForm No. MGT-9

EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURNFor the financial year ended 31st March 2021

[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]


212

C. REMUNERATION TO KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL OTHER THAN MD/MANAGER/WTD

(Rs. In lakhs)

S.no Particulars of Remuneration Ceo Cfo CS total

1. Gross salary

(a) Salary as per provisions contained in Section 17(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961

(b) Value of perquisites u/s 17(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961

(c) Profits in lieu of salary under Section 17(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961

84.09-

-

31.72-

-

--

-

115.81-

-

2. Stock option - - - -3. Sweat equity - - - -4. Commission

- as % of profit- others

- - - -

5. others - - - -total 84.09 31.72 - 115.81

VII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT/ COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES: Nil



(in Rs)

V. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL A. Remuneration to Managing Director, Whole-time Director and / or Manager: Nil B. Remuneration to other Directors:

Sl.No Particulars of Remuneration

Name of Directors – M/s.Total Amount

SSK

1. Independent directors:Fee for attending Board / Committee meetingsCommissionOthers, please specify

50,000 -

50,000 -

Total (A) 50,000 50,000

HL Dr.LV SGM CNP Total Amount2. Other Non –Executive Directors:

Fee for attending Board / Committee meetingsCommissionOthers, please specify

55,000 55,000 25,000 20,000 1,55,000

Total (B) 55,000 55,000 25,000 20,000 1,55,000

Total (A) + (B) 2,05,000

Overall Ceiling as per the Act

SSK - Mr S Santhanakrishnan; HL - Mr H Lakshmanan; Dr. LV - Dr. Lakshmi Venu; CNP - Mr C N Prasad; SGM - Mr S G Murali;


213

Annexure - IVFORM No. AOC - 1

(Pursuant to first proviso to sub-section (3) of section 129 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 5 of Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014) Part “A”: SubsidiariesStatement containing salient features of the financial statement of subsidiaries :-

S.No Name of the subsidiary Sundaram Holding USA Inc.,

date on which subsidiary was acquired 9th September 2015

Reporting period 1st april 2020 to 31st March 2021

Reporting currency USd

Closing exchange rate InR 73.11/USd

Share capital 471.91

Reserves & Surplus 12.86

total assets 782.71

total Liabilities 782.71

Investments -

turnover 3.43

Profit before taxation (4.05)

Provision for taxation -

Profit after taxation (4.05)

Proposed dividend -

% of shareholding 67.72%

note: 1. The figures of Sundaram Holding USA Inc includes the consolidation of its subsidiaries viz., Green Hills Land Holding LLC, Components Equipment Leasing LLC, Sundaram Clayton USA LLC

(formerly known as Workspace Project LLC) and Premier Land Holding LLC. 2. Subsidiaries which are yet to commence operations - Premier Land Holding LLC3. Subsidiaries which have been liquidated or sold during the year – Nil.

as per our report annexed

H Lakshmanan C n Prasad for V .Sankar aiyar & CoChairman director Chartered accountants

firm Regn. no. 109208W

Rajesh oommen j ashok Chakravarthi G Sathyan S. VenkataramanChief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary Partner

Membership no. 023116

Place: Chennai date: 22nd april 2021


214

Annexure - V

Particulars of Corporate Social Responsibility activities carried out by the Company in terms of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 20131. Brief outline on CSR Policy of the Company

This policy encompasses the Company’s philosophy for giving back to society as a corporate citizen and lays down the guidelines and mechanism for undertaking socially useful programs for the transformation and sustainable development of the rural communities at large.

2. Composition of CSR Committee:

Name of the Director (M/s.)

designation Status

1. H Lakshmanan non Independent director Chairman2. dr. Lakshmi Venu non Independent director Member3. S G Murali non Independent director Member

3. Web-link where Composition of CSR committee, Policy and Projects approved by the board are disclosed on the website of the company

https://www.sundaramautocomponents.com/Investor.html

4. Details of Impact assessment of CSR projects carried out in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, if applicable (attach the report).

not applicable

5 Details of the amount available for set off in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 7 of the Companies (Corporate Social responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 and amount required for set off for the financial year, if any

Sl. No.

Financial Year

Amount available for set-off from preceding financial years (in Rs)

Amount required to be setoff for the financial year, if any (in Rs)

Not applicable

6 Average net profit of the company as per section 135(5).

Rs. 16.05 Cr

7 (a) Two percent of average net profit of the company as per section 135(5)

Rs. 0.33 Cr

(b) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous financial years.

nIL

(c) amount required to be set off for the financial year, if any

nIL

(d) total CSR obligation for the financial year (7a+7b- 7c).

Rs. 0.33 Cr

8 (a) CSR amount spent or unspent for the financial year:

total amount Spent for the financial Year.(in Rs.)

amount Unspent (in Rs.)

Total Amount transferred to

Unspent CSR account as per

section 135(6).

Amount transferred to any fund specified under Schedule VII as per second proviso to section 135(5).

amount. Date of transfer.

Name of the

fund

amount. Date of transfer.

0.35 Cr na na na na na

8 (b) Details of CSR amount spent against ongoing projects for the financial year: - Not applicable

8 (c) Details of CSR amount spent against other than ongoing projects for the financial year:

Name of the Project.

economic development, education, environment, Health, Infrastructure & Water Conservation.

Item from the list of activities in Schedule VII to the act.

• eradicate poverty, promoting preventive healthcare and sanitation and making available safe drinking water;

• Promotion of Education, including special education and employment, enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women and livelihood enhancement projects;

• Promoting gender equality, empowering women and measures for reducing inequalities faced by socially and economically backward groups;

• ensuring environment sustainability, ecological balance, animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of natural resources and maintain quality of soil, air and water;

• Rural development projects

Local area (Yes / no).

Yes

Location of the project (State / district)

- tamil nadu : krishnagiri, tiruvannamalai, tirunelveli and thoothukudi, dharmapuri, nagapattinam, trichy, tiruvallur districts

- karnataka : Mysore, Bangalore Rural, and Chamrajanagar districts

- Himachal Pradesh : Solan district

- Maharashtra - Pune district – Shirur Block

– Venkatagiri – Nellore district-

amount spent for the project (in Rs.).

Rs. 1994.50 Lakhs includes Rs. 35 Lakhs

Mode of Implementation – Direct (Yes / no)

no

Name of the Implementing agency

Srinivasan Services Trustjayalakshmi estates, no. 29, Haddows RoadChennai - 600 006tamil naduPhone no: 044-28332115Mail Id: [email protected]

CSR Registration no.

CSR00001508.

8 (d) Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicablenot applicable8 (e) Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicable

8 (f) Total amount spent for the Financial Year (8b+8c+8d+8e)

8 (g) Excess amount for set off, if any – Nil

Sl. No. Particular Amount (in Rs.)(i) Two percent of average net profit of the company as per

section 135(5)

Rs. 0.33 Cr

(ii) Total amount spent for the Financial Year Rs. 0.35 Cr(iii) Excess amount spent for the financial year [(ii)-(i)] Rs. 0.02 Cr(iv) Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or

activities of the previous financial years, if any

nIL

(v) Amount available for set off in succeeding financial years

[(iii)-(iv)]

Rs. 0.02 Cr



mailto:[email protected]


215


Place : Chennai H Lakshmanandate : 22nd april 2021 Chairman CSR Committee

Annexure - VI

FORM No. AOC - 2Form for disclosure of particulars of contracts/arrangements entered into by the Company with related parties referred to in sub-Section (1) of Section 188 of the Companies Act, 2013 including certain arms length transactions under third proviso thereto

1. Details of contracts or arrangements or transactions not at arm‘s length basis:

nIL

2. Details of material contract, arrangement or transaction at arm‘s length basis:

(a) Name of the related party TVS Motor Company Limited

(b) Nature of relationship Holding Company

(c) Duration of the contracts/ arrangements/ transactions 2020-21

(d) Date (s) of approval by the Board, if any: 23rd january 2019

Nature of contracts/

arrangements/ transactions

Goods / Services

Salient terms of the contracts or arrangements or

transactions

Amount of contract or

arrangement(Rs. In Cr)

Sale Plastic Components and dies & Moulds

Mark-up on cost of raw materials and conversion cost

238.79

Rendering of Services

Share of cost of Salary, training expenses, rent, sharing of common expenses

at cost 0.00

Availing of Services

Sharing of Common exps etc. & Canteen recovery and Rent on Mysore Plant

at cost 0.64



9(a) Details of Unspent CSR amount for the preceding three financial years: (In Rs.)

Sl.no.

Preceding financial

Year.

amount transferred to Unspent

CSR account under

section 135 (6)

amount spent in the

reporting financial

Year

Amount transferred to any fund specified under Schedule VII as per section 135(6), if any

amount remaining to be spent in succeeding

financial years.

name of the fund

amount

Date of transfer.

not applicable

9 (b) Details of CSR amount spent in the financial year for ongoing projects of the preceding financial year(s) :

- not applicable

10 In case of creation or acquisition of capital asset, furnish the details relating to the asset so created or acquired through CSR spent in the financial year; (asset-wise details).(a) Date of creation or acquisition of the capital

asset(s).

not applicable

(b) Amount of CSR spent for creation or acquisition of capital asset

(c) Details of the entity or public authority or beneficiary under whose name such capital asset is registered, their address etc

(d) Details of the entity or public authority or beneficiary under whose name such capital asset is registered, their address etc

11 Specify the reason(s), if the company has failed to spend two per cent of the average net profit as per section 135(5).

not applicable


216

to,

the Members,Sundaram Auto Components Limited, [CIN:U29249TN1992PLC051417]“Chaitanya” no.12, khader nawaz khan Road, nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006We have conducted a Secretarial Audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and adherence to good corporate practices by SUndaRaM aUto CoMPonentS LIMIted (‘the Company’) during the financial year from 1st april 2020 to 31st March 2021(‘the year’/ ‘audit period’/ ‘period under review’).We conducted the Secretarial Audit in a manner that provided us a reasonable basis for evaluating the Company’s corporate conducts and statutory compliances and expressing our opinion thereon.We are issuing this report based on:(i) Our examination / verification of the books, papers, minute books and other records maintained

by the Company and furnished to us in electronic form, forms and returns filed, and compliance related action taken by the Company during the year as well as after 31st March 2021 but before the issue of this report;

(ii) Compliance certificate confirming compliance with all laws applicable to the Company given by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and taken on record by the Board of Directors; and

(iii) The representations made/given and information provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorised representatives during our conduct of the Secretarial Audit.

In our opinion, during the audit period covering the financial year ended on 31st March 2021, the Company has complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder and also has proper Board processes and compliance mechanism in place, to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter. The members are requested to read this report along with Annexure –A.1. Compliance with specific statutoryprovisionsWe report that:1.1 We have examined the books, papers, minute books and other records maintained by the

Company and furnished to us in electronic form for our verification, the forms, returns, reports, disclosures and information filed / submitted during the year, according to the applicable provisions of:

(i) The Companies Act, 2013 (‘the Act’) and the rules made thereunder; (ii) Regulation 24A of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations

and disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (LodR), being a material unlisted Indian subsidiary of M/s. TVS Motor Company Limited;

(iii) Regulation 9 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 (PIT), being a material subsidiary of M/s. TVS Motor Company Limited;

(iv) foreign exchange Management act, 1999, and the rules and regulations made thereunder,hereinafter referred to as FEMA.

(v) Mandatorily applicable Secretarial Standards, namely Secretarial Standards (SS-1) on “Meetings of the Board of Directors”, Secretarial Standards (SS-2) on “General Meetings”, issued by The Institute of Company Secretaries of India (Secretarial Standards).

1.2 during the period under review, and also considering the compliance related action taken by the Company after 31st March 2021 but before the issue of this report, the Company, to the best of our knowledge and belief and based on the records, information, explanations and representations furnished to us, has generally complied with:

(i) The applicable provisions of the Act and the Rules, mentioned in paragraph 1.1 (i) above;

(ii) Regulation 24A of LODR and Regulation 9 of PIT, mentioned in paragraph 1.1 (ii) and above;

(iii) the applicable rules and regulations under feMa mentioned in paragraph 1.1 (iv) above with respect to overseas direct Investments (odI) and external Commercial Borrowings (ECB); and

(iv) The mandatorily applicable Secretarial Standards on Meetings of the Board of Directors (SS-1) and General Meetings (SS-2) referred to in paragraph 1.1 (v) above.

1.3 We are informed that, during/ in respect of the year: (i) The Company, and also in view of non-arising of certain events, was not required to

comply with the following laws/ rules/ regulations and consequently was not required to maintain any books, papers, minute books or other records or file any forms/ returns under:

(a) foreign exchange Management act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made thereunder, with respect to Foreign Direct Investment;

(b) Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, and the rules made thereunder; (c) Depositories Act, 1996, and the Regulations and bye-laws framed thereunder; (d) Regulations prescribed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,

1992, except Regulation 24A of LODR and Regulation 9 of PIT; and (e) Listing agreements with stock exchanges.

(ii) There was no other law that was specifically applicable to the Company, considering the nature of its business. Hence, the requirement to report on compliance with specific laws under paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 above did not arise.

(iii) Since the Company is not a material subsidiary of M/s. TVS Motor Company Limited in terms of Regulation 24(1) of LODR, it was not required to appoint an Independent Director of the holding company as a Director.

(iv) Since the Company is a wholly owned Indian subsidiary of M/s. TVS Motor Company Limited, it is not required, under the act, to:

(a) Constitute an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors; (b) Constitute a Nomination and Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors;

and (c) Appoint Independent Directors on the Board of Directors.2. Board processes We further report that:2.1 Board constitution and balance (i) as on 31st March 2021, the Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted

and consists of four Non Executive Directors including One Woman Director. The Company does not have an Executive Director but has a Chief Executive Officer in terms of Section 203(1)(i) of the Act.

(ii) Re-appointment of Mr. H Lakshmanan (DIN: 00057973) and Dr. Lakshmi Venu (DIN: 02702020), directors who retired by rotation at the 28th annual General Meeting held on 23rd July 2020, were carried out in compliance with the applicable provisions of the act and the Rules made thereunder.

(iii) The tenure of Mr. S Santhanakrishnan (DIN: 00005069) as an Independent Director came to an end on 18th February 2021. We are informed that, in view of there being no requirement to appoint an Independent director, no appointment has been made in the place vacated by him.

(iv) the Company has an audit Committee as well a nomination and Remuneration Committee. as on 31st March 2021, both the Committees have non-Independent Directors as members and the Chairman of the Board of Directors as their Chairman.

2.2 Board meetings (i) Adequate notice was given to all the directors to plan their schedule for all the Board

Meetings. Notices of Board meetings were sent atleast 7 (seven) days in advance, except in cases of meetings convened at a shorter notice.

(ii) Agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent atleast 7 (seven) days before all the Board meetings, except in case of some meetings. Agenda notes in respect of additional subjects and supplementary agenda notes and annexures in respect of some of the agenda items were either circulated separately or at the meeting.

2.3 We are informed that a system exists for directors to seek and obtain further information and clarifications on the agenda items before the meetings and for their meaningful participation at the meetings.

2.4 We are informed that, at the Board meetings held during the year: (i) Majority decisions were carried through; and (ii) No dissenting views were expressed by any director on any of the subject matters

discussed, that were required to be captured and recorded as part of the Minutes.3. Compliance mechanism We further report that:3.1 the Company has reasonably adequate systems and processes, commensurate with its size

and operations, to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.4. Specific events /actions We further report that:4.1 During the audit period, the following specific events and actions having a major bearing on

the Company’s affairs took place in pursuance of the above referred laws, rules, regulations and standards:

(i) Allotment of 23,95,000 equity shares at a price of Rs.96/- per equity share by way of rights issue was made on 18th May 2020 to its holding Company M/s. tVS Motor Company Limited.

for S. krishnamurthy & Co Company Secretaries

k. Sriram, Partnerdate : 22nd april 2021 Membership no.f6312Place : Chennai Certificate of Practice No: 2215

Note: M/s. S Krishnamurthy & Co., Company Secretaries, holds Peer Review Certificate No. 739/ 2020 dated 28th May 2020, issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India, which is valid for 5 years from the date of issue.

Form No. MR-3Secretarial Audit Report for the financial year ended 31st March 2021

[Pursuant to Section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No.9 of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 read with Regulation 24A of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015]


217

to,

the Members,Sundaram Auto Components Limited, [CIN:U29249TN1992PLC051417]“Chaitanya” no.12, khader nawaz khan Road, nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006

Our Secretarial Audit Report (Form MR-3) of even date for the financial year ended 31st March 2021is to be read along with this letter.

1. The Company’s management is responsible for maintenance of secretarial records and compliance with the provisions of corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations and standards. our responsibility is to express an opinion on the secretarial records produced for our audit.

2. We have followed such audit practices and processes as we considered appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the correctness of the contents of the secretarial records.

3. While forming an opinion on compliance and issuing this report, we have also considered compliance related action taken by the Company after 31st March 2021 but before the issue of this report.

4. We have considered compliance related actions taken by the Company based on independent legal/ professional opinion/ certification obtained as being in compliance with law.

5. We have verified the secretarial records furnished to us on a test basis to see whether the correct facts are reflected therein. We also examined the compliance procedures followed by the Company on a test basis. We believe that the processes and practices we followed provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Annexure - A to Secretarial Audit Report of even date

6. We have verified only the documents shared by the Company in electronic mode due to the lockdown ordered by the Central Government and various State Governments.

7. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of financial records and books of accounts of the Company, as they are subject to audit by the Auditors of the Company appointed under Section 139 of the Act.

8. We have obtained the Management’s representation about compliance of laws, rules and regulations and happening of events, wherever required.

9. Our Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.

for S. krishnamurthy & Co Company Secretaries

k. Sriram, Partner

date : 22nd april 2021 Membership no.f6312Place : Chennai Certificate of Practice No: 2215


218

To the Members of SUNDARAM AUTO COMPONENTS LIMITED

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE STAND-ALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion

We have audited the standalone financial statements of Sundaram Auto Components Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone balance sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the stand-alone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013(“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2021, loss, Other total Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs) specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those SAs are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the standalone financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion on the financial statements.

Information Other than the Standalone Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report thereon

The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Directors’ Report to the Shareholders but does not include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the standalone financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the standalone financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the standalone financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Stand-alone financial statements

The Company’s Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these financial statements that give a true and fair view of the state of affairs, loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management and the Board of Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Board of Directors either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the stand-alone financial statements

Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Sundaram Auto Components Limited, Chennai for the year ended 31st March 2021

as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Sas will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal financial controls system with reference to standalone financial statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the standalone financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and content of the standalone financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the standalone financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements

1. as required by the Companies (auditor’s Report) order, 2016 (“the order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the Annexure A statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order, to the extent applicable.


(a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit.

(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books.

(c) The Standalone Balance Sheet, the Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity and the Standalone Statement of Cash Flows dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the books of account.

(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid stand-alone financial statements comply with the Ind AS specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on 31st March 2021 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2) of the act.


219

(f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls over financial reporting of the Company and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “annexure B”.

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on its financial position in its standalone financial statements - Refer Note XXX to the standalone financial statements.

ii. the Company did not have any long-term contracts including derivative contracts for which there were any material foreseeable losses.

iiii. There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor education and Protection fund by the Company.

ANNEXURE “A” TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT – 31st March 2021 (Referred to in our report of even date)

for V.SankaR aIYaR & Co. Chartered accountants ICaI Regn. no.109208W

S. VenkataRaManPlace: Chennai PaRtneR date: 22nd april 2021 Membership no.023116

3. With respect to the matter to be included in the Auditors’ Report under Section 197(16) of the act.

In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid remuneration to its directors during the current year and hence, applicability of the provisions of Section 197 of the Act does not arise. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has not prescribed other details under Section 197(16) which are required to be commented upon by us.



(i) (a) the Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of fixed assets (Property, Plant and Equipment).

(b) The company has a regular program of physically verifying all fixed assets at its offices in a phased manner over a period of 2 years, which in our opinion is reasonable having regard to the size of the company and the nature of its assets. Based on the information and explanation given to us and on verification of the records of the Company, the Company has physically verified the fixed assets as per their program during the year. No material discrepancies as compared to book records were noticed on such verification.

(c) According to the information and explanations given to us and on the basis of our examination of the records of the company, the title deeds of immovable properties are held in the name of the company.

(ii) The inventories have been physically verified by the management during the year. In our opinion the frequency of the physical verification is reasonable, the discrepancies noticed on verification between the physical stocks and the book stocks were not material and have been properly dealt with in the books of accounts.

(iii) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loans, secured or unsecured, to Companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or Other parties covered in the register maintained under Section 189 of the Companies Act 2013. Accordingly, the provisions of clauses (iii) (a), (b) & (c) of Para 3 of the Order are not applicable.

(iv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has complied with the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act in respect of making investments, as applicable. the Company has not granted any loan or provided any guarantee/securities during the year.

(v) The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public, within the meaning of Section 73 to 76 or any other relevant provisions of the Act and Rules framed thereunder. We are informed that no order has been passed by the Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal or Reserve Bank of India or any court or other tribunal.

(vi) According to the information and explanations given to us, in respect of the class of industry the company falls under, the Central Government has not specified the maintenance of cost records under section 148 (1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of clause (vi) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

(vii) (a) According to the records of the Company, the Company is generally regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues payable including Provident fund, employees’ State Insurance, Income tax, Goods and Services tax, Customs duty and Cess and other material statutory dues as applicable to the Company with the appropriate authorities. according to the information and explanations given to us, no undisputed amounts payable in respect of Provident Fund, Employees’ State Insurance, Income Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Customs duty and Cess and other material statutory dues were in arrears as at 31st March 2021 for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.

(b) According to the information and explanations given to us and the records of the Company, there are no dues of Income-Tax, Customs Duty, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Value added Tax and Cess which have not been deposited on account of any dispute as at 31st March 2021 other than the following on account of dispute as given below.

Name of the statue/ (Nature of dues)

Period of Due Rs. In Crores forum where dispute is pending

Goods and Services tax 2017

july 17 to September 18

2.82 Writ petition filed in High Court of Andhra Pradesh

Income tax act, 1961 fY 2008-09 to fY 2017-18

1.63 Assessing Officer and CIt(a)

(viii) on the basis of verification of records and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not defaulted in repayment of loans or borrowings to Banks/financial Institutions/Government. the company has not raised any monies against issue of debentures.

(ix) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the term loans availed by the Company have been applied for the purpose to which they were obtained. the Company has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year.

(x) Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and as per the information and explanations given to us by the Management and the representations obtained from the management, we report that no material fraud by the Company and on the company by its officers or employees has been noticed or reported during the year.

(xi) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid managerial remuneration as referred under section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act and hence reporting under clause (xi) of Para 3 of the Order is not applicable.

(xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under clause (xii) of Para 3 of the order is not applicable.

(xiii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, based on verification of the records and approvals of the Audit Committee, the Company is in compliance with Section 177 and Section 188 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the related parties and the details of related party transactions have been disclosed in the standalone financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.

(xiv) During the year the Company has made preferential allotment of equity shares and the requirements of Section 42 of the Act have been complied with. Further, the amounts raised have been used for the purpose for which the funds were raised. The company has not made any private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year.

(xv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with him and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

(xvi) The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India act, 1934.

UdIn 21023116aaaaHL9384



220

Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)

1. We have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of Sundaram Auto Components Limited (“the Company”) as of March 31, 2021 in conjunction with our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Managements Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

2. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditor’s Responsibility

3. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on auditing, issued by ICaI and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls, both applicable to an audit of Internal Financial Controls and, both issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

4. Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. the procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

5. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls system over financial reporting.

ANNEXURE ‘B’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT – 31st March 2021 (Referred to in our report of even date)

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

6. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

7. Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

8. In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial Control system over financial reporting and such internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as at March 31, 2021, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Control over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.





221

Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021Rupees in crores






Place: Chennai date: 22-04-2021

Notes As at March 31, 2021 As at March 31, 2020AssetsNon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 2 (a) 216.01 230.05 Right of use of Assets 2 (b) 12.27 17.83 Capital work in progress 3 10.10 9.87 Goodwill 4 2.20 2.20 other intangible assets 4 - 0.09 financial assets

i. Investments 5 320.52 297.42 ii. Other financial assets 6 0.33 0.52

other non-current assets 7 13.79 36.61

Total non-current assets 575.22 594.59

Current assetsInventories 8 32.94 29.14 financial assets

i. trade receivables 9 83.36 60.92 ii. Cash and cash equivalents 10 1.90 1.27 iii. Other financial assets 11 - 1.49

other current assets 12 35.89 31.61

Total current assets 154.09 124.43 Total Assets 729.31 719.02

Equity and liabilitiesEquityequity share capital 13 44.57 42.17 other equity 14 374.24 362.90

Total equity 418.81 405.07 LiabiltiesNon-current liabilitiesfinancial liabilities

(i) Borrowings 15 (a) 69.54 120.79 (ii) Lease liabilities 15 (b) 1.45 1.60

Provision - Employee benefit obligations 16 3.03 3.80 Deferred tax liabilities (Net) 17 10.74 16.79 other non current liabilities 12.65 20.15 Total non-current liabilities 97.41 163.13 Current liabilitiesfinancial liabilities

i. Borrowings 18 49.89 48.35 ii. trade payables 19

a.Total outstanding dues of Micro and Small enterprises 5.25 4.87 b.Total outstanding dues of other than (ii) a above 67.78 48.54

iii. Lease liability 15 (b) 0.15 0.38 iv. Other financial liabilities 20 48.23 21.52

other current liabilities 21 40.59 25.97 Provision - Employee benefit obligations 16 1.20 1.19

Total current liabilities 213.09 150.82 Total liabilities 310.50 313.95

Total equity and liabilities 729.31 719.02 Significant Accounting Policies(See accompanying notes to the financial statements) 1


222

Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March 2021 Rupees in crores

Notes Year ended March 31, 2021 Year ended March 31, 2020IncomeRevenue from operations 23 459.53 525.74 other income 24 3.16 3.76

Total income 462.69 529.50

ExpensesCost of material consumed 25 307.48 345.83 Changes in inventories of finished goods, Stock-in -Trade and work-in-progress 25 3.75 (1.87)Employee benefit expenses 26 69.22 77.78 finance costs 27 16.01 15.22 depreciation and amortisation expense 2 & 4 19.85 22.07 other expenses 28 56.10 64.03 Total expenses 472.41 523.06 Profit/ (Loss) before exceptional items (9.72) 6.44

exceptional items - Gain / (Loss) (9.36) -

Profit/(Loss) before tax (19.08) 6.44 Income tax expenseCurrent tax 29 (0.36) 0.33 Deferred tax 29 (6.23) 1.21

Profit/(Loss) for the year (12.49) 4.90

Other comprehensive incomeA. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurement of post employment benefit obligations arising on accountof actuarial losses

1.25 (1.47)

Change in fair value of equity instruments 0.23 (0.33)

Income tax relating to these items 0.45 (0.67)

B. Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss

Fair value changes on cash flow hedges 1.94 (4.11)


Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 3.23 (5.38)

Total comprehensive income for the period (9.26) (0.48)

Earnings per equity share of Rs. 10 each fully paid up 35Basic and diluted earnings per share (in Rupees) (2.84) 1.27

Significant Accounting Policies(See accompanying notes to the financial statements)

1








223

Cash Flow StatementRupees in crores

Details Year Ended March 31,2021 Year Ended March 31,2020

Profit before tax (19.08) 6.44

Adjustments for

depreciation and amortisation expense 19.85 22.07

Prov. for doubtful debt 0.15 0.15

Loss on cancellation of land lease 3.17 -

Loss on sale of fixed assets 0.01 -

(Gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment - (0.03)

employee provisions 0.99 1.16


Share of profit from LLP (2.71) (2.60)

Impact of fair valuation of financial liability 0.16 (3.37)

finance costs 16.01 15.22

37.26 32.40

Operating profit before working capital changes 18.18 38.84

Change in operating assets and liabilities

(Increase) / decrease in trade receivables (22.59) 15.73

(Increase) / decrease in Inventories (3.80) (4.00)

(Increase) / Decrease in other financial assets 0.19 -

(Increase) / decrease in other non-current assets 1.45 (1.05)

(Increase) / decrease in other current assets (3.92) 3.47

Increase / (decrease) in trade payables 19.62 (7.67)

Increase / (decrease) in other current liabilities 7.12 (1.93) 4.46 10.94

Cash generated from operations 16.25 49.78

Less: Direct taxes paid (net of Refund) - 1.42

Net cash inflow from operating activities 16.25 48.36

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment (5.19) (17.24)

Payments for Intangibles - (0.01)

Payments for property, plant and equipment - Cwip (0.23) (6.17)

Capital advances Made 0.53 (0.79)

Payments for purchase of investment - (0.92)

Investments in subsidiaries (22.93) (42.82)

Proceeds from cancellation of land lease 24.60 -

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment - 0.18

Proceeds from sale of Investment 0.01 -

Share of profit from LLP 2.71 2.60

Interest received 0.37 0.20

Net cash outflow from investing activities (0.13) (64.97)


224







Details Year Ended March 31,2021 Year Ended March 31,2020

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid (15.83) (14.99)

dividends & dividend tax paid - (2.54)

Lease liability paid (0.36) (0.71)

Interest on Lease liability (0.15) (0.20)

Proceeds from issue of share capital 23.00 59.98

Receipt / (repayment) of Short term loan 29.09 (10.00)

Receipt / (repayment) of Long term loan (23.69) (29.21)

Net cash inflow (outflow) from financing activities 12.06 2.33

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 28.18 (14.28)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

Cash and cash equivalents 1.27 1.24

Overdraft utilised (38.35) (37.08) (24.04) (22.80)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year


Overdraft utilised (10.80) (8.90) (38.35) (37.08)

Note: The above statement of cash flow is prepared using indirect method

Particulars as at 01-04-2020 Cash flow amortization foreign exchange

movement as at

31-03-2021

non current borrowings (including current maturities) 141.59 (23.69) 0.09 (1.32) 116.67

Current borrowings 10.00 29.09 - - 39.09


225

A. EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL Total As at 01-04-2019 35.93 Changes in equity share capital 6.24 As at 31-03-2020 42.17 Changes in equity share capital 2.40 As at 31-03-2021 44.57

Statement of Changes in EquityRupees in crores

B. OTHER EQUITYGeneral Reserve

Securities Premium Reserve

Equity Instruments Fair Value through

Other Comprehensive

Income

Hedging Reserve Retained Earnings

Total

Balance as at April 1, 2019 8.30 219.98 (2.36) (2.25) 88.76 312.43 adjustment towards lease liability (0.29) - - - - (0.29)Fair value of pension fund 0.04 - - - - 0.04 Issue of equity shares - 53.74 - - - 53.74 Profit for the period 2019-20 - - - - 4.90 4.90 Other comprehensive income for the year 2019-20 - - (0.33) (2.91) (2.14) (5.38)

Sub-total A 8.05 273.72 (2.69) (5.16) 91.52 365.44 Less : Distribution to shareholders2019-20 first and final dividend paid - - - - 2.11 2.11 dividend distribution tax paid - - - - 0.43 0.43 Sub-total B - - - - 2.54 2.54 Balance as at March 31, 2020 C = (A - B) 8.05 273.72 (2.69) (5.16) 88.98 362.90

Issue of equity shares - 20.60 - - - 20.60 Profit for the period 2020-21 - - - - (12.49) (12.49)Other comprehensive income for the year 2020-21 - - 0.23 1.31 1.69 3.23

Sub-total D 8.05 294.32 (2.46) (3.85) 78.18 374.24 Less : Distribution to shareholders2020-21 first and final dividend paid - - - - - - dividend distribution tax paid - - - - - - Sub-total E - - - - - - Balance as at March 31, 2021 F = (D - E) 8.05 294.32 (2.46) (3.85) 78.18 374.24 Nature and purpose of reserves:Security premium reserve: This is used to record premium on issue of shares. The reserve will be utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013General reserve: This is available for distribution to share holders.








226

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESa) Brief description of the Company

Sundaram Auto Components Limited (“the reporting entity” or referred to as “the Company”) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India. The registered office is located at Chaitanya, no.12, khadar nawaz khan Road, nungambakkam Chennai 600 006,tamil nadu, India.

The Company manufactures injection moulded plastics components used in automobile industry. The Company has manufacturing plants located at Chennai and Hosur in Tamil Nadu, Mysore in karnataka, Bhiwadi in Gujarat and nalagarh in Himachal Pradesh.


The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] and other relevant provisions of the Act.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost convention under accrual basis of accounting except for certain financial assets and liabilities (as per the accounting policy below), which have been measured at fair value.

c) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in the current and future period.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in the relevant notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.

d) Significant Estimates and judgments

i. Estimation of fair value of unlisted securities- Refer Note 33

ii. Defined benefit obligation - Refer Note 16

iii. Estimation of useful life of Property, Plant and Equipment - Refer Note 1(f) and 1(g)

iv. Estimation and evaluation of provisions and contingencies relating to tax litigations - Refer note 38.

v. Estimation of useful life of Property, Plant and Equipment – Refer note 1(f) and 1(g)


The Company has adopted Ind AS 115 from 1st April, 2018 and opted for modified retrospective application with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognised at the date of initial application. the standard has been applied to all open contracts as on 1st april, 2018, and subsequent contracts with customers from that date.

i. Performance obligation:

The revenue is recognized on fulfilment of performance obligation.

ii. Sale of products:

Revenue from sale of products is recognised when the products are delivered to the customer or when delivered to the designated carrier and when risks and rewards of ownership pass to the customers, as per terms of contract.

Revenue is measured and recognized at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and net of returns, trade allowances and rebates.

iii. dividend income:

Dividend from investments is recognised when the right to receive the same is established.

iv. Interest income:

Interest income is recognised on time proportion basis, determined by the amount outstanding and the rate applicable.

v. Significant judgements:

There are no significant judgements made by the Company in determining the timing of satisfaction of performance obligation. It is determined as per the terms of the contract.

f) Property, Plant and Equipment

Freehold Land is stated at historical cost. All other items of property plant and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Cost

includes purchase price, taxes and duties, labour cost and directly attributable overhead expenditure incurred upto the date the asset is ready for its intended use. However, cost excludes excise duty, value added tax and service tax, wherever credit of the duty or tax is availed of.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All repairs and maintenance are charged to Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. these are included in profit or loss within other gains / (losses).

g) Depreciation and amortization

i. Depreciation on tangible fixed assets is charged over the estimated useful life of the asset or part of the asset (after considering double/triple shift) as evaluated by a Chartered Engineer, on straight line method, in accordance with Part A of Schedule II to the Companies act 2013.

ii. Keeping in mind the rigorous and periodic maintenance program followed by the Company, the estimated useful life of the tangible fixed assets as assessed by the Chartered Engineer and followed by the Company is given below:

description Yearsfactory building and other buildings 30 Material handling equipment 5 to 10Plant and equipment 10 to 15 electrical equipment 3 to 15Furniture and fixtures 3 to 15Computers and information systems 3Office equipment 5 to 15Mobile phones 2Vehicles 5

iii. Tools and dies used for manufacture of components are depreciated based on quantity of components manufactured and the life of tools and dies, subject to a maximum of 3-5 years.

iv. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and depreciation is accordingly charged, at the end of each reporting period. (Presently, the company retains 5% of the cost of the asset as its residual value other than mobile phone)

v. On tangible fixed assets added / disposed off during the year, depreciation is charged on pro-rata basis from the date of addition / till the date of disposal.

vi. Depreciation in respect of tangible assets costing less than Rs.5,000/- is provided at 100%.

h) Intangible assets

i) Software and License fee

Intangible assets acquired are recorded at their acquisition cost and are amortised over its useful life, viz., 2 years in the case of software and license fee.

ii) Goodwill

Goodwill on acquisition of business is included in intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

i) Transactions in foreign currencies

i. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of transaction.

ii. foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities such as cash, receivables, payables, etc., are translated at year end exchange rates.

iii. Non-monetary items denominated in foreign currency such as investments, fixed assets, etc., are valued at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of transaction.

iv. Exchange differences arising on settlement of transactions are recognised as income or expense in the year in which they arise.

j) Hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date when a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The


227

accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as either:

• hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedges)

• hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of recognized assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges), or

• hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges).

the Company documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. the Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 33. Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in Statement of Changes in Equity. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in the other comprehensive income in cash flow hedging reserve within equity, limited to the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item on a present value basis from the inception of the hedge. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss, within other gains/(losses).

When forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Company generally designates only the change in fair value of the forward contract related to the spot component as the hedging instrument. Gains or losses relating to the effective portion of the change in the spot component of the forward contracts are recognised in other comprehensive income in cash flow hedging reserve within equity. In some cases, the entity may designate the full change in fair value of the forward contract (including forward points) as the hedging instrument. In such cases, the gains and losses relating to the effective portion of the change in fair value of the entire forward contract are recognized in the cash flow hedging reserve within equity. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place).

When a hedging instrument expires, or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative deferred gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging in equity at that time remains in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. When the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss and deferred costs of hedging that were reported in equity are immediately reclassified to profit or loss

k) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

i. Cost of Raw materials, components, stores, spares, are ascertained on a moving average basis.

ii. Cost of finished goods and work-in-process comprises of direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure, the latter being allocated on the basis of normal operating capacity. Costs are assigned to individual items of inventory on the basis of weighted average costs. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting rebates and discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Materials held for use in production of finished goods are not written down if the finished products in which they will be used are expected to be sold at or above cost. Slow and non-moving materials, obsolescence, defective inventories are provided in the books if more than one year of age.

l) Employee benefits

i) Short term obligations:

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in respect of employees’ services upto the end of the reporting period and are recognised at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. the liabilities are presented as current employee benefit obligations in the balance sheet.

ii) Other long-term employee benefit:

The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore, measured and recognized as the present value of the expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee upto the end of reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms

approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Re-measurement as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in other comprehensive income.

iii) Post-employment obligation:

The Company operates the following post-employment schemes:

a) Defined benefit plans such as gratuity for its eligible employees, pension plan for its senior managers; and

b) Defined contribution plan such as provident fund.

Pension and gratuity obligation:

The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension and gratuity plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by Actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the statement of profit and loss.

Re-measurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised immediately in statement of profit and loss as past service cost.

Provident fund:

the company regularly contributes the amounts due to the Regional Provident fund Commissioner.

iv) Bonus plans:

The Company recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses. The Company recognises a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

m) Taxes on Income

Tax expense comprises of current and deferred taxes.

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the company’s subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable statement of profit and loss. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in statement of profit and loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

Where the Companyis entitled to claim special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets or in relation to qualifying expenditure (the Research and Development or other investment allowances), the Company accounts for such allowances as tax credits, which means that the allowance reduce income tax payable and current tax expense. A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward to the extent that there is a reasonable certainty of recovering/utilizing such unclaimed tax credits.


228

n) Government Grants

Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Company will comply with all attached conditions.

Government grants receivable as compensation for expenses or financial support are recognized in profit or loss of the period in which it becomes available.

o) Provisions and contingent liabilities

i) Provisions:

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. The estimated liability for product warranties is recorded when products are sold based on technical evaluation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expenses.

ii) Contingent liabilities:

Wherever there is a possible obligation that may, but probably will not require a cash outflow, the same is disclosed as contingent liability. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

p) Segment reporting

operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker.

q) Leases

From 1 April 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Company. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. the Company allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate for which the Company is a lessee, it has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

• fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

• variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date

• amounts expected to be payable by the Company under residual value guarantees

• the exercise price of a purchase option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising that option

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Company, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

to determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company:

• where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received

• uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Company which does not have recent third party financing, and

• makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security.

The Company is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Variable lease payments that depend on sales are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers those payments occurs.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received

• any initial direct costs, and

• restoration costs.

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Company is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

r) Impairment of assets

Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. the recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units).

Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

s) Cash and Cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with Banks, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are displayed within borrowings in current liabilities in the balance sheet.

t) Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

u) Investments and Other financial assets

i) Classification

The Company has classified as follows:

• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or through statement of profit and loss), and

• those measured at amortized cost.

The classification was based on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flow.

ii) Measurement – financial assets: -

Initially these are recognized at cost.

In addition to transaction cost attributable to such asset, corresponding effect on fair valuation is recognized in statement of profit and loss.

debt Instruments:

debt instruments are initially recognized at cost.

debt instruments which are initially recognized at cost are subsequently measured based on the company’s business model for managing the asset and cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments.

amortised Cost:

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in statement of profit and loss when the asset is de-recognised or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method.


229

Fair Value through statement of profit and loss:

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value through statement of profit and loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through statement of profit and loss and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in statement of profit and loss and presented in the statement of profit and loss within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest income from these financial assets is included in other income.

equity instruments:

The Company subsequently measures all investments in equity (except of the subsidiaries/associate) at fair value. Where the company’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in other comprehensive income, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to statement of profit and loss. Dividends from such investments are recognised in statement of profit and loss as other income when the Company’s right to receive payments is established.

Where the Company elects to measure fair value through profit and loss, changes in the fair value of such financial assets are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately. Where the Company elects to measure fair value through profit and loss, changes in the fair value of such financial assets are recognised in the statement of profit and loss.

Investment in subsidiary / associate:

Investment in subsidiary/associate are measured at cost less provision for impairment.

iii) Impairment of financial assets

The company assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortised cost and fVoCI debt instruments. the impairment mythology applied depends on whether there has been significant increase in credit risk. Note 31 details how the company determines whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments, which requires expected credit losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

iv) De-recognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognised only when:

a) the Company has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset or

b) the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but a contractual obligation exists to pay the such flows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognised. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is not derecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Company has not retained control of the financial asset. Where the company retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to the extent of continuing involvement in the financial asset.

v) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognized in statement of profit and loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in statement of profit and loss as other gain/(loss).

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

w) Borrowing Costs:

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction, production or erection of a qualifying asset are capitalized if such qualifying asset takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use. Substantial period is determined on a case to case basis depending on the nature of the asset and time involved in putting them on ready for use. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

x) Current and Non-current classification

the Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.

Cash or cash equivalent is treated as current, unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. In respect of other assets, it is treated as current when it is:

• expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in the normal operating cycle

• held primarily for the purpose of trading

• expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period.


a liability is treated as current when:

• it is expected to be settled in the normal operating cycle

• it is held primarily for the purpose of trading

• it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or

• there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.



The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

y) Business Combinations:

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a business comprises the

• Fair values of the assets acquired;

• Liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are, measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.

z) Earnings Per Share:

(i) Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

• the profit attributable to owners of the company

• by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for new equity shares issued during the year (note 35)

(ii) diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

• the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential equity shares, and

• the weighted average number of additional equity shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares.

(iii) Other Comprehensive Income is not considered for computing earnings per share.


230

Notes to Financial Statements - (continued)Rupees in crores

DescriptionProperty, Plant & Equipment

Free hold Land Buildings Plant & equipment

Furniture & fixtures

Office equipment Computers Vehicles Total

Gross Carrying Amountas at 01-04-2020 5.15 73.23 217.45 8.43 2.56 2.94 0.66 310.42

additions - - 4.05 0.94 - 0.04 0.16 5.19

Sub-total 5.15 73.23 221.50 9.37 2.56 2.98 0.82 315.61 Sales / deletion - - 0.04 - 0.01 0.21 - 0.26

Closing Gross Carrying Amount 5.15 73.23 221.46 9.37 2.55 2.77 0.82 315.35 Accumulated DepreciationUpto 31-03-2020 - 9.25 65.91 1.87 0.83 2.19 0.32 80.37

for the year - 2.74 14.77 0.87 0.37 0.30 0.17 19.22

Sub-total - 11.99 80.68 2.74 1.20 2.49 0.49 99.59

Withdrawn on assets sold/deleted - - 0.04 - 0.01 0.20 - 0.25

Closing accumulated depreciation - 11.99 80.64 2.74 1.19 2.29 0.49 99.34 Net Carrying AmountAs at 31-03-2021 5.15 61.24 140.82 6.63 1.36 0.48 0.33 216.01 Gross Carrying Amountas at 01-04-2019 12.05 70.69 205.65 6.63 1.94 2.78 0.66 300.40

additions - 2.54 11.99 1.91 0.62 0.18 - 17.24

Sub-total 12.05 73.23 217.64 8.54 2.56 2.96 0.66 317.64

Sales / deletion - - 0.19 0.11 - 0.02 - 0.32

Ind aS 116 transition 6.90 - - - - - - 6.90

Closing Gross Carrying Amount 5.15 73.23 217.45 8.43 2.56 2.94 0.66 310.42 Accumulated DepreciationUpto 31-03-2019 - 6.57 49.58 1.20 0.50 1.78 0.18 59.81

for the year - 2.68 16.46 0.69 0.33 0.41 0.14 20.71

Sub-total - 9.25 66.04 1.89 0.83 2.19 0.32 80.52

Withdrawn on assets sold/deleted - - 0.13 0.02 - - - 0.15

Closing accumulated depreciation - 9.25 65.91 1.87 0.83 2.19 0.32 80.37 Net Carrying AmountAs at 31-03-2020 5.15 63.98 151.54 6.56 1.73 0.75 0.34 230.05

3. Capital Work-In-Progress

Description As at March 31, 2021

As at March 31, 2020

Capital work in progress ( at cost)

(a) Building 8.14 5.19

(b) Plant & equipment 1.04 0.98

(c) Pre-operative expense 0.93 3.70

Total 10.10 9.87Borrowing cost capitalised during the year is Rs.0.54 Crores (last year Rs.1.73 Cr)

2.a. Property, Plant & Equipment

2.b Right of use of assets

Particulars Land Building Plant and Machinery Total

Gross Block- As at 01-04-2020opening/(on transition to Ind aS 116) 17.73 0.90 0.15 18.78 additions during the year - - - - deletions during the year 5.17 - - 5.17 Closing Gross balance as on 31-03-2021 12.56 0.90 0.15 13.61 Accumulated amortisationUp to 31.03.2020 0.30 0.51 0.14 0.96 Amortisation for the year FY 2020-21 0.23 0.30 0.01 0.54 Sub-total 0.53 0.81 0.15 1.50 Withdrawn on assets sold/deleted 0.16 - - 0.16 Closing accumulated depreciation 0.37 0.81 0.15 1.34 Closing Net Balance as on 31st March 2021 12.18 0.09 0.00 12.27 Gross Block- As at 01-04-2019opening/(on transition to Ind aS 116) 17.73 0.90 0.15 18.78 additions during the year - - - - deletions during the year - - - - Closing Gross balance as on 31-03-2020 17.73 0.90 0.15 18.78 Amortisation for the year FY 2019-20 0.30 0.51 0.14 0.95 Closing Net Balance as on 31st March 2020 17.43 0.39 0.01 17.83

the company has generally leased Land, warehouses, equipments and guest houses across the country, the lease period, ranges from 2-99 years, lease terms included for workings is the non-cancellable period and expected lease term.

Company has excercised the option of short term leases and low value asset exemption.

Extension and termination optionsExtension options has been included only in case of certain offices were it is certain, rest of the assets the term is limited to non-cancellable period

Payment towards low value asset leases - nil


231

Notes to Financial Statements - (continued)Rupees in crores

4. Goodwill & Other Intangible Assets

DescriptionIntangible Assets

Goodwill Software Total intangible assets

Gross Carrying Amountas at 01-04-2020 2.20 1.47 3.67 additions - - - Sub-total 2.20 1.47 3.67 Sales / deletion - - - Closing Gross Carrying Amount 2.20 1.47 3.67 Accumulated amortisationUpto 31-03-2020 - 1.38 1.38 for the year - 0.09 0.09 Sub-total - 1.47 1.47 Withdrawn on assets sold/deleted - - - Closing accumulated amortization - 1.47 1.47

Net Carrying AmountAs at 31-03-2021 2.20 - 2.20 Gross Carrying Amountas at 01-04-2019 2.20 1.46 3.66 additions - 0.01 0.01 Sub-total 2.20 1.47 3.67 Sales / deletion - - - Closing Gross Carrying Amount 2.20 1.47 3.67 Accumulated amortisationUpto 31-03-2019 - 0.97 0.97 for the year - 0.41 0.41 Sub-total - 1.38 1.38 Withdrawn on assets sold/deleted - - - Closing accumulated amortisation - 1.38 1.38 Net Carrying AmountAs at 31-03-2020 2.20 0.09 2.29

5 Investments

Sl. No.

Name of the body corporate Subsidiary /associate

No. of shares / units Face Value in Rs.

Rupees in crores

As at 31-03-2021

As at 31-03-2020

As at 31-03-2021

As at 31-03-2020

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (8) (9)(A) Investment in Equity Instruments Fair valued through OCI:

Unquoted:(i) Green Infra Wind Energy Theni Limited 3,434,477 3,434,477 10 1.59 1.47

(ii) atria wind power (chitradurga) P Ltd 80,948 80,948 100 0.41 0.38

(B) Investment in Equity Instruments valued at Cost:Unquoted:

(i) Sundaram Holding USa, Inc., delaware, USa Subsidiary 47,000,000 44,000,000 1 317.01 294.09

Total value of Equity Instruments 319.01 295.94

(C) Other non-current Investments (i) Life Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai 0.44 0.40

(ii) Mutual Fund - SBI growth fund - Quoted - 0.01

Total value of other non- current Investment 0.44 0.41

(D) Other investmentsFair valued through OCI:

(i) Harita accessories LLP 1.07 1.07 Total value of other investments 1.07 1.07

Total (A+B+C+D) 320.52 297.42

Aggregate amount of quoted investments and market value thereof - - Aggregate amount of unquoted investments 320.52 297.42 Aggregate amount of impairment in value of investments - - Total 320.52 297.42

(All Investments are fully paid up)


232

Rupees in croresNotes to Financial Statements - (continued)

6 Financial Assets - Others As at March 31, 2021


Othersother deposits 0.33 0.52

Total other financial assets 0.33 0.52

7 Other non-current assetsCapital advances* 7.54 28.02

Advances other than capital advances:electricity deposit 2.32 3.28

Other Advances:Prepaid Expenses (Refer note 37 (7)) 2.11 2.58

IT Recoverable - (Advance income tax net of provision)

1.82 2.73

Total other non-current assets 13.79 36.61 *includes an amount of Rs. 6.65 crores towards infrastructure development (PY - Rs. 26.60 crores)

8 InventoriesRaw materials and components 20.52 13.62

Goods in transit - - Raw materials and components

1.46 0.67

Work-in-process 4.76 8.95

finished goods 5.30 4.86

Stores and spares 0.90 1.04

Total Inventories 32.94 29.14

9 Trade receivables As at March 31, 2021


Secured, considered good - - Unsecured, considered good 83.74 61.15 Total 83.74 61.15 Less: Loss allowance 0.38 0.23 Total 83.36 60.92

10 Cash and cash equivalentsBalances with banks 1.83 1.23 Cash on hand 0.07 0.04 Total cash and cash equivalents 1.90 1.27

11 Other financial Assets

Hedge asset - 1.49 Total other financial assets - 1.49

12 Other current assetsGSt/It Receivable 18.19 15.17 Other Advances:Prepaid expense (Refer note 37 (7)) 3.26 3.59 advance to suppliers 10.90 10.79 employee advances 0.24 0.28 OthersClaims and other receivables 3.30 1.78 Total other current assets 35.89 31.61

13 SHARE CAPITAL(a) Authorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up

Particulars As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020 Number Rs. In Cr Number Rs. In Cr

Authorised:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 50,000,000 50.00 50,000,000 50.00 Issued, subscribed and paid up:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 44,569,000 44.57 42,174,000 42.17

Total 44,569,000 44.57 42,174,000 42.17 (b) Reconciliation of equity shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year

Particulars As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020 Number Rs. In Cr Number Rs. In Cr

Shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 42,174,000 42.17 35,925,000 35.93 Shares issued during the year 2,395,000 2.40 6,249,000 6.24 Shares outstanding at the end of the year 44,569,000 44.57 42,174,000 42.17

(c) (i) Rights and preferences attached to equity share:Every shareholder is entitled to such rights as to attend and vote at the meeting of the shareholders, to receive dividends distributed and also has a right in the residual interest of the assets of the company. Every shareholder is also entitled to right of inspection of documents as provided in the Companies Act, 2013.

(ii) there are no restrictions attached to equity shares.(d) Shares held by holding/ultimate holding/subsidiaries/associates of holding company at the end of the year

Name of shareholder Class of share As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020 No. of shares held % of

holding No. of shares held % of

holding tVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai and by its six nominees equity 44,569,000 100.00 42,174,000 100.00

(e) Shareholders holding more than five percent at the end of the year (other than (d))Name of shareholder Class of share As at 31-03-2021 As at 31-03-2020

No. of shares held No. of shares held- -


233


14. OTHER EQUITY

PARTICULARS As at March 31, 20201


General reserve 8.05 8.05

Securties premium reserve 294.32 273.72

Retained earnings 71.87 81.13 Total 374.24 362.90

15.a Long Term Borrowings

Description Frequency No. of instalments due Maturity As at

31-03-2021As at

31-03-2020

Secured:

Term loan from bank- External commercial borrowings (eCB)

Repayable in 6 equal half-yearly instalments USD 14,28,571 starting 30-Sep-2020

7 28- Mar- 2023 41.41 63.94

Term loan from bank-1 Repayable in 12 equal Quarterly instalments InR 2.5 Cr starting june 2020

12 27- june- 2023 22.50 30.00

Term loan from bank-2 Repayable in 12 equal Quarterly instalments InR 0.416 Cr starting june 2020

12 27- june- 2023 3.75 5.00

Term loan from bank -3 Repayable in 12 equal Quarterly instalments InR 2.916 Cr starting june 2020

12 27- june- 2023 26.25 35.00

Term loan from bank-4 Repayable in 4 equal Quarterly instalments InR 1.25 Cr starting Sep 2022

4 27- june- 2023 5.00 5.00

Term loan from bank-4 Repayable in 16 equal Quarterly instalments InR 0.937 Cr starting Sep 2021

16 21- Sep- 2026 15.00 -

Term loan from SIPCOT Repayable in single instalments InR 5.80Cr on april 2029 1 01- april- 2029 2.63 2.43

Loan from fellow subsidiary Repayable in 60 equal monthly instalments Rs.92093 starting 07-aug- 2017 (eMI, Includes interest)

60 07-jul-2022 0.14 0.22

Total Borrowings : 116.68 141.59

Less : Current Maturities of long-term borrowings (Refer Note No. 20) 47.14 20.80

Total Long-term Borrowings 69.54 120.79


(i) Term loan from banks- External commercial borrowings -Hypothecation of movable fixed assets

(ii) Term loan from banks -Exclusive charge on land and building and paripasu charge on plant and equipment

(iii) Term loan from SIPCOT- First charge on the specific plant and equipment

(iv) Loan from fellow subsidiary- Endorsement in the Registration Certificate (RC) book of the vehicle

description Currency amount Rate of Interest

Term loan from bank- External commercial borrowings USd 8.57 Million 3months USD LIBOR + 1.35%

Term loan from bank-1 InR 30 Crores 7.9% ( Link to 1 year MCLR + 25 basis points )





Term loan from SIPCOT InR 5.80 Crores 0.1% per Annum

Loan from fellow subsidiary InR 0.36 Crores IRR 13.08%


234


Measurement of lease liabilitiesthe lease liabilities as at 1 april 2019 can be reconciled to the operating lease commitments as of 31 March 2019, as follows:Particulars Amountoperating lease commitments disclosed as at 31 March 2019 5.48 Weighted average incremental borrowing rate as at 1 april 2019 8.20%Discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate of at the date of initial application

2.18

Add:Lease payments relating to renewal periods not included in operating leasecommitments as at 31 March 2019

0.55

Commitments relating to short-term leases - Commitments relating to leases of low-value assets - Lease liabilities as at 1 april 2019 2.72 Of which are:Current lease liabilities 0.73 non-current lease liabilities 1.98

2.72 Lease liability recognised as at 31st March 2020Of which are:Current lease liabilities 0.38 non-current lease liabilities 1.60

1.98 Lease liabilities as at 1 april 2020 1.98 Of which are:Current lease liabilities 0.38 non-current lease liabilities 1.60

1.98 Lease liability recognised as at 31st March 2021Of which are:Current lease liabilities 0.15 non-current lease liabilities 1.45

1.60

16. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Provisions

Employee benefit obligations As at March 31, 2021 As at March 31, 2020

Current Non-current Total Current Non-current Total

Pension 1.09 1.18 2.27 1.09 1.19 2.28

Leave Salary 0.11 1.30 1.41 0.11 1.25 1.35

Gratuity - 0.55 0.55 - 1.37 1.37

Total employee benefit obligations 1.20 3.03 4.23 1.19 3.80 5.00

15.b Note related to transition Ind As 116 and Lease liability

The Company has adopted Ind AS 116 'Leases' with the date of initial application being April 1, 2019. Ind AS 116 replaces Ind AS 17 – Leases. The Company has applied Ind AS 116 using the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of initial application is recognised in retained earnings at April 1, 2019. The comparative information in the financial statements would not be restated and would be presented based on the requirements of the previous standard i.e. Ind AS 17.

In adopting Ind aS 116, the Company has applied the below practical expedients:

a) The company applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

b) The company relied on its assessment of whether leases are onerous applying Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review as per Ind AS 36 Impairment of assets

c) The Company has treated the leases with remaining lease term of less than 12 months as "short term leases"

d) The Company has excluded the initial direct costs from measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of transition

e) The company used hindsight, such as in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

Effective 1st April 2019, the company has adopted Ind AS 116 “Leases” and applied the Standard to its leases retrospectively and has recognised the effect of the cumulative adjustment (net of taxes) of Rs. 0.29 Crores in the opening balance of retained earnings, on the date of initial application (1st April 2019). Accordingly, comparatives for the period prior has not been restated.

The adoption of the Standard has resulted in recognising “Right-of—Use Asset" of Rs. 2.43 Crores and a corresponding “Lease Liability” of Rs. 2.72 Crores as at the date of initial application.( ie 1st april 2019 )


235

Rupees in crores

Notes to Financial Statements - (continued)

Gratuity Pension Leave Salary

Details Present value of obligation

Fair value of plan assets Net amount Present value

of obligationFair value of plan assets Net amount Present value

of obligationFair value of plan assets Net amount

April 1, 2019

Opening values 4.34 4.43 0.09 1.42 - (1.42) 1.03 - (1.03)

Current service cost 0.69 - (0.69) - - - - - -

Interest expense/(income) 0.35 0.32 (0.03) 0.13 - (0.13) 0.08 - (0.08)

Total amount recognised in profit or loss 1.04 0.32 (0.72) 0.13 - (0.13) 0.08 - (0.08)

Remeasurements

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in interest expense/(income)

- 0.03 0.03 - - - - - -

(Gain)/loss from change in demographic assumptions

- - - - - - - - -

(Gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

0.53 - (0.53) 0.32 - (0.32) 0.11 - (0.11)

experience (gains)/losses 0.23 - (0.23) 0.41 - (0.41) 0.59 - (0.59)

Total amount recognised in other comprehensive income

0.76 0.03 (0.74) 0.73 - (0.73) 0.71 - (0.71)

employer contributions - - - - - - - - -

Benefit payments (0.55) (0.55) - - - - (0.46) - 0.46

March 31, 2020 5.59 4.22 (1.37) 2.28 - (2.28) 1.35 - (1.35)

Gratuity Pension Leave Salary

Details Present value of obligation

Fair value of plan assets Net amount Present value

of obligationFair value of plan assets Net amount Present value

of obligationFair value of plan assets Net amount

April 1, 2020

Opening values 5.59 4.22 (1.37) 2.28 - (2.28) 1.35 - (1.35)

Current service cost 0.69 - (0.69) - - - - - -

Interest expense/(income) 0.36 0.27 (0.09) 0.15 - (0.15) 0.10 - (0.10)

Total amount recognised in profit or loss 1.05 0.27 (0.78) 0.15 - (0.15) 0.10 - (0.10)

Remeasurements


- - - - - - - - -

(Gain)/loss from change in demographic assumptions

- - - - - - - - -

(Gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

(0.18) - 0.18 (0.02) - 0.02 (0.04) - 0.04

experience (gains)/losses (0.91) - 0.91 (0.14) - 0.14 0.10 - (0.10)


(1.09) - 1.09 (0.16) - 0.16 0.06 - (0.06)

employer contributions - 0.51 0.51 - - - - - -

Benefit payments (0.46) 0.46 - - - - (0.10) - 0.10

March 31, 2021 5.09 5.46 (0.55) 2.27 - (2.27) 1.41 - (1.41)


236


(i) Post-Employment benefitsSignificant estimates: actuarial assumptions and sensitivity

The significant actuarial assumptions were as follows:Details Gratuity Pension Leave Salary

March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020 March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020 March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

discount rate 6.97% 6.65% 6.63% 7.50% 6.94% 6.64%Salary growth rate 5.50% 5.50% 5.50% 5.50% 5.50% 5.50%attrition rate 3.00% 3.00% 0.00% 0.00% 3.00% 3.00%

Assumptions regarding future mortality for pension and medical benefits are set based on actuarial advice in accordance with published statistics and experience. These assumptions translate into an average life expectancy in years for a pensioner retiring at 60 years.

(ii) Sensitivity analysis


Grautity Impact on defined benefit obligationChange in

assumption Increase in assumption

Decrease in assumption

Details March 31, 2021 March 31, 2021 March 31, 2021discount rate 0.50% -5.36% 5.85%Salary growth rate 0.50% 5.90% -5.46%attrition growth rate 5.00% 0.24% -0.24%Life expectancy 5.00% 0.02% -0.02%

Pension Impact on defined benefit obligationChange in assumption Increase in assumption Decrease in assumption

Details March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020 March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020 March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020discount rate 1.00% 1.00% -15.96% -16.75% 19.87% 21.02%Salary growth rate 1.00% 1.00% 20.54% 21.68% -16.66% -17.44%attrition growth rate 5.00% 5.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%Life expectancy 5.00% 5.00% -0.72% -0.73% 0.75% 0.75%

The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet.

(iii) Risk exposure

Through its defined benefit plans, the company is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

Asset volatility: The plan liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to bond yields; if plan assets under perform this yield, this will create a deficit. Most of the plan asset investments is in fixed income securities with high grades and in government securities. These are subject to interest rate risk and the fund manages interest rate risk with derivatives to minimise risk to an acceptable level. A portion of the funds are invested in equity securities and in alternative investments which have low correlation with equity securities. The equity securities are expected to earn a return in excess of the discount rate and contribute to the plan deficit. The company has a risk management strategy where the aggregate amount of risk exposure on a portfolio level is maintained at a fixed range. Any deviations from the range are corrected by rebalancing the portfolio. The company intends to maintain the above investment mix in the continuing years.

Changes in bond yield: A decrease in bond yields will increase plan liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an yields increase in the value of the plans’ bond holdings.

Inflation risks: In the pension plans, the pensions in payment are not linked to inflation, so this is a less material risk.

Life expectancy:The pension plan obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plan liabilities. This is particularly significant where inflationary increases result in higher sensitivity to changes in life expectancy.


237


17 Deferred tax Liability / (Asset)

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:Details As at March 31,

2021As at March 31,

2020

depreciation 24.17 23.01 Provision for employee benefits (1.64) (0.72)Provision for doubtful debts (0.13) (0.08)on financial Insturments (1.31) (1.91)Unused Mat credit entitlement (3.51) (3.51)Carryforward loss (6.84) -

Net deferred tax liability / (Asset) 10.74 16.79

Movement in deferred tax Liability / (Asset)

Details Depreciation Provision for employee benefits

Provision for doubtful debts

Financial Instruments

Unused tax credits (AT credit entitlement)

Carryforward loss

Total

at april 1, 2019 20.95 (1.03) (0.03) (0.70) (3.07) - 16.11 (Charged)/credited:- to profit or loss 2.06 (0.36) (0.05) (0.00) (0.44) - 1.21 - to other comprehensive income - 0.67 - (1.19) - - (0.52)

At March 31, 2020 23.01 (0.72) (0.08) (1.90) (3.51) - 16.79

(Charged)/credited:- to profit or loss 1.16 (0.50) (0.05) - (0.00) (6.84) (6.23)- to other comprehensive income - (0.42) - 0.60 - - 0.18

At March 31, 2021 24.17 (1.64) (0.13) (1.30) (3.51) (6.84) 10.74

18 Current Liabilities - Borrowings As at March 31, 2021


Term loan from BanksRepayable on demand :Unsecured: - Bank 1 ( Interest @ 6.5%) 9.09 - - Bank 2 ( Interest @ 7.3%) 10.00 10.00 - Bank 2 ( Interest @ 7.25%) 20.00 - Secured:Cash credit facility - (Interest @ 7.75%) 10.80 38.35 Total Borrowings under Current Liabilities 49.89 48.35

Details of securities created for Cash credit facility and repayable demand loan:Hypothecation of book debts and inventories of the company, both present and future

19 Trade payables

dues to Micro and Small enterprises ** 5.25 4.87 dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small enterprises

67.78 48.54

Total trade payables 73.03 53.41 ** dues to Micro and Small enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties

have been identified on the basis of information furnished by the vendor. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises. there are no interests due or outstanding on the same.

20 Other financial liabilities As at March 31, 2021


Current Current Maturities of long term borrowings 47.13 20.80 Interest accrued and due # 0.64 0.72 Hedge liability 0.46 -

Total other current financial liabilities 48.23 21.52 # funds are made available with banks which have been appropriated subsequently

21 Other current liabilities

Advance received from customers 20.74 14.45Others:Statutory dues 15.56 9.04employee related 4.29 2.48

Total other current liabilities 40.59 25.97

22 Other Non current liabilities


Total Non current liabilities 12.65 20.15


238


23 Revenue from operations Year ended March 31, 2021

Year ended March 31, 2020

Sale of components and tools 458.27 521.14 other operating revenue* 1.26 4.60

Total revenue 459.53 525.74 *Includes Government Grants of Rs. NIL (Previous year Rs.3.37 crores)

24 Other incomeInterest income 0.37 0.20 Profit on sale of Fixed assets (Net) - 0.03 other non-operating income 2.79 3.53

Total other income 3.16 3.76

25 Cost of Materials consumed:Opening stock of raw materials and components 13.22 13.22 add: Purchases 314.78 346.23

328.00 359.45 Less:Closing stock of raw materials and components

20.52 13.22

Consumption of raw materials and components

307.48 345.83

Changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-process and Stock-in-trade:opening stock: Work-in-process 8.95 6.54 finished goods 4.86 5.40 (a) 13.81 11.94

Closing stock: Work-in-process 4.76 8.95 finished goods 5.30 4.86 (B) 10.06 13.81

(a)-(B) 3.75 (1.87)

26 Employee benefit expenseSalaries, wages and bonus 59.08 65.79 Contribution to provident and other funds 2.80 2.70 Welfare expenses 7.34 9.29

Total employee benefit expense 69.22 77.78

27 Finance Costs

Interest 15.26 14.75 other borrowing cost 0.60 0.27 Interest on lease liabilities 0.15 0.20

Total finance costs 16.01 15.22

28 Other expenses Year ended March 31, 2021

Year ended March 31, 2020

(a) Consumption of stores, spares and tools 2.60 2.81 (b) Power and fuel 18.06 19.27 (c) Rent 0.75 0.62 (d) Repairs - buildings 2.11 1.50 (e) Repairs - plant and equipment 8.90 10.14 (f) Repairs - Other assets 0.12 0.15 (g) Insurance 1.10 1.51 (h) Rates and taxes 0.56 0.40 (i) Audit fees# 0.33 0.24 (j) Packing and freight charges 12.40 14.90 (k) Sitting fees 0.02 0.02 (l) Commission to independent directors - 0.04 (m) Loss on sale of fixed assets (Net) 0.01 - (n) foreign exchange loss (net) 0.14 0.10 (o) amount Spent towards corporate social

responsibility - 0.50

(p) Miscellaneous / other expenses 9.00 11.83 (under this head there is no expenditure which is in excess of 1% of revenue from operations or Rs.10 lakh, whichever is higher) Total other expenses 56.10 64.03 #Refer Note No:38 (ii) for details on audit fees

29 Income tax expense(a) Income tax expense

Current taxCurrent tax on profits for the year - 0.40 djustments for current tax of prior periods (0.36) (0.07)

Total current tax expense (0.36) 0.33

Deferred taxUnused tax (credit) [MAT credit entitlement] - (0.40)Adjustment of unused MAT credit of prior period - (0.04)Decrease (increase) in deferred tax assets (7.39) (0.41)(Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities 1.16 2.06

Total deferred tax expense/(benefit) (6.23) 1.21

Tax expense (6.59) 1.54

(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by Indian tax rate: Profit before income tax expense (9.72) 6.44 Provision for bad debts 0.15 0.15 Ind aS transition adjustment (1/5th) (0.10) (0.10)Amount of income to which provisions of section 10 or 11 or 12 apply, if any such amount is credited to profit and loss

(2.71) (2.60)

Ind aS current year oCI adjustment 1.25 (1.47) (11.13) 2.42

Tax at Indian tax rate of NIL (2019-20 - 21.548%) (Company paid tax under section 115JB (Minimum Alternate Tax) of the Income Tax Act 1961

- 0.40

tax relating to prior periods (0.36) (0.07)Deferred tax liabilities / (Assets) (6.23) 1.65 Mat Credit entitlements - (0.44)Tax expense (6.59) 1.54


239

Rupees in crores

Notes to Financial Statements - (continued)

As at /year ended31-03-2021


30 (a) Related parties and their relationship for the financial year 2020-21Holding companytVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai

Ultimate holding companyt V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Limited, MaduraiSundaram - Clayton Limited, Chennai

SubsidiarySundaram Holding,USa Inc, delaware, USaSubsidiaries of subsidiary of reporting entityGreen Hills Land Holding LLC, USaComponent equipment Leasing LLC, USaWorkspace Project LLC, USaPremier Land Holding LLC, USa

AssociateBrakes India Private Limited, ChennaitVS Logistics Services Limited, Madurai delphi-tVS diesel System Limited, ChennaiHarita accessories LLP, Chennai

Fellow subsidiariesSundaram-Clayton (USa) Limited, USaLucas-tVS Limited, ChennaitVS electronics Limited, Chennai Sundaram Industries Private Limited, MaduraitVS Motor Services Limited, ChennaitVS Credit Services Limited, ChennaiP.t.tVS Motor Company, Indonesia

Group Memberemerald Haven Realty Limited, Chennai(formerly known as Green earth Homes Limited)

Key Managerial PersonnelIndependent directorsMr. S. Santhanakrishnan

non Independent directorsMr. H.Lakshmanandr. Lakshmi VenuMr. Cn PrasadMr. SG Murali

30 (b) Transactions with related parties:(i) Purchase of goods

Ultimate Holding Company - t V Sundaram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai

0.04 0.25

- associate - Brakes India Private Limited, Chennai 0.25 0.43 - fellow subsidiaries - Lucas tVS 0.02 0.05

(ii) Purchase of Investment - Sundaram Holdings USa Inc., delaware, USa 22.93 42.82



(iii) Issue of Shares (including premium)- Holding Company - tVS Motor Company Ltd,

Chennai 22.99 59.99

(iv) Sale of goods- Holding Company - tVS Motor Company Ltd,

Chennai 238.79 270.63

- fellow Subsidiary - Lucas-tVS Limited, Chennai 0.52 1.16

(v) Rendering of services- Ultimate holding company - Sundaram-Clayton

Limited, Chennai 5.04 4.15

- Group Member - emerald Haven Reality Limited, Chennai

- 0.06

- Holding company - tVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai

- 0.12

(vi) Availing of services- Holding company - tVS Motor Company Limited,

Chennai 0.64 0.79

- Ultimate holding company - Sundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai

4.17 3.42

- Ultimate holding company - t V Sundaram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited

- 0.07

- Fellow subsidiaries Lucas tVS Limited, Chennai 0.14 0.14

tVS electronics Limited, Chennai 0.05 0.08

tVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 0.11 0.11

dividend paid - Holding Company - tVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai

- 2.11

30 (c) Balances with related parties:

(vii) Trade receivables- Holding company - tVS Motor Company Limited,

Chennai 6.17 (0.52)

- Ultimate holding company - Sundaram-Clayton Ltd, Chennai

0.77 0.63

- Fellow subsidiaries Lucas-tVS Limited, Chennai 0.18 0.15

(viii) Trade payables- Holding company - tVS Motor Company Limited,

Chennai 0.04 0.05

- Ultimate holding company - Sundaram-Clayton Ltd, Chennai

1.44 0.72

- Fellow subsidiaries Lucas-tVS Limited, Chennai 0.13 0.15

tVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai 0.13 0.22

- Associate Brakes India Private Limited, Chennai 0.14 0.03

(ix) Commission to Key Managerial personnel - 0.06


240

Rupees in crores

NOTES TO ACCOUNTS

31 Financial risk management

the company’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk.This note explains the sources of risk which the entity is exposed to and how the entity mitigates the risk and the impact ofhedge accounting in the financial statements.

Risk Exposure arising from

Measurement Mitigation plan

Credit risk Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, financial assets measured at amortised cost.

ageing analysis Credit ratings

Diversification of bank deposits, credit limits and letters of credit

Liquidity risk Borrowings and other liabilities

Rolling cash flow forecasts

Availability of committed credit lines and borrowing facilities

Market risk – foreign exchange

Recognised financial assets and liabilities not denominated in Indian rupee (InR)

Cash flow forecasting Sensitivity analysis

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Market risk – interest rate

Long-term borrowings at variable rates

Sensitivity analysis Interest rate swaps

the company’s risk management is carried out by the treasury department under policies approved by the Board of director. Treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the company’s operating units. the board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity.

(A) Credit riskCredit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, investments carried at amortised cost and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale customers including outstanding receivables.(i) Credit risk managementCredit risk is managed by the entity. For banks and financial institutions, only high rated banks/institutions are accepted.

For other financial assets, The company assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. The finance function consists of a separate team who assess and maintain an internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The company assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs and factors specific to the class of financial assets.1 : High-quality assets, negligible credit risk2 : Quality assets, low credit risk3 : Standard assets, moderate credit risk4 : Substandard assets, relatively high credit risk5 : Low quality assets, very high credit risk6 : Doubtful assets, credit-impairedThe company considers the probability of default upon initial recognition of asset and whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis throughout each reporting period. To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk The company compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset as at the reporting date with the risk of default as at the date of initial recognition. It considers available reasonable and supportive forwarding-looking information. Especially the following indicators are included - - Internal credit rating- External credit rating (as far as available)- Actual or expected significant adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant change to the borrower’s ability to meet its obligations- Actual or expected significant changes in the operating results of the borrower- Significant increase in credit risk on other financial instruments of the same borrower- Significant changes in the value of the collateral supporting the obligation or in the quality of third-party guarantees or credit enhancements- Significant changes in the expected performance and behaviour of the borrower, including changes in the payment status of borrowers in The company and changes in the operating results of the borrower.

Macroeconomic information (such as regulatory changes, market interest rate or growth rates) is incorporated as part of the internal rating model.

In general, it is presumed that credit risk has significantly increased since initial recognition if the payments are more than 30 days past due.

A default on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make contractual payments within 60 days of when they fall due. This definition of default is determined by considering the business environment in which entity operates and other macro-economic factors.

(ii) Provision for expected credit lossesThe company provides for expected credit loss based on the following:Year ended 31 March 2021:(a) Expected credit loss for loans, security deposits and investmentsParticulars Category Asset

groupInternal credit rating

Estimated gross carrying amount at

default

Expected probability of

default

Expected credit losses

Carrying amount net of impairment provision

Loss allowance measured at 12 month expected credit losses

Financial assets for which credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition

Security deposits

1 0.33 - - 0.33

Loss allowance measured at life-time expected credit losses

Financial assets for which credit risk has increased significantly and credit-impaired

na na na na na na

(b) Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approachAgeing Less than

180 daysMore than 180 days Total

Gross carrying amount 83.36 0.38 83.74 expected loss rate - 100% -

expected credit losses (Loss allowance provision)

- (0.38) (0.38)

Carrying amount of trade receivables (net of impairment)

83.36 - 83.36


241

Rupees in crores

NOTES TO ACCOUNTS - (continued)

Year ended 31 March 2020:(a) Expected credit loss for loans, security deposits and investmentsParticulars Category Asset group Internal

credit rating

Estimated gross carrying amount at

default

Expected probability of

default

Expected credit losses

Carrying amount net of impairment

provisionLoss allowance measured at 12 month expected credit losses

Financial assets for which credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition

Security deposits

1 0.52 - - 0.52

Loss allowance measured at life-time expected credit losses

Financial assets for which credit risk has increased significantly and credit-impaired

na na na na na na

(b) Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approachAgeing Less than

180 daysMore than 180 days Total

Gross carrying amount 60.92 0.23 61.15 expected loss rate - 100% -expected credit losses (Loss allowance provision) - (0.23) (0.23)

Carrying amount of trade receivables (net of impairment) 60.92 - 60.92

(iv) Reconciliation of loss allowance provision – Trade receivables

Details Amount in CrsLoss allowance on 1 april 2020 0.23 Changes in loss allowance (net) 0.15 Loss allowance on 31 March 2021 0.38

(B) Liquidity riskPrudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet obligations when due and to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses, the entitys treasury maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines. Management monitors rolling forecasts of the company’s liquidity position (comprising the undrawn borrowing facilities below) and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows. In addition, the company’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flows in major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these, monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and external regulatory requirements and maintaining debt financing plans.


The company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

Details 31 March, 2021 31 March, 2020Floating rate- Expiring within one year (bank overdraftand other facilities)

34.20 6.65

The bank overdraft facilities may be drawn at any time and may be terminated by the bank without notice. Subject to the continuance of satisfactory credit ratings, the bank loan facilities may be drawn at any time in INR.

(ii) Maturities of financial liabilitiesThe tables below analyse the company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:a) all non-derivative financial liabilities, andb) net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for anunderstanding of the timing of the cash flows.

Particulars Maturity Amount (Rs. Cr.)31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

term loan > than 12 months 69.54 120.79 Short-term borrowings < than 12 months 49.89 48.35 trade payables < than 12 months 73.03 53.41 Consideration payable for purchase of investment property

< than 12 months - -

Current maturities of term loan

< than 12 months 47.14 20.80

Interest accrued and due on loans

< than 12 months 0.64 0.72

Payable under hedge instruments

< than 12 months 0.46 -

employee related < than 12 months 4.29 2.48 Lease rent > than 12 months 4.15 4.55

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carryingbalances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

(C) Market risk(i) Foreign currency riskThe company operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from foreign currency transactions, primarily with respect to the USD. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the company’s functional currency (INR). The risk is measured through a forecast of highly probable foreign currency cash flows. The companys exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period expressed in INR, are as follows

31 March 2021 31 March 2020Details USD EURO JPY USD EURO JPYFinancial liabilitiesforeign currency loan - - - - - - ECB loan from bank 41.41 - - 63.94 - - trade payables 3.20 - 0.02 0.31 0.04 - Net exposure to foreign currency risk (liabilities) 44.61 - 0.02 64.25 0.04 -


242

NOTES TO ACCOUNTS - (continued)Rupees in crores

SensitivityThe sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from foreign currency denominated financial instruments

Details Impact on profit31 March 2021 31 March 2020

USD sensitivityINR/USD Increases by 5% 0.16 0.16 INR/USD Decreases by 5% (0.16) (0.16)

JPY sensitivityINR/JPY Increases by 5% 0.00 - INR/JPY Decreases by 5% (0.00) -

Euro sensitivityINR/USD Increases by 5% - 0.00 INR/USD Decreases by 5% - (0.00)* Holding all other variables constant

(ii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The company's main interest rate risk arises from short-term borrowings with variable rates, which expose the company to rate risk.

Interest rate risk exposure

Particulars 31 March 2021 31 March 2020

Variable rate borrowings 97.03 69.15

fixed rate borrowings 69.54 120.79

Sensitivity analysis

Details Impact on profit

31 March 2021 31 March 2020

Interest rate

Increases by 5% 0.37 0.30

Decreases by 5% (0.37) (0.30)

(D) Impact of hedging activitiesDisclosure of effects of hedge accounting on financial position

Type of hedges and risks

Nominal Value of the hedging

instruments

Carrying amounthedging instruments

Maturity Date

Hedge Ratio

Weighted Average price

Changes in fairvalue of hedging

instrument31st March 2021forward Contracts 5.370 5.322 april 2021 to june 2021 1:1 InR/USd

Rs.73.77 0.05

Interest rate swaps 36.94 0.07 28th March 2018 - - 2.79 to

28th March 2023

Principal only Swap 36.94 0.39 28th March 2018 - - (3.95)to

28th March 2023

31st March 2020forward Contracts 1.459 1.448 april 2020 to june 2020 1:1 InR/USd

Rs.76.63 0.01

Interest rate swaps 64.65 (2.86) 28th March 2018 - - (1.67)to

28th March 2023

Principal only Swap 64.65 4.35 28th March 2018 - - 2.57 to

28th March 2023


243


32 Capital management

(a) Risk management

the company’s objectives when managing capital are to

• safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and


In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, The company may vary the amount of dividends payable to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistently, the company monitors capital on the basis of the following gearing ratio: Net debt (total borrowings net of cash and cash equivalents) divided by Total ‘equity’ (as shown in the balance sheet).

the company’s strategy is to maintain a optimum gearing ratio. the gearing ratios were as follows:Details March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020net debt 164.67 188.67total equity 418.81 405.07Net debt to equity ratio 39.32% 46.58%(b) Dividends

March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020(i) Equity sharesFirst and Final dividends for the year ended 31 March 2020 of

- 2.11

Rs.0.50 per fully paid share(ii) Dividends not recognised at the end of the

reporting period - -

33 Fair Value Measurements

Financial instruments by category

Particulars March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost

Financial assets Investments- equity instruments - 2.00 - - 1.85 - - othersLife Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai 0.44 - - 0.40 - - Mutual fund investments - - - 0.01 - - deposits - - 0.33 - - 0.52 trade receivables - - 83.36 - - 60.92 Cash and cash equivalents - - 1.90 - - 1.27 Receivable under hedget instruments - - - - 1.49 - Total financial assets 0.44 2.00 85.59 0.41 3.34 62.71

Financial liabilities trade payables - - 73.03 - - 53.41 Borrowings 2.63 20.52 96.28 2.43 43.23 123.48 Other payables - Consideration payable for purchase or investment property - - - - - - others - Current Maturities of long term borrowings(Term loan) - 20.89 26.25 - 20.71 0.09 - Interest accrued - - 0.64 - - 0.72 - employee related - - 4.29 - - 2.48 Payable under hedget instruments - 0.46 - - - - Total financial liabilities 2.63 41.87 200.49 2.43 63.94 180.18


244


(i) Fair value hierarchyThis section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are (a) recognised and measured at fair value and (b) measured at amortised cost and for which fair values are disclosed in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the group has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standard. An explanation of each level follows underneath the table.Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurementsAt 31 March 2021 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalFinancial assets

Financial Investments at FVTPL:Life Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai

5 - - 0.44 0.44

Mutual Fund 5 - - - - Financial Investments at FVOCI:Receivable under hedget instruments 11 - - - -

Total financial assets - - 0.44 0.44

Financial liabilitiesfinancial Investments at fVoCI:Payable under hedget instruments 20 - - 0.46 0.46

Total financial liabilities - - 0.46 0.46

Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosedAt 31 March 2021 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalFinancial assetsInvestmentsOthersdeposits 6 - - 0.33 0.33


Financial Liabilities - - - - -

Total financial liabilities - - - -

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurementsAt 31 March 2020 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalFinancial assets

Financial Investments at FVTPL:Life Insurance Corporation Pension Policy, Mumbai

5 - - 0.40 0.40

Mutual fund 5 - - 0.01 0.01 Financial Investments at FVOCI:Receivable under hedge instrument 11 - - 1.49 1.49 Total financial assets - - 1.90 1.90

Financial liabilitiesfinancial Investments at fVoCI:Payable under hedget instruments 20 - - - -

Total financial liabilities - - 0.00 0.00

Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosedAt 31 March 2020 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 TotalFinancial assetsInvestmentsdeposits 6 - - 0.52 0.52


Financial Liabilities - - - -

Total financial liabilities - - - -

Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes financial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes listed equity instruments, traded bonds and mutual funds that have quoted price. The fair value of all equity instruments (including bonds) which are traded in the stock exchanges is valued using the closing price as at the reporting period. the mutual funds are valued using the closing NAV.

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, traded bonds, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities, contingent consideration and indemnification asset included in level 3.

There are no transfers between levels 1 and 2 during the year.The company’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period.

(ii) Valuation technique used to determine fair valueSpecific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include:- the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments- the fair value of foreign currency option contracts is determined using Black Scholes valuation

model.- the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow

analysis.

All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 2

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

Unlisted Securities Pension Assetsas at 1 april 2020 - 0.40 acquistion/(disposal) - -Gains/losses recognised in profit or loss - 0.04 Gains/losses recognised in oCI - - 31-Mar-21 - 0.44


245


Valuation inputs and relationships to fair value

Fair value as at Probability-weighted range

Particulars 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20 Significant unobservable inputs* 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20 Sensitivity

Pension asset 0.44 0.40 Risk adjusted discount rate

6.5% 7.0% 50 Basis point decrease in discount rate would have increased assets by Rs.0.02 crs and 50 Basis point increase in discount rate has would have decreased the asset by Rs.0.02 Crs

(v) Valuation processesThe finance department of the company includes a team that performs the valuations of financial assets and liabilities required for financial reporting purposes, including level 3 fair values. This team reports directly to the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and the Audit Committee (AC). Discussions of valuation processes and results are held between the CFO, AC and the valuation team at least once in every three months, in line with the group’s quarterly reporting periods.

The main level 3 inputs for unlisted equity securities, contingent considerations and indemnification asset used by the group are derived based on the the discount rates that are determined using a capital asset pricing model to calculate a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset(vi) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised costThe carrying amounts of trade receivables, trade payables, deposits, cash and cash equivalents and other current financial liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature and in-significant change in interest rate

34 Business combinationDuring 2015-16, the company acquired a automobile seat manufacturing business at Nalagarh, Himachal Pradesh. On the purchase of this business, assets and liabilities were recorded at fair values based on a chartered engineer's techinical valuation. Consideration paid in excess of net assets acquired has been treated as Goodwill.

Details Amount Land & Building 4.33 Plant & equipments 4.79 Current assets 1.28 Sub total (1) 10.40 Current Liabilities (2) (3.60)Sub total (3)=(1)+(2) 6.80 Consideration Paid (4) 9.00 Goodwill (5)=(4)-(3) 2.20 Note:(i) Goodwill is monitored by the management taking in to account the cash generted by the

acquired business. as per the management assessment no impairment is warranted as the current level of operations and cash inflows acquired from the business is sufficient to cover the carrying value goodwill and net assets.

(ii) Following are the assumptions used by the management for the said assessment:

Annual Cash Inflow Rs.Crs 5.00 Remaining useful life of the assets No.of Yrs 10 Pre-tax Discount rate % 8%

(iii) Company has assessed a constant net cash inflow of Rs.5 Crores over the next 5 years for the purpose of impairment testing

35 Earnings per share(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share 31 March, 2021 31 March, 2020Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company

(2.84) 1.27

(b) Earnings used in calculating earnings per shareBasic and diluted earnings per shareProfit attributable to equity holders of the company used in calculating basis earnings per share

(12.49) 4.90

(c) Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

44,024,384 38,573,000

36 Disclosure under Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006.

Year ended 31-03-2021

Year ended 31-03-2020

1. the principal amount and interest due thereon (to be shown separately) remaining unpaid to any supplier as at the end of each accounting year:

(i) Principal (all are within agreed credit period and not due for payment)

5.25 4.87

(ii) Interest (as no amount is overdue) nil nil

2. The amount of interest paid by the buyer in terms of Section 16 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006, along with the amount of the payment made to the supplier beyond the appointed day during each accounting year

nil nil

3. The amount of interest due and payable for the period of delay in making payment (which have been paid but beyond the appointed day during the year) but without adding the interest specified under the Micro, Small and Medium enterprises development act, 2006

nil nil

4. The amount of interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the end of each accounting year

nil nil

5. The amount of further interest remaining due and payable even in the succeeding years, until such date when the interest dues as above are actually paid to the small enterprise, for the purpose of disallowance as a deductible expenditure under section 23 of the Micro, Small and Medium enterprises development act, 2006.

nil nil


246


37 Revenue from contracts with customers1 disaggregated revenue

Revenue from contracts with customers are disaggregated into categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Company identifies the product lines, amongst others to indicate the factors as mentioned above. The details of revenue from contracts with customers on the basis of various product lines are as under :

Particulars For the year ended

31-03-2021

For the year ended

31-03-2020A. Type of goods or service1. Components and tools 458.27 521.14

2. other operating revenue 1.26 4.60

459.53 525.74

B. Timing of recognition of revenue1. at a point in time 459.53 525.74

2. over time - -

459.53 525.74

2 The operations of the Company relate to only one segment viz., automotive components and tools. Thus, the information on the relationship between disaggregated revenue under Ind AS 115 and for reportable segment under Ind AS 108 is not required.

3 Reconciliation of contracts with customers

The following schedule gives the movement of contract liabilities for the reporting period.


31-03-2021

For the year ended

31-03-2020

A. Contract liabilities at the beginning of the period 13.00 4.87

add / (Less) :

Consideration received during the year as advance 8.17 14.29

Revenue recognized from contract liability 9.61 6.16

Contract liabilities at the end of the period 11.55 13.00

i. Payments are received in advance towards contracts entered with customers, and is recognised as a contract liability. As and when the performance obligation is met the same is recognized as revenue.

4 Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

The Company's contracts with customers are short term contracts with performance obligations that has an original expected duration of one year or less. Therefore, taking the practical expedient, the details on transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations are not disclosed.

5 Reconciliation of revenue with contract price


31-03-2021

For the year ended

31-03-20201. Contract price 459.53 525.74

2. adjustments :

discounts - -

3. Revenue from operations as per Statement of Profit and loss

459.53 525.74

6 There is no impact on the retained earnings as on the date of adoption of the standard. No effect on any financial statement line item due to application of this standard and there is no requirement to disclose the same

38. Other Disclosures

(i) Contingent liabilitiesDetails 31st March 2021 31st March 2020(i) Claims against the company not acknowledged as debt

6.28 2.87

(ii) Other money for which the company is contingently liable on bill discounting with bank

- 17.96

Total 6.28 20.83 The future cash flows on the above items are determinable only on receipt of the decisions / judgments that are pending at various forums / authorities. The Company does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have a materially adverse effect on its financial results.

(ii) Payment to AuditorDetails 31st March 2021 31st March 2020Audit fee 0.19 0.19 GST audit fee* 0.09 - taxation matters 0.04 0.04 Certification matters 0.02 0.02 Total 0.33 0.24 Miscellaneous expenses include travel and stay expenses of auditors

0.02 0.04

*Pertains to last 3 financial years

(iii) Expenditure incurred on Corporate Social Responsibility activities:Details 31st March 2021 31st March 2020(a) Gross amount required to be spent by the company during the year

0.33 0.50

(b) amount spent during the year in cash: (i) Construction / acquisition of any asset - - (ii) on purposes other than (i) above 0.33 0.50 Total 0.33 0.50

(iv) Consolidated financial statements:The reporting entity is the holding company of Sundaram Holdings USA, INC., Delaware The accounts of the above mentioned companies are consolidated by the reporting ntities holding company, namely tVS Motor Company limited and also by the reporting entity's ultimate holding company namely Sundaram Clayton Limited, Chennai. their accounts are not consolidated by the reporting entity

(v) Segment Reporting:The company operates in only one segment namely, manufacturing and selling of tomobile parts.

7 Prepaid expenses include the cost of Rs. 3.89 crores incurred by the company towards Mould development for a customer. As per the understanding with the customer this cost is to be recovered over the supply of components to them. The development cost so incurred is used for the mould developed, which is used for producing the components supplied. The mould is the asset of the customer. This cost will be amortized over 6 year period and it will be tested for impairment as per para 101 of Ind AS 115 every year.

Category of Asset Design and development expenses of Mould

opening balance as on 01-04-2019 3.70Amortization for the year 2019-20 0.50 Closing balance as on 31-03-2020 3.20 addition during 2020-21 0.19 Amortization for the year 2020-21 0.63 Impairment Loss -Closing balance as on 31-03-2021 2.76 Balance as on 31st March 21:Current asset 0.65 non-Current asset 2.11


247

NOTES TO ACCOUNTS - (continued)

39. Consequent to the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Indian government announced a lockdown in March 2020. Subsequently, the national lockdown was lifted by the government. Due to second wave of COVID-19, regional lockdowns continue to be implemented in areas where significant number of COVID-19 cases exists. The impact of second wave of COVID-19 may lead to a rise in the claims.

Based on assessment of the impact of CoVID-19 on the operations of the Company and ongoing discussions with customers, vendors and service providers, the Company is confident of obtaining regular supply of raw materials and components, resuming supply chain logistics and serving customers.

The Company has considered the possible effects of CoVID-19 on the carrying amounts of Property, Plant and Equipment, Investments, Inventories, Trade Receivable and Other Current Assets. In devel-oping the assumptions relating to the possible future uncertainties in the economic conditions because of this pandemic, the company, as at the date of approval of the financial results, has used external and internal sources of information / Indicators to estimate the future performance of the Company. Based on current estimates the Company expects the carrying amount of these assets to be recovered. The impact of the second wave of COVID 19 on the Company’s financial results may differ from that estimated as at the date of approval of these results.

40. Previous year’s figures have been regrouped wherever necessary to confirm to the current year’s classification







248

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Directors’ Report to the ShareholdersThe directors are pleased to present the Eleventh annual report and the audited financial statements for the year ended 31st March 2021.

Financial Highlights(Rs. In Lakhs)

DetailsYear ended Year ended31.03.2021 31.03.2020

Sales and other income 31.79 63.16Less: Expenses 29.24 61.08Profit before tax 2.55 2.08Provision for taxation (including deferred tax) 0.70 0.54Profit after tax 1.85 1.54

Preparation of financial statements under Indian Accounting Standards

Pursuant to the notification issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs dated 16th February, 2015 relating to the Companies (Indian Accounting Standard) Rules, 2015, TVS Motor Company Limited (TVSM), the holding company, is required to adopt Indian Accounting Standards (“IND AS”) from financial year 2016-17.

In terms of Rule 4(1)(ii) of the aforesaid rules, the holding, subsidiary, joint venture and associate companies are required to comply with Ind AS from financial year 2016-17 onwards. Accordingly, the financial statements of the Company for the year 2020-21 have been prepared in compliance with the said rules.

Dividend

The directors, in order to conserve the resources for its future business activities, have not proposed any dividend for the year under review.

Internal control systems

The Company has adequate internal control systems to ensure operational efficiency, accuracy and promptness in financial report and compliance of various laws and regulations. The internal control system is supported by the internal audit (IA) process. The IA department evaluates the efficacy and adequacy of internal control system, its compliance with operating systems and policies of the Company and accounting procedures at all locations of the Company.

The Company has well-documented Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), policies and procedures for various processes which are periodically reviewed.

Based on the report of IA function, process owners undertake corrective action in their respective areas. Significant audit observations and corrective actions thereon are presented to the Audit Committee of the Board.

Risk management

The Company has in place a mechanism to identify, assess, monitor and minimize various risks to key business objectives. Major risks identified would be systematically addressed through mitigating actions on a continuous basis.


In accordance with the provisions of Section 134(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act 2013), with respect to Directors’ Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that -

i. in the preparation of the annual accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures, if any;

ii. the directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the profit/ loss of the Company for that period;

iii. the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act 2013 for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

iv. the directors had prepared the accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a “going concern basis”; and

the directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.


In terms of the Articles of Association of the Company and the applicable provisions of the Act 2013, Mr S G Murali is liable to retire by rotation at the ensuing Annual General Meeting and being eligible, offers himself for re-appointment.

Changes in the Board of Directors

During the year Mr V Ganesh who was appointed as director of the company on 19th May 2020 resigned as director with effect from 31st July 2020.

Mr Sriram S Iyer was appointed as an Additional Director in the Board Meeting held on 21st October 2020 to hold office till the conclusion of the ensuing Annual General Meeting of the Company. The Board in its Meeting held on 20th April, 2021 has recommended his appointment as Director of the Company subject to approval by the Shareholders of the Company by an Ordinary Resolution at the 11th AGM.

Mr N Srinivasa Ramanujam resigned as director of the Company effective 21st October 2020.

Mr. S G Murali, Director of the Company who retires by rotation and being eligible for re-appointment offers himself for re-appointment as Director of the Company for approval by the Shareholders of the Company by an Ordinary Resolution.

Presently, Mr. S G Murali, Mr. V Karunakara Reddy & Mr. Sriram S Iyer are the Directors of the Company.

Board Meetings

During the year under review, the board met 4 times on 19th May 2020, 21st July 2020, 21st October 2020 and 21st January 2021. The gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

Statutory Auditors

In terms of Section 139 of the Act, 2013, read with Rule 6 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, M/s V Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants, having Firm Registration No. 109208W allotted by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, have been appointed as statutory auditors of the Company for five years at such remuneration in addition to reimbursement of all applicable taxes, out-of-pocket, travelling and other expenses, etc., as may be decided between the Board of Directors of the Company.

The current auditors hold office till the conclusion of the 14th Annual General Meeting of the Company.

The Auditors’ Report for the financial year 2020-21 does not contain any qualification, reservation or adverse remark and the same is attached as part of the annual financial statements.

Information on conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo etc.,

The information do not apply to the Company, as the Company is not a manufacturing Company. During the year under review, there were no foreign exchange earnings or expenditure in the Company.

Material changes and commitments

There have been no material changes and commitments affecting the financial position of the Company, which have occurred between the end of the financial year of the Company to which the financial statements relate and the date of the report.

Significant and material orders passed by the Regulators or Courts or Tribunals impacting the going concern status of the Company

There are no significant and material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals, which would impact the going concern status of the Company.

Annual Return

Extract of Annual Return in the prescribed form is given as Annexure I to this report, in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3)(a) of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

Deposits

The Company has not accepted any deposit from the shareholders and others within the meaning of Chapter V of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014 during the year ended 31st March 2021 and hence the question of furnishing any details relating to deposits covered under Chapter V of the Act 2013 does not arise.

249

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Employee’s remuneration

There are no employees on the rolls of the Company, hence there is no disclosure under Section 197(12) of the Act 2013 read with Rule 5(1) and 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014.

Details of loans / guarantees / investments made

As regards the furnishing the details of loans, guarantees and investments made by the Company as per Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the financial year 2020-21, the Company has not extended any guarantee or has given loans to other companies or made any investment during the year under review.

Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the provisions of section 134(h) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act 2013) read with Rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014, furnishing of particulars of contracts or arrangements entered into by the Company with related parties during the year under review is furnished in Form AOC 2 as Annexure II to this Report.

All related party transactions during the year were on ordinary course of business and at arm’s length price and have been approved by the Board of Directors.


Pursuant to Section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 cost records are required to be maintained by specified class of Companies whose turnover exceeds 35 Crores during the immediately preceding financial year.

The Company’s operations do not fall under any of the activities requiring maintenance and subsequent audit of cost records.

Reporting of fraud

The Auditors of the Company have not reported any fraud as specified under Section 143(12) of the Act 2013.


The Company was not required to constitute an Internal Complaints Committee as required under The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 since there are no employees in the Company.


Acknowledgement

The directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from the holding Company, namely, TVS Motor Company Limited, and bankers for their continued support and assistance.


Place : Chennai S G MuRALI V KARuNAKARA REDDy Date : 20th May 2021 Director Director DIN : 00348902 DIN: 08417260

250

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Annexure - IForm No. MGT-9

EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURN for the financial year ended 31st March 2021[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]

I. REGISTRATION AND OTHER DETAILS:

i) CIN : u70101TN2010PLC075027

ii) Registration Date : 22.03.2010

iii) Name of the Company : TVS Housing Limited

iv) Category / Sub-Category of the Company : Public Limited Company - Limited by shares v) Address of the Registered office and : 1st Floor, Greenways Tower, contact details 119, St. Mary’s Road, Abhiramapuram, Chennai 600 018 Tel: (044-) 28272233 Fax: (044-) 28257121

vi) Whether listed company (yes / No) : No vii) Name, Address and Contact details : NA of Registrar and Transfer Agent, if any

II. PRINCIPAL BuSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANy

All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the company shall be stated:-

Sl.No. Name and Description of main products / services

NIC Code of the product / service


1. Lessors of real property 70106 100

III. PARTICuLARS OF HOLDING, SuBSIDIARy AND ASSOCIATE COMPANIES

S. No.

Name and Address of the Company

CIN / GLNHolding /

Subsidiary/ Associate

% of shares held

Applicable Section –

Companies Act, 2013

1. TVS Motor Company Limited along withits six nominees

L35921TN1992PLC022845 Holding Company

100 2(87)

IV. SHARE HOLDING PATTERN (Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity)

(i) Category-wise Share Holding: N.A.

(ii) Shareholding of Promoters:

Name of the Shareholders (M/s.) No. of shares % of Shareholding

TVS Motor Company Limited (Holding Company) and its six nominees

50,000 100

TOTAL 50,000 100

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding : N.A.

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):

S.No Particulars

Shareholding at thebeginning of the year

Cumulative Shareholdingduring the year

No. ofshares

% of totalshares of

the Company

No. ofshares

% of totalshares of the

companyNIL

(v) Shareholding of Directors :

Name of the DirectorNo. of shares

% of total shares of the

Company

Cumulative Closing Balance

No. of shares


Company

No. of shares


CompanyS G Murali (Nominee of TVS Motor Company Limited)

1 - 1 - 1 -

V. INDEBTEDNESS

Indebtedness of the Company including interest outstanding / accrued but not due for payment: NIL

VI. REMuNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEy MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL

A. Remuneration to Managing Director, Whole-time Directors and/or Manager: N.A.

B. Remuneration to other directors: (in Rs.)

Sl.No

Particulars of Remuneration

Name of Directors Total AmountSGM SSI VKR VG*

1.

Directors:Fee for attending board meetingsCommissionOthers, please specify

20,000 - 20,000 5,000 45,000

Total 20,000 - 20,000 5,000 45,000

SGM – Mr S G Murali; SSI – M r Sriram S Iyer; VKR – Mr V Karunakara Reddy; VG – Mr V Ganesh (upto 31st July 2021).

C. Remuneration to Key Managerial Personnel other than MD/Manager/WTD: N.A.

VII. PENALTIES / PuNISHMENT / COMPOuNDING OF OFFENCES: NIL



251

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Annexure - IIForm No. AOC – 2

1. Details of contracts or arrangements or transactions not at arm’s length basis – Nil

2. Details of material contracts/arrangement/transactions at arm’s length basis:

Form for disclosure of particulars of contracts/arrangements entered into by the company with related parties referred to in sub-section (1) of section 188 of the Companies Act, 2013 including certain arm’s length transactions under third proviso thereto.(Pursuant to clause (h) of sub-section (3) of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014)

Particulars Amount(In lakhs)

Emerald Haven Realty Limited, Associate of Holding CompanySale of land 24.59

Rent – Corporate Office 1.20

Rental Income 7.20



252

TVS houSing LiMiTED

To the Members of TVS Housing Limited


Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of TVS Housing Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), Statement of changes in Equity and Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013(“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at 31st March 2021, and Profit, Other Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SA) specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those SAs are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion on the financial statements.

Information Other than the Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report thereon

The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Directors’ Report to the Shareholders but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the financial statements

The Company’s Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these financial statements that give a true and fair view of the state of affairs, profit and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in India including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Board of Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Board of Directors either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure, and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.




1. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2016 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the Annexure A statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order, to the extent applicable.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2020

253

TVS houSing LiMiTED




(c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement of Changes in Equity and the Statement of Cash Flows dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the books of account.

(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid financial statements comply with the Ind AS specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on 31st March 2021 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2) of the Act.

(f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls over financial reporting of the Company and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure B”.

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules,

2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i. There are no pending litigations on its financial position as at 31st March 2021.

ii. The Company did not have any long-term contracts including derivative contracts for which there were any material foreseeable losses.

iii. There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company.

With respect to the matter to be included in the Auditors’ Report under Section 197(16) of the Act. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid any remuneration to its directors.

For V. SANKAR AIyAR & CO., Chartered Accountants

FRN. No.109208W

S. VENKATARAMAN Place : Chennai Partner Date : 20th April, 2021 Membership No. 023116

uDIN 20023116AAAAHO6757

254

TVS houSing LiMiTED


(i) The company does not have any fixed assets (plant, property and equipment). Therefore, the provisions of clause(i) of the para 3 of the order are not applicable to the company.

(ii) As informed to us, the inventories have been physically verified by the management during the year. In our opinion the frequency of the physical verification is reasonable. There were no material discrepancies noticed during such verification.

(iii) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loans, secured or unsecured, to Companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or Other parties covered in the register maintained under Section 189 of the Companies Act 2013. Accordingly, the provisions of clauses (iii) of Para 3 of the Order are not applicable.

(iv) The company has not granted any loan, made investments and provided guarantees and security. Therefore, the provisions of clause (iv) of the para 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company.


(vi) Maintenance of cost records as specified under section 148 (1) of the Act, for the operations carried on by the Company, is not applicable. Therefore, the provisions of clause (vi) of the para 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

(vii) a). According to the records of the Company, the Company is generally regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues payable including Income Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Cess and other material statutory dues with the appropriate authorities. We are informed that there is no liability towards Provident Fund, Employee’s State Insurance and Customs Duty. According to the information and explanations given to us, no undisputed amounts payable in respect of Income Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Cess and other material statutory dues were in arrears as at 31st March 2021 for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.

b). According to the information and explanations given to us and the records of the Company, there are no dues of Income-Tax, Customs Duty, Sales Tax, Service Tax, Goods and Services Tax, Value added Tax and Cess which have not been deposited on account of any dispute as at 31st March 2021.

(viii) The company has no borrowings or has raised any monies against issue of debentures. Also, has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or

further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year. Therefore, the provisions of clause (viii) and (ix) of Para 3 of the Order are not applicable to the company.

(ix) Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and as per the information and explanations given to us by the Management and the representations obtained from the management, we report that no fraud by the Company and no fraud on the company by its officers or employees has been noticed or reported during the year.

(x) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid/ provided managerial remuneration under section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act and hence reporting under clause (xi) of Para 3 of the Order is not applicable.

(xi) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under clause (xii) of Para 3 of the Order is not applicable.

(xii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company is in compliance with Section 177 and Section 188 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the related parties and the details of related party transactions have been disclosed in the financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.

(xiii) During the year the Company has not made any preferential allotment or private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures and hence reporting under clause (xiv) of Para 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

(xiv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with him and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

(xv) The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.


FRN. No.109208W


Annexure A to Independent Auditor’s Report - 31 March 2021(Referred to in our report of even date)

255

TVS houSing LiMiTED


1. We have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of TVS Housing Limited (“the Company”) as of 31st March 2021 in conjunction with our audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Managements Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

2. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Act.


3. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, issued by ICAI and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls, both applicable to an audit of Internal Financial Controls and, both issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

4. Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

5. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls system over financial reporting.

Annexure “B” to Independent Auditors’ Report 31st March 2021(Referred to in our report of even date)


6. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

7. Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

8. In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial Control system over financial reporting and such internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as at 31st March 2021, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Control over Financial Reporting issued by the ICAI.



FRN. No.109208W


256

TVS houSing LiMiTED


( Rs. in Lakhs)

As per our report annexed For and on behalf of the Board of Directors For V.Sankar Aiyar & CoChartered AccountantsFirm Regn No.: 109208W

S.VENKATARAMAN SG MURALI SRIRAM S IYERPartner Director DirectorMembership No.: 23116

ChennaiDated: 20th April, 2021

As at As at Note No. March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

Assets

Current assetsInventories 2 161.82 186.32 Financial assetsi. Cash and cash equivalents 3 11.43 15.27 Current tax assets (Net) 4 63.06 63.22 Other current assets 5 110.48 111.09

Total current assets 346.79 375.90

Total Assets 346.79 375.90

Equity and Liabilities

EquityEquity share capital 6 5.00 5.00 Other equity 7 82.50 80.65

Total equity 87.50 85.65

Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

i. Trade payables 8 - --total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises (MSME)- total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises 1.93 2.27

ii. Other financial liabilities 9 257.25 287.73 Other current liabilities 10 0.11 0.25

Total current liabilities 259.29 290.25

Total liabilities 259.29 290.25

Total equity and liabilities 346.79 375.90

Significant Accounting Policies 1

257

TVS houSing LiMiTED


( Rs. in Lakhs)




Note No. Year Ended Year Ended March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

IncomeRevenue from operations 11 31.79 63.01 Other Income 12 - 0.15

Total income 31.79 63.16

ExpensesOperating Expenses 13 24.50 56.31 Other expenses 14 4.74 4.77

Total expenses 29.24 61.08

Profit before tax 2.55 2.08

Income tax expense 15Current tax 0.70 0.54 Deferred tax - -Total tax expense 0.70 0.54

Profit for the year 1.85 1.54

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax - -

Total comprehensive income for the year 1.85 1.54

Earnings per equity share

Basic & Diluted earnings per share 16 3.70 3.08

Significant Accounting Policies 1

258

TVS houSing LiMiTED

( Rs. in Lakhs)

Cash Flow Statement




A. Cash flow from operating activities:Net profit/(Loss) before tax 2.55 2.08 Add:Interest income - -

- -

Operating profit before working capital changes 2.55 2.08

Adjustments for:Inventories 24.50 56.31 Loans and advances 0.62 0.45 Trade payables (0.35) (0.07)Other current liabilities (30.62) (61.69)

(5.85) (5.00)

Cash generated from operations (3.30) (2.92)Income taxes paid/(Net of refund) (0.54) 1.62

Net cash from operating activities (3.84) (1.30)

B. Cash flow from investing activities: - - - -

Net cash from / (used in) investing activities - -

C. Cash flow from financing activities : - - - -

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities - -

Total (A+B+C) (3.84) (1.30)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 15.27 16.57

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 11.43 15.27

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (3.84) (1.30)

Note : The above Statement of Cash flow is prepared using indirect method

259

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Statement of Changes in Equity

II) Other equityParticulars Reserves &

SurplusOther

Comprehensive Income

Total

Retained earnings

Balance as at March 31, 2019 79.11 - 79.11 Profit/(Loss) for the period 1.54 - 1.54 Remeasurement of post employment benefit obligations Net of tax

- - -

Balance as at March 31, 2020 80.65 - 80.65 Profit/(Loss) for the period 1.85 - 1.85 Remeasurement of post employment benefit obligations Net of tax

- - -

Balance as at March 31, 2021 82.50 - 82.50




I) Equity Share Capital

Balance as at March 31, 2019 5.00 Change in Equity Share Capital - Balance as at March 31, 2020 5.00 Change in Equity Share Capital - Balance as at March 31, 2021 5.00

Rs. in Lakhs

260

TVS houSing LiMiTED

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Brief description of the Company

TVS Housing Limited (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated in the year 2010 and domiciled in India. The registered office is located at “1st Floor, Greenways Towers, No. 119, St.Marys Road, Abhiramapuram, Chennai – 600018, Tamil Nadu, India”.

b. Basis of preparation

i) Compliance with Ind AS

The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] and other relevant provisions of the Act.

ii) Historical Cost Convention

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following:

• certain financial assets and liabilities is measured at fair value;

• defined benefit plans – plan assets measured at fair value;

c. Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current and future period.


d. Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

The Company recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and specific criteria for recognition have been met. The Company bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.

e. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property plant and equipment are stated at historic cost less depreciation and impairment, if any. Cost includes purchase price, taxes and duties, labor cost and directly attributable overhead expenditure incurred up to the date the asset is ready for its intended use. However, cost excludes all duties and taxes wherever credit of the same is availed.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to Profit or Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

f. Depreciation and amortization

The company depreciates the carrying amount of the assets over the remaining useful life of the assets as per schedule II of the Companies Act,

2013 under straight line method, except in the case of Computers, Mobile phones, Vehicles, and Plant and Machinery which are charged over 3.33 years, 2 years, 5.56 years and 6.67 years respectively which are different from the useful life given under the said schedule, which is based on valuer’s certification of useful life being shorter than specified in schedule. Improvement on leased property is depreciated over the primary lease period. Depreciation on fixed assets added or disposed off during the year is calculated on pro-rata basis with reference to the date of addition/disposal.

g. Intangible assets

Intangible assets are stated at original cost net of tax / duty credits availed, if any, less accumulated amortization and cumulative impairment. Intangible assets are recognized when it is probable that future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the enterprise and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably. Intangible assets being Software cost is amortized at 50% per annum.

h. Stock-In-Trade

i) Land is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes cost of acquisition and all related costs.

ii) Work-In-Progress

Work in Progress is valued at cost. Cost includes cost of construction and services, employee cost, other overheads related to project under construction and borrowing cost.

i. Employee benefits

(i) Short term obligations:

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. The liabilities are presented as current employee benefit obligations in the balance sheet.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefit:

The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore measured as the present value of the expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee up to the end of reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in profit or loss.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

(iii) Post-employment obligation:


a) Defined benefit plans such as gratuity and pension for its eligible employees, and

b) Defined contribution plans such as provident fund.

(iv) Pension and Gratuity obligation:

The liability or asset recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension and gratuity plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by Actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

261

TVS houSing LiMiTED

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the statement of profit and loss.

Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognized immediately in profit or loss as past service cost.

(v) Bonus plans:

The Company recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses. The Company recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.

J) Income Tax

Tax expense comprises of current and deferred taxes.

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

K. Provisions and contingent liabilities

i) Provision:

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present or constructive obligation as a result of present obligation, it is probable that an outflow of

resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expenses.

ii) Contingent liabilities:

Wherever there is a possible obligation that may, but probably will not require an outflow of resources, the same is disclosed by way of contingent liability. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

L. Segment reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker.

M. Impairment of assets

Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

N. Cash and Cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

O. Trade receivables

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are recognized initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional unless they contain significant financing components, when they are recognized at fair value. The Company holds the trade receivables with the intention to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortized cost using effective interest method, less loss allowance.

p. Investments and Other financial assets

i) Classification

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories:

• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or through profit or loss), and


The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flow.

ii) Measurement

At Initial recognition, the company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus (in the case of a financial asset not a fair value through profit or loss) transaction cost that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss.

262

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Debt Instruments:

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the company’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments.

Amortized Cost:

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortized cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognized in profit or loss when the asset is de-recognized or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method.

Fair Value through profit or loss:

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value through profit or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognized in profit or loss and presented in the statement of profit and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest income from these financial assets is included in other income.

Equity instruments-Investment in subsidiaries / associates:

Investment in subsidiaries/ associates are measured at cost.

iii) Impairment of financial assets

The company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost and FVOCI debt instruments. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments, which requires expected credit losses to be recognized from initial recognition of the receivables.

iv) Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognized only when:

a) The Company has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset or

b) The Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognized. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is not derecognized.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Company has not retained control of the financial asset. Where the company retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognized to the extent of continuing involvement in the financial asset.

v) Income recognition

Interest Income:

Interest income is recognized on time proportion basis, determined by the amount outstanding and the rate applicable.

While calculating the effective interest rate, the Company estimates the expected cash flows by considering all the contractual terms of the financial

instrument (for example, prepayment, extension, call and similar options), but does not consider the expected credit losses.

Dividends:

Dividends are recognized in profit or loss only when the right to receive payment is established, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Company, and the amount of dividend can be reliably measured.

Q. Functional Currency:

Items included in the financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in Indian rupee (INR), which is functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances:

i. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing on the date of transaction.

ii. Exchange differences arising on settlement of transactions are recognized as income or expense in the year in which they arise.

R. Trade and other payables:

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of the financial year which are unpaid. These amounts are usually unsecured and paid within the credit periods. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within twelve months after reporting period. They are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using effective interest method.

S. Borrowings:

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognized in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognized as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss as other gain/(loss).


T. Leases

As a lessee

From 1 April 2019, leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Company. Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Company allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, the has elected not to separate lease and non-lease components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.

Payments associated with short-term leases and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.

U. Current and Non-current classification

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.

263

TVS houSing LiMiTED





A liability is treated as current when:


• it is held primarily for the purpose of trading or



Operating Cycle:

The normal operating cycle in respect of operation relating to real estate project depends on singing of agreement, size of the project, phasing of the project, type of development, project complexities, approvals needed

& realization of project into cash & cash equivalents and range from 3 to 7 years. Accordingly, assets & liabilities have been classified into current & non-current based on operating cycle.

V. Earnings Per Share:

(i) Basic earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing:

• the profit attributable to owners of the company

• by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for new equity shares issued during the year (Note No.16)

(ii) Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account:

• The after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential equity shares, and

• The weighted average number of additional equity shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares.

264

TVS houSing LiMiTED

4 Current tax assets (Net)

Advance Tax Less Provision for Tax 63.06 63.22

Total Current tax assets (Net) 63.06 63.22

5 Other current assets

GST Receivable 110.38 110.96 Advance given to vendor 0.10 0.13

Total other current assets 110.48 111.09

( Rs. in Lakhs)Notes to balance Sheet

7 Other Equity As atMarch 31, 2021

As atMarch 31, 2020

Retained earnings 82.50 80.65

Total reserves and surplus 82.50 80.65

Retained earnings: Company's cumulative earnings since its formation minus dividends. These are available for distribution.

2 Inventories

Land held for Development 161.82 186.32

Total Inventories 161.82 186.32

3 Cash and cash equivalents


Total cash and cash equivalents 11.43 15.27





6 Equity share capital(a) Authorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up

Particulars As at March 31, 2021 As at March 31, 2020 Number Rs. in Lakhs Number Rs. in Lakhs

Authorised:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 50,000 5.00 50,000 5.00 Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 50,000 5.00 50,000 5.00

50,000 5.00 50,000 5.00

(b) Reconciliation of equity shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the yearParticulars As at March 31, 2021 As at March 31, 2020

Number Rs. in Lakhs Number Rs. in Lakhs Shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 50,000 5.00 50,000 5.00 Shares issued during the year - - - -Shares outstanding at the end of the year 50,000 5.00 50,000 5.00

(c) (i) Rights and preferences attached to equity share:The company has one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs.10 each. Each shareholder is eligible for one vote per share held. In the event of liquidation, the equity shareholders are eligible to receive the remaining assets of the company after distribution of all preferential amounts. The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.

(d) Shares held by holding company at the end of the year/ shareholders holding more than 5% of paid up Equity Share Capital

Name of shareholder Class of share As at March 31, 2021 As at March 31, 2020 No. of shares

held% of holding No. of shares

held% of holding

TVS Motor Company Limited with nominees Equity 50,000 100% 50,000 100%

265

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Notes to balance sheet

Rs. in Lakhs Rs. in Lakhs Year Ended Year Ended

March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

Notes to Statement of Profit or Loss



8 Trade payables

The Company has not received any memorandum (as required to be filed by the supplier with the notified authorities under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006) claiming their status as micro or small enterprises. Accordingly, amount paid/payable to these parties is considered to be Rs. Nil.

9 Other financial liabilities

Payable to related parties (Net of Security Deposit) 257.25 287.73

Total Other financial liabilities 257.25 287.73

10 Other current liabilities

Statutory Dues 0.11 0.25

Total other current liabilities 0.11 0.25

11 Revenue from operations Income from sale of Land 24.59 55.81 Income from Rentals 7.20 7.20 Total revenue 31.79 63.01

12 Other IncomeInterest Income - 0.15 Total revenue - 0.15

13 Operating ExpensesInventories at the beginning of the year:Land held for development 186.32 242.63 Add: Incurred during the year: - -

186.32 242.63 Less: Inventories at the end of the year: 161.82 186.32 Operating Expenses 24.50 56.31

14 Other expenses Rent 1.20 1.20 Audit Fees 1.50 1.05 Consultancy and Professional Charges 1.47 1.65 Miscellaneous Expenses 0.57 0.87 Total other expenses 4.74 4.77

15 Income tax expense(a) Income tax expense

Current taxCurrent tax on profits for the year 0.70 0.54 Total current tax expense 0.70 0.54

Total deferred tax expense/(benefit) - -


(b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by Income tax rate:


Tax at the Income tax rate of 26% (PY : 26.00%) 0.66 0.54

Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:Difference in carrying value of Inventory 0.04 -Income tax expense 0.70 0.54

16 Earnings per share(a) Basic and diluted earnings per shareBasic/Diluted earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company (Rs.)

3.70 3.08

(b) Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per shareProfit attributable to equity shareholders of the company used in calculating basic/diluted earnings per share (Rs.)

1.85 1.54

. .(c) Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating basic/diluted earnings per share

50,000 50,000

266

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Rs. in Lakhs

Notes to Statement of Profit or Loss (Contd.) Financial instruments and risk management

17. Financial instruments by category As at

March 31, 2021 As at

March 31, 2020 Amortised cost Amortised cost

Financial assets


Total Financial Assets 11.43 15.27 Financial liabilities Trade payables 1.93 2.27 Payable to related parties 257.25 287.73

Total Financial Liabilities 259.18 290.01

The Company has no Financial Assets or Liabilities that are valued at Fair Value through Profit and Loss or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

Commitments(ii) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised costThe carrying amounts of trade payables, cash and cash equivalents, and other current financial liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.

18 Financial risk managementThe company’s activities expose only to credit risk.

Risk Exposure arising from Risk MitigationCredit risk Cash and cash equivalents,

financial assets measured at amortised cost.

Surplus cash is deposited only with banks/financial institutions

with high external rating

(A) Credit riskCredit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions.

(i) Credit risk managementCredit risk is managed on a company basis. For banks and financial institutions, only high rated banks/institutions are accepted.

(B) Liquidity risk(i) Maturities of financial liabilitiesThe tables below analyse The company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:a) all non-derivative financial liabilities, andb) net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities:

Particulars Maturity Rs. in LakhsMarch 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

Trade payables < than 12 months 1.93 2.27 Other financial liabilities > than 12 months 257.25 287.73

18 Capital management

Risk managementThe company’s objectives when managing capital are to• safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to

provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and• maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

19 Operating Segment(a) Description of segments and principal activitiesThe Company is primarily engaged in the business of Developing and subdividing real estate into plots. The entity's entire operations are reviewed by Chief operating decision makers as one Operating segment.

(b) Entity Wide disclosuresi) Company's major service is real estate developmentii) Company is domiciled and operates within India iii) There is no major reliance on a single customer.

20 Contingent liabilities and contingent assetsAs at

March 31, 2021As at

March 31, 2020(a) Contingent liabilities Nil Nil

21 Commitments March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020(a) Capital commitmentsCapital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not recognised as liabilities

Nil Nil

(b) Other commitmentsExpenditure related contractual commitments apart from Capital Commitments

Nil Nil

22 Related Party DisclosureAs at/

year endedMarch 31, 2021

As at/year ended

March 31, 2020(a) Related parties and their relationship for the

financial year 2020-21ultimate Holding companySundaram Clayton Limited

Holding companyTVS Motor Company Limited

Associate of Holding Co.Emerald Haven Realty Limited

(b) Transactions with related parties: - Associate of Holding Co.Emerald Haven Realty Limited

(i) Sale of Land 24.59 55.81 (ii) Rent - Corporate Office 1.20 1.20 (iii) Rental Income 7.20 7.20

(c) Balances with related parties: (Payable) / Receivable

(i) Other payables (Net of Security Deposit) - Associate of Holding Co.Emerald Haven Realty Limited (257.24) (287.72)

267

TVS houSing LiMiTED

Other disclosures Rs. in Lakhs


S.VENKATARAMAN SG MURALI SRIRAM S IYERPartner Director DirectorMembership No.: 23116 DIN : 00348902 DIN:


23 Deferred Tax Asset on loss is recognised as the management is confident of achieving taxable profit which will be available against which the loss will be reversed.

24 Auditors’ remuneration (Included under Other Expenses) (Exclusive of GST)

Particulars As at 31st March 2021

As at 31st March 2020

Payments to Auditors asa. Statutory Auditor 1.50 1.50 b. Certification Fees - 0.50

25 In the opinion of the management, the current assets, loans & advances have a value of real isat ion in ordinary course of business or at least equal to the amount at which they are stated in the balance sheet.

26 Consequent to the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Indian government announced a lockdown in March 2020. Subsequent ly, the nat ional lockdown was l i f ted by the government. Due to second wave of COVID-19, regional lockdowns cont inue to be implemented in areas where s igni f icant number of COVID-19 cases exists.

Based on assessment of the impact of COVID 19 on the operat ions of the Company and ongoing discussions with customers, contractors and service providers, the Company is conf ident of obtaining regular service f rom the contractors and service providers and serving customers.

The Company has considered the possible effects of COVID-19 on the carrying amounts of Property, Plant and Equipment, Investments, Inventories, Trade Receivable and Other Current Assets. In developing the assumptions relating to the possible future uncertainties in the economic conditions because of this pandemic, the company, as at the date of approval of the financial results, has used external and internal sources of information / Indicators to estimate the future performance of the Company. Based on current estimates the Company expects the carrying amount of these assets to be recovered. The impact of the second wave of COVID 19 on the Company's financial results may differ from that estimated as at the date of approval of these results

268

TVS MoTor SerViceS LiMiTed

Directors’ Report to the Shareholders of the Company

The directors have pleasure in presenting the twelth annual report on the progress of the Company together with the audited statement of accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021.

1. Financial Results

The highlights of the financial performance of the Company are given below:

(Rs. in lakhs)

Particulars Year ended31-03-2021

Year ended31-03-2020

Revenue from OperationsOther Income

-3.22

--

Total

Purchases of Stock-in trade Finance Cost

-

-505.53

-

-1088.65

Administrative & other expenses 29.25 58.21

Profit / (Loss) before tax (531.56) (1146.86)Less: - Provision for tax Add: - Deferred Tax Asset (34.82) (432.96)Profit / (Loss) after tax (496.74) (713.90)

2. Dividend

The board of directors does not recommend any dividend for the year under consideration, in view of the loss sustained by the Company for the year ended 31st March 2021.

3. Share Capital

During the year under review, there were no changes in the share capital of the Company.

The paid up capital of the company is Rs.53.63 Cr (5,36,33,814 equity shares of Rs.10/- each)

4. Debentures

The company raised funds through issue of Secured Non-convertible Redeemable Debentures. The Company has issued 4,50,00,000 8% Secured Non-Convertible Debentures of Rs.10/- each and necessary allotment was made to TVS Motor Foundation on 31.03.2021. The Company has appointed M/s B. Chandra & Associates, Practising Company Secretaries, Chennai as debenture trustees.

5. Material changes and commitments


6. SignificantandmaterialorderspassedbytheRegulatorsorCourtsorTribunals impacting the going concern status of the Company

There are no significant and material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals, which would impact the going concern status of the Company. However, the members’ attention is drawn to the statement on contingent liabilities, commitments, given in the notes forming part of the financial statements.

7. Internal control systems

The Company has adequate internal control systems to ensure operational efficiency, accuracy and promptness in financial report and compliance of various laws and regulations.

The internal control system is supported by the internal audit process. An internal auditor has been appointed for this purpose. The audit committee of directors will

review the internal audit report and the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls periodically.

The Board is accountable for evaluating and approving the effectiveness of the internal controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls. Company has a proper and adequate internal control system to ensure that all the assets of the Company are safeguarded and protected against any loss and that all the transactions are properly authorized and recorded.

8. Risk management

Our risk management framework is well embedded and continually reviewed by the Board. It enables to identify, evaluate and monitor principal risks and where possible, actively manage internal or external risks that could threaten the attainment of the Company targets.

As a process, risks associated with the business are identified and prioritized based on the Company’s overall risk appetite, strategy, severity and probability of occurrence.

As a process, the risks associated with the business are identified and prioritized based on severity, likelihood and effectiveness of current detection. Such risks are reviewed by the senior management on a quarterly basis. Process owners are identified for each risk and matrixes are developed for monitoring and reviewing the risk mitigation

The risk function is looked after by a team reporting to the Director & CEO of the Company. The Audit Committee considers both current and emerging risks as part of its oversight of Company’s risk management framework. Committee defines emerging risks as those which are on the three-year horizon.

The Board is satisfied that there are adequate systems and procedures in place to identify, assess, monitor and manage risks.

9. Related Party Transactions

All contracts / arrangements entered by the Company during the financial year with related parties were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length in terms of section 188 read with the Companies (Meetings of board and its powers) Rules, 2014.

Pursuant to the provisions of section 134(h) of the Act 2013 read with rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014, the particulars of contracts or arrangements entered into by the Company with Related Parties have been done at arm’s length and are in the ordinary course of business.

Hence, no particulars are being provided in Form AOC-2. Related Party disclosures, as per the Accounting Standard 18 have been provided in Notes to the financial statements.

10. Directors’ responsibility statement

Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(5) of the Act, 2013 with respect to Director’s Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that:

a) in the preparation of the annual accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures, if any;

b) the directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

c) the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

d) the directors had prepared the accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a going concern basis; and

269


e) the directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.

11. Directors

Independent Directors (IDs)

The Board of Directors of the Company comprises of two Independent Directors viz., Mr L Bhadri and Ms Sasikala Varadachari and as required under sub-section 6 of Section 149 of the Act 2013, the Company received necessary declarations from IDs that they meet the criteria of independence as provided therein.

At the Extra ordinary general meeting held on 23rd March 2018, the shareholders approved their re-appointment for the second term effective 31st March 2018 till the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2021 and to receive remuneration by way of fees, reimbursement of expenses for participation in the meetings of the board and / or committees and profit related commission, if any, in terms of applicable provisions of the Companies Act 2013, as determined by the board, from time to time.

Separate meeting of Independent Directors (IDs):

During the year under review, a separate meeting of IDs was held on 23rd March 2021 and all the Independent Directors were present at the Meeting.

A complete feedback on Non-Independent Directors and details of various activities undertaken by the Company were provided to them to facilitate their review / evaluation through a set of questionnaire.

The IDs were fully kept informed of the Company’s activities in all its spheres.

Woman Director

In terms of Section 149 of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014, the Company is required to have a woman Director on its Board.

For the purposes of this rule, a woman director to be on the board if the paid up capital is more than Rs. 100 Cr, as on the last date of latest audited financial statements shall be taken into account. In view of the above, Ms Sasikala Varadachari continues to be on the Board of the Company as an Independent Woman Director.


In terms of Article 21 of the Articles of Association of the Company, all the directors other than the independent directors, viz., Mr V N Venkatanathan, Mr Arvind Balaji, Mr S G Murali and Mr K N Radhakrishnan, retire from the office at the ensuing annual general meeting and being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.

Policy on Directors appointment and remuneration of directors, Key Managerial Personnel (KMPs)

In accordance with Section 178 of the Act, 2013 the Nomination and Remuneration Committee has formulated a Nomination & Remuneration Policy (NRC Policy) to ensure that executive directors and other employees are sufficiently compensated for their performance. The Policy seeks to provide criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director.

Remuneration Policy

Directors:

NRC will recommend the remuneration for executive and non-executive directors. This will be then approved by the board and shareholders. Prior approval of shareholders will be obtained, whenever required, in case of remuneration to non-executive directors.

The non-executive independent directors are appointed to the board of the Company in terms of regulatory requirements.

Key Managerial Personnel:

The remuneration of employees largely consists of basic salary, perquisites, allowances and performance incentives. Perquisites and retirement benefits are paid according to the Company’s policy, subject to prescribed statutory ceiling.

The components of the total remuneration vary for different grades and are governed by the industry pattern, qualification & experience / merits and performance of each employee.

The Company while deciding the remuneration package takes into consideration current employment scenario and remuneration package of the industry.

The annual variable pay of senior executives is linked to the performance of the Company in general and their individual performance for the relevant year measured against Company’s objectives fixed in the beginning of the year.

Criteria for Board Membership

Directors:

The Company will generally consider (i) their relevant experience in Finance/ Law/ Management/ Administration/ Research/ Corporate Governance/ Technical Operations or other disciplines related to company’s business, (ii) having the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values and (iii) their willingness to devote sufficient time and energy in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.


Independent Director is a director who has no direct or indirect pecuniary relationship with the Company and or any of its officers. They should meet all criteria specified in Section 149(7) of the Act, 2013 and rules made thereunder.

Number of board meetings held

During the year under review, the board met four times on 27th May 2020, 25th September 2020, 30th December 2020 & 31st March 2021 and the gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

Change in Key Managerial Personnel (KMPs)

The following persons have been designated as Key Managerial Personnel of the Company under Section 203 of the Act, 2013 read with the Rules framed thereunder, based on the recommendations of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee.

Mr V Karunakara Reddy as Chief Executive Officer;Mr S Sridhar as Chief Financial Officer and Mr K S Srinivasan as Company Secretary


Audit Committee:

In terms of Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013 (Act, 2013), the Audit Committee of the Company is required to consist of minimum of three members, with majority of independent directors.

The present committee consists of Mr Arvind Balaji, non-executive and non-independent director, Mr L Bhadri and Ms Sasikala Varadachari, (ID) as its members. Thus, the composition of the audit committee is in accordance with the requirements of the Act and the Committee meets periodically to discuss and review such matters as required under the applicable provisions of the Act, 2013.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee:

In terms of Section 178 of the Act, 2013, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee is required to consist of minimum of three members, of which not less than one-half shall be independent directors.

The Committee consists of Mr Arvind Balaji, non-executive and non-independent director, Mr L Bhadri and Ms Sasikala Varadachari, (ID) as its members.

270


The Committee has a Nomination and Remuneration Policy to govern the terms of nomination / appointment and remuneration of (i) directors; and (ii) key managerial personnel of the Company.

Remuneration criteria to Directors:

All the directors are non-executive directors. They have not received any remuneration from the Company.

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Committee:

The Corporate Social Responsibility Committee consists of the following directors namely, Mr V N Venkatanathan, Mr S G Murali and Mr L Bhadri, as members.

Evaluation of the board, committees and directors

In terms of Section 134 of the Companies Act 2013 and the rules made there-under, the board has carried out evaluation of its own performance and that of its committees and individual directors.

The board discussed and assessed its own composition, size, mix of skills and experience, its meeting sequence effectiveness of discussion, decision making, follow up action, quality of information and the performance and reporting by the various committees. Besides, the board considered both its characteristics and the effectiveness of its performance in carrying out its role and responsibilities in the context of the nature, scope, complexity and risk profile of the Company.

The evaluation of individual directors was made on the following criteria, namely (i) attendance for the meetings, participation and independence during the meetings, (ii) interaction with management, (iii) role and accountability of the board and knowledge and proficiency etc.

The evaluation of each committee, namely audit committee, nomination and remuneration committee (NRC) and Corporate Social Responsibility, were evaluated by the board after seeking inputs from its members on the basis of the criteria such as matters assessed against the terms of reference, time spent by the committees in considered matters, quality of information received, work of each committee, overall effectiveness and decision making and compliance with the corporate governance requirements and concluded that all the committees continued to function effectively, with full participation by all its members and members of the management.

12. Deposits

The Company has not accepted any deposit from the public within the meaning of Chapter V of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014 during the year ended 31st March 2021.

13. Auditors

Statutory Auditors

On recommendation of Board of Directors of the Company, members of the Company appointed M/s. Raghavan Chaudhuri & Narayanan., Chartered Accountants, Bengaluru having Firm Registration No. 007761S allotted by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India as Statutory Auditors of the Company at the 10th Annual General Meeting of the Company for a term of 5 consecutive years i.e. till the conclusion of 15th Annual General Meeting pursuant to Section 139 of the Companies Act, 2013, at such remuneration in addition to applicable taxes, out of pocket expenses, travelling and other expenses as may be mutually agreed between the Board of Directors of the Company and the Auditors.

The Statutory Auditors will continue to hold office for the 2nd year in the first term of five consecutive years, from the conclusion of this AGM.

The Company has obtained necessary certificate under Section 141 of the Act, 2013 conveying their eligibility for being the Statutory Auditors of the Company for the year 2020-21.

The Auditors’ Report for the financial year 2020-21 does not contain any qualification, reservation or adverse remark and the same is attached with the annual financial statements.

Secretarial Auditors

As required under Section 204 of the Act, 2013 and the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules 2014, the Company is required to appoint a Secretarial Auditor for auditing secretarial and related records of the Company.

As required under Section 204 of the Act, 2013, the Secretarial Audit Report for the year 2020-21, given by Mr T N Sridharan, Practicing Company Secretary, Chennai for auditing the secretarial and related records is attached to this report. The Secretarial Audit Report does not contain any qualification, reservation or other remarks. Mr T N Sridharan, Practicing Company Secretary, Chennai, was appointed as Secretarial Auditors for carrying out the secretarial audit for the financial year 2021-22.

Both the Statutory Auditors Report and Secretarial Audit Report are free from any qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer, and hence do not warrant any explanation or comments by the board.

14. Disclosures


The Company has no activity relating to conservation of energy or technology absorption. The Company did not have any foreign exchange earnings or outgo, in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3) (m) of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014.

Annual Return:

Extract of Annual Return in the prescribed form is given as Annexure – I to this report.

Employee’s remuneration:

There is no employee receiving the remuneration in excess of the limits prescribed under Section 197 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 and hence the question of attaching a statement containing the prescribed details of such employees does not arise.

Related Party Transactions:

Particulars of contracts / arrangements with related parties referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 188 of the Act, 2013 are given in notes on accounts for the financial year 20120-21.

Details of loans / guarantees / investments made:

During the year under review, the Company had not granted any loans or guarantees covered under Section 186 of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Meetings of Board and its powers) Rules, 2014, for the financial year 2020-21.

Please refer note no. 4 to Notes on accounts for the financial year 2020-21, for details of investments made by the Company.

Maintenance of cost records:

Pursuant to Section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 cost records are required to be maintained by specified class of Companies whose turnover exceeds 35 Crores during the immediately preceding financial year. Further, companies covered under Table B of Rule 3 to Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014 whose overall annual turnover exceeds 100 Crores are required to get its cost records audited.

271


Since the turnover does not exceed the prescribed limit, cost records were not required to be maintained by the Company.


The Company has duly constituted an Internal Complaints Committee as required under The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.


15. Acknowledgement

The directors wish to thank the shareholders of the Company for their co-operation and support and also place on record their appreciation of the services and assistance rendered by the bankers of the Company.


Place: Chennai V N Venkatanathan L BhadriDate: 26th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 00059273 DIN: 06829886

272



ExtractofAnnualReturnforthefinancialyearended31st March 2021[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]


i) CIN : U50404TN2009PLC071075ii) Registration Date : 23.03.2009

iii) Name of the Company : TVS Motor Services Limited

iv) Category / Sub-Category of the Company

: Public Limited Company

v) Address of the Registered office and contact details

: “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600 006

vi) Whether listed company : Novii) Name, Address and

Contact details of Registrar and Transfer Agent

: Integrated Registry Management Services Private Limited,Registered Office: 2nd Floor, Kences Towers,No.1, Ramakrishna Street,North Usman Road,T Nagar, Chennai - 600 017

II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the company shall be stated:-

Sl.No. Name and Description of main products / services



1. Maintenance and Repair of Motor Vehicles

45200 -


S.No. Name Address of the Company CIN

Holding / Subsidiary/ Associate

% of shares held

Applicable Section of the Companies Act

20131. TVS Motor Company

Limited“Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600 006

L35921TN1992PLC022845 Holding Company

Holds 100% in the Company

2(46)

IV. SHARE HOLDING PATTERN (Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity) (i) Category-wise Share Holding:

Category of Shareholders

No. of Shares held at the beginning of the year (as on 1st April 2020)

No. of Shares held at the end of the year(as on 31st March 2021) Change in

shareholding during the yearDemat Physical Total % % of total

shares Demat Physical Total % of total shares

A. Promoters Indian - Bodies Corp. - 5,36,33,814 100 100 - 5,36,33,814 100 100 521.20Total Shareholding of Promoter (A)

- 5,36,33,814 100 100 - 5,36,33,814 100 100 -

B. Public Shareholding - - - - - - - -1. Institutions Financial Institutions - - - - - - - - -Sub-total (B)(1) - - - - - - - - -2. Non- Institutions - - - - - - - -a) individuals - - - - - - - -i) Indian - - - - - - - - -Sub-total (B)(2):- - - - - - - - - -Total Public Shareholding (B)=(B)(1)+ (B)(2) - - - - - - - - -

C. Shares held by Custodian for GDRs & ADRs - - - - - - - - -

Grand Total (A+B+C) - 5,36,33,814 100 100 - 5,36,33,814 100 100 -

273



S.No Shareholder's Name Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year % change in shareholding

during the yearNo. of Shares % of total

Shares of the Company

% of Shares Pledged/ encumbered to total

shares

No. of Shares % of total Shares of the

Company

% of Shares Pledged/

encumbered to total shares

1. TVS Motor Company Limited 5,36,33,814 100 Nil 5,36,33,814 100 Nil -

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding : Nil

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):

Name of the Director / KMP(M/s.)

Opening Balance% of total

shares of the Company

Cumulative Closing Balance

No. of shares

(% of the total share

capital)No. of shares


CompanyNo. of shares


CompanyV N Venkatanathan* 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0H Lakshmanan* 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00K Gopala Desikan 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00R Raja Prakash* 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00K S Srinivasan* 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00N Srinivasa Ramanujam* 1 0.00 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00

* Shares held as nominees of TVS Motor Company Limited.

(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel: NILV. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNELA. Remuneration to Managing Director, Whole-Time Director and/or Manager:All the directors of the Company are non-executive directors. The directors of the Company do not draw any remuneration from the Company for attending the meetings of the board and committees thereof.

B. Remuneration to other directors: Not Applicable

C.Remuneration toKMP (ChiefExecutiveOfficer,Chief FinancialOfficer andCompany Secretary): NIL

VI. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT/ COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES: There were no penalties / punishment / compounding of offences for breach of any Section of the Companies Act, 2013 against the Company or its directors or other officers in default during the year.


Place : Chennai V N VENKATANATHAN L BHADRI Date : 26th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 00059273 DIN: 06829886

274


FORM NO.MR-3SECRETARIAL AUDIT REPORT OF TVS MOTOR SERVICES LIMITED

FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31st MARCH 2021[Pursuant to Section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No.9 of the

Companies (Appointment and Remuneration Personnel) Rules, 2014]

ToThe MembersTVS MOTOR SERVICES LIMITED,“Chaitanya”, No. 12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006

CIN: U50404TN2009PLC071075Authorised Capital:Rs.875,00,00,000/-Paid up Capital: Rs.53,63,38,140/-

I have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good corporate practice by TVS MOTOR SERVICES LIMITED, (CIN: U50404TN2009PLC071075 (hereinafter called the Company). Secretarial Audit was conducted in a manner that provided me a reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/statutory compliance and expressing my opinion thereon.

Based on my verification of the company’s books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the Company and also the information provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorized representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, I hereby report that in my opinion, the company has, during the audit period covering the financial year ended on 31st March, 2021 complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder and also that the company has proper Board processes and compliance mechanism in place to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter:

I have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the company for the financial year ended on 31st March, 2021 according to the provisions of:

i) The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made thereunder;

ii) Since the company is a wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Limited, the provisions of Rule 9A of the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Rules, 2014 is not applicable to the company. However the company has effected dematerialization of its shares and has complied with the provisions of The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Bye-Laws framed thereunder;

iii) The Company being unlisted public limited company, the provisions of The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) and the rules made thereunder are not applicable;

iv) As the company has not done any Foreign Direct Investment, or overseas Direct Investment nor availed any External Commercial Borrowings, the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made thereunder to the extent of Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and External Commercial Borrowings in not applicable to the company;

v) The Company being unlisted public limited company, the following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI Act’) are not applicable viz.

(a) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;

(b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;

(c) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018;

(d) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999;

(e) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing of Debt Securities) Regulations, 2008;

(f) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations, 1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client;

(g) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009; and

(h) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations, 2018;

(i) Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014;

(j) Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015;

(k) Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing of Non- Convertible and Redeemable Preference Shares) Regulations, 2013;

vi) The Company has materially complied with laws applicable specifically to the Company.

i) I have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses of the following:

ii) The Secretarial Standards with regard to Meetings of Board of Directors (SS-1) and General Meetings (SS-2) issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India in terms of sub-section 10 of Section 118 of the Companies Act, 2013, for the financial year under review;

The company being unlisted public limited company, the company is not required to enter into Listing Agreements with any Stock Exchange(s), and hence compliance in relation thereto is not applicable.

From the verification of records and as per the information and explanation furnished to me, during the period under review, the company has complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, Standards, etc. mentioned above, wherever applicable.

I further report that

i) The Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted with proper balance of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Independent Directors. The changes in the composition of the Board of Directors that took place during the period under review were carried out in compliance with the provisions of the Act.

ii) Adequate notice is given to all directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at least seven days in advance, and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting.

iii) Majority decision is carried through while the dissenting members’ views are captured and recorded as part of the minutes. However on perusal of the minutes of the board or audit committee meetings, it was observed that there was no dissenting note made by any of the member.

I further report that there are adequate systems and processes in the company commensurate with the size and operations of the company to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines. The company has

i) Constituted Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Directors and has formulated “Nomination and Remuneration Policy’ in terms of Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Rules made thereunder;

ii) Constituted the Audit Committee of directors in terms of Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013;

https://taxguru.in/sebi/sebi-share-based-employee-benefits-regulations-2014.html

https://taxguru.in/sebi/sebi-share-based-employee-benefits-regulations-2014.html

275


iii) Constituted Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (CSR) to formulate and recommend to the board a Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, prepare and recommend a list of CSR projects/ programs, which the company plans to undertake. However, since the company has incurred loss during the preceding three financial years, the company is not liable to spend any amount in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy as required under Section 135(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014.

iv) Considered and recorded the Risk Management Policy followed by the Company in terms of Section 134(3)(n) of the Companies Act, 2013 including identification therein of elements of risk, if any, which in the opinion of the board, may threaten the existence of the company;

v) Considered and approved the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” of the Company framed in terms of Section 149 read with Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013;

vi) has appointed woman director in compliance with the provisions of Section 149 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 3 of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014.

I further report that from the information and explanations furnished to me, during the audit period

i) The company has allotted 63,70,000 8% secured Non-Convertible Debentures (NCD) of Rs.10/- each aggregating to Rs.6.37 Cr to TVS Motor Foundation, on 31st March, 2021, which was secured in terms of the Debenture Trust Deed as amended from time to time to secure Class B NCD;

ii) The shareholders in the Extra Ordinary General Meeting held on 25th March, 2021 has passed resolution for authorizing the board of directors for making borrowing under section 180(1)(c) of the Act upto Rs.150 crores and also delegated powers under Section 180(1)(a) of the Act, to secure the borrowings and has complied with the provisions of the Act in relation thereto. Pursuant to the above approval by the shareholders, the company has issued and allotted 63,70,000 8% NCDs aggregating to Rs.6.37 Cr to TVS Motor Foundation and that the company has complied with the provisions of the Act in relation thereto.

iii) No Foreign technical collaborations have been entered into during the year under review.

T.N.SRIDHARANPractising Company Secretary

Place: Chennai Membership No. FCS 3797Date: 24th April 2021 C.P.No.4191

ToThe MembersTVS MOTOR SERVICES LIMITED,“Chaitanya”, No. 12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006

CIN: U50404TN2009PLC071075Authorised Capital:Rs.875,00,00,000/-Paid up Capital: Rs.53,63,38,140/-

My Report of even date is to be read along with this letter.

1. Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.

2. I have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are reflected in secretarial records. We believe that the processes and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

3. I have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of financial records and books of accounts of the company.

4. Wherever required, I have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules and regulations and happening of events etc.

5. The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of management. My examination was limited to the verification of procedures on test basis.

6. The Secretarial Audit Report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the company.

T.N.SRIDHARANPractising Company Secretary

Place: Chennai Membership No. FCS 3797Date: 24th April 2021 C.P.No.4191

UDIN F003797C000450375

UDIN F003797C000450375

276


To the Members of TVS Motor Services Limited

ReportontheAuditoftheStand-alonefinancialstatements

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements TVS Motor Services Limited Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2021, and its loss (financial performance including total Comprehensive Income), Changes in Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SA) specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the standalone financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Information Other than the Standalone Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon

The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in Annual Report to the Shareholders but does not include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Annual Report to the Shareholders is expected to be made available to us after the date of this Auditor’s Report.


In connection with our audit of the standalone financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above when it becomes available and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the standalone financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. When we read the Annual Report to the Shareholders, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for theStandalonefinancialstatements

The Company’s Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view of the financial position, financial performance, total comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India including the accounting Standards specified under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.


Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal financial controls relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal financial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.









277


As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2016 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the Annexure A statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order, to the extent applicable

1. Further to our comments in Annexure A, as required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:




(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone financial statements comply with the Ind AS specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.


(f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls over the financial reporting of the Company and the operating effectiveness

of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure B”. Our report expresses an unmodified opinion on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting.

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on the financial position in its standalone financial statements- Refer Note 32 to the financial statements.

ii The Company has not entered into any long term contract including derivate contracts.

iii There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company.

For RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAyANAN Chartered Accountants FRN: 007761S

V. SATHyANARAyANANPlace : Bangalore PartnerDate : 26th April 2021 Membership No. 027716

UDIN 21027716AAAAIP8594

278




i a) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars including quantitative details and situation of fixed assets;

b) Fixed assets are physically verified by the management in accordance with a regular programme at reasonable intervals. In our opinion the interval is reasonable having regard to the size of the company and nature of its assets. No material discrepancies have been noticed on such verifications;

c) The title deeds of the immovable properties of the company are held in the name of the company;

ii The Company does not have any inventory. Therefore, Clause (ii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

iii The company has not granted any loans secured or unsecured to companies, partnership, limited liability partnership or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. Therefore, the provision of Clause (iii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

iv In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loan or made investments and has not provided guarantees and securities which has application of the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (iv) of the paragraph 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

v The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public, within the meaning of Section 73 to 76 or any other relevant provisions of the Act and Rules framed thereunder. We are informed that no order has been passed by the Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal or Reserve Bank of India or any court or other tribunal.

vi The Central Government has not prescribed the maintenance of cost records under section 148 (1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (vi) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

vii (a) According to the information and explanation given to us, and on the basis of our examination of the records of the company, the Company is generally regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including provident fund, employees state insurance, Income-tax, ,goods and service tax, goods and services tax and any other material statutory dues with the appropriate authorities except for few marginal delays

(b) According to the information and explanations given to us, following are the details of the disputed dues that were not been deposited on account of any dispute as on 31st March 2021:

Description March 31, 2021

(Rs. in Lakhs.)Disputed Income Tax Demand 1) Fy 2011-12 1.062) Fy 2011-12 0.35

viii Based on our verification and according to the information and explanations given by the management, the company has not defaulted in repayment to debenture holders. However, company has not borrowed from any financial institution and banks.

ix According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not availed any term loan and has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year. Therefore, the provisions of clause (ix) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

x Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and as per the information and explanations given to us by the Management and the representations obtained from the management, we report that no fraud by the Company and no fraud on the company by its officers or employees have been noticed or reported during the year.

xi In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid managerial remuneration as referred under section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act.

xii The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under Clause (xii) of the Order is not applicable.

xiii In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us the Company is in compliance with Section 188 and Section 177 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the related parties and the details of related party transactions have been disclosed in the financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.

xiv During the year, the Company has not made any preferential allotment of equity shares and hence the requirement for compliance of Section 42 of the Act does not arise. The company has not made any private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year.

xv In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with him and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

xvi The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Therefore, Clause (xvi) of the Order is not applicable.

Annexure “A” to Independent Auditors’ Report 31st March 2021(Referred to in our report of even date)


279



We have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of TVS Motor Services Limited Limited (“the Company”), as of 31st March 2021 in conjunction with our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Management’s and Board of Directors Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained, and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls system over financial reporting.


A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial

Annexure ‘B’ to the Independent Auditors’ Report for the year ended 31st March 2021

reporting and the preparation of standalone financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that;

(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and

(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the standalone financial statements.

Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

In our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and such internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as at 31st March 2021, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.




280


BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31st March 2021 (Rs. In Lakhs)

Notes As at Mar 31, 2021

As at Mar 31, 2020

AssetsNon-current assetsCapital work in progress 2 569.75 569.75 Investment property 3 9,029.61 9,029.61 Financial assetsi. Investments 4 1,952.70 1,746.83 ii Loans 4a 138.28 Income Tax Assets (Net) 6 0.93 1.18 Other non current assetsDeferred Tax assets 7 1,065.95 1,083.26

Total non-current assets 12,757.22 12,430.63

Current assetsFinancial assetsi. Trade Receivables 8 797.36 804.89 ii. Cash and cash equivalents 9 100.23 625.26 iii. Other receivables 10 6,298.05 6,298.05 Other current assets 11 700.28 699.03

Total current assets 7,895.92 8,427.23

Total Assets 20,653.14 20,857.86

Equity and liabilities

EquityEquity share capital 12 5,363.38 5,363.38 Other EquityReserves and surplus 13 708.52 1,205.26 Other reserves 14 332.91 177.91 Total equity 6,404.81 6,746.55

LiabiltiesNon-current liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesi. Borrowings 15 637.00 4,512.48 ii. Other financial liabilities 16 3,453.95 3,953.04

Total non-current liabilities 4,090.95 8,465.52

Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesi. Borrowing 17 4,500.13 -ii Trade payables 18 176.07 170.44 iii. Other financial liabilities 19 4,320.87 4,327.70 Other current liabilities 20 1,160.31 1,147.65

Total current liabilities 10,157.38 5,645.79

Total liabilities 14,248.33 14,111.31

Total equity and liabilities 20,653.14 20,857.86 Significant accounting policies 1

As per our report of even date For and on behalf of the Board For Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan V N Venkatanathan L Bhadri Chartered Accountants Director Director ICAI Regn No. FRN 007761S

V. Sathyanarayanan V Karunakara Reddy S Sridhar K S Srinivasan Partner Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer Company Secretary Membership No. 027716

Place: Chennai Date:

281


STATEMENT OF PROFIT & LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st MARCH 2021 (Rs. In Lakhs)

Notes 1st April 2020 to 31st Mar 2021

1st April 2019 to 31st Mar 2020

Income

Revenue from operations - -

Other income 21 3.22 -

Total income 3.22 -

Expenses

Finance costs 22 505.53 1,088.65

Other expenses 23 29.25 58.21

Total expenses 534.78 1,146.86

Profit/(loss)beforetax (531.56) (1,146.86)

Income tax expense 24

Current tax -

Deferred tax (34.82) (432.96)

Profit/(loss)fortheyear (496.74) (713.90)

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Changes in fair value of FVOCI equity instruments 207.12 250.73

Income taxes on the above (52.12) (29.20)

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 155.00 221.52

Total comprehensive income for the year (341.74) (492.38)

Significantaccountingpolicies 1

Earnings per equity share (Basic/ diluted earnings per share) 25




282


STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31st MARCH 2021 (Rs. In Lakhs)

As atMarch 31, 2021

As atMarch 31, 2020

CashflowfromoperatingactivitiesProfitbeforeincometax (531.56) (1,146.86)

Adjustments forGain on transfer of land -Interest income accrued reversed (3.03)Fair valuation of Preference shareUnwinding of discount on security deposits 138.36 936.40 Long Term Capital Loss/ gain on Sale of Investments -Fair value of 6% Pref shareFair Valuation Loss on Mutual Funds -

OperatingProfitBeforeWorkingCapitalChanges (396.23) (210.46)

Change in operating assets and liabilities(Increase)/decrease in other current assets 6.28 (5.96)Increase/(decrease) in other financial liabilities (638.65) (4,169.46)(Increase)/decrease in trade current assets -Increase/(decrease) in other current liabilities 12.66 12.19

Cash utilised in operations (1,015.93) (4,373.69)

Income taxes paid - -

Net cash utilised in operating activities (1,015.93) (4,373.69)

Cashflowsfrominvestingactivities

Investment (133.76) 5.01 Investment Property

Net cash (utilised)/genrated from investing activities (133.76) 5.01

CashflowsfromfinancingactivitiesProceeds from issue of Share capital - 4,500.00 Increase/(Repayment) of Borrowings (Short) 624.65 201.38

Netcashflowgenratedfromfinancingactivities 624.65 4,701.38

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (525.04) 332.71

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 625.26 292.56

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 100.23 625.26




283


Statement of Changes in Equity (Rs. In Lakhs)

I) Equity Share CapitalNotes Amounts

Balance as at March 31, 2020 4,700.00 Changes in equity share capital during the year 12 -

Balance as at March 31, 2021 4,700.00

II) Other equity

Notes

Reserves and surplus Other reserves

Total Retained earnings Capital reserve FVOCI - Equity

instruments

Balance as at 1st Apr, 2019 1,943.25 (24.09) 177.91 2,097.07 Profit for the period 13 (713.90) (713.90)

Balance as at 31st Mar, 2020 1,229.35 (24.09) 177.91 1,383.17 Profit for the period 13 (496.74) (496.74)

14 155.00 155.00 Balance as at March 31, 2021 732.61 (24.09) 332.91 1,041.43




284


1.SignificantAccountingPoliciesformingpartofFinancialStatements

COMPANY BACKGROUND TVS Motor Services Limited (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and

domiciled in India. The registered office is located at “Jayalakshmi Estates”, 29, Haddows Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600006, Tamil Nadu, India.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES a. Basis of preparation of accounts: The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards

(Ind AS) notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] and other relevant provisions of the Act.

b. Historical cost convention The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the

following:

certain financial assets and liabilities that is measured at fair value;

c. Critical Estimates and judgments The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates

and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current and future period.


d. Prior period error Errors have been made in the previous years in estimates of fair value and eligibility of

deferred tax. These errors are such that it is difficult to estimate accurately the period in which the impact has to be considered. As a result, in accordance with Ind AS the accounting of these errors, after quantification, has been reflected in the opening balance for the current year with concomitant impact adjusted in the Opening Reserves and Surplus.

e. Investment property Property that is held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that

is not occupied by the company, is classified as investment property. Investment property is measured initially at its cost, including related transaction costs and where applicable borrowing costs. Subsequent expenditure is capitalised to the asset’s carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred. When part of an investment property is replaced, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised.

f. Revenue Recognition i. Income is recognized as per the terms of contract, on accrual basis.

ii. Dividends are recognised in profit or loss only when the right to receive payment is established.

g. Financial Assets: 1) Classification The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories, those to be

measured subsequently at

• fair value through other comprehensive income,

• fair value through profit or loss, and

• Measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or other comprehensive income. For investments in debt instruments, this will depend on the business model in which the investment is held. For investments in equity instruments, this will depend on whether the company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.

2) Measurement: At initial recognition, the company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in

the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in

profit or loss. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

Debt Instruments:

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the company’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments.

Amortised Cost:

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss when the asset is de-recognised or impaired. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method.

Fair Value through profit or loss:

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value through profit or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profit or loss and presented in the statement of profit and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest income from these financial assets is included in other income.

3. Impairmentoffinancialassets: Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances

indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for, the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

4. De-recognitionoffinancialassets: A financial asset is derecognised only when:

The Company has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset or the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognised. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is not derecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Company has not retained control of the financial asset. Where the company retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to the extent of continuing involvement in the financial asset.

5. Offsettingfinancialinstruments Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the

balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

h. Taxation i. Provision for current tax is made on the basis of taxable income for the current accounting

year in accordance with the Income Tax Act, 1961.

ii. Deferred income tax provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

285


Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

A deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that are carried forward as deferred tax assets.

i. Functional Currency: Functional and presentation currencies:

Items included in the financial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). i.e in Indian rupees (INR) and all values are rounded off to nearest lakhs except where otherwise indicated.

j. Goods and Service Tax Input Credit Eligible Goods and Service Tax input credit is accounted as receivable when the underlying

service is received, as per the Goods and Service Tax Act Rules applicable to Non-Banking Financial activities.

k. Borrowings Borrowings that are not eligible to be carried under amortised cost model is designated as fair

value through profit or loss on initial recognition.

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Processing fee on loan borrowed is amortized over the tenor of the respective loan.

Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss as other gain/(loss).


l Borrowings cost: Borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

m. Recovery cost: Recovery cost representing the expenditure incurred in recovery of the outstanding dues are

accounted in the year in which the expenditure are incurred.

n. Cash Flow StatementCash flows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profit/(loss) before extraordinary items

and tax is adjusted for the effects of the transactions of non cash nature. Deposits which are lien marked with maturity period exceeding 3 months are not treated as cash and cash equivalent for cash flow statement.

o. Earnings Per Share The basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net profit / loss attributable to

the equity shareholders for the period by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the reporting period. The number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share comprises the weighted average number of shares considered for deriving earnings per share, and also the weighted average number of equity shares, which could have been issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential shares. In computing dilutive earnings per share, only potential equity shares that are dilutive and that reduce profit per share are included.

p. Impairment The carrying amounts of assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date for indication of any

impairment based on internal/external factors. An impairment loss is recognized wherever carrying amount of the assets exceeds its recoverable amount. Any such impairment loss is recognized by charging it to the Statement of Profit and Loss. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed where it no longer exists and the assets are restated to the effect.

q. Operating Cycle All assets & liabilities are classified as Current and Non-Current based on the operating cycles

which have been estimated to be 12 months and which are expected to be realized and settled within a period of 12 months from the date of the Balance sheet.

r. Segment reporting Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to

the chief operating decision maker

s. Provisions A provision is recorded when the Company has a present or constructive obligation as a result

of present obligation, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

t. Contingent liabilities Wherever there is a possible obligation that may, but probably will not require an outflow of

resources, the same is disclosed by way of contingent liability. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

u. Equity Equity shares are classified as equity, Distributions to holders of an equity instrument are

recognised by the entity directly in equity. Transaction costs of an equity transaction shall be accounted for as a deduction from equity.

286


Notes to Balance Sheet (Rs. In Lakhs)

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

2 Capital work in progressCapital work in progress 569.75 569.75 Total Capital work in progress 569.75 569.75

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

4 InvestmentsUnquoted Investment in equity shares carried at FVOCITVS Credit Services Limited **10,90,125 (Py 13,47,41,600 ) equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid up

1,613.38 1,406.27

Phi Research Private Ltd 300.70 300.70 Investment Carried at FVTPL 0.00 Investment in CIG Reality Fund 35.00 35.00 (5,00,000 (Py 5,00,000) units of Rs 10 each)Investment in Urban Infra Opportunities Fund 3.61 4.85 (250 (Py 250) units of Rs 1,00,000 each)

Investment in Zero Coupon Bond 0.00 - Investment in 6% Preferance shares of CBCL - - Total Financial Assets-Investments 1,952.70 1,746.83

Agreegate amount of quoted investments and market value thereofAgreegate amount of unquoted investments 1,952.70 1,746.83 Total 1,952.70 1,746.83

** During 2019-20 the company have transferred 133,651,475 no of equity shares invested in TVS Credit Services Limited to settle the shareholders of Non Cumulative redeemable Preference shares.

3 Investment PropertyParticulars Gross Value

As at 1st April 2020

Additions during the year due to business

combination

Additions during the year

Deletions during the year


Land* 9,029.61 - - - 9,029.61

Total 9,029.61 - - 9,029.61 Fair Value of the land as at 31/03/2021 Rs.44,601.00 Lakhs (31/03/2020 Rs.44,601.00 Lakhs )

Particulars Gross Value As at

1st April 2019 Additions during the year due to business

combination

Additions during the year

Deletions during the year


Land* 9,029.61 - - - 9,029.61

Total 9,029.61 - - 9,029.61

Fair Value of the land as at 31/03/2020 Rs.44,601.00 Lakhs (31/03/2019Rs.44,601.00 Lakhs )

*1. A part land is given as security for term loan borrowing of group company .

* 2. Land includes Rs. 5,542 lakhs, whose possession has been taken by Company and supported by Agreement of Sale,Power of Attorney and in respect of which process of registration is in progress.

The company had obtained independent valuations for its investment properties during 2018-19. the management is of the opinion that there is no change in the fair valuation of the aforesaid property as at 31st March, 2021.

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

5 LoansLoans 138.27 Total 138.27 -

Unsecured Loan of Rs 135 Lakhs granted for 3 years to South Asia Electronics Limited.

6 Income Tax Assets (Net)Income Tax Assets (Net) 0.93 1.18 Total Other- Income Tax Assets 0.93 1.18

287


(Rs. In Lakhs)Notes to Balance Sheet (Contd.)

7 Deferred tax Liabilities/(asset)

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

DepreciationFair valuation of financial liabilties 238.10 272.92 Fair valuation of financial asset 168.41 116.29 Invesment Property (1,472.47) (1,472.47)Net deferred tax Liabilities/(asset) (1,065.95) (1,083.26)

Movement in deferred tax assets/(liabilities) Investment Property

Fairvaluationoffinancialasset

Fairvaluationoffinancialliabilties

Total

At Mar 31, 2020 (1,472.47) 116.29 272.92 (1,083.26)

- to profit or loss - 52.13 (34.82) 17.31 - to other comprehensive incomeAt Mar 31, 2021 (1,472.47) 168.41 238.10 (1,065.95)

Note:-1) Deferred Tax assets been recognised on certain losses. The group has concluded tax assets will be recoverable against future taxable income.

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

8 Trade ReceivablesTrade Receivables considered good - unsecured 797.36 804.89 Total Trade Receivables 797.36 804.89

9 Cash and cash equivalentsBalances with banks 36.20 560.43 Cash on Hand 64.03 64.83 Total cash and cash equivalents 100.23 625.26

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

10 OtherfinancialassetsSecuredReceivable towards sale of property and other assets 6,298.05 6,298.05 Total Other receivables 6,298.05 6,298.05

11 Other Current assets Balance with GST/ Service Tax Department 700.28 699.03 Advance to vendorsTotal Other Current assets 700.28 699.03

12 Equity share capital

i) Authorised, issued, subscribed & fully paid equity share capitalNumber of shares Amount (in Lakh)

86,33,814 nos (Previous year: 50,00,000 nos ) of Equity shares of Rs.10 eachAs at 31 March 2019 8,633,814 863.38 Increase during the year 45,000,000 4,500.00 As at 31 March 2020 53,633,814 5,363 Increase during the year - - As at 31 March 2021 53,633,814 5,363.38

ii) Reconciliation of equity share outstanding at the beginning and end of the year

Note Number of shares Equity sharecapital (par value)

As at 31 March 2020 53,633,814 5,363.38 Add: Addition - - As at 31 Mar 2021 53,633,814 5,363.38 Terms and rights attached to equity sharesEvery shareholder is entitled to such rights as to attend the meeting of the shareholders, to receive dividends distributed and also has a right in the residual interest of the assets of the company. Every shareholder is also entitled to right of inspection of documents as provided in the Companies Act 2013.

288



iii) Shares of the company held by holding company at the end of the year31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

Share holding % Number of shares Share holding % Number of sharesTVS Motor Company Limited 100% 53,633,814 100% 53,633,814 * 6 equity shares of the Company are held by the nominees of the holding company

iv) Details of other shareholders holding more than 5% shares in the company

March 31, 2021 Share holding percentage

Number of shares Amount (In Lakhs)

TVS Motor Company Limited 53,633,814 5,363.38 Total 53,633,814 5,363.38

March 31, 2020 Share holding percentage

Number of shares Amount (In Lakhs)

TVS Motor Company Limited 100% 53,633,814 5,363.38 Total 53,633,814 5,363.38

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

15 Borrowings

8% Secured Non Convertable Debenture (Nominal Value Rs 10 per unit)

637.00 4,512.48

Total borrowings 637.00 4,512.48

16 Otherfinancialliabilities

Non- Current

Payable towards purchase of Investments (TVSCS) 3,453.95 3,953.04

Totalnoncurrentfinancialliabilities 3,453.95 3,953.04

17 Other Financial Liabilities

Borrowings

Short term borrowing from banks -

Short term Loan from Others 4,500.13 -

Totalnoncurrentfinancialliabilities 4,500.13 -

18 Trade payables

Current

Total Outstanding dues of Micro Enterprises and Small Enterprises *

-

Total Outstanding dues of creditors other than Micro Enterprises and Small Enterprises

176.07 170.44

Total trade payables 176.07 170.44

* Dues to micro and small enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information collected by management. There are no interest due or outstanding on the same.

19 Financial liabilities

Current

Payable for purchase of investments and investment property

4,133.33 4,133.33

Payable to Holding company -

Stale Cheques 54.03 54.03

Payable Others 133.51 140.34

Totalothercurrentfinancialliabilities 4,320.87 4,327.70

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

13 Reserves and surplus

Retained earnings 732.61 1,229.35 Captial reserves (24.09) (24.09)

Total reserves and surplus 708.52 1,205.26

a) Retained earningsOpening balance 1,229.35 22,131.08 Net profit for the period (496.74) (713.90)

Less: DTA created for Non Cumulative Redeemable Preference shares

(5,002.48)

Less: Loss on Fair valuation of 6% CBSL Pref Shares (non consideration of Dividend Income)

(14,657.32)

Less: DTA created for Fair valuation of CBCSL Preference shares

(528.03)

Add: Changes in Accounting Policy (Refer Note- 34)Items of other comprehensive income recognised directly in retained earnings- Remeasurements of post-employment benefit

obligation, net of tax -

Closing balance 732.61 1,229.35

b) Capital reserveOpening balance (24.09) (24.09)Add: Arising on business combination - Closing balance (24.09) (24.09)

NoteRetained earnings: Company's cumulative earnings since its formation minus the dividends/capitalisation.Capital Reserve: Gain on common control business combination has been credited capital reserve

14 Other reserves FVOCI-Equity Instruments Opening balance 177.91 177.91 Other Compreshensive income (net of tax) 155.00 Closing Balance 332.91 177.91

289



1st April 2020 to 31st Mar

2021


2020

21 Other incomeOther Non Operating Income 0.19 - Interest income on loan to SAEL 3.03 Total other income 3.22 -

22 Finance CostOther Borrowing Cost 505.53 1,088.65 Totalfinancecost 505.5 1,088.65

23 Other expensesRates and Taxes 8.58 1.11 Payment to Auditor* (Refer below note) 6.00 6.75 Consultancy Fees 9.11 49.19 Other expenses 5.56 1.16 Total other expenses 29.25 58.21

Note 18 (a): Details of payment to auditorsPayment to auditorsAs Statutory auditors 6.00 6.00 In other capacitiesTaxation matters 0.75 Total payment to auditors 6.00 6.75

March 31, 2021

Mar 31, 2020

20 Other current liabilitiesStatutory Dues 920.11 893.97 Advance from customers 67.11 66.12 - Advance received Chennai business consulting Pvt Ltd.

173.09 187.56

Total other current liabilities 1,160.31 1,147.65

25 Earnings per share 31st Mar 2021 31st March 2020

(a) Basic and diluted earnings per shareBasic and diluted earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the company (in rupees)

(0.93) (1.89)

(b) Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per shareBasic and diluted earnings per shareProfit attributable to equity holders of the company used in calculating basis earnings per share (Rs in lakhs)

(496.74) (713.90)

(c) Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating basic and diluated earnings per share (in numbers)

536 378


2021


202024 Income tax expense

(a) Income tax expenseCurrent taxCurrent tax on profits for the year

Total current tax expense

Deferred taxDecrease (increase) in deferred tax assets - (Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities (34.82) (432.96)

Totaldeferredtaxexpense/(benefit) (34.82) (432.96)

Income tax expense (34.82) (432.96)

290



26 Fair value measurements

Financial instruments by categoryMarch 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost Financial assets

Investments- Equity instruments - 300.70 - - 300.70 - - Other funds 38.61 - - 39.85 - - - Equity share of TVS Credit Services to be retained 1,613.38 1,406.27 Loan 138.27 - Trade receivable 797.36 804.89 Cash and cash equivalents - - 100.23 - - 625.26 Receivable towards sale of property - - 6,298.05 - - 6,298.05

Totalfinancialassets 38.61 1,914.08 7,333.91 39.85 1,706.97 7,728.20

Financial liabilities Borrowings 0.00 - 637.00 0.00 - 4,512.48 Trade payables - - 176.07 - - 170.44 Payable towards purchase of Investments - - 7,587.28 - - 8,086.37 Other financial liabiity - - 187.54 - - 194.37

Totalfinancialliabilities 0.00 - 8,587.89 0.00 - 12,963.66

FVTPL:-FairValuethroughProfitandlossFVOCI:- Fair Value through Other comprehensive Income

(i) Fair value hierarchyThis section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are (a) recognised and measured at fair value and (b) measured at amortised cost and for which fair values are disclosed in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the group has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standard. An explanation of each level follows underneath the table.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurements Particulars Notes At 31 March

2021At 31 March

2020Level 3 MeasurementsFinancial AssetsInvestments 4 339.31 340.55 TotalfinancialAssets 339.31 340.55 Financial liabilitiesBorrowings 15 0.00 0.00 Totalfinancialliabilities 0.00 0.00

Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosedParticulars Notes At 31 March

2021At 31 March

2020Level 3 MeasurementsFinancial assets

- - Totalfinancialassets - - Financial liabilitiesPayable towards purchase of Investments 16 5,939.01 7,653.00 Totalfinancialliabilities 5,939.01 7,653.00

Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes financial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes listed equity instruments, traded bonds and mutual funds that have quoted price. The fair value of all equity instruments (including bonds) which are traded in the stock exchanges is valued using the closing price as at the reporting period. The mutual funds are valued using the closing NAV.


Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities, included in level 3.

There are no transfers between levels 1 and 2 during the year.

The company’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period.

(ii) Valuation technique used to determine fair value


- the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments

- the use of entity specific growth rates and discount rates applicable to the entity


All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 2

291



(iii)Fairvaluemeasurementsusingsignificantunobservableinputs (level 3)

Preference shares

As at 1 April 2020 0.00 Issue/ (redemption) - Gains/losses recognised in profit or loss - Gains/losses recognised in OCI - 31-Mar-21 0.00

(iv) Valuation inputs and relationships to fair valueFair value as at Significant

unobservable inputs*

Probability-weighted range for the year end

Sensitivity

Particulars 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20Preference shares 0.00 0.00 a) Earnings growth

rate

b) Risk adjusted discount rate

0.00% If the growth rate increases by 5% and

reduction in discount rate by 50bps, the

value of preference shares will increase

by 2% and vice versa.

(v) Valuation processesDiscount rates are determined using a capital asset pricing model to calculate a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset and Earnings growth factor.Risk adjustments have been derieved based on the market risk premium adjusted for companies relevered financial data(vi)Fairvalueoffinancialassetsandliabilitiesmeasuredatamortisedcost

31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20Carryingamount

Fair value Carryingamount

Fair value

Financial assetsLoan 138.27 138.27 - - Trade receivable 797.36 797.36 804.89 804.89 Cash and cash equivalents 100.23 100.23 625.26 625.26 Receivable towards sale of property 6,298.05 6,298.05 6,298.05 6,298.05 Totalfinancialassets 7,333.91 7,333.91 7,728.20 7,728.20 Financial LiabilitiesBorrowings 637.00 637.00 4,512.48 4,512.48 Trade payables 176.07 176.07 170.44 170.44 Payable towards purchase of Investments 7,587.28 5,939.01 8,086.37 7,653.00 Other financial liabiity 187.54 187.54 194.37 194.37 Totalfinancialliabilities 8,587.89 6,939.62 12,963.66 12,530.29

The carrying amounts of trade receivables, receivables for sale of property, trade payables, cash and cash equivalents and other current financial liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.For financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, the carrying amounts are equal to the fair values.

292


(Rs. In Lakhs)27 Financial risk management

The company’s activities expose it to liquidity risk and credit risk.(A) Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, and receivables for sale of property

(i) Credit risk managementCredit risk is on cash and cash equivalents are managed by depositing in high rated banks/institutions are accepted and company faces negligible credit risk on receivable from sale of property

(B) Liquidity riskCompany is managing liquidity risk by issue of Preference Shares

(i) Maturities of financial liabilitiesThe tables below analyse The company’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:a) all non-derivative financial liabilities, andb) net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows.The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not significant.

Contractualmaturitiesoffinancialliabilities:

31 March 2021 Less than 3 months Between 3 Month and 1 year

Between 1 and 2 years Greater than 2 years Total

Non-derivatives

8% Secured Non Convertable Debenture - 4,500.00 - 637.00 5,137.00

Payable towards purchase of Investments - 4,133.33 4,133.33 - 8,266.66

Trade payables 176.07 - - - 176.07

Other financial liabilities 187.54 - - - 187.54

Total non-derivative liabilities 363.61 4,133.33 4,133.33 - 8,630.27

31 March 2020 Less than 3 months Between 3 Month and 1 year

Between 1 and 2 years Greater than 2 years Total

Non-derivatives

8% Secured Non Convertable Debenture 4,500.00 4,500.00

Payable towards purchase of Investments 4,133.33 4,133.33 637.33 8,903.99

Trade payables 170.44 - - - 170.44

Other financial liabilities 194.37 - - - 194.37

Total non-derivative liabilities 364.81 4,133.33 4,133.33 637.33 9,268.80

293


(Rs. In Lakhs)




28 Capital management Risk management

The company’s objectives when managing capital are to

• safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and


In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, The company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Consistent with others in the industry, The company monitors capital on the basis of the following gearing ratio:

Net debt (total borrowings net of cash and cash equivalents) divided by

Total ‘equity’ (as shown in the balance sheet).

The company’s strategy is to maintain a optimal gearing ratio. The gearing ratios were as follows:

March 31, 2021

March 31,2020

Net debt 536.77 3,887.22 Total equity 6,404.81 6,746.55

Net debt to equity ratio 0.08 0.58

29 Segment information

Description of segments and principal activitiesThe Company has identified its board of directors as chief operating decision maker (CODM) .They review the entire operations of the entity as one.Hence, the Company has only one operating segment which are all as reflected in the financial statements.

31 Related party transactions

(a) Holding CompanyTVS Motor Company Limited, Chennai

(b) Ultimate Holding CompanySundaram-Clayton Limited, Chennai

T V Sundaram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited, Madurai

(c) Fellow Subsidiaries involving transactionsTVS Credit Services Limited, Chennai

(d) Key management personnel compensation(e)Transactions with related parties and balances outstanding as at the end of the yearThe following transactions occurred with related parties:

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

TVS Credit Services LimitedRepayment towards purchase of investment 637.33 4,133.33 Interest on payable towards purchase of investment 138.36 936.40Balance outstanding as at end of the year (Cr) 7,587.28 8,086.37

30 Contingent Liabilities not provided for

Particulars March 31,2021

March 31,2020

Disputed liability relating to Income Tax asst. – matter under appeal, at Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeal) - 11, Chennai. for the Fy 2011-12 1.06 1.06 for the Ay 2012-13 0.35 0.35

INTELLICAR TELEMATICS PRIVATE LIMITED

294

Directors’ Report to the ShareholdersThe Directors present the 6th Annual Report together with the audited financial statements for the year ended 31st March 2021.


(Rs.in crores)

Details Year ended31.03.2021

Year ended31.03.2020

Sales and other income 7.89 16.10

Less: Expenses 12.71 17.04

Profit / (Loss) before tax (4.82) (0.93)

Provision for taxation (including deferred tax) (0.34) 0.01

Profit / (Loss) after tax (4.49) (0.95)

Share Capital

During the year, the entire equity share capital of the Company was acquired by TVS Motor Company Limited (TVSM) and the Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of TVSM effective 31st December 2020.

During the year, 60,121 Redeemable Preference Shares of Rs. 10/- each at a premium of Rs. 2480/- per share were issued and allotted to TVS Motor Company Limited, the holding company on rights basis.

The Company’s paid-up Equity Share Capital as on 31st March 2021 is Rs. 9.04 Lakhs as compared to Rs. 6.02 Lakhs in the previous year.

Dividend

Due to loss for the year under review, the Directors have not proposed any dividend.

Operations

The revenue for Intellicar had been impacted due to the pandemic induced lockdown. Intellicar had a very high focus towards the then fast growing shared mobility sectors with the likes of Ola, Zoomcar, Uber, due to the pandemic office transit, and tourism took a big hit and thus mobility was one of the main affected areas. This saw a decline in Intellicar’s revenue as discounts were provided to the clients who had all their assets unused and were struggling to survive.

Intellicar also needed to cut its costs during this time and decided that it would not let any employee go as these were tough times for all, and decided to reduce the salaries until we see business picking back up. Intellicar was successfully able to revert salary back to the original by November 2020. We were able to achieve our cost cut targets without letting go of anyone from the team.

Intellicar during the pandemic, due to its strength in technology was able to focus and build solutions for the now fast growing electric vehicle ecosystem. Intellicar is currently on the verge of launching its own in-house designed hardware that will form the foundation of all solutions along with a new platform and highly modular and customisable interface and analytics. This will help us work more closely with OEMs in the entire electric vehicle ecosystem.

With the introduction of the new hardware and platform, Intellicar will also be able to strengthen its lead in the sharded mobility space with better analytics which will create customer stickiness. Intellicar is also in the process of consolidating its offices into a single office which will further improve the speed and quality of delivery. Further, Intellicar will be focusing on hiring quality talent in the hardware, software, analytics and client success team which will help build solutions for other industries like

2 wheeler OEMs, 4-wheeler OEMs, commercial vehicle OEMs and construction equipment space. Intellicar will see huge growth in the coming years due to the next generation technology and analytics that are currently being launched and was ideated during the pandemic induced lockdowns.

Preparation of financial statements under Indian Accounting Standards

Pursuant to the notification issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs dated 16th February, 2015 relating to the Companies (Indian Accounting Standard) Rules, 2015, the Company being a wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Limited (TVSM), is required to adopt Indian Accounting Standards (“IND AS”).

In terms of Rule 4 (1) (ii) of the aforesaid rules, the Company has adopted Ind AS for the year 2020-21 in compliance with the said rules.

Risk Management

The Company has in place a mechanism to identify, assess, monitor and mitigate various risks to key business objectives. Major risks identified would be systematically addressed through mitigating actions on a continuous basis. These are being discussed at the meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company.

As a process, the risks associated with the business are identified and prioritized based on severity, likelihood and effectiveness of current detection. Such risks are reviewed by the senior management on a quarterly basis. Process owners are identified for each risk and matrixes are developed for monitoring and reviewing risk mitigation.

Internal control systems

The Company has adequate internal control systems to ensure operational efficiency, accuracy and promptness in financial report and compliance of various laws and regulations. The internal control system is supported by the internal audit (IA) process. The IA department evaluates the efficacy and adequacy of Internal Control System, its compliance with operating systems and policies of the Company and accounting procedures at all locations of the Company.

The Company has well-documented Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and policies for various processes which are periodically reviewed.

Based on the report of IA function, process owners undertake corrective action in their respective areas. Significant audit observations and corrective actions thereon are presented to the Board.


To the best of their knowledge and belief and according to the information and explanations obtained by them, the Directors have made the following statement in terms of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act 2013):

(a) that in the preparation of the annual accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures, if any;

(b) that the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

(c) that the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

Registered Office:

No.367,11th Cross, 2nd Block R.T.Nagar, Bengaluru,

Karnataka - 560032

E-mail: [email protected]

Web site: www.intellicar.in

CIN : U72300KA2015PTC078960

Board of Directors

RAJESH NARASIMHAN

HARNE VINAY CHANDRAKANT

MANU SAXENA

Audit Committee

RAgHAVAN,CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN

Chartered Accountants,

Second Floor, Casa Capitol, Wood Street, Ashoknagar, Bangalore - 560 025

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.intellicar.in


295

(d) that the Directors had prepared the accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a going concern basis; and

(e) that the Directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.For and on behalf of the Board.

Directors

Mr Kaushik Sunder Raju and Mr Karan Makhija resigned as Directors and Mr Rajesh Narasimhan, Mr Vinay Harne and Mr Manu Saxena were appointed as additional Directors effective 31st December 2020.


Board Meetings:

During the year under review, the Board met nine (9) times on 5th June 2020, 10th August 2020, 17th October 2020, 26th October 2020, 30th November 2020, 19th December 2020, 31st December 2020, 6th January 2021 and 8th January 2021 and the gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

Auditors

Statutory Auditors:

M/s Sathish & Ravi resigned as Statutory Auditors of the Company vide their letter dated 31st March 2021.

The board at its meeting held on 5th April 2021 appointed M/s Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan., Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No. 007761S), Bengaluru as Statutory Auditors for the Financial year 2020-21 to fill up the casual vacancy caused due to the resignation of M/s Sathish & Ravi.

M/s Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, will hold office till the conclusion of the ensuing Annual general Meeting. The board recommends their appointment for a term of 5 consecutive years from the ensuing Annual general Meeting at such remuneration in addition to applicable taxes, out of pocket expenses, travelling and other expenses as may be mutually agreed between the Board of Directors and the Auditors.

In terms of the above provisions, M/s Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan., Chartered Accountants, have completed the audit of the financial statements for the year 2020-21.

The Company has obtained necessary certificate under Section 141 of the Act 2013 conveying their eligibility for being statutory auditors of the Company.

Statutory Statements

Deposits

The Company has not accepted any deposit from the public within the meaning of Section 76 of the Act 2013, for the year ended 31st March 2021.


The provisions of Section 134 (3) (m) of the Act 2013 and the rules made thereunder relating to the information and details on conservation of energy, technology absorption do not apply to the Company.

Material changes and commitments, if any, affecting the financial position of the company, having occurred since the end of the Year and till the date of the Report:

There have been no material changes and commitments affecting the financial position of the Company, which have occurred between the end of the financial year of the Company to which the financial statements relate and to the date of the report.

Significant and material orders passed by the Regulators or Courts or Tribunals impacting the going concern status of the Company:

There are no significant and material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals, which would impact the going concern status of the Company and its future operations.

Annual Return:

Extract of the Annual Return (Annexure II) in prescribed form is available on the Company’s website in the link www.intelicar.in in terms of the requirements of Section 134 (3) (a) of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.


Details of employees receiving the remuneration as prescribed under Section 197 of the Act 2013 read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 are given in Annexure III of the Report. In terms of first proviso to Section 136(1) of the Act, 2013 the Annual Report, excluding the aforesaid annexure is being sent to the Shareholders of the Company. The annexure is available for inspection at the Registered Office of the Company as mentioned in the Notice of AgM and any Shareholder interested in obtaining a copy of the said annexure may write to the Company Secretary at the Registered Office of the Company.


As regards furnishing the details of loans and guarantees under Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the financial year 2020-21, the Company has not extended any guarantee or loans to other companies during the year under review.


Pursuant to Section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 cost records are required to be maintained by specified class of Companies whose turnover exceeds 35 Crores during the immediately preceding financial year. Further, companies covered under Table B of Rule 3 to Companies (Cost Records and Audit) Rules, 2014 whose overall annual turnover exceeds 100 Crores are required to get its cost records audited.

The Company’s operations do not exceed the turnover required for maintenance and audit of cost records.


The Company has duly constituted an Internal Complaints Committee as required under The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.


Reporting of fraud

The Auditors of the Company have not reported any fraud as specified under Section 143(12) of the Act, 2013.

Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from TVS Motor Company Limited, the holding Company.

The Directors thank the suppliers, customers and bankers for their continued support and assistance. The Directors also wish to place on record the appreciation of the excellent work done by all the employees of the Company.


Place : Singapore / BengaluruDate : 19th April 2021

Rajesh NarasimhanDirectorDIN : 07824276

Harne Vinay ChandrakantDirector

DIN : 09012669

http://www.intelicar.in


296

S No


(M/s.)


Share holding at the end of the year

% change in share holding

during the year

Shunmuga Krishnan 7,229 12.00% - - (100.00)

TVS Motor Company Limited (Holding Company) and its six nominees

- - 60,241 100.00% 100.00

TOTAL 60,241 100.00 60,241 100.00 -

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding:

Particulars

Shareholding as at 1st April 2020

Shareholding as at 31st March 2021

No. of Shares


Company

No. of Shares


Company

Prakash Karan Makhija - -

At the beginning of the year 25,000 41.50 - -

Less: Transfer on 31.12.2020 (25,000) 41.50

At the end of the year - - - -

Kaushik Sunder Raju - -


Less: Transfer on 31.12.2020 (25,000) 41.50


Vinod Baba Narayanaswamy - -

At the beginning of the year 602 1.00 - -

Less: Transfer on 31.12.2020 (602) 1.00


Sidhart Goud Middela - -


Less: Transfer on 31.12.2020 (2,410) 4.00


Shunmuga Krishnan - -


Less: Transfer on 31.12.2020 (7,229) 12.00


TVS Motor Company Limited and its nominees - -

At the beginning of the year - - - -

Add : Transfer on 31.12.2020 60,241 100.00

At the end of the year - - 60,241 100.00


i) CIN : U72300KA2015PTC078960

ii) Registration Date : 23/02/2015

iii) Name of the Company : Intellicar Telematics Private Limited


: Private Limited Company (Deemed Public Company)


: No.367,11th Cross, 2nd Block, R.T.Nagar,Bangalore, Karnataka -560032

vi) Whether listed Company Yes / No

: No

vii) Name, Address and Contact details of Registrar and Transfer Agent, if any

: Not Applicable

II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the Company shall be

stated:-

Sl.No.

Name and Description of main products

NIC Code of the product


1. Other IT design & Development services for networks & systems n.e.c.

99831429 100


S.No.

Name and Address of the

Company

CIN / GLN Holding / Subsidiary / Associate

% of shares

held

Applicable Section – Companies Act,

2013

1. TVS Motor Company LimitedAddress:"Chaitanya", No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam Chennai-600006

L35921TN1992PLC022845

Holding Company

100% 2(46)


(i) Category-wise Share Holding : Not Applicable

(ii) Shareholding of Promoters :

S No


(M/s.)


Share holding at the end of the year

% change in share holding

during the year

No. of Shares


Company

No. of Shares


Company

Prakash Karan Makhija

25,000 41.50% - - (100.00)

Kaushik Sunder Raju 25,000 41.50% - - (100.00)

Vinod Baba Narayanaswamy

602 1.00% - - (100.00)

Sidhart Goud Middela

2,410 4.00% - - (100.00)

Annexure - IIForm No. MGT-9

EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURNas on the financial year ended 31st March 2021

[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]


297

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of gDRs and ADRs):N.A.(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel: Nil Mr Vinay Harne and Mr Manu Saxena hold 1 (One) equity share each in the capacity as nominee of TVS Motor Company Limited.

V. INDEBTEDNESS Indebtedness of the Company including interest outstanding/accrued but not due for payment

Particulars Secured Loans excluding deposits Unsecured Loans Deposits Total Indebtedness

Indebtedness at the beginning of the financial year

i) Principal Amount - 1,01,87,618 - 1,01,87,618

ii) Interest due but not paid - -

iii) Interest accrued but not due - -

Total (i+ii+iii) NIL 1,01,87,618 NIL 1,01,87,618

Change in Indebtedness during the financial year

* Addition - 10,59,400 - 10,59,400

* Reduction - 1,01,87,618 1,01,87,618

Net Change NIL (91,28,218) NIL (91,28,218)

Indebtedness at the end of the financial year

i) Principal Amount - 10,59,400 - 10,59,400

ii) Interest due but not paid - -

iii) Interest accrued but not due - -

Total (i+ii+iii) NIL 10,59,400 - 10,59,400

VI. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL

A. Remuneration to Managing Director, Whole-time Director and / or Manager: Nil

B. Remuneration to other Directors : NIL

C. REMUNERATION TO KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL OTHER THAN MD/MANAGER/WTD : NIL

VII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT/ COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES: Nil


Place : Singapore / BengaluruDate : 19th April 2021

Rajesh NarasimhanDirectorDIN : 07824276


DIN : 09012669


298

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOpinion We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of Intellicar Telematics Private Limited (“the Company”), having its registered office at #367, 11th Cross, 2nd Block, R.T Nagar, Bangalore - 560 032, which comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2021, the Statement of Profit and Loss, the Cash Flow Statement and the Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended, and a summary of the significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies -Act, 2013 (‘Act’) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India including Indian Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) specified under section 133 of the Act, of the state of affairs (financial position) of the Company as at 31 March 2021, and its loss and , its cash flows and the changes in equity for the year ended on that date.

Basis for OpinionWe conducted our audit of the financial statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’) together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Information Other than the Standalone Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report ThereonThe Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in Annual Report to the Shareholders but does not include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Annual Report to the Shareholders is expected to be made available to us after the date of this Auditor’s Report.



Other MatterThe financials statements of Intellicar Telematics Private Limited for the year ended March 31, 2020 were audited by predecessor auditor who expressed an unmodified opinion on those statements.

Responsibilities of Management and Those charged with governance for the Standalone Financial StatementsThe Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view of the state of affairs (financial position), profit or loss (financial performance) changes in equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Ind AS specified under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.


Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial StatementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Standards on Auditing will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Intellicar Telematics Private Limited, for the year ended 31st March 2021

As part of an audit in accordance with Standards on Auditing, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on whether the Company has in place an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and the operating effectiveness of such controls.


• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.


Report on Other Legal and Regulatory RequirementsAs required by the companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2016 (“the order”), issued by the Central government of India in terms of Sub-section (11) of section 143 of companies act, 2013, we give in the “Annexure A” a statement on the matters specified in the paragraph 3 and 4 of the order, to the extent applicable.

a) Further to our comments in Annexure A, as required by section 143(3) of the Act, we report that

b) we have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purpose of our audit;

c) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books.

d) the standalone financial statements dealt with by this report are in agreement with the books of account

e) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone financial statements comply with Ind AS specified under section 133 of the Act;

f) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors and taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on 31 March 2021 from being appointed as a director in terms of section 164(2) of the Act;

g) With respect to the adequacy of the financial controls over the financial reporting of the Company and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure B”. Our report expresses an unmodified opinion on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financials controls over financial reporting.

a) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 (as amended), in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i. The company does not have any pending litigations which would impact its financial position as on 31 March 2021

ii. The company did not have any long-term contracts including derivatives contracts for which there were any material foreseeable losses as at 31 March 2021

iii There are no amounts required to be transferred to investor education and protection fund by the company during the year ended 31 March 2021.

For Raghavan, Chaudhuri & NarayananChartered Accountants

Firm Regn No.: 109208W

Chennai . V. SATHYANARAYANANDated: 19th April 2021 Partner

Membership No.: 027716

UDIN 21027716AAAAIg7415


299

ANNEXURE “A” TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT – 31st March 2021 (Referred to in our report of even date)

Based on the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting a true and fair view on the financial statements of the Company and taking into consideration the information and explanations given to us and the books of account and other records examined by us in the normal course of audit, and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we report that:

i) a) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars including quantitative details and situation of fixed assets;

b) All fixed assets have not been physically verified by the management during the year, however, there is a regular program of verification once in two years, which, in our opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size of the Company and the nature of its assets. No material discrepancies were noticed on such verification;

c) The Company does not hold any immovable property (in the nature of ‘fixed assets’). Accordingly, the provisions of clause 3(i) (c) of the Order are not applicable.;

ii) The inventory, other than in-transit, has been physically verified at reasonable intervals during the year under review by the management. The discrepancies noticed on verification between the book stock and physical stock were not material and have been properly dealt with in the books of account

iii) The Company has not granted any loan, secured or unsecured to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs) or other parties covered in the register maintained under Section 189 of the Act. Accordingly, the provisions of clauses 3(iii)(a), 3(iii)(b) and 3(iii)(c) of the Order are not applicable;

iv) During the year, the company has not granted any loans nor has furnished any guarantee nor provided any security or made any investments which attracts provisions of section 185 and 186 of the Companies Act, 2013. Hence, reporting under clause (iv) of the Order does not arise;

v) The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public within the meaning of section 73 to 76. Hence, reporting under sub-clause (v) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the compan

vi) As maintenance of cost records has not been specified by the Central government under sub-section (1) of 148 of the Companies Act, 2013 reporting under clause (vi) of the Order does not arise;

vii) a) According to the information and explanation given to us, and on the basis of our examination of the records of the Company, the Company is generally regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including Goods and Service Tax, Service Tax Provident Fund, Income Tax and Cess except for few marginal delays. There are no arrears of statutory dues as at 31st March 2021 for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable;

b) According to the information and explanations given to us, there were no disputed amounts payable in respect of goods and Service Tax, Service Tax Provident Fund, Income Tax and Cess tax not deposited;

viii) Based on our verification and according to the information and explanations given by the management, the company has not defaulted in repayment of dues to its banks. The company has not borrowed from government nor has issued any debentures;

ix) The Company has not raised any money by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year. The Company has not availed any term loan (except for working capital loan), during the year. Accordingly, provisions of clause 3(ix) of the order are not applicable

x) Based on the audit procedures adopted and the information and explanation given to us, no fraud by the Company or on the Company has been noticed or reported during the course of our audit;

xi) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has paid/ provided managerial remuneration in accordance with the requisite approvals mandated by the provisions of Section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act.

xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and as such this clause of the order is not applicable;

xiii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, all transactions with the related parties are in compliance with section 177 and 188 of the act and details of such transactions have been disclosed in standalone Ind AS financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards;

xiv) According to the information and explanation given to us and in our opinion, the company has not made any preferential or private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year under review

xv) According to the information and explanation given to us and in our opinion, the company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with directors or persons connected with them;

xvi) The company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank Act, 1934.







300


We have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of Intellicar Telematics Private Limited (“the Company”), having its registered office at #367, 11th Cross, 2nd Block, R.T Nagar, Bangalore - 560 032, as of 31st March 2021 in conjunction with our audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (‘ICAI’). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting (the “guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, issued by ICAI and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act,

ANNEXURE ‘B’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT – 31st March 2021

2013, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls. Those Standards and the guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls system over financial reporting.











Meaning of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that;

(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and

(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Limitations of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting

Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal

financial control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion

In our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and such internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as at 31st March 2021, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.


301


All amounts in Indian Rupees, except stated otherwise Particulars Note No As at

31st March, 2021 As at


1st April, 2019 A Assets

1 Non Current Assets(a) Property, Plant and Equipment 2 2,978,976 2,077,686 2,156,554 (b) Capital Work in Progress 3 233,263 (c) Right To Use Asset 4 6,023,645 5,162,927 -(d) Other Intangible assets 5 4,037,012 90,183 27,309 (e) Intangible under Development 6 7,831,455 (f) Financial Assets

Deposits 7 1,113,531 1,416,666 862,604 (g) Other Non Current Assets 8 157,198 155,306 77,290 (h) Deferred Tax asset 9 12,575,857 - -

Total Non Current Assets 34,950,937 8,902,768 3,123,757 2 Current Assets

(a) Inventories 10 7,570,903 9,423,718 5,216,186 (b) Financial Assets

(i) Trade Receivables 11 16,294,185 57,224,634 42,774,963 (ii) Cash & Cash Equivalents 12 31,184,311 300,362 12,102,207 (iii) Other Financial Assets 13 45,000 283,445 307,000

(c) Other Current Assets 14 10,529,960 16,806,424 11,299,684 Total Current Assets 65,624,359 84,038,584 71,700,040

3 Total Assets 100,575,297 92,941,352 74,823,797

B Equity And Liabilities1 Equity

(a) Equity Share Capital 15 602,410 602,410 602,410 (b) Other Equity 16 (29,268,155) 6,057,833 15,113,665

Total Equity (28,665,745) 6,660,243 15,716,075 2 Liabilities

Non Current liabilities(a) Financial Liabilities

(i) Long Term Borrowings 17 76,060,690 10,187,618 10,381,279 (ii) Lease Liabilities 18 4,556,722 4,101,204 -

(b) Provisions 19 4,660,749 3,336,385 2,144,348 (c) Deferred Tax Liability (Net) - 255,543 107,982

Total Non Current Liabilities 85,278,161 17,880,750 12,633,609 Current Liabilities

(a) Financial Liabilities(i) Borrowings 20 - 8,925,145 -(ii) Trade Payables 21 12,102,530 20,979,307 20,659,312 (iii) Other Financial Liabilities 22 2,108,005 1,041,190 -

(b) Other Current Liabilities 23 27,598,807 29,676,411 18,237,711 (c) Provisions 18 2,153,539 7,778,307 7,577,090

Total Current Liabilities 43,962,881 68,400,359 46,474,114 Total Liabilities 129,241,042 86,281,109 59,107,723

3 Total Equity and Liabilities 100,575,297 92,941,352 74,823,797

See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 1 to 38In terms of our report attached.

for Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan Chartered Accountants FRN: 007761S V. Sathyanarayanan Partner Membership No.: 027716 Date: 19th April 2021 Place: Bangalore UDIN :21027716AAAAIg7415

for and on behalf of the Board of Directors

Rajesh NarasimhanDirectorDIN: 09012669Date: 19th April 2021Place: Singapore


DIN: 09012669Date: 19th April 2021

Place: Bangalore


302

Statement of Profit and Loss for the period 31st March 2021

All amounts in Indian Rupees, except stated otherwise

Particulars Note No. For the period ended 31st March, 2021

For the period ended 31st March, 2020

I Revenue from Operations 24 66,839,581 160,644,149

II Other Incomes 25 12,002,069 414,215

III Total Incomes 78,841,650 161,058,364

IV Expenses

(a) Changes in Inventories of Stock in Trade 26 8,776,478 32,881,955

(b) Employee Benefits Expenses 27 47,468,407 81,529,047

(c) Finance Cost 28 2,602,582 1,015,209

(d) Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 29 3,002,406 2,823,201

(e) Other Expenses 30 65,340,347 52,152,206

Total Expenses (IV) 127,190,221 170,401,617

V Profit before tax (III-IV) (48,348,571) (9,343,253)

VI Tax expense:

a) Income tax - -

b) Tax (Savings)/ Expenses - -

c) Deferred Tax savings (13,002,096) 147,560

(13,002,096) 147,560

VII (Loss)/ Profit for the period (V-VI) (35,346,475) (9,490,814)

VIII Other comprehensive Incomes

A i) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss - -

Re-measurements of post employee benefit obligations 191,183 465,341

Income Tax relating to these items (170,696) -

B Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss - -

Total Other Comprehensive Income 20,487 465,341

Total Comprehensive Income (35,325,988) (9,025,473)

IX Earnings per Equity Shares:

(a) Basic (586.75) (157.55)

(b) Diluted (586.75) (157.55)

See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 1 to 38

In terms of our report attached.






Place: Bangalore


303

Statement of Cash Flow for the year ended 31st March 2021


Particulars For the PeriodEnded 31 March 2021

For the PeriodEnded 31 March 2020

Cash Flow From Operating Activities :

Net Income after tax (35,346,475) (9,490,814)

Adjustment for Non operating and Non cash items

Depreciation and amortization 1,166,227 1,623,334

b. Interest expense on lease liability 419,691 297,830

b. Amortisation on right-to-use asset 1,836,179 1,199,867

e. Amortisation of prepaid rent expense 11,492 34,131

Interest received on rental deposits (14,807) (32,713)

Financial Charges 901,233 663,062

Capital Reserve -

Deferred Tax (13,172,792) 147,560

Other Comprehensive Income 20,487 465,341

Interest on Redeemable Preference Shares 1,193,856

Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes (42,984,909) (5,092,401)

Adjustment for changes in working capital :

- Long term provisions 1,324,364 1,192,037

- Trade Payables (8,876,777) 319,995

- Other current liabilities (2,077,604) 11,438,699

- Short term provisions (5,624,768) 201,217

- Deposits 317,942 (600,000)

- Non-current assets - (50,000)

- Inventories 1,852,815 (4,207,532)

- Trade receivables 40,930,449 (14,449,672)

- Other Financial Assets 238,445 23,555

- Other Current Assets 6,233,867 (5,490,237)

Net Working Capital Changes 34,318,734 (11,621,938)

Net Cash generated from Operating Activities (8,666,175) (16,714,339)

Cash flow From Investing Activities :

- Purchase of Fixed Assets (14,079,064) (1,607,340)

Net cash used in investing activities (14,079,064) (1,607,340)


304

Statement of Cash Flow for the year ended 31st March 2021 - (continued)


Particulars For the PeriodEnded 31 March 2021

For the PeriodEnded 31 March 2020

Cash Flow From Financing Activities :

- Proceeds/(Payment) of Short-term borrowings (8,925,145) 8,925,145

Payments towards lease liability (2,417,505) (1,548,589)

- Finance Charges (901,233) (663,062)

- Proceeds/(Payment) of Long term borrowings 65,873,072 (193,661)

Net Cash flow from/(used in) financing activities 53,629,189 6,519,833

Net Increase/(Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 30,883,950 (11,801,846)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 300,361 12,102,207

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 31,184,312 300,361

See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 1 to 38

In terms of our report attached.






Place: Bangalore


305

Note

s to

fina

ncia

l sta

tem

ents

for t

he p

erio

d en

ded

31st

Mar

ch 2

021

All a

mou

nts

in In

dian

Rup

ees,

exc

ept s

tate

d ot

herw

ise

2,3,

4, 5

and

6 P

rope

rty P

lant

and

Equ

ipm

ent,

Righ

t to

use

Asse

ts, W

ork

in P

rogr

ess

and

Othe

r Int

angi

ble

Asse

ts

Parti

cula

rsGr

oss

Bloc

kDe

prec

iatio

nNe

t Blo

ck

As a

t 31/

3/20

20Ad

ditio

nsDe

letio

nsAs

at

31/0

3/20

21As

at 3

1/3/

2020

For t

he y

ear

Addi

tions

Char

ge fo

r th

e ye

arAd

just

men

tAs

at 3

1/3/

2021

As a

t 31/

3/20

21As

at 3

1/3/

2020

Note

2: P

rope

rty, P

lant

and

Equ

ipm

ent

Furn

iture

s90

8,22

4 26

9,50

8 -

1,1

77,7

32

405

,738

1

30,0

94

5,7

35

135,

829

- 5

41,5

67

636,

165

502

,486

Offi

ce E

quip

men

ts1,

240,

317

--

1,2

40,3

17

723

,327

2

33,0

07

-23

3,00

7 -

956

,334

28

3,98

3 5

16,9

90

Serv

er23

7,37

5 48

7,84

2 -

725

,217

2

04,1

13

13,

072

3,6

77

16,

749

- 2

20,8

62

504,

355

33,2

62

Com

pute

rs

3,10

8,78

3 1,

195,

500

- 4

,304

,283

2

,083

,835

6

47,3

57

18,6

18

665,

976

- 2

,749

,811

1,

554,

472

1,0

24,9

48

Tota

l 5

,494

,699

1

,952

,850

-

7,44

7,54

9 3,

417,

013

1,0

23,5

30

28,

030

1,0

51,5

60

- 4

,468

,573

2

,978

,976

2

,077

,686

Note

3 :

Capi

tal W

ork

in P

rogr

ess

Capi

tal W

ork

in P

rogr

ess

-23

3,26

3 -

233

,263

-

--

-23

3,26

3 -

Tota

l -

233

,263

-

233,

263

--

- -

--

233

,263

-

Note

4: R

ight

to u

se

Righ

t to

use

Asse

ts

6,84

4,25

7 2,

696,

898

9,5

41,1

55

1,6

81,3

31

1,8

36,1

79

1,83

6,17

9 -

3,5

17,5

10

6,02

3,64

5 5

,162

,926

Tota

l 6

,844

,257

2

,696

,898

-

9,54

1,15

5 1,

681,

331

1,8

36,1

79

- 1

,836

,179

-

3,5

17,5

10

6,0

23,6

45

5,1

62,9

26

Note

5: O

ther

inta

ngib

le A

sset

s

Inta

ngib

le A

sset

s12

4,47

4 4,

061,

496

- 4

,185

,970

34

,291

2

3,40

2 91

,264

11

4,66

7 -

148

,958

4,

037,

012

90,1

83

Tota

l 1

24,4

74

4,0

61,4

96

-4,

185,

970

34,

291

23,

402

91,

264

114

,667

-

148

,958

4

,037

,012

9

0,18

3

Note

6: I

ntan

gibl

e un

der D

evel

opm

ent

Inta

ngib

le u

nder

Dev

elop

men

t -

7,83

1,45

5 -

7,8

31,4

55

--

--

7,83

1,45

5 -

Tota

l -

7,8

31,4

55

-7,

831,

455

--

- -

--

7,8

31,4

55

-

for R

agha

van,

Cha

udhu

ri &

Nara

yana

n Ch

arte

red

Acco

unta

nts

FRN:

007

761S

V.

Sat

hyan

aray

anan

Pa

rtner

M

embe

rshi

p No

.: 02

7716

Da

te: 1

9th

April

202

1 Pl

ace:

Ban

galo

re

UDIN

:210

2771

6AAA

AIg

7415

for a

nd o

n be

half

of th

e Bo

ard

of D

irect

ors

Raje

sh N

aras

imha

nDi

rect

orDI

N: 0

9012

669

Date

: 19t

h Ap

ril 2

021

Plac

e: S

inga

pore

Harn

e Vi

nay

Chan

drak

ant

Dire

ctor

DIN:

090

1266

9Da

te: 1

9th

April

202

1Pl

ace:

Ban

galo

re


306

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESa) Brief description of the Company

Intellicar Telematics Private Limited (‘the Company’) was incorporated on 23rd February, 2015 as a private limited company under the provisions of the Companies Act. The Company is in the business of providing SaaS, hardware and turnkey solutions for IOT in the Automotive and Mobility space.


The financial statements comply in all material aspects with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 and other relevant provisions of the Act.

Disclosures under Ind AS are made only in respect of material items and in respect of items that will be useful to the users of financial statements in making economic decision.

The financial statements have been prepared on historical cost basis following the principles of prudence which requires recognition of expected losses and non-recognition of unrealized gains.

The financial statements have been prepared under accrual basis of accounting except for certain financial assets and liabilities (as per the accounting policy below), which have been measured at fair value.

The financial statements up to the year ended 31st March, 2021 were prepared in accordance with the accounting standards notified under Companies (Accounting Standard) Rules, 2006 (as amended) and other relevant provisions of the Act. These financial statements of the Company are prepared under Ind AS.

c) Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognized prospectively in the current and future period.

This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity. It also provides an overview of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in the relevant notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements.

d) Significant estimates and judgments

The areas involving significant estimates and judgments are:

i) Estimation of defined benefit obligation – (Refer Note 31)

ii) Estimation of useful life of Property, Plant and Equipment (Refer Note 2)


Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and net of returns, trade allowances and rebates and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. It excludes gST since it is not part of revenue and is remitted to the government subsequently.

i) Sale of services:

Sale of services was mainly from “SaaS subscription and Engineering services and Hardware installation charges”.

SaaS Subscription charges are recognized based on usage and time proportionate, revenue Hardware Installation charges are recognized at the time of installing the hardware.

ii) Sale of products:

Revenue from sale of products is recognized at the time of raising invoice to the ultimate customer.

f) Property, Plant and Equipment

All items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Cost includes:

i. Purchase price

ii. Taxes and duties, that are not refundable or for which no subsequent credit can be taken by the company

iii. Labour cost etc.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

gains or losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying amount. These are included in the Statement of Profit and Loss within Other gains/ (losses).

g) Depreciation

i. Depreciation on tangible fixed assets is provided on the Written Down Value Method over the useful life of the Asset as prescribed under part ‘C’ of schedule II of the Companies Act 2013 prospectively.

ii. The estimated useful life of tangible fixed assets is as below:

Description of Asset Useful life (Years)Office Equipments 5Motor vehicles 8Computer & Software 3Furniture & Fittings 10

iii. The residual values for all above assets are retained at 5% of the cost.

iv. On tangible fixed assets assed/disposed of during the year, depreciation is charged on pro-rata basis for the period for which the asset was purchased and used.

h) Amortization of intangible assets

The company has Self-Developed software and the same is recognized in the books of accounts as Intangible Asset. Amortization of intangible assets is provided on the Written Down Value Method over the useful life of the asset.

Derecognition of tangible and intangible assets:

An item of tangible and intangible asset is de-recognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of tangible and intangible assets is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

i) Impairment:

Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in Statement of Profit and Loss.

When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or a cash generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in Statement of Profit and Loss.

j. Inventories

Items of inventories are measured at lower of cost or net realizable value after providing for obsolescence, if any. Cost of inventories comprises of cost of purchase & other costs incurred in bringing them to their respective present location and condition after deducting rebates and discounts. Cost is determined on a first in first out basis.


307

k) Employee benefits

i. Short term obligations

Short term obligations are those that are expected to be settled fully within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. They are recognized upto the end of the reporting period at the amounts expected to be paid at the time of settlement.

ii. Other long term employee benefit obligations

The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are, therefore, recognized and provided for at the present value of the expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee up to the end of reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefits are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Remeasurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the balance sheet if the entity does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur.

iii. Post-employment obligation:

The company operates the following post-employment schemes:

1. Defined benefit plan - gratuity

The liability recognized in balance sheet in respect of defined benefit gratuity plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period. Defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Remeasurements gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognized in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive income (net of deferred tax). They are included in Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income in the statement of changes in equity and in Other Equity in the balance sheet.

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognized immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss as past service cost.

gratuity amount payable is not funded with any “gratuity Fund Trust” as on the date of the financials.

2. Defined contribution plan-

Provident fund

The eligible employees of the Company are entitled to receive benefits in respect of provident fund, a defined contribution plan, in which both employees and the Company make monthly contributions at a specified percentage of the covered employees’ salary. The provident fund contributions are made to provident fund account maintained by the government on its account. The Company is generally liable for monthly contributions which are recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

The company is of the view that the provisions of the Provident Fund Act are not applicable to trainees for a period of one year after their appointment. Hence contribution towards Provident Fund for such staff has not been made by the company.

Employees Insurance Fund

Contribution to Employee Insurance Fund is made to Employee State Insurance fund maintained by government on its account. Accounting treatment is same as that of provident fund.

l) Taxes on income

Tax expense comprises of (i) current tax and (ii) deferred tax. The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions, where appropriate, on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognized only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in Statement of Profit and Loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

m. Provisions and contingent liabilities

i. Provision:

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The estimated liability for product warranties is accounted based on technical evaluation, when the products are sold.

Provisions are evaluated at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expense.

ii. Contingent liabilities:

Wherever there is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognized because

(a) it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; or

(b) the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reliability such amounts are considered as contingent liability. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand

n) Leases

Lease Contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Company allocates the consideration in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative standalone prices.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

• Fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable


308

• Variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date

• Amounts expected to be payable by the Company under residual value guarantees

• The exercise price of a purchase option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

• Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising that option

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Company, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-to-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company:

• Where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received

• Uses a build-up approach that starts with a risk-free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Company which does not have recent third party financing, and

• Makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security.

All leases doesn’t have any lock-in-period in the agreement and rental agreement can be terminated by giving notice to the other party as per agreement conditions. But the company (lessee) is reasonably certain not to exercise cancellation option. Lessor’s right to terminate the lease at any time, prima facie, is meant to be exercised only in exceptional circumstances. Hence, total period of lease was considered as lease term as per INDAS 116.

The Company is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-to-use asset. Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Variable lease payments that depend on sales are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers those payments occurs.

Right-to-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

• The amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

• Any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received

• Any initial direct costs, and

• Restoration costs.

Right-to-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Company is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-to-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.

Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and all leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture.

o) Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

p) Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

q) Other financial assets

i. Classification

The company classifies its financial assets in following categories:

• Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or through statement of profit and loss), and


The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flow.

ii. Measurement

At initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at its fair value (in the case of a financial asset not a fair value through profit or loss) plus transaction cost that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

A. Rent deposits given:

Rent deposits are initially recognized at their present values and increased year on year by recognizing interest income in Statement of Profit and Loss so that their value at end of maturity period equals the refundable amount.

iii. Impairment of financial assets

The company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its assets carried at amortized cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been significant increase in credit risk. Note 36 details how the company determines whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by Ind AS 109 Financial Instruments, which requires expected credit losses to be recognized from initial recognition of the receivables.

iv. Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognized only when:

a) the Company has transferred the rights to receive cash flows from the financial asset, or

b) the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the financial asset, but expects a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. In such cases, the financial asset is derecognized. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is not derecognized.

Where the entity has neither transferred a financial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, the financial asset is derecognized, if the Company has not retained control of the financial asset. Where the company retains control of the financial asset, the asset is continued to be recognized to the extent of continuing involvement in the financial asset.

r) Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognized as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash of assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss as other gain/(loss).


309

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for over or at least 12 months after the reporting period.

s) Borrowing cost

general and specific borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use or sale. Qualifying assets are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. Other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

t) Current and non-current classification

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification.




• expected to be realized within twelve months after the reporting period.


A liability is treated as current when:


• it is held primarily for the purpose of trading

• it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or

• there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.



The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents.

In Company’s considered view, twelve months has been considered its operating cycle.

u) Cash flow statement

Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profit / (loss) before extraordinary items and tax is adjusted for the effects of transactions of non-cash nature and any deferrals or accruals of past or future cash receipts or payments. The cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities of the Company are segregated based on the available information.






Place: Bangalore


310

Notes forming part of the financial statementsRupees

Note No.

Particulars As at 31st March,

2021

As at 31st March,

2020

As at 1st April,

20197 Deposits

Rental Deposits 1,113,531 1,416,666 862,604 Total 1,113,531 1,416,666 862,604

8 Other Non Current AssetsPrepaid rent expense (non-current) 65,198 63,306 35,290 Other deposits 92,000 92,000 42,000

Note No.


2021

As at 31st March,

2020

As at 1st April,

2019Total 157,198 155,306 77,290

10 Inventories Valued at lower of Cost or Net realisable value Finished goods* 7,570,903 9,423,718 9,423,718 ( * As valued and certified by the Management )

Total 7,570,903 9,423,718 9,423,718

11 Trade Receivables Unsecured, considered goodOutstanding for more than 180 days 40,254,624 23,445,734 19,658,906 Others 22,607,289 42,800,229 23,116,056 Provision for Bad and Doubful Debts (46,567,728) (9,021,329) -

Total 16,294,185 57,224,634 42,774,963

9. Deferred Tax The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Particulars 31st Mar, 2021 31st Mar, 2020Depreciation 33,506 (255,543)Employee benefits 683,951 -Provision for doubtful debts 9,762,064 On carried forward loss 2,125,576 -OCI Adjustment (170,696)Others 141,457 Total deferred tax liabilities / (assets) 12,575,857 (255,543)

Movement in deferred tax liabilities / (assets)Particulars Depreciation Employee

benefitsProvision for doubtul debts

On carried forward loss

OCI Adjustment Others Total

At April 1, 2019 - - - - - - -(Charged)/credited:- to statement of profit and loss (255,543) - - - - - (255,543)- to other comprehensive income -At March 31st, 2020 (255,543) - - - - - (255,543)(Charged)/credited:INDAS 116 initial adoption - - -- to statement of profit and loss 289,049 683,951 9,762,064 2,125,576 141,457 13,002,096 - to other comprehensive income (170,696) (170,696)At March 31st, 2021 33,506 683,951 9,762,064 2,125,576 (170,696) 141,457 12,575,857

Note No.


2021

As at 31st March,

2020

As at 1st April,

2019

12 Cash and Cash EquivalentsBalance with Banks-Current Account 30,836,730 259,399 658,078 -Debit Balance in Bank OD 273,750 -Fixed Deposit - - 11,428,436 Cash in hand 73,831 40,963 15,693

Total 31,184,311 300,362 12,102,207

13 Other Financial Assets Other Advances 45,000 283,445 307,000

Total 45,000 283,445 307,000

14 Other Current AssetsBalance with government Authority 9,929,791 15,264,482 9,523,941 Prepaid Expense 556,872 1,296,346 753,440 Prepaid rent expense (current) 43,297 42,597 26,094 Advance tax - 203,000 203,000 Accrued Interest on FD - - 49,515 Advance to Suppliers - - 743,695

Total 10,529,960 16,806,424 11,299,684


311

9. Deferred Tax The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Particulars 31st Mar, 2021 31st Mar, 2020Depreciation 33,506 (255,543)Employee benefits 683,951 -Provision for doubtful debts 9,762,064 On carried forward loss 2,125,576 -OCI Adjustment (170,696)Others 141,457 Total deferred tax liabilities / (assets) 12,575,857 (255,543)

Rupees

Notes forming part of the financial statements - (continued)

Note No.

Particulars As at 31st March , 2021 As at 31st March, 2020 As at 31st March, 2019

No. of Shares Amount (Rs.) No. of Shares Amount (Rs.) No. of Shares Amount (Rs.)

15 Share Capital

(a) Authorised Share Capital 130,500 1,305,000 100,000 1,000,000 100,000 1,000,000

1,30,500 Equity shares of Rs.10 /- each

Issued, subscribed and paid up capital 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410

60241 Equity Shares of Rs 10 /- fully paid up

Issued, subscribed and paid up capital

Total 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410

(b) Reconciliation of the Equity shares outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the reporting period

Particulars As at 31st March , 2021 As at 31st March, 2020 As at 31st March, 2019

No. of Shares Amount (Rs.) No. of Shares Amount (Rs.) No. of Shares Amount (Rs.)

Shares outstanding at the beginning of the year 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410

Shares Issued during the year

Shares bought back during the year - - - - - -

Shares outstanding at the end of the year 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410 60,241 602,410

(c) Details of shareholders holding more than 5% shares in the company

Name of Shareholder As at 31st March , 2021 As at 31st March, 2020 As at 31st March, 2019

No. of Shares Shareholding % No. of Shares Shareholding % No. of Shares Shareholding %

TVS Motors Company Limited 60,241 100% - - - -

Karan Makhija - - 25,000 41.50% 25,000 41.50%

Kaushik Raju - - 25,000 41.50% 25,000 41.50%

Shunmuga Krishnan - - 7,229 12.00% 7,229 12.00%

Total 60,241 100% 57,229 95% 57,229 95%

(d) Terms/ rights attached to equity shares

The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value ofRs.10 per share. Each holder of equity is entitled to one vote per share.

In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of equity shares would be entitled to receive remaining assets of the company, after distribution of all preferential amounts.

The distribution will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.


312

RupeesNotes forming part of the financial statements - (continued)

16. Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended 31st March , 2021


Particulars Amount

A. Equity Share Capital

As at 31st March, 2019 602,410

Changes in equity share capital during the year -

As at 31st March, 2020 602,410

Changes in equity share capital during the year -

As at 31st March, 2021 602,410

B. Other Equity:

Particulars

Fair Value through Other

Comprehensive Income

Securities Premium Account Retained Earnings Total

Balance at 31st March, 2018 (A) - - 7,297,229 7,297,229

Less: INDAS 109 initial adoption - - (1,012) (1,012)

Actuarial Loss / (gain ) on Employee defined benefit plans 694,318 694,318

Profit/(Loss) for the period - - 7,123,130 7,123,130

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) - - - -

Total Comprehensive income for the period (B) - - 7,123,130 7,123,130

Balance as at 31st March, 2019 (C=A+B) - - 15,113,665 15,113,665

Less: Impact of transition of INDAS 116 (D) - - (30,359) (30,359)

Profit/(Loss) for the period - - (9,490,814) (9,490,814)

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 465,341 - - 465,341

Total Comprehensive income for the period (D) 465,341 - (9,490,814) (9,025,473)

Balance as at 31st March, 2020 (E=C+D) 465,341 - 5,592,492 6,057,833

Profit/(Loss) for the period - - (35,346,475) (35,346,475)

Capital Reserve - - - -

Securities Premium - - - -

Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 20,487 - - 20,487

Total Comprehensive income for the period (F) 20,487 - (35,346,475) (35,325,988)

Balance as at 31st March , 2021 (G=E+F) 485,828 - (29,753,982) (29,268,155)


313


Note No.

Particulars For the period ended

31st March, 2021

For the period ended

31st March, 2020

24 Revenue from OperationsRevenue from Sale of Productsa. Stock in trade 11,254,213 47,655,078 Revenue from Sale of Servicesa. Subscription, Software and AMC Services

55,585,368 112,989,071

Total 66,839,581 160,644,149

25 Other Incomesa. Financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss

14,807 32,713

b. Financial assets carried at amortised cost 82,941 -c. Other non-operating income 11,904,321 381,502

Total 12,002,069 414,215

26 Changes in Inventories of Stock in TradeStock in TradeOpening Stock 9,423,718 5,216,186 Add: Purchases during the yearOther Items Purchase 6,923,663 37,089,487 Less: Closing Stock of Stock in Trade 7,570,903 9,423,718

Total 8,776,478 32,881,955

27 Employee Benefits ExpensesSalaries, Wages and Bonus 43,352,767 76,931,097 Contribution to provident funds and other funds

2,136,813 2,193,168

Gratuity 1,849,841 1,706,575 Staff Welfare Expenses 128,986 698,207

Total 47,468,407 81,529,047 *Refer Note-31: Employee benefit obligations

28 Finance CostInterest and finance charges on financial liabilities carried at amortised costa. Interest on Bank Borrowings 901,233 663,062 b. Interest expense on lease liability 419,691 297,830 c. Interest on Redeemable Preference Share

1,193,856

d. Other borrowing Costs 87,802 54,317 Total 2,602,582 1,015,209

29 Depreciation and Amortisation Expensesa. Depreciation on plant, property and equipment

1,051,560 1,605,158

b. Amortisation on right-to-use asset 1,836,179 1,199,867 c. Amortisation on Intangible assets 114,667 18,176

Total 3,002,406 2,823,201

Note No.


2021

As at 31st March,

2020

As at 1st April,

201917 Long Term borrowings

SecuredTerm loan 1,059,400 - -(Secured by Hypothication of Stocks and Book Debts)Unsecured From Related Parties - 10,187,618 10,381,279 7% Redeemable Preference Shares 75,001,290

Total 76,060,690 10,187,618 10,381,279 18 Lease Liabilities

Lease 4,556,722 4,101,204 -Total 4,556,722 4,101,204 -

19 Provisions Long Term ProvisionsProvision for Employee Benefits 4,660,749 3,336,385 2,144,348

Total 4,660,749 3,336,385 2,144,348

Short Term ProvisionsProvision for Employee Benefits 385,829 51,535 2,338 Other Provisions 1,767,710 7,726,772 7,574,752

Total 2,153,539 7,778,307 7,577,090

20 Short Term BorrowingsBank Overdraft Account - 8,925,145 -(Secured by Hypothication of Stocks and Book Debts)

Total - 8,925,145 -

21 Trade Payables*Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises; and

- - -

Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises

12,102,530 20,979,307 20,659,312

Total 12,102,530 20,979,307 20,659,312

22 Other Financial Liabilities Lease Liability (Current) 2,108,005 1,041,190 -

Total 2,108,005 1,041,190 -

23 Other Current LiabilitiesSalary Payable 20,634,298 12,785,335 5,933,745 Advances from Customers 2,707,425 11,035,066 10,644,107 Statutory Liabilities 2,021,007 5,856,010 1,659,859 Other Payables 2,236,077 - -

Total 27,598,807 29,676,411 18,237,711


314


Note No.

Particulars For the period ended

31st March, 2021

For the period ended

31st March, 2020

30 Other Expensesa. Audit Fees 200,000 25,000 b. Cost of Services Rendered 19,205,742 29,005,911 c. Other Administrative Expenses 1,765,221 2,860,766 d. Rent 559,696 740,600 e. Amortisation of prepaid rent expense 11,492 34,131 f. Foreign exchange loss - -g. Doubtful Debts 37,546,399 9,021,329 h. Power & Fuel 699,676 1,532,997 i. Consultancy Charges 4,642,250 5,545,600 j. Rates and Taxes 199,311 237,390 k. Marketing & Business Promotion Expenses

112,489 883,899

l. Repairs & Maintenance 342,625 271,584 m. Travelling Expenses & Allowances 55,446 1,992,999

Total 65,340,347 52,152,206

31 Employee Benefit obligations

Amount recognised in the Balance sheet and the movements in the net defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Gratuity

Present value of obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Net amount

April 1, 2019 2,146,686 - 2,146,686

Current service cost 1,490,630 1,490,630

Interest expense/(income) 215,945 215,945

Total amount recognised in statement of profit and loss

1,706,575 - 1,706,575

Remeasurements

(gain)/loss from change in demographic assumptions

- - -

(gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

(695,025) (695,025)

(gain)/loss from change in Experience on DBO

- - -

Experience (gains)/losses 229,684 - 229,684


(465,341) - (465,341)

Benefit payments - - -

March 31, 2020 3,387,920 - 3,387,920

Current service cost 1,576,737 1,576,737

Interest expense/(income) 273,104 273,104

Total amount recognised in statement of profit and loss

1,849,841 - 1,849,841

Remeasurements

(gain)/loss from change in demographic assumptions

- - -

(gain)/loss from change in financial assumptions

(19,513) (19,513)

(gain)/loss from change in Experience on DBO

- - -

Experience (gains)/losses (171,670) - (171,670)


(191,183) - (191,183)

Benefit payments - - -

March 31st, 2021 5,046,578 - 5,046,578

(i) Post-Employment benefits

Significant estimates: Actuarial assumptions and sensitivity


Details Gratuity

31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

Discount rate 6.58% 6.64%

Attrition rate 15.00% 15.00%


Mortality rate IALM* (2012-14)

*IALM- Indian Assured Lives Mortality

Defined employee benefit obligations as on Balance Sheet date are:

Defined benefit obligations As at 31st Mar, 2021 As at 31st Mar, 2020Non-current Current Total Non-current Current Total

Gratuity 4,660,749 385,829 5,046,578 3,336,385 51,535 3,387,920

Total employee benefit obligations 4,660,749 385,829 5,046,578 3,336,385 51,535 3,387,920



Gratuity Change in assumption Impact on defined benefit obligation

Increase in assumption Decrease in assumption

31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20 31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

Discount rate 1.00% 1.00% (306,473) 561,856 445,006 295,059

Salary growth rate 1.00% 1.00% 222,445 (313,492) (216,033) 149,865

Attrition rate 1.00% 1.00% (94,770) 9,787 93,355 36,582


315

Rupees


The above sensitivity analysis are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet. There is no change from the previous period in the methods and assumptions used in the preparation of above analysis, except that the base rates have changed

(ii) Risk exposure

Through its defined benefit plans, the company is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are detailed below:

Interest rates risk : One actuarial assumption that has a material effect is the discount rate. This assumption depends on the yields on the corporate / government bonds as at the valuation date and hence the valuation of liability is exposed to fluctuations in the yields. If bond yields fall, the defined benefit obligation will tend to increase.

Salary inflation risk: Higher than expected increases in salary will increase the defined benefit obligation.

Demographic risks: This is the risk of volatility of results due to unexpected nature of decrements that include mortality attrition, disability and retirement. The effects of this decrement on the DBO depend upon the combination salary increase, discount rate, and vesting criteria and therefore not very straight forward. It is important not to overstate withdrawal rate because the cost of retirement benefit of a short caring employees will be less compared to long service employees.

Liquidity risk: The Company may run out of cash as they follow ‘pay as you go’ system to meet the liabilities as and when they fall due. The company is only making book provisions for the entire gratuity liability on the valuation date. Therefore the scheme is fully unfunded, and no assets are maintained by the company and asset values are taken as zero. Employees with high salaries and long durations, or those higher in the hierarchy, accumulate significant level of benefits. If some of such employees resign / retire from the company there can be strain on the cash flows.

Legislative risk: This is the risk of increase in the plan liabilities or reduction in the plan assets due to change in the legislation / regulation. The government may amend the Payment of gratuity Act thus requiring the companies to pay higher benefits to the employees. This will directly affect the present value of the Defined Benefit Obligation and the same will have to be recognized immediately in the year when any such amendment is effective.

32 Fair Value MeasurementsFinancial instruments by category

As at 31st Mar, 2021 As at 31st Mar, 2020FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost FVTPL FVOCI Amortised cost

Financial assets : Rent deposits - 1,113,531 - 1,416,666 Balance with Banks - - 31,184,311 - - 300,362 Trade Receivables - - 16,294,185 - - 57,224,634 Balance with credit card agencies - - - - - - Employee advances - - 45,000 - - 283,445 Total financial assets - - 48,637,027 - - 59,225,108

Financial liabilities Lease liability - Non current 4,556,722 - - 4,101,204 - - Borrowings - Non Current - - 76,060,690 - - 10,187,618 Trade payables - - 12,102,530 - - 20,979,307 Borrowings - Current - - - - - 8,925,145 Lease liability - Current 2,108,005 - - 1,041,190 - - Current Maturities of long term borrowings - - - - - - Total financial liabilities 6,664,727 - 88,163,220 5,142,394 - 40,092,070

(i) Fair value hierarchyThis section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are (a) recognised and measured at fair value and (b) measured at amortised cost and for which fair values are disclosed in the financial statements. To provide an indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the group has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standard. An explanation of each level follows underneath the table.


316


32 Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurementsAt March 31st, 2021 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial assets

Financial assets at FVTPL: Rent deposits 7 - 1,113,531 - 1,113,531 Total financial assets - 1,113,531 - 1,113,531

Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities at FVTPL: Lease liability 18 & 22 - 6,664,727 - 6,664,727 Total financial liabilities - 6,664,727 - 6,664,727

Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosedAt March 31st, 2021 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial LiabilitiesBorrowings 17 - - 76,060,690 76,060,690 Total financial liabilities - - 76,060,690 76,060,690


As at 31st Mar, 2020 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial Investments at FVTPL:Rent deposits 7 - 1,416,666 - 1,416,666 Total financial assets - 1,416,666 - 1,416,666

Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities at FVTPL: Lease liability 18 & 22 - 5,142,394 - 5,142,394 Total financial liabilities - 5,142,394 - 5,142,394

Assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost for which fair values are disclosedAs at 31st Mar, 2020 Notes Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial LiabilitiesBorrowings 17 - - 19,112,763 19,112,763 Total financial liabilities - - 19,112,763 19,112,763

Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes financial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes listed equity instruments, traded bonds and mutual funds that have quoted price.


Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is the case for unlisted equity securities, contingent consideration and indemnification asset included in level 3.

Valuation processes

Discount rates are determined using a capital asset pricing model to calculate a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the asset. Earnings growth factor of preference shares are based on cash flow projections of the Company and unlisted equity securities are estimated based on market information for similar type of companies.

Risk adjustments have been derived based on the market risk premium adjusted for companies relevered financial data.

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

The carrying amounts of trade receivables, trade payables, deposits, cash and cash equivalents, employee advances, claims receivables and other current financial liabilities are considered to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature and insignificant change in interest rate.

FVTPL - Fair value through statement of Profit and Loss; FVOCI - Fair value through Other Comprehensive Income


317


33 Financial Risk ManagementThe company’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. This note explains the sources of risk which the entity is exposed to and how the entity manages the risk and accounts for the impact.

Risk Exposure arising from

Risk Parameters and Mitigation

Market Risk - Interest rate

Variable interest rate borrowings

i) The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from borrowings with variable rates, which expose the Company to cash flow risk. ii) Company's policy is to maintain most of its long term borrowings at fixed rate which are carried at amortised cost. However, the company has access to overdraft facilities at variable interest rates. iii) There are no foreign currency borrowings.

Liquidity risk Borrowings i) The company’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flows and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these, monitoring balance sheet liquidity ratios against internal and external regulatory requirements and maintaining debt financing plans.ii) The Company prepares a detailed annual operating plans to assess the fund requirements - both short term and long term. iii) Detailed monthwise cash flow forecast is also carried out along with required sensitivities. Based on these factors, adequate working capital credit limits are organised in advance. iv) Company has pre-approved credit lines with banks and these are constantly reviewed and approved by the Board. v) For long term fund requirements, Company targets options such as rupee term loan. vi) The Company obtains a credit rating for the various borrowing facilities on an annual basis. Company constantly monitors the free cashflow from operations to ensure that the borrowing is minimized.

Credit Risk Rent deposits given, cash and

cash equivalents, trade receivables,

investments carried at amortized cost

i) Credit risk primarily arises from cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and investments carried at amortised cost. ii) The Company considers the probability of default upon initial recognition of asset and whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis througout each reporting period. iii) To assess whether there is a significant increase in credit risk the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the asset as at the reporting date with the risk of default as at the date of initial recognition. iv) It considers available reasonable and supportive forward-looking information (more specifically described below). v) A default on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make contractual payments within 180 days of when they fall due. This definition of default is determined by considering the business environment in which entity operates and other macro-economic factors.

a. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Surplus cash is deposited only with banks / financial institutions with a high external credit rating.

b. Trade Receivables i) The Company extends credit to the customers and such extension of credit is based on customers' credit worthiness, ability to repay and past track record. ii) The Company has extensive reporting systems and review to constantly monitor the receivables.

33 Financial Risk Management(A) Credit RiskBasis of recognition of expected credit loss & providing for such lossRating Category Description of category Rental deposits

& advancesTrade

receivables1 High Quality assets,

negligible credit riskAssets where the counter-party has strong capacity to meet the obligations and where the risk of default is negligible or nil.

12 month expected credit

losses

Life time expected credit losses (simplified

approach)2 Quality assets, low

credit riskAssets where there is low risk of default and where the counter-party has sufficient capacity to meet the obligations and where there has been low frequency of defaults in the past.

3 Standard Assets, moderate credit risk

Assets where the probability of default is considered moderate and where the counter-party's capacity to meet the obligations is not strong.

4 Substandard Assets, relatively high credit risk

Assets where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Life time expected credit losses

5 Low quality assets, very high credit risk

Assets where there is a high probability of default. Also includes assets where the credit risk of counter-party has increased significantly though payments may not be more than 180 days past due.

6 Doubtful assets, credit impaired

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy or failing to engage in a repayment plan with the Company. Where loans or receivables have been written off, the Company continues to engage in enforcement activity to attempt to recover the receivable due. Where recoveries are made, these are recognised in statement of profit and loss.



318


33 Financial Risk ManagementAs at 31st March, 2021a). Expected credit loss for investments, loans and other financial assets

Particulars Internal rating Assets/Asset group Gross carrying amount

Expected probability of default

Expected credit loss Carrying amount net of impairment

provisionLoss allowance measured at 12 month

expected credit loss2 Rent deposits - - - -4 Employee advances 45,000 - - 45,000

b). Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approachParticulars 0 to 180 days past

dueMore than 180 days

past dueTotal

gross carrying amount 22,607,289 40,254,624 62,861,913 Expected loss rate - - -Expected credit losses - 46,567,728 46,567,728 Carrying amount of trade receivables 22,607,289 (6,313,104) 16,294,185

As at 31 March, 2020a). Expected credit loss for investments, loans and other financial assets

Particulars Internal rating Assets/Asset group Gross carrying amount

Expected probability of default

Expected credit loss Carrying amount net of impairment

provisionLoss allowance measured at 12 month

expected credit loss2 Rent deposits - - - -4 Employee advances 283,445 - - 283,445

b). Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approachParticulars 0 to 180 days past

dueMore than 180 days

past dueTotal

gross carrying amount 42,800,229 23,445,734 66,245,963 Expected loss rate - - -Expected credit losses - 9,021,329 9,021,329 Carrying amount of trade receivables 42,800,229 14,424,405 57,224,634

Reconciliation of loss allowance provision - Trade receivablesLoss allowance March 31, 2020 9,021,329 changes in loss allowance (37,546,399)Loss allowance March 31, 2021 46,567,728

(B) Liquidity risk(i) Financing arrangementsThe company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

31 March, 2021 31 March, 2020Floating rate- Expiring within one year (bank overdraft and other facilities) 8,940,600 1,074,855

(ii) Interest Rate risk For short term borrowings the marginal cost of lending rate of the bank is followed.

31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20Variable rate borrowings - 8,925,145 Fixed rate borrowings 1,059,400 -

Sensitivity Impact on profit after tax31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

Increase in interest rates by 100 bps - 89,251 Decrease in interest rates by 100 bps - (89,251)


319

Rupees


34 Capital Management(a) Risk managementThe company’s objectives with regards to managing capital are• safeguard its status as a going concern• to ensure returns to shareholders• to ensure benefits to stakeholders

In order to maintain optimum capital structure, the board may• increase the capital by fresh issue of shares or• reduce the same by return to equity holders• vary the equity by increasing or reducing the quantum of dividendConsistent with others in the industry, the company monitors capital on the basis of the following gearing ratio:

Net debt divided by total equity

gearing ratio refers to the level of a company's debt compared to its total equity.The company’s strategy is to maintain an optimum gearing ratio. The gearing ratios were as follows:

Particulars March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020Debt 76,060,690 19,112,763 Total equity (28,665,745) 6,660,243 Debt to equity ratio (2.65) 2.87

(b) DividendsThe company has not declared dividend for the past five years

Particulars March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020Equity shares - -

35 First-time adoption of Ind ASTransition to Ind AS

These are the Company’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS).The accounting policies set out in note 1 have been applied in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 31 Mar 2021, the comparative information presented in these financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2020 and in the preparation of an opening Ind AS balance sheet at 1 April 2019 (The company’s date of transition).

An explanation of how the transition from gAAP to Ind AS has affected the Company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows is set out below.

A. Exemptions and exceptions availedSet out below are the applicable Ind AS 101 optional exemptions and mandatory exceptions applied in the transition from gAAP to Ind AS.1 Deemed cost - Property, Plant, Equipments & Intangible Assets

Ind AS 101 permits a first time adopter to elect to continue with the carrying value for all of its property, plant and equipment as recognised in the financial statements as at the date of transition to Ind AS, measured as per the gAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of transition. This exemption can also be used for intangible assets covered by Ind AS 38 Intangible Assets.

Accordingly, Company has chosen to retain the cost of the Property, Plant & Equipment, intangible assets at their gAAP value.Accordingly, the Company has chosen to retain the cost of the Property, plant & equipment and intangible assets at their gAAP value

B. Mandatory Exemptions1 Estimates

An entity’s estimates in accordance with Ind AS at the date of transition to Ind AS shall be consistent with estimates made for the same date in accordance with gAAP (after adjustments to reflect any difference in accounting policies), unless there is unassailable evidence that those estimates were in error. Ind AS estimates as at 1st April 2019 are consistent with the estimates as at the same date made in conformity with gAAP. The company made estimates for following items in accordance with Ind AS at the date of transition as these were not required under gAAP:

Fair valuation of other financial assets and liabilities in accordance with IND AS 109.

2 Classification and measurement of financial assets : Ind AS 101 requires an entity to assess classification and measurement of financial assets on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at the date of transition to Ind AS.

C. Notes to first time adoption1 Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations

Under Ind AS, remeasurements i.e. actuarial gains and losses, excluding amounts included in the net interest expense on the net defined benefit liability are recognised in Other Comprehensive Income. Under the gAAP, these remeasurements were forming part of the statement of profit and loss for the year.

2 Security DepositsUnder gAAP, interest free lease security deposits (that are refundable in cash on completion of the lease term) are recorded at their transaction value. Under Ind AS, all financial assets are required to be recognised at fair value. Accordingly, the company has fair valued these security deposits under Ind AS. Difference between the fair value and transaction value of the security deposit has been recognised as prepaid rent.

3 Other Comprehensive IncomeUnder Ind AS, all items of income and expense recognised in a period should be included in the Statement of Profit and Loss for the period, unless a standard requires or permits otherwise. Items of income and expense that are not recognised in Statement of Profit and Loss but are shown in the statement of profit and loss as ‘Other Comprehensive Income’ includes remeasurements of defined benefit plans. The concept of other comprehensive income did not exist under gAAP.

4 Deferred TaxDeferred tax have been recognised on the adjustments made on transition to Ind AS.

FVTPL - Fair Value through Statement of Profit and LossFVOCI - Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

Transition to Ind AS 116

The company has applied Ind AS 116 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore the comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under Ind AS 17. As a lesseeThe right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain re-measurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, company’s incremental borrowing rate. generally, the company uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.


320

Rupees


The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the company’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if company changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following:– Fixed payments, including in-substance fixed payments;– Variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;– Amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee; and– The exercise price under a purchase option that the company is reasonably certain to exercise, lease payments in an optional renewal period if the company is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the company is reasonably certain not to terminate early.When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero. The company presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘property, plant and equipment’ and lease liabilities in ‘loans and borrowings 'in the statement of financial position. (Refer Note 3)Short-term leases and leases of low-value assetsThe company has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of real estate properties that have a lease term of 12 months. The company recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Under Ind AS 17In the comparative period, as a lessee the company classified leases that transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership as finance leases. When this was the case, the leased assets were measured initially at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Minimum lease payments were the payments over the lease term that the lessee was required to make, excluding any contingent rent.Subsequently, the assets were accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset. Assets held under other leases were classified as operating leases and were not recognised in the company’s statement of financial position. Payments made under operating leases were recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received were recognised as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of an asset to the Company. All other leases are classified as operating leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in borrowings or other financial liabilities as appropriate. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to the profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. Land under perpetual lease for is accounted as finance lease which is recognised at upfront premium paid for the lease and the present value of the lease rent obligation. The corresponding liability is recognised as a finance lease obligation. Land under non-perpetual lease is treated as operating lease.Effective April 1,2019, the Company adopted Ind AS 116“Leases”and applied the standard to all lease contracts existing on April 1,2019 using the modified retrospective method and has taken the cumulative adjustment to retained earnings amounting to Rs 200,528, on the date of initial application. Consequently, the Company recorded the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments discounted at the incremental borrowing rate and the right of use asset at its carrying amount as if the standard had been applied since the commencement date of the lease,but discounted at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application. Comparatives as at and for the year ended March31,2019 have not been retrospectively adjusted and therefore will continue to be reported under the accounting policies included as part of our Annual Report for year ended March 31, 2019.Following are the changes in the carrying value of right of use assets for the year ended March 31, 2020 and for the period ended March 31, 2021:

Balance as at 31st March 2021 For Right to use Assets

Particulars Amount

Re Classified on account of INDAS 116 on 1st April 2019 4,744,698

Additions during FY 19-20 4,617,488

Amortisation for the FY 19-20 (1,199,867)

Closing Balance as on 31st March, 2020 8,162,319

Amortisation for the FY 20-21 (1,836,179)

Deletions during FY 20-21 (302,495)

Closing Balance as on 31st March, 2021 6,023,645

Balance as at 31st March 2021 For Lease Liabilties

Particulars Amount

Re Classified on account of 1st April 2019 4,945,226

Additions during the period 4,617,488

Finance Cost accrued for FY 19-20 297,830

Rent Payment towards lease liability for FY 19-20 (2,289,189)

Closing Balance as on 31 March 2020 7,571,355

Finance Cost accrued for FY 20-21 419,691

Rent Payment towards lease liability (1,503,132)

Closing Balance as on 31 March 2021 6,664,727

36 Other Disclosures

1 Rental expenses relating to operating leaseParticulars As at

31st March, 2021As at

31 March, 2020Minimum lease payments- Not later than one year 2,417,505.00 -- Later than one year and not later than 5

years- -

- Later than 5 years - -Total 2,417,505.00 -

Note : Current year company has adopted Ind AS 116, hence no amount is paid as operating lease

2 Audit feesParticulars As at

31st March, 2021As at

31 March, 2020As statutory auditors 150,000 25,000 Taxation matters 50,000 -Certification matters - -Other services - -

3 Dues to micro, small and medium enterprisesAs regards to the compliance of the provisions relating to dues to Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006, the company has not taken any action with respect to understanding if the parties fall under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises category. Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have not been determined. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises. There are no interests due or outstanding on the same. The company has not received any confirmations as yet.


321

Rupees

37. GAAP VS IND AS Reco1 Reconciliation of total equity as at 31st March, 2020 & 1st April, 2019

Particulars As at 31st Mar, 2020

As at 1st Apr, 2019

Total equity (shareholder's funds) as per GAAP

6,337,329 15,022,769

Impact of Employee Defined Benefit(Net) 333,198 694,318 Valuation of rent deposits at fair value 3,315 (1,012)Impact of INDAS 116 during the year 16,760 -INDAS 116 initial recognition - Modified Retrospective approach

(30,359) -

Total equity as per IndAS 6,660,243 15,716,075


2 Reconciliation of total comprehensive income for the year ended 31st March 2020Particulars

Profit after tax as per gAAP (8,685,441)Deferred tax Expense on other comprehensive Income 125,309 Actuarial gain/(loss) on Employee defined benefit plan recognized in other comprehensive income

(465,341)

Total comprehensive income as per IndAS (9,025,473)

3 Impact of IndAS adoption on cash flow statementThere has been no reclassification of amounts from or to cash & cash equivalents under IndAS compared to gAAP.

38 Previous Year's figures Previous year's figures have been regrouped where ever necessary to confirm to current year's classification.






Place: Bangalore

322 // ANNUAL REPORT 2021 | TVS CREDIT SERVICES LIMITED

The Directors have pleasure in presenting the Thirteenth Annual Report and the audited accounts for the year ended 31st March, 2021.

1. Business and Financial Performance The highlights of the fi nancial performance of the Company are given below:

` in Cr

ParticularsYear ended

31st March 2021 31st March 2020Revenue from Operations 2,237.82 1,989.64Other Income 3.11 10.12Total 2,240.93 1,999.76

Finance Costs 729.44 699.81Fees & Commission, Employee Benefi t, Administrative & Other Operating Expenses 919.38 802.74

Impairment of Financial Instruments 466.79 258.80Depreciation and Amortisation Expenses 19.92 20.10Total Expenses 2,135.53 1,781.45

Profi t / (Loss) before Tax & Exceptional Item 105.40 218.31Less : Exceptional item - 8.00Profi t / (Loss) before tax 105.40 210.31Less: Tax expense- Current Tax 46.52 60.00- Deferred Tax (38.10) (0.20)Profi t / (Loss) after tax 96.98 150.51Other Comprehensive Income (5.28) (17.65)Total Comprehensive Income 91.70 132.86Balance brought forward from Previous Year 436.68 333.92Transfer to Statutory Reserve (19.40) (30.10)Surplus / (Defi cit) carried to Balance Sheet 508.98 436.68

Company’s Performance AUM crossed the `10,000 Cr milestone; Disbursements increased by 13% in Fiscal 2021 The Company crossed the milestone of having Assets Under Management (AUM) in excess of

` 10,000 Cr during fi scal 2021. The Company ended the year with AUM of around ` 11,200 Cr spread across Two-Wheeler Loans, Tractor Loans, Consumer Durable Loans, Used Commercial Vehicle Loans, Used Car Loans, Three-Wheeler Loans, Business Loans and Personal Loans. It is indeed a proud moment for us and we solicit your continued support to take the Company to even greater heights.

Pro-active steps taken by the Company in the previous years to diversify its asset base across a slew of retail-focused products and expand its geographical presence aided the Company to mitigate the impact of the slowdown in the economy. Two-Wheeler Loans, which used to account for close to 50% of the AUM fi ve years ago, accounted for ~37% of the AUM at the end of fi scal 2021. In a year when there was a signifi cant contraction in growth across sectors, the Company witnessed a moderate 13% growth in disbursements to ` 8,627 Cr, backed by strong growth in Tractor Loans, Consumer Durable Loans and Business Loans.

Even while disbursements increased, the Company was cautious in extending loans, given the heightened uncertainty. Towards this end, the Company has enhanced its focus on analytics and tweaked its credit assessment engines to ensure that the customer selection is in line with the risk appetite of the Company.

DIRECTORS’ REPORTTO THE SHAREHOLDERS


The Company continued to keep a keen eye on profi tability, while undertaking various initiatives like narrowing the focus on geographic presence, customer segments and brand in order to achieve optimum return on assets.

The Company also undertook a number of initiatives related to expanding the business, analytics, automation, collections and human resources, which would further enhance the effi ciency and resilience of the business over the next few years.

Total income during the fi nancial year 2020-21 increased to ̀ 2,240.93 Cr from ̀ 1,999.76 Cr, an increase of 12% over the previous year. The profi t before tax and exceptional items for the year stood at ` 105.40 Cr as against ` 218.31 Cr during the previous year and the reduction is due to substantial loss of business during fi rst quarter of the year, increase in investments on recovery related initiatives and higher level of COVID related provisions.

The above fi nancial performance is based on Indian Accounting Standards -(IND-AS). The Company has adopted (IND-AS) from 1st April, 2018 with effective transition date of 1st April, 2017 pursuant to MCA notifi cation dated 31st March , 2016 and the fi nancial statements has been prepared in accordance with Division III of Schedule III of Companies Act 2013 notifi ed by Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) on 11th October , 2018.

Key Product-Wise Performance during the Financial Year The Company disbursed ` 2,901 Cr of Two-Wheeler Loans as against ` 3,223 Cr in the previous year,

registering a de-growth of 10%. The Company continues to be the leading fi nancier for TVS Motor Company Ltd.

The Company disbursed ` 1,958 Cr in the Tractor Loan segment as against ` 1,169 Cr in the previous year, registering a growth of 67%.

The Company disbursed ` 366 Cr of Used Car Loans as against ` 740 Cr in the previous year, since it focused only on profi table regions.

In Consumer Durable Loans, the Company disbursed ` 1,338 Cr to 6.7 Lakh customers as against ` 1,025 Cr to 5.2 Lakh customers in the previous year.

The Company scaled up its Used Commercial Vehicle fi nance and disbursed ` 623 Cr during the current year as against ` 574 Cr in the previous year.

The Company also scaled up its Business Loans segment and disbursed ` 898 Cr during the current year as against ` 326 Cr in the previous year.

The Company also did Cross Selling to its existing customers to the tune of ` 536 Cr as against ` 525 Cr during the previous year.

2. MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS REPORT Indian Economy demonstrated Resilience in face of Unprecedented Pain in Fiscal 2021 The Indian economy demonstrated resilience posting gains in H2 after a trying H1, supported by a

multitude of government policy interventions, in the year gone by. The fi nancial year 2020-21 began with the nationwide 42 day lockdown, a critical response to, what we now commonly refer to as, the fi rst wave of COVID-19. This led to GDP contraction of 23% in the fi rst quarter. But with the easing of the active cases and recognising the need for swift policy action during this extraordinary and uncertain time, the government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) undertook a number of measures to improve liquidity in the system, support credit offtake and mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on asset quality. The economic challenges did manifest themselves in the form of collections effi ciency initially, but with the multiple policy interventions of the government and leveraging of technology by the Company, these challenges were met and largely mitigated in the second half of the year. Recovery in Quarter 2 was ahead of estimates with a 7% GDP decline instead of the estimated 11% decline. The Q3 & Q4 saw the GDP return to positive territory, posting gains of 0.4% and 1.5% (estimates), bringing the full year to a 7.9% decline. CRISIL estimates that the Indian economy shrunk by 8.0% in fi scal 2021, the fi rst such instance in over forty years.



Rural India Performed Much Better, Becoming Structurally Far More Resilient Given the headwinds due to COVID-19, the rural economy, which accounts for almost half of

India’s GDP, has withstood the COVID-induced shock much better than the large urban towns. This happened due to agricultural activity continuing unhindered, normal monsoons and reduced spread of COVID-19 given the lower population density in the rural areas. Also, the government extended additional fi nancial support through the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MNREGA) and PM-Kisan scheme, and rural India’s relatively higher dependence on both manufacturing and agriculture as compared to services, helped the performance of rural India.

More importantly, rural India has become structurally far more resilient due to two consecutive years of good monsoon, increased spends under MNREGA and irrigation projects, Direct Benefi t Transfer (DBT), the PM-Kisan, the PM Ujwala Yojana for cooking gas, the PM Awas Yojana for housing, and the Ayushman Bharat scheme for healthcare. Further, over the years, the rural infrastructure such as electricity and roads have also considerably improved. These steps have led to lesser leakages and higher incomes in the hands of the rural populace, thereby enhancing their ability and willingness to spend on discretionary products and services.

The RBI has also increased their thrust on digital payments in the rural economy by undertaking a number of steps such as planned issue of licenses to New Umbrella Entities (NUE) to deepen the reach of digital payments, setting up a Payment Infrastructure Development Fund (PIDF) to enhance setting up of supporting infrastructure, and enhancing the functionality of e-wallets to bring them almost on par with bank accounts.

The Company’s strong presence in the rural areas stood the Company in good stead. These structural changes in the rural areas have increased the resilience of the rural economy and will create more growth opportunities for the Company as it expands its distribution presence in rural areas.

Economy Expected to Bounce Back in Fiscal 2022 Going forward in fi scal 2022, there is a sense of optimism with global growth picking up, gradual

increase in vaccination against COVID-19, and a counter-cyclical Union Budget pushing investments. The budget’s focus on pushing investments despite walking a fi scal tightrope would create a platform for a reasonable growth. A RBI study points that an increase in capex by the central and state governments by one rupee each induces an increase in output by ̀ 3.25 and ̀ 2.0, respectively. Given that the focus of the budget was on investment rather than consumption push, the full impact of these spends will be seen in the near term via multiplier effects, and over time, through enhancement of productive capacity. The budgetary provisions thus help raise the medium-term prospects for the economy.

The resurgence of COVID infections being witnessed around the country since March 2021 does pose a risk to growth in the current fi scal. Many states have implemented localised restrictions in the form of weekend lockdowns, restricting non-essential businesses from operating and / or night curfews to prevent the spread of the infection. Factoring in these restrictions, few agencies have downgraded their GDP growth estimates for the year by 25-100 basis points. With vaccination gaining steam and market participants learning to work around the virus, the economic impact of any fresh lockdowns would be less pronounced compared to the previous fi scal.

NBFCs faced Multiple Challenges in Fiscal 2021 Over the last decade, Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) have witnessed phenomenal

growth. The share of NBFCs in the overall systemic credit increased from 18% in fi scal 2015 to 23% as of fi scal 2020. NBFC credit grew at a healthy pace of ~16% CAGR over fi scals 2015 to 2019. However, a severe liquidity crisis following the debt default of IL&FS in mid-September 2018 created panic and led to investor confi dence in lending to NBFCs dip. While the segment had just started to revive, COVID-19 has dealt a further blow to NBFCs, which are today facing a troika of challenges – asset quality in the wake of COVID-19, availability of funding at competitive costs, and increasing competition from banks fl ush with liquidity.

NBFCs Loan Book Flat in Fiscal 2021; Liquidity Concerns Largely Managed CRISIL Research estimates that the loan book of NBFCs to remain more or less fl at at the previous

year’s levels in fi scal 2021. While economic activity is gradually picking up, prevailing uncertainty



regarding the pandemic’s further impact has resulted in lenders still taking a fairly cautious view on disbursements. In fact, growth in fi scal 2021 would be optical for many NBFCs, arising due to lending under the emergency credit line scheme to MSMEs, and slower rundown in existing book due to moratorium and restructuring of loans.

On the brighter side, proactive measures announced by the regulator, along with gradual pick up in collections, limited disbursements made by NBFCs and funding support from banks have ensured liquidity fears that spooked the market in the immediate aftermath of COVID-19 have been largely managed.

As of fi scal 2021, NBFCs had a total loan outstanding of around ` 29 Trillion. Retail assets (including auto fi nance, housing fi nance, microfi nance, gold loans, education and consumer durable loans) are estimated to account for around 45% of this amount. MSME lending accounts for another 12% of total loans of NBFCs.

Stronger NBFCs with Healthy Liquidity and Access to Funding to Outperform In fi scal 2022, with a rebound in GDP growth, we foresee disbursements of NBFCs also gaining moderate

traction. CRISIL Research forecasts a ~6% growth in NBFC assets during the year, which would still be lower than nominal GDP growth, that is expected to be in the mid-teens. This is because access to funding remains a challenge, especially for smaller and mid-sized NBFCs which do not have a strong parentage and concerns linger over the impact of the pandemic on asset quality.

CRISIL Research expects the challenges being faced by NBFCs over the last 2-3 years to hasten the pace of consolidation. Large players with a better credit profi le, strong parentage and access to funding are likely to outperform the industry and grow at a much higher pace. The industry will, however, continue to witness the emergence of newer equity-funded NBFCs catering to specifi c customer segments. The COVID-19 pandemic and consequent acceleration in both adoption of technology, change in consumer habits and increasing availability of data for credit decision-making has made it possible to build an NBFC lending business without investing large sums in having a brick-and-mortar presence on the ground.

Supreme Court Order Positive for Credit Culture The Supreme Court order, in March 2021, lifting the standstill on classifi cation of loan accounts and its

refusal to direct the government to grant complete waiver of interest on loans during the moratorium period or increase the moratorium period would also aid lenders. As a result, banks and NBFCs will now be able to classify an account on the basis of its overdue status and the data submitted to the Credit Information Companies (CICs) will also refl ect the true status of an account.

The Supreme Court ruling is a shot in the arm for lenders as it ensures that the credit culture is not vitiated. Withdrawal of the standstill on recognition of NPAs will enable lenders to enforce various legal measures and support their recovery efforts.

Opportunities and Challenges in Fiscal 2022 The outlook for NBFCs is improving, but the macro-economic challenges seen over the last 2-3 years

are by no means fully over. Given the Company’s improving scale, diverse portfolio across various segments, and strong parentage, the Company is well placed to capitalise on the opportunities created by both economic growth and consolidation in the NBFC space. The opportunities and challenges for the Company, given the emerging milieu, are as follows:

Opportunities • Double-digit growth in GDP expected, which should lead to increased lending opportunities

across all the focus asset classes.

• Close co-ordination with TVS Motor to plan areas where disbursements can be increased by augmenting distribution and coming out with attractive schemes.

• Rural India should continue to see strong growth in agricultural incomes, especially if there is a normal monsoon for the third consecutive year.



• Strong liquidity position and continuing support from the parent company, TVS Motor, which would enable TVS Credit to both capitalise on growth opportunities and navigate any challenges in the external environment.

• Investment in strengthening the Company’s sales, credit, collections and risk processes should yield strong dividends as the Company looks to further scale up the business while taking advantage of the expected pick-up in economic growth.

• Higher adoption of digital payment systems would enable the Company to streamline its collections process further and enhance effi ciency.

Challenges • Need to continue to keep a keen eye on any emerging challenges due to COVID-19 and

accordingly recalibrate business plans and strategy.

• Tightly monitor asset quality and take corrective action as required, given the dynamic changes in external environment and the impact on the Company’s borrower segment.

• Probability of upward pressure on funding costs and interest rates, given the Central Government’s large budgeted borrowing programme for fi scal 2022.

Focus on Enhancing Distribution, Technology and Ecosystem aided the Company Geographically, the Company has expanded its presence to 25 states, which has resulted in its portfolio

becoming quite well diversifi ed. The southern states of Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and Telangana accounted for 38% of the Company’s AUM as of March 2021.

The Company’s focus on increasing distribution reach, investing in appropriate technology tools, and taking an ecosystem view has stood it in good stead in the challenging market environment. In Two-Wheeler Loans, the Company increased its penetration within the dealer and sub-dealer network. The Company has implemented the AD-Diya App, which enables self on-boarding of customers by its associate dealer partners. This has helped TVS Credit grow its network in lower penetrated areas.

Similarly, in case of other asset classes such as Tractor, Commercial Vehicle and Business Loans as well, the efforts to widen its suite of product offerings keeping in mind the customer requirements aided the Company in a diffi cult market environment. In tractors, for example, the Company provides fi nance to customers of multiple brands and also funds used tractors. The Used Commercial Vehicle Loans not only enable customers to fund their vehicle purchase but also helps them cover the operating costs incurred while plying their vehicles via the Company’s ecosystem loan offerings.

Recovery Management During the year, the Company has had a relentless and sharp focus on recovery and collections. The

Company also successfully touched 100% mobile application usage penetration within its collections team.

Usage of Analytics and Statistical Tools The Company’s collections activities are driven by estimating probability of repayment at a

customer level using a combination of On-Us and Off-Us attributes. With the help of analytical tools, segmentation of customers and collection agents, and optimisation of collections allocation based on such segments and local geographies have been rolled out. Statistical tools are used extensively to improve predictability in resolutions of delinquent customers and residual management to minimise loss to the Company. The Company focused its approach based on region and pin code mapping of customers.

The Company has also invested in mitigating fraud risk with the launch of alert mechanisms to combat potential fraud at a customer, dealer or employee level.

Push for Digital Repayments The pandemic has resulted in widespread changes in customer behaviour and hastened the adoption

of technology. Nowhere is this as visible as in collections, where the Company has signifi cantly managed to increase the proportion of digital repayments from customers through continuous engagement and



providing them with the right tools. The Company is continuously investing in encouraging customers to make cashless payment through payment gateways and tying up with digital platforms for this purpose. This will continue to be a key focus area for the Company.

Data & Analytics The Company believes in leveraging data and analytical tools effectively as this will become one of

the key differentiators amongst fi nanciers in the future. The Company therefore, enhanced its focus on data and analytics through a number of focused initiatives in this area.

Credit Assessment and Customer Acquisition The Company expanded the use of Machine Learning (ML) based decisions across its products and

functions. The Company leveraged ML- based credit underwriting for Two-Wheeler and Consumer Durable Loans. These automated, algorithmic models have improved credit performance and effi ciencies. The Company plans to further expand ML-based models to the Used Car and Tractor Loans business. The Company added geographic and demographic variables related to COVID-19 to refresh the algorithmic models and fi ne tune collections and cross-sell programmes. In addition, the Company has deployed predictive models to accelerate the growth of Cross-Sell programmes and optimise exposure to customers of Business Loans and the InstaCard pilot programme through income estimation models.

Internal Sales Force Management The Company leveraged ML engines to predict attrition and design of experiments in fi eld personnel

incentives to determine appropriate interventions. With the encouraging results of these pilots, the Company intends to launch this on a pan-India basis this year.

Model Monitoring and Data Management With a heightened focus on deploying advanced analytics including machine learning and deep

learning based tools, the Company has strengthened its processes for model monitoring – both from a model performance as well as model execution perspective. There is a continued focus on data enrichment from all possible sources – internal systems, third party sources and business operations. Further, the Company has completed the data management and governance assessment to understand areas to strengthen underlying data to further artifi cial intelligence and algorithmic deployments. The data lake programme has also begun in full-swing to modernise the analytics data infrastructure.

Information Technology The Company continues to focus on data privacy and information security, given their critical

importance in enhancing the trust of the customers. The Company strengthened its security landscape by implementing prioritised cyber security projects focusing on access management, network security, data protection and secured development. Regulatory and compliance standards were adhered by completing IPv6 migration, applications VAPT and all mobile applications security wrapping. The Company successfully performed business continuity and disaster recovery drills at a regular frequency. The Company has implemented Web Application Firewall (WAF) to secure business critical applications and started performing continuous brand monitoring to avoid brand infringement and reputational risks. “Secure Internet on the move” was implemented for end points to connect from anywhere and on any networks. Red teaming assessment was also carried out to understand current posture of cyber security for the organisation.

Marketing Initiatives Given the unprecedented situation due to the pandemic, the Company has taken numerous initiatives

to ensure that the business continued in a smooth manner. The focus was on regular engagement with customers, channel partners, and employees through digital means.

Regular Communication with Employees, Channel Partners and Customers When the pandemic struck and uncertainty was at its peak, the Company created a calendar for

communication with its customers, channel partners, and employees to create awareness, engage,



and ensure business continuity. The employee communication focused on critical elements such as general guidelines for COVID-19, precautions, and work from home guidelines. The Company proactively communicated to customers on the EMI moratorium facility and how they could make loan repayments safely through digital modes of payment in a hassle free-way.

New Products Offerings and Branding Initiatives The Company introduced the InstaCard programme, which offers customers a continuous credit line

for all their instant needs. This programme allows customers to make online and offl ine payments across a wide range of categories such as Lifestyle, Groceries, Shopping, Health, etc. To promote adoption and usage, an omni-channel communication campaign was executed. The Company also launched a Retailer Loan product specifi cally targeted at small retailers. Local retailer activations were done for this to build connect with this customer segment. To build brand saliency, ambient branding was done across several Two-Wheeler and Consumer Durable dealerships.

During the year, the Company also integrated systems with select ecosystem partners to enable instant fl ow of leads from the partners’ system to the Company’s Lead Management System. The Company also started mobility solutions for Business Loans products such as Term Loans, Overdraft & Invoice Financing with speedy sanctions.

Focus on Digitalisation The Company strives to create the best-in-class user experience for its customers and channel partners

through digital assets like the Saathi app, which has been made accessible in 5 regional languages. The Saathi app is available on both - the Android and iOS platform. Besides, the Company implemented WhatsApp Bot and a ChatBot on the Company’s website, thus improving the self-service capabilities.

Human Resources People remain the most valuable asset for the Company. The Company has developed a robust

human resource management framework to maximise the employee performance. The Company is professionally managed with the senior management team having a rich experience and long tenure with the organisation. The Company has created a succession roadmap to build a leadership pipeline and has also undertaken many initiatives to develop organisational leadership and culture. As on 31st March, 2021 the Company had 15,782 employees on its rolls.

The Human Resources team undertook several initiatives during the year.

Employee Well-being The health, safety and well-being of the employees were the top most priorities this year. The Company

has taken several steps such as setting up of regional task force in order to support employees, COVID-insurance to all the employees, emergency fi nancial assistance, awareness creation, transport arrangements in case of medical emergencies, medical assistance for pregnant ladies/elderly parents and children, distribution of safety kits to all employees and regular disinfection of premises during the year. In order to support the families of the employees, the Company has launched a new programme called “Parivar – Employee Welfare Kitty”, which will be utilised to support the families of those employees who lost their lives due to COVID-19. Keeping a people-fi rst approach, pro-active work from home was initiated by the Company since March 2020.

Employee Engagement During these challenging times, the Company has started mandatory day offs, virtual fun sessions and

psychological counselling programmes (YourDost) in order to support the employees and ensure their well-being.

Technology-based Initiatives and Recognition The Company uses contemporary technology and automation for recruitment process, training and

performance monitoring to improve productivity. The Company has launched a new application called “Geo-Tagging –Employee Daily Work Management App” and Voice Bot assistance services for all the employees.



Talent Management and Development The cornerstone of the Company’s people strategy is to ensure that talent development, internal

mobility, promotion, rewards and performance work in a well synchronised manner to reinforce its brand values - trustworthiness, innovation, proactiveness, empathy and confi dence. The Company continuously focuses on talent management and leadership development processes including having development centres, individual development plans and upskilling programmes. The Company has also launched employee recognition and training programmes to develop and motivate a talented workforce to meet day-to-day business challenges.

Annual Campus Engagement Programme The Company regularly engages with college campuses in order to enhance the visibility of the brand

and to provide a platform for upcoming business leaders of tomorrow. E.P.I.C Season 2, the annual campus engagement programme, witnessed 20,000 student registrations from across 1200+colleges. This year’s virtual edition saw the addition of the Finance Challenge along with the other 3 challenges- Strategy, IT and Analytics.

The Company duly complied with all the statutory compliances related to employment and labour laws.

Quality In the journey towards excellence, the Company continues to focus on quality. The Company carries

out periodic assessment of gaps and takes immediate actions to address such identifi ed gaps, which has resulted in strengthening the process across the Company. The Company obtained ISO Quality ISO9001/2008 and ISMS 27001:2013 certifi cation in 2017 for all processing hubs and central operations. ISMS 27001:2013 recertifi cation was obtained with coverage of all hubs of the Company.

Community Support Initiative As part of the community support initiative- Saksham, the Company partnered with Yuva Parivartan

to up skill 100 students in Karnataka and Maharashtra from low-income communities to revive, rebuild and reset the lives of youth affected due to the pandemic.

Awards and Recognition Over the last year, the Company has won several awards such as Best BFSI Brand by Economic Times,

India’s Leading BFSI & Fintech Companies 2021 by Dun & Bradstreet, Flame Awards by Rural Marketing Association of India, Content Mogul by CMS Asia, Impact Digital Power 100 Award and Most Innovative Use of HR Technology by ACEF to name a few.

Funding With equity infusion, participation from NBFCs, banks and fi nancial institutions in the form of Tier 1

(Perpetual Debt Instrument) and Tier 2 capital (Subordinated Debt), the Company has an adequate Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) and Prudent Asset Liability Mix (ALM). The CAR as on 31st March 2021 stood at 18.51%. As on 31st March 2021, cumulative ALM mismatch (within 1 year Bucket) was positive 14.4% as against accepted mismatch of 15% as per RBI Guidelines.

During the year, the Company has obtained fresh sanctions to the tune of ` 3,906 Cr (including long & short term borrowings) to meet its business requirement. The Company has raised maiden listed NCDs to the extent of ` 425 Cr under TLTRO and PCGS schemes. External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) to the tune of ` 722 Cr on fully hedged basis during FY21. In these challenging situations, the Company has taken various initiatives to raise funds at the cost commensurate with its rating by way of diversifi ed funding mix with borrowings from Public sector banks, Private sector banks, Foreign Banks, Financial Institutions, ECB and Capital Markets. Besides, the Company focused on increasing composition of fi xed rate instruments with higher tenure in order to utilise benefi t of the low interest environment.

All interest and principal repayments were paid on time. The assets of the Company which are available by way of security are suffi cient to discharge the claims of the banks as and when they become due.



Credit Ratings

Facility RatingCommercial Paper CRISIL/ICRA:A1+

Working Capital Demand Loans CRISIL/BWR:AA-Cash Credit CRISIL/BWR:AA-

Long Term Loans CRISIL/BWR:AA-Non-Convertible Debentures - Long-Term CRISIL/BWR:AA

Perpetual Debt CRISIL/BWR: A+Subordinated Debt CRISIL/BWR:AA-

Share Capital During the year under review, the Board of Directors issued and allotted 67,55,400 equity shares at a

face value of ` 10/- per share with premium of ` 138 per share.

The paid up capital of the Company accordingly stood increased from ` 185.18 Cr (18,51,82,300) equity shares of ` 10/- each to ` 191.93 Cr (19,19,37,700) equity shares of ` 10/- each as on 31st March 2021.

Non-Convertible Debentures During the year under review, the Company had issued Non-Convertible Debentures (NCDs) of

` 725 Cr on private placement basis. The NCDs have been listed on Wholesale Debt Market segment of National Stock Exchange of India Ltd (NSE). These NCDs have been rated as AA- by CRISIL and Brickwork Ratings India Private Limited as of 31st March, 2021.

Dividend The Directors have not proposed any dividend for the year under review, as the resources are required

for future growth of business of the Company.

Transfer to Statutory Reserves During the year, ` 19.31 Cr were transferred to the Statutory Reserve created as required under

Section 45-IC of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.

Public Deposits The Company is a Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Non-Banking Finance Company (NBFC-

ND-SI) and has not accepted any deposits during the year under review. The Board has also passed a resolution for non-acceptance of deposits from public.

Consolidated Financial Statements As per SEBI circular dated: 22nd October 2019, Companies, which have listed Commercial Papers, are

required to prepare and submit fi nancial results in terms of Regulation 33 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations 2015, (Listing Regulations).

The consolidated fi nancial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 129 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act, 2013) read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 and Regulation 33 of the Listing Regulations along with a separate statement containing the salient features of the fi nancial performance of subsidiaries / associates in the prescribed form. The audited consolidated fi nancial statements together with Auditors’ Report form part of the Annual Report.

The audited fi nancial statements of the subsidiary companies will be made available to the Shareholders, on receipt of a request from any Shareholder and it has also been placed on the website of the Company. This will also be available for inspection by the Shareholders at the Registered Offi ce during the business hours as mentioned in the Notice of AGM.

The consolidated Profi t Before Tax of the Company and its subsidiaries amounted to ` 106.18 Cr for the fi nancial year 2020-21 as compared to ` 211.01 Cr in the previous year.



Subsidiary Companies The following companies are the subsidiaries of the Company as on 31st March, 2021.

S.No. Name of the Companies1. TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited2. TVS Micro Finance Private Limited3. Harita ARC Private Limited4. Harita Collection Services Private Ltd5. TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Pvt Ltd6. TVS Housing Finance Private Limited

Performance of Subsidiaries A report on the performance of the subsidiary companies including the salient features of the fi nancial

statements in Form AOC-I is attached and forms part of this Report (Annexure IV).

All the subsidiaries are yet to commence its operations.

Holding Company TVS Motor Company Limited is the holding Company and holds 84.5% equity shares as on the date of

this report.

Corporate Governance Good corporate governance, acting in accordance with the principles of responsible management

which aimed at increasing enterprise value on a sustainable basis, is an essential requirement for the TVS Group.

The Company has a strong legacy of fair, transparent and ethical governance practices. The Company’s philosophy on corporate governance is founded on the fundamental ideologies of the group viz., Trust, Value, Exactness and Passion for Customers.

The Company constantly endeavours to improve on these aspects. The Company ensures good governance through the implementation of effective policies and procedures, which is mandated and reviewed by the Board and Committees of the Board.

The Company has experts in banking industry and well-informed Board. The Board along with the Corporate Governance mechanism in place undertakes its fi duciary duties to all its stakeholders.

The Company has framed internal Corporate Governance guidelines, in compliance with the Directions issued by RBI for NBFCs, in order to enable adoption of best practices and greater transparency in the business operations. A report on Corporate Governance regarding compliance with the conditions of Corporate Governance as stipulated under RBI guidelines forms part of the Report and is annexed herewith as Annexure V.

Directors Directors Liable to Retire by Rotation In terms of Section 152 of the Act 2013, two-third of the total number of Directors i.e., excluding IDs,

are liable to retire by rotation and out of which, one-third is liable to retire by rotation at every Annual General Meeting. Mr.Venu Srinivasan is the Chairman of the Board and he is not liable to retire by rotation as per Articles of Association of the Company.

Mr.K N Radhakrishnan and Mr.T K Balaji, Non-Executive and Non-Independent Directors, who are liable to retire at the ensuing AGM and being eligible, offers themselves for re-appointment.

The NRC at their meeting held on 26th April 2021 recommended their re-appointment after evaluating their track record, integrity and other fi t and proper criteria as laid down under RBI guidelines.



Woman Director In compliance with Section 149 of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Appointment and

Qualifi cation of Directors) Rules, 2014, Ms.Sasikala Varadachari, is the Independent Woman Director of the Company.

Independent Directors In accordance with Section 149(7) of the Act, 2013, all IDs have declared that they meet the criteria

of independence as provided under Section 149(6) of the Act, 2013 and the Board confi rms that they are independent of the management.

The detailed terms of appointment of IDs is disclosed on the Company’s website in the following link www.tvscredit.com. All the IDs have registered with the databank of Independent Directors developed by the Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs in accordance with the provisions of Section 150 of the Act, 2013 and obtained ID registration certifi cate.

Declaration and Undertaking During the year, as per the directions of the RBI on ‘Non-Banking Financial Companies – Corporate

Governance (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2015, the Board obtained necessary annual ‘declarations of undertaking’ from the Directors, in the format prescribed by the RBI.

Separate Meeting of IDs During the year under review, a separate meeting of IDs was held on 23rd March 2021. All IDs were

present and they were enlightened about the objectives and process involved in evaluating the performance of Board, Non-IDs, Chairman and timeliness of fl ow of information from management.

Based on the set of questionnaires, complete feedback on Non-Independent Directors and details of various activities undertaken by the Company were provided to IDs to facilitate their review / evaluation.

Non-Independent Directors (Non-IDs) IDs were accomplished with the criteria and methodology and inputs for evaluation of Non-IDs namely,

Mr.Venu Srinivasan, Mr.Sudarshan Venu, Mr.T K Balaji, and Mr.K N Radhakrishnan.

IDs evaluated the performance of all Non-IDs individually, through a set of questionnaires. They reviewed the Non-IDs interaction during the Board / Committee meetings and thoughtful inputs given by them to improve the risk management, internal controls and contribution to the Company’s growth.

IDs were satisfi ed fully with the performance of all Non-IDs.

Chairman The IDs reviewed the performance of Chairman of the Board after taking into account his performance

and benchmarked the achievement of the Company with industry under the stewardship of Chairman.

The IDs also placed on record, their appreciation of Chairman’s high level of integrity, trust, confi dentiality, impartial & judicious approach, transparency and commitment to governance, setting high standards for the Company; Outstanding ability to motivate the Board’s involvement and stimulate discussions particularly during a year of diverse challenges and tough state of economy and clear initiatives for staying ahead of competition.

Chairman was awarded with Padmashri by the President of India in 2010 for his contribution in the fi eld of Trade and Industry, the third highest civilian award, and was conferred with the prestigious Deming ‘Distinguished Service Award for Dissemination and Promotion Overseas’, and becomes the First Industrialist from India to be bestowed this prestigious award for his contributions in the fi eld of Total Quality Management (TQM).

The Deming Prize is the highest award for TQM in the world. Deming ‘Distinguished Service Award for Dissemination and Promotion Overseas’ is given to individuals who have made outstanding contributions in the dissemination and promotion of TQM and is sponsored by Japanese Union of Scientists and Engineers (JUSE). He is also a key member of Prime Minister Council on Trade and Industry.



IDs also recorded the growth story of the Company under the stewardship of Chairman and signifi cant increase in turnover and profi t.

Board The IDs also evaluated Board’s composition, size, mix of skills and experience, its meeting sequence,

effectiveness of discussion, decision making, follow-up action, so as to improve governance and enhance personal effectiveness of the Directors.

The evaluation process focused on Board dynamics. The Company has a Board with wide range of expertise in all aspects of business and outstanding diversity of the Board with the presence of varied personalities from diverse fi elds particularly from fi nance fi eld. The Board upon evaluation concluded that it is well balanced in terms of diversity of experience with expert in each domain viz., Automotive, Leadership / Strategy, Finance, Legal & Regulatory and Governance. The Company endeavours to have a diverse Board representing a range of experience at policy-making levels in business and technology.

IDs recorded that they were always kept involved through open and free discussions and provided additional inputs in emerging areas being forayed into by the Company and high levels of Corporate Governance in all management discussion and decisions were maintained.

The IDs unanimously evaluated the prerequisites of the Board viz., formulation of strategy, acquisition & allocation of overall resources, setting up policies, Directors’ selection processes and cohesiveness on key issues and satisfi ed themselves that they were adequate.

They were satisfi ed with the Company’s performance in all fronts and fi nally concluded that the Board operates with best practices.

Quality, Quantity and Timeliness of fl ow of Information between the Company, Management and the Board

All IDs have expressed their overall satisfaction with the support received from the management and the excellent work done by the management during the year under review and also the relationship between the top management and the Board is smooth and seamless.

The information provided for the meetings were clear, concise and comprehensive to facilitate detailed discussions and periodic external presentations on specifi c areas well supplemented the management inputs. The emerging e-technology was duly incorporated in the overall review of the Board.

Performance Evaluation of the Board In terms of Section 134 of the Act, 2013, the Board has carried out an annual evaluation of its own

performance and that of its Committees as well as performance of the Directors individually (including Independent Directors).

The evaluation framework for assessing the performance of Directors comprises of various key areas such as attendance at Board and Committee Meetings, quality of contribution to Board discussions and decisions, strategic insights or inputs regarding future growth of the Company and its performance, understanding of industry and global trends, etc.

Evaluation framework based on well-defi ned and structured questionnaires covering various aspects of the Board’s functioning such as adequacy of the composition of the Board and its Committees, Board culture, areas of responsibility, execution and performance of specifi c duties, obligations and governance, compliance, oversight of Company’s subsidiaries, etc., and feedback by way of comments were sought from the Directors.

The performance evaluation of the Independent Directors was carried out by the entire Board excluding the Director being evaluated.

Qualitative comments and suggestions of Directors were taken into consideration by the Board. The Directors have expressed their satisfaction with the evaluation process.



Policy on Appointment and Remuneration of Directors, Key Managerial Personnel In accordance with Section 178 of the Act, 2013 the NRC has formulated a Nomination & Remuneration

Policy (NRC Policy) to ensure that Executive Directors and other employees are suffi ciently compensated for their performance. The Policy seeks to provide criteria for performance evaluation, disclosures on the remuneration of Directors, criteria of making payments to Non-Executive Directors have been disclosed as part of Corporate Governance Report attached herewith.

Key Managerial Personnel Mr.G Venkatraman, Chief Executive Offi cer, Mr.V Gopalakrishnan, Chief Financial Offi cer and

Mr. J Ashwin, Company Secretary are the Key Managerial Personnel of the Company as on the date of this Report.

Hence, the Company is fully compliant with the provisions of Section 203 of the Act 2013.

Chief Risk Offi cer (CRO) The Board at its meeting held on 28th July 2020, appointed Mr. Shelvin Mathews as Chief Risk Offi cer

(CRO) of the Company with defi ned roles and responsibilities, in terms of RBI circular RBI/2018-19/184 DNBR (PD) CC.NO.099/03.10.001/2018-19 dated 16th May 2019.

Statutory Auditors On recommendation of the Board of Directors of the Company, members of the Company appointed

M/s. Raghavan Chaudhuri & Narayanan., Chartered Accountants, Bengaluru having Firm Registration No. 007761S allotted by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India as Statutory Auditors of the Company at the 11th Annual General Meeting of the Company for a term of 5 consecutive years i.e. till the conclusion of 16th Annual General Meeting pursuant to Section 139 of the Act, 2013, at such remuneration in addition to applicable taxes, out of pocket expenses, travelling and other expenses as may be mutually agreed between the Board of Directors of the Company and the Auditors.

The Statutory Auditors will continue to hold offi ce for the 3rd year in the fi rst term of fi ve consecutive years, from the conclusion of this AGM.

The Company has obtained necessary certifi cate under Section 141 of the Act, 2013 conveying their eligibility for being Statutory Auditors of the Company for the year 2021-22.

The Auditors’ Reports for the fi nancial year 2020-21 do not contain any qualifi cations, reservations and adverse remarks and the same is attached with the annual fi nancial statements.

Secretarial Auditors Mr.T N Sridharan, Practicing Company Secretary, Chennai, was appointed as Secretarial Auditor for

carrying out the secretarial audit for the fi nancial year 2020-21.

As required under Section 204 of the Act, 2013 the Secretarial Audit Report for the year 2020-21, given by him is attached as Annexure VI to this report. The Secretarial Audit Report does not contain any qualifi cations, reservations or other remarks.

The Board at its meeting held on 26th April 2021 have re-appointed Mr. T N Sridharan, Practicing Company Secretary, Chennai, as Secretarial Auditor for the fi nancial year 2021-22.

3. DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(5) of the Act, 2013 with respect to Director’s Responsibility

Statement, it is hereby stated that:

a. In the preparation of the annual accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures , if any

b. The Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the fi nancial year and of the profi t of the Company for that period;



c. The Directors had taken proper and suffi cient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

d. The Directors had prepared the accounts for the fi nancial year ended 31st March 2021 on a going concern basis;

e. The directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively

4. Annual Return Copy of the Annual Return (Annexure I) in prescribed form is available on the Company’s website

www.tvscredit.com, in terms of the requirements of Section 134(3)(a) of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014.

5. Number of Meetings of the Board The Board met 6 (six) times during the fi nancial year, the details of which are given in the Corporate

Governance Report.

6. Corporate Governance Board Meetings During the year under review, the Board met six times on 27th April 2020, 27th May 2020, 28th July 2020,

28th October 2020, 22nd January 2021 and 24th March 2021 and the gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

The Board Committees play a crucial role in the governance structure of the Company and have been constituted to deal with specifi c areas / activities in accordance with the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Act 2013 / Non-Banking Financial Companies – Corporate Governance (Reserve Bank) Directions 2015.

The Board has established the following Committees viz., Audit Committee: Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (CSR), Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO), Risk Management Committee, Information Technology (IT) Strategy Committee, Senior Management Committee and Credit Sanction Committee.

Details of Composition of Committees, roles and responsibilities and meetings and the members’ attendance are explained in the Corporate Governance Report attached with this report as Annexure – V.

Nomination and Remuneration Policy Directors:

NRC will recommend the remuneration for Executive and Non-Executive Directors. This will be then approved by the Board and shareholders. The Non-Executive Independent Directors are appointed to the Board of the Company in terms of regulatory requirements.

The Board has approved the payment of remuneration by way of profi t related commission to the Non-Executive Independent Directors, for the fi nancial year 2020-21, based on the recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The approval of the shareholders by way of a special resolution was obtained at the twelfth Annual General Meeting held on 27th July 2020, in terms of Sections 197 and 198 and any other applicable provisions of the Act 2013.

Commission:

The Company benefi ts from the expertise, advice and inputs provided by the IDs. The IDs devote their valuable time in deliberating on strategic and critical issues in the course of the Board / Committee meetings of the Company and give their valuable advice, suggestions and guidance to the management of the Company, from time to time and hence IDs are being paid by way of commission.



As approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Company held on 27th July 2020, Non-Executive and Independent Directors are being paid commission, subject to a maximum, as determined by the Board, for each such Director from the fi nancial year 2020-21. Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) devote considerable time in deliberating the operational and other issues of the Company and provide valuable advice in regard to the management of the Company from time to time, and the Company also derives substantial benefi t through their expertise and advice.

Key Managerial Personnel:

The remuneration of employees largely consists of basic salary, perquisites, allowances and performance incentives. Perquisites and retirement benefi ts are paid according to the Company’s policy, subject to prescribed statutory ceiling.

The components of the total remuneration vary for different grades and are governed by the industry pattern, qualifi cation and experience / merits and performance of each employee. The Company while deciding the remuneration package takes into consideration current employment scenario and remuneration package of the industry.

Criteria for Board Membership Directors:

The Company will generally consider (i) Their relevant experience in Leadership/ Strategy / Finance/ Governance / Legal and Regulatory or other disciplines related to the Company’s business, and (ii) Having the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values.


Independent Director is a Director who has no direct or indirect pecuniary relationship with the Company and or any of its offi cers. They should meet all criteria specifi ed in Section 149(7) of the Act 2013 and rules made thereunder.


All contracts / arrangements entered by the Company during the period ended 31st March 2021 with related parties were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length price in terms of Section 188 of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Meetings of Board and its powers) Rules, 2014.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 134(h) of the Act, 2013 read with rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014, the particulars of contracts or arrangements entered into by the Company with Related Parties have been done at arm’s length and are in the ordinary course of business.

Hence, no particulars are being provided in Form AOC-2. Related Party disclosures, as per IND-AS have been provided in Notes to the fi nancial statement.

Risk Management Policy The Company, being in the business of fi nancing of two wheelers, used cars, new tractors and used

tractors, three wheelers, consumer durables, used commercial vehicles and MSMEs has to manage various risks. These risks include credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and operational risk. In order to strengthen risk management, the Company is in the process of developing robust Enterprise Risk Management Framework and risk registers.

Risk assessment reports are periodically placed before the Risk Management Committee and the Asset Liability Management Committee for reviewing and monitoring these risks at periodic intervals.

Liquidity risk and interest rate risk arising out of maturity mismatch of assets and liabilities are managed through regular monitoring of the maturity profi les. Operational risks arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events are adequately addressed by the internal control systems and are continuously reviewed and monitored. Standard Operating Procedures are well documented to ensure enhanced control over processes and regulatory compliance.



7. Internal Control Systems The Company’s comprehensive and effective internal control system ensures smooth business

operations, meticulously recording all transaction details and ensuring regulatory compliance and protecting the Company’s assets from loss or misuse.

The Board is accountable for evaluating and approving the effectiveness of the internal controls, including fi nancial, operational and compliance controls.

The internal control system is subject to continuous improvement, with system effectiveness assessed regularly. The internal control system is supported by an internal audit process for reviewing the adequacy and effi cacy of the internal controls including its system and processes and compliance with regulations and procedures. Information provided to management is reliable and timely. Company ensures the reliability of fi nancial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations.

The Company is strengthening the controls by leveraging technology and centralising processes, enhancing monitoring and maintaining effective tax and treasury strategies.

The Audit Committee continues to monitor the effectiveness of internal control over the use of new technologies that impact the fi nancial controls and reporting enterprise risk.

8. Internal Audit As part of the effort to evaluate the effectiveness of the internal control systems, the Company’s

internal audit function reviews all the control measures on a periodic basis and recommends improvements, wherever appropriate. The Audit Committee regularly reviews the audit fi ndings as well as the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control measures.

The Company’s internal control system is commensurate with its size, nature and operations.

9. Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives Pursuant to Section 135 of the Act, 2013 read with the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility

Policy) Rules, 2014, the Company at the Board Meeting held on 27th March, 2015 approved a policy on CSR and the policy is hosted on the website of the Company. Based on the recommendation of the CSR Committee, the Board has approved the projects / programmes carried out as CSR activities by Srinivasan Services Trust (SST), to a sum of ` 4.00 Cr constituting more than 2% of the average net profi ts of the Company, made during the three immediately preceding fi nancial years, towards CSR spending for the fi nancial year 2020-21.

CSR activities have already been textured into the Company’s value system through SST, established in 1996 with the vision of building self-reliant rural community.

Over 25 years of service, SST has played a pivotal role in changing lives of people in rural India by creating self-reliant communities that are models of sustainable development.

The Company is eligible to spend on their ongoing projects/ programmes, falling within the CSR activities specifi ed under the Act, 2013, as mandated by the MCA for carrying out the CSR activities. As required under Section 135 of the Act, 2013 read with Rule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, the Annual Report on CSR, containing the particulars of the projects / programmes approved and recommended by CSR Committee and approved by the Board for the fi nancial year 2020-21 are given by way of Annexure III attached to this Report.

10. Policy on Vigil Mechanism The Board has adopted a Policy on Vigil Mechanism in accordance with the provisions of the Act,

2013 which provides a formal mechanism for all Directors, employees and other stakeholders of the Company, to report to the management their genuine concerns or grievances about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud and any violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct or Ethics policy.

The policy also provides a direct access to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee to make protective disclosures to the management about grievances or violation of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. The policy is disclosed on the Company’s website in the following link- www.tvscredit.com.



11. Disclosure in terms of Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013:

Company has in place a Sexual Harassment Policy in line with the requirements of the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) (POSH) Act, 2013. The Company has an Internal Complaints Committee as required under POSH.

During the year under review, there were no cases fi led pursuant to the provisions of POSH.

12. Signifi cant and Material Orders There are no signifi cant and material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals, which

would impact the going concern status of the Company and its future operations.

13. Conservation of Energy, Technology Absorption, Foreign Exchange Earnings and Outgo The Company, being a Non-Banking Finance Company, does not have any manufacturing activity

and hence the reporting on “Conservation of Energy and Technology Absorption” does not arise.

Foreign currency expenditure in FY21 is ` 22.87 Cr (previous year ` 11.29 Cr). The Company did not have any foreign exchange earnings.

14. Material Changes and Commitments: There have been no material changes and commitments affecting the fi nancial position of the

Company, which have occurred between the end of the fi nancial year of the Company to which the fi nancial statements relate and to the date of the report.

15. Employees’ Remuneration: Details of Employees receiving the remuneration in excess of the limits prescribed under Section 197 of

the Act, 2013 read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 are annexed as a statement and given in Annexure-II. In terms of fi rst proviso to Section 136(1) of the Act, 2013 the Annual Report, excluding the aforesaid annexure is being sent to the Shareholders of the Company. The annexure is available for inspection at the Registered Offi ce of the Company as mentioned in the Notice of AGM and any Shareholder interested in obtaining a copy of the said annexure may write to the Company Secretary at the Registered Offi ce of the Company.

16. Details of Loans / Guarantees / Investments Made Furnishing the details of investments under Section 186 of the Act, 2013 for the fi nancial year 2020-21

does not arise, since the Company has not made any investment during the year under review.

In terms of Rule 11(2) of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 NBFC Companies are excluded from the applicability of Section 186 of the Act, 2013, where the loans, guarantees and securities are provided in the ordinary course of its business.

On loans granted to the employees, the Company has charged interest as per its remuneration policy, in compliance with Section 186 of the Act, 2013.

17. Reporting of Fraud The Auditors of the Company have not reported any fraud as specifi ed under Section 143(12) of the

Act, 2013.

18. Maintenance of Cost Records The maintenance of cost records has not been specifi ed by the Central Government under

Section 148(1) of the Act, 2013 for the business activities carried out by the Company.



19. Adherence to RBI Norms and Standards The Company has fulfi lled the prudential norms and standards as laid down by RBI pertaining to income

recognition, provisioning of non-performing assets and capital adequacy. The capital adequacy ratio of the Company is 18.51%, which is well above the prescribed minimum of 15% by RBI.

As a prudent practice, the Company’s current provisioning standards are more stringent than Reserve Bank of India (RBI) prudential norms. In line with its conservative approach, the Company continues to strengthen its provisioning norms beyond the RBI regulation by accelerating the provisioning to an early stage of delinquencies based on past experience and emerging trends. The Company has also complied with direction of RBI with regard to COVID-19 - regulatory package in terms of granting moratorium to eligible customers, asset classifi cation and provisioning requirements.

The Fair Practices Code and KYC norms framed by RBI seek to promote good and fair practices by setting minimum standards in dealing with customers, increase transparency so that customers have a better understanding of what they can reasonably expect of the services being offered, encourage market forces through competition to achieve higher operating standards, promote fair and cordial relationships between customers and the fi nance Company and foster confi dence in the NBFC system.

The Company has put in place all the Committees prescribed by RBI and have formulated a comprehensive Corporate Governance Policy. The Company has instituted a mechanism to monitor and review adherence to the Fair Practices Code, KYC norms, and Investment & Credit policies as approved by the Board of Directors.

20. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from the

holding Company, namely TVS Motor Company Limited and other investors. The Directors thank the bankers, investing institutions, customers, dealers of TVS Motor Company Limited and Tractors and Farm Equipment Limited and all channel partners for their valuable support and assistance.

The Directors wish to place on record their appreciation of the very good work done by all the employees of the Company during the year under review.



Place: Chennai Venu SrinivasanDate: 26th April, 2021 Chairman


Annexure-III to Directors’ Report to the ShareholdersParticulars of Corporate Social Responsibility activities carried out by the Company in terms of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 20131. A brief outline of the Company's CSR policy:

This policy encompasses the Company’s philosophy for giving back to society as a corporate citizen and lays down the guidelines and mechanism for undertaking socially useful programmes for the transformation and sustainable development of the rural communities at large.

2. Composition of the CSR Committee:

S.No. Name of the Director(M/s.) Designation Status

1. Venu Srinivasan Non-Independent Director Chairman2. R Gopalan Independent Director Member3. K N Radhakrishnan Non-Independent Director Member

3. Web-link where Composition of CSR Committee, Policy and Projects approved by the Board are disclosed on the website of the Company

https://www.tvscredit.com/investors

4. Details of Impact assessment of CSR projects carried out in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 8 of the Companies (Corporate Social responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014, if applicable (attach the report).

Not Applicable

5. Details of the amount available for set off in pursuance of sub-rule (3) of rule 7 of the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 and amount required for set-off for the fi nancial year, if any

6. Average net profi t of the Company as per Section 135(5).

` 199.19 Cr

7. a. Two percent of average net profi t of the Company as per Section 135(5)

` 3.99 Cr

b. Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous fi nancial years

NIL

c. Amount required to be set-off for the fi nancial year, if any

` 4.00 Cr

d. Total CSR obligation for the fi nancial year (7a+7b- 7c).

-

8.1 CSR amount spent or unspent for the fi nancial year:


S. No.

Financial Year

Amount available for set-off from preceding Financial

Years (` in Cr)

Amount required to be set-off for the

Financial Year, if any (` in Cr)

1 2019-20 8.00 4.00



Total Amount Spent for the

Financial Year(in `)

Amount Unspent (in `)

Total Amount transferred to Unspent CSR Account as per Section 135(6)

Amount transferred to any fund specifi ed under Schedule VII as per second proviso to Section 135(5)

Amount Date of Transfer Name of the Fund

Amount Date of Transfer

` 4.00 Cr NA NA NA NA NA

8.2 Details of CSR amount spent against ongoing projects for the fi nancial year: Not Applicable

8.3 Details of CSR amount spent against other than ongoing projects for the fi nancial year:

Name of the Project Economic Development, Education, Environment, Health, Infrastructure and Water Conservation

Item from the list of activities in Schedule VII to the Act

• Eradicate poverty, promoting preventive healthcare and sanitation and making available safe drinking water

• Promotion of education, including special education and employment, enhancing vocation skills especially among children, women and livelihood enhancement projects

• Promoting gender equality, empowering women and measures for reducing inequalities faced by socially and economically backward groups

• Ensuring environment sustainability, ecological balance, animal welfare, agro-forestry, conservation of natural resources and maintain quality of soil, air and water

• Rural development projectsLocal area (Yes / No) Yes

Location of the Project (State / District) • Tamil Nadu - Krishnagiri, Tiruvannamalai, Tirunelveli and Thoothukudi, Dharmapuri, Nagapattinam, Trichy, Tiruvallur districts

• Karnataka - Mysore, Bangalore Rural, and Chamrajanagar districts

• Himachal Pradesh - Solan district• Maharashtra - Pune district – Shirur Block• Andhra Pradesh - Venkatagiri – Nellore district-

Amount spent for the Project (in Rs.) ` 19.95 Cr includes ` 4.00 Cr

Mode of Implementation – Direct (Yes / No)

No

Name of the Implementing Agency Srinivasan Services TrustJayalakshmi Estates,No. 29, Haddows Road,Chennai - 600 006Tamil NaduPhone No: 044-28332115Mail ID: [email protected]

CSR Registration No. CSR00001508



8.4 Amount spent in Administrative overheads

Not Applicable8.5 Amount spent on Impact Assessment, if applicable

8.6 Total amount spent for the Financial Year (8.2+8.3+8.4)

8.7 Excess amount for set-off, if any – ` 4.00 Cr

S.No. Particulars Amount (in `)

i. Two percent of average net profi t of the Company as per Section 135(5) ` 3.99 Cr

ii. Total amount spent for the fi nancial year ` 4.00 Cr

iii. Excess amount spent for the fi nancial year [ ii-i ] ` 0.01 Cr

iv. Surplus arising out of the CSR projects or programmes or activities of the previous fi nancial years, if any NIL

v. Amount available for set-off in succeeding fi nancial years [iii- iv]

` 0.01 Cr + Rs. 4.00 Cr (excess available during previous year 2019-20) ` 4.01 Cr

9.1 Details of unspent CSR amount for the preceding three Financial Years (In `)

S. No.

Preceding Financial

Year

Amount transferred to unspent

CSR Account under

Section 135(6)

Amount spent in the

reporting Financial

Year

Amount transferred to any fund specifi ed under Schedule VII as per

Section 135(6), if any

Amount remaining to be spent in succeeding

Financial Years

Name of the Fund Amount Date of

Transfer

Not Applicable

9.2 Details of CSR amount spent in the fi nancial year for ongoing projects of the preceding fi nancial year(s):- Not Applicable

10. In case of creation or acquisition of capital asset, furnish the details relating to the asset so created or acquired through CSR spent in the fi nancial year; (asset-wise details)a. Date of creation or acquisition of the capital asset(s)

Not Applicable

b. Amount of CSR spent for creation or acquisition of capital assetc. Details of the entity or public authority or benefi ciary under whose

name such capital asset is registered, their address etc.d. Details of the entity or public authority or benefi ciary under whose

name such capital asset is registered, their address etc.11. Specify the reason(s), if the Company has failed to spend two percent

of the average net profi t as per Section 135(5) Not Applicable

Place: Chennai Venu SrinivasanDate: 26th April, 2021 Chairman & Chairman of CSR Committee


REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Annexure-V to Directors' Report to the Shareholders

As part of the TVS Group, the Company has a strong legacy of fair, transparent and ethical governance practices. The Company’s philosophy on corporate governance is founded on the fundamental ideologies of the Group viz., Trust, Value, Exactness and Passion for Customers.

The Company believes in ensuring corporate fairness, transparency, professionalism, accountability and propriety in total functioning of the Company, which are pre-requisites for attaining sustainable growth in this competitive corporate world. Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which the Company’s ethical standards are built.

The Company would constantly endeavour to improve on these aspects. The Company ensures good governance through the implementation of effective policies and procedures, which is mandated and reviewed by the Board and the duly constituted Committees of the Board.

A summary of the corporate governance measures adopted by the Company is given below:

• The Board of Directors along with its Committees provide leadership and guidance to the Company’s management and directs, supervises and controls the activities of the Company.

• The size of the Board is commensurate with the size and business of the Company. As on 31st March 2021, the Board comprises of eight Directors, viz.,

S.No. Name of the Directors(M/s.) Designation

1. Venu Srinivasan Non-Executive Chairman2. Sudarshan Venu Non-Executive Director 3. T K Balaji Non-Executive Director4. K N Radhakrishnan Non-Executive Director5. V Srinivasa Rangan Non-Executive Independent Director6. Sasikala Varadachari Non-Executive Independent Director7. R Gopalan Non-Executive Independent Director8. B Sriram Non-Executive Independent Director

Meetings of the Board The meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at least four times a year, with a maximum time-

gap of four months between any two consecutive meetings. During the year, the Board met 6 (Six) times on the following dates;

FY 2020-21 Date of the MeetingApril’20 – June ‘20

(Q1)27th April 202027th May 2020

July ’20 – September ’20(Q2) 28th July 2020

October ’20 - December ’20 (Q3) 28th October 2020

January ’20 - March ’20 (Q4)

22nd January 202124th March 2021

Necessary quorum was present at the meetings. In compliance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the Rules made thereunder, the Company facilitates the participation of the Directors in Board / Committee meetings through video conferencing or other audio-visual mode except in respect of such meetings/items, which are not permitted to be transacted through video conferencing as notifi ed under the Act.



S.No. Name of Director(M/s.)

Board Meetings Whether present at previous AGM

held on 27th July, 2020

Held Attended

1. Venu Srinivasan 6 6 Yes2. T K Balaji 6 6 No3. Sudarshan Venu 6 6 No4. V Srinivasa Rangan 6 6 No5. K N Radhakrishnan 6 6 Yes 6. Sasikala Varadachari 6 6 No7. R Gopalan 6 6 NA8. B Sriram 6 6 NA

Committees of the Board The Board has constituted Committees with specifi c terms of reference to focus on specifi c issues

and ensure expedient resolution of diverse matters. These are the Audit Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Risk Management Committee, Asset Liability Management Committee, Information Technology (IT) Strategy Committee and Credit Sanction Committee.

1. Audit Committee: The Company has in place an Audit Committee constituted in accordance with the provisions of

Para 11 of the Non-Banking Financial (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) Companies Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2007 and as required under Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013. The composition of the Committee is in accordance with the requirements of Section 177 of the Act, 2013.

The primary objective of the Audit Committee is to monitor and provide effective supervision of the management’s fi nancial reporting process with a view to ensure accurate, timely and proper disclosure and transparency, integrity and quality of fi nancial reporting.

Brief description of terms of reference:

The Audit Committee of the Company is entrusted with the responsibility to supervise the Company’s internal control and fi nancial reporting process and inter alia performs the following functions:

• The recommendation for appointment, remuneration and terms of appointment of auditors of the Company.

• Review and monitor the auditor’s independence and performance and effectiveness of audit process.

• Examination of the fi nancial statement and the auditor’s report thereon.

• Approval or any subsequent modifi cation of transactions of the Company with related parties.

• Scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments.

• Valuation of undertakings of assets of the Company, wherever it is necessary.

• Evaluation of internal fi nancial controls and risk management systems.

• Monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters.

• Monitoring, reviewing, recommending and approving all related party transactions including granting omnibus approval for RPTs having value not exceeding Rs. 1 Cr per transaction for a period of one year.



• Ratifi cation of any RPT involving amount not exceeding Rs. 1 Cr entered into by a Director or offi cer of the Company without obtaining the approval of the Audit Committee within three months from the date of the transaction.

Roles and Responsibilities:

• Oversight of the Company’s fi nancial reporting process and disclosure of its fi nancial information to ensure that the fi nancial statements are fair and transparent, suffi cient and credible.

• The role of the Audit Committee would include the review and audit the working of the management of the Company in terms of the profi tability, cost control and performance of credit exposures.

• Recommending the appointment of and removal of external and internal auditors, fi xation of audit fee and approval for payment for any other services.

• Approval of Annual Plans before it is placed before the Board.

• Reviewing with the management the quarterly and annual fi nancial statements before submission to the Board, focusing, primarily on the following as may be applicable.

i. Accounting policies and practices followed and any deviations or changes with reference to the earlier policies and practices.

ii. Major accounting entries based on exercise of judgment by management. iii. Qualifi cations in draft audit report. iv. Signifi cant adjustments arising out of audit. v. The going concern assumption. vi. Compliance with accounting standards. vii. Compliance with the legal requirements concerning fi nancial statements. viii. Any related party transaction i.e. transactions of Company of material nature, with

promoters or the management, their subsidiaries or relatives etc. that may have potential confl ict with the interest of Company at large.

• Reviewing with the management, reports of external and internal auditors, and the adequacy of internal control systems.

• Reviewing the adequacy of internal audit function, including the structure of the internal audit department, staffi ng and seniority of the offi cial heading the department, reporting structure, coverage and frequency of internal audit, plan and scope of internal audit.

• Discussion with internal auditors any signifi cant fi ndings and follow up thereon. • Reviewing the fi ndings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters

where there is suspected fraud, irregularity, or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting the matter to the Board.

• Discussion with external auditors before the audit commences, nature and scope of audit as well as post audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern.

• Reviewing the Company’s fi nancial and risk management policies. • Review of Company’s asset position, realisability and other related matters in respect of

collateral securities, sale of properties etc. • To look into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to the depositors, debenture

holders, shareholders (in case of non-payment of dividends declared) and creditors. • To review the quarterly and annual fi nancial statements before submission to the Board and

ensure compliance of internal control systems. • Authority to investigate into any matter referred to it by the Board.

The Audit Committee also ensures that an Information System Audit of the internal systems and processes is conducted every year to assess operational risks faced by the Company.

During the year under review, the Committee met fi ve times on 27th May 2020, 28th July 2020, 28th October 2020, 22nd January 2021 and 24th March 2021.



The particulars of meetings and attendance by the members of the Committee, during the year under review, are given in the table below:

Date of the MeetingsMembers Present (M/s)

R Gopalan V Srinivasa Rangan K N Radhakrishnan

27th May 2020

28th July 2020

28th October 2020

14th December 2020

22nd January 2021

24th March 2021

2. Corporate Social Responsibility Committee: In accordance with the provisions of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rules

made there under, the Board of Directors of the Company have constituted the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (CSR Committee). The Committee has formulated and recommended a CSR Policy to the Board and various recommendations of the Committee including the amount of expenditure to be incurred on CSR activities are submitted to the Board for its approval. The Committee has framed a transparent monitoring mechanism for implementation of CSR projects or programmes or activities undertaken by the Company and also monitors CSR policy from time to time.

Roles and Responsibilities: • To review, agree and establish the Company’s corporate strategy to ensure that CSR is and

remains an integral part of its business strategy; • To review the standards, policies and conduct of the Company relating to the application

of CSR principles; • To review the effectiveness of the compliance programme, including compliance with the

Code of Conduct; • To review reports of CSR progress and audits of CSR performance against key performance

indicators across programme areas; • To review an annual budget for CSR activities approved by the Board, as part of the overall

budget; • To ensure that the Company’s website communicates; and reports its CSR approach and

performance in a timely, complete and coherent manner; and • To perform such other function related or incidental to the CSR Policy of the Company, at

the request of the Board.

Based on the recommendation of the CSR Committee, the Board has approved the projects / programmes to be carried out as CSR activities by Srinivasan Services Trust (SST) by undertaking these programmes / projects, in compliance with the CSR policy of the Company and contributed ` 380 lakhs constituting more than 2% of average net profi ts, for the immediate past three fi nancial years, towards CSR spending for the current fi nancial year 2019-20.

SST, over 24 years of service, has played a pivotal role in changing lives of people in many villages in rural India by creating self-reliant communities that are models of sustainable development.

The Company is eligible to spend on their ongoing projects / programmes, falling within the CSR activities specifi ed under the Act 2013, as mandated by the MCA for carrying out its CSR activities.



During the year under review, the Committee met on 27th May 2020 and attendance by the members of the Committee, during the year under review, are given in the table below:


VS R Gopalan K N Radhakrishnan

27th May 2020 LOA

3. Nomination and Remuneration Committee: The Company has in place the Nomination & Remuneration Committee (NRC). It was constituted

to formulate and recommend to the Board of Directors, the Company’s policies relating to identifi cation of Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and Senior Management Personnel one level below the Board and remuneration payable to them and the criteria for determining qualifi cations, positive attributes and independence of a Director.

The NRC lays down the evaluation criteria for evaluating the performance of every Director, Committees of the Board and the Board as a whole and also the performance of Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) and Senior Management Personnel (SMP).

The performance evaluation of the Board as a whole will be assessed based on the criteria like its composition, size, mix of skills and experience, its meeting sequence, effectiveness of discussion, decision making, follow up action, quality of information, governance issues and reporting by various Committees set up by the Board.

The performance evaluation of an individual Director will be carried out based on his / her commitment to the role and fi duciary responsibilities as a Board member, attendance and active participation, strategic and lateral thinking, contribution and recommendations given professionally, heading / acting as members of various sub-committees etc.

The performance of SMP was measured against the achievement of the business plans approved by the Board during and at the completion of the fi nancial year and their annual at risk remuneration refl ects their business plan achievements.

The NRC has the overall responsibility for evaluating and approving the compensation plans, policies and programmes applicable to the SMP. The NRC also delegated its authority to the Chairman, wherever appropriate, for this purpose.

The NRC also ensures ‘fi t and proper’ status of proposed and existing Directors and on a continual basis.

Brief description of terms of reference: 1.1 Guiding the Board of TVS Credit (“Board”) to lay down the terms and conditions in relation to

appointment and removal of Director(s), KMP and SMP. 1.2 Evaluating the performance of the Director(s) and providing necessary report to the Board

for its further evaluation and consideration. 1.3 Recommending to the Board on remuneration payable to the Director(s), KMP and SMP of

TVS Credit based on (i) TVS Credit’s structure and fi nancial performance and (ii) Remuneration trends and practices that prevail in peer companies across the automobile industry.

1.4 Retaining, motivating and promoting talent among the employees and ensuring long term sustainability of talented SMP by creation of competitive advantage through a structured talent review.

1.5 Devise a policy on diversity in the Board. 1.6 Develop a succession plan for the Board and SMP.




Date of the MeetingsMembers present (M/s)

R Gopalan V Srinivasa Rangan K N Radhakrishnan

27th May 2020

28th July 2020

28th October 2020

Remuneration criteria to Directors:

The Non - Executive / Independent Director(s) receive remuneration by way of fees for attending meetings of the Board or any Committee in which the Director(s) is a member.

In addition to the sitting fees, the Non - Executive Independent Director(s) shall be entitled to a commission from the Company subject to the monetary limit approved by the shareholders of the Company and aggregate commission amount would not exceed the limit as prescribed under the provisions of the Act, 2013.

4. Risk Management Committee: The Company has laid down procedures to inform the Board about the risk assessment and

mitigation procedures, to ensure that executive management controls risk through means of a properly defi ned framework.

This Committee ensures that the risks associated with the functioning of the Company are identifi ed, controlled and mitigated and also lay procedures regarding managing and mitigating the risk through integrated risk management systems, strategies and mechanism.

In conformity with the Corporate Governance guidelines issued by RBI vide its circular (DNBR (PD) CC.No.053/03.10.119/2015-16) the Committee meets periodically to review the effectiveness of progressive risk management system that has been put in place, to review the risk management practices , policies and risk mitigation/minimisation plans, engagement of services of external consultant by covering gap assessment of risk practices, risk mitigation and to strengthen the existing Risk Management framework.

Roles and Responsibilities :

• To review various risks measures adopted by the Company for identifi cation, measurement, monitoring and mitigation of risks involved in various areas of functioning.

• To approve and review various credit policies including its amendments laid down by the Company and monitor performance levels.

• To review and discuss the issues reported in Asset Liability Management Committee in relation to risk aspects.

• Monitoring risk levels and also reviews of results and progress in implementation of decisions taken in earlier meeting.

• To approve and review Enterprise Risk Management framework inter alia approving Risk rating criteria and review of key risks along with mitigants and risk register.

• To approve and review Risk Management policy and its amendments.





Sasikala Varadachari K N Radhakrishnan V Srinivasa Rangan

29th June 2020

30th September 2020

14th December 2020

29th March 2021 LOA

During the year under review, the Committee met four times on 29th June 2020, 30th September 2020, 14th December 2020 and 29th March 2021.

Composition of RMC Committee and attendance of members are as below:

Name of the Director(M/s.) Position

Meeting DetailsHeld Attended

K Sasikala Varadachari Chairman 4 4K N Radhakrishnan Member 4 3V Srinivasa Rangan Member 4 -

5. Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO): The Company constituted an Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO), in terms of

Guidelines issued by RBI to NBFCs in order to manage liquidity risk, market risks, and other funding /asset related risks for effective risk management in its portfolios.

During the year under review, the Committee met four times on 22nd June 2020, 21st September 2020, 29th December 2020 and 29th March 2021.

Composition of ALCO and attendance of members are as below:



B Sriram Chairman 4 4Sudarshan Venu Member 4 3Sasikala Varadachari Member 4 4

6. Information Technology (IT) Strategy Committee: In line with the information technology / information systems directions issued by RBI vide their

circular dated 8th June 2017, in addition to IT Governance, NBFCs are required to constitute an IT Strategy Committee which shall consist of an Independent Director as chairman of the Committee and Chief Information Offi cer (CIO) and Chief Technology Offi cer (CTO) shall be part of the Committee.

As per the above requirement, the Company has constituted an Information Technology Strategy Committee:

During the year under review, the Committee met two times on 29th June 2020 and 28th December 2020.



Composition of the IT Strategy Committee and attendance of members are as below:



Sasikala Varadachari Chairman 2 -Sudarshan Venu Member 2 1K N Radhakrishnan Member 2 2G Venkatraman Member 2 2V Gopalakrishnan Member 2 2C Arulanandam Member 2 2

7. Credit Sanction Committee: The Company constituted the Credit Sanction Committee (CSC) to consider and approve credit

proposals of material nature.

During the year under review, the Committee met two times on 15th May 2020 and 5th November 2020.

The Committee consists of the following Directors and offi cials:

S.No. Name (M/s.) Status

1. B Sriram Chairman 2. Sudarshan Venu Member 3. G Venkatraman Chief Executive Offi cer 4. V Gopalakrishnan Chief Financial Offi cer 5. K Gopala Desikan Special Offi cer

8. Senior Management Committee: The Company constituted the Senior Management Committee to ensure adherence and

compliance by monitoring and controlling the outsourcing activities engaged by the Company in accordance with the requirements of RBI guidelines issued on 9th November 2017 in this regard.

During the year under review, the Committee met four times on 29th June 2020, 30th September 2020, 29th December 2020 and 31st March 2021.

Related Party Transactions Policy (i) The Company has formulated a policy on related party transactions (RPTs). The Audit

Committee reviews and approves said transactions between the Company and related parties, as defi ned under the Companies Act, 2013, to ensure that the terms of such RPTs would reasonably be expected of transactions negotiated on an arm’s length basis. The Committee meets prior to each scheduled Board meeting to review all RPTs of the Company.

(ii) Copy of the said policy is available in the Company’s website with the following link - www.tvscredit.com.

(iii) Pursuant to the guidelines on ‘Fair Practices Code’ issued by RBI, the Company has adopted a “Code”, which is posted on the website of the Company and also a regular review on the implementation of the same is conducted by the Committee members.

(iv) The Company has adopted a code of conduct for employees of the Company and due care is taken that the employees adhere to it.

(v) The Company has fulfi lled the prudential norms and standards as laid down by RBI pertaining to income recognition, provisioning of non-performing assets and capital adequacy.


The Capital adequacy ratio of the Company is well within the limit prescribed by RBI. The Fair Practices Code and KYC norms framed by the Company seek to promote good and fair practices by setting minimum standards in dealing with customers, increase transparency so that customers have a better understanding of what they can reasonably expect of the services being offered, encourage market forces through competition to achieve higher operating standards, promote fair and cordial relationships between customers and the Company and foster confi dence in the fi nance system.

The Company has put in place a mechanism to monitor and review adherence to the Fair Practices Code, KYC norms & Credit policies as approved by the Board of Directors.

(vi) The Board of Directors of the Company reviews, records and adopts the minutes of the meetings of various Committees constituted by the Company.

The Company is keeping with proper responsibility and authority matrix inculcated in the structure of certifi cation to ensure compliance from diversifi ed and various locations.

(vii) The Company proposes to pay commission to the Non-Executive Directors (NEDs) of the Company for the year ended 31st March 2021. None of the NEDs holds equity shares of the Company.

(viii) Sitting fees for attending the meetings of the Board and Committees of are paid to NEDs within the maximum prescribed limits.

(ix) Sitting fees paid to NEDs for the meetings held during 2020-21 are as follows:-

S.No. Name of the Directors(M/s.)

Sitting Fees(Amount in `)

Commission(Amount in `)

1 Venu Srinivasan 60,000 NA

2 Sudarshan Venu 1,10,000 NA

3 T K Balaji 60,000 NA

4 K N Radhakrishnan 2,10,000 NA

5 V Srinivasa Rangan 2,00,000 12,00,000

6 Sasikala Varadachari 1,70,000 12,00,000

7 R Gopalan 1,70,000 12,00,000

8 B Sriram 1,30,000 12,00,000

(x) The certifi cation from Mr G Venkatraman, Chief Executive Offi cer and Mr V Gopalakrishnan, Chief Financial Offi cer on the fi nancial statements has been obtained.

(xi) For further clarifi cation / information, stakeholders are requested to visit the Company’s website at www.tvscredit.com.



SECRETARIAL AUDIT REPORT OF TVS CREDIT SERVICES LIMITEDFOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31st MARCH, 2021

[Pursuant to Section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No. 9 of theCompanies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014]

CIN: U65920TN2008PLC069758

Authorised Capital: `200,00,00,000/-

To Paid-up capital: `191,93,77,000/-

The MembersTVS CREDIT SERVICES LIMITED “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam,Chennai - 600 006

I have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good corporate practice by TVS CREDIT SERVICES LIMITED, (hereinafter called the Company). Secretarial Audit was conducted in a manner that provided me a reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/statutory compliance and expressing my opinion thereon.

Based on my verifi cation of the Company’s books, papers, minute books, forms and returns fi led and other records maintained by the Company and also the information provided by the Company, its offi cers, agents and authorised representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, I hereby report that in my opinion, the Company has, during the audit period covering the fi nancial year ended on 31st March, 2021 complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board processes and compliance mechanism in place to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter:

I have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and returns fi led and other records maintained by the Company for the fi nancial year ended on 31st March, 2021 according to the provisions of:

i) The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made thereunder;

ii) The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Bye-Laws framed thereunder;

iii) The provisions of The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) and the rules made thereunder are not applicable;

iv) During the year under review, the Company has not received any External Commercial Borrowings nor received any Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and hence the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made thereunder to the extent of Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and External Commercial Borrowings is not applicable;

v) The Company being a subsidiary company of a listed company, viz. TVS Motor Company Ltd., whose income or net worth exceeds 20% of the consolidated income or net-worth respectively of the listed entity, in the immediately preceding accounting year, it will be treated as a material subsidiary of the listed entity and hence the Company has to comply with the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, to the extent applicable which it is observed the Company has complied during the year under review.

vi) Further, during the year under review, the Company has listed its Non-Convertible Debentures with National Stock Exchange of India Ltd.

Besides this, the following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI Act’) are not applicable to the Company viz..

(a) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;

(b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;

FORM NO. MR-3


(c) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009;

(d) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999;

(e) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations, 1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client;

(f) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009; and

(g) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations, 2018.

vii) The Company has complied with the provisions of the other laws as applicable to the Company which inter alia includes:-

1. Non-Banking Financial (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) Companies Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2007.

2. Contract Labour (Regulations & Abolition) Act, 1970

3. Compliance with the requirements of Foreign Exchange Management Act and Non-Banking Finance Companies (Reserve Bank) Directions 1998 with regard to non- acceptance of Deposits from Public;

4. Compliance under Prevention of Money Laundering Act, (PMLA) 2002 for the purpose of compliance with the obligations under Know your Customer Norms / Anti Money Laundering (AMC) standards & Fair Pricing Code (FPC) and Combating of Finance of Terrorism (CFT) obligations under PMLA, 2002.

5. Motor Vehicles Act, 1938;

6. Income Tax Act, 1961 and the Income Tax Rules, 1962 and Finance Act;

7. Profession Tax, 1992;

8. Labour laws like Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 and rules made thereunder; Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 & Employees Provident Fund Scheme, 1952; Apprentice Act, 1961; Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948; Payment of Wages Act, 1936; Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 & the Payment of Gratuity (Central) Rules, 1972.; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 & the Payment of Bonus Rules, 1975 and other applicable employee welfare or labour legislations covering the company and its establishments;

9. Goods and Services Tax & Rules made thereunder; 10. Indian & State Stamp Act and Rules;

11. Competition Act, 2002;

12. Trade & Merchandise Marks Act, 1958; 13. Patents Act, 1970

14. Copyright Act, 1957 or any licences issued thereunder.

I have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses of the following:

i. The Secretarial Standards with regard to Meetings of Board of Directors (SS-1) and General Meetings (SS-2) issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India in terms of Sub-Section 10 of Section 118 of the Companies Act, 2013, for the fi nancial year under review;

ii. The Company has listed its Commercial papers with National Stock Exchange of India Ltd (NSE) pursuant to SEBI circular dated 22nd October 2019. The Company has duly complied with the compliances as prescribed in the above mentioned circular.

iii. From the verifi cation of records and as per the information and explanation furnished to me, during the period under review, the Company has complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, Standards, etc. mentioned above, wherever applicable.

FORM NO. MR-3


I further report that:-

i. The Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted with proper balance of Non-Executive Directors and Independent Directors. The changes in the composition of the Board of Directors that took place during the period under review were carried out in compliance with the provisions of the Act.

ii. Adequate notice is given to all Directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at least seven days in advance, and in case where meeting was held on shorter notice, consent for shorter notice was obtained from all the Directors, and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifi cations on the agenda items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting.

iii. Majority decision is carried through while the dissenting members’ views are captured and recorded as part of the minutes. However on perusal of the minutes of the Board or Audit Committee or Nomination & Remuneration Committee, or Asset Liability Management Committee, or Corporate Social Responsibility Committee meetings, or Risk Management Committee it was observed that there was no dissenting note made by any of the member.

I further report that there are adequate systems and processes in the Company commensurate with the size and operations of the Company to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines. The Company has

i. Constituted Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Directors and has formulated “Nomination and Remuneration Policy’ in terms of Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Rules made thereunder;

ii. Constituted the Audit Committee of Directors in terms of Section 177 of the Companies Act, 2013;

iii. Constituted Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of Directors (CSR) and has formulated CSR Policy and the projects / programmes to be undertaken for CSR spending in terms of the Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014.

It was observed on verifi cation of records and based on the information furnished to me that an amount of Rs. 4.00 Cr, constituting more than 2% of average net profi ts for the immediate past three fi nancial years, has been spent for the fi nancial year 2020-21 on the projects / programmes that have been identifi ed to be undertaken for this purpose through Srinivasan Services Trust (SST) / other CSR compliant institutions in line with CSR Policy of the Company.

Considered and recorded the Risk Management Policy followed by the Company in terms of Section 134(3)(n) of the Companies Act, 2013 including identifi cation therein of elements of risk, if any, which in the opinion of the Board, may threaten the existence of the Company;

iv. Considered and approved the “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” of the Company framed in terms of Section 149 read with Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013;

v. Constituted Asset Liability Management Committee as required to be formed as per RBI directions for Non-Banking Finance Companies as part of their overall system for effective risk management in their various portfolios.

vi. Has appointed woman Director in compliance with the provisions of Section 149 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 3 of the Companies (Appointment and Qualifi cation of Directors) Rules, 2014.

vii. Has provided Vigil Mechanism and approved Whistle Blower Policy in terms of Section 177(9) of Companies Act, 2013.

viii. Has complied with the provisions of Non-Banking Financial (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) Companies Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2007.

FORM NO. MR-3


I further report that from the information and explanations furnished to me, during the audit period under review, the Company has

i. Made following Preferential allotment aggregating to 67,55,400 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each at a premium of Rs.138/- per equity share total aggregating to Rs. 99,97,99,200/- on private placement basis, during the year, comprised in two allotments on the following dates to the allottees as given below and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder.

Date of allotment

Name of the allottee

No. of Equity shares

allotted

Nominal value of shares @

`10/- per share (`)

Premium @ `138/- per

equity share(`)

Total Amount of preferential

allotment(`)

21/09/2020 TVS Motor Company Ltd.

33,77,700 3,37,77,000/- 46,61,22,600/- 49,98,99,600/-

29/03/2021 TVS Motor Company Ltd.

33,77,700 3,37,77,000/- 46,61,22,600/- 49,98,99,600/-

Total 67,55,400 6,75,54,000/- 93,22,45,200/- 99,97,99,200/-

ii. Not done any Redemption/ buyback of securities;

iii. No major decisions were taken by the members in pursuance to Section 180 of the Companies Act 2013;

iv. No Merger/ amalgamation / reconstruction etc. took place during the year under review;

v. Not entered into any foreign technical collaborations during the year under review.

Signature:

Place: Chennai Name of the Company Secretary: T N SridharanDate: 16th April, 2021 Certifi cate of Practice No. 4191

FORM NO. MR-3


CIN: U65920TN2008PLC069758

Authorised Capital: `200,00,00,000/-

Paid-up capital: `191,93,77,000/-

To

The Members

TVS CREDIT SERVICES LIMITED“Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road,Nungambakkam,Chennai - 600 006

My Report of even date is to be read along with this letter.

1. Maintenance of secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.

2. I have followed the audit practices and processes as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verifi cation was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are refl ected in secretarial records. I believe that the processes and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

3. I have not verifi ed the correctness and appropriateness of fi nancial records and books of accounts of the Company.

4. Wherever required, I have obtained the Management representation about the compliance of laws, rules and regulations and happening of events etc.

5. The compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of the management. My examination was limited to the verifi cation of procedures on test basis.

6. The Secretarial Audit Report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the effi cacy or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.

Signature:

Name of the Company Secretary: T N SridharanPlace: Chennai Membership No. FCS 3797 Date: 16th April, 2021 Certifi cate of Practice No. 4191

FORM NO. MR-3


To the Members of TVS Credit Services Limited

Report on the Audit of the Standalone Financial StatementsOpinionWe have audited the standalone fi nancial statements of TVS Credit Services Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the Statement of Profi t and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the Statement of Changes in Equity and Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the fi nancial statements, including a summary of signifi cant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the standalone fi nancial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone fi nancial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the Indian Accounting Standards prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended, (“Ind AS”) and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the company as at 31st March 2021, the profi t(fi nancial performance including total Comprehensive Income), changes in equity and its cash fl ows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for OpinionWe conducted our audit of the standalone fi nancial statements in accordance with Standards on Auditing (SAs) specifi ed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013. Our responsibilities under those Standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the fi nancial statements under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfi lled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key Audit MattersKey audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most signifi cance in our audit of the standalone fi nancial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the standalone fi nancial statements, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

S.No. Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Response.1 Allowance for Impairment under IND-AS

109Ind as 109 requires the company to provide for impairment of its loan receivables (designated at amortised cost and fair value through other comprehensive income) using the expected credit loss (ECL) approach. ECL involves an estimation of probability weighted loss on fi nancial instruments over their life considering reasonable and supportable information about past events current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions which could impact the credit quality of the company’s loans and advances .

In the process a signifi cant degree of judgment has been applied by the management for

Principal Audit ProceduresEvaluated the reasonableness of the management estimates by understanding the process of ecl estimation and related assumptions and tested the controls around data extraction and validationWe have understood the company’s estimation of the stage allocation of the loan assets and understood the policy in place for computation of parameters required to arrive at the expected credit loss and verifi ed for the consistency in application of the policy. We have performed, substantive checks on the calculation, including independent calculation of the parameters, that are estimated by the company as part of computation of ECL. WE have also conducted analytical tests including but not limited to trend analysis of the ECL number against the loan receivables in comparison to some of the other companies in the same business profi le.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT


S.No. Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Responsea) Grouping of borrowers based on

homogeneity by using appropriate statistical techniques

b) Estimation of losses for loan products with no/minimal historical defaults

Tested the periods considered for capturing underlying data as base to PD and LGD calculations applied of group of Portfolio are in line with Company’s recent experience of past observed periods.Tested the ECL model including assumptions and underlying computation

Information Other than the Standalone Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon.The Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for the preparation of the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Management Discussion and Analysis, Board’s Report including Annexures to Board’s Report, Business Responsibility Report, Corporate Governance and Shareholder’s Information, but does not include the standalone fi nancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the standalone fi nancial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the standalone fi nancial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the standalone fi nancial statements or our knowledge obtained during the course of audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of the Management and Board of Directors, for the Standalone Financial StatementsThe Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these standalone fi nancial statements that give a true and fair view of the fi nancial position, fi nancial performance, total comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash fl ows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specifi ed under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal fi nancial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone fi nancial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the standalone fi nancial statements, management and Board of Directors are responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting, unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Board of Directors are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s fi nancial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial StatementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone fi nancial statements as a whole are free from material misstatements, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to infl uence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone fi nancial statements.As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:



• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone fi nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher, than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal fi nancial controls relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company has adequate internal fi nancial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by the management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast signifi cant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the standalone fi nancial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the standalone fi nancial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the standalone fi nancial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the standalone fi nancial statements that, individually or in aggregate, makes it probable that economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the fi nancial statements may be infl uenced. We consider quantitative materiality and qualitative factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to evaluate the effect of any identifi ed misstatements in the fi nancial statements.

We communicate with those charged with governance, regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and signifi cant audit fi ndings, including any signifi cant defi ciencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance, a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most signifi cance in the audit of the standalone fi nancial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter, or when in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefi ts of such communication.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory RequirementsAs required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2016 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the “Annexure A” a statement on the matters specifi ed in the paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order, to the extent applicable.

As required by the Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:(a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge

and belief were necessary for the purpose our audit.(b) In our opinion, proper books of accounts as required by law have been kept by the Company so far

as it appears from our examination of those books.(c) The Standalone Balance Sheet, the Standalone Statement of Profi t and Loss (including Other

Comprehensive Income), the Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity and the Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this Report are in agreement with book of accounts.



(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid standalone fi nancial statements comply with Indian Accounting Standards specifi ed under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rule, 2014.

(e) On the basis of written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualifi ed as on 31st March 2021 from being appointed as directors in term of Section 164 (2) of the Act.

(f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal fi nancial controls over the fi nancial reporting of the Company and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate Report in “Annexure B”. Our report expresses an unmodifi ed opinion on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting.

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with the requirements of section 197(16) of the Act, as amended:

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the renumeration paid by the Company to its directors during the year is in accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the Act.

(h) With respect to other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on the fi nancial position in its standalone fi nancial statements- Refer Note 39(3) to the fi nancial statements;

ii. The company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including derivative contracts.

iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company.

for Raghavan, Chaudhuri & NarayananChartered AccountantsFRN: 007761S

V. SathyanarayananPartnerMembership No. 027716Place : BangaloreDate : 26th April, 2021UDIN : 21027716AAAAHW5549



i) a) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars including quantitative details and situation of fi xed assets;

b) Fixed assets are physically verifi ed by the management in accordance with a regular programme at reasonable intervals. In our opinion the interval is reasonable having regard to the size of the company and nature of its assets. No material discrepancies have been noticed on such verifi cations;

c) The title deeds of the immovable properties of the company are held in the name of the company;

ii) The company is in the business of lending and does not carry any inventory. Hence, clause (ii) to paragraph 3 of the order does not apply;

iii) The Company has granted loans to a party covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the terms and conditions of the grant of such loans are not prejudicial to the Company’s interest;

The Company has granted loans to a party covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. The schedule of repayment of principal and payment of interest has been stipulated for the loans granted and the repayment/receipts are regular;

There are no amounts of loans granted to companies, fi rms or other parties listed in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act which are overdue for more than ninety days;

iv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has complied with the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act in respect of grant of loans, making investments, as applicable. The company has not provided any guarantees or securities;

v) The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public within the meaning of section 73 to 76. Hence, reporting under sub-clause (v) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the company;

vi) The Central Government has not specifi ed the maintenance of cost records under section 148(1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of clause (vi) of paragraph 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company;

vii) a) According to the information and explanation given to us, and on the basis of our examination of the records of the company, the Company is generally regular in depositing undisputed statutory dues including provident fund, employees state insurance, Income-tax, sales-tax, custom duty, excise duty, service tax, value added tax, cess, goods and services tax and any other material statutory dues with the appropriate authorities except for few marginal delays;

b) According to the information and explanations given to us, following are the details of the disputed dues that were not been deposited on account of any dispute as on 31st March 2021:

Description 31st March, 2021(` in Crore)

Disputed Service Tax Demand inclusive of Penalty – Commissioner order/Additional Commissioner appealed against by Company during previous years (Pre-deposit of ` 0.29 crores)

7.70

viii) Based on our verifi cation and according to the information and explanations given by the management, the company has not defaulted in repayment of borrowings, to fi nancial institutions or banks and debenture holder.

ix) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has utilized monies raised by way of term loans and issue of commercial paper for the purpose for which they have been raised. During the year, the Company has not raised money by way of initial public offer or further public offer;

ANNEXURE ‘A’ TO INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT - 31ST MARCH, 2021 (REFERRED TO IN OUR REPORT OF EVEN DATE)


x) Based on the audit procedures adopted and the information and explanation given to us, no fraud by the Company or on the Company, by its offi cers or employees has been noticed or reported during the course of our audit, except for the 47 cases identifi ed as committed upon the company, during the year (with individual cases not exceeding Rs. 1 crore), in the nature of misappropriation or criminal breach of trust. The total value of such frauds committed upon the company during the year were ` 2.77. crores of which the company has recovered Rs. 1.0 2 crores and appropriately provided for the balance;

xi) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, Managerial remuneration paid/provided are in accordance with the requisite approvals mandated by the provisions of section 197 read with Schedule V of the Act;

xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and as such this clause of the order is not applicable;

xiii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, all transactions with the related parties are in compliance with section 177 and 188 of the act and details of such transactions have been disclosed in standalone Ind AS fi nancial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards;

xiv) According to the information and explanation given to us and in our opinion, the company has made a preferential allotment of shares during the year under review, and the requirements of Section 42 of the Act have been complied with in this regard. The amounts raised have been used for the purpose for which the funds have been raised;

xv) According to the information and explanation given to us and in our opinion, the company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with directors or persons connected with them;

xvi) The company is registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank Act, 1934 and has obtained the certifi cate of registration dated 13th April 2010..



ANNEXURE ‘A’ TO INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT - 31ST MARCH, 2020 (REFERRED TO IN OUR REPORT OF EVEN DATE)


Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-Section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)We have audited the internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting of TVS Credit Services Limited (“the Company”), “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Chennai 600 006, as of 31st March 2021 in conjunction with our audit of the standalone fi nancial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.

Management’s and Board of Directors Responsibility for Internal Financial ControlsThe Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal fi nancial controls based on the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal fi nancial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and effi cient conduct of its business, including adherence to company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable fi nancial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditors’ ResponsibilityOur responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and deemed to be prescribed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal fi nancial controls. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting was established and maintained, and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal fi nancial controls system over fi nancial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the standalone fi nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal fi nancial controls system over fi nancial reporting.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial ReportingA company’s internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of fi nancial reporting and the preparation of standalone fi nancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly refl ect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of fi nancial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and

(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the standalone fi nancial statements.

ANNEXURE ‘B’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT FOR THEYEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021


Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial ReportingBecause of the inherent limitations of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

OpinionIn our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal fi nancial controls system over fi nancial reporting and such internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting were operating effectively as at 31st March 2021, based on the internal control over fi nancial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.



ANNEXURE ‘B’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT FOR THEYEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021


S.No. Particulars Note No.

As at 31st March, 2021


ASSETS1 Financial Assets

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2 653.14 357.36 (b) Bank balances other than (a) above 3 0.87 11.62 (c) Derivative Financial Instruments 4 - 23.63 (d) Receivables

i) Trade Receivables 5 30.80 55.20 (e) Loans 6 11,154.95 9,455.55 (f) Investments 7 12.01 12.01 (g) Other Financial Assets 8 89.75 112.67

Total 11,941.52 10,028.04

2 Non-Financial Assets(a) Current Tax Assets (Net) 9 17.26 14.88 (b) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) 10 115.69 75.82 (c) Investment Property 11 85.16 85.16 (d) Property, Plant and Equipment 12 16.53 19.09 (e) Other Intangible Assets 12 4.04 6.17 (f) Other Non-Financial Assets 13 45.65 54.57

Total 284.33 255.69 Total Assets 12,225.85 10,283.73

LIABILITIES AND EQUITYLIABILITIES

1 Financial Liabilities(a) Derivative Financial Instruments 4 14.57 - (b) Payables

I. Trade Payablesi) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises 14 - 0.02 ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises 14 227.87 168.61

(c) Debt Securities 15 1,170.85 496.19 (d) Borrowings other than debt securities 16 8,041.11 7,450.59 (e) Subordinated Liabilities 17 942.79 612.77 (f) Other Financial Liabilities 18 207.57 129.70

Total 10,604.76 8,857.88 2 Non-Financial Liabilities

(a) Provisions 19 33.75 36.42 (b) Other Non-Financial Liabilities 20 23.64 17.40

Total 57.39 53.82 3 Equity

(a) Equity Share Capital 21 191.94 185.18 (b) Other Equity 22 1,371.76 1,186.85

Total 1,563.70 1,372.03 Total Liabilities and Equity 12,225.85 10,283.73

Signifi cant Accounting Policies forming part of fi nancial statements 1Additional Notes forming part of fi nancial statements 39

BALANCE SHEET AS ON 31ST MARCH, 2021

Place : ChennaiDate : 26th April, 2021

As per our report of even date

For Raghavan Chaudhuri & NarayananChartered AccountantsFirm Regn No.: 007761S

V SathyanarayananPartnerMembership No.: 027716


Venu Srinivasan G VenkatramanChairman Chief Executive Offi cer

V Gopalakrishnan J AshwinChief Financial Offi cer Company Secretary

(All amounts in ` Crore, unless otherwise stated)


STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021








S.No. Particulars Note No.

For the year ended

31st March, 2021

For the year ended

31st March, 2020Revenue from Operations

i) Interest Income 23 2,041.06 1,821.51 ii) Fees and Commission Income 24 196.76 168.13 I) Total Revenue from Operations 2,237.82 1,989.64 II) Other Income 25 3.11 10.12 III) Total Income (I + II) 2,240.93 1,999.76

Expensesi) Finance Costs 26 729.44 699.81 ii) Fees and Commission Expenses 135.17 127.50 iii) Impairment of Financial Instruments 27 466.79 258.80 iv) Employee Benefi t Expenses 28 584.81 477.73 v) Depreciation, Amortisation and Impairment 19.92 20.10 vi) Other Expenses 29 199.40 197.51 IV) Total Expenses 2,135.53 1,781.45 V) Profi t / (Loss) before exceptional items and tax 105.40 218.31 VI) Exceptional items - 8.00 VII) Profi t / (Loss) before tax 105.40 210.31

VIII) Tax Expenses 30Current Tax 46.52 60.00 Deferred Tax (38.10) (0.20)

IX) Profi t / (Loss) for the period 96.98 150.51 X) Other Comprehensive Income 31A. Items that will not be reclassifi ed to Profi t or Loss - Itemwise

Remeasurement of the defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Income Tax relating to these items 0.88 0.89

B. Items that will be reclassifi ed to Profi t or Loss - ItemwiseFair value change on cash fl ow hedge (3.55) (20.05)Income Tax relating to these items 0.89 5.05 Other Comprehensive Income (A+B) (5.28) (17.65)

XI) Total Comprehensive Income for the period (Comprising Profi t / (Loss) and Other Comprehensive Income for the period) 91.70 132.86

XII) Earnings Per Share 32Basic (`) 5.19 8.25 Diluted (`) 5.19 8.25




CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021

Particulars Year ended 31st March, 2021

Year ended31st March, 2020

Cash Flow From Operating ActivityProfi t Before Income Tax 105.40 210.31 Adjustment For:-Depreciation and amortisation expense 19.92 20.10 Impairment of Financial Assets 106.57 64.33 Profi t / (Loss) on disposal of PPE (0.33) (0.01)Finance Charges Paid 729.43 699.81 Foreign currency (gain) - (15.18)Fair Value Losses on derivatives not designated as hedges - 15.03 Unwinding of discount on security deposits (2.68) (9.71)Remeasurement of defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Employee Benefi t Obligations 5.77 6.38 Cash generated from operations before working capital changes 855.18 777.21

Change in operating assets and liabilities(Increase) / Decrease in Trade Receivables 14.94 (5.04)(Increase) / Decrease in Loans (1,796.96) (1,283.72)(Increase) in other fi nancial assets 25.33 22.52 (Increase) / Decrease in Other Non Financial Assets 1.55 (38.91)Increase / (Decrease) in Trade Payables 59.24 28.75 Increase / (Decrease) in Other fi nancial liabilities 0.73 22.60 Increase / (Decrease) in Other Non fi nancial liabilities 6.24 2.74 Financing Charges paid (650.99) (699.81)

Cash generated from operations (1,379.32) (963.36)

Income taxes paid (48.91) (68.12)

Net cash infl ow from operating activities (1,428.23) (1,031.48)

Cash fl ows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment and Investment Property (8.00) (8.77)Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and Investment Property 0.36 0.01

Decrease in Deposits with Bank 10.75 15.65 Net cash infl ow from investing activities 3.11 6.89

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activitiesProceeds from issue of Shares 99.98 90.00 Proceeds from Issue / (Repayment) of Debt Securities 674.66 3.75 Increase in / (Repayment) of Borrowings 887.64 1,821.52 Increase in / (Repayment) of Subordinated Liabilities 330.02 (26.99)Payments for Principal Portion of Lease Liabilities (Refer Note 39) (8.94) (6.83)Net cash infl ow (outfl ow) from fi nancing activities 1,983.36 1,881.45

Net Increase Or (Decrease) in Cash & Cash Equivalent 558.24 856.86

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the fi nancial year (62.00) (918.86)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 496.24 (62.00)










I) Equity Share Capital

Notes Amounts

Balance as at 1st April, 2019 178.21

Changes in equity share capital during the year 21 6.97

Balance as at 31st March 2020 185.18


Balance as at 31st March, 2021 191.94

II) Other Equity

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Reserves and Surplus

Notes Securities Premium Account

Statutory Reserve

Retained earnings

Other Reserves - Hedge Reserve

Total

Balance as at 1st April, 2019 546.39 90.65 335.85 - 972.89 Change in accounting Policy (Refer Note 38) - - (1.93) - (1.93)

Profi t for the Year 22 - - 150.51 - 150.51 Other comprehensive income 22 - - (2.65) (15.00) (17.65)Transaction in the capacity as ownersTransfer to statutory reserve 22 - 30.10 (30.10) - - Issue of equity shares 22 83.02 - - - 83.02 Balance as at 31st March, 2020 629.41 120.75 451.69 (15.00) 1,186.85 Profi t for the Year 22 - - 96.98 - 96.98 Other comprehensive income 22 - - (2.62) (2.67) (5.29)Transaction in the capacity as ownersTransfer to statutory reserve 22 - 19.40 (19.40) - - Issue of equity shares 22 93.22 - - - 93.22 Balance as at 31st March, 2021 722.63 140.15 526.65 (17.67) 1,371.76










1. Signifi cant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial StatementsCOMPANY BACKGROUND

TVS Credit Services Limited (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India. The registered offi ce is located at “Chaitanya”, No. 12,Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India. The company is a subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Limited.

The Company has received Certifi cate of Registration dated 13th April, 2010 from Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and commenced Non-Banking Financial activity there on. The company is categorised as Systemically Important Non-Banking Finance (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) Company, as defi ned under Section 45-IA of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Act, 1934. The Company is engaged predominantly in Automobile Financing. The Company falls under the new category of “NBFC - Investment and Credit Company (NBFC-ICC)” post RBI merger of the three categories of NBFCs viz. Asset Finance Companies (AFC), Loan Companies (LCs) and Investment Companies (ICs) in February 2019.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Basis of preparation of accounts:

The fi nancial results of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards (IND-AS) notifi ed under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) read with [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] as amended by the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2016 and other accounting principles generally accepted in India.

The Company has adopted IND-AS from 1st April, 2018 with effective transition date of 1st April, 2017 pursuant to MCA notifi cation dated 31st March, 2016 and fi nancial statements has been prepared in accordance with Division III of Schedule III of Companies Act 2013 notifi ed by MCA on 11th October, 2018. Further, the Company follows application guidance, clarifi cations, circulars and directions issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFC) or other regulators, as and when they are issued and applicable.

b. Historical cost convention

The fi nancial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following:

• Certain fi nancial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) are measured at fair value as stated in notes;

• Defi ned benefi t plans – plan assets measured at fair value.

c. Use of estimates

The preparation of fi nancial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the fi nancial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in the current and future period. This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in the relevant notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the fi nancial statements.

d. Signifi cant estimates and judgements

The areas involving critical estimates are:

• Determining inputs into the ECL measurement model - (Refer Note 35)

• Estimation of defi ned benefi t obligation - (Refer Note 33)

The areas involving critical judgements are:

• Classifi cation of fi nancial assets: Assessment of the business model within which the assets are held and assessment of whether the contractual terms of the fi nancial asset are SPPI (Solely Payments of Principal and Interest) on the principal amount outstanding.

• Derecognition of fi nancial assets and securitisation.

• Categorisation of loan portfolios



e. Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE)

Items of property, plant & equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of profi t or loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

f. Depreciation

Depreciation is provided on straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful life estimated by the company is in line with the useful life prescribed under Part C of Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013 except in the case of mobile phone, based on the technical evaluation wherein the useful life is considered as 2 years.

Depreciation on PPE individually costing `5,000/- or less is provided 100% in the year of acquisition.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its estimated recoverable amount, if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gain and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in the statement of profi t or loss.

Depreciation on fi xed assets added/disposed-off during the year is calculated on pro-rata basis with reference to the date of addition/disposal.

g. Investment property

Property that is held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that is not occupied by the company, is classifi ed as investment property. Investment property is measured initially at its cost, including related transaction costs and where applicable borrowing costs. Subsequent expenditure is capitalised to the assets carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the expenditure will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred.

h. Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired are recorded at their acquisition cost and are amortised on straight line basis over its useful life. Software is amortised over 3 years period or the license period whichever is lower on Straight Line basis.

i. Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities:

1. Classifi cation:

The Company classifi es its fi nancial assets in the following categories, those to be measured subsequently at:

• Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI),

• Fair value through profi t or loss (FVTPL), and

• Amortised cost.

The classifi cation depends on the entity’s business model for managing the fi nancial assets and the contractual terms of the cash fl ows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profi t or loss or other comprehensive income. For investments in debt instruments, this will depend on the business model in which the investment is held. For investments in equity instruments, this will depend on whether the company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Business Model Assessment

The Company makes an assessment of the objective of a business model in which an asset is held at a portfolio level because this best refl ects the way the business is managed and information is provided to the management.



Assessment of whether contractual cash fl ows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purpose of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defi ned as the fair value of the fi nancial asset on initial recognition. ‘Interest’ is defi ned as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs, as well as profi t margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash fl ows are SPPI, the Company considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the fi nancial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash fl ows such that it would not meet this condition.

Reclassifi cations

Financial assets are not reclassifi ed subsequent to their initial recognition, except in the period after the Company changes its business model for managing fi nancial assets.

Financial Liabilities

The Company classifi es its fi nancial liabilities, other than fully hedged foreign currency loans, fi nancial guarantees and loan commitments, as measured at amortised cost or fair value through profi t or loss.

2. Measurement:

At initial recognition, the company measures a fi nancial assets that are not at FVTPL at its fair value plus/ (minus), transaction costs / origination income that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the fi nancial asset. Transaction costs of fi nancial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profi t or loss.

Debt Instruments:

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the company’s business model for managing the asset and the cash fl ow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Company classifi es its debt instruments:

i. Amortised Cost:

Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash fl ows where those cash fl ows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profi t or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired. Interest income from these fi nancial assets is included in fi nance income using the effective interest rate method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the fi nancial asset to the gross carrying value of a fi nancial asset. While calculating the effective interest rate, the Company estimates the expected cash fl ows by considering all the contractual terms of the fi nancial instrument (for example, prepayment, extension, call and similar options), but does not consider the expected credit losses.

ii. Fair Value through Profi t or Loss:

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value through profi t or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profi t or loss and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profi t or loss and presented in the statement of profi t and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest income from these fi nancial assets is included in other income.

3. Revenue Recognition:

i. Income from Financing Activity

1. Interest income is recognised using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method for all fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost. The EIR is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the fi nancial asset, to its gross carrying amount. The calculation of the effective interest rate includes transaction costs and transaction income that are directly attributable to the acquisition of a fi nancial asset.



2. For fi nancial assets that are not Purchases Originally Credit Impaired “POCI” but have subsequently become credit-impaired (or ‘stage-3’), for which interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortised cost of credit impaired asset.

3. Income by way of additional interest on account of delayed payment by the customers is recognised on realisation basis, due to uncertainty in collection.

ii. Other Revenue from Operations

1. Fees and commission income that are not integral part of the effective interest rate on the fi nancial asset are recognised as the performance obligations are performed and there is no signifi cant fi nancing component of the consideration.

2. Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established.

3. Incomes in the nature of bounce and related charges are recognised on realisation, due to uncertainty in collections.

4. Impairment of Financial Assets:

The Company recognises loss allowance for Expected Credit Loss “ECL” on the following fi nancial instruments that are not measured at FVTPL:

i. Loans

ii. Trade receivables

iii. Other receivables

i. Loans and Other Receivables

The Company measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for fi nancial instruments whose credit risk has not increased signifi cantly since initial recognition, for which a 12-month ECL is computed.

Life-time ECL is based on the result from all possible default events over the expected life of the fi nancial instrument.

12-month ECL is based on the result from default events on a fi nancial instrument that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date.

The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on signifi cant increases in the likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a signifi cant increase in credit risk.


Stage Past due ECL Regulatory standardsStage 1 30 Days Past Due 12-Month ECL Equivalent to standard assets as per RBIStage 2 31-90 Days Past Due Life-time ECLStage 3 More than 90 Days Past Due Life-time ECL Equivalent to NPA assets as per RBI

Measurement of ECL

ECL is a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. They are measured as follows:

• Financial assets that are not credit-impaired at the reporting date: As the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash fl ows due to the Company in accordance with the contract and the cash fl ows that the Company expects to receive);

• Financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date: As the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash fl ow.

ii. Trade Receivables:

For trade receivables only, the Company applies the simplifi ed approach which requires life-time ECL to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.



Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of fi nancial position

Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the statement of fi nancial position for fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

Write-off

Loans are written-off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in its entirety or a portion thereof. This is generally the case when the Company determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate suffi cient cash fl ows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. This assessment is carried out at the individual asset level.

Financial assets that are written-off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Company’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

5. Derecognition of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities:

A fi nancial asset is derecognised only when:

The Company has transferred the contractual rights to receive cash fl ows from the fi nancial asset or the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash fl ows of the fi nancial asset, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash fl ows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset. In such cases, the fi nancial asset is derecognised. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset, the fi nancial asset is not derecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a fi nancial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset, the fi nancial asset is derecognised if the Company has not retained control of the fi nancial asset. Where the company retains control of the fi nancial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to the extent of continuing involvement in the fi nancial asset.

On derecognition of a fi nancial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of (i) The consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and (ii) Any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profi t or loss.

A fi nancial liability is derecognised when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expires.

6. Derivatives

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The Company designates derivatives taken on External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) as Cashfl ow Hedges (hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash fl ows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions).

The Company documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.

The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash fl ows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative fi nancial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 34. Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in Note 22.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash fl ow hedges is recognised in the “other comprehensive income”. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profi t or loss.

7. Offsetting Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.



8. Trade and other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of fi nancial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

9. Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash fl ows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignifi cant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in the balance sheet.

10. Taxation

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted on substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

i. Deferred income tax provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the fi nancial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profi t nor taxable profi t or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

ii. Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.


Current and deferred tax is recognised in the statement of profi t or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.


11. Employee Benefi ts:

a. Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefi ts that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

b. The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore measured as the present value of the expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee up to the end of reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefi ts are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Re-measurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profi t or loss.

c. Post-employment Obligation:


• Defi ned benefi t plans such as gratuity for its eligible employees, pension plan for its senior managers; and

• Defi ned contribution plans such as provident fund.



i. Pension and Gratuity Obligation

The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defi ned benefi t pension and gratuity plan is the present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defi ned benefi t obligation is calculated annually by actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outfl ows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defi ned benefi t obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefi t expense in the statement of profi t and loss.


Changes in the present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised immediately in profi t or loss as past service cost.

ii. Provident Fund:

Contributions to Provident Fund made to Regional Provident Fund Commissioner in respect of Employees’ Provident Fund based on the statutory provisions are charged to Statement of Profi t and Loss on accrual basis.

12. Functional Currency:

a. Functional and Presentation Currencies:

Items included in the fi nancial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). i.e., in Indian rupees (INR) and all values are rounded off to nearest lakh except where otherwise indicated.

b. Transactions and Balances:

• Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using exchange rates at the date of transaction.

• Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognised in profi t or loss.

13. Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognised in profi t or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest rate method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specifi ed in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a fi nancial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profi t or loss as other gain / (loss).

Finance charges are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

14. Borrowings cost

Borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

15. Cash Flow Statement

Cash fl ows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profi t / (loss) before tax is adjusted for the effects of the transactions of non-cash nature.



16. Earnings Per Share

The basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net profi t / loss attributable to the equity shareholders for the period by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the reporting period. The number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share comprises the weighted average number of shares considered for deriving earnings per share, and also the weighted average number of equity shares, which could have been issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential shares. In computing diluted earnings per share, only potential equity shares that are dilutive and that reduce profi t per share are included.

17. Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifi able cash infl ows which are largely independent of the cash infl ows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-fi nancial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

18. Lease

The Company evaluates each contract or arrangement, whether it qualifi es as lease as defi ned under IND-AS 116.

The Company as a lessee, assesses, whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract involves:

i. The use of an identifi ed asset,

ii. The right to obtain substantially all the economic benefi ts from use of the identifi ed asset,

iii. The right to direct the use of the identifi ed asset.

The Company at the inception of the lease contract recognises a Right-of-Use (RoU) asset at cost and corresponding lease liability, except for leases with term of less than twelve months (short term) and low-value assets.

The cost of the right-of-use assets comprises the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the inception date of the lease plus any initial direct costs, less any lease incentives received. Subsequently, the right-of-use assets are measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date over the shorter of lease term or useful life of right-of-use assets.

For lease liabilities at inception, the Company measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date.

The lease payments are discounted using the incremental borrowing rate.

For short-term leases and low value assets (assets of less than ` 5,00,000 in value) the Company recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the group relied on its assessment made applying IND-AS 17.

Lease payments have been classifi ed as cash fl ow used in fi nancing activities.

19. Segment Reporting

There is no separate reportable segment as per IND-AS 108 on ‘Operating Segments’ in respect of the Company.

20. Provisions

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outfl ow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated.



21. Contingent Liabilities

Wherever there is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will be confi rmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognised because (a) It is not probable that an outfl ow of resources embodying economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation; or (b) The amount of the obligation cannot be measured with suffi cient reliability are considered as contingent liabilities. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand..

22. Share Based Payments

Equity-settled share-based payments for receipt of services are measured at the estimated average fair value of the equity instruments over the vesting period. The average fair value is determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity.

23. Equity

Equity shares are classifi ed as equity. Distributions to holders of an equity instrument are recognised by the entity directly in equity. Transaction costs of an equity transaction shall be accounted for as a deduction from equity.



NOTE 2 Cash and Cash Equivalents

S.No. Description As at31st March, 2021

As at31st March, 2020

a) Cash on hand* 15.42 1.71 b) Balance with banks

- current accounts 637.72 355.65 Total 653.14 357.36

* Represents cash collected from borrowers as on Balance Sheet date, deposited with Bank subsequently in the process of being deposited.

Cash and Cash Equivalents for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement



a) Cash and Cash Equivalents as shown above 653.14 357.36 b) Less: overdrafts utilised 156.89 419.36

(Grouped under Borrowings (other than debt securities) - Note 16)Total 496.24 (62.00)

NOTE 3 Bank Balance other than Cash and Cash Equivalents*



a) Bank Balance other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 0.87 11.62 Total 0.87 11.62

* Balance maintained in Fixed Deposits as Cash Collateral towards Assets transferred on assignment of receivables, lien marked favouring SPVs (represent Fixed Deposits exceeding 3 months and Less than 12 months).

NOTE 4 Derivative Financial Instruments

S.No. Description As at 31st March, 2021

Notional amounts

Fair Value - Assets

Fair Value - Liabilities

a) Other Derivatives - Cross Currency Swap Derivatives designated as hedges 1,356.55 - 14.57

Total 1,356.55 - 14.57


Notional amounts

Fair Value - Assets


a) Other Derivatives- Cross Currency SwapDerivatives designated as hedges 634.84 23.63 -

Total 634.84 23.63 -

NOTE 5 Trade Receivables



a) Receivables considered good - Unsecured 44.29 59.23 b) Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 13.49 4.03 c) Receivables considered good - Unsecured (Net) (a) -(b) 30.80 55.20

NOTES TO THE STANDALONE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



NOTE 6 Loans



A Amortised Costa) Bills Purchased and Bills discounted - 21.30 b) Term Loans

i) Automobile Financing 9,442.57 8,278.96 ii) Consumer Lending 1,532.76 1,138.30 iii) Small Business Lending 469.29 209.10

c) Total Loans - Gross (a)+(b) 11,444.62 9,647.66 d) Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 e) Total Loans - Net (c)-(d) 11,154.95 9,455.55

B NatureSecured by Tangible Assets 9,509.84 8,307.11 Unsecured Loans 1,934.78 1,340.55 Total Gross 11,444.62 9,647.66 Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 Total - Net 11,154.95 9,455.55

C i) Loans in IndiaPublic Sector - - Others 11,444.62 9,647.66 Total Gross 11,444.62 9,647.66 Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 Total - Net 11,154.95 9,455.55

ii) Loans Outside India - - iii) Total Loans (i)+(ii) 11,154.95 9,455.55

a. The stock of loan (automobile fi nance) includes 13,292 nos. repossessed vehicles as at Balance Sheet date. (31st March, 2020: 13,998 nos.).

b. Automobile fi nancing is secured by hypothecation of vehicles supported by Registration Certifi cate book issued by Regional Transport Offi cer and undertaking given by the borrower to register the vehicle with RTO.

c. Transferred Loans The carrying amounts of the automobile fi nancing include Loans which are subject to a Securitisation arrangement.

Under this arrangement, company has transferred the relevant Loans to the Securitisation trust in exchange for cash. However, company has provided credit enhencements which in substance has been concluded has retention of risk and reward. The company therefore continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet. The amount repayable under the securitisation agreement is presented as secured borrowing.

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Total transferred receivables - 12.57 Associated Secured Borrowing (Note 16) - 12.57




NOTE 7 Investments



a) InvestmentsEquity instrumentsSubsidiaries*

i) TVS Housing Finance Private Limited (1,20,00,000 equity shares @ `10/- each fully paid up)

12.00 12.00

ii) TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Ltd (2,500 equity shares @ `10/- each fully paid up)

0.00 0.00

iii) TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited (2,500 equity shares @ `10/- each fully paid up)

0.00 0.00

iv) Harita ARC Private Limited (2,500 equity shares @ `10 each fully paid up)

0.00 0.00

v) TVS Micro Finance Private Limited (2,500 equity shares @ `10/- each fully paid up)

0.00 0.00

vi) Harita Collection Services Private Limited (2,500 equity shares @ `10/- each fully paid up)

0.00 0.00

Total – Gross (A) 12.01 12.01(i) Investments outside India - -(ii) Investments in India 12.01 12.01Total (B) 12.01 12.01Total 12.01 12.01Less: Allowance for Impairment Loss (C) - -Total - Net (D) = (A)-(C) 12.01 12.01

* Investments in subsidiaries is carried at cost as per IND-AS 27.

NOTE 8 Other Financial Assets



a) Loan to Employees 4.62 8.72 b) Security deposit for leased premises 7.49 7.54 c) Advances to Related Parties 73.21 78.20 d) Other Financial Assets - Related Parties 0.04 2.69 e) Other Financial Assets - Non-Related Parties 0.00 12.17 f) Deposit with Service Providers 4.39 3.34

Total 89.75 112.67

NOTE 9 Current Tax Assets



a) Opening Balance 14.88 6.76 b) Add: Taxes paid 48.90 68.12 c) Less: Taxes payable (46.52) (60.00)

Total 17.26 14.88




NOTE 10 Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

S.No. Description As at

31st March, 2021

Created/(Provided)

duringthe year

Balance as on 1st April, 2020

Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) on account of :a) Depreciation 5.07 0.47 4.60 b) Provision for compensated absence 5.10 1.07 4.03 c) Provision for expected credit loss 78.31 33.67 44.64 d) Additional Provision - (2.13) 2.13 e) Provision for gratuity 0.45 0.27 0.18 f) Expenses Disallowed under Sec 40 (a) (ia) 6.10 1.88 4.22 g) Provision for pension 2.94 0.11 2.82 h) Automobile fi nancing 8.56 3.97 4.59 i) Advances to related parties 2.38 (0.35) 2.73 j) Mark to market on derivative 5.94 0.89 5.05 k) Lease Accouting 0.84 0.02 0.82

Total Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) 115.69 39.87 75.82

Break-up of deferred tax expense/(benefi t) - to statement of profi t and loss 38.10 - to other comprehensive income 1.77 Total 39.87

NOTE 11 Investment Property

Description Land Building TotalPeriod Ended 31st March, 2021Gross carrying amount 85.16 0.00 85.16 Additions - - - Sub-total 85.16 0.00 85.16 Disposals - - -Closing gross carrying amount (A) 85.16 0.00 85.16 Depreciation and amortisation - - -Opening accumulated depreciation - - -Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year - - -Sub-total - - -Disposals - - -Closing accumulateddepreciation and amortisation(B)

- - -

Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2021 (A)-(B) 85.16 0.00 85.16Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 85.16 0.00 85.16




NOTE 11 Investment Property (Contd.)

Description Land Building TotalPeriod Ended 31st March, 2020Gross carrying amount 85.47 0.40 85.86 Additions - - - Sub-total 85.47 0.40 85.86 Disposals 0.30 0.40 0.70 Closing gross carrying amount (A) 85.16 - 85.16 Depreciation and amortisation - - -Opening accumulated depreciation - - -Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year - - -Sub-total - - -Disposals - - -Closing accumulateddepreciation and amortisation(B)

- - -

Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 (A)-(B) 85.16 - 85.16

(i) Fair value



Investment properties 414.90 414.90

The fair values of investment properties have been determined by independent valuers.

NOTE 12 Property, Plant and Equipment

Description

Property, Plant and Equipment Other Intangible

Assets (Computer Software)

Computer Furniture & Fixtures

Offi ce Equipment Vehicles Total

Period Ended 31st March, 2021

Gross carrying amount 20.44 11.29 11.17 0.02 42.92 14.26

Additions 3.35 0.63 2.20 6.18 1.82

Sub-total 23.79 11.92 13.37 0.02 49.10 16.08

Disposals 0.38 0.05 0.29 - 0.71 -

Closing gross carrying amount (A) 23.41 11.87 13.08 0.02 48.39 16.08

Depreciation and amortisation

Opening accumulated depreciation 11.96 5.85 6.02 0.00 23.83 8.09

Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year*

5.25 1.49 1.95 0.00 8.69 3.95

Sub-total 17.21 7.34 7.97 0.01 32.52 12.04

Disposals 0.36 0.04 0.28 - 0.67 -

Closing accumulateddepreciation and amortisation(B)

16.85 7.30 7.69 0.01 31.86 12.04

Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2021 (A)-(B) 6.56 4.57 5.39 0.01 16.53 4.04

Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 8.49 5.44 5.14 0.02 19.09 6.17




* The amounts mentioned are below the rounding off norms of the Company.

NOTE 12 Property, Plant and Equipment (Contd.)

Description


Assets (Software)



Period Ended 31st March, 2020

Gross carrying amount 15.67 10.33 9.72 0.02 35.74 12.78

Additions 4.78 1.00 1.50 - 7.29 1.48

Sub-total 20.45 11.33 11.22 0.02 43.03 14.26

Disposals 0.01 0.05 0.05 - 0.10 -

Closing gross carrying amount (A) 20.44 11.29 11.17 0.02 42.93 14.26

Depreciation and amortisation

Opening accumulated depreciation 6.65 3.95 4.10 0.00 14.71 4.32

Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year

5.31 1.94 1.97 0.00 9.21 3.77

Sub-total 11.96 5.89 6.07 0.00 23.92 8.09

Disposals 0.00 0.04 0.05 - 0.09 -

Closing accumulated depreciation and amortisation (B)

11.96 5.85 6.02 0.00 23.83 8.09


NOTE 13 Other Non Financial Assets



a) Dealer Commission Advance 0.21 0.72 b) Prepaid Expenses 17.65 6.05 c) Vendor Advance 5.60 19.81 d) Balance with GST/Service Tax Department 3.51 2.21 e) Right-to-use asset* 18.68 25.78

Total 45.65 54.57

* Refer Note 38a

NOTE 14 Trade Payables



a) Total outstanding dues to micro enterprises and small enterprises* - 0.02 b) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and

small enterprises 227.87 168.61

Total 227.87 168.63

* Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identifi ed on the basis of information received by the management. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises. There are no interests due or outstanding on the same. .




NOTE 15 Debt Securities

Description As at31st March, 2021


At Amortised CostCommercial Paper (Unsecured) 746.11 496.19 Non Convertible Debentures (Secured) 424.74 - Total (A) 1,170.85 496.19 Debt securities in India 1,170.85 496.19 Debt securities outside India - - Total (B) 1,170.85 496.19

NOTE 16 Borrowings (Other Than Debt Securities)



At Amortised Cost(a) Term loans

i) from banks (Secured) 4,590.31 4,800.35 ii) from other parties (Secured) 24.59 249.78 iii) External Commercial Borrowings (Secured) 1,364.32 678.53

(b) Loans repayable on demandi) cash credit from banks 156.89 419.36 ii) working capital demand loan (Secured) 1,565.00 1,150.00 iii) working capital demand loan (Unsecured) 340.00 140.00

(c) Securitised trust borrowing 0.00 12.57 Total (A) 8,041.11 7,450.59 Borrowings in India 6,676.79 6,772.06 Borrowings outside India 1,364.32 678.53 Total (B) 8,041.11 7,450.59

NOTE 17 Subordinated Liabilities



At Amortised CostUnsecured

Perpetual Debt Instruments to the extent that do not qualify as equity 99.84 99.81

Other Subordinated Liabilities:From Banks 199.93 199.87 From Others 643.02 313.09 Total (A) 942.79 612.77 Subordinated Liabilities in India 942.79 612.77 Subordinated Liabilities outside India - - Total (B) 942.79 612.77

Refer annexure for the terms of the debt securities, borrowings and subordinated liabilities.




Annexure

Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2021

Type of Security

Interest Rate

No. of Installmentsremaining

Frequency Repayable from

Repayable to

Debt SecuritiesCP 249.10 Unsecured 4.75% 1 Bullet 29/04/2021 29/04/2021CP 248.54 Unsecured 4.60% 1 Bullet 18/05/2021 18/05/2021CP 248.47 Unsecured 4.60% 1 Bullet 20/05/2021 20/05/2021NCD 99.74 Secured 7.40% 1 Bullet 08/04/2022 08/04/2022NCD 300.00 Secured 8.35% 1 Bullet 22/03/2023 22/03/2023NCD 25.00 Secured 8.35% 1 Bullet 22/03/2023 22/03/2023

1,170.85

Loans repayable on demand 1,721.89 Secured 6.25% - Repayable On Demand

340.00 Unsecured 7.50% 2,061.89

Term LoanBank 100.00 Secured 8.00% 1.00 Bullet 06/05/2021 06/05/2021Bank 25.00 Secured 6.62% 1.00 Bullet 25/05/2021 25/05/2021Bank 37.50 Secured 7.90% 1.00 Half Yearly 17/03/2020 17/09/2021Bank 41.67 Secured 7.50% 6.00 Monthly 26/10/2018 26/09/2021Bank 123.98 Secured 7.50% 3.00 Quarterly 28/03/2019 27/12/2021Bank 33.33 Secured 8.00% 2.00 Half Yearly 28/06/2019 28/12/2021Bank 59.89 Secured 7.35% 3.00 Quarterly 30/09/2019 30/12/2021Bank 16.67 Secured 8.00% 2.00 Half Yearly 28/07/2019 28/01/2022Bank 238.90 Secured 7.85% 4.00 Quarterly 04/11/2019 04/02/2022Bank 39.97 Secured 7.90% 4.00 Quarterly 15/11/2019 15/02/2022Bank 199.97 Secured 7.35% 4.00 Quarterly 27/11/2019 27/02/2022Bank 182.56 Secured 8.57% 1.00 Bullet 29/05/2022 29/05/2022Bank 182.56 Secured 8.57% 1.00 Bullet 10/06/2022 10/06/2022FI 24.59 Secured 6.43% 5.00 Quarterly 10/03/2020 10/06/2022Bank 179.97 Secured 7.35% 6.00 Quarterly 20/05/2020 20/08/2022Bank 146.05 Secured 8.06% 1.00 Bullet 26/08/2022 26/08/2022Bank 141.64 Secured 5.10% 17.00 Monthly 30/09/2019 30/08/2022Bank 146.05 Secured 8.06% 1.00 Bullet 16/09/2022 16/09/2022Bank 100.00 Secured 5.50% 18.00 Monthly 30/10/2019 30/09/2022Bank 52.50 Secured 6.90% 7.00 Quarterly 15/07/2020 15/10/2022Bank 199.96 Secured 7.45% 1.00 Bullet 19/11/2022 19/11/2022Bank 100.00 Secured 7.90% 4.00 Half Yearly 18/06/2021 18/12/2022Bank 166.63 Secured 7.50% 8.00 Quarterly 06/05/2020 06/02/2023Bank 159.97 Secured 6.90% 8.00 Quarterly 24/11/2020 24/02/2023Bank 333.33 Secured 5.85% 24.00 Monthly 19/04/2020 19/03/2023Bank 199.86 Secured 7.35% 8.00 Quarterly 20/12/2020 20/03/2023Bank 79.99 Secured 7.25% 8.00 Quarterly 31/12/2020 31/03/2023Bank 224.89 Secured 8.00% 9.00 Quarterly 04/02/2021 04/05/2023Bank 179.87 Secured 7.80% 9.00 Quarterly 30/03/2021 30/06/2023Bank 363.87 Secured 6.94% 1.00 Bullet 13/07/2023 13/07/2023Bank 241.67 Secured 5.90% 29.00 Monthly 21/09/2020 21/08/2023Bank 130.00 Secured 6.30% 8.00 Quarterly 24/12/2020 24/09/2023Bank 343.22 Secured 6.94% 1.00 Bullet 19/10/2023 19/10/2023Bank 199.96 Secured 5.90% 8.00 Quarterly 18/02/2022 18/11/2023




Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2021

Type of Security

Interest Rate



Repayable to

Bank 183.33 Secured 5.00% 33.00 Monthly 31/01/2021 31/12/2023Bank 150.00 Secured 7.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 12/08/2021 12/02/2024Bank 250.00 Secured 7.30% 10.00 Quarterly 19/12/2021 19/03/2024Bank 299.93 Secured 5.60% 8.00 Quarterly 29/06/2022 29/03/2024Bank 99.95 Secured 7.40% 36.00 Monthly 30/04/2021 30/03/2024

5,979.22

Subordinated LiabilitiesPerpetual Debt 99.84 Unsecured 11.50% 1 Bullet 25/11/2027 25/11/2027

Other Subordinated Liabilities Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.75% 1 Bullet 01/07/2021 01/07/2021 Others 49.96 Unsecured 11.30% 1 Bullet 27/09/2021 27/09/2021 Bank 49.99 Unsecured 10.02% 1 Bullet 28/04/2022 28/04/2022 Others 49.98 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 01/05/2022 01/05/2022 Bank 25.00 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022 Bank 24.97 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022 Bank 49.98 Unsecured 8.70% 1 Bullet 29/05/2023 29/05/2023 Bank 50.00 Unsecured 9.76% 1 Bullet 24/07/2023 24/07/2023 Others 99.00 Unsecured 10.90% 1 Bullet 07/08/2024 07/08/2024 Others 146.62 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 10/06/2026 10/06/2026 Others 100.00 Unsecured 10.00% 1 Bullet 01/07/2026 01/07/2026 Others 122.46 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 26/08/2026 26/08/2026 Others 25.00 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 26/08/2026 26/08/2026

842.96 Subordinated Liabilities 942.79

Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate

No. of Installments Frequency From To

Loans repayable on demand

1,569.36 Secured Repayable On Demand 140.00 Unsecured

1,709.36

Term Loan Bank 150.00 Unsecured 8.35% 1.00 Bullet 19/05/2020 19/05/2020 Bank 25.00 Secured 7.99% 1.00 Bullet 01/06/2020 01/06/2020 Bank 20.00 Secured 8.40% 10.00 Quarterly 29/05/2018 29/08/2020 Bank 49.99 Secured 8.40% 2.00 2 Installment 25/09/2019 25/09/2020 Bank 200.00 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 13/10/2020 13/10/2020 Bank 50.00 Secured 8.05% 1.00 Bullet 23/10/2020 23/10/2020 Bank 24.99 Secured 8.30% 12.00 Quarterly 16/02/2018 16/11/2020 Bank 59.96 Secured 8.95% 10.00 Quarterly 21/08/2018 21/11/2020 Bank 30.00 Secured 8.65% 10.00 Quarterly 21/09/2018 21/12/2020 Bank 74.99 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 10/01/2019 10/03/2021




Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate


Bank 63.33 Secured 8.85% 12.00 Quarterly 23/06/2018 23/03/2021 Bank 100.00 Secured 8.20% 1.00 Bullet 06/05/2021 06/05/2021 Bank 50.00 Secured 8.40% 12.00 Quarterly 01/10/2018 01/06/2021 Bank 112.50 Secured 8.40% 4.00 Half Yearly 17/03/2020 17/09/2021 Bank 125.00 Secured 8.65% 36.00 Monthly 26/10/2018 26/09/2021 Bank 290.05 Secured 8.35% 12.00 Quarterly 28/03/2019 27/12/2021 Bank 66.66 Secured 8.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 28/06/2019 28/12/2021 Bank 139.78 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 30/09/2019 30/12/2021 Bank 33.34 Secured 8.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 28/07/2019 28/01/2022 Bank 477.58 Secured 8.75% 10.00 Quarterly 04/11/2019 04/02/2022 Bank 79.93 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 15/11/2019 15/02/2022 Bank 399.93 Secured 8.30% 10.00 Quarterly 27/11/2019 27/02/2022 Bank 188.48 Secured 8.63% 1.00 Bullet 29/05/2022 29/05/2022 Bank 188.48 Secured 8.63% 1.00 Bullet 10/06/2022 10/06/2022FI 44.27 Secured 6.43% 10.00 Quarterly 10/03/2020 10/06/2022 Bank 299.95 Secured 8.40% 10.00 Quarterly 20/05/2020 20/08/2022 Bank 150.78 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 26/08/2022 26/08/2022 Bank 241.62 Secured 7.25% 36.00 Monthly 30/09/2019 30/08/2022 Bank 150.78 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 16/09/2022 16/09/2022 Bank 166.67 Secured 7.50% 36.00 Monthly 30/10/2019 30/09/2022 Bank 75.00 Secured 8.20% 10.00 Quarterly 15/07/2020 15/10/2022 Bank 199.93 Secured 8.40% 1.00 Bullet 19/11/2022 19/11/2022 Bank 100.00 Secured 8.30% 4.00 Half Yearly 18/06/2021 18/12/2022 Bank 249.95 Secured 8.35% 12.00 Quarterly 06/05/2020 06/02/2023 Bank 199.95 Secured 8.10% 10.00 Quarterly 24/11/2020 24/02/2023 Bank 500.00 Secured 7.00% 36.00 Monthly 19/04/2020 19/03/2023 Bank 249.78 Secured 8.20% 10.00 Quarterly 20/12/2020 20/03/2023 Bank 99.98 Secured 8.05% 10.00 Quarterly 31/12/2020 31/03/2023

5,728.66




Term Loan received from Banks and Other Parties of `5,979.22 inclusive of Current and Non-Current Dues (Previous Year: `5,578.66 as on 31st March, 2020) is secured against hypothecation of receivables under the fi nancing activity of the Company.

Working Capital Demand Loan and Cash Credit of `1,721.88 (Previous Year: `1,569.36 as at 31st March, 2020) is secured by hypothecation of receivables under the fi nancing activity of the Company.

External Commercial Borrowings During the year, the Company had raised funds in the overseas market amounting to `721.70 crores (equivalent to USD 97 million) under External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) accessed through automatic route after receiving the Loan Registration Number from RBI as per ECB Master Directions. These are unlisted instruments, for total duration of 3 years and the loan has been fully hedged. The net proceeds from the issue of these ECB were applied for the purpose of on-lending, in accordance with the directions issued by the RBI.


Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate


Securitised Trust Borrowings 12.57


Other Subordinated Liabilities Others 14.50 Unsecured 9.20% 1 Bullet 30/06/2020 30/06/2020Others 49.96 Unsecured 12.25% 1 Bullet 30/09/2020 30/09/2020Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.75% 1 Bullet 01/07/2021 01/07/2021Others 49.92 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 27/09/2021 27/09/2021Bank 49.96 Unsecured 10.09% 1 Bullet 28/04/2022 28/04/2022Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 01/05/2022 01/05/2022Bank 24.94 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022Bank 25.00 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022Bank 49.97 Unsecured 9.50% 1 Bullet 29/05/2023 29/05/2023Bank 50.00 Unsecured 9.90% 1 Bullet 24/07/2023 24/07/2023Others 98.71 Unsecured 10.90% 1 Bullet 07/08/2024 07/08/2024Total 512.96


NOTE 18 Other Financial Liabilities



a) Interest Accrued But Not Due 76.43 37.60 b) Employee Related Liabilities 55.66 24.05 c) Security Deposit 53.46 39.02 d) Lease liability 22.02 29.03

Total 207.57 129.70

NOTE 19 Provisions



a) Pension 11.68 11.22 b) Gratuity 1.80 0.73 c) Compensated Absences 20.27 16.02 d) General Loss Provisions - 8.45

Total 33.75 36.42

NOTE 20 Other Non Financial Liabilities



Othersa) Statutory Dues 23.64 17.40

Total 23.64 17.40

NOTE 21 Equity Share capital



a) Authorised Share Capital:20,00,00,000 Equity Shares of `10 each 200.00 200.00 (Previous Year 20,00,00,000 Equity Shares)

200.00 200.00b) Issued, Subscribed and Fully Paid-up Share Capital:

19,19,37,700 number of Equity Shares of `10 each 191.94 185.18 (Previous year 18,51,82,300 Equity Shares of `10 each)

c) Par Value per Share `10 each `10 eachd) Number of Equity Shares at the beginning of the year 185,182,300 178,205,700

Add: Preferential Allotment made during the year 6,755,400 6,976,600 Number of Equity Shares at the end of the year 191,937,700 185,182,300




e) Equity Shares held by Holding CompaniesParticulars No. of Shares No. of Shares

Holding Company - TVS Motor Company Limited 162,224,928 155,469,528 Sundaram Clayton Limited (Holding Company of TVS Motor Company Limited) 2,180,250 2,180,250

f) Number of shares held by shareholders holding more than 5% of total shares as at the end of the year

Name of the ShareholdersAs at 31st March, 2021 As at 31st March, 2020

No. of Shares % of Holding No. of Shares % of HoldingTVS Motor Company Limited 162,224,928 84.52% 155,469,528 83.95%Lucas-TVS Limited 11,337,297 5.91% 11,337,297 6.12%

NOTE 22 Other Equity



a) Securities Premium Reserves 722.63 629.41 b) Statutory Reserve 140.15 120.75 c) Retained Earnings 526.65 451.69 d) Other Reserves (17.67) (15.00)Total reserves and surplus 1,371.76 1,186.85

a) Securities premium reserves As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 629.41 546.39 Additions during the year 93.22 83.02 Deductions/Adjustments during the year - - Closing balance 722.63 629.41

b) Statutory Reserve As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 120.75 90.65 Transfer from retained earnings 19.40 30.10 Deductions/Adjustments during the year - Closing balance 140.15 120.75

c) Retained earnings As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 451.69 335.85 Lease Equivalisation restatement on 1st day of year - (1.93)Restated Opening Balance 451.69 333.92 Net profi t for the period 96.98 150.51 Items of other comprehensive income recognised directly in retained earnings- Remeasurements of post-employment benefi t obligation net off tax (2.62) (2.65)Transaction in the capacity as ownersStatutory Reserve (19.40) (30.10)Closing balance 526.65 451.69

d) Other Reserves - Hedge Reserve As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance (15.00) - Add: Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net off tax (2.66) (15.00)Closing balance (17.66) (15.00)

NOTE 21 Equity Share Capital (Contd.)(All amounts in ` Crore, unless otherwise stated)



Statutory Reserves According to Section 45 - IC of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, the company transfers a sum not less than 20% of its net profi t every year as disclosed in the statement of Profi t and Loss and before declaration of any dividend to the Statutory reserves.

Securities Premium The reserve represents premium on issue of shares. It will be utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

Retained Earnings Represents company’s cummulative undistributed earnings since its inception. This is available for distribution to shareholders through dividends/capitalisation.

NOTE 23 Interest Income

Description Year ended31st March, 2021


On Financial assets measured at amortised cost:Interest on Loans 2,039.16 1,820.49 Interest on Deposits with Bank 1.90 1.02 Total 2,041.06 1,821.51

NOTE 24 Fees and Commission Income



Fee-based Income 146.68 112.81 Commission Income 2.64 11.17 Service Income 47.44 44.14 Total 196.76 168.12

NOTE 25 Other Income



Unwinding of discount on security deposits and receivable for investments 2.68 9.72 Other Non-Operating Income 0.43 0.40 Total 3.11 10.12

NOTE 26 Finance Costs



On Financial liabilities measured at amortised costInterest Cost 544.45 553.55 - Interest on Borrowings 544.45 553.55 - Interest on Debt Securities 77.85 50.12 - Interest on Subordinated Liabilities 66.83 62.18 - Interest on Lease Liabilities 2.02 2.32 Other Finance Charges 38.29 31.63 Total 729.44 699.81

NOTE 22 Other Equity (Contd.)(All amounts in ` Crore, unless otherwise stated)



NOTE 27 Impairment of Financial Instruments



On Financial Insturments measured at Amortised CostBad Debts Written off (net) 252.00 144.03 Net Loss on Sale of Repossessed Assets 108.23 50.45 Impairment Provision on Loans 89.11 61.54 Trade Receivables and Other Financial Assets 17.45 2.79 Total 466.79 258.80

NOTE 28 Employee Benefi t Expenses



Salaries and Wages 537.00 427.28 Contribution to Provident and other funds 31.43 28.97 Staff Welfare 16.38 21.48 Total 584.81 477.73

NOTE 29 Other Expenses



Auditors Fees and Expenses* 0.53 0.51 Communication Costs 62.50 57.69 Directors Fees, Allowances & expenses 0.57 0.50 Corporate Social Responsibility ** 4.00 3.80 Donation 0.03 4.20 Repairs & Maintenance 2.46 2.05 Rent, Taxes and Energy Costs*** 21.54 15.64 Insurance Expenses 1.37 1.80 Legal and Prof Charges 50.73 48.95 Others 13.70 15.89 Printing and Stationery 3.78 3.07 Travelling and Conveyance 38.18 43.40 Total 199.40 197.51 *** Refer note 38c*Auditors Fees and Expenses



Statutory Audit 0.24 0.24 Tax Audit 0.07 0.07 Certifi cation 0.15 0.15 Reimbursement of Expenses 0.07 0.05 Auditors Fees and Expenses 0.53 0.51

** Expenditure incurred on Corporate Social Responsibility activities: a. Gross amount required to be spent during the year is `3.98 crore b. Amount spent during the year - `4.00 crore




S.No. Particulars Year ended31st March, 2021


a. Construction/acquisition of any asset - -b. Expenses incurred through trusts 4.00 3.80 c. Donation to PM CARES Fund - 8.00

Total 4.00 11.80 Amounts required to be spent for the year 4.00 - Amounts to be carried forward to subsequent years - -

NOTE 30 Income Tax Expenses



(a) Income tax expenseCurrent taxCurrent tax on profi ts for the year 47.05 60.00 Tax profi ts relating to prior period (0.53) - Total current tax expense 46.52 60.00 Deferred taxDecrease (increase) in deferred tax assets (38.10) (0.20)(Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities - - Total deferred tax expense/(benefi t) (38.10) (0.20)Income tax expense 8.42 59.80 (b) Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profi t multiplied by India’s tax rate:Profi t before income tax expense 105.40 210.31 Tax at the Indian tax rate of 25.168% (PY – 25.168%) 26.53 52.93 Tax effect of amounts which are permanent differences in nature in calculation of taxable income

(17.80) 6.87

Income tax expense (17.80) 6.87

NOTE 31 Other Comprehensive Income



Items that will not be reclassifi ed to profi t or lossRemeasurement of the defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Fair value change on cash fl ow hedge (3.55) (20.05)Income tax relating to these items 1.77 5.94 Other Comprehensive Income (5.28) (17.65)

NOTE 29 Other Expenses (Contd.)(All amounts in ` Crore, unless otherwise stated)



NOTE 32 Earnings Per Share



(a) Basic earnings per shareBasic earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company 5.19 8.25 (b) Diluted earnings per shareDiluted earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company

5.19 8.25

(c) Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per shareBasic earnings per shareProfi t attributable to equity holders of the Company used in calculating basis earnings per share

96.98 150.51

Diluted earnings per shareProfi t attributable to equity holders of the Company- used in calculating basis earnings per share 96.98 150.51 (d) Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings per share

186,986,825 182,496,787

(e) Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted earnings per share

186,986,825 182,496,787

NOTE 33 Employee Benefi t Obligations

Defi ned Benefi t Obligation(i) Gratuity

Particulars

Gratuity Pension Compensated Absences

Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total

1st April, 2019 12.15 (12.11) 0.04 10.02 - 10.02 11.53 - 11.53

Current service cost 1.90 1.90 - - - - -

Interest expense/(income) 0.93 (0.89) 0.04 0.71 - 0.71 0.82 0.82

Total amount recognised inprofi t or loss

2.83 (0.89) 1.94 0.71 - 0.71 0.82 - 0.82

Remeasurements - - - - - - - - -


- 0.19 0.19 - - - - - -

(Gain)/loss from change in fi nancial assumptions

0.48 0.48 1.83 1.83 0.44 0.44

Experience (gains)/losses 2.37 2.37 (1.33) (1.33) 4.52 4.52

Total amount recognised in other comprehensive (income)/Losses

2.85 0.19 3.04 0.49 - 0.49 4.97 - 4.97

Employer contributions - (4.30) (4.30) - - - - - -

Benefi t payments (1.73) 1.73 - - (1.29) (1.29)

March 31, 2020 16.11 (15.38) 0.73 11.22 - 11.22 16.02 - 16.02

1st April, 2020 16.11 (15.38) 0.73 11.22 - 11.22 16.02 - 16.02






Particulars


Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total


3.58 (0.84) 2.74 0.69 - 0.69 0.79 - 0.79

Remeasurements - - - - - - - - -


- (0.03) (0.03) - - - - - -


0.19 0.19 0.01 0.01 0.14 0.14

Experience (gains)/losses 3.58 3.58 (0.25) (0.25) 7.48 7.48


3.77 (0.03) 3.74 (0.23) - (0.23) 7.63 - 7.63

Employer contributions - (5.41) (5.41) - - - - -

Benefi t payments (1.33) 1.33 0.00 - - - (4.17) - (4.17)

March 31, 2021 22.13 (20.33) 1.80 11.68 - 11.68 20.27 - 20.27

DetailsGratuity Pension Compensated Absence

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

Discount Rate 4.99% 5.46% 5.98% 6.32% 4.82% 5.30%Salary Growth Rate 6.00% 6.00% 5.50% 5.50% 6.00% 6.00%Mortality inclusive of provision for disability 100% of Indian Assured Lives Mortality (IALM)

i. Sensitivity Analysis

Particulars

Gratuity2020-21

Pension2020-21

Compensated Absences2020-21

Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Discount Rate 0.50% 21.85 22.40 1% 10.11 13.59 0.50% 20.05 20.50 Salary Growth Rate 0.50% 22.39 21.86 1% 13.66 1.00 0.50% 20.49 20.05 Mortality 5.00% 22.12 22.12 5% 11.58 11.78 5.00% 20.27 20.27

Particulars

Gratuity2019-20

Pension2019-20


Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Change in Assump-

tion

Due to increase

in assump-tion

Due to decrease

in assump-tion

Discount Rate 0.50% 15.91 16.31 1% 9.65 13.15 0.50% 15.85 16.2Salary Growth Rate 0.50% 16.31 15.91 1% 13.22 9.57 0.50% 16.2 15.85Mortality 5.00% 16.11 16.11 5% 11.13 11.31 5.00% 16.02 16.02

ii. The following payments are expected contributions to the defi ned benefi t plan in future years:ParticularsWithin the next 12 months (next annual reporting period) 6.77 Between 2 and 5 years 14.22 Beyond 5 years 3.72 Total 24.71



NOTE 33 Employee Benefi t Obligations (Contd.)


NOTE 34 Fair Value Measurements


Measurement Level

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

Financial assets carried at amortised costLoans Level 3 11,154.95 9,455.55 Trade Receivables Level 3 30.80 55.20 Cash and Cash Equivalents 653.14 357.36 Other bank balances Level 3 0.87 11.62 Loan to Employees Level 3 4.62 8.72 Advances to Related Parties Level 3 73.21 78.20 Other Financial Assets - Related Parties Level 3 0.04 2.69 Other Financial Assets - Non Related Parties Level 3 0.00 12.17 Security deposit for leased premises Level 3 7.49 7.54 Deposit with Service Providers Level 3 4.39 3.34 Financial assets carried at fair value through Other Comprehensive IncomeDerivative Financial Instruments Level 2 - 23.63 Total fi nancial assets 11,929.50 10,016.03 Financial liabilities carried at amortised costTrade Payables Level 3 227.87 168.63 Debt Securities Level 3 1,170.85 496.19 Borrowings other than Debt Securities Level 3 8,041.11 7,450.59 Subordinated Liabilities Level 3 942.79 612.77 Security Deposit Received Level 3 53.46 39.02 Other Financial Liabilities Level 3 154.11 90.68 Financial Liabilities carried at fair value through Other Comprehensive IncomeDerivative Financial Instruments Level 2 14.57 - Total fi nancial liabilities 10,604.77 8,857.88

i. Fair value hierarchyInd AS 113, ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires classifi cation of the valuation method of fi nancial instruments measured at fair value in the Statement of Balance sheet, using a three level fair-value-hierarchy (which refl ects the signifi cance of inputs used in the measurements). The hierarchy gives the highest priority to un-adjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to un-observable inputs (Level 3 reasurements). Fair value of derivative fi nancial assets and liabilities are estimated by discounting expected future contractual cash fl ows using prevailing market interest rate curves. The three levels of the fair-value-hierarchy under Ind AS 113 are described below:

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurements (Level 2)

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020

Financial assetsDerivative Financial Instruments - 23.63 Total fi nancial assets - 23.63 Financial assetsLoan to Employees 4.62 8.72 Advances to Related Parties 59.39 76.53 Security Deposit for Leased Premises 7.49 7.54 Total fi nancial assets 71.50 92.79

There were no transfers between any levels during the year.




Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes fi nancial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes publicly traded derivatives and mutual funds that have a quoted price. The quoted market price used for fi nancial assets held by the company is the current bid price.

Level 2: The fair value of fi nancial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specifi c estimates. If all signifi cant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the signifi cant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.

ii. Valuation technique used to determine fair value

Specifi c valuation techniques used to value fi nancial instruments include:

• the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date

• the fair value of the remaining fi nancial instruments is determined using discounted cash fl ow analysis.

All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 3 where the fair values have been determined based on present values and the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk.

iii. Valuation processDiscount rates are determined using a market interest rate for a similar asset adjusted to the risk specifi c to the asset.

iv. Fair value of fi nancial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

31st March, 2021 Carrying amount Fair valueFinancial assetsLoan to Employees 4.62 4.62 Advances to Related Parties 73.21 59.39 Security Deposit for Leased Premises 7.49 7.49 Total fi nancial assets 85.31 71.50 31st March, 2020 Carrying amount Fair valueLoan to Employees 8.72 8.72 Advances to Related Parties 78.20 76.53 Security Deposit for Leased Premises 7.54 7.54 Total fi nancial assets 94.46 92.79

The fair values for advance to related parties and rent advance were calculated based on cash fl ows discounted using a current lending rate. They are classifi ed as level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputs including counterparty credit risk. The majority of borrowings are fl oating rate borrowings, the carrying value is representative of the fair value.

NOTE 35 Financial Risk Management

(A) Credit RiskCredit Risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in fi nancial loss to the company. The company has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining suffi cient collateral, where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of fi nancial loss from defaults. The exposure is continuously monitored to determine signifi cant increase in credit risk. The Company monitors the credit assessment on a portfolio basis, assesses all credit exposures in excess of designated limits. The Company does a risk grading based upon the credit worthiness of the borrowers. All these factors are taken into consideration for computation of EC.

Other Financial AssetsCredit risk with respect to other fi nancial assets are extremely low. Based on the credit assessment the historical trend of low default is expected to continue. No provision for Expected Credit Loss (ECL) has been created for Other fi nancial Assets.



NOTE 34 Fair Value Measurements (Contd.)


Loans

The following table sets out information about credit quality of retail loan assets measured at amortised cost based on Number of Days past due information. The amount represents gross carrying amount.

Particulars 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Gross Carrying value of LoansStage-1 (Less than 30 Days) 9,539.60 8,407.16 Stage-2 (30-90 Days) 1,481.27 869.84 Stage-3 (More than 90 Days) 423.75 370.66 Total Gross Carrying Value on Reporting Date 11,444.62 9,647.66

Credit Quality

Financial services business has a comprehensive framework for monitoring credit quality of its retail and other loans based on days past due monitoring. Repayment by individual customers and portfolio is tracked regularly and required steps for recovery is taken through follow ups and legal recourse.



The three stages refl ect the general pattern of credit deterioration of a fi nancial instrument. The differences in accounting between stages relate to the recognition of expected credit losses and the calculation and presentation of interest revenue.

The company categorises loan assets into stages based on the Days Past Due status:

— Stage 1: 30 Days Past Due

— Stage 2: 31-90 Days Past Due

— Stage 3: More than 90 Days Past Due


The fi nancial services business has made the following assumptions in the ECL Model:

— Loss given default” (LGD) is common for all three stages and is based on loss in past portfolio. Actual cash fl ows are discounted with average rate for arriving loss rate. EIR has been taken as discount rate for all loans.

Estimation TechniqueThe fi nancial services business has applied the following estimation technique in its ECL model :

— Probability of default” (PD) is applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 on portfolio basis and for Stage 3 PD is 100%.

— Probability of default for Stage 1 loan assets is calculated as average of historical trend from Stage 1 to Stage 3 in next 12 months.

— Probability of default for Stage 2 loan assets is calculated based on the lifetime PD as average of historical trend from Stage 2 to Stage 3 for the remaining tenor.

— Loss given default is calculated based on discounted actual cash fl ow on past portfolio in default along with reversals.There is no change in estimation techniques or signifi cant assumptions during the reporting period.

Assessment of signifi cant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the risk of default has increased signifi cantly since initial recognition, the fi nancial services business considers both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the business historical experience, including forward-looking information. The fi nancial services business considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and effort.

The fi nancial services business uses the number of days past due to classify a fi nancial instrument in low credit risk category and to determine signifi cant increase in credit risk in retail. As a backstop, the fi nancial services business considers that a signifi cant increase in credit risk occurs no later than when an asset is more than 30 days past due.





In accordance with the board approved moratorium policy read with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines dated March 27, 2020 and April 17, 2020 relating to ‘COVID-19 – Regulatory Package’, the Company has offered moratorium upto six months on the payment of installments falling due between March 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020 to all eligible borrowers. The company has extended One-Time Resolution framework as for COVID-19-related Stress to eligible customers as per applicable RBI guidelines and as per the policy of the company. The staging classifi cation under ECL computation has been done based on the performance of the restructured accounts as per revised the terms and conditions and credit risk assessment by the company.

COVID-19 (including second wave) has severe impact on global as well as domestic macro and micro economies, businesses and consumers. Due to this uncertainty, Company’s assessments of impairment loss allowance on its loans are subject to a number of management judgements and estimates. Since the Company’s impairment loss allowance estimates are inherently uncertain, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Defi nition of default

The Company considers a fi nancial instrument is in defaulted when the borrower becomes 90 days past due on its contractual payments. The fi nancial services business considers Loans under default as ‘credit impaired’ and classifi ed as Stage-3.

Impairment loss


Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Grand TotalGross Balance as at 31st March, 2021 9,539.60 1,481.27 423.75 11,444.62 Expected Credit Loss 81.90 42.34 165.43 289.67 Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.86% 2.86% 39.04% 2.53%Net of Impairment Provision 9,457.70 1,438.93 258.32 11,154.95

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Grand TotalGross Balance as at 31st March, 2020 8,407.16 869.84 370.66 9,647.66 Expected Credit Loss 39.23 9.50 143.38 192.11 Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.47% 1.09% 38.68% 1.99%Net of Impairment Provision 8,367.92 860.34 227.29 9,455.55


Particulars Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Grand TotalBalance as at 1st April, 2019 30.99 3.42 104.61 139.02 Transfer to Stage 1 (4.92) 3.27 1.66 - Transfer to Stage 2 0.28 (1.90) 1.61 - Transfer to Stage 3 0.71 1.33 (2.04) - Loans that have derecognised during the period (6.58) (0.72) (25.18) (32.49)New Loans originated during the year 25.12 3.91 12.98 42.02 Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance (6.38) 0.19 49.75 43.57 Balance as at 31st March, 2020 39.22 9.50 143.38 192.11 Transfer to Stage 1 (9.66) 7.54 2.11 - Transfer to Stage 2 2.44 (4.61) 2.16 - Transfer to Stage 3 0.99 0.45 (1.43) - Loan that have derecognised during the period (8.35) (1.43) (41.06) (50.85)New Loans originated during the year 33.56 4.26 14.78 52.61 Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance 23.69 26.63 45.48 95.80 Balance as at 31st March, 2021 81.89 42.34 165.43 289.67






The business manages concentration of risk primarily by geoghraphical region. The following details show the geographical concentrations of the loans at the year end:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Carrying valueConcentration by geographical region in IndiaSouth 4,426.79 3,812.55 West 3,123.68 2,670.40 East 2,042.22 1,701.66 North 1,851.93 1,463.05 Total Loans as at reporting period 11,444.62 9,647.66

(B) Liquidity RiskThe liquidity risk is a risk that an entity will encounter diffi culty in meeting Financial obligations.As per companies policy, management ensures availability of suffi cient fund either through Installment receivables/ sourcing through debts at each point of time. The Fund requirement acertain at the begining of the period by taking into consideration Installment receivable, likely disbursement, Loan installment payment & other operational expenses.The company is continuously getting good supports from Bankers & Financial Institutions at the time of need.

i. Financing arrangementsThe Company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Floating rateExpiring within one year (bank overdraft and other facilities) 227.23 332.04 Expiring beyond one year (bank loans) - -

227.23 332.04


ii. Maturities of fi nancial liabilitiesThe tables below analyse the company’s fi nancial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:a. All non-derivative fi nancial liabilities, andb. net and gross settled derivative fi nancial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an

understanding of the timing of the cash fl ows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not signifi cant.

Contractual maturities of fi nancial liabilities

Less than3 months

3 to 6months

6 monthsto 1 year

Between 1and 5 years

More than5 years Total

31st March, 2021Non-derivativesBorrowings 1,986.89 834.91 2,421.99 4,417.06 493.90 10,154.75

Security Deposit 29.41 19.61 4.44 - - 53.46

Trade Payables 94.40 70.13 55.54 7.80 - 227.87

Other Financial Liabilities 79.14 2.10 56.76 17.10 2.27 157.36

Total non-derivative liabilities 2,189.84 926.75 2,538.73 4,441.96 496.17 10,593.45

NOTE 35 Financial Risk Management (Contd.)





Less than3 months

3 to 6months

6 monthsto 1 year



31st March, 2020Non-derivativesBorrowings 956.35 582.44 3,187.78 3,733.19 99.80 8,559.56

Security Deposit - 17.78 21.24 - - 39.02

Trade Payables 13.55 120.47 34.61 - - 168.63

Other Financial Liabilities 40.62 1.76 25.32 20.11 9.34 97.15

Total non-derivative liabilities 1,010.52 722.45 3,268.95 3,753.30 109.14 8,864.37

(a) Foreign currency risk exposure:Foreign exchange risk arises on fi nancial instruments being denominated in a currency that is not the functional currency of the entity. The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk due to continuous fl uctuation in the foreign currency(USD) of the loan originated. The Company has entered into cross currency swaps (CCS) /forward contracts/ Interest rate swap to fully hedge all foreign currency exchange risk on the principal and interest amount payable on borrowings.

31st March 2021 31st March 2020Financial liabilitiesVariable ForeignCurrency Borrowings( USD 187 million ) (PY USD 90 million)

1,356.55 634.84

Derivative liabilitiesHedged through forward contracts 1,356.55 634.84Hedged through CCSNet exposure to foreign currency risk (liabilities) - -

(b) Sensitivity analysisThe company has hedged all its foreign currency exposures by entering into CCS/ Forwards contracts, it shall not be subject any sensitivity on settlement due to foreign currency fl uctuation due to the movements in foreign exchanges i.e. USD. Forward Contract & Cross Currenct Swap are to buy USD for Hedging Foreign Currency Loan. The Company shall not maintained as per IND AS 109 to be considered as Foreign Currency Loan.

Impact on profi t after tax31st March 2021 31st March 2020

USD sensitivityINR/USD Increases by 5% (31 March 2016 - 5%) - -INR/USD Decreases by 5% - -

(ii) Cash fl ow and fair value interest rate riskThe Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings with variable rates, which expose the Company to cash fl ow interest rate risk. During 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2020, the Company’s borrowings at variable rate were mainly denominated in INR, USD.The Company’s fl oating rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. For NBFC business loan is the major source for running the business. In India loans are mostly available at Floating rate Interest. And there are no such option available to obtain an option for swapping the Floating rate Interest linked to respective bank MCLR with Fixed Interest. Hence except foreign currency loans, other loans are not hedged. The company has increased the component of fi xed rate borrowings compared to last year (more than 10%)

(a) Interest rate risk exposureThe exposure of the Company’s borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

31st March 2021 31st March 2020Variable rate borrowings 7,126.66 7,173.54Total borrowings 10,154.75 8,559.56






As at the end of the reporting period, the Company had the following variable rate borrowings outstanding:31st March 2021

Weighted average interest rate Balance % of total loans

Bank overdrafts, bank loans etc 7.04% 7,126.66 70.18%

31st March 2020Weighted average

interest rate Balance % of total loans

Bank overdrafts, bank loans etc 8.30% 7,173.54 83.81%

An analysis by maturities is provided in note 35 b (ii) above.

(b) SensitivityProfi t or loss is sensitive to higher/lower interest expense from borrowings as a result of changes in interest rates. Other components of equity change as a result of an increase/decrease in the fair value of the cash fl ow hedges related to borrowings.

Impact on profi t after tax31st March 2021 31st March 2020

Interest rates – increase by 50 basis points (50 bps) * 38.00 32.03Interest rates – decrease by 50 basis points (50 bps) * (38.00) (32.03)


NOTE 36 Capital Management

(a) Risk managementThe Risk Management policy includes identifi cation of element of risks, including those which in the opinion of Board may lead to company not meeting its fi nancial objectives.The risk management process has been established across the Company and design to identify, access & frame a respose to threat that affect the achievement of its objecticves.Further it is embedded across all the major functions and revolve around the goals and objectives of the company.

Maintaining optimal capital to debt is one such measure to ensure healthy returns to the shareholders. Company envisages maintaining gearing ratio of maximum 7 times to the total equity, the company monitors the ratio as below:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Net debt (total borrowings, less cash and cash equivalents) 9,501.62 8,202.20 Total Equity (as shown in the balance sheet) 1,563.70 1,372.03 Net debt to equity ratio 6.08 5.98

(b) Externally imposed capital restrictions1) As per RBI requirements Capital Adecuecy Ratio should be minimum 15%, not meeting RBI requirements will lead

cancellation of NBFC licenses issued by RBI. 2) As per various lending arrangements with banks TOL (Total Outside Liability) to TNW (Total Net Worth) ratio should

be less than 8 not meeting the said requirements may lead to higher interest rates. The Company has complied with these covenants throughout the reporting period.




NOTE 38 Leases



a. Lease Disclosures pertaining to Right to use AssetParticulars 31st March 2021 31st March 2020BuildingGross BlockOpening/(On transition to Ind AS 116) 25.78 21.93Revaluation due to change in future lease rentals (3.70)Additions during the year 3.88 10.97(Deletions during the year) -Closing Balance during the year 25.96 32.90

AmortisationAdditions -Amortisation for the year 7.28 7.12

Closing Balance during the year 18.68 25.78

b. The company has offi ces across the country with varied lease period. The lease term considered for arriving at the Right to use Asset and Lease liabities are based on the non-cancellable period of the respective agreements.

c. Company has excercised the option of short term leases and low value asset exemption.

Lease Disclosures pertaining to Statement of Profi t & Loss31st March 2021 31st March 2020

Finance chargesInterest expense 2.02 2.32

DepreciationAmortisation of Right to use asset 7.28 7.28

Other expensesRent expensesExpense relating to short-term leases (included in other expenses) 10.77 8.33Expense relating to leases of low-value assets that are not short-term leases (included in other expenses) - -

Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities - -

Total 10.77 8.33

d. Addition disclosurse in cash fl ow statement31st March 2021 31st March 2020

Cash fl ow fi nancing activitiesPrincipal repayments related to lease liabilities 6.92 6.83Interest payments related to lease liabilities 2.02 2.32


1. Capital Commitments

Description 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital Account not provided for 2.52 2.18

2. Other Commitments

Description 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020

Undrawn Loans sanctioned to borrowers 22.89 1.99

3. Contingent Liabilities not provided for:

Claims against the Company not acknowledged as debts.


Disputed Income Tax Demand (adjusted out of refunds) - 1.06 Disputed Service Tax Demand inclusive of Penalty – Commissioner order/Additional Commissioner appealed against by Company during previous years (Pre-deposit of ` 0.29 Cr)

7.70 7.70

Legal cases fi led by borrowers against the Company 1.23 1.29

The Company’s pending litigations comprise of claims against the company and proceedings pending with Statutory Authorities. The future cash fl ows on the above items are determinable only on receipt of decisions /judgments that are pending at various forums/authorities. The Company does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have a materially adverse effect on its fi nancial results.

4. Pursuant to a Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) entered into with TVS Finance and Services Limited (TVSFS) on 21st April, 2010, the company acquired the retail fi nance business of TVSFS as a going concern along with the related assets (comprising of fi xed assets, receivables, loans and advances and Bank balances) of ` 50.75 crore and liabilities (comprising of borrowings from Banks and Institution, current liabilities and provisions) of ` 298.75 crore. TVSFS issued Unsecured Redeemable Bonds to the Company, for the excess of liabilities over assets of ` 248 crore. The bonds are redeemable between 7th and 12th year from the date of allotment. The said bonds have been purchased by TVS Motor Services Limited (TVSMS), the holding Company, during 2010-11 at book value and the same is repayable by TVSMS in 6 years. The advance from TVSMS to the Company pertaining to this transaction stands at ` 73.21 crore as at 31st March, 2021 as per IND-AS fair valuation. Advance is partly secured to the extent of ` 52.15 crore and balance portion of ` 21.06 crore is unsecured. Considering the intrinsic value of land lying with TVSMS and equity shares held by TVSMS in the company, the unsecured advance is considered good and recoverable.

5. Pursuant to para 2 of general instructions for preparation of fi nancial statements of a NBFC as mentioned in Division III of Schedule III of The Companies Act, 2013, the current and non-current classifi cation has not been provided.

39. Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 2021




6. Related Party Disclosure Discloure in respect of Related Parties and their where transaction exists

39. Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 2021 (Contd.)

Nature of Relationship Parties nameReporting Enterprise TVS Credit Services Limited

Holding Company TVS Motor Company LimitedSundaram-Clayton Limited

Ultimate Holding Company TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited

Subsidiaries

TVS Housing Finance Private LimitedHarita ARC Private LimitedTVS Two Wheeler Mall Private LimitedTVS Micro Finance Private LimitedHarita Collection Services Private LimitedTVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited

Fellow SubsidiaryTVS Motor Services LimitedSundaram Auto Components LimitedTVS Automobile Solutions Private Limited

Fellow Associate Emerald Haven Realty Limited

Transactions with Related Parties and Balance Outstanding as at the end of the year

S.No. Name of the Related Party Nature of Transactions Amount Amount2020-21 2019-20

1 TVS Motor Services Limited Advance received 6.37 41.33Unwinding of advance 1.38 9.36

Balance outstanding (Dr) 73.21 80.862 TVS Motor Company Limited Contribution towards Equity Share Capital 6.78 3.49

Contribution towards Security Premium 93.22 41.51Services Rendered 21.55 42.51Availing of services 6.96 5.76

Balance outstanding (Dr) 8.49 18.923 Sundaram Clayton Limited EMI Payment 0.10 0.10

Availing of services 3.08 4.23Balance outstanding (Cr) 0.03 0.16

4 Sundaram Auto Components Limited EMI Payment 0.11 0.10Balance outstanding (Dr) 0.15 0.26

5 Harita ARC Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -6 TVS Commodity Financial Solutions

Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -7 TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -

Pre operative Expenses - -Balance outstanding (Dr) -

8 TVS Micro Finance Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -9 Harita Collection Services Private

Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) -10 TVS Housing Finance Private Limited Investments in Equity - -

Advance Repaid - 0.16Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -11 Emerald Haven Realty Limited EMI Payment - 0.47

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -12 TVS Automobile Solutions Private

Limited (TASL) Working Capital Financing - 45.78Receivable Financing to Franchisees of TASL - 13.68

Balance outstanding (Dr) - 2.06** Transaction value and balance outstanding is below the rounding off norms of the Company, wherever applicable.





There is no separate reportable segment as per IND-AS 108 on ‘Operating Segments’ in respect of the company.

8. The company has the process, whereby periodically all long-term contracts are assessed for material foreseeable losses. At the year end, Company has reviewed and ensured that adequate provision as required under any law/accounting standard for material foreseeable losses on such long-term contracts have been made in the books of account.

9.1 Disclosure pursuant to Reserve Bank of India Notifi cation DBNS.193DG (VL) – 2007 dated 22nd February, 2007 (As required in terms of Paragraph 13 of Non-Banking Financial (Non-Deposit accepting or Holding) Companies

Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2007)

S.No. DescriptionAmount

Outstanding Amount Overdue

as at 31st March, 2021Liabilities

(1) Loans and advances availed by the NBFCs inclusive of interest accrued thereon but not paid:

A Debentures - - - Secured 449.03 -- Unsecured (other than falling within the meaning of public

deposits) 103.57 -

B Deferred Credits - - C Term Loans (including Sub Ordinated Debt) 8,775.58 - D Inter-corporate loans and borrowings - - E Commercial paper 746.11 - F Other loans: -

i. Cash Credit 156.89 - ii. Securitised Trust Borrowing - - Total 10,231.18 -

Assets(2) Break-up of Loans and Advances including bills receivable

(other than those included in (4) below) :(a) Secured 9509.85 8307.11 (b) Unsecured considered good 1934.77 1340.55(3) Break-up of Leased Assets and stock on hire and other assets

counting towards AFC activities:(i) Lease assets including lease rentals under sundry debtors:

(a) Financial lease - - (b) Operating lease - -

(ii) Stock on hire including hire charges under sundry debtors: (a) Assets on hire - - (b) Repossessed assets - -

(iii) Other Loan counting towards AFC activities: (a) Loans where assets have been repossessed - - (b) Loans other than (a) above - -

Total 11,444.62 9,647.66





S.No. DescriptionAmount

Outstanding Amount Overdue

as at 31st March, 2021 4. Current Investments:

1. Quoted :

(i) Shares: (a) Equity - -

(b) Preference - -

(ii) Debentures and Bonds - -

(iii) Units of Mutual Funds - -

(iv) Government Securities - -

(v) Others - -

2. Unquoted:


(b) Preference - -




(v) Others - -

Long-term Investments:1. Quoted :


(b) Preference - -




(v) Others - -

2. Unquoted:

(i) Shares: (a) Equity 12.01 12.01

(b) Preference - -




(v) Others (Pass through Certifi cates - Securitisation) - -

Total - -

(5) Borrower group-wise classifi cation of assets fi nanced as in ( 2 ) and (3 ) above

CategoryAmount (Net of provisions for

Non-performing assets)Secured Unsecured Total

1. Related Parties (a) Subsidiaries - - - (b) Companies in the same group 0.46 - 0.46 (c) Other related parties - - -

2. Other than related parties 9386.30 1874.47 11260.77Total 11261.23

39. Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 2021 (Contd.)(All amounts in ` Crore, unless otherwise stated)



(6) Investor groupwise classifi cation of all investments (current and long term) in shares and securities (both quoted and unquoted)

CategoryMarket value / Breakup or fair value of NAV

Book value(Net of

provisions)1 Related parties

(a) Subsidiaries 12.01 12.01 (b) Companies in the same group - - (c) Other related parties - -

2 Other than related parties - -

(7) Other Information Amount(i) Gross Non-performing assets

(a) Related Parties - (b) Other than related parties 567.10

(ii) Net Non-performing assets (a) Related Parties - (b) Other than related parties 383.70

(iii) Assets acquired in satisfaction of debt -

Disclosure pursuant to Reserve Bank of India Notifi cation RBI/2014-15/299 DNBR (PD CC. No. 002/03/10/001/2014-15 dated 10th November, 2014)

Capital Adequacy Ratio

Description 2020-21 2019-20Tier I Capital 1,543.82 1,401.89Tier II Capital 580.67 265.72Total Capital 2,123.67 1,667.61Total Risk Weighted Assets 11,480.43 9,813.40Amount of Subordinated Debt as Tier II Capital (Discounted Value) 530.00 220.00Capital RatiosTier I Capital as a Percentage of Total Risk Weighted Assets (%) 13.45% 14.29%Tier II Capital as a Percentage of Total Risk Weighted Assets (%) 5.06% 2.71%Total (%) 18.51% 17.00%Amount of perpetual debt raised and qualifying as Tier I capital during the year - -

Amount of subordinated debt raised and qualifying as Tier II capital during the year 400.00 -





a. Investments

S.No. Description 2020-21 2019-201. Value of Investments

i) Gross Value of Investments a) In India 12.01 12.01 b) Outside India - -

ii) Provision for Depreciation a) In India - - b) Outside India - -

iii) Net Value of Investments a) In India 12.01 12.01 b) Outside India - -

2. Movement of Provisions held towards depreciation on Investments

i) Opening Balance - -ii) Add: Provisions made during the year - -iii) Less: Write off/write back of excess provisions during the year - -

iv) Closing Balance - -

b. Exposure to Real Estate sector, both Direct and Indirect

Description 2020-21 2019-20(a) Direct/Indirect Exposure (Net of Advances from Customers)

(i) Residential Mortgages -Lending fully secured by mortgages on residential property that is or will be occupied by the borrower or that is rented - -

- individual housing loans up to `15 Lakh - individual housing loans more than `15 Lakh - -

(ii) Commercial Real Estate - - -Lending secured by mortgages on commercial real estates (offi ce building, retail space, multi-purpose commercial premises, multi-family residential buildings, multi-tenanted commercial premises, industrial or warehouse space, hotels, land acquisition, development and construction etc.).

- -

- Fund Based - - - Non- Fund Based - -

(iii) Investments in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and other Securitised exposures- - -

a. Residential - - b. Commercial Real Estate - -

Fund-based and non-fund based exposures on National Housing Bank (NHB) and Housing Finance Companies (HFC's) 12.00 12.00

Note: The above summary is prepared based on the information available with the Company and relied upon by the auditors.





c. Exposure to Capital Market

S.No. Description 2020-21 2019-20

1. Direct Investment in equity shares, convertible bonds, convertible debentures and units of equity-oriented mutual funds the corpus of which is not exclusively invested in corporate debt.

- -

2. Advances against shares/bonds/debentures or other securities or on clean basis to individuals for investment in shares (including IPOs/ESOPs), convertible bonds, convertible debentures and units of equity-oriented mutual funds.

- -

3. Advances for any other purpose where shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity oriented mutual funds are taken a primary security.

- -

4. Advances for any other purpose to the extent secured by the collateral security of shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity oriented mutual funds i.e. where the primary security other than shares/convertible bonds/convertible debentures/units of equity oriented mutual funds does not fully cover the advances.

- -

5. Secured and unsecured advances to stock brokers and guarantees issued on behalf of stock brokers and market makers.

- -

6. Loans sanctioned to corporates against the security of shares/bonds/debentures or other securities or on clean basis for meeting promoter's contribution to the equity of new companies in anticipation of raising resources.

- -

7. Bridge loans to companies against expected equity fl ows/issues. - -8. All exposures to Venture Capital Funds (both registered and unregistered) - -

d. Asset Liability Management Maturity Pattern of certain items of Assets and Liabilities.


Time Bucket


Deposits Advances Invest-ments Borrowings

Foreign Currency

Assets

Foreign Currency Liabilities

Up to 1 month - 742.00 - 307.99 - -

Over 1 months up to 2 months - 628.61 - 864.23 - -

Over 2 months up to 3 months - 710.00 - 214.67 - -

Over 3 months up to 6 months - 1,475.40 - 694.91 - -

Over 6 months up to 1 year 0.87 2,372.36 - 3,161.99 - -

Over 1 year up to 3 years - 4,729.63 - 2,953.44 - 1,364.32

Over 3 years up to 5 years - 600.51 - 99 - -

Over 5 years - 12.22 12.01 493.3 - -

Grand Total 0.87 11,261.23 12.01 8,790.44 - 1,364.32




e. Category-wise classifi cation of frauds reported during the year vide DNBS.PPD.01/66.15.001/2016-17 dtd 29th September, 2016

Category-wise classifi cation of frauds reported during the year vide DNBS.PD.CC.No.256/03.10.042/2011-12 dated 31.03.2021

Note:Out of the above, `1.02 crore has been recovered and the Company has made adequate provision for the balance recoverable.The above information is prepared based on the information available with the Company and relied upon by the auditors.

9.2 Note on Securitisation a. Disclosure pursuant to Reserve Bank of India Notifi cation DNBS.PD.No.301/3.10.01/2012-13 dated 21st August,

2012 and DNBR (PD) CC.No.0029/03.10.001/2014-15 dated 10th April, 2015During the year, the Company has without recourse securitised on ‘at Par’ basis through Pass Through Certifi cate (PTC) route, and derecognised the said loan receivables from the books. In terms of the accounting policy stated in Note No.1 (g), securitisation income is recognised as per RBI guidelines dated 21st August 2012.

S.No. Description 2020-21 2019-201. No. of SPVs sponsored by the NBFC for securitisation transactions - 1 nos.2. Total amount of securitised assets as per books of the SPVs sponsored by

NBFC's - 12.31

3. Total amount of exposures retained by the NBFC to comply with MRR as on the date of balance sheet:a) Off-balance sheet exposures

- First loss - - - Others - -

b) On-balance sheet exposures - First loss (cash collateral term deposits with banks) - Second Loss

--

7.542.08

- Others - -


Category Less than ` 1 Lakh ` 1 Lakh- ` 25 Lakh ` 25 Lakh and above Total

Count Value Count Value Count Value Count ValueA Person Involved

Staff 27 0.11 10 0.22 - - 37 0.33Staff & Others - - 6 0.72 4 1.72 10 2.44Others 4 0.02 9 0.68 4 4.15 17 4.85Staff and Customers 31 0.13 25 1.62 8 5.87 64 7.62

B Type of FraudMisappropriation and Criminal breach of trust 29 0.12 18 0.78 1 0.25 48 1.15

Fraudulent encashment /manipulation of books of accounts - - - - - - - -

Unauthorised credit facility extended - - - - - - - -

Cheating and Forgery 2 0.01 7 0.84 7 5.62 16 6.47Total 31 0.13 25 1.82 8 8.87 64 7.62




S.No. Description 2020-21 2019-204. Amount of exposures to securitisation transactions other than MRR

a) Off-balance sheet exposuresi) Exposure to own securitisations

- First loss - - - Loss - -

ii) Exposure to third-party securitisations - First loss - - - Others - -

b) On-balance sheet exposuresi) Exposure to own securitisations

- First loss - - - Others - -

ii) Exposure to third-party securitisations - First loss - - - Others - -

b. The value of “excess interest spread receivable” and “unrealised gain” on securitisation transactions undertaken in terms of guidelines on securitisation transaction issued by Reserve bank of India on 21st August, 2012 are given below:

S.No. Description2020-21 2019-20

Non-Current Current Non-

Current Current

1 Excess Interest Spread receivable - - 0.88 0.182 Unrealised gain on Securitisation Transactions - - 0.88 0.18

c. Details of Financial Assets sold to Securitisation / Reconstruction Company for Asset Reconstruction

Description 2020-21 2019-20No. of Accounts - -Aggregate value (net of Provisions) of accounts sold to SC/RC - -Aggregate Consideration - -Additional Consideration realised in respect of accounts transferred in earlier years - -Aggregate Gain/Loss over net book value - -

Description 2020-21 2019-20No. of Accounts - -Aggregate value (net of Provisions) of accounts sold - -Aggregate Consideration - -Additional Consideration realised in respect of accounts transferred in earlier years - -Aggregate Gain/Loss over net book value - -




d. Details of Assignment Transactions undertaken by NBFCs





S.No. Movement of NPA 2020-21 2019-20(I) Net NPA to Net advances (%) 3.41% 2.39%(II) Movement of gross NPA*

a. Opening Balance 370.66 274.69b. Additions during the year 614.12 361.34c. Reductions during the year 152.10 109.76d. Write off during the year 265.59 155.61e. Closing Balance 567.10 370.66

(III) Movement of Net NPAa. Opening Balance 227.28 170.08b. Additions during the year 357.87 180.82c. Reductions during the year 114.75 79.16d. Write off during the year 86.70 44.46e. Closing Balance 383.70 227.28

(IV) Movement of Provision for NPAs**a. Opening Balance 143.38 104.61b. Provisions made during the Year 137.66 83.55c. Reductions/Write off during the year 97.64 44.77d. Closing Balance 183.40 143.38

9.3 a. Disclosure pursuant to Reserve Bank of India notifi cation DNBR (PD) CC. No.0029/03.10.001/2014-15 dated 10th April, 2015

* NPA fi gures includes provision on assets taken over from Chennai Business Consulting Services Limited (erstwhile TVS Finance and Services Limited) vide BTA dated 21st April, 2010)

** NPA fi gures mentioned above includes restructured contracts under Prudential Framework for Resolution of Stressed Assets vide circular RBI/2018-19/203 DBR.No.BP.BC.45/21.04.048/2018-19 dated 7th June, 2019.

b. Details of resolution plan implemented under the Resolution Framework for COVID-19-related Stress as per RBI circular dated 6th August, 2020 are given below.

(A) (B) ( C) (D) (E)

Type of Borrower

Number of accounts

where resolution

plan has been implemented

under this window

exposure to accounts

mentioned at (A) before

implementation of the plan

Of (B), aggregate amount of

debt that was converted into other securities

Additional funding

sanctioned, if any, including

between invocation of the plan and

implementation

Increase in provisions on

account of the implementation of the resolution

plan

Personal Loans 50,959 327.53 - - 36.06

Corporate persons 1 0.01 - - 0.00

Of which, MSMEs 0 0.00 - - 0.00

Others 1 0.01 - - 0.00

Total 50,960 327.54 - - 36.06

c. Disclosure pursuant to RBI no fi ca on- RBI/2020-21/17/DRO.NO.BP.BC/3/21.04.048/2020-21 dated 6th August, 2020 (for restric ng of account of account micro, small & medium enterprises (MSME) sector- restructuring of advances having exposure less than or equal to ` 25 crore.

Type of Borrower Number of accounts where resolution plan has been implemented under this window

Exposure to accounts mentioned at (A) before implementation of the plan

MSMEs 137 14.46





d. Disclosure on Restructured Accounts

Particulars* Amount

Restructured loans as 1st April, 2020Amount Outstanding -Provision thereon -

Fresh restructuring during the yearAmount Outstanding 180.66Provision thereon 29.63

Upgradations to restructured categoryAmount Outstanding -Provision thereon -

Restructured loans ceases to attract higher provision or additional risk weight at the end of year

Amount Outstanding -Provision thereon -

Downgrade of restructured accounts during the yearAmount Outstanding -Provision thereon -

Write-off of restructuredaccounts during the year

Amount Outstanding -Provision thereon -

Restructured loans ason 31st March, 2021

Amount Outstanding 180.66Provision thereon 29.63

* Restructured contracts under Prudential Framework for Resolution of Stressed Assets vide circular RBI/2018-19/203 DBR.No.BP.BC.45/21.04.048/2018-19 dated 7th June, 2019.

e. As per RBI notifi cation dated 7th April, 2021, all the lending institution shall refund/adjust ‘interest on interest’ charged to borrowers during moratorium period. As required by the RBI notifi cation, the methodology for calculation of such interest on interest has been circulated by the Indian Banks’ Association. Accordingly, the Company has estimated the amount and reversed the income in the fi nancial statement. The company has since refunded an amount of ` 2.7 crore to eligible customers.

f. Provisions and Contingencies

Break-up of ‘Provisions and Contingencies’ shown under the Head Expenditure in Statement of Profi t and Loss

Description 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Provision for Depreciation on InvestmentsProvision/Impairment allowance towards NPA (Net)Provision/Impairment allowance towards Standard AssetsProvision for General LossProvision/Impairment allowance on Trade Receivables & Other Financial AssetsProvision made towards Income Tax

-40.0257.54(8.45)17.45

46.52

-38.7714.32

8.452.79

60.00124.07 115.64


39. Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 202 1 (Contd.)



9.4 Disclosure as required by DOR (NBFC).CC.PD.No.109/22.10.106/2019-20

Asset Classifi cation as perRBI Norms

Asset classifi -

cation as per IND-AS

109

Gross Carrying Amount as per IND-AS

109

Loss Allowances (Provisions) as required

under IND-AS 109

Net Carrying Amount

Provisions required as per IRACP norms

Difference between

IND-AS 109 provisions and IRACP

normsPerforming AssetsStandard Stage 1 9,538.49 81.90 9,456.60 59.45 22.22

Stage 2 1,482.38 42.34 1,440.04 16.70 25.65Subtotal 11,020.87 124.24 10,896.63 76.15 48.09Non-Performing Assets (NPA)Substandard Stage 3 351.29 118.50 232.79 99.43 19.07

Doubtful - up to 1 year Stage 3 40.23 17.23 23.00 13.53 3.701 to 3 years Stage 3 4.71 2.85 1.87 2.16 0.69More than 3 years Stage 3 2,0359 1.38 0.66 1.34 0.04Subtotal for doubtful 46.98 21.46 25.52 17.03 4.42Loss Stage 3 25.48 25.48 - 25.48 -Subtotal for NPA 423.74 165.43 258.31 141.94 23.49

Total

Stage 1 9,538.49 81.90 9,456.60 59.45 22.44Stage 2 1,482.38 42.34 1,440.04 16.70 25.65Stage 3 423.74 165.43 258.31 141.94 23.49Total 11,444.62 289.68 11,154.94 218.09 71.58

In terms of the above notifi cation on Implementation of Indian Accounting Standards, Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) are required to create an impairment reserve for any shortfall in impairment allowances under IND-AS 109 and Income Recognition, Asset Classifi cation and Provisioning (IRACP) norms (including provision on standard assets). The impairment allowances under IND-AS 109 made by the company exceeds the total provision required under IRACP (including standard asset provisioning), as at 31st March, 2021 and accordingly, no amount is required to be transferred to impairment reserve.

9.5 Disclosure on Asset Classifi cation under the prudential norms on Income Recognition, Asset Classifi cation as required by circular DOR.No.BP.BC.63/21.04.048/2019-20 dated 17th April, 2020

Particulars Amount

Respective amounts in SMA/overdue categories, where the moratorium/deferment was extended, in terms of paragraph 2 and 3 of the circular (as of February 29, 2020) 2,241.30

Respective amount where asset classifi cation benefi t is extended * 457.15

Provisions made in terms of para 5 of the circular 45.71

Provisions adjusted against slippages in terms of paragraph 6 of the circular 6.34

Provisions adjusted against provision required under resolution framework in terms of paragraph 6 of the circular 16.44

Residual provisions written back as on 31March 2021 in terms of paragraph 6 of the circular 22.94

* as on March 31, 2021 in respect of osuch accounts.





9.6 Concentration of Advances, Exposures & NPAs (Stage 3 Assets)

a) Concentration of Advances

Description 2019-20 2018-19Total Advances to Twenty Largest Borrowers 110.79 72.90Percentage of advances to twenty largest borrowers to Total Advances 0.97% 0.76%

b) Concentration of Exposures

Description 2020-21 2019-20Total Exposures to Twenty Largest Borrowers/Customers 110.79 72.90Percentage of exposures to twenty largest borrowers to Total Advances 0.97% 0.76%

c) Concentration of NPAs

Description 2020-21 2019-20Total Exposure to Top Four NPA Accounts 2.12 1.09

d) Sector-wise distribution of NPA’s

S.No. Sector

Percentage of NPA’s to Total Advances in that

Sector2020-21 2019-20

1 Agriculture and Allied Activities 5.90% 3.87%2 MSME - - 3 Corporate Borrowers 1.60% 0.20%4 Services - - 5 Unsecured Personal Loans 6.61% 8.47%

6 Auto Loans (includes assets taken over from Chennai Business Consulting Services Limited)

4.89% 3.90%

7 Others 4.96% 2.37%

9.7 Customer Complaints

Description 2020-21(Nos.)

2019-20 (Nos.)

No. of Complaints pending at the beginning of the year 61 19No. of Complaints received during the year 2,295 2,389No. of Complaints redressed during the year 2,313 2,347No. of Complaints pending at the end of the year 43 61

9.8 Details of Non-Performing Financial Assets Purchased/Sold

Description 2020-21 2019-20No. of Accounts - 62Aggregate Outstanding - 0.06Aggregate Consideration Received - 0.02





9.9 Registration under Other Regulators

S.No. Regulator Registration No.1 Ministry of Company Affairs CIN:U65920TN2008PLC0697582 Reserve Bank of India Certifi cate of Registration dt 13/04/2010 No. 07-00783

9.10 Penalties imposed by RBI and Other Regulators No penalties have been imposed by RBI and other regulators during FY 2020-21 and FY 2019-20.

9.11 Details of Financing of Parent Company Products During the year the Company has fi nanced 4,53,202 nos. of two-wheelers and 214 nos. of three-wheelers of

TVS Motor Company Limited as against 5,70,679 nos. of two-wheelers and 2,329 nos. of three-wheelers in the previous year.

9.12 Ratings assigned by Credit Rating Agencies

Description 2020-21 2019-20Commercial paper/STL CRISIL/ICRA:A1+ CRISIL/ICRA:A1+Working Capital Demand Loans CRISIL/BWR:AA- CRISIL/BWR:AA-Cash Credit CRISIL/BWR:AA- CRISIL/BWR:AA-Bank Term Loans CRISIL/BWR:AA- CRISIL/BWR:AA-Non-Convertible Debentures - Long Term CRISIL:AA- CRISIL:AA-Perpetual Debt CRISIL/BWR: A+ CRISIL/BWR: A+Subordinated Debt CRISIL/BWR: AA- CRISIL:AA-

9.13 Directors’ Sitting Fees and Commission

S.No. Name of the Director Nature 2020-21# 2019-20#

1 Mr. Venu Srinivasan Sitting Fees* 0.00Commission - -

2 Mr. T.K.Balaji Sitting Fees* 0.01 0.00Commission - -

3 Mr. R.Ramakrishnan Sitting Fees - 0.01Commission 0.03 0.13

4 Mr. Sudarshan Venu Sitting Fees 0.01 0.01Commission - -

5 Mr. S.Santhanakrishnan Sitting Fees* - -Commission - 0.04

6 Mr. K.N.Radhakrishnan Sitting Fees 0.02 0.02Commission - -

7 Mr. V.Srinivasa Rangan Sitting Fees 0.02 0.02Commission 0.13 0.13

8 Ms. Sasikala Varadhachari Sitting Fees 0.02 0.01Commission 0.13 0.10

9 Mr. Balasubramanyam Sriram Sitting Fees 0.02 0.0 1Commission 0.06 -

10 Mr. R. GopalanSitting Fees 0.02 0.01Commission 0.09 -

Total 0.57 0.50

* The amounts mentioned are below the rounding off norms of the Company.





9.14 Details of Single Borrower Limits (SBL)/Group Borrower Limits (GBL) exceeded

Company has not exceeded the single borrower limit as set by Reserve Bank of India.

9.15 Advance against Intangible Securities

Company has not given any loans against intangible securities.

9.16 Derivatives

1. Forward Rate Agreement/Interest Rate Swap

S.No. Description 2020-21 2019-201. Notional principal of swap agreements 1356.55 634.842. Losses which would be incurred if counterparties failed to fulfi l their

obligations under the agreements - -

3. Collateral required by the NBFC upon entering into swaps - -4. Concentration of credit risk arising from the swaps - -5. Fair value of the swap books 1341.97 658.47

2. Exchange Traded Interest Rate (IR) Derivatives

S.No. Description Amount1. Notional principal amount of exchange traded IR derivatives undertaken during

the year (instrument-wise)-

2. Notional principal amount of exchange traded IR derivatives outstanding as on 31st March, 2020 (instrument-wise)

-

3. Notional principal amount of exchange traded IR derivatives outstanding and not " highly effective" (instrument-wise)

-

4. Mark-to-market value of exchange traded IR derivatives outstanding and not "highly effective" (instrument-wise)

-

3. Disclosure on Risk Exposure in Derivatives Towards the foreign currency loan availed, the Company has taken forward cover to hedge the foreign

current risks and cross currency interest rate swap.

S.No. Description March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020i) Outstanding Derivatives

For Hedging (Currency/Interest Rate Derivatives) 1,341.97 658.47ii) Marked to Market Positions

a) Asset (+) 14.57 23.63b) Liability (-)

iii) Credit Exposure 1,356.55 634.84iv) Unhedged Exposures - -

9.17 Overseas assets (for those with JV and Subsidiaries abroad)

There are no overseas assets owned by the Company.

9.18 Drawdown from Reserves

No drawdown from reserves existed for the year.

9.19 Off balance sheet SPV sponsored

There are no SPVs which are required to be consolidated.

9.20 There are no prior period items accounted during the year.





9.21 There are no circumstances in which revenue recognition postponed pending the resolution of signifi cant uncertainties.

9.22 Disclosures as required for liquidity risk as required by Circular DOR.NBFC (PD) CC. No.102/03.10.001/2019-20 dated 4th November, 2019

(i) Funding Concentration based on signifi cant counterparty (both deposits and borrowings)

Particulars As at 31st March, 2021


Number of signifi cant counter parties* 19 21Amount (` In Crore) 9,587.59 8,128.76 Percentage of funding concentration to total deposits NA NA

Percentage of funding concentration to total liabilities** 89.92% 91.21%

* Signifi cant counterparty is as defi ned in RBI Circular RBI/2019-20/88 DOR.NBFC (PD) CC.No.102/03.10.001/ 2019-20 dated 4th November, 2019 on Liquidity Risk Management Framework for Non Banking Financial Companies and Core Investment Companies.

** Total Liabilities has been computed as Total Assets less Equity share capital less Reserve & Surplus and computed basis extant regulatory ALM guidelines.

(ii) Top 20 large deposits (amount in ` Crore and % of total deposits) - NA

(iii) Top 10 borrowings (amount in ` Crore and % of total borrowings)

Particulars As at 31st March, 2021


Total amount of top 10 borrowings 3,311.69 3,461.85Percentage of amount of top 10 borrowings to total borrowings 32.61% 40.44%

(iv) Funding Concentration based on signifi cant instrument/product*

ParticularsAs at

31st March, 2021

Percentage of total liabilities

As at 31st March,

2020

Percentage of total liabilities

Loans from Bank 6,676.79 62.62% 6,759.50 75.85%External Commercial Borrowings 1,364.32 12.80% 678.53 7.61%Sub-ordinated Debts 842.96 7.91% 512.96 5.76%Perpetual Debt Instrument - - 99.81 1.12%Commercial Paper 746.11 7.00% 496.19 5.57%NCD 424.74 3.98% - -

* Signifi cant instrument/product is as defi ned in RBI Circular RBI/2019-20/88 DOR.NBFC (PD CC.No.102/03.10.001/ 2019-20 dated 4th November, 2019 on Liquidity Risk Management Framework for Non-Banking Financial Companies and Core Investment Companies.




(v) Stock Ratios

Sl. No Particulars As at

31st March 2021As at

31st March 20201. Commercial papers as a % of total public funds 7.35% 5.80%2. Commercial papers as a % of total liabilities 7.00% 5.57%3. Commercial papers as a % of total assets 6.10% 4.83%4. Non-convertible debentures (original maturity of less than one

year) as a % of total public funds NA NA

5. Non-convertible debentures (original maturity of less than one year) as a % of total liabilities NA NA

6. Non-convertible debentures (original maturity of less than one year) as a % of total assets NA NA

7. Other short- term liabilities as a % of total public funds 48.73% 58.29%8. Other short- term liabilities as a % of total liabilities 46.41% 55.99%9. Other short- term liabilities as a % of total assets 40.48% 48.52%

* Other Short-term liabilities is computed as current maturities of long-term debt, short-term bank borrowings including outstanding CC/WCDL and other short-term liabilities has been considered, but excludes commercial paper and non-convertible debentures (original maturity of less than one year).

* Public funds are as defi ned in Master Direction - Non-Banking Financial Company – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Direction, 2016

(vi) Institutional set-up for liquidity risk management

The Company constituted an Asset Liability Management Committee as guideline issued by RBI to NBFCs. ALCO consists of members having requisite skill set and expertise of the business and sector of the Company. ALCO monitors asset liability mismatches to ensure that there are no excessive imbalances on either side of the balance sheet and also reviews Asset Liability Management strategy. ALCO also reviews the liquidity risk of the company at regular intervals. The company is maintaining adequate liquidity to manage its commitments.

The Company has taken various initiatives to raise funds at the cost commensurate with its rating by way of diversifi ed funding mix with borrowings from Public sector banks, Private sector banks, Foreign Banks, Financial Institutions, ECB and Capital Markets. The Company has raised maiden listed NCDs to the extent of ` 425 crore under TLTRO and PCGS schemes and External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) to the tune of ` 722 crore on fully hedged basis during FY21. Besides, the company focused on increasing composition of fi xed rate instruments with higher tenor in order to utilise benefi t of the low interest environment.


(vii) Disclosure on Liquidity Coverage Ratio

Appendix 1

Sl No LCR Disclosure TemplateTotal Unweighted Value (average)

(i)

Total Weighted Value (average)

(ii)High Quality Liquid Assets

1. Total High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) 653.14 653.14Cash Outfl ows

2. Deposits (for deposit taking companies) - -3. Unsecured wholesale funding (iii) 499.10 573.974. Secured wholesale funding (iv) 58.89 67.725. Additional requirements, of which - -

(i) Outfl ows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements - -

(ii) Outfl ows related to loss of funding on debt products - -(iii) Credit and liquidity facilities - -6. Other contractual funding obligations 187.33 215.437. Other contingent funding obligations - -8. TOTAL CASH OUTFLOWS 745.32 857.12

Cash Infl ows9. Secured lending 524.26 393.20

10. Infl ows from fully performing exposures 190.02 142.5211. Other cash infl ows 8.19 6.1412. TOTAL CASH INFLOWS 722.48 541.86

Total Adjusted Value

TOTAL HQLA 653.14TOTAL NET CASH OUTFLOWS(Weighted Value of Total Cash Outfl ows – Minimum of (Weighted Value of Total Cash Infl ows, 75% of Weighted Value of Total Cash Outfl ows))

315.26

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (%) 207%

(i) Unweighted values calculated as outstanding balances maturing within one month (for infl ows and outfl ows). (ii) Weighted values calculated after the application of respective haircuts (for HQLA) and stress factors on

infl ow (75%) and outfl ow (115%). (iii) Unsecured wholesale funding includes cash outfl ow on account of Commercial Paper and other unsecured

borrowing repayments. (iv) Secured wholesale funding includes all secured borrowing repayments.






9.23. Summary of total borrowings, receivables and provision

Category-wise breakup 2020-21 2019-20Secured:Term Loan from Banks 5,979.22 5,578.67Working Capital Demand Loan 1,721.88 1,569.36Non Convertible Debenture 424.74 -Securitised Trust Borrowing - 12.57Unsecured:Term Loan from Banks - 150.00Working Capital Demand Loan 340.00 140.00Commercial Paper 746.11 496.19Subordinated Debts 842.96 512.96Perpetual Debt 99.84 99.81Total 10,154.75 8,559.56

Total Loans

Description 2020-21 2019-20Category wise breakupSecured LoansUnsecured LoansTotal LoansLess: Impairment AllowanceNet Loans

9,502.201,942.41

11,444.62289.67

11,154.95

8,307.111,340.559,647.66

192.119,455.55

Total Assets Provisions

Description 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Provision for Depreciation on InvestmentsProvision/Impairment allowance towards NPAProvision/Impairment allowance towards Standard AssetsProvision/Impairment allowance for Trade Receivables and other Financial AssetsProvision for General Loss

-183.4

106.27

21.49-

-143.38

48.73

4.038.45

311.16 104.77










To the members of TVS Credit Services Limited

Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Financial StatementsOpinionWe have audited the accompanying consolidated fi nancial statements of TVS Credit Services Limited (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Holding Company’) and its subsidiaries (Holding Company and its subsidiaries together referred to as “the Group”), which comprise the consolidated Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2021, and the consolidated Statement of Profi t and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), the consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and the consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated fi nancial statements, including a summary of signifi cant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the consolidated fi nancial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid consolidated fi nancial statements give the information required by the Companies Act 2013, (‘the Act’) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with Indian Accounting Standards prescribed under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended (‘Ind AS’) and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the consolidated state of affairs of the Group as at 31st March, 2021, the consolidated profi t (consolidated fi nancial performance including other comprehensive income), total comprehensive Income, consolidated changes in equity and its consolidated cash fl ows for the year then ended.

Basis for OpinionWe conducted our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs) specifi ed under section 143(10) of the Companies act, 2013. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India ( ICAI), together with the independence requirements that are relevant to our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements under the provisions of the Act and the rules made thereunder, and we have fulfi lled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and the ICAI’s Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis of our opinion on the consolidated fi nancial statements.

Key Audit MattersKey audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of the most signifi cant in our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report.

S.No. Key Audit Matter Auditor’s Response1 Allowance for Impairment under IND-AS 109

Ind as 109 requires the company to provide for impairment of its loan receivables (designated at amortised cost and fair value through other comprehensive income) using the expected credit loss (ECL) approach. ECL involves an estimation of probability weighted loss on fi nancial instruments over their life considering reasonable and supportable information about past events current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions which could impact the credit quality of the company’s loans and advances

Principal Audit ProceduresEvaluated the reasonableness of the management estimates by understanding the process of ecl estimation and related assumptions and tested the controls around data extraction and validationWe have understood the company’s estimation of the stage allocation of the loan assets and understood the policy in place for computation of parameters required to arrive at the expected credit loss and verifi ed for the consistency in application of the policy. We have performed, substantive checks on the calculation, including independent calculation of the parameters, that are estimated by the company as part of computation of ECL. WE have also conducted analytical tests including but not limited to trend analysis of the ECL number against the loan receivables in comparison to some of the other companies in the same business profi le.



S.No. Key Audit Matter Auditor’s ResponseIn the process a signifi cant degree of judgment has been applied by the management fora) Grouping of borrowers based on

homogeneity by using appropriate statistical techniques

b) Estimation of losses for loan products with no/minimal historical defaults

Tested the periods considered for capturing underlying data as base to PD and LGD calculations applied of group of Portfolio are in line with Company’s recent experience of past observed periods.Tested the ECL model including assumptions and underlying computation.

Information Other than the Consolidated Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report ThereonThe Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation of the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Management Discussion and Analysis, Board’s Report including Annexures to Board’s Report. Business Responsibility Report, Corporate Governance and Shareholder’s Information, but does not include the consolidated fi nancial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated fi nancial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated fi nancial statements or our knowledge obtained during the course of our audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Board of Directors, for the Consolidated Financial StatementsThe Holding Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and presentation Of these consolidated fi nancial statements in terms of the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013 that give a true and fair view of the consolidated fi nancial position, consolidated fi nancial performance, consolidated total comprehensive income, consolidated changes in equity and consolidated cash fl ows of the Group, in accordance with the Ind AS and other accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Accounting Standards specifi ed under section 133 of the Act. The respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group are responsible for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Group and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal fi nancial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the respective fi nancial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, which have been used for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated fi nancial statements by the Directors of the Holding company, as aforesaid.

In preparing the consolidated fi nancial statements, the respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group are responsible for assessing the ability of the each of the companies in the Group, to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

The respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group, are responsible for overseeing the fi nancial reporting process of each of the companies in the Group.

Auditor's Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial StatementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated fi nancial statements are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to infl uence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated fi nancial statements.



As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated fi nancial statements, whether

due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher, than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

• Obtain an understanding of internal fi nancial controls relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Company, its subsidiary companies and its which are companies incorporated in India and outside India, has adequate internal fi nancial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls;

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management and board of directors;

• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast signifi cant doubt on the ability of the companies in the Group, to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated fi nancial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group, to cease to continue as a going concern;

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated fi nancial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated fi nancial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation;

• Obtain suffi cient appropriate audit evidence regarding the fi nancial information of the entities or business activities within the Group, to express an opinion on the consolidated fi nancial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit of the fi nancial statements of such entities included in the consolidated fi nancial statements of which we are the independent auditors.

Materiality is the magnitude of misstatements in the consolidated fi nancial statements that, individually or in aggregate, makes it probable that the economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable user of the fi nancial statements may be infl uenced. We consider quantitative materiality and qualitative factors in (i) planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work; and (ii) to evaluate the effect of any identifi ed misstatements in the fi nancial statements.We communicate with those charged with governance of the Holding Company and such other entities included in the consolidated fi nancial statements of which we are the independent auditors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and signifi cant audit fi ndings, including any signifi cant defi ciencies in internal control that we identify during our audit. We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most signifi cance in the audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefi ts of such communication.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory RequirementsAs required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report, to the extent applicable, that:(a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge

and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit of the aforesaid consolidated fi nancial statements.

(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidated fi nancial statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books.



(c) The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Profi t and Loss, and the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the relevant books of account maintained for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated fi nancial statements.

(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid consolidated fi nancial statements comply with the Accounting Standards specifi ed under Section 133 of the Act.

(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors of the Holding Company as on 31st March, 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company none of the directors of the Group companies, is disqualifi ed as on 31st March, 2021 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act.

(f) With respect to the adequacy of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting of the Group consisting of subsidiaries, which are all incorporated in India, and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer to our separate report in “Annexure A”.

(g) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditor’s) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us:

i. The consolidated fi nancial statements disclose the impact of pending litigations on the consolidated fi nancial position of the Group. - Refer Note 38(3) to the consolidated fi nancial statements.

ii. Provision has been made in the consolidated fi nancial statements, as required under the applicable law or accounting Standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including derivative contracts.

iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the investor Education and Protection Fund by the Holding Company and its subsidiary companies.


V. SathyanarayananPartnerMembership No. 027716Place : BangaloreDate : 26th April, 2021UDIN : 21027716AAAAHX6979


ANNEXURE ‘A’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT - ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021

Report on the Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting under Clause (i) of Sub-Section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”)In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated fi nancial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended 31st March 2021, we have audited the internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting of TVS Credit Services Limited (hereinafter referred to as the ‘Holding Company’), “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Chennai 600 006, and its subsidiaries.

Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial ControlsThe respective Board of Directors of the Company, its subsidiary companies, are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal fi nancial controls based on the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (“ the ICAI”). These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal fi nancial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring the orderly and effi cient conduct of its business, including adherence to the respective company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable fi nancial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.

Auditors’ ResponsibilityOur responsibility is to express an opinion on the internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting of the Company, its subsidiary companies, based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance Note”) issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India and the Standards on Auditing, prescribed under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal fi nancial controls. Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting were established and maintained, and if such controls operated effectively in all material respects.

Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal fi nancial controls system over fi nancial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the fi nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the internal fi nancial controls system over fi nancial reporting of the company, its subsidiaries, which are companies incorporated in India.

Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial ReportingA company’s internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of fi nancial reporting and the preparation of fi nancial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly refl ect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

(2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of fi nancial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and

(3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the fi nancial statements.


ANNEXURE ‘A’ TO THE INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT - ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2020

Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial ReportingBecause of the inherent limitations of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any evaluation of the internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal fi nancial control over fi nancial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

OpinionIn our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the Company and its subsidiary companies which are all incorporated in India, have, in all material respects, an adequate internal fi nancial control system over fi nancial reporting and such internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting were operating effectively as at 31st March 2021, based on internal control over fi nancial reporting criteria established by the respective companies considering the essential components of internal control stated in the guidance note on audit of internal fi nancial controls over fi nancial reporting issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.


V. SathyanarayananPartnerMembership No. 027716Place : BangaloreDate : 26th April, 2021UDIN : 21027716AAAAHX6979


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31ST MARCH, 2021

Particulars Note No.



ASSETS1 Financial Assets

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents 2 653.44 357.74 (b) Bank balances other than (a) above 3 14.30 24.37 (c) Derivative Financial Instruments 4 - 23.63 (d) Receivables

i) Trade Receivables 5 30.80 55.20 (e) Loans 6 11,154.95 9,455.55 (f) Other Financial Assets 7 89.70 112.63

Total 11,943.19 10,029.12

2 Non-Financial Assets(a) Current Tax Assets (Net) 8 17.26 14.88 (b) Deferred Tax Assets (Net) 9 115.69 75.82 (c) Investment Property 10 85.16 85.16 (d) Property, Plant and Equipment 11 16.53 19.09 (e) Other Intangible Assets 11 4.04 6.17 (f) Other Non Financial Assets 12 45.65 54.57

Total 284.33 255.69 Total Assets 12,227.52 10,284.81

LIABILITIES AND EQUITYLIABILITIES

1 Financial Liabilities(a) Derivative Financial Instruments 4 14.57 - (a) Payables

I. Trade Payablesi) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises 13 - 0.02 ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises 13 227.87 168.61

(b) Debt Securities 14 1,170.85 496.19 (c) Borrowings other than Debt Securities 15 8,041.11 7,450.59 (d) Subordinated Liabilities 16 942.79 612.77 (e) Other Financial Liabilities 17 207.57 129.69

Total 10,604.76 8,857.87 2 Non-Financial Liabilities

(a) Provisions 18 33.74 36.42 (b) Other Non-Financial Liabilities 19 23.64 17.40

Total 57.38 53.82 3 Equity

(a) Equity Share Capital 20 191.94 185.18 (b) Other Equity 21 1,373.43 1,187.94

Total 1,565.37 1,373.12 Total Liabilities and Equity 12,227.52 10,284.81











CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021








Particulars Note No.

For the year ended

31st March, 2021

For the year ended

31st March, 2020Revenue from Operations

i) Interest income 22 2,041.85 1,822.23 ii) Fee and Commission Income 23 196.76 168.13 I) Total Revenue from Operations 2,238.61 1,990.36 II) Other Income 24 3.11 10.12 III) Total Income (I + II) 2,241.72 2,000.48

Expensesi) Finance Costs 25 729.44 699.81 ii) Fees and Commission Expenses 135.17 127.50 iii) Impairment of Financial Instruments 26 466.79 258.80 iv) Employee Benefi t Expenses 27 584.81 477.73 v) Depreciation, Amortisation and Impairment 19.92 20.10 vi) Other expenses 28 199.42 197.52 IV) Total Expenses 2,135.55 1,781.46

V) Profi t/(Loss) before exceptional items and tax 106.17 219.02 VI) Exceptional items - 8.00 VII) Profi t/(Loss) before tax 106.17 211.02 VIII) Tax Expenses 29

Current Tax 46.72 60.18 Deferred Tax (38.10) (0.20)

IX) Profi t/(Loss) for the period 97.55 151.04 X) Other Comprehensive Income 30A. Items that will not be reclassifi ed to Profi t or Loss - Itemwise

Remeasurement of the defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Income Tax relating to these items 0.88 0.89

B. Items that will be reclassifi ed to Profi t or Loss - ItemwiseFair value change on cash fl ow hedge (3.55) (20.05)Income Tax relating to these items 0.89 5.05 Other Comprehensive Income (A+B) (5.28) (17.65)

XI) Total Comprehensive Income for the period (Comprising Profi t/(Loss) and other comprehensive income for the period) 92.27 133.38

XII) Earnings Per Share 31Basic (`) 5.22 8.28 Diluted (`) 5.22 8.28











CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2021

Particulars Year ended 31st March, 2021

Year ended 31st March, 2020

Cash Flow From Operating ActivityProfi t Before Income Tax 106.17 211.02 Adjustment For:-Depreciation and amortisation expense 19.92 20.10 Impairment of Financial Assets 106.57 64.33 (Profi t)/Loss on disposal of PPE (0.33) (0.01)Finance Charges Paid 729.43 699.81 Foreign currency gain - (15.18)Fair Value Losses on derivatives not designated as hedges - 15.03 Unwinding of discount on security deposits (2.68) (9.71)Remeasurement of defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Employee Benefi t Obligations 5.77 6.38 Cash generated from operations before working capital changes 855.19 777.21

Change in operating assets and liabilities(Increase)/Decrease in Trade Receivables 14.94 (5.04)(Increase)/Decrease in Loans (1,796.96) (1,283.72)(Increase) in other fi nancial assets 25.34 22.36 (Increase)/Decrease in Other Non Financial Assets 1.54 (38.91)Increase/(Decrease) in Trade Payables 59.24 28.75 Increase/(Decrease) in Other fi nancial liabilities 0.73 22.60 Increase/(Decrease) in Other Non fi nancial liabilities 6.24 2.74 Financing Charges paid (650.99) (699.81)Cash generated from operations (1,378.54) (962.80)Income taxes paid (49.09) (68.36)Net cash infl ow from operating activities (1,427.64) (1,031.16)

Cash fl ows from investing activitiesPayments for property, plant and equipment and Investment Property (8.00) (8.77)Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and Investment Property 0.36 0.01

Decrease in Deposits with Bank 10.08 15.06 Net cash outfl ow from investing activities 2.44 6.30

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activitiesProceeds from issue of Shares 99.98 90.00 Proceeds from Issue/(Repayment) of Debt Securities 674.66 3.75 Proceeds/(Repayment) of Borrowings 887.64 1,821.52 Proceeds/(Repayment) of Subordinated Liabilities 330.02 (26.99)Payments for Principal Portion of Lease Liabilities (8.94) (6.83)Net cash infl ow (outfl ow) from fi nancing activities 1,983.36 1,881.45

Net Increase Or (Decrease) in Cash & Cash equivalent 558.16 856.59 Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the fi nancial year (61.62) (918.21)Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year 496.55 (61.62)










CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

1. Equity Share Capital

Notes Amounts

Balance as at April 1, 2019 178.21


Balance as at March 31, 2020 185.18


Balance as at March 31, 2021 191.94

2. Other Equity

Notes

Reserves and Surplus

Securities Premium Account

Statutory Reserve

Retained earnings

Other Reserves - Hedge Reserve

Total

Balance as at April 1, 2019 546.39 90.65 336.45 - 973.49 Change in accounting Policy (Refer Note 38) - - (1.93) - (1.93)

Profi t for the Year 21 - - 151.04 - 151.04

Other comprehensive income 21 - - (2.65) (15.00) (17.65)

Transaction in the capacity as owners

Transfer to statutory reserve 21 - 30.10 (30.10) - -

Issue of equity shares 21 83.02 - - - 83.02

Balance as at March 31, 2020 629.41 120.75 452.78 (15.00) 1,187.94

Profi t for the year 21 - - 97.55 - 97.55

Other comprehensive income 21 - - (2.62) (2.67) (5.29)

Transaction in the capacity as owners

Transfer to statutory reserve 21 - 19.40 (19.40) - -

Issue of equity shares 21 93.23 - - - 93.23

Balance as at March 31, 2021 722.64 140.15 528.31 (17.67) 1,373.43



1. Signifi cant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial Statements BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE GROUP

TVS Credit Services Limited (‘the Company’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in India. The registered offi ce is located at “Chaitanya”, No. 12 Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai – 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India. The company is a subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Limited.

The Company has received Certifi cate of Registration dated 13th April, 2010 from Reserve Bank of India (RBI) and commenced Non-Banking Financial activity there on. The company is categorised as Systemically Important Non-Banking Finance (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) Company, as defi ned under Section 45-IA of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Act, 1934. The Company is engaged predominantly in Automobile Financing. The Company falls under the new category of “NBFC - Investment and Credit Company (NBFC-ICC)” post RBI merger of the three categories of NBFCs viz. Asset Finance Companies (AFC), Loan Companies (LCs) and Investment Companies (ICs) in February 2019.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESa. Basis of Preparation of Accounts: The fi nancial results of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards

(IND-AS) notifi ed under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) read with [Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015] as amended by the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2016 and other accounting principles generally accepted in India.

The Company has adopted IND-AS from 1st April, 2018 with effective transition date of 1st April, 2017 pursuant to MCA notifi cation dated 31st March,2016 and fi nancial statements has been prepared in accordance with Division III of Schedule III of Companies Act 2013 notifi ed by MCA on 11th October, 2018. Further, the Company follows application guidance, clarifi cations, circulars and directions issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) for Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFC) or other regulators, as and when they are issued and applicable.

Principles of Consolidation Subsidiaries Subsidiaries are all entities over which the group has control. The group controls an entity when the group is

exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the relevant activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The group combines the fi nancial statements of the parent and its subsidiaries line by line adding together like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses. Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries are consistent with the policies adopted by the group.

Non-controlling interests (if any) in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated statement of profi t and loss, consolidated statement of changes in equity and balance sheet, respectively.

The subsidiary companies considered in consolidated fi nancial statements are:

S.No. Name of the SubsidiaryProportion of Ownership

(interest/voting power -%) Reporting Date2020-21 2019-20

1 Haritha ARC Services Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-20212 Haritha Collection Services Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-20213 TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-20214 TVS Housing Finance Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-20215 TVS Micro Finance Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-20216 TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited 100% 100% 31-03-2021

All the subsidiaries are incorporated in India

b. Historical Cost Convention The fi nancial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the following: • Certain fi nancial assets and liabilities (including derivative instruments) are measured at fair value as stated in

notes; • Defi ned benefi t plans – plan assets measured at fair value.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESFORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


c. Use of Estimates

The preparation of fi nancial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the fi nancial statements and notes thereto. The management believes that these estimates and assumptions are reasonable and prudent. However, actual results could differ from these estimates. Any revision to accounting estimates is recognised prospectively in the current and future period. This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgment or complexity, and of items which are more likely to be materially adjusted due to estimates and assumptions turning out to be different than those originally assessed. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgments is included in the relevant notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the fi nancial statements.

d. Signifi cant Estimates and Judgements

The areas involving critical estimates are:

• Determining inputs into the ECL measurement model - (Refer Note 34)

• Estimation of defi ned benefi t obligation - (Refer Note 32)

The areas involving critical judgements are:

• Classifi cation of fi nancial assets: Assessment of the business model within which the assets are held and assessment of whether the contractual terms of the fi nancial asset are SPPI (Solely Payments of Principal and Interest) on the principal amount outstanding.

• Derecognition of fi nancial assets and securitisation.

• Categorisation of loan portfolios

e. Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE)

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition or construction less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of profi t or loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

f. Depreciation

Depreciation is provided on straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful life estimated by the company is in line with the useful life prescribed under Part C of Schedule II of the Companies Act, 2013 except in the case of mobile phone, based on the technical evaluation wherein the useful life is considered as 2 years.

Depreciation on PPE individually costing `5,000/- or less is provided 100% in the year of acquisition.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its estimated recoverable amount, if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. Gain and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in the statement of profi t or loss.

Depreciation on fi xed assets added/disposed-off during the year is calculated on pro-rata basis with reference to the date of addition/disposal.

g. Investment Property

Property that is held for long-term rental yields or for capital appreciation or both, and that is not occupied by the company, is classifi ed as investment property. Investment property is measured initially at its cost, including related transaction costs and where applicable borrowing costs. Subsequent expenditure is capitalised to the assets carrying amount only when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the expenditure will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred.

h. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets acquired are recorded at their acquisition cost and are amortised on straight-line basis over its useful life. Software is amortised over 3 years period or the license period whichever is lower on straight-line basis.

CONSOLIDATED SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIESFORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


i. Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities:

1. Classifi cation

The Company classifi es its fi nancial assets in the following categories, those to be measured subsequently at:

a. Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI),

b. Fair value through profi t or loss (FVTPL), and

c. Amortised cost.

The classifi cation depends on the entity’s business model for managing the fi nancial assets and the contractual terms of the cash fl ows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profi t or loss or other comprehensive income. For investments in debt instruments, this will depend on the business model in which the investment is held. For investments in equity instruments, this will depend on whether the company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Business Model Assessment

The Company makes an assessment of the objective of a business model in which an asset is held at a portfolio level because this best refl ects the way the business is managed and information is provided to the management.

Assessment of whether contractual cash fl ows are solely payments of principal and interest

For the purpose of this assessment, ‘principal’ is defi ned as the fair value of the fi nancial asset on initial recognition. ‘Interest’ is defi ned as consideration for the time value of money and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and for other basic lending risks and costs, as well as profi t margin.

In assessing whether the contractual cash fl ows are SPPI, the Company considers the contractual terms of the instrument. This includes assessing whether the fi nancial asset contains a contractual term that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash fl ows such that it would not meet this condition.

Reclassifi cations

Financial assets are not reclassifi ed subsequent to their initial recognition, except in the period after the Company changes its business model for managing fi nancial assets.


The Company classifi es its fi nancial liabilities, other than fully hedged foreign currency loans, fi nancial guarantees and loan commitments, as measured at amortised cost or fair value through profi t or loss.

2. Measurement

At initial recognition, the company measures a fi nancial assets that are not at FVTPL at its fair value plus/(minus), transaction costs / origination Income that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the fi nancial asset. Transaction costs of fi nancial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed in profi t or loss.

Debt Instruments: Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the company’s business model for managing the

asset and the cash fl ow characteristics of the asset. There are two measurement categories into which the Company classifi es its debt instruments.

1. Amortised Cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash fl ows where those cash fl ows represent solely

payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. A gain or loss on debt investment that is subsequently measured at amortised cost and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profi t or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired. Interest income from these fi nancial assets is included in fi nance income using the effective interest rate method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the fi nancial asset to the gross carrying value of a fi nancial asset. While calculating the effective interest rate, the Company estimates the expected cash fl ows by considering all the contractual terms of the fi nancial instrument (for example, prepayment, extension, call and similar options), but does not consider the expected credit losses.



2. Fair Value through Profi t or Loss:

Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) are measured at fair value through profi t or loss. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at fair value through profi t or loss and is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised in profi t or loss and presented in the statement of profi t and loss within other gains / (losses) in the period in which it arises. Interest income from these fi nancial assets is included in other income.

3. Revenue Recognition

i. Income from Financing Activity

1. Interest income is recognised using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method for all fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost. The EIR is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the fi nancial asset, to its gross carrying amount. The calculation of the effective interest rate includes transaction costs and transaction income that are directly attributable to the acquisition of a fi nancial asset.

2. For fi nancial assets that are not Purchases Originally Credit Impaired “POCI” but have subsequently become credit-impaired (or ‘stage-3’), for which interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to their amortised cost of credit impaired asset.

3. Income by way of additional interest on account of delayed payment by the customers is recognised on realisation basis, due to uncertainty in collections.

ii. Other Revenue from Operations

1. Fees and commission income that are not integral part of the effective interest rate on the fi nancial asset are recognised as the performance obligations are performed and there is no signifi cant fi nancing component of the consideration.

2. Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive income is established.

3. Incomes in the nature of bounce and related charges are recognised on realisation, due to uncertainty in collections.

4. Impairment of Financial Assets

The Company recognises loss allowance for Expected Credit Loss “ECL” on the following fi nancials instruments that are not measured at FVTPL:

i. Loans

ii. Trade receivables

iii. Other receivables

i. Loans and Other Receivables

The Company measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for fi nancial instruments whose credit risk has not increased signifi cantly since initial recognition, for which a 12-month ECL is computed.

Life-time ECL is based on the result from all possible default events over the expected life of the fi nancial instrument.

12-month ECL is based on the result from default events on a fi nancial instrument that are possible within the 12 months after the reporting date.

The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on signifi cant increases in the likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a signifi cant increase in credit risk.


Stage Past due ECL Regulatory standardsStage 1 30 Days Past Due 12-Month ECL Equivalent to standard

assets as per RBIStage 2 31-90 Days Past Due Lifetime ECLStage 3 More than 90 Days Past

Due Lifetime ECL Equivalent to NPA assets as per RBI



Measurement of ECL

ECL is a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. They are measured as follows:

• Financial assets that are not credit-impaired at the reporting date: As the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash fl ows due to the Company in accordance with the contract and the cash fl ows that the Company expects to receive);

• Financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date: As the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash fl ows.

ii. Trade Receivables:

For trade receivables only, the Company applies the simplifi ed approach which requires life-time ECL to be recognised from initial recognition of the receivables.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of fi nancial position

Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the statement of fi nancial position for fi nancial assets measured at amortised cost as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

Write-off

Loans are written-off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering in its entirety or a portion thereof. This is generally the case when the Company determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate suffi cient cash fl ows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off. This assessment is carried out at the individual asset level.

Financial assets that are written-off could still be subject to enforcement activities in order to comply with the Company’s procedures for recovery of amounts due.

5. Derecognition of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities:

A fi nancial asset is derecognised only when:

The Company has transferred the contractual rights to receive cash fl ows from the fi nancial asset or the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash fl ows of the fi nancial asset, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash fl ows to one or more recipients.

Where the entity has transferred an asset, the Company evaluates whether it has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset. In such cases, the fi nancial asset is derecognised. Where the entity has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset, the fi nancial asset is not derecognised.

Where the entity has neither transferred a fi nancial asset nor retains substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the fi nancial asset, the fi nancial asset is derecognized if the Company has not retained control of the fi nancial asset. Where the company retains control of the fi nancial asset, the asset is continued to be recognised to the extent of continuing involvement in the fi nancial asset.

On derecognition of a fi nancial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of (i) The consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) and (ii) Any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognised in OCI is recognised in profi t or loss.

A fi nancial liability is derecognised when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expires.

6. Derivatives

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The Company designates derivatives taken on External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) as Cashfl ow Hedges (hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash fl ows of recognised assets and liabilities and highly probable forecast transactions).

The Company documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.



The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash fl ows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative fi nancial instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 33. Movements in the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in Note 21.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash fl ow hedges is recognised in the “other comprehensive income”. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profi t or loss.

7. Offsetting Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the balance sheet where there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously

8. Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of fi nancial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost.

9. Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash fl ows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignifi cant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in the balance sheet.

10. Taxation

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences and to unused tax losses. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted on substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

i. Deferred income tax provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the fi nancial statements. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting profi t nor taxable profi t or loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

ii. Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.


Current and deferred tax is recognised in the statement of profi t or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.




11. Employee Benefi ts:

a) Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefi ts that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

b) The liabilities for earned leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. They are therefore measured as the present value of the expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employee up to the end of reporting period using the projected unit credit method. The benefi ts are discounted using the market yields at the end of the reporting period that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation. Re-measurements as a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profi t or loss.

c) Post-Employment Obligation:


• Defi ned benefi t plans such as gratuity for its eligible employees, pension plan for its senior managers; and

• Defi ned contribution plans such as provident fund.

i. Pension and Gratuity Obligation:

The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defi ned benefi t pension and gratuity plan is the present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation at the end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets. The defi ned benefi t obligation is calculated annually by actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation denominated in INR is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outfl ows by reference to market yields at the end of the reporting period on the government bonds that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.

The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defi ned benefi t obligation and the fair value of plan assets. This cost is included in employee benefi t expense in the statement of profi t and loss.


Changes in the present value of the defi ned benefi t obligation resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised immediately in profi t or loss as past service cost.

ii. Provident Fund:

Contributions to Provident Fund made to Regional Provident Fund Commissioner in respect of Employees’ Provident Fund based on the statutory provisions are charged to Statement of Profi t and Loss on accrual basis.

12. Functional Currency:

a) Functional and presentation currencies:

Items included in the fi nancial statements are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). i.e., in Indian rupees (INR) and all values are rounded off to nearest lakh except where otherwise indicated.

b) Transactions and balances:

• Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency using exchange rates at the date of transaction.

• Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognised in profi t or loss.



13. Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction cost incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption amount is recognised in profi t or loss over the period of the borrowings, using the effective interest rate method. Fees paid on the established loan facilities are recognised as transaction cost of the loan, to the extent that it is probable that some or all the facility will be drawn down.

Borrowings are removed from the balance sheet when the obligation specifi ed in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a fi nancial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profi t or loss as other gain/(loss).

Finance charges are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

14. Borrowings Cost:

Borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

15. Cash Flow Statement

Cash fl ows are reported using the indirect method, whereby profi t / (loss) before tax is adjusted for the effects of the transactions of non-cash nature.

16. Earnings Per Share

The basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net profi t / loss attributable to the equity shareholders for the period by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the reporting period. The number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share comprises the weighted average number of shares considered for deriving earnings per share, and also the weighted average number of equity shares, which could have been issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential shares. In computing diluted earnings per share, only potential equity shares that are dilutive and that reduce profi t per share are included.

17. Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

Assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifi able cash infl ows which are largely independent of the cash infl ows from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-fi nancial assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

18. Lease

The Company evaluates each contract or arrangement, whether it qualifi es as lease as defi ned under IND-AS 116.

The Company as a lessee, assesses, whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract involves:

(a) The use of an identifi ed asset,

(b) The right to obtain substantially all the economic benefi ts from use of the identifi ed asset,

(c) The right to direct the use of the identifi ed asset.

The Company at the inception of the lease contract recognises a Right-of-Use (RoU) asset at cost and corresponding lease liability, except for leases with term of less than twelve months (short term) and low-value assets.

The cost of the right-of-use assets comprises the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the inception date of the lease plus any initial direct costs, less any lease incentives received. Subsequently, the right-of-use assets are measured at cost less any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The right-of-use assets are depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date over the shorter of lease term or useful life of right-of-use assets.



For lease liabilities at inception, the Company measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date.

The lease payments are discounted using the incremental borrowing rate.

For short-term leases and low value assets (assets of less than INR 5,00,000 in value) the Company recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the group relied on its assessment made applying IND-AS 17.

Lease payments have been classifi ed as Cash fl ow used in fi nancing activities.


There is no separate reportable segment as per IND-AS 108 on ‘Operating Segments’ in respect of the Company.

20. Provisions

A provision is recorded when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outfl ow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

21. Contingent Liabilities

Wherever there is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will be confi rmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the entity or a present obligation that arises from past events but is not recognised because (a) It is not probable that an outfl ow of resources embodying economic benefi ts will be required to settle the obligation; or (b) The amount of the obligation cannot be measured with suffi cient reliability are considered as contingent liabilities. Show cause notices are not considered as Contingent Liabilities unless converted into demand.

22. Share Based Payments

Equity-settled share-based payments for receipt of services are measured at the estimated average fair value of the equity instruments over the vesting period. The average fair value is determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity.

23. Equity

Equity shares are classifi ed as equity. Distributions to holders of an equity instrument are recognised by the entity directly in equity. Transaction costs of an equity transaction shall be accounted for as a deduction from equity.




NOTE 2 Cash and Cash Equivalents



a) Cash on hand* 15.42 2.09 b) Balance with banks

- current accounts 638.02 355.65 Total 653.44 357.74

* Represents cash collected from borrowers as on Balance Sheet date, deposited with Bank subsequently in the process of being deposited.

Cash and Cash Equivalents for the purpose of Cash Flow Statement



a) Cash and Cash Equivalents as shown above 653.44 357.74 b) Less: overdrafts utilised 156.89 419.36

(Grouped under Borrowings (other than debt securities) - Note 16)Total 496.55 (61.62)

NOTE 3 Bank Balance other than Cash and Cash Equivalents*



a) Bank Balance other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 14.30 24.37 Total 14.30 24.37

* Balance maintained in Fixed Deposits as Cash Collateral towards Assets transferred on assignment of receivables, lien marked favouring SPVs (represent Fixed Deposits exceeding 3 months and Less than 12 months)

NOTE 4 Derivative Financial Instruments


Notional amounts

Fair Value - Assets


a) Other Derivatives- Cross Currency SwapDerivatives designated as hedges 1,356.55 - 14.57

Total 1,356.55 - 14.57


Notional amounts

Fair Value - Assets


b) Other Derivatives- Cross Currency SwapDerivatives designated as hedges 634.84 23.63 -

Total 634.84 23.63 -

NOTE 5 Trade Receivables



a) Receivables considered good - Unsecured 44.29 59.23 b) Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 13.49 4.03 c) Receivables considered good - Unsecured (Net) (a) -(b) 30.80 55.20

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 6 Loans



Amortised CostA a) Bills Purchased and Bills discounted - 21.30

b) Term Loansi) Automobile Financing 9,442.57 8,278.96 ii) Consumer Lending 1,532.76 1,138.30 iii) Small Business Lending 469.29 209.10

c) Total Loans - Gross (a)+(b) 11,444.62 9,647.66 d) Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 e) Total Loans - Net (c)-(d) 11,154.95 9,455.55

B NatureSecured by Tangible Assets 9,509.84 8,307.11 Unsecured Loans 1,934.78 1,340.55 Total Gross 11,444.62 9,647.66 Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 Total - Net 11,154.95 9,455.55

C i) Loans in IndiaPublic Sector - - Others 11,444.62 9,647.66 Total Gross 11,444.62 9,647.66 Less: Impairment Loss Allowance 289.67 192.12 Total - Net 11,154.95 9,455.55

ii) Loans Outside India - - iii) Total Loans (i)+(ii) 11,154.95 9,455.55 a. The stock of loan (automobile fi nance) includes 13292 nos. repossessed vehicles as at Balance Sheet date.

March 31, 2020: 13998 nos.)b. Automobile fi nancing is secured by hypothecation of vehicles supported by Registration Certifi cate book

issued by Regional Transport Offi cer and undertaking given by the borrower to register the vehicle with RTO.

c. Transferred LoansThe carrying amounts of the automobile fi nancing include Loans which are subject to a Securitisation arrangement. Under this arrangement, company has transferred the relevant Loans to the Securitisation trust in exchange for cash. However, company has provided credit enhencements which in substance has been concluded has retention of risk and reward. The company therefore continues to recognise the transferred assets in their entirety in its balance sheet. The amount repayable under the securitisation agreement is presented as secured borrowing.

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Total transferred receivables - 12.57 Associated Secured Borrowing (Note 16) - 12.57





NOTE 7 Other Financial Assets



a) Loan to Employees 4.62 8.72 b) Security deposit for leased premises 7.49 7.54 c) Advances to Related Parties 73.21 78.20 d) Other Financial Assets - Related Parties - 2.66 e) Other Financial Assets - Non Related Parties 0.00 12.17 f) Deposit with Service Providers 4.39 3.34

Total 89.70 112.63

NOTE 8 Current Tax Assets



a) Opening Balance 14.88 6.76 b) Add: Taxes paid 49.10 68.12 c) Less: Taxes Payable (46.72) (60.00)

Total 17.26 14.88

NOTE 9 Deferred Tax Assets/(liabili es)

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:


Created/(Provided) during

the year


Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) on account of:a) Depreciation 5.07 0.47 4.60 b) Provision for compensated absence 5.10 1.07 4.03 c) Provision for expected credit loss 78.31 33.67 44.64 d) Additional Provision - (2.13) 2.13 e) Provision for gratuity 0.45 0.27 0.18 f) Expenses Disallowed under Sec 40 (a) (ia) 6.10 1.88 4.22 g) Provision for pension 2.94 0.11 2.82 i) Automobile fi nancing 8.56 3.97 4.59 i) Advances to related parties 2.38 (0.35) 2.73 j) Mark to market on derivative 5.94 0.89 5.05 k) Lease Accouting 0.84 0.02 0.82

Total Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities) 115.69 39.87 75.82

Break-up of deferred tax expense/(benefi t) - to statement of profi t and loss 38.10 - to other comprehensive income 1.77 Total 39.87




NOTE 10 Investment Property

Description Land Building TotalPeriod Ended 31st March, 2021Gross carrying amount 85.16 0.00 85.16 Additions - - - Sub-total 85.16 0.00 85.16 Disposals - - -Closing gross carrying amount (A) 85.16 0.00 85.16Depreciation and amortisation - - -Openig accumulated depreciation - - -Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year - - -Sub-total - - -Disposals - - -Closing accumulated depreciation and amortisation (B) - - -Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2021 (A)-(B) 85.16 0.00 85.16Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 85.16 0.00 85.16

Description Land Building TotalPeriod Ended 31st March, 2020Gross carrying amount 85.47 0.40 85.86Additions - -Sub-total 85.47 0.40 85.86Disposals 0.30 0.40 0.70Closing gross carrying amount (A) 85.16 - 85.16Depreciation and amortisation - - -Opening accumulated depreciation - - -Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year - - -Sub-total - - -Disposals - - -Closing accumulated depreciation and amortisation (B) - - -Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 (A)-(B) 85.16 - 85.16

(i) Fair value As at


31st March, 2020Investment properties 414.90 414.90

The fair values of investment properties have been determined by independent valuers.




NOTE 11 Property, Plant and Equipment

Description


Assets (Computer Software)



Period Ended 31st March, 2021Gross carrying amount 20.44 11.29 11.17 0.02 42.92 14.26 Additions 3.35 0.63 2.20 6.18 1.82 Sub-total 23.79 11.92 13.37 0.02 49.10 16.08 Disposals 0.38 0.05 0.29 - 0.71 -Closing gross carrying amount (A) 23.41 11.88 13.08 0.02 48.39 16.08 Depreciation and amortisationOpening accumulated depreciation 11.96 5.85 6.02 0.00 23.83 8.09 Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year 5.25 1.49 1.95 0.00 8.69 3.95

Sub-total 17.21 7.34 7.97 0.01 32.52 12.04 Disposals 0.36 0.04 0.28 - 0.67 - Closing accumulated depreciation and amortisation (B) 16.85 7.30 7.69 0.01 31.86 12.04

Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2021 (A)-(B) 6.56 4.58 5.39 0.02 16.53 4.04 Net Carrying value as at 31st March, 2020 8.49 5.44 5.14 0.02 19.09 6.17

Description Property, Plant and Equipment Other

Intangible Assets

(Software)



Period Ended 31st March, 2020Gross carrying amount as on 31st March, 2018 15.67 10.33 9.72 0.02 35.74 12.78 Additions 4.78 1.00 1.50 - 7.29 1.48 Sub-total 20.45 11.33 11.22 0.02 43.03 14.26 Disposals 0.01 0.05 0.05 - 0.10 - Closing gross carrying amount (A) 20.44 11.29 11.17 0.02 42.93 14.26 Depreciation and amortisationOpening accumulated depreciation 6.65 3.95 4.10 0.00 14.71 4.32 Depreciation/amortisation charge during the year 5.31 1.94 1.97 0.00 9.21 3.77

Sub-total 11.96 5.89 6.07 0.00 23.92 8.09 Disposals 0.00 0.04 0.05 - 0.09 - Closing accumulated depreciation and amortisation (B) 11.96 5.85 6.02 0.00 23.83 8.09


NOTE 12 Other Non-Financial Assets



a) Dealer Commission Advance 0.21 0.72 b) Prepaid Expenses 17.65 6.05 c) Vendor Advance 5.60 19.81 d) Balance with GST/ Service Tax Department 3.51 2.21 e) Right-to-use asset* 18.68 25.78

Total 45.65 54.57 * * Refer Note 37a




NOTE 13 Trade Payables



a) Total outstanding dues to micro enterprises and small enterprises* - 0.02

b) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises 227.87 168.61

Total 227.87 168.63 * Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identifi ed on the basis of information received by the management. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises. There are no interests due or outstanding on the same.

NOTE 14 Debt Securities



At Amortised CostCommercial Paper (Unsecured) 746.11 496.19 Non Convertible Debentures (Secured) 424.74 - Total (A) 1,170.85 496.19 Debt securities in India 1,170.85 496.19 Debt securities outside India - - Total (B) 1,170.85 496.19

NOTE 15 Borrowings (Other Than Debt Securities)



At Amortised Cost(a) Term loans

i) from banks (Secured) 4,590.31 4,800.35 ii) from other parties (Secured) 24.59 249.78 iii) External Commercial Borrowings (Secured) 1,364.32 678.53

(b) Loans repayable on demandi) cash credit from banks 156.89 419.36 ii) working capital demand loan (Secured) 1,565.00 1,150.00 iii) working capital demand loan (Unsecured) 340.00 140.00

(c) Securitised trust borrowing 0.00 12.57 Total (A) 8,041.11 7,450.59 Borrowings in India 6,676.79 6,772.06 Borrowings outside India 1,364.32 678.53 Total (B) 8,041.11 7,450.59

NOTE 16 Subordinated Liabilities



At Amortised CostPerpetual Debt Instruments to the extent that do not qualify as equity 99.84 99.81 Other Subordinated Liabilities:From Banks 199.93 199.87 From Others 643.02 313.09 Total (A) 942.79 612.77 Subordinated Liabilities in India 942.79 612.77 Subordinated Liabilities outside India - - Total (B) 942.79 612.77

Refer annexure for the terms of the debt securities, borrowings and subordinated liabilities.





Annexure

Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2021

Type of Security

Interest Rate



Repayable to

Debt SecuritiesCP 249.10 Unsecured 4.75% 1 Bullet 29/04/2021 29/04/2021CP 248.54 Unsecured 4.60% 1 Bullet 18/05/2021 18/05/2021CP 248.47 Unsecured 4.60% 1 Bullet 20/05/2021 20/05/2021NCD 99.74 Secured 7.40% 1 Bullet 08/04/2022 08/04/2022NCD 300.00 Secured 8.35% 1 Bullet 22/03/2023 22/03/2023NCD 25.00 Secured 8.35% 1 Bullet 22/03/2023 22/03/2023

1,170.85

Loans repayable on demand 1,721.89 Secured 6.25% - Repayable On Demand

340.00 Unsecured 7.50% 2,061.89

Term LoanBank 100.00 Secured 8.00% 1.00 Bullet 06/05/2021 06/05/2021Bank 25.00 Secured 6.62% 1.00 Bullet 25/05/2021 25/05/2021Bank 37.50 Secured 7.90% 1.00 Half Yearly 17/03/2020 17/09/2021Bank 41.67 Secured 7.50% 6.00 Monthly 26/10/2018 26/09/2021Bank 123.98 Secured 7.50% 3.00 Quarterly 28/03/2019 27/12/2021Bank 33.33 Secured 8.00% 2.00 Half Yearly 28/06/2019 28/12/2021Bank 59.89 Secured 7.35% 3.00 Quarterly 30/09/2019 30/12/2021Bank 16.67 Secured 8.00% 2.00 Half Yearly 28/07/2019 28/01/2022Bank 238.90 Secured 7.85% 4.00 Quarterly 04/11/2019 04/02/2022Bank 39.97 Secured 7.90% 4.00 Quarterly 15/11/2019 15/02/2022Bank 199.97 Secured 7.35% 4.00 Quarterly 27/11/2019 27/02/2022Bank 182.56 Secured 8.57% 1.00 Bullet 29/05/2022 29/05/2022Bank 182.56 Secured 8.57% 1.00 Bullet 10/06/2022 10/06/2022FI 24.59 Secured 6.43% 5.00 Quarterly 10/03/2020 10/06/2022Bank 179.97 Secured 7.35% 6.00 Quarterly 20/05/2020 20/08/2022Bank 146.05 Secured 8.06% 1.00 Bullet 26/08/2022 26/08/2022Bank 141.64 Secured 5.10% 17.00 Monthly 30/09/2019 30/08/2022Bank 146.05 Secured 8.06% 1.00 Bullet 16/09/2022 16/09/2022Bank 100.00 Secured 5.50% 18.00 Monthly 30/10/2019 30/09/2022Bank 52.50 Secured 6.90% 7.00 Quarterly 15/07/2020 15/10/2022Bank 199.96 Secured 7.45% 1.00 Bullet 19/11/2022 19/11/2022Bank 100.00 Secured 7.90% 4.00 Half Yearly 18/06/2021 18/12/2022Bank 166.63 Secured 7.50% 8.00 Quarterly 06/05/2020 06/02/2023Bank 159.97 Secured 6.90% 8.00 Quarterly 24/11/2020 24/02/2023Bank 333.33 Secured 5.85% 24.00 Monthly 19/04/2020 19/03/2023Bank 199.86 Secured 7.35% 8.00 Quarterly 20/12/2020 20/03/2023Bank 79.99 Secured 7.25% 8.00 Quarterly 31/12/2020 31/03/2023Bank 224.89 Secured 8.00% 9.00 Quarterly 04/02/2021 04/05/2023Bank 179.87 Secured 7.80% 9.00 Quarterly 30/03/2021 30/06/2023Bank 363.87 Secured 6.94% 1.00 Bullet 13/07/2023 13/07/2023Bank 241.67 Secured 5.90% 29.00 Monthly 21/09/2020 21/08/2023Bank 130.00 Secured 6.30% 8.00 Quarterly 24/12/2020 24/09/2023Bank 343.22 Secured 6.94% 1.00 Bullet 19/10/2023 19/10/2023Bank 199.96 Secured 5.90% 8.00 Quarterly 18/02/2022 18/11/2023



Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2021

Type of Security

Interest Rate



Repayable to

Bank 183.33 Secured 5.00% 33.00 Monthly 31/01/2021 31/12/2023Bank 150.00 Secured 7.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 12/08/2021 12/02/2024Bank 250.00 Secured 7.30% 10.00 Quarterly 19/12/2021 19/03/2024Bank 299.93 Secured 5.60% 8.00 Quarterly 29/06/2022 29/03/2024Bank 99.95 Secured 7.40% 36.00 Monthly 30/04/2021 30/03/2024

5,979.22


Other Subordinated Liabilities Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.75% 1 Bullet 01/07/2021 01/07/2021 Others 49.96 Unsecured 11.30% 1 Bullet 27/09/2021 27/09/2021 Bank 49.99 Unsecured 10.02% 1 Bullet 28/04/2022 28/04/2022 Others 49.98 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 01/05/2022 01/05/2022 Bank 25.00 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022 Bank 24.97 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022 Bank 49.98 Unsecured 8.70% 1 Bullet 29/05/2023 29/05/2023 Bank 50.00 Unsecured 9.76% 1 Bullet 24/07/2023 24/07/2023 Others 99.00 Unsecured 10.90% 1 Bullet 07/08/2024 07/08/2024 Others 146.62 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 10/06/2026 10/06/2026 Others 100.00 Unsecured 10.00% 1 Bullet 01/07/2026 01/07/2026 Others 122.46 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 26/08/2026 26/08/2026 Others 25.00 Unsecured 9.40% 1 Bullet 26/08/2026 26/08/2026

842.96 Subordinated Liabilities 942.79

Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate


Loans repayable on demand

1,569.36 Secured Repayable On Demand 140.00 Unsecured

1,709.36

Term Loan Bank 150.00 Unsecured 8.35% 1.00 Bullet 19/05/2020 19/05/2020 Bank 25.00 Secured 7.99% 1.00 Bullet 01/06/2020 01/06/2020 Bank 20.00 Secured 8.40% 10.00 Quarterly 29/05/2018 29/08/2020 Bank 49.99 Secured 8.40% 2.00 2 Installment 25/09/2019 25/09/2020 Bank 200.00 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 13/10/2020 13/10/2020 Bank 50.00 Secured 8.05% 1.00 Bullet 23/10/2020 23/10/2020 Bank 24.99 Secured 8.30% 12.00 Quarterly 16/02/2018 16/11/2020 Bank 59.96 Secured 8.95% 10.00 Quarterly 21/08/2018 21/11/2020 Bank 30.00 Secured 8.65% 10.00 Quarterly 21/09/2018 21/12/2020 Bank 74.99 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 10/01/2019 10/03/2021




Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate


Bank 63.33 Secured 8.85% 12.00 Quarterly 23/06/2018 23/03/2021 Bank 100.00 Secured 8.20% 1.00 Bullet 06/05/2021 06/05/2021 Bank 50.00 Secured 8.40% 12.00 Quarterly 01/10/2018 01/06/2021 Bank 112.50 Secured 8.40% 4.00 Half Yearly 17/03/2020 17/09/2021 Bank 125.00 Secured 8.65% 36.00 Monthly 26/10/2018 26/09/2021 Bank 290.05 Secured 8.35% 12.00 Quarterly 28/03/2019 27/12/2021 Bank 66.66 Secured 8.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 28/06/2019 28/12/2021 Bank 139.78 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 30/09/2019 30/12/2021 Bank 33.34 Secured 8.40% 6.00 Half Yearly 28/07/2019 28/01/2022 Bank 477.58 Secured 8.75% 10.00 Quarterly 04/11/2019 04/02/2022 Bank 79.93 Secured 9.00% 10.00 Quarterly 15/11/2019 15/02/2022 Bank 399.93 Secured 8.30% 10.00 Quarterly 27/11/2019 27/02/2022 Bank 188.48 Secured 8.63% 1.00 Bullet 29/05/2022 29/05/2022 Bank 188.48 Secured 8.63% 1.00 Bullet 10/06/2022 10/06/2022FI 44.27 Secured 6.43% 10.00 Quarterly 10/03/2020 10/06/2022 Bank 299.95 Secured 8.40% 10.00 Quarterly 20/05/2020 20/08/2022 Bank 150.78 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 26/08/2022 26/08/2022 Bank 241.62 Secured 7.25% 36.00 Monthly 30/09/2019 30/08/2022 Bank 150.78 Secured 8.25% 1.00 Bullet 16/09/2022 16/09/2022 Bank 166.67 Secured 7.50% 36.00 Monthly 30/10/2019 30/09/2022 Bank 75.00 Secured 8.20% 10.00 Quarterly 15/07/2020 15/10/2022 Bank 199.93 Secured 8.40% 1.00 Bullet 19/11/2022 19/11/2022 Bank 100.00 Secured 8.30% 4.00 Half Yearly 18/06/2021 18/12/2022 Bank 249.95 Secured 8.35% 12.00 Quarterly 06/05/2020 06/02/2023 Bank 199.95 Secured 8.10% 10.00 Quarterly 24/11/2020 24/02/2023 Bank 500.00 Secured 7.00% 36.00 Monthly 19/04/2020 19/03/2023 Bank 249.78 Secured 8.20% 10.00 Quarterly 20/12/2020 20/03/2023 Bank 99.98 Secured 8.05% 10.00 Quarterly 31/12/2020 31/03/2023

5,728.66



NOTE 17 Other Financial Liabilities



a) Interest Accrued But Not Due 76.43 37.60 b) Employee Related Liabilities 55.66 24.05 c) Security Deposit 53.46 39.02 d) Lease liability 22.02 29.03

Total 207.57 129.70


Institution

Amount outstanding

as on 31st March,

2020

Type of Security

Interest Rate


Securitised Trust Borrowings 12.57


Other Subordinated Liabilities Others 14.50 Unsecured 9.20% 1 Bullet 30/06/2020 30/06/2020Others 49.96 Unsecured 12.25% 1 Bullet 30/09/2020 30/09/2020Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.75% 1 Bullet 01/07/2021 01/07/2021Others 49.92 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 27/09/2021 27/09/2021Bank 49.96 Unsecured 10.09% 1 Bullet 28/04/2022 28/04/2022Others 50.00 Unsecured 11.25% 1 Bullet 01/05/2022 01/05/2022Bank 24.94 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022Bank 25.00 Unsecured 9.70% 1 Bullet 29/09/2022 29/09/2022Bank 49.97 Unsecured 9.50% 1 Bullet 29/05/2023 29/05/2023Bank 50.00 Unsecured 9.90% 1 Bullet 24/07/2023 24/07/2023Others 98.71 Unsecured 10.90% 1 Bullet 07/08/2024 07/08/2024Total 512.96

Term Loan received from Banks and Other Parties of `5,979.22 inclusive of Current and Non-Current Dues (Previous Year: `5,578.66 as on 31st March, 2020) is secured against hypothecation of receivables under the fi nancing activity of the Company.

Working Capital Demand Loan and Cash Credit of `1,721.88 (Previous Year: `1,569.36 as at 31st March, 2020) is secured by hypothecation of receivables under the fi nancing activity of the Company.

External Commercial Borrowings During the year, the Company had raised funds in the overseas market amounting to `721.70 crores (equivalent to USD 97 million) under External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) accessed through automatic route after receiving the Loan Registration Number from RBI as per ECB Master Directions. These are unlisted instruments, for total duration of 3 years and the loan has been fully hedged. The net proceeds from the issue of these ECB were applied for the purpose of on-lending, in accordance with the directions issued by the RBI.




NOTE 18 Provisions



a) Pension 11.68 11.22 b) Gratuity 1.80 0.73 c) Compensated absences 20.27 16.02 d) General Loss Provisions - 8.45

Total 33.74 36.42

NOTE 19 Other Non-Financial Liabilities



Othersa) Statutory Dues 23.64 17.40

Total 23.64 17.40

NOTE 20 Equity Share Capital



a) Authorised Share Capital:20,00,00,000 Equity Shares of `10 each 200.00 200.00 (Previous Year 20,00,00,000 Equity Shares)

200.00 200.00b) Issued, Subscribed and Fully Paid-up Share Capital:

19,19,37,700 of Equity Shares of `10 each 191.94 185.18 (Previous year 18,51,82,300 Equity Shares of `10 each)

c) Par Value per Share `10 each `10 eachd) Number of Equity Shares at the beginning of the year 185,182,300 178,205,700

Add: Preferential Allotment made during the year 6,755,400 6,976,600 Number of Equity Shares at the end of the year 191,937,700 185,182,300

e Equity Shares held by Holding CompaniesParticulars No. of Shares No. of Shares

Holding Company - TVS Motor Company Limited 162,224,928 155,469,528 Sundaram-Clayton Limited (Holding Company of TVS Motor Company Limited) 2,180,250 2,180,250

f Number of shares held by shareholders holding more than 5% of total shares as at the end of the year

Name of the ShareholdersAs at 31st March, 2021 As at 31st March, 2020

No. of Shares % of Holding No. of Shares % of HoldingTVS Motor Company Limited 162,224,928 84.52% 155,469,528 83.95%Lucas-TVS Limited 11,337,297 5.91% 11,337,297 6.12%




NOTE 21 Other Equity



Securities Premium Reserves 722.64 629.41 Statutory Reserve 140.15 120.75 Retained Earnings 528.31 452.78 Other Reserves (17.66) (15.00)Total reserves and surplus 1,373.43 1,187.94

a) Securities premium reserves As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 629.41 546.39 Additions during the year 93.23 83.02 Deductions/Adjustments during the year - - Closing balance 722.64 629.41

b) Statutory reserve As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 120.75 90.65 Transfer from retained earnings 19.40 30.10 Deductions/Adjustments during the year - -Closing balance 140.15 120.75

c) Retained earnings As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance 452.78 336.45 Lease Equivalisation restatement on 1st day of year - (1.93)Restated Opening Balance 452.78 334.52 Net profi t for the period 97.55 151.04 Items of other comprehensive income recognised directly in retained earnings- Remeasurements of post-employment benefi t obligation net off tax (2.62) (2.65)Transaction in the capacity as ownersStatutory Reserve (19.40) (30.10)Closing balance 528.31 452.78

d) Other Reserves - Hedging Reserve As at31st March, 2021


Opening balance (15.00) - Add: Change in fair value of hedging instruments, net off tax (2.66) (15.00)Closing balance (17.66) (15.00)

Statutory Reserves: According to Section 45 - IC of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, the company transfers a sum not less than 20% of its net profi t every year as disclosed in the statement of Profi t and Loss and before declaration of any dividend to the Statutory reserves.

Securities Premium The reserve represents premium on issue of shares. It will be utilised in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

Retained Earnings: Represents company’s cummulative undistributed earnings since its inception. This is available for distribution to shareholders through dividends/capitalisation.



NOTE 22 Interest Income



On Financial assets measured at amortised cost:Interest on Loans 2,039.16 1,820.49 Interest on Deposits with Bank 2.69 1.74 Total 2,041.85 1,822.23

NOTE 23 Fees and Commission Income



Fee-based Income 146.68 112.81 Commission Income 2.64 11.17 Service Income 47.44 44.14 Total 196.76 168.12

NOTE 24 Other Income



Unwinding of discount on security deposits and receivable for investments 2.68 9.72 Other Non-Operating Income 0.43 0.40 Total 3.11 10.12

NOTE 25 Finance Costs



On Financial liabilities measured at amortised costInterest Cost 544.45 553.55 - Interest on Borrowings 77.85 50.12 - Interest on Debt Securities 66.83 62.18 - Interest on Subordinated Liabilities 2.02 2.32 - Interest on Lease Liabilities 38.29 31.63 Other Finance Charges 33.96 22.31 Total 729.44 699.81


NOTE 26 Impairment of Financial Instruments



On Financial Insturments measured at Amortised Cost

Bad Debts Written off (net) 252.00 144.03 Net Loss on Sale of Repossessed Assets 108.23 50.45 Impairment Provision on Loans 89.11 61.54 Trade Receivables and Other Financial Assets 17.45 2.79 Total 466.79 258.80




Auditors Fees and Expenses*



Statutory Audit 0.24 0.24 Tax Audit 0.07 0.07 Certifi cation 0.15 0.15 Reimbursement of Expenses 0.07 0.05 Auditors Fees and Expenses 0.53 0.51

** Expenditure incurred on Corporate Social Responsibility activities: a. Gross amount required to be spent during the year is `3.98 crores b. Amount spent during the year - `400 crores

S.No. Particulars Year ended31st March, 2021


a. Construction/acquisition of any asset - -b. Expenses incurred through trusts 4.00 3.80 c. Donation to PM CARES Fund - 8.00

Total 4.00 11.80 Amounts required to be spent for the year 4.00 -

Amounts to be carried forward to subsequent years - -

NOTE 27 Employee Benefi t Expenses



Salaries and Wages 537.00 427.28 Contribution to Provident and other funds 31.43 28.97 Staff Welfare 16.38 21.48 Total 584.81 477.73

NOTE 28 Other Expenses



Auditors Fees and Expenses* 0.53 0.51 Communication Costs 62.50 57.69 Directors Fees, Allowances & expenses 0.57 0.50 Corporate Social Responsibility ** 4.00 3.80 Donation 0.03 4.20 Repairs & Maintenance 2.47 2.05 Rent, Taxes and Energy Costs*** 21.54 15.64 Insurance Expenses 1.37 1.80 Legal and Prof Charges 50.73 48.95 Others 13.72 15.90 Printing and Stationery 3.78 3.07 Travelling and Conveyance 38.18 43.40 Total 199.42 197.52

*** Refer note 38c




NOTE 29 Income Tax Expenses



a. Income tax expenseCurrent taxCurrent tax on profi ts for the year 47.25 60.18 Tax profi ts relating to prior period (0.53) - Total current tax expense 46.72 60.18 Deferred taxDecrease (increase) in deferred tax assets (38.10) (0.20)(Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities - - Total deferred tax expense/(benefi t) (38.10) (0.20)Income tax expense 8.62 59.98

b. Reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profi t multiplied by India’s tax rate: Profi t before income tax expense 106.17 210.31 Tax at the Indian tax rate of 25.168% (PY – 25.168%) 26.72 52.93 Tax effect of amounts which are permanent differences in nature in calculation of taxable income

(17.80) 6.87


NOTE 30 Other Comprehensive Income



Items that will not be reclassifi ed to profi t or lossRemeasurement of the defi ned benefi t plans (3.50) (3.54)Fair value change on cash fl ow hedge (3.55) (20.05)Income tax relating to these items 1.77 5.94 Other Comprehensive Income (5.28) (17.65)

NOTE 31 Earnings Per Share



a. Basic earnings per shareBasic earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company 5.22 8.28

b. Diluted earnings per shareDiluted earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company 5.22 8.28

c. Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per shareBasic earnings per shareProfi t attributable to equity holders of the Company used in calculating basis earnings per share 97.55 151.04

Diluted earnings per shareProfi t attributable to equity holders of the Company

- used in calculating basis earnings per share 97.55 151.04 d. Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in

calculating basic earnings per share 186,986,825 182,496,787

e. Weighted average number of equity shares used as the denominator in calculating diluted earnings per share 186,986,825 182,496,787


NOTE 32 Employee Benefi t Obligations

Defi ned Benefi t Obligation(i) Gratuity

Particulars


Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total

Present value

of obligation


Total

April 1, 2019 12.15 (12.11) 0.04 10.02 - 10.02 11.53 - 11.53




2.83 (0.89) 1.94 0.71 - 0.71 0.82 - 0.82

Remeasurements


- 0.19 0.19 - - - - - -


0.48 - 0.48 1.83 - 1.83 0.44 - 0.44

Experience (gains)/losses 2.37 - 2.37 (1.33) - (1.33) 4.52 - 4.52


2.85 0.19 3.04 0.49 - 0.49 4.97 - 4.97

Employer contributions - (4.30) (4.30) - - - - - -

Benefi t payments (1.73) 1.73 - - - - (1.29) - (1.29)

March 31, 2020 16.11 (15.38) 0.73 11.22 - 11.22 16.02 - 16.02

April, 2020 16.11 (15.38) 0.73 11.22 - 11.22 16.02 - 16.02

Current service cost 2.68 - 2.68 - - - - - -

Interest expense/(income) 0.90 (0.84) 0.06 0.69 - 0.69 0.79 - 0.79


3.58 (0.84) 2.74 0.69 - 0.69 0.79 - 0.79

Remeasurements


- (0.03) (0.03) - - - - - -


0.19 - 0.19 0.01 - 0.01 0.14 - 0.14

Experience (gains)/losses 3.58 - 3.58 (0.25) - (0.25) 7.48 - 7.48


3.77 (0.03) 3.74 (0.23) - (0.23) 7.63 - 7.63

Employer contributions - (5.41) (5.41) - - - - -

Benefi t payments (1.33) 1.33 0.00 - (4.17) (4.17)

March 31, 2021 22.13 (20.33) 1.80 11.68 - 11.68 20.27 - 20.27





NOTE 32 Employee Benefi t Obligations (Contd.)

DetailsGratuity Pension Compensated Absence

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

Discount Rate 4.99% 5.46% 5.98% 6.32% 4.82% 5.30%

Salary Growth Rate 6.00% 6.00% 5.50% 5.50% 6.00% 6.00%

Mortality inclusive of provision for disability 100% of Indian Assured Lives Mortality (IALM)

(i) Sensitivity Analysis

Particulars

Gratuity2020-21

Pension2020-21


Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tion

Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tion

Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tionDiscount Rate 0.50% 21.85 22.40 1% 10.11 13.59 0.50% 20.05 20.50

Salary Growth Rate 0.50% 22.39 21.86 1% 13.66 1.00 0.50% 20.49 20.05

Mortality 5.00% 22.12 22.12 5% 11.58 11.78 5.00% 20.27 20.27

Particulars

Gratuity2019-20

Pension2019-20


Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tion

Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tion

Change in

assump-tion

Due to increase

in assump-

tion

Due to decrease

in assump-

tionDiscount Rate 0.50% 15.91 16.31 1% 9.65 13.15 0.50% 15.85 16.2

Salary Growth Rate 0.50% 16.31 15.91 1% 13.22 9.57 0.50% 16.2 15.85

Mortality 5.00% 16.11 16.11 5% 11.13 11.31 5.00% 16.02 16.02

(ii) The following payments are expected contributions to the defi ned benefi t plan in future years:

Particulars

Within the next 12 months (next annual reporting period) 6.77

Between 2 and 5 years 14.22

Beyond 5 years 3.72

Total 24.71



NOTE 33 Fair Value Measurements


Measurement Level

31st March, 2021

31st March, 2020

Financial assets carried at amortised costLoans Level 3 11,154.95 9,455.55 Trade Receivables Level 3 30.80 55.20 Cash and Cash Equivalents 653.44 357.74 Other bank balances Level 3 14.30 24.37 Loan to Employees Level 3 4.62 8.72 Advances to Related Parties Level 3 73.21 78.20 Other Financial Assets - Related Parties Level 3 - 2.66 Other Financial Assets - Non Related Parties Level 3 0.00 12.17 Security deposit for leased premises Level 3 7.49 7.54 Deposit with Service Providers Level 3 4.39 3.34 Financial assets carried at fair value through Other Comprehensive IncomeDerivative Financial Instruments Level 2 - 23.63 Total fi nancial assets 11,943.19 10,029.13 Financial liabilities carried at amortised costTrade Payables Level 3 227.87 168.63 Debt Securities Level 3 1,170.85 496.19 Borrowings other than debt securities Level 3 8,041.11 7,450.59 Subordinated Liabilities Level 3 942.79 612.77 Security Deposit Received Level 3 53.46 39.02 Other fi nancial liabilities Level 3 154.11 90.68 Financial Liabilities carried at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income 8,857.88 7,562.76

Derivative Financial Instruments Level 2 14.57 - Total fi nancial Liabilities 10,604.77 8,857.88

(i) Fair value hierarchyInd AS 113, ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires classifi cation of the valuation method of fi nancial instruments measured at fair value in the Statement of Balance sheet, using a three level fair-value-hierarchy (which refl ects the signifi cance of inputs used in the measurements). The hierarchy gives the highest priority to un-adjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and lowest priority to un-observable inputs (Level 3 reasurements). Fair value of derivative fi nancial assets and liabilities are estimated by discounting expected future contractual cash fl ows using prevailing market interest rate curves. The three levels of the fair-value-hierarchy under Ind AS 113 are described below:

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurements (Level 2) 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020

Financial assetsDerivative Financial Instruments - 23.63 Total fi nancial assets - 23.63 Financial liabilities Derivative Financial Instruments 14.57 - Total fi nancial assets 14.57 - Fair value of Financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost (Level - 3) 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Financial assetsLoan to Employees 4.62 8.72 Advances to Related Parties 59.39 76.53 Security Deposit for Leased Psremises 7.49 7.54 Total fi nancial assets 71.50 92.79

There were no transfers between any levels during the year.





Level 1: Level 1 hierarchy includes fi nancial instruments measured using quoted prices. This includes publicly traded derivatives and mutual funds that have a quoted price. The quoted market price used for fi nancial assets held by the company is the current bid price.

Level 2: The fair value of fi nancial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specifi c estimates. If all signifi cant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

Level 3: If one or more of the signifi cant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.

(ii) Valuation technique used to determine fair value

Specifi c valuation techniques used to value fi nancial instruments include:

• the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts and cross currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date

● the fair value of the remaining fi nancial instruments is determined using discounted cash fl ow analysis.

All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 3 where the fair values have been determined based on present values and the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk.

(iii) Valuation processDiscount rates are determined using a market interest rate for a similar asset adjusted to the risk specifi c to the asset.

(iv) Fair value of fi nancial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost

31st March, 2021 Carrying amount Fair valueFinancial assetsLoan to Employees 4.62 4.62 Advances to Related Parties 73.21 59.39 Security Deposit for Leased Premises 7.49 7.49 Total fi nancial assets 85.31 71.50 31st March, 2020 Carrying amount Fair valueLoan to Employees 8.72 8.72 Advances to Related Parties 78.20 76.53 Security Deposit for Leased Premises 7.54 7.54 Total fi nancial assets 94.46 92.79

The fair values for advance to related parties and rent advance were calculated based on cash fl ows discounted using a current lending rate. They are classifi ed as level 3 fair values in the fair value hierarchy due to the inclusion of unobservable inputs including counterparty credit risk.

The majority of borrowings are fl oating rate borrowings, the carrying value is representative of the fair value.




NOTE 34 Financial Risk Management

Credit Risk

Credit Risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in fi nancial loss to the company. The company has adopted a policy of only dealing with creditworthy counterparties and obtaining suffi cient collateral, where appropriate, as a means of mitigating the risk of fi nancial loss from defaults. The exposure is continuously monitored to determine signifi cant increase in credit risk. The Company monitors the credit assessment on a portfolio basis, assesses all credit exposures in excess of designated limits. The Company does a risk grading based upon the credit worthiness of the borrowers. All these factors are taken into consideration for computation of ECL.

Other Financial Assets

Credit risk with respect to other fi nancial assets are extremely low. Based on the credit assessment the historical trend of low default is expected to continue. No provision for Expected Credit Loss (ECL) has been created for Other fi nancial Assets.

Loans

The following table sets out information about credit quality of retail loan assets measured at amortised cost based on Number of Days past due information. The amount represents gross carrying amount.

Particulars 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Gross Carrying value of LoansStage-1 (Less than 30 Days) 9,539.60 8,407.16 Stage-2 (30-90 Days) 1,481.27 869.84 Stage-3 (More than 90 Days) 423.75 370.66 Total Gross Carrying value on Reporting Date 11,444.62 9,647.66

Credit Quality

Financial services business has a comprehensive framework for monitoring credit quality of its retail and other loans based on days past due monitoring. Repayment by individual customers and portfolio is tracked regularly and required steps for recovery is taken through follow ups and legal recourse.



The three stages refl ect the general pattern of credit deterioration of a fi nancial instrument. The differences in accounting between stages relate to the recognition of expected credit losses and the calculation and presentation of interest revenue.

The company categorises loan assets into stages based on the Days Past Due status: — Stage 1: 30 Days Past Due — Stage 2: 31-90 Days Past Due — Stage 3: More than 90 Days Past Due


The fi nancial services business has made the following assumptions in the ECL Model:

— “Loss given default” (LGD) is common for all three stages and is based on loss in past portfolio. Actual cash fl ows are discounted with average rate for arriving loss rate. EIR has been taken as discount rate for all loans.

Estimation Technique

The fi nancial services business has applied the following estimation technique in its ECL model:

— “Probability of default” (PD) is applied on Stage 1 and Stage 2 on portfolio basis and for Stage 3 PD is 100%.

— Probability of default for Stage 1 loan assets is calculated as average of historical trend from Stage 1 to Stage 3 in next 12 months.




— Probability of default for Stage 2 loan assets is calculated based on the lifetime PD as average of historical trend from Stage 2 to Stage 3 for the remaining tenor.

— Loss given default is calculated based on discounted actual cash fl ow on past portfolio in default along with reversals.

There is no change in estimation techniques or signifi cant assumptions during the reporting period.

Assessment of signifi cant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the risk of default has increased signifi cantly since initial recognition, the fi nancial services business considers both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the business historical experience, including forward-looking information. The fi nancial services business considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and effort.

The fi nancial services business uses the number of days past due to classify a fi nancial instrument in low credit risk category and to determine signifi cant increase in credit risk in retail. As a backstop, the fi nancial services business considers that a signifi cant increase in credit risk occurs no later than when an asset is more than 30 days past due.

In accordance with the board approved moratorium policy read with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines dated March 27, 2020 and April 17, 2020 relating to ‘COVID-19 – Regulatory Package’, the Company has offered moratorium upto six months on the payment of installments falling due between March 1, 2020 and August 31, 2020 to all eligible borrowers. The company has extended One-Time Resolution framework as for COVID-19-related Stress to eligible customers as per applicable RBI guidelines and as per the policy of the company. The staging classifi cation under ECL computation has been done based on the performance of the restructured accounts as per revised the terms and conditions and credit risk assessment by the company.

COVID-19 (including second wave) has severe impact on global as well as domestic macro and micro economies, businesses and consumers. Due to this uncertainty, Company’s assessments of impairment loss allowance on its loans are subject to a number of management judgements and estimates. Since the Company’s impairment loss allowance estimates are inherently uncertain, actual results may differ from these estimates.

Defi nition of default

The Company considers a fi nancial instrument is in defaulted when the borrower becomes 90 days past due on its contractual payments. The fi nancial services business considers Loans under default as ‘credit impaired’ and classifi ed as Stage-3.

Impairment loss


Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Grand TotalGross Balance as at 31st March 2021 9,539.60 1,481.27 423.75 11,444.62 Expected Credit Loss 81.90 42.34 165.43 289.67 Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.86% 2.86% 39.04% 2.53%Net of Impairment Provision 9,457.70 1,438.93 258.32 11,154.95

Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Grand TotalGross Balance as at 31st March 2020 8,407.16 869.84 370.66 9,647.66 Expected Credit Loss 39.23 9.50 143.38 192.11 Expected Credit Loss Rate 0.47% 1.09% 38.68% 1.99%Net of Impairment Provision 8,367.92 860.34 227.29 9,455.55






Particulars Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Grand TotalBalance as at 1st April 2019 30.99 3.42 104.61 139.02 Transfer from Stage 1 (4.92) 3.27 1.66 - Transfer from Stage 2 0.28 (1.90) 1.61 - Transfer from Stage 3 0.71 1.33 (2.04) - Loans that have derecognised during the period (6.58) (0.72) (25.18) (32.49)New Loans originated during the year 25.12 3.91 12.98 42.02 Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance (6.38) 0.19 49.75 43.57 Balance as at 31st March 2020 39.22 9.50 143.38 192.11 Transfer from Stage 1 (9.66) 7.54 2.11 - Transfer from Stage 2 2.44 (4.61) 2.16 - Transfer from Stage 3 0.99 0.45 (1.43) - Loan that have derecognised during the period (8.35) (1.43) (41.06) (50.85)New Loans originated during the year 33.56 4.26 14.78 52.61 Net Remeasurement of Loss Allowance 23.69 26.63 45.48 95.80 Balance as at 31st March 2021 81.89 42.34 165.43 289.67


The business manages concentration of risk primarily by geoghraphical region. The following details show the geographical concentrations of the loans at the year end:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Carrying valueConcentration by geographical region in IndiaSouth 4,426.79 3,812.55 West 3,123.68 2,670.40 East 2,042.22 1,701.66 North 1,851.93 1,463.05 Total Loans as at reporting period 11,444.62 9,647.66

(B) Liquidity RiskThe liquidity risk is a risk that an entity will encounter diffi culty in meeting Financial obligations. As per companies policy, management ensures availability of suffi cient fund either through Installment receivables/ sourcing through debts at each point of time. The Fund requirement acertain at the begining of the period by taking into consideration Installment receivable, likely disbursement, Loan installment payment & other operational expenses.The company is continuously getting good supports from Bankers & Financial Institutions at the time of need.

(i) Financing arrangementsThe Company had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Floating rateExpiring within one year (bank overdraft and other facilities) 227.23 332.04 Expiring beyond one year (bank loans) - -

227.23 332.04






(ii) Maturities of fi nancial liabilitiesThe tables below analyse the Company’s fi nancial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:a. all non-derivative fi nancial liabilities, andb. net and gross settled derivative fi nancial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an

understanding of the timing of the cash fl ows.

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances as the impact of discounting is not signifi cant.


Less than3 months

3 to 6months

6 monthsto 1 year



31st March, 2021Non-derivativesBorrowings 1,386.89 694.91 3,161.99 4,417.06 493.90 10,154.75 Security Deposit 29.41 19.61 4.44 - - 53.46 Trade Payables 94.40 70.13 55.54 7.80 - 227.87 Other Financial Liabilities 79.14 2.10 56.76 17.10 2.27 157.36 Total non-derivative liabilities 1,589.84 786.75 3,278.73 4,441.96 496.17 10,593.44


Less than3 months

3 to 6months

6 monthsto 1 year



31st March 2020

Non-derivativesBorrowings 956.35 582.44 3,187.78 3,733.19 99.80 8,559.56 Security Deposit - 17.78 21.24 - - 39.02 Trade Payables 13.55 120.47 34.61 - - 168.63 Other Financial Liabilities 40.62 1.76 25.32 20.11 9.34 97.15 Total non-derivative liabilities 1,010.52 722.45 3,268.95 3,753.30 109.14 8,864.37

(a) Foreign currency risk exposure:Foreign exchange risk arises on fi nancial instruments being denominated in a currency that is not the functional currency of the entity. The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk due to continuous fl uctuation in the foreign currency(USD) of the loan originated. The Company has entered into cross currency swaps (CCS) /forward contracts/ Interest rate swap to fully hedge all foreign currency exchange risk on the principal and interest amount payable on borrowings.

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Financial liabilitiesVariable Foreign Currency Borrowings( USD 187 million ) (PY USD 90 million) 1,356.55 634.84 Derivative liabilitiesHedged through forward contracts 1,356.55 634.84 Hedged through CCS - - Net exposure to foreign currency risk (liabilities) - -

(b) Sensitivity analysis:The company has hedged all its foreign currency exposures by entering into CCS/ Forwards contracts, it shall not be subject any sensitivity on settlement due to foreign currency fl uctuation due to the movements in foreign exchanges i.e. USD. Forward Contract & Cross Currenct Swap are to buy USD for Hedging Foreign Currency Loan. The Company shall not maintained as per IND AS 109 to be considered as Foreign Currency Loan.

Impact on profi t after taxUSD sensitivity 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020INR/USD Increases by 5% - -INR/USD Decreases by 5% - -





(i) Cash fl ow and fair value interest rate risk

The Company’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings with variable rates, which expose the Company to cash fl ow interest rate risk. During 31 March 2021 and 31 March 2020, the Company’s borrowings at variable rate were mainly denominated in INR, USD.

The Company’s fl oating rate borrowings are carried at amortised cost. For NBFC business loan is the major source for running the business. In India loans are mostly available at Floating rate Interest. And there are no such option available to obtain an option for swapping the Floating rate Interest linked to respective bank MCLR with Fixed Interest. Hence except foreign currency loans, other loans are not hedged. The company has increased the component of fi xed rate borrowings compared to last year (more than 10%).

(a) Interest rate risk exposure

The exposure of the Company’s borrowing to interest rate changes at the end of the reporting period are as follows:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Variable rate borrowings 7,126.66 7,173.54 Total borrowings 10,154.75 8,559.56

As at the end of the reporting period, the Company had the following variable rate borrowings outstanding:

31st March, 2021Weighted

average interest rate

Balance % of total loans

Bank overdrafts, bank loans etc. 7.04% 7,126.66 70.18%

31st March, 2020Weighted

average interest rate

Balance % of total loans

Bank overdrafts, bank loans etc. 8.30% 7,173.54 83.81%

An analysis by maturities is provided in Note 34 B (ii) above.

(b) Sensitivity

Profi t or loss is sensitive to higher/lower interest expense from borrowings as a result of changes in interest rates. Other components of equity change as a result of an increase/decrease in the fair value of the cash fl ow hedges related to borrowings.

Impact on profi t after tax31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020

Interest rates – increase by 50 basis points (50 bps)* 38.00 32.03 Interest rates – decrease by 50 basis points (50 bps)* (38.00) (32.03)

* Holding all other variables constant.





NOTE 35 Capital management

a. Risk management

The Risk Management policy includes identifi cation of element of risks, including those which in the opinion of Board may lead to company not meeting its fi nancial objectives.The risk management process has been established across the Company and design to identify, access & frame a respose to threat that affect the achievement of its objecticves.Further it is embedded across all the major functions and revolve around the goals and objectives of the company.

Maintaining optimal capital to debt is one such measure to ensure healthy returns to the shareholders. Company envisages maintaining gearing ratio of maximum 7 times to the total equity, the company monitors the ratio as below:

31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Net debt (total borrowings, less cash and cash equivalents) 9,501.31 8,201.82 Total Equity (as shown in the balance sheet) 1,565.37 1,373.12 Net debt to equity ratio 6.07 5.97

b. Externally imposed capital restrictions

1) As per RBI requirements Capital Adecuecy Ratio should be minimum 15%, not meeting RBI requirements will lead cancellation of NBFC licenses issued by RBI

2) As per various lending arrangements with banks TOL (Total Outside Liability) to TNW (Total Net Worth) ratio should be less than 8 not meeting the said requirements may lead to higher interest rates.

The Company has complied with these covenants throughout the reporting period.

NOTE 36 Leases

a. Lease Disclosures pertaining to Right to use Asset

Particulars 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020BuildingGross Block 25.78 21.93 Opening/(On transition to Ind AS 116) (3.70) -Revaluation due to change in future lease rentals 3.88 10.97 Additions during the year - - (Deletions during the year) 25.96 32.90 Closing Balance during the year 32.90 32.90

AmortisationAdditions - - Amortisation for the year 7.28 7.12

Closing Balance during the year 18.68 25.78

b. The company has offi ces across the country with varied lease period. The lease term considered for arriving at the Right to use Asset and Lease liabities are based on the non-cancellable period of the respective agreements.

c. Company has excercised the option of short term leases and low value asset exemption.




Lease Disclosures pertaining to Statement of Profi t & Loss

Particulars 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Finance chargesInterest expense 2.02 2.32 DepreciationAmortisation of Right to use asset 7.28 7.28 Other expensesRent expensesExpense relating to short-term leases (included in other expenses) 10.77 8.33 Expense relating to leases of low-value assets that are not short-term leases (included in other expenses)

- -

Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities

- -

Total 10.77 8.33

d. Lease Disclosures pertaining to Cash Flow Statement

Particulars 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Cash fl ow from fi nancing activitiesPrincipal repayments related to lease liabilities 6.92 6.83 Interest payments related to lease liabilities 2.02 2.32


NOTE 36 Leases (Contd.)




1. Capital Commitments

Description 31st March, 2021 31st March, 2020Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on Capital Account not provided for 2.52 2.18

2. Other Commitments


Undrawn Loans sanctioned to borrowers 22.89 1.99

3. Contingent Liabilities not provided for: Claims against the Company not acknowledged as debts.


Disputed Income Tax Demand (adjusted out of refunds) - 1.06 Disputed Service Tax Demand inclusive of Penalty – Commissioner order/Additional Commissioner appealed against by Company during previous years (Pre-deposit of `0.29 crore)

7.70 7.70

Legal cases fi led by borrowers against the Company 1.23 1.29

The Company’s pending litigations comprise of claims against the company and proceedings pending with Statutory Authorities. The future cash fl ows on the above items are determinable only on receipt of decisions/judgments that are pending at various forums/authorities. The Company does not expect the outcome of these proceedings to have a materially adverse effect on its fi nancial results.

4. Pursuant to a Business Transfer Agreement (BTA) entered into with TVS Finance and Services Limited (TVSFS) on 21st April, 2010, the company acquired the retail fi nance business of TVSFS as a going concern along with the related assets (comprising of fi xed assets, receivables, loans and advances and Bank balances) of ` 50.75 crore and liabilities (comprising of borrowings from Banks and Institution, current liabilities and provisions) of ` 298.75 crore. TVSFS issued Unsecured Redeemable Bonds to the Company, for the excess of liabilities over assets of ` 248 crore. The bonds are redeemable between 7th and 12th year from the date of allotment. The said bonds have been purchased by TVS Motor Services Limited (TVSMS), the Holding Company, during 2010-11 at book value and the same is repayable by TVSMS in 6 years. The advance from TVSMS to the Company pertaining to this transaction stands at ` 73.21 crore as at 31st March, 2021 as per IND-AS fair valuation. Advance is partly secured to the extent of ` 52.15 crore and balance portion of ` 21.06 crore is unsecured. Considering the intrinsic value of land lying with TVSMS and equity shares held by TVSMS in the company, the unsecured advance is considered good and recoverable.

5. Pursuant to para 2 of general instructions for preparation of fi nancial statements of a NBFC as mentioned in Division III of Schedule III of The Companies Act, 2013, the current and non-current classifi cation has not been provided.

6. Related Party Disclosures Disclosures in respect of Related Parties and their Relationship where transaction exists:

37. Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for the year ended 31st March, 2021


Nature of Relationship Parties NameReporting Enterprise TVS Credit Services Limited

Holding Company TVS Motor Company LimitedSundaram-Clayton Limited

Ultimate Holding Company TV Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private LimitedSubsidiaries TVS Housing Finance Private Limited

Harita ARC Private LimitedTVS Two Wheeler Mall Private LimitedTVS Micro Finance Private LimitedHarita Collection Services Private LimitedTVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited

Fellow Subsidiary TVS Motor Services LimitedSundaram Auto Components LimitedTVS Automobile Solutions Private Limited

Fellow Associate Emerald Haven Realty Limited


Transactions with Related Parties and Balance Outstanding as at the end of the year











S.No. Name of the Related Party Nature of Transactions Amount Amount2020-21 2019-20

1 TVS Motor Services Limited Advance received 6.37 41.33Unwinding of advance 1.38 9.36

Balance outstanding (Dr) 73.21 80.862 TVS Motor Company Limited Contribution towards Equity Share Capital 6.78 3.49

Contribution towards Security Premium 93.22 41.51Services Rendered 21.55 42.51Availing of services 6.96 5.76

Balance outstanding (Dr) 8.49 18.923 Sundaram Clayton Limited EMI Payment 0.10 0.10

Availing of services 3.08 4.23Balance outstanding (Cr) 0.03 0.16

4 Sundaram Auto Components Limited EMI Payment 0.11 0.10Balance outstanding (Dr) 0.15 0.26

5 Harita ARC Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -6 TVS Commodity Financial Solutions

Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -7 TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -

Pre operative Expenses - -Balance outstanding (Dr) -

8 TVS Micro Finance Private Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -9 Harita Collection Services Private

Limited** Investments in Equity - -Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) -10 TVS Housing Finance Private Limited Investments in Equity - -

Advance Repaid - 0.16Pre operative Expenses - -

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -11 Emerald Haven Realty Limited EMI Payment - 0.47

Balance outstanding (Dr) - -12 TVS Automobile Solutions Private

Limited (TASL) Working Capital Financing - 45.78Receivable Financing to Franchisees of TASL - 13.68

Balance outstanding (Dr) - 2.06** Transaction value and balance outstanding is below the rounding off norms of the Company, wherever applicable.

470

HARITA ARC PRIVATE LIMITED

Directors’ Report to the Shareholders

The Directors present the third annual report together with the annual audited statement of accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021.


The Company is yet to commence its operations.

Dividend

The Directors of the Company do not recommend any dividend for the period ended 31st March 2021.

Risk Management

The Company has in place a mechanism to identify, assess, monitor and mitigate various risks to key business objectives. Major risks identified would be systematically addressed through mitigating actions on a continuous basis.


Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(3)(c) read with 134(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act, 2013) with respect to Director’s Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that:

(a) in the preparation of the annual accounts for the period from 1st April 2020 to 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures;

(b) the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

(c) the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

(d) the Directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis; and

(e) the Directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.


In terms of the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 both the existing Directors, viz., Mr V Gopalakrishnan and Mr N Srinivasa Ramanujam, Directors of the Company retire from the office at the ensuing annual general meeting and being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.

Number of Board meetings held

During the period under review, the Board met 5 times on 26th May 2020, 26th June 2020, 28th September 2020, 21st December 2020 and 08th March 2021 and the gap between two meetings did not exceed one hundred and twenty days.

Statutory Auditors

M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No. 109208W) have tendered their resignation from the position of Statutory Auditors due to their pre-occupation in other assignments resulting into a casual vacancy in the office of Statutory Auditors of the Company as envisaged by Section 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013. In view of this, the Board of Directors have recommended the appointment of M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants Firm having registration number 007761S as Statutory Auditors of the Company for a period of 5 years, for shareholders’ approval at the 3rd AGM.

The Company has received consent from M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants to serve as Statutory Auditors of the company. They have also furnished necessary certificate under Section 139 of

the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 conveying their eligibility for appointment of statutory auditors of the Company.

The Directors place on record their sincere appreciation for the valuable services rendered by M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants, as its Statutory Auditors since inception of the Company.

Disclosures





Deposits:

The Company has not accepted any deposit from the shareholders and others within the meaning of Chapter V of the Act 2013 read with the Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014 during the period ended 31st March 2021 and hence the question of furnishing any details relating to deposits covered under Chapter V of the Act 2013 does not arise.

Annual Return:

Extract of Annual Return in the prescribed form is given as Annexure I to this report.


There are currently no employees in the Company, hence the requirement of attaching a statement under Section 197 of the Act 2013, read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 containing the details of employee’s remuneration is not applicable.


As regards furnishing the details of loans, guarantees and investments made by the Company as per Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the period ended 31st March 2021, the Company has not extended any guarantee or loans to other companies and has not made any investment during the period under review.


All contracts / arrangements entered by the Company during the period ended 31st March 2021 with related parties were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length price in terms of section 188 read with the Companies (Meetings of board and its powers) Rules, 2014.

Pursuant to the provisions of section 134(h) of the Companies Act 2013 (the Act 2013) read with rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules 2014, the particulars of contracts or arrangements entered into by the Company with Related Parties have been done at arm’s length and are in the ordinary course of business.

Related Party disclosures as per the Indian Accounting Standards have been provided in Note 2 of Additional Notes forming part of the financial statements.

Conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo:

The provisions of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act 2013 and the rules made there-under relating to the information and details on conservation of energy, technology absorption do not apply to the Company, as the Company is not a manufacturing company. During the period under review, there was no foreign exchange earnings or expenditure in the Company.

471


Reporting of fraud:




Disclosure in terms of Sexual Harassment of Women at workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013:


During the period under review, there were no cases filed pursuant to the provisions of Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013

Shifting of Registered office of the Company

Your Directors in the meeting held on 28th September 2020 have approved Shifting of Registered office of the Company from Jayalakshmi Estates, No. 29, Haddows Road, Chennai – 600006 to “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam Chennai 600006, and effective 28th September 2020 for operational convenience.

Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from the holding company viz., TVS Credit Services Limited. The directors thank the bankers for their continued support and assistance.


Place : Chennai V GoPALAKRISHNAN N SRINIVASA RAMANuJAM Date : 24th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 03291640 DIN: 07384809

472



EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURN as on the financial year ended 31st March 2021[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]

I. REGISTRATIoN AND oTHER DETAILS:

i) CIN : u65999TN2017PTC118296


iii) Name of the Company : Harita ARC Private Limited


: Private Limited Company / Limited by Shares


: “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam Chennai 600006

vi) Whether listed company Yes / No

: No


: NA

II. PRINCIPAL BuSINESS ACTIVITIES oF THE CoMPANY


Sl.No.Name and

Description of main products / services



Not Applicable

The Company is yet to commence its business activities.

III. PARTICuLARS oF HoLDING, SuBSIDIARY AND ASSoCIATE CoMPANIES

S. No.

Name and Address

of the Company


% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013

1. TVS Credit Services Limited

u65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding : NIL.

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):NA

V. Shareholding of Directors and key managerial personnel: NIL

VI. Indebtedness of the Company including interest outstanding/accrued but not due for payment

The Company has not borrowed any amount during the period under review. Hence furnishing of details relating to Indebtedness does not arise.

VII. Remuneration of Directors and key managerial personnel

Remuneration to Directors:

All the Directors of the Company are non-executive Directors. The Directors of the Company do not draw any remuneration from the Company for attending the meetings of the Board and committees thereof.

IV. SHARE HoLDING PATTERN (Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity)



S.No Shareholder's Name

Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year% change in sh.holding

during the yearNo. of Shares


company


shares

No. of Shares

% of total Shares of

the company


shares1. TVS Credit Services Limited

along with its nominee 2,500 100 Nil 2,500 100 Nil -

Remuneration to Key Managerial Personnel other than MD/Manager/WTD

The Company is not required to appoint any Key Managerial Personnel (KMP) in terms of Section 203 of the Companies Act, 2013 and hence no KMP is appointed.

VIII. PENALTIES / PuNISHMENT/ CoMPouNDING oF oFFENCES:

There were no penalties / punishment / compounding of offences for breach of any Section of the Companies Act, 2013 against the Company or its Directors or other officers in default during the period under review.

FoR AND oN BEHALF oF THE BoARD

Place : Chennai V GoPALAKRISHNAN N SRINIVASA RAMANuJAM Date : 24th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 03291640 DIN: 07384809

473


To the Members of Harita ARC Private Limited


Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of Harita ARC Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2021, and its loss,(financial performance including total Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion






Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Standalone financial statements





our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone financial statements.



• obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on whether the Company has in place an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and the operating effectiveness of such controls.


• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the standalone financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.




Other Matter

The financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 March 2020 were audited by the predecessor auditor, V. Sankar Aiyar & Co who have expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements vide their audit report dated 26th May 2020.


474




As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) order, 2016 (“the order”), issued by the Central Government of India in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the Annexure A statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the order, to the extent applicable




(c) The Standalone Balance Sheet, the Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including other Comprehensive Income), the Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity and the Standalone Statement of Cash Flows dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the books of account.


(e) on the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors,

none of the directors is disqualified as on 31st March 2021 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2) of the Act.

(f) In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the provisions of section 143(3)(i) for reporting on the adequacy of internal financial controls over financial reporting and the operating effectiveness of such controls of the Company, are not applicable


i. There are no pending litigations as at 31st March 2021.

ii. The Company has not entered into any long term contract including derivate contracts.

There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company.

Place : BangaloreDate : 25th April 2021

For RAGHAVAN, CHAuDHuRI & NARAYANAN Chartered Accountants

FRN: 007761S

V. SATHYANARAYANANPartner

Membership No. 027716

uDIN 21027716AAAAHY1832

475


uDIN 21027716AAAAHY1832

i The Company does not own any fixed asset. Hence, Clause (i) of paragraph 3 of the order is not applicable to the Company.

ii The Company does not have any inventory. Therefore, Clause (ii) of paragraph 3 of the order is not applicable to the Company.

iii The company has not granted any loans secured or unsecured to companies, partnership, limited liability partnership or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. Therefore, the provision of Clause (iii) of paragraph 3 of the order is not applicable to the Company.

iv In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loan or made investments and has not provided guarantees and securities which has application of the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (iv) of the paragraph 3 of the order are not applicable to the Company.


vi The Central Government has not prescribed the maintenance of cost records under section 148 (1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (vi) of the order are not applicable to the Company.

vii (a) According to the records of the Company, the Company does not have the liability to deposit statutory dues including Provident Fund, Employees’ State Insurance, Income Tax, Goods and Service Tax and Cess and other material statutory dues with the appropriate authorities. There is also no liability in respect of duty of Customs

(b) According to the information and explanations given to us, there are no dues of Income Tax and Goods and Service Tax which have not been deposited on account of any dispute.

viii On the basis of verification of records and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not borrowed loans from Financial Institutions/Banks and Governments. Also, the Company has not raised any monies against issue of debentures. Therefore, the provisions of clause (viii) of the order are not applicable to the Company.

ix According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not availed any term loan and has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the

year. Therefore, the provisions of clause (ix) of the order are not applicable to the Company.



xii The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under Clause (xii) of the order is not applicable.




xvi The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Therefore, Clause (xvi) of the order is not applicable.

Place : BangaloreDate : 25th April 2021

For RAGHAVAN, CHAuDHuRI & NARAYANAN Chartered Accountants

FRN: 007761S

V. SATHYANARAYANANPartner



476



( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No As at 31st March 2021


ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents 1 24,056 24,410

TOTAL ASSETS 24,056 24,410

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity

Equity Share Capital 2 25,000 25,000

other Equity 3 (95,973) (65,319)

TOTAL EQUITY (70,973) (40,319)

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables

a) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and small enterprises 4 11,800 11,800

b) Total outstanding dues of other than (ii) (a) above - -

(iii) other Financial Liabilities 5 83,229 52,929

TOTAL LIABILITIES 95,029 64,729

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 24,056 24,410

As per our report annexed

V GOPALAkRISHNAN N SRINIVASA RAMANUjAM For Raghavan, Chaudhuri & NarayananDirector Director Chartered Accountants

Firm Regn No.: 007761S



477



( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No For the year ended 31st March 2021

For the year ended 31st March 2020

INCOME


TOTAL INCOME

EXPENSES

other expenses 6 30,654 17,869

TOTAL EXPENSE 30,654 17,869

Profit/(Loss) before tax (30,654) (17,869)

Tax expense: - -

Profit/(Loss) after tax for the year (30,654) (17,869)

other Comprehensive Income

Total Comprehensive Income (30,654) (17,869)

Earning per equity share:

Basic & Diluted earnings per share 7 (12.26) (7.15)






478


STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY ( in Rs. )

A Equity Share CapitalNote No. Amount

Balance as at April 1, 2019 2 - Changes in Equity share capital during the year

2 25,000

Balance as at March 31, 2020 25,000 Changes in Equity share capital during the year

2 -

Balance as at March 31, 2021 25,000

B Other EquityNote No.

Retained Earnings Total

Balance as at April 1, 2019 3 (47,450) (47,450)Total Comprehensive Income 3 (17,869) (17,869)

Balance as at March 31, 2020 (65,319) (65,319)Total Comprehensive Income 3 (30,654) (30,654)

Balance as at March 31, 2021 (95,973) (95,973)






479


CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2021

( in Rs. )

As at 31st March 2021 As at 31st March 2020

A. Cash Flow from Operating Activities

1. Profit/(Loss) Before Tax (30,654) (17,869)

B. Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes (30,654) (17,869)

C. Change in Working Capital

(Increase)/Decrease in Loans & Advances -

Changes in liability arising from financing activities 30,300 17,515

Change in Working Capital 30,300 17,515

D. Cash generated from operations (B+C) (354) (354)

E. Net Cash from Operating Activities (354) (354)

F. Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities

Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares

Net Cash from Financing Activities - -

G. Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents (E+F) (354) (354)

H. Cash and Cash Equivalents as at End 24,056 24,410

I. Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents as at Beginning 24,410 24,764

NET CHANGE IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS (H-I) (354) (354)






480


( in Rs. )

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

NOTES TO STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS

1 Cash and cash equivalents Amount as at Amount as at31 March 2021 31 March 2020

Balances with banks 24,056 24,410 Total cash and cash equivalents 24,056 24,410

2 Share Capital Number of Shares Amount

i) Authorised Share Capital:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 2,500 25,000

ii) Issued, Subscribed and Fully Paid up Share Capital:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 2,500 25,000

iii) Movement in equity share capital Number of Shares Amount

Equity Shares as at April 1, 2019 2,500 25,000 Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2020 2500 25000Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 2500 25000

iv) Details of share holders holding more than 5% & Shares held by holding company

Name of the Share Holder As at March 31, 2021 No. of Shares %

TVS Credit Services Limited 2,500 100%



v) Terms / Rights attached The company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs.10/- per share. Each shareholder has a right to participate in General Meeting and is eligible for one vote per share held. Residual interest in the assets of the company. Every shareholder is also entitled to right of inspection of documents as provided in the Companies Act, 2013.

3 Other EquityAmount as at

March 31, 2021Amount as at

March 31, 2020

Retained Earnings (95,973) (65,319)Total Other Equity (95,973) (65,319)

Retained Earningsopening Balance (65,319) (47,450)Add: Net profit for the year (30,654) (17,869)Closing Balance (95,973) (65,319)

4 Trade Payables Amount as at March 31, 2021

Amount as at March 31, 2020

Audit fees payable 11,800 11,800 Total Trade Payables 11,800 11,800

5 Other Financial LiabilitiesAmount as at


March 31, 2020

Payable to Holding Company 83,229 52,929 Total Other Financial Liabilities 83,229 52,929

6 Other Expenses For the period 1st Apr 2020 to 31st

March 2021

For the period 1st Apr 2019 to 31st

March 2020Professional charges 17,700 5,310 Rates and taxes 1,154 405 Payment to Auditors - As Auditor 11,800 11,800 Bank Charges 354

Total Other Expenses 30,654 17,869

7 Earnings per share (Basic and Diluted)


March 2021


March 2020 Earnings attributable to equity share holders

(30,654) (17,869)

Number of Shares 2,500 2,500 Earnings per Share (12.26) (7.15)

481


Brief Description of the Company:The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of Harita ARC Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The Company is yet to commence its business.

8. Significant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial Statements a. Basis of preparation of financial statements

The financial statements are prepared on historical cost convention, on a going concern basis and in accordance with the applicable Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) as notified under Section 133 in the Companies Act, 2013. All expenses and income to the extent ascertained with reasonable certainty are accounted for on accrual basis.

b. use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the applicable Accounting Standard requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities on the date of financial statement. The recognition, measurement, classification or disclosure of an item or information in the financial statement has been made relying on these estimates.

c. Cash Flow Statement

Cash flow statement is prepared under “Indirect Method” and the same is annexed.

d. Contingencies and events occurring after balance sheet date

There are no contingencies that need to be provided as on the balance sheet date.

Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for year ended 31st March 2021

1. There are no dues to micro medium small enterprises and hence the particulars required under notification no GSR 719(E) dt. 16.11.07 is not furnished.

2. Related Party Disclosures:

Reporting Entity:

Relationship NameEnterprise having Control TVS Credit Services Limited Subsidiary Company NilAssociate Companies NilKey Management Personnel Nil

Transactions with Related Parties

Amount (Rs.)Sl. No Nature of Transaction Name of the Related Party FY 2020-21 FY 2019-20

01. Advance Received TVS Credit Services Limited 30,300 17,51502 Balance Payable as at

the end of the year TVS Credit Services Limited 83,229 52,929


V GOPALAkRISHNANDirector

N SRINIVASA RAMANUjAMDirector

For RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN

Chartered AccountantsICAI No.: 007761S



482

HARITA COLLECTION SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED


The Directors present the fourth annual report together with the annual audited statement of accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021.



Dividend


Risk Management



(a) Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(3)(c) read with 134(5) of the Act, 2013 with respect to Director’s Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that:

(b) in the preparation of the annual accounts for the period from 1st April 2020 to 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures;

(c) the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

(d) the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

(e) the Directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis; and





Statutory Auditors

M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No. 109208W) have tendered their resignation from the position of Statutory Auditors due to their pre-occupation in other assignments resulting into a casual vacancy in the office of Statutory Auditors of the Company as envisaged by Section 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013. In view of this, the Board of Directors have recommended the appointment of M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants having registration number 007761S as Statutory Auditors of the Company for a period of 5 years, for shareholders’ approval at the 4th AGM.

The Company has received consent from M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants to serve as Statutory Auditors of the company, if they are so appointed. They have also furnished necessary certificate under Section 139 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 conveying their eligibility for appointment of statutory auditors of the Company.

Directors place on record their sincere appreciation of the valuable services rendered by M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants since inception of the Company as its Statutory Auditors

Disclosures





Deposits:


Annual Return:



There are currently no employees in the Company, hence the requirement of attaching a statement under Section 197 of the Companies Act 2013, read with Rule 5(2) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 containing the details of employee’s remuneration is not applicable.


As regards the furnishing the details of loans, guarantees and investments made by the Company as per Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the period ended 31st March 2021, the Company has not extended any guarantee or loans to other companies and has not made any investment during the period under review.


All contracts / arrangements entered by the Company during the period ended 31st March 2021 with related parties were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length price in terms of section 188 read with the Companies (Meetings of Board and its powers) Rules, 2014.





483


Reporting of fraud:






During the period under review, there were no cases filed pursuant to the provisions of Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013.



Members are requested to take note of the above change.

Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from its shareholders, customers and bankers for their continued support and assistance.


Place : Chennai V Gopalakrishnan N Srinivasa Ramanujam Date : 24th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 03291640 DIN: 07384809

484





i) CIN : U65100TN2017PTC118290


iii) Name of the Company : Harita Collection Services Private Limited


: Private Limited Company




: No


: NA

II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY


Sl.No.Name and




Not Applicable



S. No.

Name and Address

of the Company

CIN / GLNHolding /

Subsidiary / Associate

% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013


U65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding (please specify, if there is no change): NIL.

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs): NA.






All the Directors of the Company are non-executive Directors. The Directors of the Company do not draw any remuneration from the Company for attending the meetings of the board and committees thereof.





Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year% change in shareholding



company


shares

No. of Shares


the company


shares1. TVS Credit Services Limited

along with its nominee 2,500 100 Nil 2,500 100 Nil 100



VIII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT/ COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES:


FOR AND ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD

Place : Chennai V GOPALAKRISHNAN N SRINIVASA RAMANUJAM Date : 24th April 2021 Director Director DIN: 03291640 DIN: 07384809

485


To the Members of Harita Collection Services Private Limited

Report on the Audit of the Stand-alone financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of Harita Collection Services Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).


Basis for Opinion








In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.






• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on whether the Company has in place an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and the operating effectiveness of such controls.






Other Matter





486













iii. There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company..

For RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN Chartered Accountants

FRN.007761S

V. SATHYANARAYANAN Place : Bangalore Partner Date : 25th April 2020 Membership No. 027716

UDIN 21027716AAAAHZ7178

487


i. The Company does not own any fixed asset. Hence, Clause (i) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

ii. The Company does not have any inventory. Therefore, Clause (ii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

iii. The company has not granted any loans secured or unsecured to companies, partnership, limited liability partnership or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. Therefore, the provision of Clause (iii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

iv. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loan or made investments and has not provided guarantees and securities which has application of the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (iv) of the paragraph 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

v. The Company has not accepted any deposits from the public, within the meaning of Section 73 to 76 or any other relevant provisions of the Act and Rules framed thereunder. We are informed that no order has been passed by the Company Law Board or National Company Law Tribunal or Reserve Bank of India or any court or other tribunal.

vi. The Central Government has not prescribed the maintenance of cost records under section 148 (1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (vi) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.



viii. On the basis of verification of records and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not borrowed loans from Financial Institutions/Banks and Governments. Also, the Company has not raised any monies against issue of debentures. Therefore, the provisions of clause (viii) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

ix. According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not availed any term loan and has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the

year. Therefore, the provisions of clause (ix) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

x. Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and as per the information and explanations given to us by the Management and the representations obtained from the management, we report that no fraud by the Company and no fraud on the company by its officers or employees have been noticed or reported during the year.

xi. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid managerial remuneration as referred under section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act.

xii. The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under Clause (xii) of the Order is not applicable.

xiii. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us the Company is in compliance with Section 188 and Section 177 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the related parties and the details of related party transactions have been disclosed in the financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.

xiv. During the year, the Company has not made any preferential allotment of equity shares and hence the requirement for compliance of Section 42 of the Act does not arise. The company has not made any private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year.

xv. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with him and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

xvi. The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Therefore, Clause (xvi) of the Order is not applicable..


FRN.007761S



UDIN 21027716AAAAHZ7178

488



( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No As at As at

31st March 2021 31st March 2020

ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets




Equity


Other Equity 3 (94,003) (65,083)

TOTAL EQUITY (69,003) (40,083)

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables



(iii) Other Financial Liabilities 5 81,849 52,929








489



( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No For the period ended 31st March 2021


INCOME


TOTAL INCOME

EXPENSES

Other expenses 6 28,920 17,633



Tax expense: - -


Other Comprehensive Income









490



A EquityNote No. Amount

Balance as at April 1, 2019 2 25,000 Changes in Equity share capital during the year

2


2 -


B Other EquityNote No. Retained

Earnings Total









491





1. Profit/(Loss) Before Tax (28,920) (17,633) B. Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes (28,920) (17,633)

C. Change in Working Capital (Increase)/Decrease in Loans & Advances - Changes in liability arising from financing activities 17,515 Change in Working Capital - 17,515

D. Cash generated from Operations (B+C) (28,920) (118)

E. Net Cash from Operating Activities (28,920) (118)


Proceeds from Issue of Equity Shares Net Cash from Financing Activities - -

G. Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents (E+F) (28,920) (118)



NET CHANGE IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS (H-I) - (118)

( in Rs. )






492


( in Rs. )



Amount as at Amount as at31-Mar-21 31-Mar-20

1 Cash and cash equivalents


2 Share CapitalNumber of

Shares Amount



iii) Movement in equity share capitalNumber of

Shares Amount

Equity Shares as at March 31, 2019 2,500 25,000 Additions - - Equity Shares as at March 31, 2020 2500 25000Additions - - Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 2500 25000







3 Other Equity


Retained EarningsOpening Balance (65,083) (47,450)Add: Net profit for the year (28,920) (17,633)Closing Balance (94,003) (65,083)



4 Trade Payables


5 Other Financial Liabilities


For the period 1st Apr 2020 to 31st March

2021


20206 Other Expenses

Professional charges 16,520 5,310 Rates and taxes 600 405 Payment to Auditors 11,800 - As Auditor 11,800 Bank Charges 118




2021


March 2020 Earnings attributable to equity share holders

(28,920) (17,633)


493


Brief Description of the Company:The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of Harita Collection Services Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The Company is yet to commence its business.

8. Significant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial Statementsa. Basis of preparation of financial statements


b. The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of Harita Collection Services Private Limited.

c. Use of estimates


d. Cash Flow Statement


e. Contingencies and events occurring after balance sheet date


Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for year ended 31st March 20211. There are no dues to micro medium small enterprises and hence the

particulars required under notification no GSR 719(E) dt. 16.11.07 is not furnished.


Reporting Entity:




01. Advance Received TVS Credit Services Limited 28,920 17,51502 Balance Payable as at the

end of the year TVS Credit Services Limited 81,849 52,929




For Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan

Chartered AccountantsFirm Regn No.: 007761S



494

TVS COMMODITY FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS PRIVATE LIMITED





Dividend


Risk Management



Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(3)(c) read with 134(5) of the Act, 2013 with respect to Director’s Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that:


(b) the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;








Statutory Auditors

M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No. 109208W) have tendered their resignation from the position of Statutory Auditors due to their pre-occupation in other assignments resulting into a casual vacancy in the office of Statutory Auditors of the Company as envisaged by Section 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013. In view of this, the Board of Directors have recommended the appointment of M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan,

Chartered Accountants having registration number 007761S as Statutory Auditors of the Company for a period of 5 years, for shareholders’ approval at the 3rd AGM.

The Company has received consent from M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants to serve as Statutory Auditors of the company. They have also furnished necessary certificate under Section 139 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 conveying their eligibility for appointment of statutory auditors of the Company.


Disclosures

Material changes and commitments:




Deposits:


Annual Return:





As regards the furnishing the details of loans, guarantees an investments made by the Company as per Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the period ended 31st March 2021, the Company has not extended any guarantee or loans to other companies and has not made any investment during the period under review.




495




The provisions of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act 2013 and the rules made there-under relating to the information and details on conservation of energy, technology absorption do not apply to the Company, as the Company is not a manufacturing company.

Reporting of fraud:










Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from the holding company viz., TVS Credit Services Limited. The Directors thank the bankers for their continued support and assistance.



496





i) CIN : U65929TN2017PTC118316


iii) Name of the Company : TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited






: No


: NA



Sl.No.Name and




Not Applicable



S. No.

Name and Address

of the Company


% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013


U65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding (please specify, if there is no change) : NIL.

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):NA.











Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year% change in Shareholding



company


shares

No. of Shares


the company


sharesTVS Credit Services Limited along with its nominee 2,500 100 Nil 2,500 100 Nil 100







497


To the Members of TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited


Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of TVS Commodity Financial Solutions Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).


Basis for Opinion








In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as

applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.












Other Matter





498



Further to our comments in Annexure A, as required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:






(f) In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the provisions of section 143(3)(i) for reporting

on the adequacy of internal financial controls over financial reporting and the operating effectiveness of such controls of the Company, are not applicable


i There are no pending litigations as at 31st March 2021.




FRN: 007761S


UDIN 21027716AAAAIB1452

499










FRN: 007761S


UDIN 21027716AAAAIB1452

i The Company does not own any fixed asset. Hence, Clause (i) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.








viii On the basis of verification of records and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not borrowed loans from Financial Institutions/Banks and Governments. Also, the Company has not raised any monies against issue of debentures. Therefore, the provisions of clause (viii) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

ix According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not availed any term loan and has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the year. Therefore, the provisions of clause (ix) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.


500


Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021 ( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No As at31st March 2021


ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets




Equity


Other Equity 3 (95,785) (64,319)

TOTAL EQUITY (70,785) (39,319)

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables








ICAI Regn No. FRN 007761S



501








( in Rs. )



INCOME


TOTAL INCOME

EXPENSES




Tax expense: - -






502





2 25,000


2 -


B Other EquityNote No.

Retained Earnings Total









503


( in Rs. )







(Increase)/Decrease in Loans & Advances



D. Cash generated from Operations (B+C) (354) (354)














504


( in Rs. )



1 Cash and cash equivalents Amount as at Amount as at31 March 2021 31 March 2020


2 Share CapitalNumber of Shares Amount



iii) Movement in equity share capitalNumber of Shares Amount

Equity Shares as at April 1, 2019 2,500 25,000 Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2020 2500 25000Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 2500 25000









March 31, 2020



4 Trade PayablesAmount as at


March 31, 2020




March 31, 2020


6 Other Expenses

For the period 1st Apr 2020 to

31st March 2021


31st March 2020

Professional charges 17,700 5,310

Rates and taxes 1,966 405

Payment to Auditors

- As Auditor 11,800 11,800

Bank Charges - 354




March 2021


March 2020

Earnings attributable to equity share holders

(31,466) (17,869)

Number of Shares 2,500 2,500

Earnings per Share (12.59) (7.15)

505


Brief Description of the Company:The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of TVS Commodity Financial Services Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The Company is yet to commence its business.

8. Significant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial Statementsa. Basis of preparation of financial statements


b. Use of estimates






Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for year ended 31st March 20211. There are no dues to micro medium small enterprises and hence the

particulars required under notification no GSR 719(E) dt. 16.11.07 is not furnished.


Reporting Entity:




01. Advance Received TVS Credit Services Limited 31,112 17,51502 Balance Payable as at

the end of the year TVS Credit Services Limited 83,041 51,929








506

TVS MICRO FINANCE PRIVATE LIMITED





Dividend


Risk Management










In terms of the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 both the existing Directors, viz., Mr V Gopalakrishnan and Mr Srinivasa Ramanujam, Directors of the Company retire from the office at the ensuing annual general meeting and being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.



Statutory Auditors

M/s. V. Sankar Aiyar & Co., Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No. 109208W) have tendered their resignation from the position of Statutory Auditors due to their pre-occupation in other assignments resulting into a casual vacancy in the office of Statutory Auditors of the Company as envisaged by Section 139(8) of the Companies Act, 2013. In view of this, the Board of Directors have recommended the appointment of M/s. Raghavan, Chaudhuri & Narayanan, Chartered Accountants having registration number 007761S as Statutory Auditors of the Company for a period of 5 years, for shareholders’ approval at the 3rd AGM.



Disclosures





Deposits:


Annual Return:










507




Reporting of fraud:










Acknowledgement

The Directors gratefully acknowledge the continued support and co-operation received from its shareholders, customers and bankers for their continued support and assistance.



508





i) CIN : U65929TN2017PTC118238


iii) Name of the Company : TVS Micro Finance Private Limited






: No


: NA



Sl.No.Name and




Not Applicable



S. No.

Name and Address

of the Company

CIN / GLN Holding / Subsidiary/ Associate

% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013


U65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)


(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):NIL.














company


shares

No. of Shares


the company


shares

1. TVS Credit Services Limited along with its nominee 2,500 100 Nil 2,500 100 Nil 100




There were no penalties / punishment / compounding of offences for breach of any Section of the Companies Act, 2013 against the Company or its Directors or other officers in default during the period under review



509


To the Members of TVS Micro Finance Private Limited


Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of TVS Micro Finance Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).


Basis for Opinion








In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless themanagement either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.












Other Matter



510





Further to our comments in Annexure A, as required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:





(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors,








FRN.007761S

V. SATHYANARAYANAN Place : Bangalore Partner Date : 25th April, 2021 Membership No. 027716

UDIN 21027716AAAAID2864

511


UDIN 21027716AAAAID2864




















FRN.007761S



512








( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No As at 31 March 2021

As at 31 March 2020

ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets




Equity


Other Equity 3 (91,233) (64,319)

TOTAL EQUITY (66,233) (39,319)

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables






513








( in Rs. )



INCOME


TOTAL INCOME

EXPENSES




Tax expense: - -






514










2 25,000


2 -



Earnings Total




515


( in Rs. )
























516


( in Rs. )



1 Cash and cash equivalents Amount as atMarch 31, 2021

Amount as atMarch 31, 2020






Equity Shares as at March 31, 2019 2,500 25,000 Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2020 2500 25000Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 2500 25000









March 31, 2020








March 31, 2020


6 Other ExpensesFor the period

1st Apr 2020 to 31st March 2021


31st March 2020Professional charges 14,360 5,310 Rates and taxes 754 405 Payment to Auditors - As Auditor 11,800 11,800 Bank Charges - 354


7 Earnings per share (Basic and Diluted)For the period

1st Apr 2020 to 31st March 2021


31st March 2020 Earnings attributable to equity share holders

(26,914) (17,869)


517


Brief Description of the Company:

The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of TVS Micro Finance Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The Company is yet to commence its business.

8. Significant Accounting Policies forming part of Financial Statements

a. Basis of preparation of financial statements


b. Use of estimates









Reporting Entity:





end of the year TVS Credit Services Limited 78,489 51,929






Chennai . V. SATHYANARAYANANDated: 24th May 2021 Partner


518

TVS Two wheeler Mall PrIVaTe lIMITeD





Dividend


Risk Management













Statutory Auditors




Disclosures

Material changes and commitments:




Deposits:


Annual Return:










519



The provisions of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act 2013 and the rules made there-under relating to the information and details on conservation of energy, technology absorption do not apply to the Company, as the Company is not a manufacturing company. During the period under review, there was no foreign earning or expenditure in the Company.

Reporting of fraud:


Maintenance of cost records:








Acknowledgement




520





i) CIN : U65923TN2017PTC118211


iii) Name of the Company : TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited






: No


: NA



Sl.No.Name and




Not Applicable



S. No.

Name and Address

of the Company


% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013


U65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)


(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):NA.














company


shares

No. of Shares


the company


sharesTVS Credit Services Limited along with its nominee 2,500 100 Nil 2,500 100 Nil 100







521


To the Members of TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited


Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of TVS TW Mall Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).


Basis for Opinion




















Other Matter



522










(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31st March 2021 taken on record by the Board of Directors,






iii There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company


FRN: 007761S


UDIN 21027716AAAAIC7177

523





















FRN: 007761S



UDIN 21027716AAAAIC7177

524


Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021 ( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No As at As at

31st March 2021 31st March 2020

ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets




Equity


Other Equity 3 (93,568) (64,294)

TOTAL EQUITY (68,568) (39,294)

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables









Chennai . V. SATHYANARAYANANDated: 24th April, 2021 Partner


525







Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March 2020 ( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No For the

period ended 31st March 2021

For the year ended

31st March 2020

INCOME


TOTAL INCOME

EXPENSES




Tax expense: - -


Other Comprehensive Income - -




526





2 25,000


2 -



Earnings Total









527


( in Rs. )CASH FLOW STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2020























528


( in Rs. )



1 Cash and cash equivalents Amount as at Amount as at31st March 2021 31st March 2020






Equity Shares as at March 31, 2019 2,500 25,000 Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2020 2500 25000Additions - -Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 2500 25000







3 Other Equity Amount as at March 31, 2021







5 Other Financial Liabilities Amount as at March 31, 2021



6 Other Expenses For the period 1st Apr 2020 to

31st March 2021


31st March 2020Professional charges 16,520 5,310 Rates and taxes 954 405 Payment to Auditors - As Auditor 11,800 11,800 Bank Charges 354


7 Earnings per share (Basic and Diluted) For the period 1st Apr 2020 to

31st March 2021


31st March 2020Earnings attributable to equity share holders (29,274) (17,869)Number of Shares 2,500 2,500 Earnings per Share (11.71) (7.15)

529


Brief Description of the Company:

The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of TVS Two Wheeler Mall Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The Company is yet to commence its business.




b. Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with the applicable Accounting Stand-ard requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of contingent liabilities on the date of financial statement. The recognition, measurement, classification or disclosure of an item or information in the financial statement has been made relying on these estimates.





Additional Notes forming part of Financial Statements for year ended 31st March 20211. There are no dues to micro medium small enterprises and hence the particulars required

under notification no GSR 719(E) dt. 16.11.07 is not furnished.2. Related Party Disclosures:

Reporting Entity:





end of the reporting yearTVS Credit Services Limited 80,824 51,904




For V. RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN

Chartered AccountantsICAI Regn No: 007761S



530

TVS HouSing Finance PriVaTe LimiTed





Dividend

The Directors, in order to conserve the resources for its future business activities, have not proposed any dividend for the period under review.

Risk Management


Directors’ Responsibility Statement

Pursuant to the requirement of Section 134(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 with respect to Director’s Responsibility Statement, it is hereby stated that:

(a) in the preparation of the annual accounts for the year ended 31st March 2021, the applicable accounting standards had been followed along with proper explanation relating to material departures;

(b) the Directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the loss of the Company for that period;

(c) the Directors had taken proper and sufficient care for maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of this Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;

(d) the Directors had prepared the accounts for the financial year ended 31st March 2021 on a going concern basis; and



In terms of the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 all the existing Directors, viz., Mr V Gopalakrishnan and Mr Venu Srinivasan, Mr Sudarshan Venu Mr K Gopala Desikan, Ms Kalpana Unadkat and Mr G Venkatraman, Directors of the Company retire from the office at the ensuing annual general meeting and being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.



Key Managerial Personnel (KMPs)

The following persons have been designated as Key Managerial Personnel of the Company pursuant to Section 2(51) and Section 203 of the Act 2013, read with the Rules framed thereunder.

1. Mr G Venkatraman, Whole-time Director

2. Mr V Gopalakrishnan, Chief Financial Officer

3. Mr Ashwin J, Company Secretary

Statutory Auditors




Disclosures





Deposits:


Annual Return:





As regards furnishing the details of loans, guarantees and investments made by the Company as per Section 186 of the Act 2013 for the financial year 2020-21, the Company has not extended any guarantee or has given loans to other companies during the period under review.


All contracts / arrangements entered by the Company during the period ended 31st March 2021 with related parties were in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length price in terms of section 188 read with the Companies (Meetings of board and its powers) Rules, 2014.

531





The provisions of Section 134(3)(m) of the Act 2013 and the rules made there-under relating to the information and details on conservation of energy, technology absorption do not apply to the Company, as the Company is not a manufacturing company and there are no foreign exchange earnings and outgo. During the period under review, there was no foreign exchange earnings or expenditure in the Company.

Reporting of fraud:





The Company was not required to constitute an Internal Complaints Committee as required under The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,

Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 since there are no employees in the Company.




Acknowledgement



Place : Chennai K Gopala Desikan G Venkatraman Date : 24th April 2021 Director Whole-Time Director DIN: 00067107 DIN: 08098890

532





i) CIN : U65999TN2017PTC118512


iii) Name of the Company : TVS Housing Finance Private Limited




: “Chaitanya”, No.12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam Chennai 600006 Tel: 044- 28272233Fax: 044- 28257121


: No


: NA



Sl.No.Name and




1 Housing Finance 65922 Nil



Name and Address of the Company


% of shares held


Companies Act, 2013

TVS Credit Services Limited

No. 29, Haddows Road, Chennai – 600006

U65920TN2008PLC069758 Holding 100% 2(87)

(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding: NIL.

(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):NIL.

(v). Shareholding of Directors and key managerial personnel: NA

V. INDEBTEDNESS


VI. Remuneration of Directors and key managerial personnel: NIL





Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year % change in Shareholding

during the year

No. of Shares


company


shares

No. of Shares


company


shares

1 TVS Credit Services Limited along with its nominee 1,20,00,000 100% Nil 1,20,00,000 100% Nil Nil

Total 1,20,00,000 100% Nil 1,20,00,000 100% Nil Nil


There were no penalties / punishment / compounding of offences for breach of any Section of the Companies Act, 2013 against the Company or its Directors or other officers in default during the Period under review.


Place : Chennai K Gopala Desikan G Venkatraman Date : 24th May 2020 Director Whole-Time Director DIN: 00067107 DIN: 08098890

533


To the Members of TVS Housing Finance Private Limited


Opinion

We have audited the accompanying standalone financial statements of TVS Housing Finance Private Limited (“the Company”), which comprise the standalone Balance Sheet as at 31st March 2021, the standalone Statement of Profit and Loss (including Other Comprehensive Income), standalone Statement of changes in Equity and standalone Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended, and notes to the standalone financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the financial statements”).

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid standalone financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2021, and its profit (financial performance including total Comprehensive Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flows for the year ended on that date.

Basis for OpinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SA) specified under section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the standalone financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Information Other than the Standalone Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report ThereonThe Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in Annual Report to the Shareholders but does not include the standalone financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The Annual Report to the Shareholders is expected to be made available to us after the date of this Auditor’s Report.



Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Standalone financial statementsThe Company’s Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view of the financial position, financial performance, total comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India including the accounting Standards specified under section 133 of the Act. This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the standalone financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the standalone financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the management either intends to liquidate the Company

or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.


Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone financial statementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these standalone financial statements.









Other MatterThe financial statements of the Company for the year ended 31 March 2020 were audited by the predecessor auditor, V. Sankar Aiyar & Co who have expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements vide their audit report dated 26th May 2020.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory RequirementsWith respect to the matter to be included in the Auditors’ Report under Section 197(16) of the Act. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid any remuneration to its directors.



534








(f) In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the provisions of section 143(3)(i) for reporting on the adequacy of internal financial controls over financial reporting

and the operating effectiveness of such controls of the Company, are not applicable




iii. There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by the Company.

For RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN., Chartered Accountants

FRN.007761S


UDIN 21027716AAAAIA1243

535


UDIN 21027716AAAAIA1243

(i) The Company does not own any fixed asset. Hence, Clause (i) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

(ii) The Company does not have any inventory. Therefore, Clause (ii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

(iii) The company has not granted any loans secured or unsecured to companies, partnership, limited liability partnership or other parties covered in the register maintained under section 189 of the Act. Therefore, the provision of Clause (iii) of paragraph 3 of the Order is not applicable to the Company.

(iv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted any loan or made investments and has not provided guarantees and securities which has application of the provisions of Section 185 and 186 of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (iv) of the paragraph 3 of the Order are not applicable to the Company.


(vi) The Central Government has not prescribed the maintenance of cost records under section 148 (1) of the Act. Therefore, the provisions of Clause (vi) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

(vii) (a) According to the records of the Company, the Company does not have the liability to deposit statutory dues including Provident Fund, Employees’ State Insurance, Income Tax, Goods and Service Tax and Cess and other material statutory dues with the appropriate authorities. There is also no liability in respect of duty of Customs


(viii) On the basis of verification of records and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not borrowed loans from Financial Institutions/Banks and Governments. Also, the Company has not raised any monies against issue of debentures. Therefore, the provisions of clause (viii) of the Order are not applicable to the Company.

(ix) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not availed any term loan and has not raised monies by way of initial public offer or further public offer (including debt instruments) during the


(x) Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and as per the information and explanations given to us by the Management and the representations obtained from the management, we report that no fraud by the Company and no fraud on the company by its officers or employees have been noticed or reported during the year.

(xi) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not paid managerial remuneration as referred under section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act.

(xii) The Company is not a Nidhi Company and hence reporting under Clause (xii) of the Order is not applicable.

(xiii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us the Company is in compliance with Section 188 and Section 177 of the Act, where applicable, for all transactions with the related parties and the details of related party transactions have been disclosed in the financial statements as required by the applicable accounting standards.

(xiv) During the year, the Company has not made any preferential allotment of equity shares and hence the requirement for compliance of Section 42 of the Act does not arise. The company has not made any private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year.

(xv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with its directors or persons connected with him and hence provisions of section 192 of the Act are not applicable.

(xvi) The Company is not required to be registered under section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. Therefore, Clause (xvi) of the Order is not applicable..

For RAGHAVAN, CHAUDHURI & NARAYANAN., Chartered Accountants

FRN.007761S



536



( in Rs. )

Particulars Note No. As on 31st March 2021 As on 31st March 2020

ASSETS

Current Assets

Financial Assets

Cash and Cash equivalents 1 2,969,160 3,707,413

Bank balances other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 2 113,900,000 113,900,000

Other Financial Assets 3 20,380,709 13,581,627

Current Tax Assets (Net) 4 1,957,851 135,111

TOTAL ASSETS 139,207,720 131,324,150


Equity

Share Capital 5 120,000,000 120,000,000

Other Equity 6 17,188,555 11,312,350

TOTAL EQUITY 137,188,555 131,312,350

LIABILITIES

Current Liabilities


(i) Borrowings - -

(ii) Trade Payables



(iii) Other Financial Liabilities 8 - -

Current tax liabilities (Net) 9 1,993,605 -

TOTAL LIABILITIES 2,019,165 11,800

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 139,207,720 131,324,150


G Venkatraman K Gopala Desikan For Raghavan, Chaudhuri & NarayananWhole-Time Director Director Chartered Accountants

ICAI Regn No: 007761S

V Gopalakrishnan J Ashwin S.VENKATARAMANChief Financial Officer Company Secretary Partner

Membership No.: 23116ChennaiDated: 24th April 2021

537








( in Rs. )

ParticularsNote No

For the period ended 31st March 2021


INCOME

Revenue from operations

Other Income 10 7,921,188 7,180,917

Total revenue 7,921,188 7,180,917

EXPENSES


Total Expense 51,373 54,948

Profit before tax 7,869,815 7,125,969

Tax expense:

Current year taxes 1,993,610 1,807,437

Tax relating to earlier years - (9,441)

Profit/(Loss) after tax for the year 5,876,205 5,327,973

Earning per equity share: 12 0.49 0.44

538


( in Rs. )


As at 31st March 2021 As at 31st March 2020A. Cash Flow from Operating Activities

1. Profit/(Loss) Before Tax 7,869,815 7,125,969 Interest Income

- B. Operating Profit before Working Capital Changes 7,869,815 7,125,969

C. Change in Working Capital (Increase)/Decrease in Short Term Receivable (7,376,338) (5,858,991)Increase/(Decrease) in Trade and other Payables 13,760 (481,821)Change in Working Capital (7,362,578) (6,340,812)

D. Income Tax Paid (1,245,490) (1,933,107)

E. Cash generated from Operations (B+C) (738,253) (1,147,950)

F. Net Cash from Operating Activities (738,253) (1,147,950)

G. Net Cash Flow from Financing ActivitiesBorrowings (1,660,196)Proceeds from Issue of Equity SharesNet Cash from Financing Activities (1,660,196)

H. Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents (E+F) (738,253) (2,808,146)

I. Cash and Cash Equivalents as at End 2,969,160 3,707,413

J. Less: Cash and Cash Equivalents as at Beginning 3,707,413 6,515,559

K. NET CHANGE IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS (I-J) (738,253) (2,808,146)






539



A EquityNote No. Amount

Balance as at April 1, 2019 5 120,000,000

Changes in Equity share capital during the year 5 -

Balance as at March 31, 2020 120,000,000

Changes in Equity share capital during the year -

Balance as at March 31, 2021 120,000,000

B Other Equity

Note No.Retained Earnings Total

Balance as at April 1, 2019 6 5,984,377 5,984,377

Profit for the period 6 5,327,973 5,327,973

Balance as at March 31, 2020 11,312,350 11,312,350 Profit for the period 6 5,876,205 5,876,205

Balance as at March 31, 2021 17,188,555 17,188,555






540


( in Rs. )



10 Other IncomeFor the period

ended 31st March 2021

For the Year ended 31st March

2020Interest Income 7,921,188 7,180,917 Total Other Income 7,921,188 7,180,917

11 Other Expenses For the period



2020Professional charges 20,680 29,580 Rates and taxes 18,421 2,414 Payment to Auditors - As Auditor 11,800 22,600 Bank Charges 472 354 License Fees - - Other Expenses - - Total Other Expenses 51,373 54,948

12 Earnings per share For the period



2020 Earnings attributable to equity share holders

5,876,205 5,327,973

Number of Shares 12,000,000 12,000,000 Earnings per Share 0.49 0.44

1 Cash and cash equivalents As at 31-Mar-21 As at 31-Mar-20

Balances with banks 2,969,160 3,707,413 Total cash and cash equivalents 2,969,160 3,707,413

2 Balances with Banks other than Cash and Cash Equivalents

As at 31-Mar-21 As at 31-Mar-20

Deposits with banks 113,900,000 113,900,000 Total Balances with Banks other than Cash and Cash Equivalents

113,900,000 113,900,000

3 Other Financial Assets As at 31-Mar-21 As at 31-Mar-20

Interest accrued on Fixed Deposits 20,380,709 13,581,627 Total Other Financial Assets 20,380,709 13,581,627

4 Current tax Assets (Net) As at 31-Mar-21 As at 31-Mar-20

Advance tax and TDS receivable 1,957,851 135,111 Total Current tax Assets (Net) 1,957,851 135,111


i) Authorised Share Capital:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 12,00,000.00 1,20,00,000

ii) Issued, Subscribed and Fully Paid up Share Capital:Equity shares of Rs.10/- each 12,000,000 120,000,000


Equity Shares as at April 1, 2020 12,000,000 120,000,000 Additions - - Equity Shares as at March 31, 2021 12,000,000 120,000,000

iv) Details of share holders holding more than 5% Name of the Share Holder As at March 31, 2021

No. of Shares % TVS Credit Services Limited 12,000,000 100.00 Name of the Share Holder As at March 31, 2020

No. of Shares % TVS Credit Services Limited 12,000,000 100.00

v) Terms / Rights attached The company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of Rs.10/- per share. Each shareholder has a right to participate in General Meeting and is eligible for one vote per share held.

6 Other Equity Amount as at March 31, 2021


Retained Earnings 17,188,555 11,312,350 Total Other Equity 17,188,555 11,312,350



i) Retained EarningsOpening Balance 11,312,350 5,984,377 Add: Net profit for the year 5,876,205 5,327,973 Closing Balance 17,188,555 11,312,350



Other Payables 25,560 11,800

Total Trade Payables 25,560 11,800

8 Other Financial Liabilities Amount as at March 31, 2021


Payable to Holding Company - - Total other Financial Liabilities - -

9 Current Tax Liability Amount as at March 31, 2021


Provision for Taxation 1,993,605 -

Total Current Tax Liability 1,993,605 -

541



1. The Company has applied for the registration under Housing Finance Companies (NHB) Act, 1987 and the same is pending and hence it has not commenced its business of Housing Finance. Consequently, the requirements of disclosures and other compliances under NHB Act and Directions are not applicable..



Reporting Entity:




01. Advance Received TVS Credit Services Limited 1,358,142 3,28,07402 Balance Payable as at the

end of the year TVS Credit Services Limited Nil Nil

Brief Description of the company:

The Company was incorporated on 22nd August 2017 under the name of TVS Housing Finance Private Limited, wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Credit Services Limited. The company is yet to commence its business.




b. Use of estimates




d. Taxes on Income

The income tax expense or credit for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction.

e. Contingencies and events occurring after balance sheet date





V Gopalakrishnan J Ashwin V. SathyanarayananChief Financial Officer Company Secretary Partner


TVS MoTor (Singapore) pTe. LiMiTed

542

Directors’ StatementThe directors present their statement to the member together with the audited financial statements of TVS MOTOR (SINGAPORE) PTE. LIMITED (the “company”) for the financial year ended 31 March 2021.

1. OPINION OF THE DIRECTORS In the opinion of the directors, (a) the financial statements of the company are drawn up so as to give a true and fair view of

the financial position of the company as at 31 March 2021 and the financial performance, changes in equity and cash flows of the company for the year then ended; and

(b) at the date of this statement, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due.

2. DIRECTORS The directors of the company in office at the date of this statement are: Venu Srinivasan Hari Hara Iyer Lakshmanan Seenivasan Elayalwar Rajesh Narasimhan (Appointed on 10 March 2021)

3. ARRANGEMENTS TO ENABLE DIRECTORS TO ACQUIRE SHARES AND DEBENTURES Neither at the end of nor at any time during the financial year was the company a party to any

arrangement whose object are, or one of whose objects is, to enable the directors of the company to acquire benefits by means of the acquisition of shares in, or debentures of, the company or any other body corporate.

4. DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN SHARES AND DEBENTURES The directors who held office at the end of the financial year, had no interest in the share capital

of the company and related corporations as recorded in the register of directors’ shareholdings

required to be kept by the company under Section 164 of the Singapore Companies Act, Chapter 50 exceptas stated below:

Number of ordinary shares of INR1 eachName of directors and corporationIn which interests are held

At beginning of year At end of year

TVS Motor Company Limited(Holding company)Venu Srinivasan 2,569,726 2,569,726Hari Hara Iyer Lakshmanan 55,870 55,870

5. SHARE OPTION During the financial year, no option to take up unissued shares of the company was granted. During the financial year, there were no shares of the company issued by virtue of the exercise

of options to take up unissued shares. As at the end of the financial year, there were no unissued shares of the company under option.

6. AUDITOR Rama & Co. has expressed its willingness to accept re-appointment as auditor.

On behalf of the BoardVENu SRINIVASAN HARI HARA IyER LAkSHMANANDirector DirectorSingapore,27th April 2021

Independent Auditors’ report to the Member of TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. LimitedReport on the audit of the financial statements OpinionWe have audited the financial statements of TVS MOTOR (SINGAPORE) PTE. LIMITED (the “company”), which comprise the statement of financial position as at 31 March 2021, and statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies. In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements of the company are properly drawn up in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, Chapter 50 (the Act) and Financial Reporting Standards in Singapore (FRSs) so as to give a true and fair view of the financial position of the company as at 31 March 2021 and of the financial performance, changes in equity and cash flows of the company for the year ended on that date.

Basis for Opinion We conducted our audit in accordance with Singapore Standards on Auditing (SSAs). Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the company in accordance with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority (ACRA) Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics for Public Accountants and Accounting Entities (ACRA Code) together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Singapore, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the ACRA Code. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Other Information Management is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Directors’ Statement set out on pages 2. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Responsibilities of Management and Directors for the Financial Statements Management is responsible for the preparation of financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the provisions of the Act and FRSs, and for devising and maintaining a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide a reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorised use or disposition; and transactions are properly authorised and that they are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of true and fair financial statements and to maintain accountability of assets. In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so. The directors’ responsibilities include overseeing the company’s financial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SSAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with SSAs, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

(a) Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error,as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

(b) Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control.

(c) Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

(d) Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are in adequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained upto the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the company to cease to continue as a going concern.

(e) Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirement In our opinion, the accounting and other records required by the Act to be kept by the company have been properly kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

RAMA & CO. PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AND CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS SINGAPORESingapore, 27th April 2021


543

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Note 2021 2020

S$ S$

Revenue (19) 6,087,413 6,709,845

Cost of services (20) (5,939,271) (6,494,296)

Gross profit 148,142 215,549

Other income (21) 104,950 70,900

Administrative expenses (4,711,686) (6,695,577)

Other expense (32,866) (2,334,825)

Loss before income tax (4,491,460) (8,743,953)

Income tax (22) - -

Loss for the year (23) (4,491,460) (8,743,953)

Other comprehensive income - -

Total comprehensive loss for the year (4,491,460) (8,743,953)

The accompanying accounting policies and explanatory notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Share Capital

Share Application

Money Accumulated

Losses Total S$ S$ S$ S$

Balance as at 1 April 2019 91,480,287 - (12,085,385) 79,394,902 Issuance of shares (Note 15) 27,048,292 - - 27,048,292 Share application money received

- 46,860,000 - 46,860,000

Total comprehensive loss for the year

- - (8,743,953) (8,743,953)

Balance as at 31 March 2020 118,528,579 46,860,000 (20,829,338) 144,559,241 Issuance of shares (Note 15) 82,300,879 (46,860,000) - 35,440,879 Total comprehensive loss for the year

- - (4,491,460) (4,491,460)

Balance as at 31 March 2021 200,829,458 - (25,320,798) 175,508,660


STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Note 2021 2020 S$ S$

Cash flow from operating activities: Loss before income tax (4,491,460) (8,743,953) Adjustment for: Depreciation of plant and equipment (8) 2,895,378 2,933,416 Foreign currency exchange difference (24) (891,626) 1,011,396 Interest on lease liability (24) 464,316 558,947 Interest income (67,581) (65,730) Operating loss before working capital changes

(2,090,973) (4,305,924)

Other receivables (5,211,293) 1,793,320 Prepayments 20,470 378,124 Other payables (514,979) (512,624) Net cash used in operating activities (7,796,775) (2,647,104) Investing activities: Investment in subsidiary (9) (65,094,437) - Investment in associate (10) (3,942,825) (8,736,801) Investment in other investments - (12,746,390) Purchase of plant and equipment (8) (4,100) (120,060) Net cash used in investing activities (69,041,362) (21,603,251) Financing activities: Amount due to holding company (24) - 392,000 Issuance of shares (15) 35,440,879 26,215,397 Payment of lease liability (24) (3,425,228) (3,424,108) Share application money received (16) - 46,860,000 Net cash from financing activities 32,015,651 70,043,289 Net (decrease)/ increase in bank balances (44,822,486) 45,792,934 Bank balance at beginning of year 46,866,365 1,073,431 Bank balance at end of year (14) 2,043,879 46,866,365


STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 MARCH 2021 Note 2021 2020

ASSETS S$ S$

Non-current assets:

Plant and equipment (8) 14,551,484 17,067,887

Investment in subsidiary (9) 65,094,437 -

Investments in associates (10) 100,123,559 83,434,344

Other investments (11) - 12,746,390

Other receivables (12) 4,581,063 2,313,382

Total non-current assets 184,350,543 115,562,003

Current assets:

Other receivables (12) 3,546,513 910,195

Prepayments (13) 279,929 300,399

Bank balances (14) 2,043,879 46,866,365

Total current assets 5,870,321 48,076,959

Total assets 190,220,864 163,638,962


Equity:

Share capital (15) 200,829,458 118,528,579

Share application money (16) - 46,860,000

Accumulated losses (25,320,798) (20,829,338)

Total equity 175,508,660 144,559,241

Non-current liability:

Lease liability (17) 10,693,344 14,476,176

Current liabilities:

Lease liability (17) 3,040,673 3,110,379

Other payables (18) 978,187 1,493,166

Total current liabilities 4,018,860 4,603,545

Total liabilities 14,712,204 19,079,721

Total equity and liabilities 190,220,864 163,638,962



544

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - 31 MARCH 2021

These notes form an integral part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements.

1. GENERAL a) Corporate Information

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte. Limited (the “company”) (Registration number: 200301438H) is a private limited company incorporated and domiciled in the Republic of Singapore with its registered office at:

17 Phillip Street #05-01 Grand Building Singapore 048695

The principal activities of the company are to carry on the business as an investment holding company.

b) Authorisation of financial statements for issue

The financial statements of the company for the year ended 31 March 2021 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27th April, 2021.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1. Basis of Accounting

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the historical cost convention, except as disclosed in the accounting policies below, and are drawn up and in accordance with the provisions of the Singapore Companies Act and Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (“FRS”).

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in the exchange for goods and services.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the company takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability which market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

In addition, for financial reporting purpose, fair value measurements are described in Note 5.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the company’s accounting policies. It also requires the use of accounting estimates and assumption. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity or areas when assumption and estimates are significant to the financial statements as disclosed in Note 4.

2.2. Changes in Accounting Policies

a) Adoption of new revised FRSs and INT FRSs

In the current financial year, the company has adopted all the new and revised FRSs and Interpretations of FRS (“INT FRS”) that are relevant to its operations and effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 April 2020. The adoption of these new/ revised FRSs and INT FRSs did not result in substantial changes to the company’s accounting policies and had no material effect on the amounts reported for the current or prior financial years.

b) Standards issued but not yet effective

At the date of authorisation of financial statements, the following FRSs that are relevant to the company were issued but not effective are as follows

Reference Description

Effective for annual periods

beginning on or after

FRS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments)

1 January 2023

FRS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended use

1 January 2022

Annual Improvements to FRSs 2018-2020 cycle: - Amendments to FRS 109 Financial Instruments – Fees in

the “10 percent“ Test for Derecognition of Financial Liabilities 1 January 2022

The directors anticipate that the adoption of the above FRSs, INT FRS and amendments to FRS in future periods standards will not have a materials impact on the financial statements of the company in the period of their initial adoption.

2.3. Functional and Foreign Currency

a) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the company operates (the “functional currency”). The financial statements of the company are presented in Singapore dollar, which is also the functional currency of the company.

b) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are measured in the functional currency of the company and are recorded on initial recognition in the functional currency at exchange rates approximating those ruling at the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. All realised and unrealised exchange adjustment gains and losses are dealt with in profit or loss.

2.4. Subsidiary

Subsidiary is an entity controlled by the company. The company controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Investment in subsidiary is carried at cost less any impairment in net recoverable value that has been recognised in profit or loss. On disposal of such investment, the difference between the net disposal proceed and their carrying amounts is included in profit or loss.

These financial statements are the separate financial statements of the company.

The company is exempted from the requirement to prepare consolidated financial statements as the company itself is the wholly owned subsidiary of another entity, which produces the consolidated financial statements which are available for public use.

2.5. Associates

An associate is an entity over which the company has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

Investments in the associate companies is stated at cost, less impairment if any.

2.6. Plant and Equipment

a) Measurement

Plant and equipment are initially stated at cost and subsequently carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

b) Components of costs

The cost of an item of plant and equipment includes its purchase price and any cost that is directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management. The projected cost of dismantlement, removal or restoration is also included as part of the cost of plant and equipment if the obligation for the dismantlement, removal or restoration is incurred as a consequence of acquiring or using the asset.

c) Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated on the straight line method to write off the cost of the plant and equipment over their estimated useful lives, or in the case of right-of-use asset, over the lease term, as follows:

years

Office equipment 3 Vehicle (Right-of-use asset) 7

No depreciation is provided for office artwork.

Fully depreciated assets are retained in the financial statements until they are no longer in use and no further charge for depreciation is made in respect of these assets.

The residual values, useful life and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to ensure that the amount, method and period of depreciation are consistent with previous estimates and the expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits embodied in the items of plant and equipment.


545

d) Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure relating to plant and equipment that has already been recognised is added to the carrying amount of the asset only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Other subsequent expenditure is recognised as repair and maintenance expense in profit or loss during the financial year in which it is incurred.

e) Disposal

On disposal of an item of plant and equipment, the difference between the net disposal proceeds and its carrying amount is taken to profit or loss. Any amount in revaluation reserve relating to that asset is transferred to retained earnings directly.

2.7. Impairment of Non-Financial Assets

At the end of each reporting period, the company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss. Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

2.8. Bank balances

Bank balances in statements of cash flows comprise cash at bank that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. These are classified as measured at amortised cost under FRS 109.

2.9. Leases

The company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

As a lessee

For any new contracts entered into on or after 1 April 2019, the company assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

At lease commencement date, the company recognises a right-of-use asset within “Plant and Equipment” and a lease liability on the statement of financial position.

Right-of-Use Asset

The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease, and any lease payments made in advance of the lease commencement date (net of any incentives received).

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the company is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life (which is determined on the same basis as those of plant and equipment).

The company also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when such indicators exist. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

Lease liability

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the company’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate, it would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are made up of fixed payments, variable payments based on an index or rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, lease payments arising from extension options reasonably certain to be exercised, exercise price under purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised and penalties for early termination of a lease unless the company is reasonably certain not to terminate early.

Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for payments made and increased for interest. It is remeasured to reflect any reassessment or modification. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if the company changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.

When the lease liability is remeasured, the corresponding adjustment is reflected in the right-of-use asset, or profit and loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The company has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. Lease payments associated with these leases are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise items of office equipment with individual values not exceeding S$5,000.

2.10. Revenue Recognition

Revenue from sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of business is recognised when the company satisfies a performance obligation (“PO”) by transferring control of a promised good or service to the customer. The amount of revenue recognised is the amount of the transaction price allocated to the satisfied PO.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration in the contract to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services. The transaction price may be fixed or variable and is adjusted for time value of money if the contract includes a significant financing component.

Revenue may be recognised at a point in time or over time following the timing of satisfaction of the PO. If a PO is satisfied over time, revenue is recognised based on the completion reflecting the progress towards complete satisfaction of that PO.

Passenger service income

The company provides aircraft usage and passenger transport services and, operational and maintenance services for customers. Revenue from these services are recognised when services are performed over the usage and service period (i.e. over time).

2.11. Other income

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable.

2.12. Income Taxes

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

a) Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the statement of comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are not taxable or tax deductible. The company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of reporting period.

b) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method on all temporary differences at the end of reporting period between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences except where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at that time of the transaction, affects neither accounting profit or loss nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences carry-forward of unutilised tax assets and unutilised tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unutilised

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - 31 MARCH 2021 (Continued)


546

tax assets and unutilised tax losses can be utilised except where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arise from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction and at the time of transaction affects neither the accounting profit or loss nor taxable profit or loss.

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at the each of reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at the end of reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of reporting period.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

2.13. Employee Benefits

a) Defined contribution plans

Payments to defined contribution plans are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-managed schemes, such as the Singapore Central Provident Fund, are dealt with as payments to defined contribution plans where the company’s obligations under the plans are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution plan.

b) Employee leave entitlement

Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised when they accrued to employees. All unused leave at the end of the reporting period is encashed to the employees.

2.14. Related Parties

A related party is a person or an entity related to the company and is further defined as follows:

a) A person or a close member of that person’s family is related to the company if that person:

i) has control or joint control over the company;

ii) has significant influence over the company; or

iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the company or of a parent of the company.

b) An entity is related to the company if any of the following conditions applies:

i) the entity and the company are members of the same group i.e each parent, subsidiary and fellow subsidiary is related to the others;

ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity or an associate or joint venture of a member of a group of which the other entity is a member;

iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party;

iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the company or an entity related to the company. If the company is itself such a plan, the sponsoring employers are also related to the company;

vi) the entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a);

vii) a person identified in (a) i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity or of a parent of the entity; or

viii) the entity, or any member of the group of which it is a part, provides key management personnel services to the company or to the parent of the company.

Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the entity and include:

(a) that person’s children and spouse or domestic partner;

(b) children of that person’s spouse or domestic partner; and

(c) dependants of that person or that person’s spouse or domestic partner.

key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning,

directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly, including any director of the company.

Related party transactions and outstanding balances disclosed in the financial statement are in accordance with the above definition as per FRS 24 – Related Party Disclosures.

2.15. Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the company has present obligations (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the company will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows.

When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, the receivable is recognised as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

2.16. Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

A contingent liability is a possible obligation that arises from past events and whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future event not wholly within the control of the company. It can also be a present obligation arising from past events that is not recognised because it is not probable that outflow of economic resources will be required or the amount of obligation cannot be measured reliably.

A contingent liability is not recognised but is disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. When changes in the probability of an outflow occur so that the outflow is probable, it will then be recognised as a provision.

A contingent asset is a possible asset that arises from past events and whose existence will be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain events not wholly within the control of the company.

Contingent assets are not recognised but are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when an inflow of economic benefits is probable. When inflow is virtually certain, an asset is recognised.

2.17. Events after the Reporting Period

Events after the reporting period that provide additional information about the company’s position at the end of the reporting period or those that indicate the going concern assumption is not appropriate are adjusting events and are reflected in the financial statements. Events after the reporting period that are not adjusting events are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements when material.

3. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the company’s statement of financial position when and only when the company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

3.1. Financial Assets

a) Classification and subsequent measurement

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, at amortised cost and fair value through other comprehensive income (OCI).

The classification of financial assets, at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the company’s business model for managing them. The company initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset.

Financial assets at amortised cost

A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if the financial asset is held with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows and these contractual cash flows comprises solely principal and interest payments.



547

After initial measurement at fair value, debt instruments are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method, less impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the assets are derecognised, or impaired, and through the amortisation process. Interest income from these financial assets is included in interest income using the effective interest rate (EIR) method.

As at the reporting date, the company’s debt instruments at amortised cost consist of other receivables and bank balances.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI)

Equity instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI):

• the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling the financial assets; and

• the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

As at the reporting date, the company’s financial assets at FVTOCI cost consist of unquoted equity investments.

b) Impairment of financial assets

When applicable, the company recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses (“ECL”) on investments in debt instruments that are measured at amortised cost. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instruments.

When applicable, the company will recognises lifetime ECL for trade receivables. The expected credit losses on these financial assets will be estimated using a provision matrix based on the company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate.

For all other financial instruments, the company will recognises lifetime ECL when there has been significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the company measured the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12 months ECL. The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognised is based on significant increase in the likelihood or risk of default occurring since initial recognition instead of an evidence of a financial asset being credit-impaired at the reporting date or an actual default occurring.

Lifetime ECL represents the expected credit losses that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument. In contrast,12-month expected credit loss is the expected credit loss that result from default events that are possible within 12 months after the reporting date.

A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

Measurement and recognition of expected credit losses

The measurement of expected credit losses is a function of the probability of default, loss given default (i.e. the magnitude of the loss if there is a default) and the exposure at default. The assessment of the probability of default and loss given default is based on historical data adjusted by forward-looking information. As for the exposure at default, for financial assets, this is represented by the assets gross carrying amount at the reporting date; or for loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts, the exposure includes the amount drawn down as at reporting date, together with any additional amounts expected to be draw down in the future by default date determined based on historical trend, the company’s understanding of the specific future financing needs of the debtors, and other relevant forward-looking information.

For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all contractual cash flows for the company in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the company expects to receive, discount at the original effect interest rate.

c) Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognised where the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired.

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of (a) the consideration received and (b) any cumulative gain or loss that has been recognised directly in equity is recognised in profit or loss.

The company derecognises a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the company neither transfers nor retains

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the company recognises its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the company continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.

3.2. Equity and Financial Liabilities

Equity instruments issued by the company and financial liabilities are classified accordingly to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of an equity instrument and a financial liability.

a) Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Ordinary share capital is classified as equity.

b) Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

The company determines the classification of its financial liabilities at initial recognition. Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value of consideration received net of transaction costs.

After initial recognition, they are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised and through the amortisation process.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost consist of other payables and lease liability.

c) Derecognition of financial liabilities

The company derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payables, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss.

4. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the company’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to the financial statements, management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

4.1. Critical Accounting Judgements

Determination of functional currency

In determining the functional currency of the company, judgement is required to determine the currency that mainly influences sales prices for goods and services and of the country whose competitive forces and regulations mainly determines the sales prices of its goods and services. The functional currency of the company is determined based on management’s assessment of the primary economic environment in which the company operates and the company’s process of determining sales prices.

4.2. Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:

a) Impairment of investment in subsidiary, investments in associates and other investments

The company follows the guidance of FRS 36 in determining the recoverability of its investment in subsidiary, investments in associate and other investments. The company determines the recoverable amount of the subsidiaries based on the subsidiaries’ net assets values at the end of the reporting period as in the opinion of the management, the net assets values of these subsidiaries reasonably approximate the fair values less costs to sell.

The carrying amounts of investment in subsidiary, investments in associate and other investments are disclosed in Note 9, Note 10 and Note 11 to the financial statements.



548

b) Impairment of plant and equipment

As the end of the reporting period, the company assesses whether plant and equipment have any indication of impairment, in accordance with relevant accounting policies. The recoverable amounts of plant and equipment have been determined based on value-in use calculations. These calculations and valuations require the use of judgement and estimates on future operating cash flows and discount rates adopted.

The carrying amounts of the company’s plant and equipment are disclosed in Note 8 to the financial statements.

c) Depreciation of plant and equipment

The cost of plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives or over their lease terms, in the case of right-of-use asset. Changes in the expected level of usage and technological developments could impact the economic useful lives and the residual values of these assets, therefore, future depreciation charges could be revised.

5. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

5.1. Categories of financial assets and liabilities

The carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities included in the statement of financial position and the headings in which they are included are as follows:

2021 2020 S$ S$

Financial asset At amortised cost: - Other receivables 8,127,576 3,223,577 - Bank balances 2,043,879 46,866,365 At fair value through other comprehensive income: - Other investments - 12,746,390

10,171,455 62,836,332 Financial liabilities At amortised cost: - Other payables 978,187 1,493,166 - Lease liability 13,734,017 17,586,555

14,712,204 19,079,721

5.2. Financial Risk Management Policies and Objectives

The company’s overall risk management policy seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the company. The company, however, does not have any written risk management policies and guidelines. The management meet periodically to analyse, formulate and monitor the following risk management of the company and believe that the financial risks associated with these financial instruments are minimal. The company adopt systematic approach towards risk assessment and management. This is carried out in three phases, i.e. identification and assessment of risks, formulation and implementation of risk treatment, and monitoring and reporting of risk profile.

The company is exposed to credit risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and liquidity risk. The company is not significantly exposed to interest rate risk.

There has been no change to the company’s exposure to these financial risks or the manner in which it manages measures the risk.

a) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to risk that a counter party will default on its contractual obligations to repay amounts owing to company resulting in a loss to the company. The company’s primary exposure to credit risk arises through its bank balance. It is the company’s policy to enter into transactions with creditworthy customers and high credit rating counter-parties to mitigate any significant credit risk. The company has procedures in place to control credit risk and that exposure to such risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

Credit risk management

The company considers the probability of default upon initial recognition of asset and at each reporting date, assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition or if the credit quality of the financial instruments improves such that there is no longer a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECLs. When credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

Significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECLs, the company considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort.

This includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis, based on the company’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and includes forward-looking information such as the following:

• Credit rating information supplied by publicly available financial information;

• Existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations; and

• Significant changes in the expected performance and behavior of the debtor, including changes in the payment status of debtors and changes in the operating results of the debtor.

Regardless of the analysis above, a significant increase on credit risk is presumed if a debtor is more than 30 days past due in making contractual payment unless the company has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.

The maximum period considered when estimating ECLs is the maximum contractual period over which the company is exposed to credit risk.

Low credit risk

The company assumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial asset is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date.

A financial asset is considered to have low credit risk if:

• The financial instrument has a low risk of default;

• The borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and

• Adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

Credit-impaired

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:

• Significant financial difficulty of the counter-party or the borrower;

• A breach of contract, such as default or past due event; or

• It is becoming probable that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation;

Default event

The company considers the following as constituting an event of default when:

• The borrower fails to make contractual payments, within 90 days when they fall due, unless the company has reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate; or

• Internal or external information indicates that the borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the company in full, without recourse by the company to actions such as realising security (if any is held).

Write-off policy

The company categorises a receivable for potential write-off when:

• There is information indicating that the counterparty is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery or

• When a debtor fails to make contractual payments more than 365 days past due.

Where receivables have been written off, the company continues to engage enforcement activity to attempt to recover the receivable due. Where recoveries are made, these are recognised in profit or loss.

Credit risk grading framework

The company’s current credit risk grading framework comprises the following categories:



549

Category Definition of category Basis for recognizing expected credit loss

(ECL) I - Performing Counterparty has a low risk of default and does

not have any past due amounts and a strong capacity to meet contractual cash flows.

12-month ECL

II – under performing

Amount is > 30 days past due or there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.

Lifetime ECL – not credit impaired

III – Default Amount is > 90 days past due to or there is evidence indicating the asset is credit-impaired (in default).

Lifetime ECL – credit impaired

IV – Write off Amount is > 365 days past due or there is evidence indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

Amount is written off

There are no significant changes to estimation techniques or assumptions made during the reporting period.

Simplified approach

When applicable, the company will apply the simplified approach using the provision matrix to provide for ECLs for trade receivables. The simplified approach requires the loss allowance to be measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs.

The provision matrix is based on historical credit loss experience over the past three years and adjusted for forward-looking estimates. Trade receivables are grouped based on similar credit risk characteristics and days past due.

Expected credit loss assessment

The following are qualitative information on expected credit loss for financial assets under amortised cost:

• Other receivables

Management determined credit risk for the amount due from third parties has not increased significantly since their initial recognition. Accordingly, the company measured the impairment loss allowance at 12-month ECL and determined that the ECL is insignificant.

• Bank balances

The company places its bank deposit with credit worthy financial institution. Impairment on bank balances is measured on the 12-month expected loss basis. Management considers that its bank balances have low credit risk based on the external credit ratings of the counterparty. Therefore, management considers the amount of ECL is insignificant.

b) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of the company’s financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rate.

The company has bank balances that is non-interest bearing, therefore has no exposure to cash flow interest rate risk.

No interest rate sensitivity analysis is disclosed as the impact of changes in interest rate is not expected to be material.

c) Foreign currency exchange rate risk

Foreign currency exchange rate risk arose from the change in foreign exchange rates that may have an adverse effect on the company in the current reporting period and in the future periods.

The company transacts mainly in Singapore dollar. Management believes that the foreign exchange rate risk is manageable. Hence, the company does not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate this risk.

The company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk in equivalent Singapore dollar is as follows:

2021 2020 In Singapore dollar US$ US$ Financial assets Other investments - 12,746,390 Other receivables 4,964,463 2,696,782 Bank balances 2,012,298 46,865,381

6,976,761 62,308,553 Financial liabilities Lease liability 13,734,017 17,586,555 Other payables 234,413 66,492

13,968,430 17,653,047 Net exposure (6,991,669) 44,655,506

Sensitivity analysis

A 10% increase or decrease is used when reporting foreign currency exchange rate risk internally to key management personnel and represents management’s assessment of the possible change in foreign currency exchange rates.

A 10% strengthening of Singapore dollar against the following currency would increase/ (decrease) profit or loss and equity by the amount shown below:

2021 2020S$ S$

uS$ impact 699,167 (4,465,551)

A 10% weakening of Singapore dollar against the above currency would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currency to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

d) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk refer to risk that the company will not have sufficient funds to pay its debts as and when they fall due.

In the management of the liquidity risk, the company monitors and maintains a level of bank balances deemed adequate by the management to finance the company’s operations and mitigate the effects of fluctuations in cash flows.

The following table summarises the company’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities at the end of the reporting period based on undiscounted cash flows of financial instruments based on the earlier of the contractual date or when the company is expected to pay.

Contractual undiscounted cash flows 2021

Effective interest rate Carrying amount Less than

a year Within

2 to 5 years Later than 5 years Total (%) S$ S$ S$ S$ S$

Financial liabilities: Lease liability 3% 13,734,017 3,411,110 11,290,614 - 14,701,724 Other payables - 978,187 978,187 - - 978,187

14,712,204 4,389,297 11,290,614 - 15,679,911



550

e) Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities

Fair value is defined as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between knowledgeable willing parties in an arm’s length transaction, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair values are obtained through discounted cash flow models as appropriate.

i) Financial assets and liabilities

Management has determined that the carrying amounts of bank balances, other receivables, lease liability and other payables, based on their notional amounts, reasonably approximate their fair values because these are mostly short-term in nature. The fair value of non-current receivables is disclosed in Note 12 to the financial statements.

ii) Fair value hierarchy

The company categorises fair value measurements using a fair value hierarchy that is dependent on the valuation inputs used as follows:


Contractual undiscounted cash flows 2020 Effective interest

rate (%) Carrying amount Less than a year Within 2 to 5 years Later than 5 years Total S$ S$ S$ S$ S$

Financial liabilities: Lease liability 3% 17,586,555 3,595,440 13,141,248 2,354,928 19,091,616 Other payables - 1,493,166 1,493,166 - - 1,493,166

19,079,721 5,088,606 13,141,248 2,354,928 19,415,513

a) Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the company can access at the measurement date;

b) Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

c) Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Fair value measurements that use inputs of different hierarchy levels are categorised in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

During the financial year ended 31 March 2021, there was no transfer between instruments in Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, or vice versa.

The company does not anticipate that the carrying amounts recorded at end of the reporting period would significantly be different from the values that would eventually be received or settled.

iii) Assets measured at fair value

Financial AssetsAssets 2020

S$Fair Value Hierarchy

Valuation Technique and Key Impact

Significant unobservable input

Relationship of unobservable inputs to fair value

At fair value through other comprehensive income Other investments - Equity securities (unquoted) 12,746,390 Level 3 Income approach –

discounted cash flow method was used to capture the present value of the expected future economic benefits to be derived from the ownership of these investees.

Discount for lack of marketability, determined by reference to the share price of listed entities in similar industries accordingly recognised at cost.

A significant increase in the discount for lack of marketability would result in a significant decrease in fair value.

5.3. Capital Risk Management Policies and Objectives

The company’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard the company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain an optimal capital structure so as to maximize shareholder value. In order to maintain or achieve an optimal capital structure, the company may adjust the amount of dividend payment, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, obtain new borrowings or sell assets to reduce borrowings.

The company monitors capital using gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as other payables plus lease liability less bank balances. Total capital is calculated as equity and net debt. The company’s overall strategy remains unchanged during the period.

2021 2020

S$ S$

Other payables 978,187 1,493,166

Lease liability 13,734,017 17,586,555

Less: Bank balances (2,043,879) (46,866,365)

Net debt/ (cash position) 12,668,325 (27,786,244)

Total equity 175,508,660 144,559,241

Total capital 188,176,985 116,772,997

Gearing ratio 6.7% N.M.

N.M. – Not meaningful.

The company is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

6. HOLDING COMPANY

The company is wholly-owned subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Ltd, incorporated in India. The company’s ultimate holding company is Sundaram Clayton Limited, incorporated in India. The registered office of the holding company is at No.12, Chaitanya Building, khader Nawaz khan Road, Chennai – 600 006, India.

Some of the company’s transactions and arrangements are between members of the company and the effects of these on the basis determined between the parties are reflected in these financial statements.

Significant holding company transactions:

2021 2020 S$ S$

Recovery of consultancy fees - (287,018)

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions.

Some of the company’s transactions and arrangements are with related parties and the effect of these on the basis determined between the parties are reflected in these financial statements.

(a) Significant related parties’ transactions:

2021 2020 S$ S$

Service income 6,067,413 6,709,845Rental expense 129,258 60,933


551

(b) Key management personnel compensation:

2021 2020 S$ S$

Salaries, bonus and allowances 669,440 - Employer’s contribution to Central Provident Fund 780 -

8. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Office equipment

Office artwork Vehicle Total

S$ S$ S$ S$ Cost As at 01.04.2019 21,139 - - 21,139 Additions - 120,060 19,867,150 19,987,210 As at 31.03.2020 21,139 120,060 19,867,150 20,008,349 Additions 4,100 - 374,875 378,975 As at 31.03.2021 25,239 120,060 20,242,025 20,387,324 Accumulated depreciation As at 01.04.2019 7,046 - - 7,046 Charged for the year 7,047 - 2,926,369 2,933,416 As at 31.03.2020 14,093 - 2,926,369 2,940,462 Charged for the year 8,413 - 2,886,965 2,895,378 As at 31.03.2021 22,506 - 5,813,334 5,835,840 Carrying amount As at 31.03.2020 7,046 120,060 16,940,781 17,067,887 As at 31.03.2021 2,733 120,060 14,428,691 14,551,484

The company leases an aircraft for business use. The lease has a total tenure of 84 months and the remaining lease term as at 31 March 2021 is 50 months (2020: 72 months).

Management has reviewed for the impairment of its plant and equipment at the end of each reporting period. No allowance for impairment is required as the carrying amount of the plant and equipment is expected to be less than its recoverable value, which is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and its value-in use.

9. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY

2021 2020 S$ S$

unquoted equity shares at cost: At beginning of the year - - Additions 65,094,437 - At end of the year 65,094,437 -

Details of the subsidiary are as follows:

Name of subsidiary / Country of incorporation Principal activity

Proportion of ownership Interest

2021 2020The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited united kingdom

Manufacturing and selling of Norton Brand motorcycles and trading of vehicle spares & accessories

100% -

One set consolidated financial statements of the company and its subsidiary are not prepared as the company itself is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation. The holding company, TVS Motor Company Ltd prepares consolidated financial statements which are available for public use.

At the end of the reporting period, the company carried out a review on the recoverable amount of its investment in subsidiary. The recoverable amount of the relevant investment in subsidiary has been determined on the basis of its net assets value at the end of the reporting period as in the opinion of the management of the company, the net assets values of the subsidiary reasonably approximate the fair values less costs to sell.

10. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

2021 2020 S$ S$

unquoted equity shares at cost: At beginning of the year 83,434,344 74,697,543 Additions 16,689,215 8,736,801 At end of the year 100,123,559 83,434,344

Details of the associates are as follows:

Name of associate/ Country of incorporation Principal activity


2021 2020

PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia

Manufacturers of motorcycles, motorcycles spare parts and accessories

31.7% 32.7%

Tagbox Pte Ltd Singapore

Providing Internet of Things (IoT) based solutions for sensing, monitoring and analysis across supply chain activities

24.3% 24.3%

Predictronics Corp. united States of America

Providing end to end customisable predictive analytics platform and best in class predictive robot monitoring solution driven by high performing proprietary machine learning Artificial Intelligence (AI) models

23.5% 23.5%

Altizon Inc. united States of America

Empowering Industrial Digital Revolutions globally by digiting legacy factories and helping enterprises use machine data to drive business decisions

20% -

Scienaptic Systems Inc. united States of America

A leading AI-powered credit underwriting decisioning platform company

21.7% -

The company did not perform equity accounting of the results of the associate as the holding company, TVS Motor Company Ltd will be preparing the consolidated financial statements, which are available for public use at their registered office at No.12, Chaitanya Building, khader Nawaz khan Road, Chennai – 600 006, India.

11. OTHER INVESTMENTS

2021 2020 S$ S$

Equity instruments At fair value through other comprehensive income: unquoted equity investments - 12,746,390

The above investments offer the company the opportunity for return through dividend income and fair value gains.

Equities investment are categorised as at fair value through other comprehensive income. The company has elected to measure these equity securities at FVTOCI due to the company’s intention to hold these equity instruments for long-term appreciation.

Details of the other investments are as follows:

Name of company Country of incorporation


2021 2020 Altizon Inc. united States of America - 14.1% Scienaptic Systems Inc. united States of America - 17%

Other investments are denominated in united States dollar.



552

12. OTHER RECEIVABLES

2021 2020 S$ S$

Non-current Long-term deposit 4,581,063 2,313,382 Current Amount due from holding company - 287,018 Amount due from subsidiary (Note 9) 2,202,129 - Amount due from a related party 747,731 236,524 Refundable deposits 596,653 386,653

3,546,513 910,195 Total other receivables 8,127,576 3,223,577

Long-term deposit of uS$3,950,000 (2020: uS$1,950,000) was paid to the lessor as good faith deposit and is refundable. It has been discounted to its present value using a discount rate of 3% per annum.

Amount due from holding company, subsidiary and a related party are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

Other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

2021 2020 S$ S$

Indian rupee - 287,018 Singapore dollar 3,163,113 239,777 united States dollar 4,964,463 2,696,782

8,127,576 3,223,577

13. PREPAYMENTS

2021 2020S$ S$

Prepayments 279,929 300,399

14. BANK BALANCES

2021 2020 S$ S$

Cash at bank 2,043,879 46,866,365Bank balances are denominated in the following currencies:Singapore dollar 31,581 984 united States dollar 2,012,298 46,865,381

2,043,879 46,866,365 15. SHARE CAPITAL

2021 2020 2021 2020 Number of ordinary shares S$ S$

Issued and Paid up: At beginning of the year 118,528,579 91,480,287 118,528,579 91,480,287 Issued during the year 82,300,879 27,048,292 82,300,879 27,048,292 At the end of the year 200,829,458 118,528,579 200,829,458 118,528,579

During the financial year, the company issued 82,300,879 ordinary shares in the capital of the company for a consideration of S$82,300,879.

During the previous financial year,

1) the company issued 832,895 ordinary shares to TVS Motor Company Ltd, holding company by way of capitalisation of amount due to holding company amounting to S$832,895.

2) the company issued 26,215,397 ordinary shares in the capital of the company for a consideration of S$26,215,397.

The newly issued shares rank pari passu in al l respect with the existing ordinary shares of the company.

The ordinary shares with no par value, carry one vote per share and carry a right to dividends as and when declared by the company.

16. SHARE APPLICATION MONEY

The share application money is advance receipt for application for shares in the company.


17. LEASE LIABILITY

2021 2020 S$ S$

Maturity analysis: Within one year 3,411,110 3,595,440 Within two to five years 11,290,614 13,141,248 After five years - 2,354,928

14,701,724 19,091,616 Less: future finance charges (967,707) (1,505,061)

13,734,017 17,586,555 Analysed as: Current 3,040,673 3,110,379 Non-current 10,693,344 14,476,176

13,734,017 17,586,555 The company leases a vehicle for its business use (Note 8). The effective borrowing rate is 3%

(2020: 3%) per annum.

Lease liability is denominated in united States dollar.

18. OTHER PAYABLES

2021 2020 S$ S$

Other payables – third parties 69,349 185,655Accrued expenses 908,838 1,307,511

978,187 1,493,166

Other payables are denominated in the following currencies:

2021 2020 S$ S$

British pound 69,349 34,613 Singapore dollar 674,425 1,392,061 united State dollar 234,413 66,492

978,187 1,493,166

19. REVENUE

2021 2020S$ S$

Passenger service income 6,087,413 6,709,845Timing of transfer of good or serviceOver time 6,087,413 6,709,845

20. COST OF SERVICES

2021 2020S$ S$

Aircraft operation and maintenance charges 2,514,412 3,016,798Depreciation of plant and equipment 2,886,965 2,853,626Interest on lease liability 464,316 558,947Withholding tax 73,578 64,925

5,939,271 6,494,296

21. OTHER INCOME

2021 2020S$ S$

CPF credit - 5,170Interest income 67,581 65,730Jobs Support Scheme 23,369 -Jobs Growth Incentive 14,000 -

104,950 70,900During the year, the company received wage support for local employees under the Jobs Support Scheme (“JSS”) from the Singapore Government as part of the Government’s measures to support businesses during the period of economic uncertainty impacted by COVID-19.


553


22. INCOME TAX

The income tax benefit varied from the amount of income tax determined by applying the Singapore income tax rate of 17% (2020: 17%) to loss before income tax as a result of the following differences:

2021 2020

S$ S$


Income tax benefit at statutory rate of 17% (2020: 17%)

(763,548) (1,486,472)

Income tax effect of:

- (non-taxable)/ non-deductible expense (161,698) 128,012

- tax losses carried forward 925,246 1,358,460

- -

23. LOSS FOR THE YEAR

Loss for the year has been arrived at after charging:

2021 2020

S$ S$

Aircraft operation and maintenance charges 2,514,412 3,016,798

Depreciation of plant and equipment 2,895,378 2,933,416

Foreign currency exchange loss 24,453 1,581,010

Office rental 129,258 60,933

Professional and consultancy fees 2,052,878 4,720,182

Software development expense 97,789 -

Travelling expenses - 166,413

Short-term employee’s benefits 2,114,080 1,622,955

Cost of defined benefits plans included in employee benefits expenses

40,001 17,340

24. RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

The table below details changes in the company’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes.

Liabilities arising from financing activities are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities.

2021 2020 Lease liability (Note 17) S$ S$ Balance as at beginning of the year 17,586,555 - Addition during the year - 19,097,634 Financing cash flows on cash transaction: - Repayment of lease liability (3,425,228) (3,424,108) Non-cash transactions: - Foreign currency exchange (gain)/ loss (891,626) 1,074,194 - Interest expense 464,316 558,947 Balance at the end of year 13,734,017 17,586,555

2021 2020 Payable to holding company (Note 18) S$ S$ Balance as at beginning of the year - 503,693 Financing cash flow on cash transaction: Add: Advances from holding company - 392,000 Non-cash transactions: Less: Issuance of shares - (832,895) Less: Foreign currency exchange gain - (62,798) Balance at the end of year - -

25. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

No items, transactions or events of material and unusual nature have arisen between the end of the reporting period and the date of authorisation for issue of the financial statements which are likely to affect substantially the results of operations of the company for the succeeding financial year.


554

DETAILED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021 2021 2020 S$ S$

Revenue

Service income 6,087,413 6,709,845

Cost of services

Aircraft operation and maintenance charges 2,514,412 3,016,798

Depreciation 2,886,965 2,853,626

Interest on lease liability 464,316 558,947

Withholding tax 73,578 64,925

5,939,271 6,494,296

Gross profit 148,142 215,549

Other income

CPF credit - 5,170

Interest income 67,581 65,730

Jobs Support Scheme 23,369 -

Jobs Growth Incentive 14,000 -

104,950 70,900

Total income 253,092 286,449

Less: expenses

- Schedule ‘A’ (4,744,552) (9,030,402)


This schedule does not form part of the statutory audited financial statements.

Schedule ‘A’ EXPENSES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

2021 2020

S$ S$

Administrative expenses

Auditors’ remuneration 16,000 12,000

Bank charges 14,635 31,224

Book keeping fee 9,600 9,600

CPF contribution 40,001 17,340

Donation 36,100 -

Entertainment 121 7,394

Insurance expense 14,535 4,452

Legal and professional fee 177,616 23,036

Medical expense 6,634 1,858

Office expense 36,082 9,853

Office rental 129,258 60,933

Other interest 130 -

Printing and stationery 100 2,816

Professional and consultancy fee 2,052,878 4,720,182

Salary, bonus and allowance 2,067,445 1,603,757

Secretarial fee 4,526 7,113

Skill development levy 411 132

Software development expense 97,789 -

Subscription and membership fee 1,132 856

Telecommunication expense 5,487 9,970

Transport charges 1,206 6,648

Travelling expense - 166,413

Other expense

Deposit written off - 674,025

Depreciation 8,413 79,790

Foreign currency exchange loss 24,453 1,581,010

4,744,552 9,030,402

This schedule does not form part of the statutory audited financial statements.



555

RE-STATED ACCOUNTS OF TVS MOTOR (SINGAPORE) PTE. LIMITED


556

BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31ST MARCH 2021 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021

Notes SGD in Mn. Rupees in crores

I Revenue from operations 11 6.09 33.09 II Other income 12 0.11 0.57

III Total Income (I +II) 6.20 33.66

IV Expenses:Employee benefits expense 13 2.12 11.50 Finance costs 14 0.46 2.52 Depreciation and amortisation expense

15 2.89 15.74


10.69 58.08

V Profit before exceptional items (III - IV)

(4.49) (24.42)

VI Exceptional items - -

VII Profit before tax (V+ VI) (4.49) (24.42)

VIII Tax expensei) Current tax - - ii) Deferred tax - -

IX Profit for the year (VII - VIII) (4.49) (24.42)

X Other Comprehensive Income

A. Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

- -

B. Items that will be reclassified to profit or lossForeign currency translation adjustments

- 5.02

- 5.02

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX + X)

(4.49) (19.40)

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of SGD 1/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in SGD / in rupees)

(0.02) (1.22)

Notes SGD in Mn. Rupees in crores ASSETSNon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 1 0.82 4.45 Right of use asset 2 13.73 74.63 Non-current investments 3 165.21 734.61 Other non current assets 4 4.58 24.91

184.34 838.60 Current assetsFinancial assets

Trade receivables 5 2.95 16.03 Cash and cash equivalents 6 2.05 11.11

Other current assets 7 0.88 4.76

5.88 31.90


EQUITY AND LIABILITIESEquityEquity share capital 8 200.83 922.20 Other equity 9 (25.32) (131.67)

175.51 790.53

Share application money pending allotment

LiabilitiesNon-Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities Lease liability 10.69 58.12

10.69 58.12


(i) Lease liability 3.04 16.53 (ii) Trade payables 10

a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises

- -

b. Total outstanding dues of other than (ii) (a) above

0.98 5.32

4.02 21.85



Other non current assets 4 2.31 12.27

115.56 461.32


557

Notes on Accounts

1 Property, Plant & Equipment SGD in Mn.Description Office equipment Vehicles Furniture and fixtures Total

1 2 3 4Cost of assetsGross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 0.02 0.12 0.77 0.91 Additions - - - - Sub-total 0.02 0.12 0.77 0.91 Sales / deletion - - - -

Total 0.02 0.12 0.77 0.91 Depreciation / Amortisationupto 31-03-2020 0.02 - 0.07 0.09 For the year - - - - Sub-total 0.02 - 0.07 0.09 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - - - -

Total 0.02 - 0.07 0.09 Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 - 0.12 0.70 0.82

1 Property, Plant & Equipment Rupees in croresDescription Office equipment Vehicles Furniture and fixtures Total

1 2 3 4Cost of assetsGross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 0.11 4.08 0.64 4.83 Additions 0.02 - - 0.02 Foreign Currency translation reserve difference 0.01 0.10 0.01 0.12 Sub-total 0.14 4.18 0.65 4.97 Sales / deletion - - - -

Total 0.14 4.18 0.65 4.97 Depreciation / Amortisationupto 31-03-2020 0.07 0.39 - 0.46 For the year 0.05 - - 0.05 Foreign Currency translation reserve difference - 0.01 - 0.01 Sub-total 0.12 0.40 - 0.52 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - - - -

Total 0.12 0.40 - 0.52 Carrying value As at 31-03-2021 0.02 3.78 0.65 4.45

2. RIGHT OF uSE ASSETSGD in Mn.

S.No. Particulars Others Total

(a) Opening balance as on 01-04-2020 16.25 16.25

(b) Add : Additions 0.37 0.37

(c) Less : Amortisation 2.89 2.89

(d) Add : Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments

- -

(e) Less : Deletions (Preclosures) - -

(f) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 13.73 13.73

Rupees in CroresS.No. Particulars Others Total

(a) Opening balance as on 01-04-2020 86.13 86.13 (b) Add : Additions 2.04 2.04 (c) Less : Amortisation 15.69 15.69 (d) Add : Foreign exchange translation reserve

adjustments 2.15 2.15

(e) Less: Deletions (Preclosures) - -(f) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 74.63 74.63


558

Notes on accounts - (continued)

As at 31-03-2021SGD in Mn. Rupees in crores

As at 31-03-2021SGD in Mn. Rupees in crores

3 NON-CuRRENT INVESTMENTSInvestment in Equity InstrumentsInvestment in Subsidiary3,68,00,000 fully paidup equity shares of The Norton Motorycle Company Ltd, uk (face value of GBP 1 each)

65.09 353.50

Investment in Associates53,24,187 fully paidup equity shares of PT.TVS Motor Company Indonesia (face value of IDR 97,400 each)

76.06 253.18

2,43,243 fully paidup preference shares of Tagbox Pte Limited, Singapore (face value of SGD 9.25 each)

3.01 15.42

24,827 fully paidup equity shares of Predictronics 4.36 22.36 Corp, uSA (face value of uSD 0.01 each)

8,06,429 fully paidup equity shares of Altizon Inc, 4.66 25.34 uSA (face value of uSD 0.00001 each)

28,05,357 fully paidup equity shares of Scienaptic Systems Inc, uSA

12.03 64.81

(face value of uSD 0.001 each)

165.21 734.61

4 OTHER NON CuRRENT ASSETSTrade deposits 4.58 24.91

4.58 24.91

5 TRADE RECEIVABLES unsecured, considered good 2.95 16.03

2.95 16.03

6 CASH AND CASH EQuIVALENTSBalances with banks in current accounts 2.05 11.11

2.05 11.11

7 OTHER CuRRENT ASSETSPrepaid expenses 0.28 1.52 Trade deposits 0.60 3.24

0.88 4.76

8 EQuITy SHARE CAPITALIssued, subscribed and fully paid up:200,829,458 Ordinary shares of SGD 1 each 200.83 922.20

200.83 922.20

9 OTHER EQuITyRetained earnings (25.32) (130.72)Foreign currency translation reserve - (0.95)

(25.32) (131.67)

10 TRADE PAyABLESDues to Micro and Small Enterprises** - -Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises

0.98 5.32

0.98 5.32 ** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information received by the management.

For the year Ended 31-03-2021SGD in Mn. Rupees in crores

11 REVENuE FROM OPERATIONSSale of service 6.09 33.09

6.09 33.09

12 OTHER INCEOMEInterest Income 0.07 0.37 Other non-operating Income 0.04 0.20

0.11 0.57 13 EMPLOyEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

Salaries, wages and bonus 2.07 11.24 Contribution to provident and other funds 0.04 0.22 Staff welfare expenses 0.01 0.04

2.12 11.50

14 FINANCE COSTInterest on lease liabilities 0.46 2.52

0.46 2.52

15 DEPRECIATIONDepreciation on property, plant and equipment - 0.05 Amortisation on right of use asset 2.89 15.69

2.89 15.74

16 OTHER EXPENSES (a) Rent 0.13 0.70 (b) Insurance 0.01 0.08 (c) Rates and taxes (excluding taxes on income) 0.07 0.40 (d) Audit fees 0.02 0.09 (e) Repair and maintenance 2.51 13.67 (f) Foreign exchange loss 0.02 0.13 (g) Miscellaneous expenses 2.46 13.25

5.22 28.32

559

THE NORTON MOTORCYCLE CO. LIMITED (FORMERLY PROJECT 303 BIDCO LIMITED)

STRATEGIC REPORT FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 2021The directors present the strategic report for the period ended 31 March 2021.

Fair review of the businessThe Norton Motorcycles Co. Limited’s (Norton) principal activity is design, engineering, manufacturing and selling of high-end premium motorcycles.

Post-acquisition of the “Norton” brand and certain assets from administrators on 17 April 2020 for a consideration of £16m, amidst the COVID-19 Pandemic, the company focused on enhancing the organisation strength, establishing supply chain network, product development and developing marketing strategy. The company created intangible assets of £21.3m which comprise the Norton brand name acquired in the year as well as some other patents and trademarks.

A new state of the art manufacturing facility is being established in Solar Park, Solihull and this facility will be ready for production by Q1 of FY 2021-22. Facility related capital expenditure incurred to date on Solar Park is £3.8m. A customer experience centre will also be a part of this facility which will enhance the customer experience about Norton brand vehicles and also would enable converting the leads into sales. This facility along with robust supply system will support the Norton to deliver its future product plans. Commercial Production and sales from the new facility will commence during the first half of FY 2021-22.

Up until March 2021, the company has been funded with £36.8m of equity from the parent company. These are used to fund the initial acquisition cost including acquiring various rights, capital expenditure spending and operational costs.

The company also has healthy cash balances of £1.5m which will service working capital requirements.

Though the company has not taken over any liabilities or obligations as part of the acquisition, the company plans to to deliver the motorcycles to customers who had paid deposits and placed orders with the erstwhile Norton company. Such deposits amounting to £3.2m has been recognised as a liability in the financial statements.

Since the primary focus during FY 2020-21 was on establishing the facility and starting up the operations there was no revenue from the sale of motorcycles to customers. Summary of the financial results are as under:

Details £m

Revenue 0.52

Loss before tax (10.30)

Corporate StructureThe Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited (formerly known as Project 303 Bidco Ltd) is a wholly owned subsidiary of TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited. TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Limited is 100% held by TVS Motor Company Limited which is the 3rd largest two-wheeler manufacturer in India and world’s 5th largest two-wheeler manufacturer.

Principal Risks and uncertaintiesThe company’s products would be sold in the UK to start with. Subsequently, the company would be selling its products in other European countries, the United States of America and other countries. Norton’s business prospects would depend on the economic activities and growth prospects in each

of those geographies in which it operates. Having business spread over multiple geographies would help Norton manage this risk better.

Customer preference to products will be critical to Norton’s business. As part of the growth plan Norton is focused on developing the customer attractive products portfolio which would be a mix of premium and super premium motorcycles. Products portfolio is expected to drive the top line and the growth of the business and will also attract the customers of all segments.

The company is also working on creating and strengthening the distribution network both inside and outside of UK. Taking the brand and exploring the sales opportunities through digital media and social /networking platforms would also be part of the distribution strategy to reach global customers.

With a strong distribution network, well developed supply chain, state of the art manufacturing facility, excellent design and engineering capabilities, delivering superior customer experience with a portfolio of products, the company will be making sustainable revenue and growth in the upcoming financial years.

TVS Motor’s vendor network and the supply chain network will be constantly leveraged to bring more efficiencies in quality, cost and delivery.

Research and DevelopmentThe Research and Development (R&D) team will focus on in-depth customer understanding, technology development and design innovations. The team is in the process of developing the technologies to meet the stringent emission norms across the markets where Norton products would be sold.

The R&D team will continue their efforts in developing cutting edge technologies that are relevant for the near and long-term requirements of the company’s business plans. These developments are centred on customers, emerging mobility needs, advanced safety regulations and sustainability. The company also collaborates with leading research establishments and educational institutions in the UK, both within and outside the country to develop breakthrough technologies.

Going ConcernThe company is presently in development stage with setting up of new manufacturing facility, establishing the supply chain network and implementing sales & marketing strategy. The company’s activities are supported and complimented by the parent company. The Directors are satisfied that the company will continue to operate in the foreseeable future and thus the company adopts the going concern basis.

Key performance indicatorsSince the commercial production had not commenced by 31 March 2021, review of the KPIs to track the performance of the business was not undertaken. However, on commencement of production, periodic reviews will be undertaken on tracking gross margin, overhead levels to turnover stock, debtors and creditors ratios.

On behalf of the BoardS M MISHRA Director 16th April 2021

DIRECTORS’ REPORTFOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

The directors present their annual report and financial statements for the period ended 31 March 2021.

Principal activitiesThe company was incorporated as Project 303 Bidco Limited on 2 April 2020 and commenced trading immediately. The company changed its name to The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited on 2 July 2020. The principal activity of the company was that of the design, manufacture and sale of motorcycles.

Results and dividendsThe results for the period are set out on page 4.

No ordinary dividends were paid. The directors do not recommend payment of a final dividend.

DirectorsThe directors who held office during the period and up to the date of signature of the financial statements were as follows:P Houghton (Appointed 9 April 2020) S M Mishra (Appointed 3 April 2020)R Kunnath Narayanan (Appointed 3 April 2020 and resigned 30 April 2020) N Von Bismarck (Appointed 2 April 2020 and resigned 3 April 2020) Trusec Limited (Appointed 2 April 2020 and resigned 3 April 2020)

AuditorSpencer Gardner Dickins Audit LLP were appointed as auditor to the company and in accordance with section 485 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution proposing that they be re-appointed will be put at a General Meeting.

Strategic reportThe company has chosen in accordance with Companies Act 2006, Sec. 414C(11) to set out in the group‘s strategic report information required by Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, Sch. 7 to be contained in the directors’ report. It has done so in respect of financial risk management objectives, review of performance, research and development activites and future developments.

Statement of disclosure to auditorSo far as each person who was a director at the date of approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditor is unaware. Additionally, the directors individually have taken all the necessary steps that they ought to have taken as directors in order to make themselves aware of all relevant audit information and to establish that the company’s auditor is aware of that information.

On behalf of the BoardS M MISHRA Director 16th April 2021


560

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Member of The Norton Motorcycle co. Limited (Formerly Project 303 Bidco Limited)OpinionWe have audited the financial statements of The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited (formerly Project 303 Bidco Limited) (the ‘company’) for the period ended 31 March 2021 which comprise the statement of comprehensive income, the balance sheet, the statement of changes in equity and notes to the financial statements, including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).In our opinion the financial statements:• give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs as at 31 March 2021 and of its loss

for the period then ended;• have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting

Practice; and• have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinionWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concernIn auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Other informationThe other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of our audit:• the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial period for

which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and• the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable

legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exceptionIn the light of the knowledge and understanding of the company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report and the directors’ report.We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires

us to report to you if, in our opinion:• adequate accounting records have not been kept, or returns adequate for our audit have not

been received from branches not visited by us; or• the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directorsAs explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statementsOur objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below:• Enquiring of management and those charged with governance around actual and potential

litigation and claims.• Enquiring of entity staff in tax and compliance functions to identify any instances of non-compliance

with laws and regulations.• Reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance.• Reviewing financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess

compliance with applicable laws and regulations.• Performing audit work over the risk of management override of controls, including testing of journal

entries and other adjustments for appropriateness, evaluating the business rationale of significant transactions outside the normal course of business and reviewing accounting estimates for bias.

Because of the inherent limitations of an audit, there is a risk that we will not detect all irregularities, including those leading to a material misstatement in the financial statements or non-compliance with regulation. A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: https:/1 www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.Use of our reportThis report is made solely to the company’s member in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s member those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s member for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Susan Thomas-Walls BSc BFP FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor)For and on behalf of Spencer Gardner Dickins Audit LLP

Chartered AccountantsStatutory Auditor

3 Coventry Innovation VillageCheetah Road

CoventryCV1 2TL

Date 21/05/2021

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENTFOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 2021The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have elected to prepare the financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period. In preparing these financial statements, the directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to

presume that the company will continue in business.The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.This

561


STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITYFOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Share capital

Profit and loss reserves

Total

Notes £ £ £

Period ended 31 March 2021:

Loss and total comprehensive income for the period

- (10,298,989) (10,298,989)

Issue of share capital 16 36,800,001 - 36,800,001

Balance at 31 March 2021 36,800,001 (10,298,989) 26,501,012

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOMEFOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 2021

Notes Period ended

31 March 2021£

Turnover 3 522,409

Cost of sales (176,976)

Gross profit 345,433

Administrative expenses (10,873,696)

Other operating income 228,068

Operating loss 4 (10,300,195)

Interest receivable and similar income 8 1,206

Loss before taxation (10,298,989)

Tax on loss 9 -

Loss for the financial period (10,298,989)

The profit and loss account has been prepared on the basis that all operations are continuing operations.

BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31 MARCH 20212021

Notes £ £

Fixed assets

Intangible assets 10 21,354,938

Tangible assets 11 5,880,609

27,235,547

Current assets

Stocks 12 2,530,078

Debtors 13 2,380,504

Cash at bank and in hand 1,568,098

6,478,680

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 14 (7,213,215)

Net current liabilities (734,535)

Total assets less current liabilities 26,501,012

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital 16 36,800,001

Profit and loss reserves 17 (10,298,989)

Total equity 26,501,012

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 16th

April 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

S M MishraDirectorCompany Registration No. 12545195


562

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 31 MARCH 20211 Accounting policies

Company information

The Norton Motorcycle Co. Limited (formerly Project 303 Bidco Limited) is a private company limited by shares incorporated in England and Wales. The registered office is 1 Bartholomew Lane, London, EC2N 2AX.

1.1 Accounting convention

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland” (“FRS 102”) and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The financial statements are prepared in sterling, which is the functional currency of the company. Monetary amounts in these financial statements are rounded to the nearest £.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified to include the revaluation of intangible assets and certain tangible fixed assets at fair value. The principal accounting policies adopted are set out below.

This company is a qualifying entity for the purposes of FRS 102, being a member of a group where the parent of that group prepares publicly available consolidated financial statements, including this company, which are intended to give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the group. The company has therefore taken advantage of exemptions from the following disclosure requirements:

• Section 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’: Presentation of a statement of cash flow and related notes and disclosures;

• Section 11 ‘Basic Financial Instruments’ and Section 12 ‘Other Financial Instrument Issues’: Interest income/expense and net gains/losses for each category of financial instrument; basis of determining fair values; details of collateral, loan defaults or breaches, details of hedges, hedging fair value changes recognised in profit or loss and in other comprehensive income;

• Section 33 ‘Related Party Disclosures’: Compensation for key management personnel.

At the reporting date, the company was 100% owned by TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte Ltd, a company incorporated in Singapore. The ultimate parent company was TVS Motor Company Limited, a company incorporated in India. This company is the parent of the smallest group for which consolidated accounts are drawn up of which the company is a member. The registered office is “Chaitanya” No. 12, Khader Nawaz Khan Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai 600 006, Tamil Nadu, India.

1.2 Going concern

The company has made significant losses in this financial year, since being the first year it had incurred expenses on setting up of the business and mobilising the resources.

The directors have prepared cashflow forecasts and undertaken a review of the future financing requirements on the basis of both the expected further investment required into the next financial year as well as for ongoing operations of the company. The directors are satisfied that sufficient cash facilities being secured from its bankers and from the parent company to meet its working capital requirements for at least 12 months following the date of signing of these financial statements.

Further, the parent company has confirmed its continuing support for the company and its intention to continue supporting the company with working capital as and when required. The directors are therefore confident that the company has adequate resources and working capital to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future to meet its ongoing liabilities and to deal with the issues arising from the continuing COVID-19 pandemic.

1.3 Reporting period

The financial statements cover the first period from incorporation on 2 April 2020 to 31 March 2021.

1.4 Turnover

Turnover is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business, and is shown net of VAT and other sales related taxes. The fair value of consideration takes into account trade discounts, settlement discounts and volume rebates.

When cash inflows are deferred and represent a financing arrangement, the fair value of the consideration is the present value of the future receipts. The difference between the fair value of the consideration and the nominal amount received is recognised as interest income.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer (usually on dispatch of the goods), the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity and the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Revenue from contracts for the provision of professional services is recognised by reference to the stage of completion when the stage of completion, costs incurred and costs to complete can be estimated reliably. The stage of completion is calculated by comparing costs incurred,

mainly in relation to contractual hourly staff rates and materials, as a proportion of total costs. Where the outcome cannot be estimated reliably, revenue is recognised only to the extent of the expenses recognised that it is probable will be recovered.

License fee income is recognised at fair value in the period to which it relates.

1.5 Research and development expenditure

Research expenditure is written off against profits in the year in which it is incurred. Identifiable development expenditure is capitalised to the extent that the technical, commercial and financial feasibility can be demonstrated.

1.6 Intangible fixed assets other than goodwill

Intangible assets acquired separately from a business are recognised at cost or valuation and are subsequently measured at cost or valuation less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets acquired on business combinations are recognised separately from goodwill at the acquisition date where it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity and the fair value of the asset can be measured reliably; the intangible asset arises from contractual or other legal rights; and the intangible asset is separable from the entity.

Intangible assets comprise acquired brand names, intellectual property and goodwill and are carried at valuation less amortisation.

Amortisation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives on the following bases:

Patents and licences 8 years straight line

Development costs 8 years straight line

Brand names and trademarks 8 years straight line

1.7 Tangible fixed assets

Tangible fixed assets are initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at cost or valuation, net of depreciation and any impairment losses.

Depreciation is recognised so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful lives on the following bases:

Leasehold improvements 5 years straight line

Plant and equipment 3 and 10 years straight line

Fixtures and fittings 3 years straight line

Computers 3 years straight line

Motor vehicles 6 years straight line

The gain or loss arising on the disposal of an asset is determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying value of the asset, and is credited or charged to profit or loss.

1.8 Impairment of fixed assets

At each reporting period end date, the company reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre -tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease.

Recognised impairment losses are reversed if, and only if, the reasons for the impairment loss have ceased to apply. Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the reversal of the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation increase.

1.9 Stocks

Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and estimated selling price less costs to complete and sell. Cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the stocks to their present location and condition.

563


Stocks held for distribution at no or nominal consideration are measured at the lower of cost and replacement cost, adjusted where applicable for any loss of service potential.

At each reporting date, an assessment is made for impairment. Any excess of the carrying amount of stocks over its estimated selling price less costs to complete and sell is recognised as an impairment loss in profit or loss. Reversals of impairment losses are also recognised in profit or loss.

1.10 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are basic financial assets and include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.

1.11 Financial instruments

The company has elected to apply the provisions of Section 11 ‘Basic Financial Instruments’ and Section 12 ‘Other Financial Instruments Issues’ of FRS 102 to all of its financial instruments.

Financial instruments are recognised in the company’s balance sheet when the company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, with the net amounts presented in the financial statements, when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Debtors and creditors with no stated interest rate and receivable or payable within one year are recorded at transaction price. Any losses arising from impairment are recognised in the profit and loss account in other administrative expenses.

1.12 Equity instruments

Equity instruments issued by the company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of transaction costs. Dividends payable on equity instruments are recognised as liabilities once they are no longer at the discretion of the company.

1.13 Taxation

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the profit and loss account because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting end date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all timing differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that they will be recovered against the reversal of deferred tax liabilities or other future taxable profits. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the timing difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting end date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the p rofit and loss account, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the company has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority.

1.14 Employee benefits

The costs of short-term employee benefits are recognised as a liability and an expense, unless those costs are required to be recognised as part of the cost of stock or fixed assets.

The cost of any unused holiday entitlement is recognised in the period in which the employee’s services are received.

Termination benefits are recognised immediately as an expense when the company is demonstrably committed to terminate the employment of an employee or to provide termination benefits.

1.15 Retirement benefits

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due.

1.16 Leases

Rentals payable under operating leases, including any lease incentives received, are charged to profit or loss on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease except where another

more systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leases asset are consumed.

1.17 Government grants

Government grants are recognised at the fair value of the asset received or receivable when there is reasonable assurance that the grant conditions will be met and the grants will be received.

A grant that specifies performance conditions is recognised in income when the performance conditions are met. Where a grant does not specify performance conditions it is recognised in income when the proceeds are received or receivable. A grant received before the recognition criteria are satisfied is recognised as a liability.

1.18 Foreign exchange

Transactions in currencies other than pounds sterling are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At each reporting end date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the reporting end date. Gains and losses arising on translation in the period are included in profit or loss.

2 Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the company’s accounting policies, the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amount of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised where the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods where the revision affects both current and future periods.

Critical judgements

The following judgements, estimates and assumptions which have had the most significant effect on amounts recognised in the financial statements and which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities are as follows.

Stock obsolescence provisions

At each balance sheet date the directors assess stock for obsolescence. Due to the size and nature of stock this is a key accounting estimate.

The provision is calculated based on an estimate of the remaining life of stock held at the balance sheet date.

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Judgements are required on estimating the useful economic lives of tangible and intangible fixed assets. Where an indication of impairment is identified the estimation of recoverable value requires estimation.

Deferred tax

Management estimation is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon likely timing and level of future taxable profits.

3. Turnover and other revenue

2021

£

Motorcycle sales 73,000

Parts and servicing 108,007

Royalty income 18,901

Other income 322,501

522,409

Other significant revenue

2021

£

Interest income 1,206

Grants received 228,068



564

4. Operating loss

2021Operating loss for the period is stated after charging/(crediting): £Exchange differences apart from those arising on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss

23,249

Research and development costs 480,048Government grants (228,068)Depreciation of owned tangible fixed assets 120,715Amortisation of intangible assets 2,488,903Operating lease charges 394,381

5 Auditor’s remuneration

2021Fees payable to the company’s auditor and associates: £For audit servicesAudit of the financial statements of the company 14,000For other servicesTaxation compliance services 1,000All other non-audit services 4,200

5,200

6 Employees

The average monthly number of persons (including directors) employed by the company during the period was:

2021Number

Administration 26Production 58Total 84Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

2021£

Wages and salaries 3,269,220Social security costs 330,090Pension costs 187,442

3,786,752

7. Directors’ remuneration

2021£

Remuneration for qualifying services 19,108

The number of directors for whom retirement benefits are accruing under defined contribution schemes amounted to 0.

8. Interest receivable and similar income

2021£

Interest incomeInterest on bank deposits 1,206

9 Taxation

The actual charge for the period can be reconciled to the expected credit for the period based on the profit or loss and the standard rate of tax as follows:

2021

£

Loss before taxation (10,298,989)

Expected tax credit based on the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00%

(1,956,808)

Tax effect of expenses that are not deductible in determining taxable profit

86,131

Unutilised tax losses carried forward 1,870,677

Taxation charge for the period -

10 Intangible fixed assets

Patents and licences

Development costs

Brand names and trademarks

Total

£ £ £ £CostAt 2 April 2020 - - - -Additions 429,000 73,139 23,341,702 23,843,841At 31 March 2021 429,000 73,139 23,341,702 23,843,841Amortisation and impairmentAt 2 April 2020 - - - -Amortisation charged for the period

26,813 - 2,462,090 2,488,903

At 31 March 2021 26,813 - 2,462,090 2,488,903Carrying amountAt 31 March 2021 402,187 73,139 20,879,612 21,354,938


11 Tangible fixed assets

Leasehold improvements

Plant and equipment

Fixtures and fittings Computers Motor vehicles Total

£ £ £ £ £ £CostAt 2 April 2020 - - - - - -Additions 3,826,075 1,392,154 69,827 151,410 567,239 6,006,705Disposals - - - - (5,381) (5,381)At 31 March 2021 3,826,075 1,392,154 69,827 151,410 561,858 6,001,324Depreciation and impairmentAt 2 April 2020 - - - - - -Depreciation charged in theperiod - 29,671 9,111 13,553 68,380 120,715At 31 March 2021 - 29,671 9,111 13,553 68,380 120,715Carrying amountAt 31 March 2021 3,826,075 1,362,483 60,716 137,857 493,478 5,880,609

565



12 Stocks

2021£

Raw materials and consumables 2,212,803Work in progress 317,275

2,530,07813 Debtors

2021Amounts falling due within one year: £Trade debtors 893,778Other debtors 846,853Prepayments and accrued income 639,873

2,380,50414 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

2021£

Trade creditors 945,340Amounts owed to group undertakings 2,376,056Taxation and social security 134,450Other creditors 3,213,814Accruals and deferred income 543,555

7,213,21515 Retirement benefit schemes

2021Defined contribution schemes £Charge to profit or loss in respect of defined contribution schemes 187,442

The company operates a defined contribution pension scheme for all qualifying employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the company in an independently administered fund.

16 Share capital

2021 2021Ordinary share capital Number £Issued and fully paidOrdinary shares of £1 each 36,800,001 36,800,001

The company has one class of ordinary shares which have full rights to voting, dividends and capital distribution. They do not confer any rights of redemption.

On incorporation 1 ordinary share of £1 was issued for cash at par. Subsequent to this 36,800,000 ordinary shares of £1 each were issued for cash at par at various points during the period.

17. Reserves

Profit and loss reserves

Profit and loss reserves represent the retained profits of the company since its inception.

18. Operating lease commitments

Lease

At the reporting end date the company had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

2021£

Within one year 493,685Between two and five years 764,506In over five years 10,440

1,268,631

19. Capital commitments

Amounts contracted for but not provided in the financial statements:

2021£

Acquisition of tangible fixed assets 1,798,541

20. Related party transactions

Remuneration of key management personnel

The remuneration of key management personnel is disclosed in note 7.

Other information

The company has taken advantage of the exemption under the terms of FRS102 not to disclose related party transactions with wholly owned companies within the group.


566

RE-STATED ACCOUNTS OF THE NORTON MOTORCYCLE CO. LIMITED

(FORMERLY PROJECT 303 BIDCO LIMITED)

567


BALANCE SHEET AS AT 31ST MARCH 2021 STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH 2021

Notes GBP in Mn. Rupees in crores

I Revenue from operations 11 0.43 4.15 II Other income 12 0.32 3.14


IV Expenses:Cost of material consumed 0.10 1.01 Purchase of stock in trade 0.07 0.71 Employee benefits expense 13 4.21 40.90 Finance costs 14 0.02 0.21 Depreciation and amortisation expense

15 0.17 1.66


8.57 83.25

V Profit before exceptional items (III - IV) (7.82) (75.96)



VIII Tax expensei) Current tax - - ii) Deferred tax - -




- -


- 14.38

- 14.38

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX + X) (7.82) (61.58)

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of GBP 1/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in GBP/ in rupees)

(0.21) (20.64)

Notes GBP in Mn. Rupees in crores

ASSETSNon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 1 5.88 59.25

Right of use asset 2 2.12 21.33

Other Intangible assets 1 23.84 240.23

31.84 320.81

Current assetsInventories 3 2.53 25.49

Financial assets

Trade receivables 4 0.89 8.94

Cash and cash equivalents 5 1.57 15.80


6.48 65.21


EQUITY AND LIABILITIESEquityEquity share capital 7 36.80 353.50

Other equity 8 (7.82) (61.58)

28.98 291.92

LiabilitiesNon-Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

Lease liability 1.31 13.19

1.31 13.19


(i) Lease liability 0.82 8.30

(ii) Trade payables 9

a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises

- -


4.15 41.84

(iii) Other financial liabilities 2.38 23.94

Other current liabilities 10 0.68 6.83

8.03 80.91




568

Notes on Accounts

1. PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS GBP in Mn.

Description Property, Plant & Equipment Other Intangible

Land Plant & equipments

Furniture and fixtures

Office equipments

Vehicles Total Trade Mark Total

Cost of assets

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 - - - - - - - -

Additions 3.83 1.39 0.07 0.15 0.57 6.01 240.23 240.23

Sub-total 3.83 1.39 0.07 0.15 0.57 6.01 240.23 240.23

Sales / deletion - - - - 0.01 0.01 - -

Total 3.83 1.39 0.07 0.15 0.56 6.00 240.23 240.23


Upto 31-03-2020 - - - - - - - -

For the year - 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.07 0.12 - -

Sub-total - 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.07 0.12 - -

Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - - - - - - - -

Total - 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.07 0.12 - -

Carrying value

As at 31-03-2021 3.83 1.36 0.06 0.14 0.49 5.88 240.23 240.23

1. PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS Rupees in crores

Description Property, Plant & Equipment Other Intangible

Land Plant & equipments

Furniture and fixtures

Office equipments

Vehicles Total Total Total

Cost of assets

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 - - - - - - - -

Additions 38.55 14.03 0.70 1.53 5.72 60.53 23.84 23.84

Foreign Currency translation reserve difference - - - - - - - -

Sub-total 38.55 14.03 0.70 1.53 5.72 60.53 23.84 23.84

Sales / deletion - - - - 0.06 0.06 - -

Total 38.55 14.03 0.70 1.53 5.66 60.47 23.84 23.84


Upto 31-03-2020 - - - - - - - -

For the year - 0.29 0.09 0.13 0.66 1.17 - -

Foreign Currency translation reserve difference - 0.01 - 0.01 0.03 0.05 - -

Sub-total - 0.30 0.09 0.14 0.69 1.22 - -

Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - - - - - - - -

Total - 0.30 0.09 0.14 0.69 1.22 - -

Carrying value

As at 31-03-2021 38.55 13.73 0.61 1.39 4.97 59.25 23.84 23.84

2. RIGHT OF USE ASSETGBP in Mn

S.No. Particulars Building Total(a) Opening balance as on 01-04-2020 - - (b) Add : Additions 2.17 2.17 (c) Less : Amortisation 0.05 0.05 (d) Add : Foreign exchange translation reserve

adjustments - -

(e) Less : Deletions (Preclosures) - - (f) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 2.12 2.12

Rupees in Crores

S.No. Particulars Building Total(a) Opening balance as on 01-04-2020 - - (b) Add : Additions 21.84 21.84 (c) Less : Amortisation 0.49 0.49 (d) Add : Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments (0.02) (0.02)(e) Less: Deletions (Preclosures) - - (f) Closing net balance as on 31-03-2021 21.33 21.33

569


Notes on accounts - (continued)

As at 31-03-2021GBP in Mn. Rupees in crores

As at 31-03-2021GBP in Mn. Rupees in crores

3 INVENTORIES

Raw materials and components 2.21 22.29 Work in progress 0.32 3.20

2.53 25.49

4 TRADE RECEIVABLES

Unsecured, considered good 0.89 8.94

0.89 8.94 5 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Balances with banks in current accounts 1.57 15.80

1.57 15.80


Vendor advance 0.85 8.53 Prepaid expenses 0.64 6.45

1.49 14.98


Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:36,800,001 Ordinary shares of GBP 1 each 36.80 353.50

36.80 353.50

8 OTHER EQUITY

Retained earnings (7.82) (75.96)Foreign currency translation reserve - 14.38

(7.82) (61.58)

9 TRADE PAYABLES

Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises** - - Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises

4.15 41.84

4.15 41.84

** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information received by the management.


Statutory dues 0.14 1.35 Deferred income 0.54 5.48

0.68 6.83

For the Year Ended 31-03-2021GBP in Mn. Rupees in crores

11 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONSSale of service 0.11 1.05 Other operating revenues 0.32 3.10

0.43 4.15

12 OTHER INCEOMEInterest Income - 0.01 Other non operating income 0.32 3.13

0.32 3.14 13 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

Salaries, wages and bonus 3.26 31.70 Contribution to provident and other funds 0.52 5.02 Staff welfare expenses 0.43 4.18

4.21 40.90

14 FINANCE COSTInterest on lease liabilities 0.02 0.21

0.02 0.21

15 DEPRECIATIONDepreciation on property plant and equipment 0.12 1.17 Amortisation on right of use asset 0.05 0.49

0.17 1.66

16 OTHER EXPENSES (a) Power and fuel 0.07 0.63 (b) Rent 0.34 3.29 (c) Repairs - plant and equipment 0.06 0.57 (d) Insurance 0.21 2.05 (e) Rates and taxes (excluding taxes on

income) 0.24 2.31

(f) Audit fees 0.02 0.19 (g) Packing and freight charges 0.19 1.81 (h) Other marketing expenses 0.19 1.80 (i) Foreign exchange loss (Net) 0.02 0.23 (j) Miscellaneous expenses 2.66 25.88

4.00 38.76

570

TVS MoTor CoMpany (EuropE) B.V.

Balance Sheet aS at 31 March 2021(Before appropriation of result)

31 March 2021 31 March 2020

USD USD USD USD

Profit and loSS account for the year 2020/2021 2020 / 2021 2019 / 2020

USD USD USD USD

General

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. (the Company) is a private company with limited liability (a wholly-owned subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Ltd.), incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands on 21 July 2005, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, with offices at Hoogoorddreef 15, 1101 BA Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

results

As presented in the profit and loss account, the net result for 2020/2021 amounts to a loss of USD 88,441 (2019/2020: a loss of USD 83,409).

Summary of activities

The principal activities of the Company are to act as a holding and financing company.

On 24 June 2020 Mr. Peter Jan Stegeman resigned as director of the company and Mr. Anand Bhugra was assigned as director of the Company.

The percentage of shareholding in PT TVS Motor Company Indonesia (the Participation) decreased from 17.62% to 17.09% due to the issue of additional shares acquired by the major shareholder of the Participation during the year ended 31 March 2021.

aSSetSfixed assetsFinancial fixed assets 3,754,748 3,754,748

3,754,748 3,754,748Current assetsReceivables and prepayments 11,572 11,225Cash and cash equivalents 82,283 183,076

93,855 194,3013,848,603 3,949,049

liaBilitieSequityShare capital 26,416,542 24,683,978Other reserves (22,486,153) (20,670,179)Result for the year (88,441) (83,409)

3,841,948 3,930,390current liabilities 6,655 18,659

6,655 18,6593,848,603 3,949,049

Gross margin (2,976) (904)

Other general expenses 85,465 82,505

Total general expenses 85,465 82,505

(88,441) (83,409)

Result before taxation (88,441) (83,409)

Taxation result - -

Result after taxation (88,441) (83,409)

571


General notes1. General TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. (the Company) is a private company with limited liability

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of TVS Motor Company Ltd.), incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands on 21 July 2005, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, with offices at Hoogoorddreef 15, 1101 BA Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

The Company is registered at the Chamber of Commerce under number 34229984.

activities The principal activities of the Company are to act as a holding and financing company.

Group structure The Company is part of the TVS group. The head of this group is T V Sundram Iyengar &

Sons Private Limited in Chennai, India. The financial statements of the Company are included in the consolidated financial statements of T V Sundram Iyengar & Sons Private Limited.

Going concern The accounting policies used are based on the going concern assumption. However, as

a result of the worldwide outbreak of the Coronavirus, drastic measures have been taken by the Dutch government to control the spread of this virus. These measures and possible further measures are expected to have important financial consequences for companies in the Netherlands. Consequences are not clear at this time. The measures taken by the Dutch government may have an impact on the development of net turnover and thus the development of the result of the Company. This can also put pressure on the financial position (liquidity and solvency) of the Company, resulting in a possible (serious) uncertainty about the going concern assumption. The Dutch government has taken a wide range of measures to support companies and additional measures may still be taken. Due to the financial position of the Company at the balance sheet date and given the positive impact of government support measures that will limit the negative financial consequences of the Coronavirus outbreak, the board of the Company considers a sustainable continuation of the business operations not impossible. The annual accounts are therefore prepared on the assumption of continuity of the company.

directors’ report The Company has taken advantage of Article 395a section 6, Title 9, Book 2 of the Dutch

Civil Code and has not presented a directors’ report.

estimates The preparation of the financial statements requires the management to form opinions and to

make estimates and assumptions that influence the application of principles and the reported values of assets and liabilities and of income and expenditure.

The actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and the underlying assumptions are constantly assessed. Revisions of estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised and in future periods for which the revision has consequences.

comparison with previous year The principles of valuation and determination of the result remained unchanged in comparison

to previous year.

related parties All legal entities that can be controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced are

considered to be a related party. Also entities which can control the Company are considered to be a related party. In addition, statutory directors, other key management of the Company or the ultimate parent company and close relatives are regarded as related parties.

Transactions with related parties are disclosed in the notes insofar as they are not transacted under normal market conditions. The nature, extent and other information is disclosed if this is necessary in order to provide the required insight.

2. General accounting principles accounting policies The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of Title 9, Book

2 of the Dutch Civil Code and the Dutch Accounting Standards applicable for micro legal entities, as published by the Dutch Accounting Standards Board (‘Raad voor de Jaarverslaggeving’).

Based on Title 9, Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code, the Company can be qualified as a so-called ‘micro-sized company’, but voluntarily discloses more information to meet the legal requirement to provide a true and fair view.

Valuation of assets and liabilities and determination of the result take place under the historical cost convention, unless presented otherwise.

Income and expenses are accounted for on accrual basis. Profit is only included when realized on balance sheet date. Liabilities and any losses originating before the end of the financial year are taken into account, if they have become known before preparation of the financial statements.

foreign currency Items included in the financial statements of the Company are valued with due regard for the

currency in the economic environment in which the Company carries out most of its activities (the functional currency).

The financial statements are denominated in USD, this is both the functional currency and presentation currency of the Company.

Transactions in foreign currency during the financial year are recognized in the financial statements at the exchange rates prevailing at transaction date. The exchange differences resulting from the translation as at balance sheet date, taking into account possible hedge transactions, are recorded in the profit and loss account.

Group companies Foreign group companies and associated companies outside the Netherlands qualify as

carrying on business operations in a foreign country, with a functional currency different from that of the Company. For the translation of the financial statements of these business operations in a foreign country the balance sheet items are translated at the exchange rate as at balance sheet date and the profit and loss account items at the average rate. The translation differences that arise are directly deducted from or added to shareholders’ equity.

3. Principles of valuation of assets and liabilities fiXed aSSetS Participations Participations over which no significant influence can be exercised are valued at historical

cost. The result represents the dividend declared in the reporting year, whereby dividend not distributed in cash is valued at fair value.

In the event of an impairment loss, valuation takes place at the realizable value (see also section “Impairment of non-current assets”); an impairment is recognized and charged to the profit and loss account.

impairment of non-current assets On each balance sheet date, the Company assesses whether there are any indications that a

fixed asset may be subject to impairment. If there are such indications, the realizable value of the asset is determined. If it is not possible to determine the realizable value of the individual asset, the realizable value of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs is determined.

An impairment occurs when the carrying amount of an asset is higher than the realizable value; the realizable value is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. An impairment loss is directly recognized in the profit and loss account while the carrying amount of the asset concerned is concurrently reduced.

If it is established that an impairment that was recognized in the past no longer exists or has reduced, the increased carrying amount of the asset concerned is set no higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined if no impairment value adjustment for the asset concerned had been reported.

current aSSetS receivables Upon initial recognition the receivables are valued at fair value and then valued at amortized

cost. The fair value and amortized cost equal the face value. Provisions deemed necessary for possible bad debt losses are deducted. These provisions are determined by individual assessment of the receivables.

cash at banks Cash at banks represents bank balances and deposits with terms of less than twelve months.

Overdrafts at banks are recognized as part of debts to lending institutions under current liabilities. Cash at banks is carried at nominal value.

liaBilitieS current liabilities On initial recognition current liabilities are recognized at fair value. After initial recognition

current liabilities are recognized at the amortized cost price, being the amount received, taking into account premiums or discounts, less transaction costs. This usually is the nominal value.

4. Principles for the determination of the result costs Costs are determined on a historical basis and allocated to the financial year to which they

relate.

dividends Dividends to be received from participations and securities not carried at net asset value are

recognized as soon as the Company has acquired the right to them.

financial income and expenses Interest income and expenses are recognized on a pro rata basis, taking account of the

effective interest rate of the assets and liabilities to which they relate. When accounting for interest expenses, the recognized transaction expenses for loans received are taken into consideration.

income tax Tax on the result is calculated based on the result before tax in the profit and loss account,

taking account of the losses available for set-off from previous financial years (to the extent that they have not already been included in the deferred tax assets) and exempt profit components and after the addition of non-deductible costs. Also changes are taken into account which occur in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in respect of changes in the applicable tax rate.

572


notes to the balance sheet as at 31 March 2021aSSetS

Financial fixed assets 31 Mar 2021uSd

A summary of the financial fixed assets is included below:ParticipationPT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia 3,754,748

3,754,748

Place, country

Valuation method

Share in issued capital

%PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia Kuningan,

Indonesia cost price 17.09

Pt. tVS Motor company indonesia Gedung Wirausaha Lt. 3, JI. H.R. Rasuna Said Kav. C5, Kuningan - Jakarta Selatan, Indonesia (office address)The proportional net assets value of PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia as per 31 March 2021 amounted to IDR 40,178,213,824 (USD 2,766,142) based on annual accounts of the Participation for the year ended 31 March 2020. During the year ended 31 March 2021 the Participation issued new shares which were acquired by the major shareholder resulting in decrease of percentage of shareholding of the Company in the Participation to 17.09%. The proportional net asset value of PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia as at 31 March 2021 is lower than the cost price. Based on the market valuation of this participation as at 31 March 2019 the results were expected to improve in the coming years.receivables and prepayments

31 Mar 2021 31 Mar 2020 uSd uSdOther receivables 11,572 11,225

11,572 11,225

eQuity and liaBilityeS:eQuityShare capitalThe issued and fully paid up share capital of the Company amounts to EUR 22,530,100, divided into 225,301 ordinary shares of EUR 100.At year-end share capital is converted into USD at spot rate 1.1725 (2019/2020: 1.0956). The conversion result for the year (USD 1,732,565) is carried directly to other reserves.Proposed appropriation of result for the financial yearThe board of directors proposes that the result for the financial year 2020/2021 amounting to a loss of USD 88,441 should be transferred to the other reserves.

Current liabilities 31 Mar 2021 31 Mar 2020 uSd uSdTrade payables 655 12,659Other payables 6,000 6,000

6,655 18,659All payables will be resolved within one year.contingent assets and liabilitiesThe Company has no contingent assets and liabilities that are not already included in the annual report.Notes to the profit and loss account for the year 2020/2021

2020 / 2021 2019 / 2020

uSd uSd

Gross margin

Finance expenses 2,976 904

2,976 904

2020 / 2021 2019 / 2020

uSd uSd

the finance expenses consists of:

Interest expenses and similar expensesCurrency exchange loss 2,976 904

2,976 904

General expenses

Management fee 18,042 19,216

Tax advisory fees 2,204 3,729

Administration fees 49,596 46,177

Legal fees 8,238 5,933

Bank charges 7,260 7,253

Salary administration fees 125 197

85,465 82,505

average number of employeesThe Company had no employees during the year under review (2019/2020: none).

events after balance sheet dateAt the time of preparation of the annual accounts, the Coronavirus (COVID-19) prevails in the Netherlands and its neighbouring countries, as well as in several parts of the world. Government measures are now being taken and it is likely that additional government measures will be taken to minimize the effects of this virus as much as possible. We cannot exclude that the economic impact of the Coronavirus, partly influenced by the aforementioned government measures, will lead to serious impediments of the company’s business operations for some time, which could (seriously) endanger the company’s financial position. At the same time, the government offers various facilities to help healthy companies survive the crisis as much as possible, offering a reasonable expectation that healthy companies in principle will be helped. For this reason, the principles of valuation and determination of result used in the financial statements are based on the assumption of continuity. No other major activities have occurred after balance sheet date that could have a material effect on the annual accounts.

Amsterdam, 18 May 2021

R.C. Elshout Director

H. Lakshmanan Director

A. Bhugra Director

V.N. Venkatanathan Director

IQ EQ Management (Netherlands) B.V. Director

573


re-Stated accountS of TVS MOTOR COMPANy (EUROPE) B.V.

574


Balance Sheet aS at 31St March 2021

aSSetSnon-current assetsNon-current investments 1 - -

- -current assetsFinancial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 2 0.08 0.60 Other current assets 3 0.01 0.08

0.09 0.68


eQuity and liaBilitieSequityEquity share capital 4 31.06 126.52 Other equity 5 (30.98) (125.88)

0.08 0.64

liabilitiescurrent liabilitiesOther current liabilities 0.01 0.04

0.01 0.04


StateMent of Profit and loSS for the year ended 31St March 2021

I Revenue from operations - -II Other income - -

III Total Income (I +II) - -

IV Expenses:Other expenses 6 0.09 0.65

0.09 0.65

V Profit before exceptional items (III - IV)

(0.09) (0.65)



VIII Tax expensei) Current tax - -ii) Deferred tax - -




- -


- (0.03)

- (0.03)

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX + X)

(0.09) (0.68)

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of EUR 100/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in USD / in rupees)

(0.40) (28.85)

notes uSd in Mn. rupees in crores notes uSd in Mn. rupees in crores

575


notes on accounts

USD in Mn. Rupees in croresAs at

31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021

1 NON-CURRENT INVESTMENTS

Investment in Equity instruments

28,70,000 fully paidup equity shares of PT.TVS Motor Company Indonesia (face value of IDR 97,400 each)

- -

- -


Balances with banks in current accounts 0.08 0.60

0.08 0.60


Prepaid expenses 0.01 0.08

0.01 0.08


Authorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up:

Authorised:500,000 Ordinary shares of EURO 100/- each 66.78 311.64

Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:225,301 Ordinary shares of Euro 100/- each 31.06 126.52

31.06 126.52

5 OTHER EQUITY


(30.98) (125.88)

USD in Mn. Rupees in crores

For the year ended

31-03-2021

For the year ended

31-03-20216 OTHER EXPENSES

(a) Foreign exchange loss (Net) - 0.02

(b) Miscellaneous expenses 0.09 0.63

0.09 0.65

576

pt. tvs motor company indonesia

Independent Auditors’ ReportNo. 00212/2.1265/AU.1/04/1208-1/1/IV/2021

The Stockholders, Board of Commissioners and Director PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia, which comprise the statement of financial position as of March 31, 2021, and the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with Indonesian Financial Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.


Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with Standards on Auditing established by the Indonesian Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia as of March 31, 2021, and its financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended, in accordance with Indonesian Financial Accounting Standards.

IMELDA & REKAN

Theodorus Bambang Dwi K.A License of Public Accountant No. AP.1208

April 27, 2021

StAteMent OF FInAncIAl POSItIOnMARch 31, 2021

cURRent ASSetS

Cash and cash equivalents 5 24,377,134,810 70,361,133,361

Trade accounts receivable 6

Related parties 25 1,230,707,258 8,081,135,736

Third parties - net

Other accounts receivable from

related party 7,25 10,800,872,704 21,999,044,331

Inventories - net 8 274,890,935,466 212,210,692,696

Prepaid taxes 9 61,235,675,211 66,597,233,207

Advances to suppliers 10 16,257,055,777 9,404,811,110

Other current assets 3,996,441,462 7,341,035,529

Total Current Assets 718,601,276,882 764,974,471,142

nOncURRent ASSetS

Trade accounts receivable from third party 6 2,486,680,434 28,706,677,314

Deferred tax assets - net 24 - 21,496,290,559

Right-of-use assets 2,098,130,480 -

Property, plant, and equipment - net 11 414,950,851,410 424,348,063,554

Security deposits 770,631,632 1,077,652,187

Other noncurrent assets 358,299,448 1,780,569,498

Total Noncurrent Assets 420,664,593,404 477,409,253,112

tOtAl ASSetS 1,139,265,870,286 1,242,383,724,254

See accompanying notes to financial statements which are an integral part of the financial statements.

Notes March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

Rp Rp

ASSetS

577


Notes March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020Rp Rp

StAteMent OF FInAncIAl POSItIOnMARch 31, 2021 (Continued)

lIABIlItIeS AnD eQUItY

cURRent lIABIlItIeS

Bank loans 12 370,870,203,368 498,483,813,857

Trade accounts payable 13

Related party 25 221,398,653,071 326,674,494,272

Third parties

Other accounts payable

14 45,376,906,009 41,098,306,254

Related party 25 2,091,348,230 556,870,808

Third parties 7,512,468,492 7,761,157,968

Taxes payable 15 817,660,650 941,959,157

Accrued expenses 16 41,453,822,656 28,347,696,969

Deposit from customers 8,481,748,748 1,389,875,630

Contract Liabilities 6,528,834,901 1,069,839,102

Lease liabilities 1,647,927,289 -

Total Current Liabilities 706,179,573,414 906,324,014,017

nOncURRent lIABIlItY

Lease liabilities 322,506,893 -

Deferred tax liabilities - net 24 7,936,231,537 -

Post-employment benefits obligation 17 20,382,336,000 18,653,913,000

Total Liabilities 734,820,647,844 924,977,927,017

eQUItY

Capital stock - Rp 97,400 (US$ 10)

par value per share

Authorized - 17,500,000 shares

Subscribed and paid-up - 16,791,187

ordinary shares at March 31, 2021 and

16,291,187 ordinary shares at March 31, 2020 18 1,635,461,613,800 1,586,761,613,800

Foreign exchange rate difference on

paid-in capital 19 216,192,517,840 191,710,517,840

Revaluation surplus 20 276,495,214,244 276,495,214,244

Other comprehensive income 6,993,774,500 8,811,092,100

Deficit (1,730,697,897,942) (1,746,372,640,747)

Total Equity 404,445,222,442 317,405,797,237

tOtAl lIABIlItIeS AnD eQUItY 1,139,265,870,286 1,242,383,724,254


578


StAteMent OF PROFIt OR lOSS AnD OtheR cOMPRehenSIve IncOMeFor the year ended March 31, 2021

Notes 2021 2020

Rp Rp

net SAleS 21,25 767,774,548,041 710,809,864,682

cOSt OF GOODS SOlD 22,25 (669,207,622,183) (652,892,195,911)

GROSS PROFIt 98,566,925,858 57,917,668,771

Marketing 23 (14,318,116,298) (8,924,985,782)

General and administrative 23,25 (59,676,895,894) (62,906,356,700)

Finance cost (29,627,121,991) (33,128,916,367)

Gain (loss) on foreign exchange - net 40,808,828,941 (47,367,084,242)

Interest income 530,710,664 341,592,533

Loss on sale and disposal of property, plant and equipment 11 (37,534,640) (4,783,678)

Others - net 9,315,956,661 11,676,098,185

PROFIt (lOSS) BeFORe tAX 45,562,753,301 (82,396,767,280)

IncOMe tAX eXPenSe 24 (29,888,010,496) (10,474,426,091)

PROFIt (lOSS) FOR the YeAR 15,674,742,805 (92,871,193,371)

OtheR cOMPRehenSIve IncOMe

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Revaluation deficit 20 - (2,254,500,680)

Remeasurement of defined benefits obligation 17 (2,271,647,000) 1,294,962,000

Related tax expense 24 454,329,400 (258,992,400)

Total Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax (1,817,317,600) (1,218,531,080)

tOtAl cOMPRehenSIve IncOMe (lOSS) FOR the YeAR 13,857,425,205 (94,089,724,451)


StAteMent OF chAnGeS In eQUItY FOR the YeAR enDeD MARch 31, 2021

Notes Capital stock

Foreign exchange rate difference on

paid-in capital

Other comprehensive income

Deficit Total equityRevaluation surplus

Remeasurement of defined benefits

obligation

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Balance as of March 31, 2019 1,528,321,613,800 165,802,517,840 278,749,714,924 7,775,122,500 (1,653,501,447,376) 327,147,521,688

Issuance of shares 18,19 58,440,000,000 25,908,000,000 - - - 84,348,000,000

Other comprehensive loss

Revaluation deficit 20 - - (2,254,500,680) - - (2,254,500,680)

Remeasurement on defined

benefits obligation, net of tax - - - 1,035,969,600 - 1,035,969,600

Loss for the year - - - - (92,871,193,371) (92,871,193,371)


Issuance of shares 18,19 48,700,000,000 24,482,000,000 - - - 73,182,000,000

Remeasurement on defined

benefits obligation, net of tax - - - (1,817,317,600) - (1,817,317,600)

Profit for the year - - - - 15,674,742,805 15,674,742,805



579


StAteMent OF cASh FlOWSFOR the YeAR enDeD MARch 31, 2021

2021 2020

Rp Rp

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit (loss) before tax per statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 45,562,753,301 (82,396,767,280)

Adjustments for:

Interest and finance charges 29,615,156,225 31,993,745,360

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right of use asset 14,189,882,852 13,163,861,996

Loss on sale and diposal of property, plant and equipment 11 37,534,640 4,783,678

Provision for employee benefits expense 17 (248,019,000) 2,659,674,000

Provision of allowance for inventory obsolescence 8 1,512,624,697 3,619,502,452

Provision for allowance for credit losses 6 9,529,908,237 6,235,139,425

Interest income (530,710,664) (341,592,533)

Net unrealized (gain) loss on foreign exchange (46,816,366,067) 55,721,966,638

Operating cash flows before changes in working capital 52,852,764,221 30,660,313,737

Changes in working capital:

Trade accounts receivable 28,757,941,015 (128,875,599,195)

Other accounts receivable 11,198,171,627 (11,411,617,099)

Inventories (64,192,867,467) (65,324,431,581)

Prepaid taxes (56,464,240,587) (63,695,775,549)

Advances to suppliers (6,852,244,667) (3,950,960,086)

Other current assets 3,094,394,817 2,038,982,847

Trade accounts payable (72,787,820,474) 119,999,784,367

Other accounts payable 1,675,536,756 (7,452,261,034)

Taxes payable (124,298,507) 472,061,662

Accrued expenses 13,881,209,872 (3,811,024,472)

Deposit from customers 7,091,873,118 155,460,446

Contract liabilities 5,458,995,799 1,069,839,102

Net cash used in operations (76,410,584,477) (130,125,226,856)

Income tax paid 24 (1,562,797,365) (864,363,000)

Employee benefits paid 17 (295,205,000) (593,291,000)

Proceeds from tax refund 64,809,706,998 38,731,977,627

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (13,458,879,844) (92,850,903,229)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Increase in security deposits 292,810,675 14,098,210

Interest received 530,710,664 341,592,533

Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment 11 (3,245,215,967) (4,653,537,111)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 11 - 5,340,000

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities (2,421,694,628) (4,292,506,368)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from stock issuance 18 73,182,000,000 84,348,000,000

Proceeds from bank loans 1,103,256,724,704 803,475,051,064

Payments of bank loans (1,174,025,239,303) (754,905,343,150)

Payments of lease liabilities (1,786,517,000) -

Interest and finance charges paid (29,291,125,654) (31,993,745,360)

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities (28,664,157,253) 100,923,962,554

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (44,544,731,725) 3,780,552,957

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 70,361,133,361 58,118,052,945

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes (1,439,266,826) 8,462,527,459

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR 24,377,134,810 70,361,133,361


580


nOteS tO FInAncIAl StAteMentSMarch 31, 2021 and for the year then ended

1. GeneRAl PT. TVS Motor Company Indonesia (the “Company”) was established within the framework of the

Foreign Capital Investment Law No. 1 year 1967 as amended by Law No. 11 year 1970 based on notarial deed No. 21 dated August 8, 2005 of Siti Rayhana, S.H., substitute of Bandoro Raden Ayu Mahyastoeti Notonagoro, S.H., notary in Jakarta. The Deed of Establishment was approved by the Minister of Law and Human Rights of the Republic of Indonesia in his Decision Letter No. C-24361 HT.01.01.TH.2005 dated September 5, 2005. The Company’s Articles of Association have been amended several times, most recently by notarial deed No. 40 dated March 19, 2021 of Susana Tanu, S.H., notary in Jakarta, regarding the reappointment of Board of Commissioners by the Minister of Law and Human Rights of the Republic of Indonesia in his Notification Letter No. AHU-AH.01.03-0187516 dated March 24, 2021.

In accordance with article 3 of the Company’s Articles of Association, the scope of its activities include production of motorcycles, motorcycle component parts and accessories, three wheelers and its components. The Company started commercial operations on April 29, 2007.

The Company is domiciled in Jakarta and its head office is located at Wirausaha Building, 3rd Floor, Jl. HR. Rasuna Said, Kav. C5 Kuningan, Jakarta. As of March 31, 2021, the Company has 470 employees (2020: 445 employees).

The Company’s management consists of the following:

March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020President Com-missioner : Commisioners :

Kunnath Narayanan Rad-hakrishnanRamgopal DilipRamaswami Anandakrishnan

Kunnath Narayanan Rad-hakrishnanRamgopal DilipRamaswami Anandakrishnan

President Director : Director

Jeyanandan ThangarajanRajesh Ramani

Venkataraman Thiyagarajan-

2. ADOPtIOn OF neW AnD RevISeD StAteMentS OF FInAncIAl AccOUntInG StAnDARDS (“PSAK”) AnD InteRPRetAtIOnS OF PSAK (“ISAK”)

a. Standards, Amendments/Improvements and Interpretation to Standards effective in the current Year

In the current year, the Company has applied standards and a number of amendments/ improvements to PSAK that are relevant to its operations and effective for accounting period beginning on or after April 1, 2020.

• AmendmentsPSAK1andPSAK25DefinitionofMaterial The amendments are intended to make the definition of material in PSAK 1 easier to understand

and are not intended to alter the underlying concept of materiality in PSAK Standards. The concept of ‘obscuring’ material information with immaterial information has been included as part of the new definition.

The threshold for materiality influencing users has been changed from ‘could influence’ to

‘could reasonably be expected to influence’.

The definition of material in PSAK 25 has been replaced by a reference in the definition of material in PSAK 1. In addition, the Indonesian Financial Accounting Standards Board amended other Standards and the Conceptual Framework that contain a definition of material or refer to the term ‘material’ to ensure consistency.

• PSAK71FinancialInstruments PSAK 71 introduces new requirements for:

1) The classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities;

2) Impairment of financial assets; and

3) General hedge accounting.

Details of these new requirements as well as their impact on the financial statements are described below.

The Company applied PSAK 71 with an initial application date of April 1, 2020. The Company has not restated the comparative information, which continues to be reported under PSAK 55 Financial Instruments (“PSAK 55”).

The significant accounting policies for financial instruments under PSAK 71 are as disclosed in Note 3e.

(a) Classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Company has applied the requirements of PSAK 71 to instruments that have not been derecognized as at April 1, 2020 and has not applied the requirements to instruments that have already been derecognized as at April 1, 2020. The classification of financial assets is based on two criteria: the Company’s business model for managing the assets and whether the instruments’ contractual cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’ on the principal amount outstanding. The changes in classification and measurement of the Company’s financial assets did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position on April 1, 2020 and its profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year. There are no changes in the classification and measurement of the Company’s financial liabilities.

(b) Impairment of financial assets

PSAK 71 requires an expected credit loss model as opposed to an incurred credit loss model under PSAK 55. The expected credit loss model requires the Company to account for expected credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the financial assets. It is no longer necessary for a credit event to have occurred before credit losses are recognized.

Specifically, PSAK 71 requires the Company to recognize a loss allowance for expected credit losses on i) debt investments subsequently measured at amortized cost or at FVTOCI, ii) lease receivables, iii) contract assets and iv) loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements of PSAK 71 apply.

The impact of PSAK 71 impairment requirements on the Company’s financial statements is not material.

• PSAK 72 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

PSAK 72 supersedes PSAK 34 Construction Contracts (“PSAK 34”), PSAK 23 Revenue (“PSAK 23”) and the related Interpretations. PSAK 72 introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition. Far more prescriptive guidance has been added in PSAK 72 to deal with specific scenarios. Details of these new requirements as well as their impact on the financial statements are described below.

The Company has applied PSAK 72 using the modified retrospective method with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognized at the date of initial application (April 1, 2020). Therefore, the comparative information was not restated and continues to be reported under PSAK 34, PSAK 23 and the related Interpretations. The Company has selected to apply this standard retrospectively only to contracts that are not completed contracts at the date of initial application.

PSAK 72 uses the term ‘contract liability’ to describe what might more commonly be known as ‘advance from customers’, however the standard does not prohibit an entity from using alternative descriptions in the statement of financial position. The Company has adopted the terminology used in PSAK 72 to describe such balances.

There is no material impact on the Company’s financial statements on adoption of PSAK 72. The Company’s significant accounting policies for its revenue streams are disclosed in Note 3l.

• PSAK 73 Leases

PSAK 73 introduces new or amended requirements with respect to lease accounting. It introduces significant changes to the lessee accounting by removing the distinction between operating and finance lease and requiring the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at commencement for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. In contrast to lessee accounting, the requirements for lessor accounting have remained largely unchanged. Details of these new requirements are described in Note 3k. The impact of the adoption of PSAK 73 on the Company's financial statements is described below.

The date of initial application of PSAK 73 for the Company is April 1, 2020.

The Company has applied PSAK 73 using the using the cumulative catch-up approach which:

• requires the Company to recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying PSAK 73 as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of initial application; and

• does not permit restatement of comparatives, which continue to be presented under PSAK 30 and ISAK 8 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease (“ISAK 8”).

(a) Impact of the new definition of a lease

The Company has made use of the practical expedient available on transition to PSAK 73 not to reassess whether a contract contains a lease. Accordingly, the definition of a lease in accordance with PSAK 30 and ISAK 8 will continue to be applied to those leases entered or modified before April 1, 2020.

The change in definition of a lease mainly relates to the concept of control. PSAK 73 determines whether a contract contains a lease on the basis of whether the customer has the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Company applies the definition of a lease and related guidance set out in PSAK 73 to all lease contracts entered into or modified on or after April 1, 2020 (whether it is a lessor or a lessee In the lease contract). The new definition in PSAK 73 does not change significantly the scope of contracts that meet the definition of a lease for the Company.

(b) Impact on Lessee Accounting

Former operating leases

PSAK 73 changes how the Company accounts for leases previously classified as operating leases under PSAK 30, which were off-balance-sheet.

Applying PSAK 73, for all leases (except as noted below), the Company:

(i) Recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the statement of financial position, initially measured at the present value of future lease payments;

(ii) Recognizes depreciation of right-of-use assets and interest on lease liabilities in the statement profit or loss and other comprehensive income; and

(iii) Separates the total amount of cash paid into a principal portion (presented within financing activities) and interest (presented within operating activities) in the statement of cash flows.

581


Lease incentives (e.g. free rent period) are recognized as part of the measurement of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities whereas under PSAK 30 they resulted in the recognition of a lease incentive liability, amortized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis.

Under PSAK 73, right-of-use assets are tested for impairment in accordance with PSAK 48 Impairment of Assets (“PSAK 48”). This replaces the previous requirement to recognize a provision for onerous lease contracts.

For short-term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets (such as personal computers and office furniture), the Company has opted to recognize a lease expense on a straight-line basis as permitted by PSAK 73. This expense is presented within “general administrative expenses” in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The Company has used the following practical expedients when applying the cumulative catch-up approach to leases previously classified as operating leases applying PSAK 30:

• The Company has applied a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

• The Company has adjusted the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application by the amount of provision for onerous leases recognized under PSAK 57 Provisions Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets (“PSAK 57”) in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review;

• The Company has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities to leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application;

• The Company has excluded initial direct costs from the measurement of the right- of-use asset at the date of initial application; and

• The Company has used hindsight when determining the lease term when the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

Former finance leases

For leases that were classified as finance leases applying PSAK 30, the carrying amount of the leased assets and obligations under finance leases measured applying PSAK 30 immediately before the date of initial application is reclassified to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities respectively without any adjustments, except in cases where the Company has elected to apply the low-value lease recognition exemption.

The right-of-use asset and the lease liability are accounted for applying PSAK 73 from April 1, 2020.

(c) Impact on Lessor Accounting

PSAK 73 does not substantially change how a lessor accounts for leases. Under PSAK 73, a lessor continues to classify leases as either finance leases or operating leases and accounts for those two types of leases differently.

However, PSAK 30 has changed and expanded the disclosures required, in particular regarding how a lessor manages the risks arising from its residual interest in leased assets.

The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities recognized in the statement of financial position on April 1, 2021 is 10.85%.

The following table shows the operating lease commitments disclosed applying PSAK 30 at March 31, 2020, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application and the lease liabilities recognized in the statement of financial position at the date of initial application:

April 1, 2020

RpOperating lease commitments at March 31, 2020 5,237,941,181Short-term leases and leases of low value assets (1,326,308,181)Effect of discounting the above amounts (478,712,389)Lease liabilities recognized as at April 1, 2020 3,432,920,611

Right-of-use assets were measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognized in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial application. Consequently, right-of-use assets of Rp 3,683,119,861 were recognized on April 1, 2020, prepayment decrease by Rp 250,199,250 was recognized on April 1, 2020 and the net impact on retained earnings is not material.

Impact of PSAK 73 on the statement of financial position as of April 1, 2020 (date of initial application)

As previously reported as of March 31,

2020 Adoption of PSAK 73

Explanatory note

Adjusted as of April 1, 2020

Rp Rp RpASSETSCURRENT ASSETSOther current assets 7,341,035,529 (250,199,250) (a) 7,090,836,279NON-CURRENT ASSETSRight-of-use assets - 3,683,119,861 (a) 3,683,119,861LIABILITIESCURRENT LIABILITIESCurrent maturity of lease liabilities

- (2,690,946,122) (a) (2,690,946,122)

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIESLease liabilities - net of current maturity

- (741,974,489) (a) (741,974,489)

Explanatory notes:

PSAK 73

a) The application of PSAK 73 to leases previously classified as operating leases under PSAK 30 resulted in the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.

Impact of PSAK 72 and 73 on the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 (current reporting period)

The adoption of PSAK 72 and 73 did not have a material impact on the Company’s operating, investing and financing cash flows.

b. Standards, amendments/improvements and interpretation to standards issued not yet adopted

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following standard, interpretation and amendments to PSAK relevant to the Company were issued but not effective, with early application permitted:

Effective for periods beginning on or after June 1, 2020

• PSAK 73 (amendment) Leases: Rental Concessions related to COVID-19. Effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021

• Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2 (Amendments to PSAK 71 Financial Instruments, PSAK 55 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, PSAK 60 Financial Instruments: Disclosures, PSAK 62 Insurance Contracts, and PSAK 73 Leases

Effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023

• PSAK 1 (amendment) Presentation of financial statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

• PSAK 16 (amendment) Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use

As of the issuance date of the financial statements, the effects of adopting these standards, amendments and interpretations on the financial statements are not known nor reasonably estimable by management.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGnIFIcAnt AccOUntInG POlIcIeS a. Statement of compliance The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Indonesian Financial Accounting

Standards.

b. Basis of Presentation The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis, except

as disclosed in the accounting policies below.

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and services.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The statement of cash flows is prepared using the indirect method with classifications of cash flows into operating, investing and financing activities.

The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.

nOteS tO FInAncIAl StAteMentSMarch 31, 2021 and for the year then ended(Continued)

582


c. Foreign currency transactions and translation The financial statements are measured and presented in the currency of the primary economic

environment in which the entity operates (its functional currency). The financial statements of the Company are presented in Indonesian Rupiah, which is the functional currency and the presentation currency for the financial statement.

Transactions in currencies other than the entity’s functional currency (foreign currencies) are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary items denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing at that date. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences are recognized in profit or loss in the period.

d. transactions with Related Parties A related party is a person or entity that is related to the Company (the reporting entity):

a. A person or a close member of that person's family is related to the reporting entity if that person:

i. has control or joint control over the reporting entity; ii. has significant influence over the reporting entity; or iii. is a member of the key management personnel of the reporting entity or of a parent

of the reporting entity. b. An entity is related to the reporting entity if any of the following conditions applies: i. The entity, and the reporting entity are members of the same group (which means

that each parent, subsidiary and fellow subsidiary is related to the others). ii. One entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint

venture of a member of a group of which the other entity is a member). iii. Both entities are joint ventures of the same third party. iv. One entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of

the third entity. v. The entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either

the reporting entity, or an entity related to the reporting entity. If the reporting entity is itself such a plan, the sponsoring employers are also related to the reporting entity.

vi. The entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a). vii. A person identified in (a) (i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member

of the key management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity). viii. The entity, or any member of a group of which it is a part, provides key management

personnel services to the reporting entity or to the parent of the reporting entity.

e. Financial Instruments Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized on the statement of financial position

when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of financial assets and financial liabilities are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets and financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition.

Financial Assets (before April 1, 2020) effective interest method The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a debt instrument

and of allocating interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the debt instrument, or where appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Income and expense is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial instruments “at fair value through profit or loss”.

trade and other accounts receivables and cash in banks Cash in banks, trade and other accounts receivable are classified as loan and receivables and

are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method less impairment losses. Interest is recognized by applying the effective interest method, except for short-term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Impairment of loans and receivables The amount of impairment is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present

value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

The carrying amount is reduced through the use of an allowance account. When the receivable is uncollectible, it is written of against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amount previously written of are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account are recognized in profit or loss.

Derecognitionoffinancialassets The Company derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows

from the asset expire, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing for the proceeds received

Financial assets (from April 1, 2020)

Classification of financial assets

Debt instruments that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortized cost:

• the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding.

Amortized cost and effective interest method

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a debt instrument and of allocating interest income over the relevant period.

For financial instruments other than purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, the effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipt (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) excluding expected credit losses, through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument on initial recognition. For purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets, a credit adjusted effective interest rate is calculated by discounting the estimated future cash flows, including expected credit losses, to the amortized cost of the debt instrument on initial recognition.

The amortized cost of a financial asset is the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, adjusted for any loss allowance. On the other hand, the gross carrying amount of a financial asset is the amortized cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance.

Interest is recognized using the effective interest method for debt instruments measured subsequently at amortized cost, except for short term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Impairmentoffinancialassets

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses (“ECL”) on trade and other accounts receivable and contract assets. The amount of expected credit losses is updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition of the respective financial instrument.

The Company always recognizes lifetime ECL for trade accounts receivable and contract assets. The expected credit losses on these financial assets are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including time value of money where appropriate.

For all other financial instruments, the Company recognizes lifetime ECL when there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If, on the other hand, the credit risk on the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for that financial instrument at an amount equal to 12-month ECL. The assessment of whether lifetime ECL should be recognized is based on significant increases in the likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition instead of on evidence of a financial asset being credit impaired at the reporting date or an actual default occurring.

Significantincreaseincreditrisk

In assessing whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition. In making this assessment, the Company considers historical loss rates for each category of customers and adjusts to reflect current and forward-looking macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables.

The Company presumes that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 120 days past due, unless the Company has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates otherwise.


583


The Company assumes that the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. A financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk if i) the financial instrument has a low risk of default, ii) the borrower has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term and iii) adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil its contractual cash flow obligations.

The Company regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount becomes past due.

Definitionofdefault The Company considers that default has occurred when a financial asset is more than 365 days

past due unless the Company has reasonable and supportable information to demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

Credit-impairedfinancialassets A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on

the estimated future cash flows of that financial asset have occurred.

Write-off policy The Company writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the

counterparty is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the counterparty has been placed under liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings, or in the case of trade accounts receivable, when the amounts are over 360 days past due, whichever occurs sooner. Financial assets written off may still be subject to enforcement activities under the Company’s recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. Any recoveries made are recognized in profit or loss.

Measurement and recognition of ecl For financial assets, the expected credit loss is estimated as the difference between all

contractual cash flows that are due to the Company in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Company expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

If the Company has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the conditions for lifetime ECL are no longer met, the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date.

Derecognition of Financial Assets The Company derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to the cash flows

from the asset expires, or when it transfers the financial asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership and continues to control the transferred asset, the Company recognizes its retained interest in the asset and an associated liability for amounts it may have to pay. If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred financial asset, the Company continues to recognize the financial asset and also recognizes a collateralized borrowing for the proceeds received.

Financial liabilities and equity Instruments ClassificationasDebtorEquity Debt and equity instruments issued by the Company are classified according to the substance of

the contractual arrangements entered into and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

equity Instruments An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company

after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

trade and other accounts payable Trade, other accounts payable and accrued expense are initially measured at fair value and

subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest method, except for short- term balances when the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Bank loans Interest-bearing bank loans are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at

amortized cost, using the effective interest method. Interest expense calculated using the effective interest method is recognized over the term of the borrowing in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy for borrowing costs.

effective interest method The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability

and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments (including all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other


premiums or discounts) through the expected life of the financial liability, or (where appropriate) a shorter period to the net carrying amount on initial recognition.

Derecognition of Financial liabilities The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations

are discharged, cancelled or they expire.

f. cash and cash equivalents For cash flow presentation purposes, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and in

banks with maturities of three months or less from the date of placement.

g. Inventories Inventories are stated at cost or net realizable value, whichever is lower. Cost is determined

using the weighted average method. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price for inventories less all estimated costs of completion and costs necessary to make the sale.

h. Property, Plant and equipment Property, plant and equipment held for use in the production or supply of goods or services or for

administrative purposes, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.

Depreciation is recognized so as to write off the cost of assets less residual values using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Years

Buildings 20

Machinery and tools 4 - 10

Office equipment and furnitures 4

Vehicles 5

Moulds and dies are depreciated based on units of production of 125,000 - 150,000 units in 2019 and 2020.

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

Land stated in the statement of financial position at its revalued amount, being the fair value at the date of the revaluation. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amounts do not differ materially from those that would be determined using fair values at the end of the reporting date.

Any revaluation increase arising on the revaluation of land is credited in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity and presented as revaluation surplus, under other comprehensive income, except to the extent that it reverses a revaluation decrease for the same asset previously recognized in profit or loss, in which case the increase is credited to profit of loss to the extent of the decrease previously expensed. A decrease in the carrying amount arising on the revaluation land is recognized in profit or loss to the extent that it exceeds the balance, if any, held in the revaluation reserve relating to a previous revaluation of that asset.

The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to operations as incurred. Other costs incurred subsequently to add to, replace part of, or service an item of property, plant and equipment, are recognized as asset if, and only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the entity and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, their carrying values and the related accumulated depreciation and any impairment loss are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the current operations.

An items of property, plant, and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant, and equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognized in profit or loss.

Fully depreciated assets still in use are retained in the financial statements.

i. Impairment of non-Financial Assets At the end of each reporting period, the Company reviews the carrying amount of non-financial

assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the Company estimates the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit to which the asset belongs.

Estimated recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of a non-financial asset (cash generating unit) is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount and an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

584



When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or a cash generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

Accounting policy for impairment of financial assets is discussed in Note 3e.

j. leases Before April 1, 2020 Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially

all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

the company as lessee Assets held under finance leases are initially recognized as assets of the Company at their fair

value at the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the statement of financial position as a finance lease obligations.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or where shorter, the term of the relevant lease.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly to profit or loss. Contingent rentals are recognized as expenses in the periods in which they are incurred.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed. Contingent rentals arising under operating leases are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.

In the event that lease incentives are received to enter into operating leases, such incentives are recognized as a liability. The aggregate benefit of incentives is recognized as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis, except where another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased asset are consumed.

From April 1, 2020 The Company as lessee

The Company assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at the inception of the contract. The Company recognizes a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Company recognizes the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is determined by government’s bond rate and credit risk in existing loan.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

• fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

• variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;

• the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

• the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

• payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the statement of financial position.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect the interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Company remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use assets) whenever:

• the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of the exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

• the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured

by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used).

• a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The Company did not make any such adjustments during the periods presented.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurements of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

Whenever the Company incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying assets to the conditions required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognized and measured under PSAK 57. The costs are included in the related right- of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying assets. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying assets or the cost of the right- of-use assets reflects that of the Company expects to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying assets. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The right-of-use assets are presented as a separate line in the statement of financial position.

The Company applies PSAK 48 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the impairment of assets policy.

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurements of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognized as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occur and are included in the line 'Other expenses' in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

As a practical expedient, PSAK 73 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Company has not used this practical expedient.

k. After Sales Warranty The Company makes a provision to cover possible cost on after sales warranty granted to

customers. Such provision is recognized based on certain percentage of sales by comparing the actual claim with sales.

l. Revenue and expense Recognition Before April 1, 2020 Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. Revenue is

reduced for estimated customer returns, rebates and other similar allowances.

Sale of Goods Revenue from sales of goods is recognized when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

• The Company has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods;

• The Company retains neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

• The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

• It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company; and

• The cost incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

From April 1, 2020 The Company recognizes revenue from sale of goods. Revenue is measured based on the

consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers control of a product to a customer. The Company has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements and records revenue on a gross basis because it typically controls the goods or services before transferring them to the customer.

Revenue is recognized at the point in time when service is delivered and control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery of the goods. The normal credit term is 30 to 90 days upon delivery.

The Company considers whether there are other promises in the contract that are separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price needs to be allocated (e.g., warranties, customer loyalty points, shipping and handling).

expenses Expenses are recognized when incurred.

585



m. EmployeeBenefits The Company provides post-employment benefits as required under Labor Law No. 13/2003 (the

“Labor Law”).

Definedbenefitplan The cost of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial

valuations being carried out at the end of each annual reporting period. Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge or credit recognized in other comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income are reflected immediately in “retained earnings” and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is recognized in profit or loss when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when the Company recognizes related restructuring costs or termination benefits, if earlier. Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs. Interest is calculated by applying a discount rate at the beginning of the period to the defined benefit liability. Defined benefit costs are divided into three categories:

• Service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements).

• Interest expense.

• Remeasurement.

The Company presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss.

n. Income tax Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in profit or loss because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

A provision is recognized for those matters for which the tax determination is uncertain but it is considered probable that there will be a future outflow of funds to a tax authority. The provisions are measured at the best estimate of the amount expected to become payable. The assessment is based on the judgement of tax professionals within the Company supported by previous experience in respect of such activities and in certain cases based on specialist independent tax advice.

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary differences arise from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is settled or the asset realized, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted, or substantively enacted, by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of their assets and liabilities.

The carrying amount of deferred tax asset is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Current and deferred tax are recognized as an expense or income in profit or loss, except when they relate to items that are recognized outside of profit or loss (whether in other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the tax is also recognized outside of profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities [appropriate for Group financial statements, delete when not relevant] when there is an intention to settle its current tax assets and current tax liabilities on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

4. cRItIcAl AccOUntInG JUDGMentS AnD eStIMAteS In the application of the Company accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, the director

are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

critical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies In the process of applying the accounting policies described in Note 3, management has not

made any critical judgment that has significant impact on the amounts recognized in the financial statements, apart from those involving estimates, which are dealt with below.

Key Sources of estimation Uncertainty The key assumptions concerning future and other key sources of estimation at the end of the

reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below:

• Calculation of Loss Allowance

When measuring ECL the Company uses reasonable and supportable forward-looking information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other.

Loss given default is an estimate of the loss arising on default. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to receive, taking into account cash flows from collateral and integral credit enhancements.

Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

• Allowance for Decline in Value of Inventories

The Company provides allowance for decline in value of inventories based on estimated future usage of such inventories. While it is believed that the assumptions used in the estimation of the allowance for decline in value of inventories are appropriate and reasonable, significant changes in these assumptions may materially affect the assessment of the allowance for decline in value of inventories, which ultimately will impact the result of the Company’s operations. The carrying amount of inventories is disclosed in Note 8.

• Income Taxes and Realization of Deferred Tax Assets

The Company is exposed to assessments on its income taxes and significant judgment is involved in determining the provision for income taxes. In certain circumstances, the Company may not be able to determine the exact amount of its current or future tax liabilities due to ongoing investigations by, or negotiations with, the taxation authority. Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations and the amount and timing of future taxable income. The Company recognizes liabilities for expected tax issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recognized, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets on deductible temporary differences and fiscal loss carry forwards to the extent that it is probable that taxable income will be available in future periods against which the deductible temporary differences and fiscal loss can be utilized. In assessing whether deferred tax assets should be recognized, management makes judgement as to the assumptions used in estimating future taxable income. Any significant changes in the assumptions may materially affect the amount of deferred tax assets and ultimately will have an impact on its results of operations.

The carrying amounts of the prepaid taxes, taxes payable and deferred tax assets (net of deferred tax liabilities) at the end of the reporting period are disclosed in Notes 9, 15 and 24.

• Fair Value of Land

Effective April 1, 2013, the Company’s land is measured at fair value. In estimating the fair value of land, management engages third party qualified appraisal to perform the valuation. Management works closely with the qualified external appraisal to establish the appropriate valuation techniques and inputs. Any changes in the inputs and valuation techniques may have a material effect in the financial statements.

The carrying value of land is disclosed in Note 11.

586



5. CASHANDCASHEQUIVALENTS

March 312021 2020Rp Rp

Cash on hand 103,617,830 150,655,568Cash in banks

RupiahPT. Bank Mandiri (Persero) Tbk 4,119,396,063 1,123,647,278PT. Bank Danamon Indonesia Tbk 2,510,929,824 1,008,480,772PT. Bank DBS Indonesia 767,370,957 2,544,081,294Deutsche Bank AG, Jakarta branch 127,560,000 -PT. Bank SBI Indonesia 82,279,522 311,514,733Standard Chartered Bank Indonesia 54,814,000 54,988,000PT. Bank Ina Perdana Tbk - 42,984,653

Subtotal 7,662,350,366 5,085,696,730US Dollar

Standard Chartered Bank Indonesia 4,477,393,449 180,023,579PT. Bank DBS Indonesia 3,725,701,492 47,985,047,693PT. Bank Mandiri (Persero) Tbk 2,678,353,709 186,029,613Deutsche Bank AG, Jakarta branch 729,717,964 16,773,680,178

Subtotal 11,611,166,614 65,124,781,063Total 19,377,134,810 70,361,133,361Time deposit

RupiahPT. Bank SBI Indonesia 5,000,000,000 -

Total 24,377,134,810 70,361,133,361Interest rate per annum:

Rupiah 3.75%

6. tRADe AccOUntS ReceIvABleMarch 31

2021 2020Rp Rp

a. By debtorRelated parties (Note 25) -

TVS Motor Company Limited, India 1,230,707,258 933,468,632TVS Auto Bangladesh Ltd. - 7,147,667,104

Subtotal 1,230,707,258 8,081,135,736Third parties

TVS Global Automobile Traders FZCO 197,016,682,270 225,451,433,743Premier Top Trading Limited 38,328,061,288 -Kosambh Multitred Private., Ltd. 32,087,922,581 35,659,055,411PT Gamma Sakti Indonesia 21,035,243,925 53,094,542,149Agrocorp International Pte., Ltd. 20,480,951,100 62,755,565,013Stargold Motorcycle Co 9,267,617,136 11,097,480,680Wandel International Nigeria Limited 4,802,896,081 3,309,898,410PT Super Sukses Anugerah 4,654,524,373 -

PT Utama Sulawesi Makmur 2,899,369,418 4,141,800,286Getu Tefera Sido 1,481,469,812 -STE Mahira Distribution 1,393,876,208 -Moon Princess Co., Ltd 1,098,495,648 -Good Brothers' Company Limited - 4,523,314,729PT Motormart Multi Artha - 467,785,429Others (Below Rp 1,000,000,000 each) 5,281,933,025 2,887,547,106

Subtotal 339,829,042,865 403,388,422,956Allowance for impairment losses (11,529,908,237) (5,702,360,470)Net 328,299,134,628 397,686,062,486Total 329,529,841,886 405,767,198,222Less: Noncurrent portion 2,486,680,434 28,706,677,314Current portion 327,043,161,452 377,060,520,908

b. By age categoryNot yet due 180,722,581,000 232,391,858,005Past due

1 - 30 days 34,516,554,534 33,851,171,71931 - 60 days 10,536,930,851 28,533,916,27961 - 90 days 3,077,303,398 35,343,092,18991 - 120 days 2,054,775,867 11,641,613,713121 - 180 days 4,081,455,953 12,852,817,264181 - 360 days 71,279,449,384 17,052,715,212Over 360 days 34,790,699,136 39,802,374,312

Subtotal 341,059,750,123 411,469,558,693Allowance for impairment losses (11,529,908,237) (5,702,360,470)Total 329,529,841,886 405,767,198,223

c. By currencyUS Dollar 307,906,579,746 350,883,884,952Rupiah 33,153,170,377 60,585,673,740Subtotal 341,059,750,123 411,469,558,692Allowance for impairment losses (11,529,908,237) (5,702,360,470)Total 329,529,841,886 405,767,198,222

The average credit period on sale of goods is 90 days in 2021 (2020: 90 days). No interest is charged on the outstanding balance.

Allowance for credit losses for trade accounts receivable has been measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. The ECL on trade accounts receivable is estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate.

There has been no change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period.

The following table details the risk profile of trade accounts receivable from contracts with customers based on the Company’s provision matrix. As the Company’s historical credit loss experience does not show significantly different loss patterns for different customer segments, the provision for loss allowance based on past due status is not further distinguished between the Company’s different customer base.

March 312021 2020Rp Rp

587


trade Accounts Receivable – Days Past Due

Past due

Not past due < 30 days 31 – 60 days 61 – 90 days 91 – 120 days 121 - 180 days > 180 days Total

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Expected credit loss rate 1.42% 2.97% 6.79% 7.27% 8.61% 9.58% 6.13%

Estimated total gross carrying

amount at default 180,476,751,068 34,516,554,534 10,517,745,502 3,043,583,790 2,007,854,027 4,080,599,119 105,185,954,825 339,829,042,865

Lifetime ECL (2,559,061,288) (1,025,399,940) (713,752,396) (221,399,408) (172,970,953) (390,729,969) (6,446,594,284) (11,529,908,237)

Total 328,299,134,628

The movements in allowance for credit losses are as follows:

2021

Rp

Balance at beginning of year 5,702,360,470

Adoption of PSAK 71 (Note 2) -

Balance at beginning of the year (adjusted) 5,702,360,470

Loss allowance recognized in profit or loss during the year (Note 23) 9,529,908,237

Amounts recovered recorded in Others - Net ( 3,702,360,470)

Balance at end of year 11,529,908,237

Previous accounting policy for impairment of trade accounts receivable

In 2020, the Company had recognized the allowance for impairment losses against the related trade accounts receivable from customers that were deemed uncollectible. Allowance for impairment losses was recognized based on estimated irrecoverable amounts as determined by reference to past default experience of the counterparty and an analysis of the counterparty’s current financial position.

2020

Rp

0 days 277,621,900

1-30 days -

31-60 days 538,749,746

61-90 days 341,817,144

91-120 days 230,920,019

121-180 days 74,705,620

Over than 180 days 4,238,546,040

Total 5,702,360,470

Movements in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

2020

Rp

Balance at beginning of year 679,129,737

Provision during the year (Note 23) 6,235,139,425

Write off during the year (1,211,908,692)

Balance at end of year 5,702,360,470

7.OTHERACCOUNTSRECEIVABLEFROMRELATEDPARTYOther accounts receivable from related party represents service fees and claim for reimbursements in 2021 and 2020 from TVS Motor Company Limited, India (Note 25).

8. InventORIeS

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Finished goods 36,997,168,363 47,266,553,922

Materials, components and spare parts 242,204,798,676 169,285,738,600

Others 1,136,765,971 484,512,120

Total 280,338,733,010 217,036,804,642

Allowance for inventory obsolescence (5,447,797,544) (4,826,111,946)

Net 274,890,935,466 212,210,692,696

The change in allowance for inventory obsolescence is as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Balance at beginning of year 4,826,111,946 1,719,549,300

Provision during the year 1,512,624,697 3,619,502,452

Write-off during the year (890,939,099) (512,939,806)

Balance at end of year 5,447,797,544 4,826,111,946

Management believes that allowance for inventory obsolescence is adequate.

All inventories are insured with total coverage of US$ 15,000,000 and Rp 8,000,000,000 as of March 31, 2021 (2020: US$ 12,000,000 and Rp 8,000,000,000) to PT. Asuransi Multi Artha Guna Tbk for both years.

Inventories are used as collateral for bank loans (Note 12).

9. PRePAID tAXeS

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Income tax (Note 24) 2,999,344,363 1,954,648,998

Value added tax (VAT)

2021 58,236,330,848 -

2020 - 64,398,202,265

2019 - 12,743,220

2018 - 231,638,724

Total 61,235,675,211 66,597,233,207


588



vAt – 2018In November 2018, the Company received Rp 34,841,492,200 out of its total claim of Rp 35,386,935,603. The difference of Rp 254,804,104 was recorded as tax expense under others-net in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The remaining amount of Rp 290,639,299 will be appealed by the Company.

In March 2020, the Company recorded Rp 59,000,575 as tax expense under others-net in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, related with the tax claim for year 2018.

In March 2021, the Company recorded Rp 231,638,724 as tax expense under others-net in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, related with the tax claim for year 2018.

vAt – 2019In 2020, the Company received Rp 38,731,977,627 out of its total claim of Rp 38,980,455,707. The difference of Rp 235,734,860 was recorded as tax expense under others-net in the statement of

profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The remaining amount of Rp 12,743,220 have been received fully on April 2020.

vAt – 2020In 2021, the Company received Rp 64,174,105,517 out of its total claim of Rp 64,330,820,351. The difference of Rp 156,714,834 was recorded as tax expense under others-net in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Management believes that the above claims are recoverable.

10. ADvAnceS tO SUPPlIeRSThis account represents advances made by the Company to its suppliers for the purchase of raw materials, tools and other components.

11. PROPeRtY, PlAnt AnD eQUIPMentApril 1, 2020 Additions Deductions Reclassification March 31, 2021

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Revalued amount:

Land 304,162,000,000 - - - 304,162,000,000

Cost:

Buildings 88,040,280,996 104,000,000 - - 88,144,280,996

Machinery and tools 111,108,796,984 1,318,782,973 78,925,000 4,689,000 112,353,343,957

Moulds and dies 101,243,396,703 579,711,655 - - 101,823,108,358

Office equipment and furnitures 10,649,295,310 1,242,721,339 - 54,250,000 11,946,266,649

Vehicles 1,219,363,584 - - - 1,219,363,584

Construction in Progress Machinery and tools 58,939,000 - - (58,939,000) -

Total 616,482,072,577 3,245,215,967 78,925,000 - 619,648,363,544

Accumulated depreciation:

Buildings 51,738,454,477 4,391,750,296 - - 56,130,204,773

Machinery and tools 96,169,520,385 2,750,473,618 41,390,360 - 98,878,603,643

Moulds and dies 33,719,937,746 4,863,137,857 - - 38,583,075,603

Office equipment and furnitures 9,660,136,229 479,884,260 - - 10,140,020,489

Vehicles 845,960,186 119,647,440 - - 965,607,626

Total 192,134,009,023 12,604,893,471 41,390,360 - 204,697,512,134

Net Book Value 424,348,063,554 414,950,851,410

April 1, 2019 Additions Deductions Revaluation March 31, 2020

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Revalued amount:

Land 306,416,500,680 - - (2,254,500,680) 304,162,000,000

Cost:

Buildings 87,392,480,993 647,800,003 - - 88,040,280,996


Moulds and dies 100,261,562,084 981,834,619 - - 101,243,396,703

Office equipment and furnitures 10,325,066,721 458,736,699 134,508,110 - 10,649,295,310

Vehicles 1,219,363,584 - - - 1,219,363,584

Construction in Progress Machinery and tools - 58,939,000 - - 58,939,000

Total 614,735,939,054 4,653,537,111 652,902,908 (2,254,500,680) 616,482,072,577

Accumulated depreciation:

Buildings 47,372,972,350 4,365,482,127 - - 51,738,454,477


Moulds and dies 28,361,716,713 5,358,221,033 - - 33,719,937,746

Office equipment and furnitures 9,360,791,846 433,852,493 134,508,110 - 9,660,136,229

Vehicles 726,312,746 119,647,440 - - 845,960,186

Total 179,612,926,257 13,163,861,996 642,779,230 - 192,134,009,023

Net Book Value 435,123,012,797 424,348,063,554

589



Depreciation expense was allocated to the following:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Manufacturing cost 12,005,361,771 12,597,856,837

General and administrative expenses (Note 23) 599,531,700 566,005,159

Total 12,604,893,471 13,163,861,996

The Company owns a piece of land located in Karawang, Ciampel – Kutanegara, Jawa Barat with a total area of 126,541 square meters as of March 31, 2021 and 2020, with Building Use Rights (HGB)expiring on November 11, 2028. Management believes that there will be no difficulty in the extension of the landrights since the land were acquired legally and supported by sufficient evidence of ownership.

The fair value of land was obtained from independent sources and was determined based on market approach that considers current market value from identical or comparable assets transaction and is classified as level two. Level two fair value measurements are those derived from inputs that are observable for the asset either directly or indirectly.

Property, plant and equipment except land were insured with PT. Asuransi Multi Artha Guna Tbk., PT Asuransi Harta Aman Pratama Tbk., and PT. Asuransi FPG Indonesia, against earthquake, fire, lightning, explosion and other possible risks for US$ 33,000,000 as of March 31, 2021 (2020: US$ 31,500,000). Management believes that the insurance coverage is adequate to cover possible losses on the assets insured.

Sales and disposal of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Net book value 37,534,640 10,123,678

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

- (5,340,000)

Loss on sale and disposal 37,534,640 4,783,678

12. BAnK lOAnS

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Short-term bank loans

Rupiah

PT. Bank DBS Indonesia 19,193,392,235 15,837,280,579

U.S. Dollar

PT. Bank SBI Indonesia (US$ 9,219,337 in 2021 and US$ 12,191,904 in 2020)

134,344,181,096 199,545,010,595

Deutsche Bank AG, Jakarta Branch (US$ 2,500,000 in 2021 and US$ 3,000,000 in 2020)

36,430,000,000 49,101,030,000

PT. Bank DBS Indonesia (US$ 1,835,109 in 2020 and US$ 2,297,020 in 2020 ) 26,741,202,811

37,595,325,194

Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore Branch (US$ 10,500,000 and US$ 12,000,064 in 2020)

153,006,000,000 196,405,167,489

Chinese Yuan

PT. Bank DBS Indonesia (CNH 521,234 in 2021) 1,155,427,226 -

Total 370,870,203,368 498,483,813,857

The bank loans are repayable as follows:

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Due in the year

2020 - 498,483,813,857

2021 370,870,203,368 -

Total 370,870,203,368 498,483,813,857

Accrued interest (Note 16) 3,502,034,115 3,490,068,349

Total 374,372,237,483 501,973,882,206

PT. Bank DBS Indonesia

In May 2013, the Company obtained the following loan facilities from PT. Bank DBS Indonesia:

• Trade finance facility for accounts payable financing with a maximum limit of US$ 5,000,000 which also can be drawn in Indonesian Rupiah.

• Overdraft working capital facility with a maximum credit of Rp 15,000,000,000.

The outstanding balances are as follows:

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Trade finance facility

Rupiah 15,636,390,507 13,477,541,905

US Dollar (US$ 1,359,620 in 2021 and US$ 2,208,135 in 2020)

19,812,383,515 36,140,544,890

Chinese Yuan (CNH 521,234 in 2021) 1,155,427,226 -

Subtotal 36,604,201,248 49,618,086,795

Overdraft working capital facility

Rupiah 3,557,001,728 2,359,738,674

US Dollar (US$ 475,489 in 2021 and US$ 88,885 in 2020)

6,928,819,296 1,454,780,304

Total 47,090,022,272 53,432,605,773

In 2021, interest rate per annum is at 7.80% (2020: 7.30%) for US Dollar denominated loans, at 10.50% (2020: 13.00%) for IDR denominated loans and at 6.50% for CNH denominated loans.

Interest expense recognized in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income amounting to Rp 3,758,140,529 in 2021 (2020: Rp 5,793,093,805).

The above loan facilities with DBS Indonesia contains certain covenant such as maintaining gearing ratio not to exceed more than 6 times, computed based on the financial statements. The loan facilities require the Company to maintain certain positive covenants. As of March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company is compliant to the loan covenants.

Pt. Bank SBI IndonesiaIn 2020, the Company renewed the revolving credit facility from PT. Bank SBI Indonesia with a maximum credit limit of US$ 13,350,000, which is a combination of demand loan, foreign exchange facility and LC facility which is due within twelve months since the signing of the credit agreement. The facilities are secured by a Standby Letter of Credit (SBLC) issued by the State Bank of India, CAG, Chennai – India amounting to US$ 13,000,000. The loan bears an interest rate of 7.50% per annum.

In 2021, the Company renewed the revolving credit facility from PT. Bank SBI Indonesia with a maximum credit limit of US$ 14,350,000, which is a combination of demand loan, foreign exchange facility and LC facility which is due within twelve months since the signing of the credit agreement. The facilities are secured by a Standby Letter of Credit (SBLC) issued by the State Bank of India, CAG, Chennai – India amounting to US$ 10,000,000. The loan bears an interest rate of 7.00% per annum.


The above loan facilities with Bank SBI Indonesia contains certain covenant which, among other, submits a quarterly financial report, with submission no later than 30 days from the reporting date and annual financial statement, with submission no later than 90 days from reporting date. As of March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company is compliant to the loan covenants.

Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore branchIn March 2019, the Company obtained a working capital loan facility of US$ 15,000,000 from Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore branch. The loan bears an interest rate of three months LIBOR + 4.45%. The Company drew the first tranche of US$ 10,000,000 in March 2019 and several tranches of US$ 2,000,064 during March 2020, which are outstanding as of March 31, 2020.

During March 2021, Company made several payments of US$ 1,500,064 and the outstanding balance amounted to US$ 10,500,000 as of March 31, 2021.


Deutsche Bank AG, Jakarta branchIn 2020, Company obtained a revolving credit facility with Deutsche Bank, Jakarta for US$ 3,000,000 which is renewable. The interest rate is 5.75%.

In 2021, Company obtained a revolving credit facility with Deutsche Bank, Jakarta for US$ 2,500,000 which is renewable. The interest rate is 4.82%.

590



Interest expense recognized in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income amounting to Rp 2,021,651,556 in 2021 (2020: Rp 676,792,664).

The above loan facilities with Deutsche Bank AG, Singapore branch and Jakarta branch contains certain covenant which, among other, submits a semesterly financial report, with submission no later than 90 days from the reporting date, and annual financial statement, with submission no later than 180 days from reporting date. As of March 31, 2021, and 2020, the Company is compliant to the loan covenants.

As per loan agreements entered with banks, all the above short term loans are renewable in nature and there are no fixed due dates.

13. tRADe AccOUntS PAYABle

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

a. By Creditors

Related party - TVS Motor Company Limited, India (Note 25)

221,398,653,071 326,674,494,272

Third parties

PT. Setia Guna Sejati 5,839,228,841 5,398,729,154

PT. GS Battery 4,658,547,800 4,680,697,500

PT. Dharma Polimetal 2,553,736,446 824,599,004

PT. Excel Metal Industry 2,143,229,783 1,492,747,280

PT. Gajah Tunggal Tbk 2,059,511,170 1,959,327,220

PT. Insako Jaya Sejahtera 2,007,734,375 1,090,393,480

PT National Assemblers 1,368,026,080 5,764,653,142

PT Kimu Sukses Abadi 413,190,450 2,041,751,802

Other (below Rp 2,000,000,000 each) 24,333,701,064 17,845,407,672

Subtotal 45,376,906,009 41,098,306,254

Total 266,775,559,080 367,772,800,526

b. By Currency

U.S. Dollar 228,879,555,903 330,696,302,362

Rupiah 37,882,248,460 36,500,147,026

Chinese Yuan 13,754,717 576,351,138

Total 266,775,559,080 367,772,800,526

14. OtheR AccOUntS PAYABle

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Related party - TVS Motor Company Limited, India (Note 25)

2,091,348,230 556,870,808

Third parties

PT. Pan Asia Logistics Indonesia 1,787,866,918 1,015,326,149

PT. Senator International Indonesia 1,172,228,080 87,552,393

PT. Talisman Insurance Brokers 1,070,078,195 1,406,363,895

PT. Agility International 382,964,969 2,190,167,993

Others (below Rp 600,000,000 each) 3,099,330,330 3,061,747,538

Subtotal 7,512,468,492 7,761,157,968

Total 9,603,816,722 8,318,028,776

Other accounts payable to a related party represents information technology service fees.

15.TAXESPAYABLE

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Income taxes

Article 21 428,815,801 471,743,242

Article 26 222,131,945 342,919,028

Article 4(2) Final 92,257,038 70,699,820

Article 23 70,023,100 50,727,795

Article 22 4,432,766 5,869,272

Total 817,660,650 941,959,157

16. AccRUeD eXPenSeS

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Provision for sales and marketing 16,581,780,506 11,272,231,599

Warranty expense 2,690,925,288 795,237,415

Interest (Note 12) 3,502,034,115 3,490,068,349

Professional fees 2,548,400,000 1,075,000,000

Employees' social security 463,141,064 402,241,647

Others 15,667,541,683 11,312,917,959

Total 41,453,822,656 28,347,696,969

17.POST-EMPLOYMENTBENEFITSOBLIGATIONThe Company provides post-employment benefits for its qualifying employees in accordance with Labor Law No. 13/2003. The number of employees entitled to the benefits are 385 employees (2020: 330 employees).

The defined benefit pension plan typically exposes the Company to actuarial risks such as: interest rate risk and salary risk.

Interest riskA decrease in the bond interest rate will increase the plan liability.

Salary riskThe present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated by reference to the future salaries of plan participants. As such, an increase in the salary of the plan participants will increase the plan’s liability.

Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income with respect to these post-employment benefits are as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Service cost:

Current service cost (Note 23) 2,658,842,000 2,726,069,000

Past service cost and gain on settlements (4,498,404,000) (1,517,227,000)

Interest cost (Note 23) 1,591,543,000 1,450,832,000

Components of defined benefits cost recognised in profit or loss

(248,019,000) 2,659,674,000

Remeasurement on the net defined benefit obligation Actuarial loss (gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions

2,232,835,000 (793,616,000)

Actuarial loss (gains) arising from experience adjustments

38,812,000 (501,346,000)

Components of defined benefit costs recognised in other comprehensive income

2,271,647,000 (1,294,962,000)

Total 2,023,628,000 1,364,712,000

591



Past service cost and gain on settlement is recorded under Others – net in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

The amounts recognized in the statements of financial position arising from the Company’s obligation with respect to its post-employment benefits are as follows:

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Present value of post-employment benefits obligation 20,382,336,000 18,653,913,000

Changes in the present value of unfunded defined benefits obligations are as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp


Component of defined benefit cost recognized in profit or loss

(248,019,000) 2,659,674,000

Component of defined benefit cost recognized in other comprehensive income

2,271,647,000 (1,294,962,000)

Benefits payment (295,205,000) (593,291,000)


Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefits obligation is discount rate and expected salary growth. The sensitivity analysis below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

• If the discount rate is 1% higher (lower), the defined benefits obligation would decrease to Rp 18,149,501,000 (increase to Rp 23,042,804,000).

• If the expected salary growth is 1% higher (lower), the defined benefits obligation would increase to Rp 23,247,298,000 (decrease to Rp 17,949,306,000).

The sensitivity analysis presented above may not be representative of the actual change in the defined benefits obligation as it is unlikely that the change in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another as some of the assumption may be correlated.

Furthermore, in presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefits obligation has been calculated using the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting year, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefits obligation liability recognized in the statement of financial position.

The cost of providing post-employment benefits is calculated by an independent actuary, PT. Milliman Indonesia. The actuarial valuation was carried out using the following key assumptions:

2021 2020

Discount rate per annum 7.6% 8.8%

Salary increment rate per annum 7.0% 7.0%

Normal retirement age 56 years old and can be extended up to 60

years old

56 years old and can be extended up to 60

years old

Mortality rate TMI III TMI III

Resignation rate 5% p.a. at age of 25 and decreasing linearly

to 0% p.a. at age 45 and thereafter

5% p.a. at age of 25 and decreasing linearly

to 0% p.a. at age 45 and thereafter

Disability 10% of TMI III 10% of TMI III

18. cAPItAl StOcK

March 31, 2021

Name of StockholdersOrdinary Shares

Percentage of Ownership

TotalCapital Stock

% Rp

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte., Limited 5,324,187 32% 518,575,813,800

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. 2,870,000 17% 279,538,000,000

TVS Motor Company Limited, India 8,597,000 51% 837,347,800,000

Total 16,791,187 100% 1,635,461,613,800

March 31, 2020

Name of StockholdersOrdinary Shares

Percentage of Ownership

TotalCapital Stock

% Rp

TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte., Limited 5,324,187 33% 518,575,813,800

TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. 2,870,000 18% 279,538,000,000

TVS Motor Company Limited, India 8,097,000 49% 788,647,800,000

Total 16,291,187 100% 1,586,761,613,800

Movements in paid-in capital are as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Beginning of the year 1,586,761,613,800 1,528,321,613,800

Issuance of capital stock 48,700,000,000 58,440,000,000

End of the year 1,635,461,613,800 1,586,761,613,800

Changes in the Company’s outstanding shares are as follows:

2021 2020

Number of Shares Number of Shares

Beginning of the year 16,291,187 15,691,187

Issuance of capital stock for cash 500,000 600,000

End of the year 16,791,187 16,291,187

592



In 2021, the Company received additional capital stock subscription amounting to US$ 5,000,000 (equivalent to Rp 73,182,000,000) from TVS Motor Company Limited, India.

In 2020, the Company received additional capital stock subscription amounting to US$ 5,000,000 (equivalent to Rp 70,672,000,000) from TVS Motor Company Limited, India.

In 2020, the Company received additional capital stock subscription amounting to US$ 1,000,000 (equivalent to Rp 13,676,000,000) from TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte., Limited.

19. FOReIGn eXchAnGe RAte DIFFeRence On PAID-In cAPItAlThis account represents the difference between the exchange rate stated in the articles of association and the actual exchange rate at the date the payments for capital subscription were received, with details as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp


Foreign exchange rate difference on issuance of shares

24,482,000,000 25,908,000,000


20. RevAlUAtIOn SURPlUSThis amount represents the increase in value of land due to revaluation.

2021 2020

Rp Rp


Revaluation deficit (Note 11) - (2,254,500,680)


21. net SAleSA disaggregation of the Company’s revenue for the year is as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Type of goods

Sale of vehicles 737,052,207,097 681,888,676,145

Sale spare parts 30,722,340,944 28,921,188,537

Total 767,774,548,041 710,809,864,682

Geographical markets

Export 677,315,597,598 672,983,632,369

Domestic 90,458,950,443 37,826,232,313

Total 767,774,548,041 710,809,864,682

The Company’s by timing of transfer of goods is mostly at point in time. The aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) for sales of goods at March 31, 2021 is Rp 6,528,834,901 (2020: Rp 1,069,839,102) and are presented as contract liabilities.

0.9% (2020: 3.1%) of the total revenues were made with related parties (Note 25).

Details of net sales to dealers representing more than 10% of the sales are as follows:

Name of Customers 2021 2020

Rp Rp

Premier Top Trading Limited 253,963,412,857 -

Koshambh Multitred Pvt., Ltd. 159,381,035,379 204,313,678,766

TVS Global Automobile Traders FZCO 129,438,467,573 190,632,468,832

Agrocorp International Pte., Ltd. 36,364,033,237 138,020,648,406

Total 579,146,949,046 532,966,796,004

22. cOSt OF GOODS SOlD

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Raw materials and components used 565,655,387,016 586,938,161,808

Direct labor 16,579,082,684 17,433,287,195

Overhead 76,703,766,924 78,226,733,895

Total Manufacturing Cost 658,938,236,624 682,598,182,898

Finished goods

At beginning of year 47,266,553,922 17,560,566,935

At end of year (36,997,168,363) (47,266,553,922)

Cost of Goods Sold 669,207,622,183 652,892,195,911

68% in 2021 (2020: 63%) of the total purchases of raw materials and components were made from TVS Motor Company Limited, India, the ultimate holding company (Note 25).

23. OPeRAtInG eXPenSeS

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Marketing

Advertising and market research 12,242,175,080 7,516,586,705

Free service charges 1,021,955,969 302,715,116

Warranty 943,425,249 678,072,358

Others 110,560,000 427,611,603

Total 14,318,116,298 8,924,985,782

General and administrative

Salaries and allowances 18,438,601,590 22,327,330,903

Loss allowance (Note 6) 9,529,908,237 6,235,139,425

Consultancy fees 5,473,091,420 5,786,911,676

Short term and low value leases 4,664,024,048 6,385,188,885

Training and development 4,365,629,223 4,573,588,177

Post-employment benefits (Note 17) 4,250,385,000 4,176,901,000

Taxes, permit and license 2,742,976,170 1,244,751,820

Travel and transportation 1,850,719,698 5,134,611,677

Data processing (Note 25d) 1,741,985,252 1,642,056,430

Right-of-use assets depreciation 1,584,989,381 -

Insurance 1,434,769,840 1,255,119,562

Professional fees 830,000,000 699,256,609

Office supplies 645,671,243 98,568,898

Property, plant, and equipment depreciation (Note 11) 599,531,700 566,005,159

Research and development 364,946,113 669,750,273

Telecommunication 334,323,579 388,851,614

Recruitment 126,040,000 76,390,550

Postage and courier 105,837,703 120,989,390

Business meeting 7,720,000 -

Honorarium - 192,294,000

Others 585,745,697 832,650,652

Total 59,676,895,894 62,906,356,700

593



24. IncOMe tAXThe tax expense of the Company consist of the following:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Current tax

Adjustment of Tax Assessment Letter

2019 1,159,000 -

2017 - 467,640,000

Deferred tax 29,886,851,496 10,006,786,091

Total 29,888,010,496 10,474,426,091

current taxThe reconciliation between profit (loss) before tax per statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and fiscal profit (loss) is as follows:

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Profit (loss) before tax per statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

45,562,753,301 (82,396,767,280)

Temporary differences:

Provision for employee benefits - net (543,224,000) 2,066,383,000

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 4,399,250,839 2,742,192,021

Provision for accrued expenses (7,205,236,780) (1,152,269,886)

Total (3,349,209,941) 3,656,305,135

Permanent differences:

Employee welfare 3,330,374,161 4,021,965,245

Tax expenses 1,557,886,963 590,196,628

Provision for inventory obsolescence 1,512,624,697 3,619,502,452

Interest income already subjected to final tax (530,710,664) (341,592,533)

Provision for impairment losses 9,529,908,237 6,235,139,425

Others 302,488,166 273,673,675

Total 15,702,571,560 14,398,884,892

Fiscal profit (loss) before fiscal loss carryforward 57,916,114,919 (64,341,577,253)

Fiscal loss carryforward - net of expired portion (298,217,673,419) (376,438,741,822)

Total accumulated fiscal loss (240,301,558,500) (440,780,319,075)

Current tax Nil Nil

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Prepaid taxes

2021 1,562,797,365 -

2020 864,363,000 864,363,000

2019 - 518,102,000

2018 572,183,998 572,183,998

Prepaid taxes (Note 9) 2,999,344,363 1,954,648,998

April 1, 2019

Credited (charged) to profit

or loss for the year

Charged to OtherComprehensive

Income March 31, 2020Charged to profit

or loss for the year

Credited to OtherComprehensive

Income March 31, 2021Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Deferred tax asset (liabilities): Fiscal loss 40,910,441,976 (11,398,227,466) - 29,512,214,510 (28,227,122,043) - 1,285,092,467Accrued expenses 3,304,934,725 (891,440,922) - 2,413,493,803 (1,441,047,356) - 972,446,447Property, plant and equipment (16,923,930,651) 2,763,730,297 - (14,160,200,354) (110,037,297) - (14,270,237,651)Post-employment benefits obligation 4,470,623,000 (480,848,000) (258,992,400) 3,730,782,600 (108,644,800) 454,329,400 4,076,467,200Deferred Tax Asset - Net 31,762,069,050 (10,006,786,091) (258,992,400) 21,496,290,559 (29,886,851,496) 454,329,400 (7,936,231,537)

In accordance with Government Regulation in Lieu of Acts (Perpu) No. 1 Tahun 2020, regarding State Financial Policy and Financial System Stability for Handling the Corona Virus Disease 2019 (Covid- 19) and/or in Order to Face Threats that Harm National Economy and/or Financial System Stability, the corporate income tax rate of 25% is reduced to 22% for fiscal year 2020 and 20% for fiscal year 2022 onwards.

Based on the Company’s estimates, the Company will be able to realize the fiscal loss against taxable income in any of the five years following the year in which the fiscal loss is incurred, thus a deferred tax asset of Rp 1,285,092,467 was recognized as of March 31, 2021 (2020: Rp 29,512,214,510).

A reconciliation between the tax expense and the amounts computed by applying the effective tax rates to profit before tax is as follows:

2021 2020Rp Rp

Profit (loss) before tax per statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income 45,562,753,301 (82,396,767,280)Tax expense (benefit) at effective tax rates 10,023,805,726 (16,479,353,456)Unrecognized deferred tax on fiscal loss 18,308,288,966 16,084,454,522Tax effect of permanent differences 3,454,565,743 2,879,776,978Adjustment of deferred tax asset beginning due to decrease in tax rate (2,889,696,404) 6,352,413,810Tax base correction 989,887,465 1,169,494,237Adjustment of tax assessment 1,159,000 467,640,000Tax expense 29,888,010,496 10,474,426,091

The Company received Advance Tax Overpayment Refund Decree (SKPPKP) No. KEP-00046/SKPPKP/WPJ.07/KP.0303/2021 dated February 26, 2021 which stated that for fiscal year 2018, the Company has an overpayment related to income taxes amounting to Rp 516,943,000 instead of Rp 518,102,000 and the difference amounting to Rp 1,159,000 was recorded under tax expense.

In 2020, the Company wrote off prepaid income tax Article 28A for 2017 amounting to Rp 467,640,000 and recorded under tax expense.

594



25.NATUREOFRELATIONSHIPANDTRANSACTIONSWITHRELATEDPARTIESnature of Relationship

a. TVS Motor Company (Europe) B.V. and TVS Motor (Singapore) Pte., Limited, are stockholders of the Company.

b. TVS Motor Company Limited, India (TVS India) is the ultimate holding company of the Company and a stockholder.

c. Related party which conform to criterias on Note 3d is TVS Auto Bangladesh Ltd.

transactions with Related Parties

The Company entered into certain transactions with related parties, including the following:

a. Compensation paid to the Board of Commissioners and Directors of the Company amounted to Rp 3,884,135,930 in 2021 (2020: Rp 5,357,167,751).

b. Net sales to related parties accounted for 0.9% in 2021 (2020: 3.1%), of the total net sales.At reporting date, the receivables for these sales were presented as trade accounts receivable which constituted 0.1% of the total assets as of March 31, 2021 (2020: 0.6%).

c. Purchases from a related party constituted 68% in 2021 (2020: 63%) of the total purchases of raw materials and components. At reporting date, the liabilities for these purchases were

presented as trade accounts payable which constituted 30% as of March 31, 2021 (2020: 35%) of the total liabilities.

d. The Company also entered non-trade transactions such as service fee (Note 26b), claim for reimbursements (Note 7), and information technology services fees with a related party (Notes 14 and 23).

26. SIGnIFIcAnt cOntRActS AnD AGReeMentS

a. On April 1, 2017, the Company and TVS Motor Company Limited entered into a new License and Technical Assistance Agreement, wherein the Company obtains the right to use industrial property rights and technical information in connection with the manufacture, assembly, sale and service of TVS two and three wheeler brands. As per agreement, the Company has to pay royalty of 2% on the net ex-factory price of every product sold. The payment of royalty will only begin when the combined production of two and three wheelers exceed 20,000 units per month. This agreement will be valid for 5 years from effective date.

b. The Company and TVS Motor Company Limited entered into a Memorandum of understanding with TVS Motor Company Limited on February 9, 2019, which has been further amended on September 1, 2020. As per memorandum, the Company is entitled to receive service fee of every vehicle, both two and three wheelers, sold by TVS Motor Company Limited in the ASEAN region except for sale of TVS XL 100 in Philippines. During the year, the income from such service fee amounted to Rp 2,013,438,030 in 2021 (2020: Rp 9,756,721,325).

27. MONETARYASSETSANDLIABILITIESDENOMINATEDINFOREIGNCURRENCIES

March 31, 2021 March 31, 2020Foreign Currency Equivalent in Rp Foreign Currency Equivalent in Rp

Monetary AssetsCash and cash equivalents USD 796,814 11,611,166,614 3,978,787 65,124,781,063Trade accounts receivableRelated parties USD 84,457 1,230,707,258 493,716 8,081,135,736Third parties USD 21,045,558 306,675,872,488 20,943,472 342,802,749,216Related parties USD 741,207 10,800,872,704 1,327,264 21,724,661,488Security deposits USD 7,912 115,293,081 7,911 129,495,049Total Monetary Assets 330,433,912,145 437,862,822,552Monetary liabilitiesBank loans USD 24,054,446 350,521,383,907 29,488,988 482,646,523,278Trade accounts payable CNH 521,234 1,155,427,226 - -Related party USD 15,193,429 221,398,653,071 19,958,119 326,674,494,272Third parties USD 513,375 7,480,902,832 245,712 4,021,808,090

CNH 6,204 13,754,717 250,044 576,351,138Other accounts payableRelated party USD 143,518 2,091,348,230 34,022 556,870,808Third parties USD 330,801 1,070,912,163 20,673 338,370,863Accrued expenses USD 431,561 6,288,711,992 235,279 3,851,042,068Total Monetary Liabilities 590,021,094,138 818,665,460,517Net Monetary Liabilities (259,587,181,993) (380,802,637,965)

The conversion rates used by the Company are as follows:

March 31,

2021 2020

Rp Rp

USD 14,572 16,368

CNH 2,217 2,305

595



28. FInAncIAl InStRUMentS, FInAncIAl RISK AnD cAPItAl RISK MAnAGeMenta. Categories and Classes of Financial Instruments

March 31, 2020Financial Assets

at amortized cost

Liabilities atamortized

costRp Rp

Financial AssetsCash and cash equivalents 24,273,516,980 -Trade accounts receivableRelated parties 1,230,707,258 -Third parties 328,299,134,628 -Other accounts receivableRelated parties 10,800,872,704 -Other current assets 2,158,646,480 -Security deposits 770,631,632 -Financial liabilitiesTrade accounts payableRelated party - 221,398,653,071Third parties - 45,376,906,009Other accounts payableRelated party - 2,091,348,230Third parties - 7,512,468,492Accrued expenses - 41,453,822,656Deposit from customers - 8,481,748,748Lease Liabilities - 1,970,434,182Bank loans - 370,870,203,368Total 367,533,509,682 699,155,584,756

March 31, 2021Loans and

receivables

Liabilities atamortized

costRp Rp

Financial AssetsCash in banks 70,210,477,793 -Trade accounts receivableRelated parties 8,081,135,736 -Third parties 397,686,062,486 -Other accounts receivableRelated party 21,999,044,331 -Other current assets 5,240,708,755 -Security deposits 1,077,652,187 -Financial liabilitiesTrade accounts payable Related party - 326,674,494,272Third parties - 41,098,306,253Other acounts payableRelated party - 556,870,808Third parties - 7,761,157,968Accrued expenses - 28,347,696,969Deposit from customers - 1,389,875,630Bank loans - 498,483,813,857Total 504,295,081,288 904,312,215,757

b. capital Risk Management

The Company manages capital risk to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern, in addition to maximizing the profits of the shareholders through the optimization of the balance of debt and equity. The Company's capital structure consists of cash and cash equivalents (Note 5), bank loans (Note 12), lease liabilities, and equity, consisting of subscribed and paid-up capital (Note 18), foreign exchange rate difference on paid-in capital (Note 19), revaluation surplus (Note 20), other comprehensive income and deficit. There were no changes to the capital risk management from the previous year

The gearing ratio at reporting date is as follows:

March 31

2021 2020

Rp Rp

Debt 372,840,637,550 498,483,813,857

Cash and cash equivalents 24,377,134,810 70,361,133,361

Debt - net 348,463,502,740 428,122,680,496

Equity 404,445,222,442 317,405,797,237

Net debt to equity ratio 86% 135%

c. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s overall financial risk management and policies seek to ensure that ad-equate financial resources are available for operations and development of its business, while managing its exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. The Company operates within defined guidelines that are approved by the Directors.

i. Interest rate risk management

The interest rate risk exposure relates to the amount of assets or liabilities which is subject to a risk that a movement in interest rates will adversely affect the profit or loss for the year. The risk is managed by the Company by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings. The Company has a policy of obtaining financing from banks which offer the most favorable interest rate. Approvals from the Directors and Commissioners must be obtained before committing the Company to any of the instruments to manage the interest rate risk exposure.

Financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk are included in the liquidity table in item (iv).

The sensitivity analysis below had been determined based on the exposure of the financial liabilities to floating interest rates at reporting date. The analysis is prepared assuming the amount of the liabilities outstanding at the end of the reporting period was outstanding for the whole year.

In 2021, if interest rate had been 497 basis points (2020: 97 basis points), higher (lower) and the other variables held constant, the Company’s profit after tax would decrease (increase) by Rp 7,324,032,282 (2020: Rp 1,783,927,020).

ii. Foreign currency risk management

The Company is exposed to the effects of foreign currency exchange rate fluc-tuations mainly because of foreign currency denominated transactions such as sales and purchases of goods, and borrowings denominated in foreign currency.

The Company manages the foreign currency exposure by matching, as far as possible, receipts and payments in each individual currency. The Company’s net open foreign currency exposure as of reporting date is disclosed in Note 27.

The Company is mainly exposed to the US Dollar. The following table details the Company’s sensitivity to changes in Indonesian Rupiah against US Dollar. The sensitivity analysis represents management’s assessment of the effect to the financial statements caused by the reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates, on outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary financial assets and liabilities.

596



2021 2020

Percentage of change in

exchange rate

Effect on profit or loss

after tax

Percentage of change in

exchange rate

Effect onprofit or loss

after tax

Rp Rp

US Dollar 4% 8,193,183,321 3% 8,554,571,395

In management’s opinion, the sensitivity analysis is unrepresentative of the inherent foreign exchange risk as the year-end exposure does not reflect the exposure during the year.

iii. credit risk managementThe Company develops and maintains its credit risk gradings to categorize exposures according to their degree of risk of default. The Company uses its own trading records to rate its major customers and other debtors.

The Company’s current credit risk grading framework comprises the following categories:

Category Description Basis for recognizing ECL

Performing The counterparty has a low risk of default and does not have any past-due amounts. 12-month ECL

Doubtful Amount is >30 days past due or there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Lifetime ECL – not credit-impaired

In default Amount is >90 days past due or there is evidence indicating the asset is creditimpaired. Lifetime ECL – creditimpaired

Write-off There is evidence indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and the Company has no realistic prospect of recovery. Amount is written off

The table below details the credit quality of the Company’s financial assets as well as maximum exposure to credit risk by credit risk rating grades:

Internal Credit Rating

12-month or lifetime ECL Grosscarrying amount

Loss allowance

Net carryingamount

Rp Rp Rp

March 31, 2021

Cash in banks and time deposits (Note 5) Performing 12-month ECL 24,273,516,980 - 24,273,516,980

Trade accounts receivable (Note 6) (i) Lifetime ECL (simplified approach)

339,829,042,865 (11,529,908,237) 328,299,134,628

Other accounts receivable from related party (Note 7) Performing 12-month ECL 10,800,872,704 - 10,800,872,704

(11,529,908,237)

(i) The Company determines the ECL on these items by using a provision matrix, estimated based on historical credit loss experience based on the past due status of the debtors, adjusted as appropriate to reflect current conditions and estimates of future economic conditions.

The Company has adopted procedures in extending credit terms to customers and in monitoring its credit risk. The Company only grants credit to creditworthy counterparties. Cash is held with creditworthy institutions and is subject to immaterial credit loss.

The Company's credit exposure has no significant concentration of credit risk with any single customer or group of customers.

Further details of credit risks on trade and other accounts receivable and contract assets are disclosed in Notes 6 and 7, respectively.

iv. liquidity risk managementUltimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Directors, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management framework for the management of the Company’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

The Company receives support from shareholders to finance its ongoing working capital requirements.

The following tables detail the Company’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Company can be required to pay. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows.

597



March 31, 2021

Weighted

average

effective interest rate

Less than 1 month 1-3 months

3 months to1 year 1-5 years 5+ years Total

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Non-interest bearing

Trade accounts payable

Related party - - 04,559,887 220,694,093,184 - - 221,398,653,071

Third party - 11,106,002,864 4,035,156,751 10,235,746,394 - - 45,376,906,009


Related party - - 51,269,252 1,440,078,978 - - 2,091,348,230

Third party - 1,554,103,699 ,894,335,507 2,064,029,286 - - 7,512,468,492

Accrued expense - 4,757,976,381 7,630,167,541 19,065,678,734 - - 41,453,822,656

Variable interest rate instruments

Bank loans 6% - 7% 70,042,948,145 9,704,171,927 64,614,784,439 - - 194,361,904,510

Fixed interest rate instruments

Bank loans 6% - 13.5% 16,232,843,709 9,525,514,460 157,265,687,366 - - 193,024,045,536

Lease liabilities 10.85% 81,470,467 ,853,636,244 344,691,107 - - 2,279,797,818

Total 103,775,345,265 127,998,811,569 475,724,789,488 - - 707,498,946,322

March 31, 2020

Weighted

average

effective interest rate

Less than 1 month 1-3 months

3 months to1 year 1-5 years 5+ years Total

Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp Rp

Non-interest bearing

Trade accounts payable

Related party - - 30,270,635,466 296,403,858,806 - - 326,674,494,272

Third party - 8,003,883,306 15,395,311,709 17,699,111,239 - - 41,098,306,254


Related party - - 286,258,747 270,612,061 - - 556,870,808

Third party - 1,948,698,553 3,811,160,856 2,001,298,559 - - 7,761,157,968

Accrued expense - 4,161,726,455 5,696,199,595 18,489,770,919 - - 28,347,696,969

Variable interest rate instruments

Bank loans 6% - 7% 50,966,884,447 43,716,537,639 162,987,933,560 - - 257,671,355,646

Fixed interest rate instruments

Bank loans 6% - 13.5% 19,797,826,461 29,946,840,257 220,184,219,407 - - 269,928,886,125

Total 84,879,019,222 129,122,944,269 718,036,804,551 - - 932,038,768,042

d. Fair value MeasurementsManagement considers that the carrying amounts of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities recognized in the financial statements approximate their fair values because they have short-term maturities.

598


29. OtheR MAtteRS The Company’s management believes that they maintain considerable financial resources, including continuous support from the Company’s ultimate shareholder. In addition, he

Company has been able to significantly improve its performance over the last three years through increase in sales volume, sales turnover and generating gross profit because management has implemented and continues to implement the following measures:

• Continuing focus on export markets through consolidation of existing markets and entry into new markets;

• Collaborate with e-commerce and distribution company in Indonesia to increase its three wheeler cargo sales;

• Increase the sales of three wheeler both passenger and cargo version which was launched recently, including exports of these products;

• Focus on margin improvement and control of fixed costs.

The Company’s management believes that it is well placed to manage the Company’s business risks successfully.

30. RecOncIlIAtIOn OF lIABIlItIeS ARISInG FROM FInAncInG ActIvItIeS The table below details changes in the Company’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash and non-cash changes. Liabilities arising from financing activities

are those for which cash flows were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Company’s statement of cash flows as cash flows from financing activities

April 1, 2020

Financing cash flows

Non-cash transaction changes

March 31,2021

Rp Rp Rp Rp

Bank loans 498,483,813,857 (70,768,514,599) (56,845,095,890) 370,870,203,368

Lease Liabilities - (1,786,517,000) 3,756,951,182 1,970,434,182

498,483,813,857 (72,555,031,599) (53,088,144,708) 372,840,637,550

April 1, 2019

Financing cash flows

Non-cash transactionchanges

March 31,2020

Rp Rp Rp Rp

Bank loans 383,710,003,393 48,569,707,914 66,204,102,550 498,483,813,857

31. MAnAGeMent’S ReSPOnSIBIlItY AnD APPROvAl OF FInAncIAl StAteMentSThe preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements on pages 1 to 49 were the responsibilities of the management and were approved by the Directors and authorized for issue on April 27, 2021.

599


Re-StAteD AccOUntS OF PT. TVS MOTOR COMPANY INDONESIA

600


BAlAnce Sheet AS At 31St MARch 2021 StAteMent OF PROFIt AnD lOSS FOR the YeAR enDeD 31St MARch 2021

Notes IDR in Mn. Rupees in croresNotes IDR in Mn. Rupees in crores

ASSetSnon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 1 441,823.47 175.81 Right of use asset 2 2,098.13 1.05 Financial assets - Others 2,486.68 1.25 Other Non Current Assets 3 1,128.93 0.57

447,537.21 178.68

current assetsInventories 4 274,890.94 138.13 Financial assetsi. Trade receivables 5 337,844.02 169.76 ii. Cash and cash equivalents 6 24,377.14 12.24 Current tax assets (Net)Other current assets 7 81,489.18 40.95

718,601.28 361.08

Total Assets 1,166,138.49 539.76

eQUItY AnD lIABIlItIeSequityEquity share capital 8 1,635,461.61 906.08 Other equity 9 (1,203,201.33) (735.08)

432,260.28 171.00

liabilitiesnon-current liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesi. Lease Liabilities 322.51 0.16 Provisions 10 27,376.11 13.75

27,698.62 13.91

current liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesi. Borrowings 11 370,870.20 186.37 ii. Lease Liabilities 1,647.93 0.83 iii. Trade payables 12a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises

- -

b. Total outstanding dues other than (iii) (a) above

317,833.21 159.70

iv. Other financial liabilities 13 8,481.76 4.26 Other current liabilities 14 7,346.49 3.69

706,179.59 354.85

Total liabilities 733,878.21 368.76

Total equity and liabilities 1,166,138.49 539.76

I Revenue from operations 15 770,322.06 393.84 II Other income 16 8,857.05 4.53

III Total Income (I +II) 779,179.11 398.37

IV Expenses:Cost of material consumed 17 566,280.45 291.38 Purchase of stock in trade 17 - - Changes in inventories of finished goods, stock-in -trade and work-in-progress

17 10,269.38 3.39

Employee benefits expense 18 66,662.64 34.08 Finance costs 19 (11,181.71) (5.71)Depreciation and amortisation expense 20 16,807.90 8.62 Other expenses 21 87,850.03 44.91

736,688.69 376.67

V Profit before exceptional items,(III - IV) 42,490.42 21.70


VII Profit before tax (V+ VI) 42,490.42 21.70

VIII Tax expensei) Current tax 1.16 -ii) Deferred tax - -

IX Profit for the year (VII - VIII) 42,489.26 21.70



- -


Foreign currency translation adjustments

-

- -

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX+X) 42,489.26 21.70

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of IDR.97,400/- each)

Basic & Diluted earnings per share (in IDR / in rupees)

2,530.45 12.92

601


notes to Accounts

Description Property, Plant & EquipmentLand Buildings Plant & equipment Vehicles Furniture, fixtures

and eqipmentsTotal

1 2 3 4 5 6Cost of assetsGross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 222,928.86 102,101.56 324,283.43 1,219.65 10,649.29 661,182.79 Additions - 104.00 1,903.20 1,296.97 3,304.17 Sub-total 222,928.86 102,205.56 326,186.63 1,219.65 11,946.26 664,486.96 Sales / deletion - 78.93 78.93

Total 222,928.86 102,205.56 326,107.70 1,219.65 11,946.26 664,408.03 Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2020 - 56,557.20 140,339.75 845.96 9,660.13 207,403.04 For the year - 5,094.82 9,528.56 119.65 479.88 15,222.91 Sub-total - 61,652.02 149,868.31 965.61 10,140.01 222,625.95 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - - 41.39 - - 41.39 Total - 61,652.02 149,826.92 965.61 10,140.01 222,584.56 Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 222,928.86 40,553.54 176,280.78 254.04 1,806.25 441,823.47 Capital work-in-progress (at cost) as at 31-03-2021Plant & equipment

Description Property, Plant & Equipment

Land Buildings Plant & equipment Vehicles Furniture, fixtures and eqipments

Total

1 2 3 4 5 6Cost of assetsGross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 103.66 47.76 151.52 0.57 4.95 308.46 Additions 0.05 0.96 0.65 1.66 Foreign Currency translation reserve difference 8.36 3.30 7.95 0.04 0.40 20.05 Sub-total 112.02 51.11 160.43 0.61 6.00 330.17 Sales / deletion 0.04 0.04

Total 112.02 51.11 160.39 0.61 6.00 330.13 Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2020 - 26.20 108.37 0.40 4.49 139.46 For the year 2.59 4.91 0.06 0.25 7.81 Foreign Currency translation reserve difference 1.90 4.80 0.03 0.35 7.08 Sub-total - 30.69 118.08 0.49 5.09 154.35 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted 0.03 0.03 Total - 30.69 118.05 0.49 5.09 154.32 Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 112.02 20.42 42.34 0.12 0.91 175.81 Capital work-in-progress (at cost) as at 31-03-2021Plant & equipment

1. PROPERTY, PLANT & EqUIPMENT

IDR in Millions

Rupees in Crores

602


notes on accounts - (continued)

IDR in Mn. Rupees in croresAs at

31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021

3 OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETSAdvances other than capital advances:Deposits made 770.63 0.39 Others 358.30 0.18

1,128.93 0.57

4 INVENTORIESRaw materials and components 236,757.00 118.97 Finished goods 36,997.17 18.59 Stores and spares 1,136.77 0.57

274,890.94 138.13

5 TRADE RECEIVABLESSecured, considered good 349,373.93 175.55 Unsecured, considered good - -

349,373.93 175.55

Less : Loss allowance 11,529.91 5.79

337,844.02 169.76

6 CASH AND CASH EqUIVALENTSBalances with banks in current accounts 19,273.52 9.68 Deposits with maturity of less than three months 5,000.00 2.51 Cash on hand 103.62 0.05

24,377.14 12.24

7 OTHER CURRENT ASSETSVendor advance 16,257.06 8.17 VAT receivable 61,235.68 30.77 Others 3,996.44 2.01

81,489.18 40.95

8 EqUITY SHARE CAPITALAuthorised, issued, subscribed and fully paid up:

Authorised:17,500,000 Ordinary shares of IDR.97,400 each 1,704,500.00 944.33

Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:16,791,187 Ordinary shares of IDR.97,400 each 1,635,461.61 906.08

1,635,461.61 906.08

9 OTHER EqUITY

General reserve (8,135.60) (0.81)

Retained earnings (1,411,258.25) (700.55)

Foreign currency translation reserve 216,192.52 (33.72)

(1,203,201.33) (735.08)

10 NON - CURRENT LIABILITIES - PROVISIONS

Provision for employee benefits - Pension 27,376.11 13.75

27,376.11 13.75

11 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS (CURRENT)

Borrowings repayable on demand from banks

Secured 134,344.18 67.51

Unsecured 236,526.02 118.86

370,870.20 186.37

Short term borrowings from banks include :

a) A loan of Rs.67.51 crores in USD obtained from a bank, secured by a letter of credit issued by a bank in India.

12 TRADE PAYABLES

Current

Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises ** - -

Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises

317,833.21 159.70

317,833.21 159.70

** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information received by the management. The entire closing balance represents the principal amount payable to these enterprises. There are no interests due or outstanding on the same.


Trade deposits 8,481.76 4.26

8,481.76 4.26



Advance received from customers 6,528.83 3.28

7,346.49 3.69

603


notes on accounts - (continued)


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021


Sale of products 767,774.55 392.54

Sale of service 2,013.44 1.03

Other operating revenue 534.07 0.27

770,322.06 393.84

16 OTHER INCOME

Interest income 530.71 0.27

Other non-operating income 8,326.34 4.26

8,857.05 4.53

17 MATERIAL COST :

Cost of Materials Consumed

Opening stock of raw materials and components 164,459.63 76.48

Add: Purchases 638,577.82 333.87

803,037.45 410.35

Less: Closing stock of raw materials and components

236,757.00 118.97

Consumption of raw materials and components 566,280.45 291.38

Purchases of stock-in-trade - -

Changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress and

stock-in-trade:

Opening stock:

Work-in-progress - -

Stock-in-trade - -

Finished goods 47,266.55 21.98

(A) 47,266.55 21.98

Closing stock:

Work-in-progress - -

Stock-in-trade - -

Finished goods 36,997.17 18.59

(B) 36,997.17 18.59

(A)-(B) 10,269.38 3.39


Salaries, wages and bonus 57,737.90 29.52

Contribution to provident and other funds 7,200.85 3.68

Staff welfare expenses 1,723.89 0.88

66,662.64 34.08

19 FINANCE COSTS

Interest 29,303.09 14.98

Exchange differences (40,808.83) (20.86)

Interest on lease liabilities 324.03 0.17

(11,181.71) (5.71)


Depreciation on property plant and equipment 15,222.91 7.81

Depreciation on right of use asset 1,584.99 0.81

Amortisation on intangilble assets

16,807.90 8.62

20 OTHER EXPENSES

(a) Consumption of stores, spares and tools 2,618.32 1.34

Power and fuel 2,987.09 1.53

(b) Rent 4,817.89 2.46

(c) Repairs - buildings 2,820.66 1.44


(e) Insurance 1,434.77 0.73

(f) Rates and taxes (excluding taxes on income)

4,300.86 2.20

(g) Audit fees

(h) Packing and freight charges 26,213.04 13.40

(i) Advertisement and publicity 14,318.12 7.32

(j) Other marketing expenses

(k) Loss on sale of fixed asset 37.53 0.02

(l) Miscellaneous expenses (under this head there is no expenditure which is in excess of 1% of revenue from operations or Rs.10 lakh, whichever is higher)

27,520.05 14.07

87,850.03 44.91

604

Sundaram Holding uSa inc.

Independent Auditor’s ReportBoard of Directors

Sundaram Holding USA, Inc. and subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Sundaram Holding USA, Inc. and subsidiaries (‘the Company’), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 and the related consolidated statements of loss, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes to consolidated financial statements.

Management's responsibility for the consolidated financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the organization's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the organization's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.


Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Knav P.A.Atlanta, Georgia

April 22, 2021

COnSOlIdAted StAtement Of lOSS(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

COnSOlIdAted BAlAnCe SHeet(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

As at As atmarch 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

for the year ended

For the year ended

march 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

COnSOlIdAted StAtement Of StOCkHOldeRS’ eqUItyfor the year ended march 31, 2021 and march 31, 2020 (All amounts in United States Dollars, except number of shares)

Particulars Common stock

Authorized Issued & outstanding Accumulated deficit

total stockholders’ equity Shares Value Shares Value

Revenue from operations 462,529 403,242

Cost of revenues (403,628) (610,492)

Gross Profit (Loss) 58,901 (207,250)

Costs and expenses

Depreciation 2,469,367 1,691,128

Finance charges 1,549,236 1,394,939

Payroll expenses 1,972,298 4,218,455

General and administrative expenses 2,931,781 4,336,804

total costs and expenses 8,922,682 11,641,326

Operating loss (8,863,781) (11,848,576)

Other income (expenses) 11,599 (1,380)

net loss (8,852,182) (11,849,956)

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

ASSetS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 2,115,451 2,294,932 Inventories 633,798 831,384 Accounts receivable, net of allowances 1,876 141,711 Other current assets 12,685 111,787 total current assets 2,763,810 3,379,814 Property, plant and equipment, net 64,327,942 66,601,680 Capital work-in-progress 14,068,928 12,824,934 Capital advances 478,655 436,386 total assets 81,639,335 83,242,814 lIABIlItIeS And StOCkHOldeRS’ eqUIty Current liabilities Accounts payable 600,547 690,847 Payable to related parties (Refer note N) 37,212 58,998 Current maturities of long-term debt 7,200,000 3,600,000 Current obligations under capital leases 278,259 106,558 Other current liabilities 1,413,796 933,585 total current liabilities 9,529,814 5,389,989 Other liabilities 1,300,000 1,300,000 Long term capital lease obligation 541,059 685,048 Long term borrowings 29,092,225 36,239,358 total liabilities 40,463,098 43,614,395 Stockholders’ equity Common stock, $1 par, authorized - 75,000,000 shares (previous year 60,000,000 shares); issued and outstanding - 69,400,000 shares (previous year 59,000,000 shares) (Refer note Q)

69,400,000 59,000,000

Accumulated deficit (28,223,763) (19,371,581) total stockholders’ equity 41,176,237 39,628,419 total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 81,639,335 83,242,814 (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

Balance as at march 31, 2019 60,000,000 60,000,000 51,000,000 51,000,000 (7,521,625) 43,478,375 Common stock issued - - 8,000,000 8,000,000 - 8,000,000 Net loss - - - - (11,849,956) (11,849,956) Balance as at march 31, 2020 60,000,000 60,000,000 59,000,000 59,000,000 (19,371,581) 39,628,419 Balance as at April 01, 2020 60,000,000 60,000,000 59,000,000 59,000,000 (19,371,581) 39,628,419 Common stock issued - - 10,400,000 10,400,000 - 10,400,000 Net loss - - - - (8,852,182) (8,852,182) Balance as at march 31, 2021 75,000,000 75,000,000 69,400,000 69,400,000 (28,223,763) 41,176,237

605


nOteS tO COnSOlIdAted fInAnCIAl StAtementS(All amounts in United States Dollars unless otherwise stated)

nOte A – nAtURe Of OPeRAtIOnS

Sundaram Holding USA Inc. (or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware on September 09, 2015. The Company is held by Sundaram Auto Components Limited and Sundaram Clayton Limited. The Company is the sole owner member of four single member limited liability companies - Green Hills Land Holding LLC, Component Equipment Leasing LLC, Sundaram Clayton USA LLC (erstwhile Workspace Projects LLC) (all incorporated on September 16, 2016) and Premier Land Holding LLC (incorporated on December 06, 2016). The Company and its subsidiaries are in a start-up phase and they are in the process of commencing regular supplies and revenue generating activities.

Sundaram Holdings USA Inc (“SHUI”) along-with its subsidiaries Green Hills Land Holding LLC (“GHLH”), Component Equipment Leasing LLC (“CEL”), Sundaram Clayton USA LLC (“SCUSA”) and Premier Land Holding LLC (“PLHL”) are referred to as the “Company”.

nOte B – SUmmARy Of SIGnIfICAnt ACCOUntInG POlICIeS

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The significant accounting policies are detailed below.

1. Basis of presentation

a. The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention on accrual basis of accounting in accordance with the accounting and reporting requirements of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (‘US GAAP’) to reflect the financial position, results of operations, stockholder’s equity and cash flows. All amounts are stated in United States Dollars, except as otherwise specified.

b. The consolidated financial statements are presented for the year ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

c. Certain reclassifications, regroupings and reworking have been made in the consolidated financial statements of prior year to confirm to the classifications used in the current year. This has no impact on the statement of loss.

2. Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The management’s estimates for realization of deferred tax assets, determination of useful lives for property, plant and equipment and their impairment, inventory valuation and estimation relating to unsettled transactions and events at the balance sheet date represent certain of these particularly sensitive estimates. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management becomes aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Any revisions in accounting estimates are recognized prospectively in the current and future periods.

3. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short maturities of those financial instruments. Cash balances in bank accounts are insured by Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to an aggregate of $ 250,000 per depositor at each financial institution.

4. Revenue recognition

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as of April 01, 2019. Results for the year ended March 31, 2021 are presented under Topic 606, while earlier periods are presented under previous guidance. Please refer Note L “Revenue from contracts with customers” for further information on the Company’s revenue.

Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with a customer are satisfied; generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of the Company’s products or services. The Company’s global payment terms are typically 90 days. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in the contract. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

Revenue from warehousing service is recognized when services are completed in accordance with the contracts entered into with the customers.

5. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and market value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method. Cost in the case of raw materials comprises the purchase price and attributable direct costs, less trade discounts. Cost in the case of work-in-progress and finished goods comprise direct labor, material cost and production overheads.

A write down of inventory to the lower of cost or market value at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis and is not marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances.

COnSOlIdAted StAtementS Of CASH flOwS(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

year endedmarch 31,

2021March 31,

2020

Cash flow from operating activities Net loss (8,852,182) (11,849,956) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Depreciation 2,469,367 1,691,128 Amortization of debt issuance cost 52,867 55,358 Gain on sale (11,599) - Changes in assets and liabilities Account receivables, net of allowances 139,835 (141,711) Inventories 197,586 (499,732) Other current assets 99,102 (106,794) Accounts payable & other current liabilities 483,780 1,180,187 Other liabilities (161,942) 885,048 net cash used in operating activities (5,583,186) (8,786,472) Cash flow from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment (1,337,053) (17,460,163) Sale proceeds of property, plant and equipment 47,000 - net cash used in investing activities (1,290,053) (17,460,163) Cash flow from financing activities Issuance of common stock 10,400,000 8,000,000 Repayment of short-term borrowings - (20,000,000) Proceeds (repayment) of long-term borrowings (3,600,000) 40,000,000 Payment of debt issuance cost - (216,000) Repayment of finance lease (106,241) (154,988) Net cash provided by financing activities 6,693,759 27,629,012 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

(179,481) 1,382,377

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 2,294,932 912,555 Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 2,115,451 2,294,932 Supplemental cash information Interest paid 1,443,551 795,927 Income tax paid 60,000 51,015 Supplemental non-cash information Assets purchased on finance lease 17,953 995,519 (The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements)

606


lease term and disclosed as leased assets. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability based on the implicit rate of return.

10. debt issuance cost

Debt issuance costs related to loans are reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the face amount of the note. Amortization of debt issuance costs has been reported as financing costs. Further, the discount or premium resulting from the determination of present value in cash or non-cash transactions is not presented as a separate asset or liability from the note that gives rise to it but is reported in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from or addition to the face amount of the note.

11. Government incentive

The incentive received from government for creation of asset is deferred and is classified as liability until the conditions based on which the incentives are granted, are met.

12. Income taxes

In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The deferred tax asset is reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the assets will not be realized.

13. Fair value measurements and financial instruments

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data.

Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability only used when there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The estimated fair value of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term nature of these instruments. None of these instruments are held for trading purposes.

14. Commitments and contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred. Contingent liabilities are not recognized but are disclosed in the notes. Contingent assets are neither recognized nor disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

6. Property, plant and equipment and depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost of items of property, plant and equipment comprise cost of purchase and other costs necessarily incurred to bring it to the condition and location necessary for its intended use. The Company depreciates property, plant and equipment over the estimated useful life using the straight-line method. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to operations.

Major maintenance projects that extend the life of the related equipment are capitalized. Cost of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.

The calculation of depreciation expense is based on the estimated economic useful lives of the underlying property and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets. The Company periodically obtains updated depreciation studies to evaluate whether certain useful lives remain appropriate.

The estimated useful life used to determine depreciation is: Particulars Useful life Building 45 years Machinery and equipment 10-25 years Equipment under lease 8 years Furniture and fixtures 10 years Production tools and dies 4-8 years Vehicles 6 years Computers and office equipment 3 years

Deposits paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding as of each balance sheet date and the cost of property, plant and equipment not ready for use before such date are disclosed under capital work-in-progress.

7. Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, including certain identifiable intangible assets, to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Such assets are considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the assets is higher than the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated from the assets. The impairment amount to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds its fair value.

8. Capitalized interest

The Company capitalizes interest costs for qualifying assets. Qualifying assets are assets that require a significant amount of time to prepare for their intended use, including projects that are in the development or construction stages. Capitalized interest costs are considered an element of the historical cost of the qualifying asset. Capitalization ceases when the asset is substantially complete or if construction is interrupted for an extended period. Where the funds used to finance a qualifying asset form part of general borrowings, the amount capitalized is calculated using a weighted average of rates applicable to the relevant borrowings during the period. Where funds borrowed are directly attributable to a qualifying asset, the amount capitalized represents the borrowing costs specific to those borrowings. Where surplus funds available out of money borrowed specifically to finance a project are temporarily invested, the total capitalized interest is reduced by income generated from short-term investments of such funds.

9. leases

Operating leases

Lease rent expenses on operating leases are charged to expense over the lease term. Certain operating lease agreements provide for scheduled rent increases over the lease term. Rent expense for such leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Capital leases

Capital leases, which effectively transfer substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the lower of the fair value and present value of the minimum lease payments at the inception of the

607


Furniture and fixtures 434,547 433,659 Computers and office equipment 1,602,066 1,599,467 Production tools and dies 957,241 905,205 Less: accumulated depreciation (4,752,710) (2,341,426) total 64,327,942 66,601,680

Depreciation for the year ended March 31, 2021 was $ 2,469,367 (March 31, 2020: $ 1,691,128). The amount of interest capitalized as construction in progress during the year ended March 31, 2021 is $ NIL (March 31, 2020 was $ 391,334). Depreciation includes expense for equipment taken under capital lease.

Land and building have been hypothecated against the loans obtained from the bank (Refer Note H).

nOte f - CAPItAl wORk-In-PROGReSS

The capital work in progress amounted to $ 14,068,928 as at March 31, 2021 (previous year $ 12,824,934). The balance as on March 31, 2020 represents capital projects under construction which were yet to be installed.

During the year ended March 31, 2021, the capital work in progress transferred to property, plant and equipment amounted to Nil. (March 31, 2020: $ 10,360,159)

nOte G - CAPItAl AdVAnCeS

Capital advance of $ 478,655 (previous year $ 436,386) has been provided towards the purchase of machinery, and other fixed assets to be acquired in the following financial year.

nOte H - lOnG-teRm BORROwInG

Long term borrowing comprise of:

As at march 31, 2021 march 31, 2020

Loan from bank 36,400,000 40,000,000 Less: current maturities (7,200,000) (3,600,000) Less: Unamortized debt issuance cost (107,775) (160,642) total 29,092,225 36,239,358

The Company obtained loan from bank of $ 40,000,000 in the year 2019 for funding the acquisition of capital assets and for repayment of short-term borrowing. The amount of loan outstanding as at March 31, 2021 was $ 29,092,225 which included interest and unamortized portion of debt issuance cost. The refinancing transaction is treated as a modification of debt and the debt issuance costs paid to the lender are capitalized. The debt issuance cost on the new loan is $ 216,000 of which $ 107,775 (December 2020 $ 160,642) remains outstanding as at the balance sheet date. The Company has obtained deferral of certain financial covenants for a period of one year.

The loan is scheduled to be fully repaid by December 31, 2024. Below is the repayment schedule on the loan

for the year ended Amount ($) March 31, 2022 7,200,000March 31, 2023 8,000,000 March 31, 2024 10,600,000 March 31, 2025 10,600,000 total 36,400,000

The effective interest rate (“EIR”) on the loan post the transaction costs is 3.75% for the year ended March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020: 4.19%). The interest expense accrued for the year ended March 31, 2021 is $ 1,363,726 (March 31, 2020 is $ 1,295,423) and the interest paid during the year ended March 31, 2021 $ 713,257 (March 31, 2020 is $ 695,017).

nOte I - OtHeR CURRent lIABIlItIeS

Other current liabilities comprise of:


Employee related liability 86,995 166,008 Accrued state franchise taxes 69,415 59,015

15. liquidity

As on March 31, 2021, the Company has positive net worth of $41,176,237, pursuant to additional equity funding received from the stockholders during the year amounting to $10,400,000. The stockholders plans to provide additional funding as and when required to meet the Company’s current anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months, including working capital needs and various contractual obligations.

16. Recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases, other than those that meet the definition of a short-term lease. This update will establish a lease asset and lease liability by lessees for those leases classified as operating under current GAAP. Leases will be classified as either operating or finance under the new guidance. Operating leases will result in straight-line expense in the income statement, similar to current operating leases, and finance leases will result in more expense being recognized in the earlier years of the lease term, similar to current capital leases. This ASU is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808), clarifying the interaction between Topic 808 and Topic 606. The amendments in ASU 2018-18 make targeted improvements to GAAP for collaborative arrangements by clarifying that certain transactions between collaborative arrangement participants should be accounted for as revenue under Topic 606 when the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer in the context of a unit of account. In those situations, all the guidance in Topic 606 should be applied, including recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements. In addition, unit-of-account guidance in Topic 808 was aligned with the guidance in Topic 606 (that is, a distinct good or service) when an entity is assessing whether the collaborative arrangement or a part of the arrangement is within the scope of Topic 606. ASU 2018-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

nOte C - InVentORIeS

Inventories comprise of:


Raw material 597,723 773,755 Stores and spares 19,122 - Finished goods 16,953 57,629 total 633,798 831,384

nOte d - OtHeR CURRent ASSetS

Other current assets comprise of:


Prepaid expenses 6,185 105,244 Security deposits 6,500 6,543 total 12,685 111,787

nOte e - PROPeRty, PlAnt And eqUIPment, net Property, plant and equipment of the Company comprise of:


Land 2,934,860 2,934,860 Building 39,737,888 39,737,888 Equipment under lease 1,017,473 999,519 Machinery and equipment 21,856,685 21,851,035 Vehicles 539,892 481,473

608


Accrued property taxes 160,933 - Interest payable 650,468 708,562 Advances from customers 214,143 - Accrued expenses 231,842 - total 1,413,796 933,585

nOte J - OtHeR lIABIlItIeS

The Company received an incentive of $ 1,100,000 as at March 31, 2019 from the county of Dorchester, South Carolina for Project Gateway (the operating facility being built by the Company). The incentive was granted to the Company on the following terms:

• Project Gateway will locate an automotive component manufacturing facility in Dorchester County, South Carolina.

• Project Gateway will invest $50.5 million in the project, of which $15 million will be in real property (land and building) and $35.5 million will be in tangible personal property (machinery and equipment).

• Of the $35.5 million in tangible personal property (machinery and equipment), $1 million will be in pollution control equipment.

• Project Gateway will create 130 new jobs over 5 years.

The Company received advance incentive of $ 200,000 during the year from the county of Dorchester, South Carolina for the Project SC2 (the operating facility being built by the Company). The incentive was granted to the Company on the following terms:

• Project SC2, a “C” corporation, will locate an automotive component manufacturing facility in Dorchester County, South Carolina.

• Project SC2 will invest additional $40 million in the project, of which $14 million will be in real property (land and building) and $26 million will be in tangible personal property (machinery and equipment).

• Project SC2 will create additional 100 new jobs over 5 years.

Other liabilities comprise of:


Grant from county 1,300,000 1,300,000 total 1,300,000 1,300,000

nOte k - lOnG teRm CAPItAl leASe OBlIGAtIOn:

Long term capital lease obligation is calculated as follows:


Total capital lease obligation 819,318 791,606 Less: Current portion (278,259) (106,558) long term capital lease obligations 541,059 685,048

nOte l - ReVenUe fROm COntRACtS wItH CUStOmeRS

Disaggregated revenue information

for the year ended march 31, 2021 march 31, 2020

type of goods or services Sale of manufactured products 342,241 403,242 Warehousing service 120,288 - total 462,529 403,242 timing of revenue recognition Services transferred over a period of time 120,288 - Goods transferred at a point of time 342,241 403,242 total 462,529 403,242

nOte m - InCOme tAXeS

The Company files federal and state tax returns as per regulations applicable to Chapter C corporations in the United States of America.

The following is the summary of items giving rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities:


non–current deferred tax assets Organization cost 3,173,019 3,466,501 Net operating losses 6,459,726 6,910,892 Loan processing fees - 4,361 Donations 99 -Accrued expense 3,890 - total non-current deferred tax asset 9,636,734 10,381,754 non-current deferred tax liability Property, plant and equipment (2,356,377) (6,278,925) total non-current deferred tax liability (2,356,377) (6,278,925) total deferred tax asset, net 7,280,357 4,102,829) Valuation allowance (7,280,357) (4,102,829) deferred tax asset, net - -

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the likelihood of whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized must be considered. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary difference become deductible.

Management considers the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Since the company has just commenced earning revenue, the management believes that there exist significant uncertainties regarding the realization of deferred tax assets in the US jurisdiction and accordingly the Company has created a valuation allowance of $ 7,280,357 and $ 4,102,829 as of March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

The Company has federal net operating losses (NOLs) of $ 24,901,328 and $ 6,425,178 as at March 31,2021 and March 31, 2020. The NOLs generated till 2017-18 which if unutilized will expire by the year 2037 and the NOLs generated after 2018-19 will be carry forwarded indefinitely.

The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $ 24,608,950 and $ 6,202,214 as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, which if unutilized will expire based on the statutes of various states.

Accounting for uncertain tax position

The Company recognizes the financial statement impact of a tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. The adoption of this standard had no material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operation or cash flows. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company has no unrecognized tax positions as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

The tax year 2016 to 2019 remain subject to examination by the taxing authorities.

nOte n - RelAted PARty tRAnSACtIOnS

The Company had accounts receivable amounting to $ 124,593 from Sundaram Clayton Limited (“the Parent”) on account of warehousing income charged from the parent as of March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020: Nil).

The payables for expenses incurred for tools & dies and casting samples amounted to $ 161,805 as of March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020: $ 58,999).

The net payable to the Parent as of March 31, 2021 amounted to $ 37,212 and March 31, 2020 amounted to $ 58,999.

nOte O - COnCentRAtIOn Of RISkS

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents. The cash resources of the

609


Company are invested with banks after an evaluation of the credit risk. By their nature, all such cash equivalents involve risk including the credit risk of non-performance by counter parties. In management’s opinion, as of the balance sheet date, there was no significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counter parties to these cash equivalents.

nOte P - COmmItmentS And COntInGenCIeS

Capital commitments

As at March 31, 2021, the Company has committed to spend $ 1,849,176 (as at March 31, 2020 amounting to $ 3,069,817) under agreements to purchase property and equipment and set up its operating facility.

Lease obligations

Operating leases

The Company occupies substantially all of its locations under short-term leases, most of which contain renewal options. The Company entered into lease for rented locations and forklifts as detailed below:

Premises A Summerville, SC

Rented for the period up to August 25, 2020 for rent amounting to $ 1,710 per month.

Premises B, North Charleston, SC

Rented for the period up to June 30, 2020, for rent amounting to $ 1,525 per month, and renewed up to June 30, 2021 for rent amounting to $ 1,550 per month.

Premises C, North Charleston, SC

Rented for the period up to March 31, 2021, for rent amounting to $ 1,750 per month.

Premises D, North Charleston, SC

Rented for the period commencing from Feb 26, 2021 up to Feb 26, 2022, for rent amounting to $ 1,900 per month.

Rental expense under all operating leases was $ 50,211 and $ 73,227 for the years ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020, respectively.

As at March 31, 2021 future rental commitments for the non-cancelable leases are as follows:

for the year ending PremisesMarch 31, 2021 25,250

Capital leases

The company has obtained fifteen forklifts under capital lease. The minimum future lease payments under capital lease as at March 31, 2021 are as follows:

for the year ending forklifts March 31, 2022 213,841 March 31, 2023 213,841 March 31, 2024 209,622 March 31, 2025 141,470 March 31, 2026 31,556 total 810,329

nOte q - StOCkHOldeRS’ eqUIty

Authorized common stock

The authorized common stock is 75,000,000 shares with a par value of $ 1 as at March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020 : 60,000,000 shares with a par value of $ 1)

Common stock issued

Common stock issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2021 was 69,400,000 shares at $ 1 par value each. (March 31, 2020 – 59,000,000 shares of $ 1 par value each.)

The Company issued the following shares, $ 1 par value each, as below –

year ended

march 31, 2021 march 31, 2020

Sundaram Auto Components Limited 47,000,000 44,000,000

Sundaram Clayton Limited 22,400,000 15,000,000

total number of shares issued 69,400,000 59,000,000

The Company issued 10,400,000 shares at $1 par value during the year ended March 31, 2021 out of which 3,000,000 shares were issued to Sundaram Auto Components Limited and 7,400,000 shares were issued to Sundaram Clayton Limited.

Voting

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote in respect of each share held by him in the records of the Company for all matters submitted to a vote.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts, if any. Such amounts will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders.

nOte R - emPlOyee BenefIt PlAn

The Company set up a 401(k) plan for its employees on December 22, 2016. The Company made a matching contribution of $ 9,661 for the year ended March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020 $ 85,077).

nOte S - SUBSeqUent eVentS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 22, 2021 which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. There are no material effects of the same on the consolidated financial statements as on March 31, 2021.

Impact of Covid-19

During the year ended March 31, 2021 the Company had undergone shut down of its operations for a period of 10 months. The Company has resumed its operations in April 2021. The temporary shutdown did not impact the carrying amount of accounts receivables and other assets as on March 31, 2021. The Company will continue to monitor developments to identify significant uncertainties surrounding COVID-19 and its impact on performance of the Company for future periods.

610


Re-StAted ACCOUntS Of SUNDARAM HOLDING USA INC.

611


BAlAnCe SHeet AS At 31St mARCH 2021 StAtement Of PROfIt And lOSS fOR tHe yeAR ended 31St mARCH 2021

ASSetSnon-current assetsProperty, plant and equipment 1 4.35 31.78 Capital work in progress 1 99.20 725.23 Right of use asset 0.19 1.40 Other non current assets 2 0.43 3.19

104.17 761.60

Current assetsFinancial assets

Inventories 3 0.63 4.63 Cash and cash equivalents 4 2.11 15.46 Trade receivables 5 0.13 0.92 Others 0.01 0.05


2.89 21.11


eqUIty And lIABIlItIeSequityEquity share capital 7 69.40 471.91 Other equity 8 (3.09) 12.86

66.31 484.77

liabilitiesnon-Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

Borrowings 9 29.09 212.70 Lease liability 0.20 1.51 Other financial liabilities 1.84 13.46

31.13 227.67Current liabilitiesFinancial liabilities

(i) Lease liability 0.28 2.03 (ii) Trade payables 10a. Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises

- -


0.40 2.93

(iii) Other financial liabilities 11 7.85 57.40 Other current liabilities 12 1.09 7.91

9.62 70.27

Total Liabilities 40.75 297.94

Total Equity and Liabilities 107.06 782.71

Notes USD in Mn. Rupees in crores Notes USD in Mn. Rupees in crores

I Revenue from operations 13 0.46 3.43

II Other Income - -


IV Expenses:

Cost of goods sold 0.40 3.00

Depreciation and amortisation expense 0.60 4.47

Other expenses 14 - 0.01

1.00 7.48

V Profit before exceptional items (III - IV) (0.54) (4.05)



VIII Tax expense

i) Current tax - -

ii) Deferred tax - -




- -


Foreign currency translation adjustments - (15.76)

- (15.76)

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX + X) (0.54) (19.81)

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of USD 1/- each)


(0.01) (0.58)

612


1 Property, Plant & Equipment USD in MillionsDescription Property, Plant & Equipment

Land Vehicles Furniture Office Equipments Total1 2 3 4 5

Cost of assets

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 2.93 0.47 0.43 1.60 5.43 Additions - - - - -Sub-total 2.93 0.47 0.43 1.60 5.43 Sales / deletion - 0.09 - - 0.09

Total 2.93 0.38 0.43 1.60 5.34 Depreciation / AmortisationUpto 31-03-2020 - 0.09 0.06 0.35 0.50 For the year - 0.01 0.04 0.49 0.54 Sub-total - 0.10 0.10 0.84 1.04 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - 0.05 - - 0.05

Total - 0.05 0.10 0.84 0.99 Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 2.93 0.33 0.33 0.76 4.35 Capital work-in-progress (at cost) as at 31-03-2021(a) Plant & equipment 14.07 (b) Pre-operative expenses 85.13Total 99.20

1 Property, Plant & Equipment Rupees in croresDescription Property, Plant & Equipment

Land Vehicles Furniture Office Equipments Total1 2 3 4 5

Cost of assets

Gross carrying value as at 01-04-2020 22.21 3.52 3.28 12.10 41.11 Additions - - 0.01 - 0.01 Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments (0.75) (0.12) (0.11) (0.41) (1.39)Sub-total 21.46 3.40 3.18 11.69 39.73 Sales / deletion - 0.70 - - 0.70

Total 21.46 2.70 3.18 11.69 39.03 Depreciation / Amortisation

Upto 31-03-2020 - 0.60 0.48 2.74 3.82 For the year - 0.09 0.30 3.63 4.02 Foreign exchange translation reserve adjustments - (0.03) (0.02) (0.15) (0.20)Sub-total - 0.66 0.76 6.22 7.64 Withdrawn on assets sold / deleted - 0.39 - - 0.39

Total - 0.27 0.76 6.22 7.25 Carrying valueAs at 31-03-2021 21.46 2.43 2.42 5.47 31.78 Capital work-in-progress (at cost) as at 31-03-2021(a) Plant & equipment 102.86 (b) Pre-operative expenses 622.37 Total 725.23

notes on accounts

613


notes on accounts - (Continued)


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021


31-03-2021As at

31-03-2021

2 OTHER NON CURRENT ASSETS

Capital advances 0.43 3.19

0.43 3.19

3 INVENTORIES

Raw materials and components 0.63 4.63

0.63 4.63


Balance with banks 2.11 15.46

2.11 15.46

5 TRADE RECEIVABLE

Unsecured, Considered good 0.13 0.92

0.13 0.92


Prepaid expense 0.01 0.05

0.01 0.05



Authorised:75,000,000 Ordinary shares of USD 1/- each 60.00 407.99

Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:69,400,000 Ordinary shares of USD 1/- each 69.40 471.91

69.40 471.91

8 OTHER EQUITY


(3.09) 12.86

9 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES - BORROWINGS (NON-CURRENT)

From Banks (Secured)* 29.09 212.70

29.09 212.70 *Secured by Land and Building

10 TRADE PAYABLES

Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises** - -Dues to enterprises other than Micro and Small Enterprises

0.40 2.93

0.40 2.93 ** Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises have been determined to the extent such parties

have been identified on the basis of information received by the management.


Current Maturities of long term borrowings 7.20 52.64 Interest accrued but not due 0.65 4.76

7.85 57.40


Statutory dues 0.23 1.68 Employee related liability 0.08 0.58 Advance received from customers 0.78 5.65

1.09 7.91

13 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS Sale of products 0.46 3.43

0.46 3.43

14 OTHER EXPENSES General and administrative expenses - 0.01

- 0.01

USD in Mn. Rupees in croresFor the year

ended 31-03-2021

For the year ended

31-03-2021

614

Sundaram-Clayton (uSa) limited

Independent Auditor’s ReportBoard of DirectorsSundaram-Clayton (USA) Limited

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Sundaram-Clayton (USA) Limited (‘the Company’), which comprise the balance sheets as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 and the related statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management's responsibility for the financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance

with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material

misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the organization's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the organization's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.


Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

KNAV P.A.Atlanta, Georgia

May 07, 2020

As onMarch 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents 16,863 12,594 Total assets 16,863 12,594 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY Current liabilities Other current liabilities 14,181 10,167 Total current liabilities 14,181 10,167 Stockholder’s equity Common stock, $1 par, 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

100 100

Accumulated surplus 2,582 2,327 Total stockholder’s equity 2,682 2,427 Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

16,863 12,594

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements)

STATEmENTS Of INCOmE(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

for the year endedMarch 31, 2021 March 31, 2020

Revenues

Service fees 6,632 7,078

Total revenues 6,632 7,078

Costs and expenses

General and administrative expenses 6,266 6,688

Total costs and expenses 6,266 6,688

Income before tax 366 390

Current tax expense 111 117

Net income 255 273


STATEmENTS Of STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITYFor the years April 01, 2019 to March 31, 2020 and April 01, 2020 to March 31, 2021(All amounts in United States Dollars, except number of shares)

Particulars Common stock Authorized, issued &

outstanding Accumulated surplus

Total stockholder’s

equityShares Value

Balance as at April 01, 2019 100 100 2,054 2,154

Net income for the year - - 273 273

Balance as at March 31, 2020 100 100 2,327 2,427

Balance as at April 01, 2020 100 100 2,327 2,427

Net income for the year - - 255 255

Balance as at March 31, 2021 100 100 2,582 2,682


BALANCE SHEETS(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

615


STATEmENT Of CASH fLOwS(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

for the year endedMarch 31,

2022March 31,

2020

Cash flow from operating activities Net income 255 273

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Changes in assets and liabilities Other current liabilities 4,014 (2,901)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

4,269 (2,628)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

4,269 (2,628)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

12,594 15,222

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

16,863 12,594

Supplemental cash flow information Income taxes paid 111 117


NOTES TO fINANCIAL STATEmENTS(All amounts in United States Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

NOTE A – NATURE Of OPERATIONSSundaram-Clayton (USA) Limited (the “Company” or “SCUL”), was incorporated in the State of Illinois on December 14, 2011. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Sundaram Clayton Limited (“SCL” or “parent company”). The Company provides Professional Employer Organization (“PEO”) services to Sundaram Clayton Limited - USA branch office (“Branch of parent company”) located in Illinois, North America.

NOTE B - SUmmARY Of SIGNIfICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

These financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. The significant accounting policies are detailed below:

1.Basis of preparation

a. The accompanying financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention on accrual basis of accounting in accordance with the accounting and reporting requirements of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (‘US GAAP’) to reflect the financial position, results of operations, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows. All amounts are stated in United States Dollars, except as otherwise specified.

b. The financial statements are presented for the years ended March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

2. Estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The management’s estimates for accruals at the balance sheet dates represent certain of these particularly sensitive estimates. Management believes that the estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management becomes aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates.

3. Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments and deposits with an original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents comprise of balances in bank accounts and cash in hand. Cash balances in bank accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $ 250,000 for each insured bank for each account per depositor.

4. Revenue recognition

The Company reports revenues, net of direct pass-through costs, which are costs billed and incurred for PEO worksite employees, primarily consisting of payroll wages and payroll taxes. Benefits and workers’ compensation fees for PEO worksite employees are included in PEO revenues and the associated costs are included in operating expenses.

5. Income taxes

In accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740 “Income Taxes,” income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The deferred tax asset is reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the asset will not be realized.

6. Fair values measurements and financial instruments

The Company applies fair value measurements to certain assets, liabilities and transactions that are periodically measured at fair value.

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Hierarchical levels which are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

• Level 1 – unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

• Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data.

• Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability only used when there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value.

NOTE C - OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities comprise of:

As at

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Advance from related party (Refer note E) 14,076 10,063 Provision for tax 105 104 Total 14,181 10,167

NOTE D - INCOmE TAXES

The Company files federal and state tax returns as a Chapter C corporation. The income tax expense for the year is as follows:

for the year ended

March 31, 2021

March 31, 2020

Current tax 111 117 Total 111 117

The Company recognizes the financial statement impact of a tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. No deferred tax asset or liability existed as at March 31, 2021 and March 31, 2020.

616


The tax years of 2017 through 2019 remain subject to examination by the taxing authorities.

NOTE E - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has a vendor-customer relationship with Sundaram Clayton Limited - USA branch office (‘Branch of parent company’). The PEO service charges during the year ended March 31, 2021 amounted to $ 6,632 (March 31, 2020 is $ 7,078). The advance payable to Branch of parent company as at March 31, 2021 is $ 14,076 (March 31, 2020 $ 10,063).

NOTE f - CONCENTRATION Of RISK

The only customer of the Company is Sundaram Clayton Limited - USA branch office (Branch of parent company) located in Illinois, North America. Accordingly, trade receivables are concentrated in North America. The Company derives all its revenue from branch of parent company. The revenue stream and credit worthiness of its receivable depends upon the financial condition of its parent company. However, the trade receivable balance is $ Nil as at March 31, 2021 (March 31, 2020 $ Nil). The advance payable to the branch of parent company as at March 31, 2021 is $ 14,076 (March 31, 2020 is $ 10,063).

NOTE G - COmmON STOCK

Common stock

The Company’s common stock authorized, issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2021 was 100 shares at $ 1 par value each. (March 31, 2020: 100 shares of $ 1 par value each.)

Voting

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote in respect of each share held by him in the records of the Company for all matters submitted to a vote.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Company, after distribution of all preferential amounts, if any. Such amounts will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held by the shareholders. The Company is currently owned by a single shareholder.

NOTE H - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 22, 2021 which is the date the financial statements are issued. No material subsequent events were noted.

Impact of Covid-19

The management of the Company has evaluated the possible effect of COVID-19 on the carrying amounts of accounts receivables and other assets and believes that the current COVID-19 scenario has not materially impacted the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2021. The Company will continue to monitor developments to identify significant uncertainties surrounding COVID-19 and its impact on performance of the Company for future periods.

617


RE-STATED ACCOUNTS Of SUNDARAM-CLAyTON (USA) LIMITED

618


Statement of Profit and loss for the year ended 31st March 2021

Notes USD in Mn. Rupees in crores

I Revenue from operations 5 6,632.00 0.05

II Other income - -

III Total Income (I +II) 6,632.00 0.05

IV Expenses:

Other expenses 6 6,266.00 0.05

6,266.00 0.05

V Profit before exceptional items,(III - IV) 366.00 -


VII Profit before tax (V+ VI) 366.00 -

VIII Tax expense

i) Current tax 111.00 -

ii) Deferred tax - -

IX Profit for the year (VII - VIII) 255.00 -



- -


- -

Foreign currency translation adjustments

- -

- -

XI Total Comprehensive Income (IX + X) 255.00 -

XII Earnings per equity share (Face value of USD 1/- each)


2.55 -


Notes USD in Mn. Rupees in crores

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment - -

Non-Current tax assets (Net) - -

- -

Current assets

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 1 16,863.00 0.12

16,863.00 0.12

Total Assets 16,863.00 0.12


Equity

Equity share capital 2 100.00 -

Other equity 3 2,582.00 0.02

2,682.00 0.02

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Other current liabilities 4 14,181.00 0.10

14,181.00 0.10

Total equity and liabilities 16,863.00 0.12

619


Notes on Accounts - (Continued)



Balance with banks 16,863.00 0.12

16,863.00 0.12

2 EQUITy SHARE CAPITAL


Authorised:

100 Ordinary shares of USD 1 each 100.00 -

Issued, subscribed and fully paid up:

100 Ordinary shares of USD 1 each 100.00 -

100.00 -

3 OTHER EQUITy

General reserve - -

Retained earnings 2,582.00 0.02

Foreign currency translation reserve - -

2,582.00 0.02


Advance from related party 14,076.00 0.10

Provision for tax 105.00 -

14,181.00 0.10



Service fee 6,632.00 0.05

6,632.00 0.05

6 OTHER EXPENSES

General and administrative expenses 6,266.00 0.05

6,266.00 0.05

Annual Report of Subsidiary Companies for the year 2020 ...

Documents